ie

Torowa

|

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Academy of Natural Sciences

OF

PHILADELPHIA

VOLUME LIIl

1901

PHILADELPHIA :
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL
LOGAN SQUARE
1901-1902

oN

SCIENCES

THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,
MARCH 29, 1902.

Thereby certify that printed copies of the PRocEEDINGS for 1901 have
been presented to the meetings of the Academy and mailed as follows :—

Pages 1to 16 mailed March 27, 1901 ; presented April 2, 1901.
< 17to128 ‘“ April 3, 1901 ; cs April 2, 1901.
ce A29itol60) <- Atpril 13, 1901 ; OG April 16, 1901.
« 161to208 ‘“ May 2, 1901 ; cs May 7, 1901.
« §-209to 256 «S| May 7, 1901 ; Cb May 7, 1901.
ce) Ror toet2) << May 9, 1901 ; oe May 14, 1901.
« 273to 304 ‘ June 7, 1901; es June 11, 1901.
« 305 to 320 <‘“* June 25, 1901 ; CG June 25, 1901.
«« 82110368) «6‘“SCO July 31, 1901 ; Ce August 6, 1901.
«« 369to 400 ‘ August 16, 1901; 6 August 20, 1901.
« 401to448 ‘ August 22,1901; es August 27,1901.
«© 44910480 ‘“ September 38,1901; «« September 3, 1901.
«« 48110496 ‘“* September16, 1901; sé September 24, 1901.
« A97to512 ‘* October 29, 1901; Be October 29, 1901.
« §13t0544 ‘ November 238, 1901 ; ce November 26, 1901.
« 545to608 ‘“ January 23, 1902; Ot January 28, 1902.
“© 609t0640 ‘* February 6, 1902; is February 11, 1902.
«« 64110656 ‘© #March 1, 1902; gs March 4, 1902.
“60710702 ‘°° March 17, 1902 ; Fe March 18, 1902.
“0a tots2 “* March 25, 1902; CC March 25, 1902.

EDWARD J. NOLAN,
Recording Secretary.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION:
Henry Skinner, M.D.-, Paine P. CaLtvert, Ph.D.,
Henry A. Pinssry, Se.D., WitMER STONE,
Epwarp J. Noran, M.D.,
The President; Samue, G, Dixon, M.D., ex-officio.

Epitorn: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D.

CONTENTS.

For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index.

Aaron, Carrie B. Biographical Notice of Robert Henry
Lamborn (with Portrait), .
Banks, Narman. Some Arachnida from New Mexico
(Plate XX XIIT), :
Brown, ArTHUR Erwry. <A Review of the Giiete ae
Species of American Snakes North of Mexico,
On Some Points in the Phylogeny of the Primates, .
A New Species of Coluber from Western Texas (Plate
SXONIEXG) a ic eons, ML
A New Species of Galois Se “Western Texas
(Plate XXXIV),
Casey, THomas L. On the Frabable Kee. of ite geen
White Limestone,
CHAPMAN, Henry C. Observations upon ie eeieee aad
Young of Dasypus sexcinctus (Plate X VIIT),
CockERELL, T. D. A. Descriptions of New Bees Col-
lected by Mr. H. H. Smith in Brazil, I,
Frevpp, ADELE M. A Study of an Ant, .
Further Study of an Ant, . - :
Fowier, Henry W. Note on the Qdontoetamided :
Description of a New Hemiramphid,
Fishes from Caroline Islands, .
Types of Fishes (Plates XII, XIII, XIV, XV),
Myctophum phengodes in the North Atlantic,
Fox, Henry: The Development of the Tympano- SBasiaghian
Passage and Associated Structures in the Common
Toad (Bufo ey Cee VI, VII, VIII,
IX), Bs St

i

486

rb

Gotpsmirn, Epwarp. A Quick Method of Testing for
Gold, ;

Gupr, G. K. Descriptions of fon, Helicoid mena Shells
from Japan, ges eis

HARSHBERGER, JOHN W. The Limits of Variation in
Plants, .

An Ecological Sketch of ihe Flora of Santo eens
(Plates XX XI, XXXII), .
Cockscomb Fasciation of Pineapples, ne

Heatu, Haroip, and M. H. Spavuipine. Cymbuliopsis
vitrea, a New Species of Pteropod,

Hicerss, Heten T. The Development and Comparative
Structure of the Gizzard of the Odonata Zygop-
teta (Plates II, ILI, IV), . Dee ote

Jounson, C. W., and A. W. Grasav. A New Species
of Clavilithes from the Eocene of Texas, :

Keevey, Frank J. Structure of Diatoms, :

Ketter, Ina A. Demonstration that Plants give off Oxy-
gen,. . .

A Peculiar Gonditon of ebagueatar’ :

Kraemer, Henry. Crystalline and Crystalloidal Sub.
stances and their Relation to Plant Structure, .

Lyman, Brengamin Smurra. Lodel Creek and Skippack
Creek, oe aa CS aa ge +s

Merenan, THomas. Biographical Notice of Charles East-
wick Smith, : :

Contributions to the Life- History of Plants, ‘XV: The
Bending of Mature Wood in Trees ee XVI,
XGVIDT) .

Montcomery, ‘I'Homas H., Jr. * Siete Studies rs ae
Chromosomes of the Hemiptera Heteroptera
(Plate X), ae

The Identity of the ieerarneen anes Chonikdes
Morgani and C. puerilis (Plate XT),

Peculiarities of the Terrestrial Larva of the Unndeione
Batrachian, Plethodon cinereus Green (Plate
XXX),

354

261

289

503

ii

OrtMANN, A. E. Crustacea and Pyecnogonida Collected
during the Princeton eect ee to North Green-

lands e580. 144
Prtspry, Henry A. Crustacea of the Cutasbout pore:

thonzofoNewzJerseyGblateL jie te, se ee LIL

Relationships of the Genus Neobeliscus, . . 142

New Species of Mollusks from South Africa and Bari 188
New Mollusca from Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, For-

mosa and the Philippines, . . 193
New Land Mollusca from Japan aig tiie Tia Gina

Iislandssse 6 us 344
New Japanese Marine, Dana cna Fresli- water P Willen

(Rl ates XcEXe PXeXo EXOXG) ee 385
The Land Mollusks of the Loo Choo atanda: Clau-

siliidis|(Plates XexU Xex) ye Ae
Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, IV

(Plates XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII), . . 465
Notices of New Land Snails from the Japanese Empire, 496
New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Empire,. . . . 545
Fasciolaria gigantea subsp. reevei, . . eee O Oe
New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Tinpire, iene OU
New Land Mollusca of the Japanese Empire, . . . 614

Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, V
(Plates XX XV, XXXVI, XXXVI, X XXVIII,
XOX ERS) - 622
Catalogue of the Claaedtdes at the Tienes Rennie
Rankin, Watrer M. Echinoderms Collected off the West
* Coast of Greenland by the Princeton Arctic Expe-

dition’ of 1899, . . . 169
Reese, ALBERT M. The Nasal Duane a the Florida
Alligator (PlateXXIV), . . . 457

Rean, James A. G. The Forficulide, Blattide, Wantides
and Phasmidze Collected in Northeast Africa by

Dre AcwMonaldson Smithy Js 4s. 8. 28

on A Study of the Genus Centurio, . 295
The Acrididz, Tettigonide and Gryllide Collected ite

Dr. A. Donaldson Smith in Northeast Africa,. . 3870

__.Ruoaps, §. N. On the Common Brown Bats of Peninsu-
lar Florida and Southern California, . . . . . 618

iv

SHarp, Bensamryn. The Food of the Cod,

Srone, Wirmer. Occurrence of Hyla andersonii at lem:
enton, N. J., : 2

THOMPSON, CAROLINE Bou. Caerapaln ois a
New Heteronemertean (Plates XL, XLI, XLII,
DAGMWOE SMILING, So he

Vanatra, Epwarp G. New Maine Mollusks (Plate V),

Vaux, GEORGE and WiiiiaM S., Jr. Observations Made
in 1900 on Glaciers in British Columbia,

PROCEEDINGS

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

PHILADELPHIA.

JANUARY 1.
The President, Samuren G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair

Ten persons present.

The Council reported that the following Standing Committees
had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year:

On Liprary.—Dr. C. N. Peirce, Thomas A. Robinson, Henry
C. Chapman, M.D., Charles Schaeffer, M.D., George Vaux, Jr.

On Pusiicarrons.—Thomas Meehan, Henry Skinner, M.D.,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Edward J.
Nolan, M.D.

On Insrruction.—Uselma C. Smith, Benjamin Smith Lyman,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Charles
Morris. ;

On Fiyxance.—Isaac J. Wistar, William Sellers, Charles
Roberts, John Cadwalader and the Treasurer.

ComMi?1TEE oF Councm on By-Laws.—Isaac J. Wistar,
Theodore D. Rand, Arthur Erwin Brown and Charles Roberts.

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

JANUARY 8.

The President, Samurt G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Nineteen persons present.

The death of Baron Edmond de Selys-Longchamps, a corre-
spondent, was announced.

The Food of the Cod.—Dr. BrnsAmin Swapp called attention
to some observations he had made last fall on the contents of the
stomachs of the common Cod. Several hundred stomachs were
opened with the hope of finding shells of gastropods and bivalves.
Numerous valuable shells had been taken from the Cod years ago
by Stimpson and Gould on the New England coast, north of Cape
Cod, and it was supposed that similar finds would come to light
from the Cod caught off Nantucket. The stomachs examined
were filled almost exclusively with crustaceans and for the most
part with species of Panopeus, Hermit crabs, without shells, and
a few Crepidulze were also seen. Here and there young lobsters
were found in the stomachs, occasionally two in one stomach. In
one Cod, weighing about thirty-five pounds, pieces of a lobster were
found which, when placed together, indicated that the possessor
was about eleven inches in length.

The Cod examined were all taken off the eastern end of the
island, between the town of Siasconset and a place called Wawinet,
where the tide (current) runs at a maximum of about six miles
an hour. The bottom consists of coarse sand and is probably
shifting, and consequently not a good bed for mollusks, the only
food for the Cod found there being crustacean.

Dr. Sharp supposed that the decrease in quantity of the lobsters,
which has been so marked within the past few years, is partly due
to their consumption by the Cod; and as these have of late greatly
increased in numbers, owing to the work of the United States Fish
Commission, the lobsters have not been able to keep pace with the
increase of their enemies.

JANUARY 15.
Mr. Cuoaruts Morris in the Chair.

Fourteen persons present.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

(JS)

JANUARY 22.
Mr. Artuur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Fifteen persons present.

The death of Gustay Hartlaub, a correspondent, was an-
nounced.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
“On Some Points in the Phylogeny of the Primates,’’ by
Arthur Erwin Brown.

“« The Development and Comparative Structure of the Gizzard
in the Odonata zygoptera,’’ by Helen T. Higgins,

JANUARY 29.
The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Sixteen persons present.

William F. Dreer, James Rorer, and W. Worrell Wagner were
elected members.

H. R. H. Albert I, Sovereign Prince of Monaco, was elected a
correspondent.

The following were ordered to be printed :

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE OF CHARLES EASTWICK SMITH.

BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

Appointed to prepare a memoir of our late fellow-member,
Charles E. Smith, the author feels strongly a difficulty he has
experienced on similar occasions. The members of the Academy
meet for mutual improvement and study. The various subjects
in which they take interest become the chief topics of conver-
sation. They know little of the outside life of one another. A tree
is to be known only by its fruit. As it grows through successive
years it appears much like other trees, and no note is taken of the
incidents of its growth; but when the harvest time arrives, and
all are in praise of the bountiful crop, carrying pleasure and profit
around it in every direction, a natural desire arises to know more of
the details of such a happy career,—a desire that can only be sat-
isfied by recalling circumstances imperfectly remembered, or that
have but little bearing on the character we would illustrate.

So when the subject of this memoir passed away few of his asso-
ciates could aid the author. All knew that he was one of Phila-
delphia’s most prominent citizens ; that he had been at the head
of some of its great business bodies; that he had been largely
concerned with the city’s good name and progress; that he had
long been a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil-
adelphia, especially interested in botany and kindred subjects, a
liberal contributor through the greater part of his life to its build-
ing funds, its collections and general progress, and that on his
death it was found that he had generously provided for its future
out of his rich estate. But few knew more than all knew. In-
deed, but for aid from Dr, Edward J. Nolan and Dr. Thomas C.
Porter the author would have been left solely to his own recollec-
tions and the replies to letters of inquiry sent to friends of our
departed associate for material for his task.

His full name was Charles Eastwick Smith—Eastwick being the
maiden name of his grandmother. He was the second of that
name in the family, the first dying before he was born. His

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

Philadelphia ancestors were among the original party with William
Penn and, like the founder of the city, strong believers in the
doctrines of the Society of Friends. Little can be learned of his
early life. He was born November 1, 1820, and seems to have
had especial care and oversight from his mother, to whom he was
deeply devoted through life, and by whose side in Laurel Hill Ceme-
tery he was placed when his own time of rest arrived. He proba-
bly received his rudimentary education in Philadelphia, and at the
age of fifteen was sent to the hoarding-school of Westtown, near
this city. It was here, as he related to his friend Dr. Porter, that
he acquired his fondness for botany, through the influence of one
of the instructors. He remained here three years, when he became
attached to an engineer corps, engaged to survey for a railroad from
Blossburg to Corning, in New York. He became the superinten-
dent of the railroad, and later of the Bloomsburg coal mines,
though he had scarcely attained his majority He returned to
Philadelphia in 1842, and established the Fairmount Rolling Mill.
This was not a financial success, from the fact, as he believed,
that codperation throughout the whole iron trade was needed to
place the industry on a firm footing. -He sold it out in 1846.

About this period an event occurred that had a material influ-
ence on his future life. In 1844 a fierce antagonism to Roman
Catholicism arose. A number of churches were burned. The
Mayor called on all able-bodied citizens to arm in defense of Jaw
and order. The Quaker youth went out with a cane, but in the
excitement of the riot some one put a musket in his hands, and
he patroled the streets with it for seven nights. For this violation
of the principle of non-resistance he was called on to express
regret, and to give a promise of strict conformity to the rule
thereafter. Believing himself harshly treated, he refused to do
so and was expelled from the Society. He at once dropped the
garb and language of the Friends and associated with other
bodies. He never married, and if the event detailed had aught to
do with the fact, the secret was faithfully kept to the last.

For a short time subsequent to 1846 he became manager of the
Rensselaer Iron Works, at Troy, N. Y., in which railroad iron ~
was being manufactured. He returned to Philadelphia in 1849,
to inaugurate a convention of iron men. The poverty of the con-
stituency forced the association to be content with inferior printing

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

and paper for its report. In a letter to a friend he says: ‘‘ Mr.
Colville told me we must go over the State and get the interest of
every iron-maker. I asked him for money to pay my expenses.
He said I must beg it, as he had none. ‘ You must ask for con-
tributions as you go along.’ I started with $5. Sometimes I got
a wagon, sometimes a horse ride, sometimes on foot—sometimes I
got fifty cents. In one case I got $10. I saw them all, came
back with between $200 and $300, and the American Iron and
Steel Association became a flourishing body.’’ He traveled 2,500
miles on this mission.

There seems nothing on record as to his occupation for the suc-
ceeding ten years, but in a letter to a friend he remarks that he
attended faithfully to his office work during the day and employed
his evenings in studying and classifying the plants collected on
Sunday.

In 1861 he was elected to the presidency of the Reading Rail-
road Company. From a comparatively local and almost bankrupt
organization, he raised it to one of broad interest and a good diyi-
dend-paying concern—so profitable that in the trying times of the
beginning of the civil war his company loaned the Government
two millions and a half of dollars. In 1869 it stood in prosperity
second to none in the country.

His health broke down. His medical adviser urged his resigna-
tion and suggested several things he might do At length the
physician, in a peculiar way, remarked that he had ‘‘ better go to
grass.’? The joke had a good effect. He took the advice literally,
resigned, and turned to botany for consolation. He still retained
his position on the Board of Directors. On the 18th of April,
1869, he sailed on the ‘‘ Scotia’’ for an extended tour of Europe,
during which botanical study was his chief recreation, although
he deeply enjoyed all that would interest a broad-minded man of
affairs. He ieturned on the 15th of September, 1870.

Some years later he discovered that the great railroad company
that had been the pride of his life, was bankrupt under the man-
agement of his successor in the presidency. The effect on his
health was seriously depressing. By night, as by day, the rail-
road was ever in his mind. While greatly troubled by insomnia,
he was requested by the Secretary of the Academy to read the
proof-sheets of a botanical paper in course of publication. To his

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

surprise he found that the mental application required for proof-
reading was an excellent remedy for his sleeplessness. The applica-
tion required for the task drove out thoughts of the railroad’s dis-
aster. He begged for more, both from the Academy and from
friends, and the greater part of his subsequent life was devoted,
as one of the best means for preserving health, to his favorite
occupation of proof-reading.

Though not courting favors, he was highly esteemed by his
fellow-citizens. For two successive years, 1877 and 1878, he
was elected president of the Union League—one of the most
enviable of Philadelphia’s social positions.

His eminently practical character has been well illustrated by
the reference to his journey through the State in the interests of
the iron men, and by the details of his railroad affairs. He car-
ried this quality into all his transactions. His close friend, Prof.
T. C. Porter, relates that on a trip with him, Aubrey H. Smith
and Dr. Joseph Leidy, in July and August, 1865, to Lake Supe-
rior, they were much amused by his practical test of the truth of
the Abbé Huc’s statement that cow ‘‘ cake’’ was better for kind-
ling, but that horse ‘‘ apples ’’ were better for holding heat in a
fire. The result proved the correctness of Abbé Huc’s assertion.
Dr. Porter further notes, as illustrative of the tendency to draw
valuable conclusions from little things, that one of the party,
having placed over the fire a branch of a spruce tree to aid in
extinguishing it, Smith noted how the turpentine oozed from the
twigs, flashed into a blaze and sent up as incense a cloud of
fragrant white smoke.

With all his love of facts, he was not devoid of sentiment.
His private correspondence discloses an active interest in the good
of others of which the world will never know. Few have suc-
ceeded so well in preventing the left hand from knowing what the
right hand was doing. His selection of a burial place in Laurel
Hill, Cemetery for his mother, on a spot that commanded the most
delightful views of the Schuylkill and the surroundings, is a strik-
ing testimony to his depth of sentiment.

We have already seen how he was early brought into a love for
botany at the boarding-schocl. He was elected a member of the
Academy in 1851, and served in some of the administrative offices
until his death. He was appointed on the Publication Committee

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

in 1892, in which position he rendered especially valuable service.
He served on the Finance Committee from December, 1890, and
was one of the Council from May, 1891. At the time of his
death he was, and had been for a number of years, Vice-Director
of the Botanical Section.

His influence on American botany, and on American science
generally, was exerted in such a quiet way that its full im-
portanee will never be appreciated. His critical mind led him
to prefer difficult subjects; hence carices, grasses and rushes
had especial charms for him. He could readily see what others
failed to observe, and he became an authority on these subjects.
While in the midst of his heavy Jabors in reconstructing the rail-
road company, he was in active correspondence with Boott, Olney,
Engelmann and other specialists in the study of these difficult
genera. He rather prided himself on going over oft-trotlden
ground and noting what others failed to see. By his persistency
with Dr. Gray he.finally induced this great botanist to recognize
two new species from oft-explored localities in New Jersey, which
he named Seirpus Smithii and Lobelia Canbyi, and this after
he had failed to satisfy-Boott and Olney of the distinctness of the
forms. In explanation of his persistency he tells a friend, ‘‘ When
there seems to be reason for my sentiments, I must express them
or die.”? In a letter to a friend, dated October 15, 1867, he
remarks, ‘‘At Moosehead Lake I also got Graphephorum melicoides
and Aspidium fragrans, heretofore only known as Western plants.
It is a comfort to penetrate the hub of the universe and make the
natives acquainted with their own plants. One feels good—that
is to say, much like a missionary.”’

Apart from the beneficent influence the concentration required
by good proof-reading had in counteracting insomnia, it was
through his chosen work as proof-reader that he has left his
impress; especially on botanical literature. He begged his friends,
as a privilege, to permit him to read proofs for them. In. the
course of such work the contributions of his botanical friends
underwent his critical serutiny ; and the authors received the bene-
fit of his watchful care. The corrections would often be clothed
in dry humor. He once wrote to Dr. Gray on the issuance of a
new edition of his Manual, ‘* Have you observed from Gray’s
Manual that Solidago altissima grows only two to seven inches

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 9

high ?”” The remarkable accuracy that marks the botanical
labors of the Jast quarter of a century is in a great measure due to
the impulse given to extra care by Charles E. Smith. The last
edition of Leidy’s Elementary Treatise on Human Anatomy,
although carefully read by the author, would have described a
certain process of the brain as the ‘‘ Hippopotamus ’’—instead of
the Hippocampus—minor, had it not been for Smith’s supervision.
It is not only in the superior accuracy of the literature of botany
_ and allied studies that science is indebted to our friend. He was
ever ready with encouragement for all botanical enterprises, and
especially in the case of younger students. He took an especially
warm interest in the establishment of the Ladies’ Botanical Club
of Syracuse, N. Y., aiding the society by advice and material.

The ablest leaders relied on his judgment. Before the appearance
of one of the editions of his Manual, Dr. Gray proposed extend-
ing the area covered by it. The question was left to Mr. Smith,
who decided adversely. He believed in thorough work, and held
that this was favored by concentration rather than diffusion of
effort. In this spirit he commenced a herbarium of the plants
growing within fifteen miles of Philadelphia. This collection he
bequeathed to the Academy, and it is regarded as a masterpiece of
accurate labor. Every locality is exactly noted, and in every case
the existence of the plant on the spot was verified by a personal
examination, its identity being carefully ascertained.

The Recording Secretary of the Academy, whose official rela-
tions brought him into intimate communication with Mr. Smith,
remarks in reply to a note of inquiry:

* Although he was not a frequent visitor to the Academy, he
impressed me in the early years of his connection with it as a man
of singular directness and. personal force. A tone of command
and authority, resonant voice, clear enunciation, and erect bearing
conveyed the idea of perfect mental poise and a habit of rather
directing than of conferring with his associates—but all this with-
out a suspicion of arrogance or superciliousness.”’

He died on Sunday, the 15th of April, 1900, in the eightieth —
year of his age. The Academy, proud of its contributors to the
advancement of knowledge among mankind, places with them in
grateful remembrance the name of Charles Eastwick Smith.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fJan.,

A REVIEW OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMERICAN SNAKES,
NORTH OF MEXICO.

BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN.

In recent years, investigation of the lower groups in classifica-
tion has largely taken the form of observing and noting the most
minute variations, occurring in however small numbers. Among
snakes, this method has been carried to such an extreme that
Prof. Cope’s ‘‘ Characters and Variaticns of North American
Snakes ’’! contains the nares of twenty-three species and subspe-
cies which were founded upon one, or at most two specimens each.

Two propositions, both fundamentally correct, have contributed
to this result: first, that a knowledge of the laws under which new
forms are developed is to be best gained by a study of variations;
and second, that subspecies are an essential part of classification.
As a general truth the first proposition is unassailable, but there
appear to be good reasons why iimits should be placed upon its
application to the present group and why a cautious valuation
should here be made of minor variations. This should be true if
it can be shown that unmeaning departures from type are especi-
ally common among its members.

It isa law of organisms that a high degree of instability is
associated with degenerative processes. That the serpents, as a
whole, are a degenerate group is probable, and while some lines
among them have become much specialized, there are large num-
bers of small and degraded forms, always highly variable, which
can be connected with higher types.

It is, furthermore, a morphological fact that where repetition of
parts is the rule, variability, in number at least, is to be looked
for. Among snakes, generic and specific characters are chiefly
"1 Proc. U. 8. National Museum, 1892, pp. 589-684.

2 \ very simple summary of a long series of observed facts is contained in
Bateson’s Materials for the Study of Variation, p. 571 (London, 1894): ‘It
is perhaps true that, on the whole, series containing large numbers of undif-
ferentiated parts more often show Meristic Variation than series made up of

a few parts much differentiated, but throughout the evidence a good many
of the Jatter class are nevertheless to be seen.”

1901. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

found in the teeth, in the plates upon the head, and in the number
and form of the rows of body scales; all of these are numerous,
and variability under the above law is common.

Color is largely used in specific, and almost wholly in subspecitic
determination, and this, too, we should expect to find inconstant
in a group whose structure is such that the whole exterior is
brought into close contact, surface or subterranean, with earth,
sometimes swamp and sometimes desert sand, and whose slow
metabolism brings such physiological activities as temperature,
nutrition and epidermal repair into close dependence upon exter-
nal conditions.

There is, again, a class of anomalies not uncommon in this
group, such as are shown at times in genera like Coluber or
Zamenis, in which the young of some species are spotted or cross-
banded, becoming striped when adult. Here, occasionally, more
or less of the juvenile pattern is retained, showing through, as it
were, the later stage. Examples of such are Coluber guttatus
sellatus Cope and ©. rosaceus Cope. This class of variations is
purely physiological, and when occurring in isolated cases, has no
more zodlogical significance than the occasional retention to matu-
rity of the youthful livery of spots in lions.

Aside from anomalies, there are characters which are too variable,
normally, to be of use except in broad definitions. Form and
proportions, both of the whole and of parts, vary considerably ;
among those which change with growth are the relative length of
the tail (which also varies with sex), and the reciprocal propor-
tions of some head plates; breadth of head and stoutness of body
change to an extraordinary degree with nutritive conditions, a
fact which can be best learned by observation of snakes kept in
captivity.*

The system of trinomials has added greatly to the facilities for
expressing the relationship of transitional forms, but while its
value is fully conceded, so also must be the existence of the danger
which has attended and not infrequently overtaken it—that the
very ease of its methods may lead the systematist to overvalue the -
importance of individual and insignificant variations.

3 4 suggestion as to the possible origin of occasional specimens presenting
mixed characters, is that among snakes which breed in captivity there seems
to be little orno aversion to cross-breeding. ‘This is especially true of
Eutenia and Tropidonotus, both of which produce young free from -the
ege, and breed not infrequently.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

The chief purpose of the present paper is to inquire into the
nature of these variations, and to determine if possible how far
they are promiscuous and without meaning, or to what extent they
may be believed to fall within those ideas of progressive modifica-
tion, without which as a guiding principle, the practice of tax-
onomy is mere byplay. The conception which has directed the
inquiry, is that a relatively high degree of constancy and isolation
is essential to the recognition of a species; and that variations, to
be of subspecifie value, must be of such a character as to offer
reasonable grounds for the belief that they are stages of change;
an important part of such character being that they shall occur in
sufficient numbers to constitute centres, so to speak, upon lines
leading from established forms.

The color descriptions have in a large proportion of cases been
taken from the Jiving snake; to which it may be added that in
addition to the aleoholic series to which I have had access, inelud-
ing that of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
which now contains the whole private collection of the late Prof.
Cope, nearly four thousand living specimens of North American
snakes have passed under my observation, in the course of identify-
ing the large amount of material in this group which comes into
possession of the Zodlogical Society of Philadelphia.

The more recent works which treat with modern methods, of the
whole field of North American snakes, are the paper of Prof. Cope,
above referred to,’ and Mr. G. A. Boulenger’s Catalogue of Snakes
in the British Museum (1893-96).

With neither of these distinguished naturalists am I able to find
myself in full accord; the one appearing to me to err in excess of
analysis, quite as much as the other does in the opposing method.

The literature has been so fully worked out by Mr. Boulenger,

‘Since the completion of the present paper (October, 1900), the Report of
the U. S. National Musewm for 1898 has appeared. containing Prof. Cope’s
posthumous work on North American sealed reptiles (Serpentes, pp. 688-
1198). I find that few of the conclusions which I bad reached are thereby
altered, for the chief additions to his previous paper of 1892 result from the
introduction of characters-drawn from the male generative organ. These
were not made use of in the present paper, for examination of much of
Cope’s material, and some further investigations of my own, had satisfied
me that much verification and extension remains to be done before their
value in generic determination can be established. Such changes as I have
made haye been introduced into the text, and references to the paper are
given as ‘‘Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus.,’’ ‘‘ Cope, /.c.,’’ indicating the previous paper,
above cited.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

that the references given in this paper are such only as are neces-
sary to historical exactness, being in most cases to the original
description; te the works of Cope and Boulenger cited; to Baird
and Girard’s Catalogue of North American Snakes (1853); to.
some late papers by Mr. Stejneger, and to a valuable paper by
Mr. Van Denburg on the reptiles of the Pacific coast.*

GLAUCONIIDA.

GLAUCONIA, Grey.

Cat. Lizards, Br. Mus., 139 (1845); Rena B. and G., Cat. Serp. No. Am.,
149 (1853); Glauconia and Rena Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1892,

589, 590 ; Glauconia Boul., Cat. Snakes Br. Mus., I, 59.

No maxillary teeth; rostral large, projecting; one nasal,
divided or half-divided and touching the lip; eyes covered with
seales; an ocular which reaches the lip; a median row of scales
extending to the rostral; body surrounded with cycloid scales;
anal entire; body cylindrical; tail short and blunt; head not
distinct.

Hab.—Africa; southwestern Asia; tropical America.

Two species are known in the United States:
Supraoculars present, . . . . .. . . . dL. G. dulcis.
Supraccularsabsent,. . . . . . .. =. .2. G. humilis.

Glauconia dulcis B. and G.

Rena duleis B. and G., I. c., 142; Glauconia duleis Cope, 1. c., 590;
Boul., l. c., I, 65; Leptotyphlops dulcis Stej., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
1891, 501; Glauconia dissecta and G. dulcis Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus.,
716, 717.

Size small; two or three pairs of plates in front of frontal; a
supraocular plate on each side with a smaller one between them;
nasal divided; scales in 14 rows. Length about 200 mm. (tail
about one-twentieth). Pale brown above; white on belly.

G. dissecta Cope, may prove to be distinct, but the inconstancy
of the head shields in these low, burrowing forms is a strong pre-
sumption against it.

Hab.—Texas, New Mexico and Mexico.

5 Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Science, No. 5, 1897.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Glauconia humilis B. and G.

Rena humilis B. and G., 1. ¢., 143, and Cope, 7. ¢., 590; Glawconia
humilis, Boul., J. ¢., I, 7, and Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 719; Rena
humilis Stej., 1. ¢., 501; Siagonodon humilis Van Den., I. ¢., 159.

Like G. dulcis, but no supraoculars; the oculars being separated
by one shield instead of three.
Hab.—Arizona, southern and Lower California; Mexico.

BOIDA.
LICHANURA Cope.

Proce. Acad. Phila., 1861, 304; 7. c., 590; Rep. Nat. Mus., 722 ; Boul.,
1. ¢., 1, 129.

Head covered with scales; two nasals; no labial pits; eye with
vertical pupil; body short and stout; tail short, blunt and slightly
prehensile; subcaudals undivided.

Hab.—Southwestern North America.

Lichanura roseofusca Cope.
Proe. Acai. Phila., 1868, 2; Z. roseofusea and orcutti Cops, 1. ¢., 591,
592, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 724, 726; Z. orcutti Stej., Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 1889, 96; L. trivirgata (part) Boul., J. ¢., 1, 129.

Head slightly distinct; rostral prominent; eye surrounded with
a ring of nine or ten scales; anterior nasals in contact; 4-6 small
plates behind the nasals, rest of head covered with small scales;
body cylindrical; scales small and smooth, in 33-43 rows; ven-
trals 224-241; subcaudals 39-47. Total length about 980 mm.
(tail 110).

Grayish or brownish above, sometimes with three rather indis-
tinct brown stripes on the body; belly yellowish or reddish, irregu-
larly mottled with brown.

Mr. Stejneger has clearly shown the great variability of scutel-
lation in these snakes,® and the very wealth of observation which
he brings forward destroys the value of the chief character upon
which JL. orcutti rests; the presence of an additional loreal. In
addition to which is the fact that in the Boidw these plates are so
inconstant as to be without classificatory meaning.

Hab.—Southern California and Arizona, A closely; related
species, J. trivirgata, is found in Lower California.

6 Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1891, p. 511.

1901. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

CHARINA Grey.
Cat. Sn. Br. Mus., 113 (1849); Cope, /. c., 592 ; Boul., J. c., I, 130.

Anterior teeth longest; head covered with shields; a frontal
plate ; two nasals, eye small with vertical pupil; tail short, not
prehensile; subcaudals undivided.

Hab.—Western coast of North America.

Charina botte Blainville.
Tortri« botte Blain., Nouv. Ann., 1834, 57, Pl. XXVI, fig. 1; Wenona
plumbea and isabella B. and G., 1. ¢., 189, 140; Charina botte Cope,
l. c., 592, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,; 728 ; C. bott# Boul., /. ¢., I, 130.

Body short and stout; rostral prominent; two nasals, the
anterior frequently fused with the internasals; loreal sometimes
fused with prefrontals; head plates variable; upper labials 8-11;
scales smooth in 37-49 rows; ventrals 192-211; anal entire; sub-
caudals 20-37, mostly entire. Total Jength about 550 mm. (tail
50). Grayish to brownish aboye, yellow beneath.

In the present genus Mr. Stejneger has again demonstrated the
worthlessness of characters drawn from the scales,’ although he
prefers to provisionally retain plumbea B. and G. The difference
of four rows of scales between the type of botte and the minimum
of plumbea is much less than the normal range of variability in
almost every known species of Boide.

Hab. —Oregon to Lower California and Nevada.

Charina brachyops Cope.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, 88; J. c., 592, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 727 ;
Boul., 2. c., I, 131.

One specimen only is known of this species. It differs from
botte in that the posterior prefrontal forms a part of the orbit,
and the loreal is absent, leaving the postnasal in contact with the
preocular. The constancy of these characters is not known, and
the form is retained provisionally.

Hab.—Point Reyes, California.

™Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1890, p. 177.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

COLUBRID&.*
Key to the Genera.

I. AGLYPHA :
A. —Posterior dorsal hypapophyses present :
a.—Maxillary teeth longer behind; scales keeled:
a’.-—Anal entire; no scale pits, . . . . Hurayra.
b'.—Anal divided:
2 internasals; scale pits present,

TROPIDONOTUS.
2 internasals; no scale pits; keeled only on tail,
SEMINATRIX,
1 internasal; no scale pits; keeled only on tail,
= HE.icoprs.
6.- Maxillary teeth equal; scales keeled:
a’..—Analentire, . . . . . . TROPIDOCLONIUM.
b'.—Anal divided :
; @.—Loreal absent, . . . . . . STORERTA.
b*.—Loreal present :
' a@’.—1 nasal; 1 preocular, . . CLOoNoPHis.
_ 6*.—2 nasals; preocular absent:
2 internasals,. . . . AMPHIARDIS.
anternasal; .. 9% = = = SHiAspEye

5B. —Posterior dorsal hypapophyses absent:
a.—Maxillary teeth equal, or nearly so:
a, —Anal entire:
a*,—Scales smooth; size large:
Snout normal; scales less than 17 rows,
SPILOTEs.
Snout elongate; scales more than 25 rows,
ReINECHIS.
b?. —Seales smooth; size small and slender; no
loreal; pre- and postfrontals touching labials,
STrLosoma.
c’.—Scales keeled; size large; 4-6 prefrontals,
PITYOPHIs.
b‘.—Anal divided:
a°’,—Scales keeled:
2 nasals; size large; spotted or striped,
: CoLUBER.
1 nasal; size small; color green,
CyYcLoPHis.

8 Although not strictly followed here, the plan of serial arrangement of the
genera of Colubride adopted by Mr. Boulenger possesses a decided advan-
tage, in that it does not pretend to a knowledge of close affinities which we

have not gained.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

b?,—Scales smooth:
a*,— Loreal and preocular present:
1 preocular; 1 nasal; color not green,

ConmTlia,
1 preocular; 1 nasal; color green,
LIopE.Ltis.
2 preoculars; 2 nasals,
DIADOPHIs.

b*.—Preocular absent :

2 internasals; 2 nasals; size small,
VIRGINIA.
2 internasals; 1 nasal; large; bluish-
black with red stripes, . . ABASTOR.
1 internasal; 1 nasal; large; bluish-
black with red spots, . . FARANCIA.
1-2 or no internasals; 1 nasal; small;
brown; . . . . +. CARPHOPHIS

ce’. —Loreal absent :

Nasal usually fused with first labial,
Ficmra.

Nasal usually fused with internasal,
CHILOMENISCUs.

6.—Maxillary teeth longer behind; no interspace:
w—Anal divided:
Rostral normal, . . eee) CARE N IS:
Rostral with projecting edges,
SALVADORA.
b'.—Anal entire:
a’, —2 nasals:
Rostral normal; subcaudals divided

OPpuHIBoLus.
Rostral projecting; subcaudals entire,
RaiNocui.us.
b*.—1 nasal; rostral projecting,
CEMOPHORA.

e.—Maxillary teeth longer behind; an interspace:
aw,.—Anal entire; 3-4 git rostral with projecting
edges, . . . P#HYLLORHYNCHUS.
b'..—Anal aiededs al loreal :
Scales keeled ; rostral recurved,
HErEROvON.
Scales smooth, with pits; 2 preoculars,
HypsIGLENa.
Scales smooth, without pits; 1 preocular,
RHADINEA.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | Jan.,

II. OPISTHOGLYPHA :

a.—Anterior maxillary teeth elongated; 2 loreals,
TRIMORPHODON.
b.—Anterior maxillary teeth not elongated:
a'.—Loreal present :
Scale pits present; eye with vertical pupil,

SIBON.

Seale pits absent; eye with round pupil,
ERYTHROLAMPRUS.
bs —Worealtabsent.¢) 4 2. a-..% “2 2% LANTETTA:

III. PROTEROGLYPHA :
Scales smooth in 15 rows; red, with black and yellow rings,
Ears.
EUTZENIA B. andG.

l. c., 24 (1853); Chilopoma Cope, Wheeler Surv., 543; Atomarchus
Cope, Am. Nat., 1883, 1300 ; Hutenia Cope, !. c., 645, and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 1014; Zropidonotus (part) Boul., 7. c., 1,192; Lhamnophis
Stej., No. Am. Fauna, 7, 210.°

Maxillary teeth smooth, gradually increasing behind, last 2-3
rather abruptly enlarged; head scales normal; 1 loreal; 2 nasals;
2 internasals ; body stout to very slender ; head distinct ; scales
keeled, without pits in 17-23 rows; anal entire.

Hab.—North America and Mexico.

The snakes of this genus seem open to every possibility of varia-
tion; they exist everywhere in great numbers between the fiftieth
and fifteenth degrees of latitude; many of them are of semi-aquatie
habits, and the complexity of their pattern easily runs into irregu-
larities, the reckless naming of which has added to the confusion.
In The Primary Factors of Organic Evolution, p. 63 (1896),
Prof. Cope states that he recognizes forty-nine species and sub-
species in this genus. Nevertheless, if the systematist will but
remember that heredity does not act with the exact methods of
mechanical reproduction, certain fairly definite groups may be
made out, to which these anomalies may with some certainty be
assigned.

°Tn this paper Mr. Stejneger endeavors to substitute for the well-estab-
lished Hutenia B. and G. Fitzinger’s name Thamnophis (Syst. Rept., p. 26,
1843), and seeks to remove that author’s undefined genera from the class of
nomina nuda, by the statement that ‘‘the simple fact that Fitzinger ex-
pressly indicated the type of the genus at once removes them from that cate-
gory.’’ It is true that it does so by rule of the American Ornithologists’
Union, but elsewhere, and in my opinion properly, the best usage refuses to
sanction these names.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19
Key to the Species.

I, Body with longitudinal stripes; 2 labials in orbit:
A.—Body very slender ; tail long; lateral stripe on third
and fourth rows; all scales keeled, in 19 rows:
a.—Tail 4 of length, or rather more:
7 upper labials; brown with 3 yellow stripes,
1. E. saurita.
8 upper labials; olive; dorsal usually absent,
2. E. sackeni.
b. —Tail 4 of length or rather less; 8 upper labials,
3. E. proxima.
B.—Bocly stouter; tail shorter:
a. —-Seales in 21 rows (oee. 19):
«w.—Lateral stripe on third and fourth rows:
Usually 8 labials; 21 rows, . 4. E. megalops.
Usually 7 labials; occ. 19 rows, 5. E. radix.
b'.—Lateral stripe on second and third rows; labials
8 (oce. 19 rows and 7 labials), 6. E. elegans.
b.— Scales in 19 rows (oce. 21):
Usually 8 labials; head broad, . . 7. E. eques.
Usually 7 labials; head narrow, . 8. E. sirtalis.
II. Body without stripes; 21 rows:
1 labial in orbit; brown with 7 rows of spots,
9. E. multimaculata.
2 labials in orbit; brown with small reddish spots anteriorly,
10. E. rufopunctata.

Eutenia saurita L.

Coluber saurita L., Syst. Nat., XII, 385 (1766); Hutenia saurita B.
and G., l. c., 24; Cope, 1. c., 650, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1020; Zropi-
donotus saurita (part) Boul., l. ¢., I, 212.

Upper labials 7 (rarely 8); oculars 1-3; temporals 1-2 (3);
body slender and elongated; tail from .36 to .28 of total length;
scales in 19 rows, all keeled; ventrals 150-170; subcaudals 95-
120; chocolate brown, with three yellow stripes, the lateral on the
third and fourth rows; belly yellow or greenish white; top of

~head dark brown; a spot on parietals; labials yellow, unmarked.
The largest specimen I have seen is in the Academy’s collection,
from Minnesota, and measures 865 mm. (tail 240). As is usually
the case with large examples, the tail is here rather short,
about .27.

Hab.—United States, east of Mississippi river.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Eutenia sackeni Kennicott.
Proce. Ae. Phil., 1859, 98 ; Cope, J. c. 650, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1019;
T. saurita (part) Boul., 1. ¢., I, 212.

Scutellation and proportions as in saurita, but the upper labials
are almost invariably 8, instead of 7. The color is greenish olive,
or blackish in old specimens, and the dorsal stripe is usually
absent, in such cases showing faintly for a short distance behind
the head. Total length 710 mm. (tail 255).

Hab.—Florida.

Eutenia proxima Say.
Coluber proximus Say, Long’s Exp., I, 187 (1823); Hutenia proxima

and £. Faireyi B. and G., 1. c., 23; H#. proxima Cope, l. c.; 650, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 1022; 7. saurita (part) Boul., J. c. I, 212.

Head small; body slender, though stouter and with shorter tail
than in the preceding species; upper labials 8; oculars 1-3; tem-
porals 1-2 (3); scales in 19 rows, all keeled; ventrals 165-178;
subeaudals 91-115; dark olive or brownish to almost black; dor-
sal stripe distinct, bright yellow to orange; lateral stripe on third
and fourth rows, usually pale or greenish yellow; belly yellow or
green, usually without markings; top of head dark, with a pari-
etal spot; labials colored like the belly. Sometimes the dorsal and
lateral stripes are of the same color; very dark specimens with
such stripes, chiefly from the northern portions of its range, are
faireyi B. and G. ‘These have often a slightly longer tail, but the
differences are not constant. The usual length of large examples
from the Mississippi valley is about 800 mm., of which the tail is
from .33-.28, but a living specimen lately received by the Zodlogi-
cal Society from Pecos, Tex., is 1160 mm. long (tail 280). In
this the tail is but .24 of the length, being the shortest I have met
with in the species. The dorsal stripe is a rich red.

Hab.—Indiana and Illinois to southern Mexico, and west
through Texas. It is not certainly known from east of the Mis-
sissippi except in the States named.

Eutenia radix B. and G.

l. c., 34; Cope, 7. c., 650, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1026; 7. ordinatus var.
radix Boul., l. c., I, 211.

Body moderately stout; head broad; upper labials 7 (oce. 8);
oculars 1-3; temporals 1-2; ventrals 145-170; subcaudals 51-70;
seales in" 21 or 19 rows, all keeled, the outer slightly. Brown,
olive or almost black, with three stripes, the dorsal usually golden

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

or orange, and the laterals on the third and fourth row, paler yel-
low; the spots are distinct except when the body color is so dark
as to obscure them; belly green to slaty black, with a dark spot at
the base of each ventral near the end; parietal spot usually present;
labials yellowish or green, heavily margined with dusky. Total
length 750 mm. (tail from .20-.24).

Although radix usually has 21 rows of scales, four out of five
specimens which I have lately received from eastern Missouri have
19.

Hab.-—From the Rocky Mountains to Indiana, and the British
possessions to Texas. The common species of the plains.

Eutenia megalops Kennicott.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 330.

Confusion has been introduced into this species by inaccurate
description and identification. Typical megalops is from Arizona;
its Mexican representative is macrostemma Kenn. Sundry speci-
mens of the latter Prof. Cope described under the name insig-
niarum, attributing to it markings obscure or wanting, as com-
pared with maerostenma ; five specimens in the Academy’s collection
from the City of Mexico, referred by Cope himself to insigniarum,
do not, however, bear out this statement, and I can see no reason
for regarding that form as distinct from macrostemma," which
probably does not enter the United States.

Eutenia megalops megalops Kennicott.
1. c., 330; H. megalops and FE. macrostemma insigniarum (part) Cone,
Gye: 650, 651; 7. ordinatus var. macrostemma (part) Boul., J. c., I,
2125 Ez. megalops and #. macrostemma Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus. , 1025,

Body moderately stout; tail from .19-.26 of length; eye large;
scales in 21 rows, the outer irregularly keeled; upper labiais 8 (9),
the last one small; temporals 1-2 (3). Brown or ashy with
three narrow yellow stripes, the lateral on third and fourth rows;
spots present, but not very distinct; belly usually green, bases of
ventrals dusky; no parietal nor nuchal spots; a small post-oral
crescent sometimes present: labials slightly margined; ventrals
158-164; subcaudals 52-65. Total length of two specimens
from Tucson: 740 mm. (tail 140), 690 mm. (tail 140). Three
specimens of this snake were sent to the Zodlogical Society in 1891,

10Tn his latest work Cope himself abandons insigniarum in favor of macro-
stemmed.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

from Tucson, Ariz., by Mr. Herbert Brown, and were ascribed by
Cope (1. ¢., p. 651) to insigniarum. They were at the time con-
sidered by me to be megalops. ‘They are now in the Academy’s
collection, and reéxamination shows that they do not correspond to
Cope’s description of the first species, nor to five examples of that
supposed form from Mexico, but they do agree in all respects with
Kennicott’s description of megalops, except that the spots are
slightly more distinct and the upper labials are variable; one has
them 8-8, another 8-9, and the third 9-9. In the five macrostemma
Kenn. (= insigniarum Cope) from Mexico, the largest of which
measures 990 mm., I find the tail to be about one-fourth of the
length, or longer than in most adult megalops, which reverses the
proportions given by Cope; a smaller megalops from Duck creek,
New Mexico, in the Cope collection, 610 mm. long, has the tail
about .26, and more yentrals and subcaudals, but is otherwise
exactly like my Tucson specimens.

Hab.—-New Mexico, Arizona and northern Mexico.

Eutenia elegans B and G.
l. ¢., 34.

As a rule elegans has 21 rows of scales and 8 labials, but varia-
tions to 19 rows and 7 labials are not uncommon, and in one form
23 rows sometimes appear; oculars 1 (2)—3 (4); temporals 1-2
(sometimes 1-1 or 1-3); posterior chin shields about equal in
length to the anterior; head rather small; eye small or moderate;
size rather smaller than £. sirtalis; tail .19-.25 of length; ven-
trals 144-180; subcaudals 53-90. The lateral stripe is on the
second and third rows; the diversity of color is considerable, and
is best stated under subspecifie heads. E. elegans is a western
form, ranging from the central plains to tne Pacific coast.

Key to the Subspecies.

a. —Post-ora] crescent absent:
Color dark; spots and lat. stripe often indistinct,
1. E. e. elegans.
Color lighter; spots encroaching on stripes,
2. E. e. vagrans.
Often 2 preoculars and 23 rows; otherwise like vagrans,
3. E. e. biscutata.
&.—Post-oral crescent present:
Spots and stripes distinct, . . ge ed
Spots and stripes indistinct or absent, D.

e. mareiana.
E. e. couchi.

bo
Oo

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Eutenia elegans elegans B. and G.

E, elegans B. and G., l. c., 34; E. e. elegans, E. e. plutonia and EL. ¢.
brunnea Cope, |. c., 653, 654, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1035, 1037; T.
vagrans (part) and J. ordinatus var. infernalis (part) Boul., l. c.,
I, 202, 207; Thamnophis elegans (part) Van Den., Occ. Papers Cal.
Ac. of Se., No. 5, 207 (1897); Thamnophis elegans Stej., No. Am.
Fauna, No. 7, 211.

Color usually dark brown, olive or black, obscuring the spots;
dorsal stripe moderately wide and distinct, whitish, yellow or red;
laterals usually, but not always, distinct; there are no nuchal spots
and the labials are without dark margins; belly generally light, with
a distinct yellowish tinge on the throat; eye moderate; posterior
chin shields about equal the anterior; ventrals 155-172; sub-
caudals 57-80.

E. plutonia Yarrow was based upon two melanistic individuals,
one from Arizona and the other from Washington.

T can see no valid reason for retaining E. brunnea Cope.

Hab. —California to Oregon.

Eutenia elegans vagrans B. andG.

E. vagrans B. and G., 1. c., 35; EH. e. lineolata and EL. e. vagrans Cope,
l. c., 655, 656, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1038, 1039; Z. vagrans (part)
Boul., l. c., I, 202 ; Yhamnophis vagrans Stej., 1. c., 213 ; T. vagrans
(part) Van Den., /. c., 210.

E. vagrans has almost always 21 rows and 8 upper labials; ven-
trals 153-172; subcaudals 53-91; the eye is smaller than in
elegans and the posterior chin shields either equal the anterior in
length or are rather less. Color, greenish yellow or ashy to
brown; the spots are rather small and numerous, they are usually
distinct and often tend to join together, forming zigzag cross-
bands; they usually encroach upon the stripes, which are whitish
or yellow; the belly is frequently marbled with slate color, espe-
cially in the centre; head brown or blackish with parietal spot
and nuchal blotches generally present; labials rarely dark bordered
and then but narrowly.

Hab.—The region of the plains and the Pacific coast from
southern California to Oregon.

Eutenia elegans biscutata Cope.

E. biseutata Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, 21; J. ¢., 651, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., 1032; 7. vagrans (part) Boul., l. c., 1, 202; Thamno-
phis vagrans biseutata Van Dea., !. c., 212.

This form was established by Prof. Cope upon a melanistic speci-
men of small size, with two preoculars and 21-22 rows of scales.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Vas

Mr. Van Denburgh has examined a number which have 2, 3,
and occasionally 1 preocular; sometimes 7 labials and 21-23 rows;
all these being from Washington and Oregon. Allowing for
doubt as to the significance of these variations, the form may be
provisionally retained as a subspecies of EH. elegans.

Eutenia elegans marciana B. and G.
HE. Marciana B. and G., 1. ¢., 36; H. e. marciana Cope, I. ¢., 656, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 1045; #. nigrolateris A. Brown, Proc. Acad. Phila.,
1889, 421; 7. ordinatus var. marcianus Boul., I. c., I, 211.

Largest of the subspecies; 21 rows of scales; upper labials 8;
temporals 1-2 (3); posterior chin shields rather longest; ventrals
149-163; subcaudals 53-85. Light brown or ashy; dorsal stripe
narrow and not always distinct; laterals of the same shade, but
frequently merged into the belly color; spots distinct and conspicu-
ous, sometimes encroaching a little upon the stripes; belly light
with a dark spot at the base of each ventral near the end; nuchal
and parietal spots present; labials HOLS bordered, and a con-
spicuous pale post-oral crescent.

E. nigrolateris A. Brown was based upon an individual from
Tucson, the most striking character of which, apart from obvious
abnormalties, was the extension of the preocular upward to meet the
frontal. Since then I have examined several marciana which
exhibit a tendency in this direction.

Hab. — Central Texas to western Arizona.

Eutenia elegans couchi Kennicott.

E. couchit Kenn., Pac. R. R. Rep., 10 (1857), and H. hammondit
Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 382; H. e. couchit Cope, 1. c., 656,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1042; 7. ordinatus vars. couchii and ham-
neaee Boul., J. c., I, 210; Thamnophis hammondii Van Den., I. ¢.,

Moderately stout; 21 rows of scales (oce. 19); upper labials 8
(rarely 7); posterior chin shieids longest; ventrals 159-173;
subeaudals 68-85. Grayish brown, dark brown or.olive; dorsal
stripe narrow, indistinct or absent; lateral stripe not very distinct;
spots almost always absent, although a few black dots are some-
times visible on the scales; belly yellowish to black; labials dark
bordered; nuchal blotches present; post-oral crescent less distinet
than in marciana.

Hab.—California and Arizona.

bo
or

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Eutenia eques Reuss.

Coluber eques Reuss., Mus. Senck., I, 152 ;11 #. cyrtopsis, H. c. ocellata
and #. aurata Cope, 1. ¢., 656, 659 ; 7. ordinatus var. eques (part)
Boul., /. c., I, 209; #. eques Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1049.

Body moderately stout; head broad behind; eye large; scales
in 19 rows, the outer smooth or faintly keeled; upper labials 8;
oculars 1-3; temporals 1-3; posterior chin shields much the
longest. Brownish olive; dorsal stripe narrow, said to be red in
life; laterals paler, on the second and third rows; two series of
large black spots between the dorsal and lateral stripes; anteriorly
and on the middle of the body the spots often fuse transversely,
forming zigzag bands; the spots encroach considerably upon the
stripes, sometimes breaking through the lateral one, especially
anteriorly; a third row of spots on the outer row of scales and the
ends of the ventrals; belly whitish, each scutum black at the base
on the ends; top of head olive; large and conspicuous nuchal
blotches; Jabials yellowish white bordered with black; chin yellow-
ish; ventrals 151-169; subcaudals 64-74; tail about .23 of
length.

According to Dr. Coues, this species grows to quite the size of
E, sirtalis around Fort Whipple, Ariz.

E. cyrtopsis ocellata Cope was founded upon specimens collected
by G. W. Marnock at Helotes, Tex., in which the lateral stripe
is cut completely through in places by the lower row of dorsal
spots. There are two specimens in the Cope collection from the
same locality and collector; one in every way corresponds with
Kennicott’s description of cyrtopsis, the other is ocellata for about
four inches behind the head, and eques on the rest of the body.

It is not easy to reconcile the original description of FE. awrata
Cope with the type and only specimen, which is simply a well-
fattened and stout eques, with the spots obscure, though indicated.
The specimen is mutilated and the brown color has disappeared in
the preservative fluid, but in every character not dependent upon
prominence of the spots, it belongs to the present species,

Hab.— Western Texas to Arizona; northern Mexico.

Eutenia sirtalis L.
Coluber sirtalis L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 222 (1758).

This is rather a stout species; head distinct and moderately
large; tail from .20 to .25 of the length; oculars 1 (2)-3 (4);

11] have been unable to verify this reference, and it is adopted here on the
authority of Boulenger and Cope.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

temporals 1 anterior, with 1, 2 or 3 in the second, row; upper
labials almost always 7, but in one subspecies 6 or 8; posterior chin
shields longest; scales in 19 rows (oce. 17 or 21), the outer row
smooth or faintly keeled; ventrals 128-165; sub-caudals 55-85.
The color range is very great: bluish, green, olive, brown and
almost black, usually with a dorsal stripe and a lateral on the
second and third rows, and three rows of spots on the back and
side; any or all of these may be absent; belly yellow, green or
black, generally with a roundish spot near the end of each ventral;
the head is dark above, usually with a parietal spot; labials mar-
gined with dusky. Maximum length about 900 mm.

Hab.—The whole of North America, wherever snakes are
found, and extending into Mexico.

Key to the Subspecies.

Green, with spots, usually no stripes,. . . 1. £. s. ordinatus.

Stripes and spots-présent; nored on sides, . . 2. E. 8. sirtalis.
Stripes and spots often obscure; generally red on sides,

3. E. s. parietalis.

Color very dark; 3 stripes; belly blue-black, 4. E. s. pickeringi.

Color dark, 3 stripes; head small; often 17 rows, q

5. E. s. leptocephala.

Eutenia sirtalis ordinata L.

Coluber ordinatus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 379 (1766); 2. s. ordinata
and #. s. graminea (part) Cope, 1. c., 662, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1066,
1067; 7. ordinatus forma typica Boul., 1. c., I, 206.

Green above;. usually without stripes; spots generally distinct,
but in some eases obscure; belly greenish white; 19 rows of scales;
7 labials.

Hab. —United States east of Mississippi river.

Eutenia sirtalis sirtalis L.

Coluber sirtalis L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 222 (1758); #. s. sirtalis, #. s.
graminea (part), H. 8. semifasciata, H. 8. obscura and EH, butlert
Cope, 1. c., 662, 663, 651, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1066, 1067-74, 1031 ;
T. ordinatus var. sirtalis (part) and var. butleri Boul., l. c., I, 206,
212; Thamnophis butleri Stej., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1894, 593;
EH. brachystoma Cope, Am. Nat., 1892, 964, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
1056.

This subspecies has almost always 19 rows of scales and 7 upper
labials; oculars 1-3; temporals usually 1-2 (3), occasionally 1-1;
the color is variable, but is usually brown, bluish or green, with
the three light stripes well defined; spots rather large and usually

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

distinct; top of head dark; parietal spot present; labials yellowish
or greenish, with dark borders; ventrals 138-165; subcaudals
61-80. Length, 750 to 950 mm., of which the tail is from .20
to .25.

Some of the specimens referred by Prof. Cope to E. s. graminea
have the stripes more or less distinctly marked; these I assign to
the present form.

E. 3. semifasciata Cope is based upon a few individuals in
which the spots are somewhat confluent anteriorly—a disposition
by no means uncommon in many of the species of this genus.

Specimens in the Academy’s collection labeled obscura by Cope
plainly show the dorsal spots, although not prominently; similar
individuals may be found in almost any lot of E. s. sirtalis col-
lected in one locality; western examples of obscura are probably
referable to E. s. parietalis. The only thing which appears to me
out of the ordinary about the form, is that any one should have
thought of giving it a name.

The basis of E. butleri Cope was a specimen from Richmond,
Indiana, the special characters of which were: the great width of
the lateral stripe, covering three rows of scales; the black borders
of the stripes; the absence of defined spots and of markings on the
head and labials, and the presence of but one temporal in the
second row. ‘To these distinctions Mr. Stejneger has added, from
a second specimen in the National Museum, that the eye is
strikingly small. I have not seen the type specimen, from Rich-
mond, but two others (No. 6523, Ac. coll.) from southeastern
Indiana, labeled by Cope E. butleri, present intermediate charac-
ters. In these examples, the lateral stripe nowhere ‘‘ covers ”’ the
second, third and fourth rows, being everywhere restricted to the
lower half of the fourth, and anteriorly, where it most extends on
the fourth, it barely covers the upper margin of the second, while
on the hinder half of the body it is almost wholly on the second
and third. The spots are not entirely absent, though obscure
against the dark body color, and in one of the specimens they
form narrow broken borders to the stripes, as in many of Cope’s
obscura ; the posterior labials have narrow dark borders, and there
is an indistinct parietal spot. Both have two temporals in the
second row; in one the lower is narrow and in contact with the
anterior one only by its point; in the other, the lower is much the

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

largest; in any event £. s. sirtalis not infrequently has but one
second temporal.

Examination of the type of E. brachystoma Cope leaves little
ground for regarding it as anything more than a dwarfed and
shortened E. s. sirtalis. The colors appear to have faded; on
stretching the skin, indications of the dorsal spots appear, and the
ventral spots of sirtalis are not absent, as stated in the description,
but are plainly present, though small. The body is dispropor-
tionately short, as is the mouth, which, instead of reaching back
as far as the hinder end of the parietals, ends quite in advance of
that point; with which shortening the reduced number of labialis is
doubtless correlated.

Hab.-—£. s. sirtalis is found over the United States and southern
Canada, east of the great plains, but is chiefly from east of the
Mississippi river.

Eutenia sirtalis parietalis Say.
Coluber parietalis Say, Long’s Exp., I, 186 (1823); #. s. parietalis,
E. s. concinna, HE. s. tetratenia, HL. s. dorsalis, E. 8. obscura (part),
#. elegans ordinoides and LE. infernalis infernalis (part) Cope, /. ¢.,
654-664, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1074-1081; 7. ordinatus var. sirtalis
(part) and 7. 0. var. infernalis (part) Boul., J. c., I, 206, 207 ;
Thamnophis parietalis Stej., No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 214; Van Den.,

1. ¢., 201.

This subspecies has usually 19 rows and 7 labials; occasional
examples have 21 rows and the labials are sometimes 8; the color
is dark brown, bluish, black or even green; dorsal stripe distinct
and variable in color, white, blue, yellow or red; the laterals are
distinct owing to the presence of more or less of the dark body
color on the outer rows and ends of the ventrals; the upper row of
spots commonly fuses into a longitudinal black stripe, with which
the lower row sometimes connects aboye; the skin on the sides: is
bright red, sometimes extending on to the scales so that the sides
appear to have a denticulated pattern of black and red. This is
often seen in living snakes only when the scales are stretched apart,
but in alcoholic specimens the spaces between the lower row of spots
seem to fade rapidly to white, and the denticulated pattern is then
very distinct. The belly is yellow, green or bluish slate, and the
spots near the ends, though small, are plainly to be seen at the
base of each ventral; top of head olive or reddish yellow; an
occasional labial with a narrow dark margin.

94

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

E. s. tetratenia Cope was founded upon gyecimens which had
been many years in alcohol. One in the Academy’s collection
(No. 6085) from Puget Sound, formerly known as E. concinna,
seems to have had the red lateral spaces formed into a longitudinal
stripe, extinguishing the upper portion of the lower row of spots.
A small snake in the same jar, of the same date and locality, is an
ordinary parietalis.

Considering the amount of variability in the joining of the spots
in parietalis, and also the uncertain way in which the red pigment
dissolves in alcohol, J am not disposed:to attach much importance
to slight differences in these very old specimens.

E. dorsalis B. and G. has the upper black dorsal stripe some-
what narrower than is usual in those examples of parietalis in
which the spots fuse into a stripe.

E. ordinoides B. and G. is said to have the sides chestnut in
life, instead of bright red, but this difference is trivial and old
alcoholic specimens are distinguishable only when they have 21
rows of scales and 8 labials; but as ordinoides and parietalis vary
into each other in scutellation, I see no good reason for separating
them, or for assigning the former to EL. elegans, as is done by Cope.

Whatever may or may not have been infernalis Blainville, I
have never seen a living specimen which could be referred with
certainty to infernalis B. and G. or Cope, and I am persuaded
that those so called belong in part to the present form and in part
to E. elegans.

The dimensions of parietalis are about as in E. s. sirtalis.

Hab.—From central California north to Washington and
‘Oregon, and through the plains from Montana to Texas.

Eutenia sirtalis pickeringi B. and G.

EH. Pickeringii B. and G., l. c., 27; H. 8. pickeringii and L. 8s. trilineata
Cope, l. ¢., 665, and Rep Nat. Mus., 1082, 1083; 7. 0. var. infernalis
(part) Boul., l.c., I, 207; Vhamnophis parietalis pickeringi Van
Den., J. c., 204.

Color very dark, blackish brown or black, with three narrow
light stripes ; belly dark greenish or slate color; throat lighter.
- E. s. trilineata Cope is simply this form with the stripes inconsid-
erably wider.

Hab.—Washington, Oregon and western Montana.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

Eutenia sirtalis leptocephala B. and G.

E. leptocephala B. and G., 1. c., 29; E. atrata and £. cooperi Kenn.,
Pac. R. R. Survey, 296 (1860); H#. leptocephala and EF. infernalis
vidua Cope, l. c., 658, 660, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1058, 1055 ; 7. lep-
tocephalus (part) and T. o. var. infernalis (part) Boul., l. c., I, 201,
ed Thamnophis leptocephalus Stej., 1. c., 214; Van Den., 1. ¢.,

Size smaller and tail relatively a little longer than in FE. s.
sirtalis ; body moderately stout; head small and narrow; scales in
17-19 rows; preoculars 1 or 2 (3); postoculars 3 or 4; temporals
1-1 or 1-2; upper labials usually 7, but sometimes 6 or 8; olive,
greenish or blackish brown, generally with three light stripes;
these are variable and sometimes absent; the three rows of spots
are hardly to be seen in dark specimens; belly yellowish, greenish
or dark slate; head dark, with a parietal spot; labials yellow or
olive, sometimes narrowly bordered; ventrals 139-152; sub-
caudals 52-77. Total length of one specimen 724 mm. (tail
164); of another 723 mm. (tail 138). Nine specimens from
Washington and British Columbia, collected by Samue) N.
Rhoads, have 17 rows of scales; nearly all have 7 labials; one
has them 7-8, and one has 8; the preoculars are 1, 2 or 3, with 2,
3 or 4 postoculars. In all the color is dark brown or black, with
the spots barely visible and the lateral stripe indistinct. Indi-
viduals with 19 rows and 7 labials so closely resemble some forms
of parietalis, and in fact some Eastern E£. s. sirtalis, that I cannot
regard it as more than a subspecies.

In E. infernalis vidua Cope has merely redescribed two of
Kennicott’s original specimens of £. atrata, although he does not
mention the fact, while referring to the resemblance. One of
Kennicott’s specimens (No. 6359 Ac. coll. ; original number 970),
marked vidua by Cope, better accords with the first description
than with the later one. It has 19 rows at a point about three
inches behind the head, where the number rarely reaches a maxi-
mum, but on the rest of the body it has 17 as stated by Kenni-
cott;’? upper labials 8; oculars 1-3; temporals 1-2; ventrals 155;
subeaudals 65; length 622 mm. (tail 138), or .22 of the length,
being considerably shorter than the proportion given by Cope. A
second specimen (No. 6584 Ac. coll.), also from San Francisco,
has the dorsal stripe somewhat narrower; spots obscure, but visible

12 Curiously enough, Cope in his last paper, p. 1059, refers to this irregu-
larity in the number of rows as being sometimes found in leptocephala.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. al

against the dark body color, and has the belly rather lighter, with
clear indications of a lateral stripe on the second and third rows;
ventrals 143; subcaudals 63; length 440 mm. (tail 108, or .245
of the length). In one the labials are dark lead color, in the
other yellowish green, both with traces of narrow dark borders;
the chin shields are not subequal in these specimens, but the hinder
are noticeably the longest, as in most leptocephala, and the eye is
small, as in that form. Mr. Van Denburgh refers vidua to elegans,
but the totality of characters in the two which I have examined
comples me to regard them as /eptocephala, to which, in fact, Cope
himself has already referred «trata, of which vidua in no event
could be more than a synonym.

Hab.—British Columbia, Oregon, Washington and California
north of San Francisco.

Eutenia multimaculata Cope.

Atomarchus multimaculatus Cope, Am. Nat., 1883, 1300; 2. muul-
timaculata Cope, 1. ¢., 665, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1087; 7. multimac-
ulatus Boul., t. c., I, 214.

Posterior maxillary teeth shorter than in the preceding species;
occasionally an azygous plate between the internasals; scales in 21
rows; upper labials 8, the fourth only touching the eye; oculars
2-3; temporals 1-3.

Grayish or brown above, with about 7 longitudinal series of
brown or reddish spots with lighter centres, some of whick often
unite transversely; ventrals yellowish with dark edges, Length
about 708 mm.

Hab.—Southern New Mexico; northern Mexico.

Eutenia rufopunctata Cope.
Chilopoma rufopunctata Cope, Wheeler Survey, 544 (1875); #.
rufopunctata Cope, l. c., 666; T. rufopunctata Boul., 1. c., 1, 214.

Teeth as in multimaculata ; head narrow; rostral large and pro-
jecting; 21 rows of scales; upper labials 8, fourth and fifth touch-
ing the eye; oculars 2 (1)-3; temporals 1-3; chin shields about
equal.

Light brown, anteriorly with six rows of small reddish or orange
spots; belly brownish gray, base of ventrals dark; no markings
on head; labials light; ventrals 177, subcaudals 87. Only one
specimen known, from southern Arizona. Length 257 mm.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

TROPIDONOTUS Kuhl.

Isis von Oken, 1826, 205; Boul. (part), J. c., 1,192; Matrix Cope, l. c.,
667, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 957; Nerodia and Regina B. and G., l. ¢.,
38-45.

Maxillary teeth smooth, gradually increasing posteriorly, the
last three or four rather abruptly enlarged; head scates normal; 1
loreal; 2 nasals; 2 internasals; body rather stout ; head distinct;
scales keeled with double pits in 17-33 rows; anal divided.

Hab.—Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia, America.

This genus much resembles Hutenia, but has a divided anal and
scale pits. Being viviparous, Jike Hutenia, these snakes breed
freely in captivity, and the insignificance of slight differences in
color and pattern may be instructively observed in almost any
single brood of young.

Key to the North American Species.

a.—Body with stripes; scales in 19-21 rows:
a’, —Preoculars 2:
Brown; 3 black stripes on back; 4 on belly,
C 1. T. leberis.
Olive brown, with 4 narrow stripes on back,
2. T. grahami.
Brown, with 2 narrow stripes on back, 3. ZT. rigida.
b'.—Preocular 1:
Yellowish brown; 4 dark brown stripes on back,
4. T. clarki.
5.—Body with spots or cross bands:
w,—Sceales in 19-21 rows; brown, with indistinct spots or

evoss-bands, . . . . . . O. Z. compressicauda.
b’.— Seales in 23-25 rows ; brown with alternating spots or
cross-bands;:. 2 2 “20re. . 6. Tiripedones

c'.—Scales in 27-29 rows:
27 rows; large alternating spots, . 7. TZ. rhombifer.
29 rows; narrow cross-bands; eye with circle of scales,
8. T. cuclopeum.
d'.—Scales in 29-83 rows; size large; alternating spots;
parietals broken up, . . . . . JZ. tawxispilotus.

Tropidonotus leberis L.

Coluber leberis L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 216 (1758); Regina leberis B.
and G., 1. ¢., 45; Watrix leberis Cope, |. c., 668, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
993 ; 7. septemvittatus Boul., 1. c., I, 239.

Size moderate; oculars 2-2; temporals 1-2; upper labials 7;

LS Tropidonotus bisectus Cope (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 116) is
obviously abnormal in some, at least, of its characters. Its locality is uncer-
tain and is probably referable to some form of 7. sipedon.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

scales in 19 rows; ventrals 146-151; subcaudals 64-86. Dark

brown above with three narrow longitudinal black stripes on the

back; a yellow stripe on the two outer rows of scales; belly yellow-

ish with four black stripes. Length 580 mm, (tail 154).
Hab.—United States east of the Mississippi; not common in

Florida.

Tropidonotus grahami B. and G.

Regina Grahamii B. and G., l. ¢., 47; Natrix grahamii Cope, 1. ¢.,
668, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 991; 7. grahami Boul., 1. c., I, 240.

Size moderate; oculars 2-2 (3); temporals 1-2; upper labials 7;
scales in 19 rows (occ. 21); ventrals 150-173; subcaudals 45-65.
A light brown or clay-colored dorsal stripe, one and a halt scales
wide, bordered by a narrow black line; below this, an olive-brown
stripe three scales wide, bordered below by another black line on the
fourth row; belly and three outer rows straw yellow. There is a
narrow black line along the juncture between the ventrals and the
outer scale row, and frequently another along the middle of the
ventrals. In old individuals the colors darken and the appear-
ance is sometimes presented of a brown snake with three narrow
black stripes on each side. Length 880 mm. (tail 130).

Hab.—The Mississippi valley, from Michigan to Texas,

Tropidonotus rigidus Say.

Coluber rigidus Say, Jour. Acad. Phila., IV, 1825, 239; Regina rigida
B. and G., l. c., 49; Natrix rigida Cope, 1. ¢., 668, and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 989; 7. rigidus Boul., 1. c., I, 240.

Size rather small; oculars 2-2; temporals 1-2; upper labials 7;
19 rows of scales; ventrals 132-142; subeaudals 51-71.

Greenish brown, with two narrow black stripes on the back;
labials and belly yellow, with two series of black spots on the ven-
trals, which sometimes merge into a clouded stripe in front and
behind. Length 536 mm. (tail 102).

Hab.—Pennsylyania, south and southwest to the Gulf; rare in
Florida.

Tropidonotus clarkii B. and G.

Regina Clarkit B. and G., l. c., 48 ; Natrix clarkii Cope, !. c., 669, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 987; 7. clarkii Boul., l. ¢., I, 238.

Size moderate; oculars 1-3 (2); temporals 1-3 (2); upper
labials 8 (oce. 7); scales in 19 or 21 rows; ventrals 130-135;
suveaudals 57-68. F

3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Dark olive brown above, with three light olive stripes, the dorsal
one three scales wide, and the lateral on the third, fourth and part
of the fifth rows; belly yellow in the middle and light olive on the
sides and outer row of scales; an irregular clouded stripe of red-
dish brown on each side of the median yellow tract. Length 806
mm. (tail 168).

Hab.—Western Louisiana and Texas.

Tropidonotus compressicaudus Kennicott.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 335.

Size moderate; tail somewhat compressed; scales in 19 or 21
rows, very occasionally 23; oculars 1-3 (2); temporals 1-3 (2);
upper labials 8. The pattern in this species is not distinct, and is
best seen in the young. The body color is greenish olive, with a
dorsal row of black spots and a smaller series on each side. The
spots are confused and irregular, the laterals being sometimes oppo-
site the dorsals and sometimes alternating with them; they tend to
fuse together, forming cross-bands, which when they alternate, are
zigzag. The anterior spots in many specimens merge lengthwise
into more or less distinct stripes on the neck, which at times extend
some distance on the body. The belly is yellowish or ashy, com-
monly blotched with black, more heayily posteriorly; anteriorly
each ventral is margined with black, leaving a transverse elliptical
yellow mark in the centre, with sometimes a row of similarly
colored small spots on each end. Top of the head greenish olive,
often with an elongated black blotch on the frontal and parietals ;
labials yellow, more or less margined with black.

Two color forms may be distinguished :

Three rows of spots; traces of stripes on neck,

1. T. ¢ compressicaudus.
Cross-bands on body; black stripes on neck, . . 2. TZ. ¢. ustus.
Tropidonotus compressicaudus compressicaudus Kenn.

Nerodia compressicauda Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 335; Natrix
compressicauda Cope, l. c., 669, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 979 ; T. com-
pressicaudus (part) Boul., /. c., I, 238.

Grayish olive or ashy, with about forty dark spots on the back,
distinct but irregular; the dorsal and Jateral series mostly alter-
nating, sometimes forming cross-bands in front. Indications of
short stripes on the neck.

A small specimen collected by Mr. C. B. Moore, on Pine
Island, Charlotte Harbor, has 133 ventrals; 74 subcaudals; length

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

255 mm. (tail 68). The species reaches a length of about
600 mm.
Hab. —Florida.

Tropidonotus compressicaudus ustus Copes
T. ustus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 340; Natrix usta, N. com-
pressicauda bivittata, N. c. walkerii, N. c. compsolema Cope, l. c.,
668, 669, 670, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 981-983 ; V. c. teniata Cope, Am.
Nat., 1895, 676; 7. compressicaudus (part) Boul., J. ¢., I, 238.

In this form the spots join to form more or less distinct cross-
bands, some thirty-five to forty on the body ; these are frequently
obscure, especially in adults; the neck stripes occasionally extend
some distance toward the tail. The body color is frequently pale
yellow, more or less suffused with the reddish tinge common in
many species of this genus. The whole pattern is indefinite and
hardly any two specimens are alike ; upon these trivial differences
the forms given in the synonymy have been based.

Hab. —Florida.

Tropidonotus sipedon L.
Coluber sipedon L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 219 (1758).

Size moderate, to large and stout; scales in 23 or 25 rows; upper
labials 8 (occ. 9); oculars 1-3 (2); temporals 1-3; ventrals 125-
155; subcauduls 59-82.

In this species the color is brown, yellowish or red above, with
darker transverse bands or spots on the back, or both in combina-
tion; the belly is yellowish, either spotted or unmarked. The
pattern is distinct in the young, but the body color becomes dark
in old specimens, until the markings are often wholly obliterated.
Three well-marked color forms may be distinguished, of which
1. s. sipedon is the common ‘‘ water snake’’ of the Eastern
Middle States; 7. s. fasciatus of the Southern and Gulf States,
and 7. s. transversus seems to be restricted to the western part of
the lower Mississippi valley.

a.—Ventrals spotted:
Cross-bands on whole of back, . . . 1. T. 8. fasciatus.
Cross-bands in front; spots posteriorly, . 2. 7. s. sipedon.
6.—Ventrals not spotted; whole body with alternating spots,
T. 8. transversus.

P<iy

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Tropidonotus sipedon fasciatus L.

Coluber fasciatus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 378 (1766); Nerodia fasci-
ata aud JV. erythrogaster B. and G., 1. ¢., 39, 40; Natrix fasciata
fasciata, N. f. pleuralis and N. f. erythrogaster Cope, /. c., 673, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 965, 973, 975; WV. f. pictieventris Cope, Am. Nat.,
10 ae and Rep. Nat. Mus., 969; 7. fasciatus (part) Boul., /. ¢.,

Size large; body stout; scales in 23 rows (rarely 25); upper
labials 8; oculars 1-3 (2); temporals 1-3; ventrals 125-155;
subcaudals 60-82.

Yellowish, yellowish red, or brown aboye, with from twenty to
thirty darker transverse bands on the back, narrowing on the sides,
and sometimes red spots on the sides; sometimes the bands are more
or less broken posteriorly; belly whitish yellow or salmon color,
blotched with yellow, red or black; very often each ventral is mar-
gined all around with the darker shade; top of the head uniformly
dark, generally olive; an oblique dark streak behind the orbit;
labials margined with dark brown. Old specimens become very
dark. A large one from Georgia, now living in the Zodlogical
Gardens, is sooty black with traces of red markings on the flanks;
in this specimen the posterior third of the belly is almost wholly
black. Another from Florida has the body color brick red on
the back, becoming almost vermilion on the sides, the cross-bands
being reddish with a mixture of olive; the ventrals are yellow or
orange, mostly bordered all around with darker orange. * This
merely fortuitous phase is pictieventris Cope.”

A young specimen, now in the Academy’s collection, bred in
the Zodlogical Gardens from a typical fasciatus, shows at the age
of one day, transverse bands, posteriorly much broken up into
spots. With the darkening and consequent obscurity of color,
especially along the dorsal area, which results from age, this speci-
men would develop the pattern attributed to plewralis Cope.

I have no knowledge of small individuals of erythrogaster Shaw,
and there is not the least doubt in my mind that this form is again
the result of darkening with age of the red specimens of fasciatus
described above; although it may be that some northern examples
should be referred to 7. s. sipedon.

The largest of this subspecies which I have seen, measured 1270
mm. (tail 300).

Hab.—Virginia to Florida and west to Texas.

4 This identification is given on the authority of Prof. Cope, who declared
that this specimen belonged to his new subspecies.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

Tropidonotus sipedon sipedon L.
Coluber sipedon L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 219 (1758); Nerodia sipedon
B. and G., J. c., 38; Natrix fasciata sipedon Cope, 1. c., 671, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 969; 7. fasciatus (part) Boul., 7. ¢., I, 242.

Size moderate; almost invariably 23 rows and 8 upper Jabials;
old specimens sometimes much resemble some phases of J. s. fasci-
atus, but as a rule the body is less stout. When clear enough to
be distinguished, the pattern consists of a series of large brown
dorsal spots, separated by very narrow light interspaces; the dorsal
alternates with a series of lateral spots separated by light intervals
as loug as or longer than themselves. Anteriorly, the lateral
spots are often obscure or wanting. In old dark individuals, the
general aspect is that of a dark-brown snake crossed on the middle
of the back by narrow light lines, about half a scale wide, mar-
gined with black. The ventrals are spotted, but less heavily
than in fasciatus. Top of the head brown; there is usually no
post-ocular stripe, but when the general color is light, it is some-
times indicated. Ventrals 130-150; subeaudals 59-80. Length
890 mm. (tail 204).

Hab.—New England to the Carolinas; west to Wisconsin and
Kansas.

Tropidonotus sipedon transversus Hallowell.
T. transversus Hallow., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 177 ; Nerodia Wood-
housii and WN. transversa B. and Gy 1. ¢., 42, 148; NV. f. transversa
Cope, /. c., 672, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,, 973; 7. fasciatus (part) Boul.,
U c¢., I, 242. x .

Size rather less than 7. s. sipedon; scales in 23-25 rows; upper
labials 8 or 9; temporals 1-3; ventrals 140-150; subcaudals 64—
80. Body color olive or brown; a dorsal series of 30-35 dark brown
spots about four scales long and seven or eight wide, black bor-
dered in front and behind; the interspaces aoout one scale wide;
an alternating series of upright rectangular dark brown blotches
on the sides, the intervals being wider than the blotches;
the dorsal and lateral series are not in contact; belly yellow, with
the base of each ventral dusky. Top of head dark olive, with
sometimes a yellowish elongated spot on the commissure of the
parietals and two small yellow dots on the anterior border of the
frontal. Length about 860 mm. (tail 186).

Hab.-—Western Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Tropidonotus rhombifer Hallowell.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 177; Nerodia Holbrookii and N. rhombifer
B. and G., J. c., 43 and 147; Natrix rhombifera Cope, l. c., 673, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 963; 7. fasciatus (part), Boul. /.c., I, 242.

Size large; scales in 25 or 27 rows (Cope states that in thirteen
individuals he found only one with 25 rows; whereas, in eight, I
find five with 25, one with 26 and two with 27); oculars 1-2
(oceasionally 3 or 4 post-oculars); temporals 1-2 (5); upper
labials 8; ventrals 141-150; subcaudals 57-78.

Reddish brown, occasionally pale yellowish brown, darker on
the back; a dorsal series of 35-40 black blotches, six or seven
scales wide and two or three long, separated by rather longer inter-
spaces; on each side an alternating series of vertical rectangular
blotches, each of which is connected by a black oblique bar from
its upper corners to the contiguous lower corners of the dorsal spots.
Irregular cross-bands on the tail. Belly yellow or gray, with an
orange tinge posteriorly; a roundish black spot at the end of each
ventral. Top of head olive brown; upper labials lighter olive;
lower labials and throat yellow; all the labials narrowly margined
with brown. This snake resembles 7. taxispilotus, but has fewer
seales and the spots are connected at the angles. Length 1,116
mm. (tail 220); probably reaches the size of JT. s. fasciatus.

Hab.—Southern Illinois and Indiana to Texas; extends south to
Vera Cruz.

Tropidonotus cyclopium Dum. and Bib.
Erp. Gen., VII, 576 (1854); Cope, 7. c., 673, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 961 ;
Boul., J. c., I, 244.

Size large; scales in 29 rows (oc. 31); oculars 1-2 (3); tem-
porals 1-2 (3); upper labials 8 (7); almost always 2, 3 or 4 sub-
oculars, forming with the pre- and post-oculars a ring around the
eye; ventrals 135-150; subcaudals 64-81.

Greenish or dark olive; irregular, broken darker bands, about
the width of one scale, across the back to about the seventh row, at
intervals of about two scales; opposite the interspaces, on each
side, a vertically elongated black blotch extending from the third
to the sixth row; belly yellowish or greenish white, the exterior
base of each ventral clouded with dusky, which increases posteri-
orly; top of head dark brown; lower half of upper labials lighter;
all labials with dark margins. The whole pattern is obscure, and

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39
in“old examples is not easy to make out. Length 1,200 mm. (tail
260).

-* Hab.—Florida to New Orleans, und sparingly up the Missis-
sippi to southern Illinois.

Tropidonotus taxispilotus Holbrook.
No. Am. Herp., IV, 35, Pl. 8 (1843); Nerodia tavispilotus B. and G.,
1. ¢., 43; Natrix taxispilota Cope, |. c., 674, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 959;
_ TL. taxispilotus Boul., 1. c., I, 245.
‘* Largest of the American water snakes; body very stout; scales
in 29-33 rows, strongly keeled; oculars 1-2 (3); temporals 2-4
(5); the parietal shields are small, their hinder portion being
usually broken up into small plates; upper labials 8, usually only
the fourth entering the eye: ventrals 130-148; subcaudals 70-90.
Reddish brown, with a dorsal and lateral series of rectangular
blackish brown blotches, which alternate but do not touch; belly
yellowish white with irregular blotches of dark brown. This
species resembles both 7’. s. transversus and T. rhombifer, but may
always be known from the former by the increased number of scale
rows, and from the latter by the absence of the oblique bars con-
necting the dorsal and lateral spots. An occasional specimen
shows the orbital ring of scales found in J. eyclopium. Length
1,500 mm. (tail 290),
Hab.—F rom the Potomac river to Florida and New Orleans.

SEMINATRIX Cope,
Am. Nat., 1895, 678, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 998; Contia (part) Cope,
Ll. ¢., 599; Zropidonotus (part) Boul., J. ¢., I, 192.

Maxillary teeth smooth, slightly increasing posteriorly, th2 last
two abruptly enlarged; body rather stout; head small and slightly
distinct; head scales normal; one loreal; nasal half divided; no
scale pits; scales smooth on body, sometimes faintly keeled on the
tail.

Hab. —Florida.

Seminatrix pygea Cope.

Contia pygea Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1871, 222, and J. ¢., 600; 8.
pygeus Cope, Am. Nat., 1895, 678, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 998 ; Zropi-
donotus pygeus Boul., l. c., I, 223.

Size small, tail short; 20-24 maxillary-teeth, smooth and slightly
increasing posteriorly, the last two abruptly enlarged; mandibular
teeth about 20, subequal; head scales normal; internasals small;

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2, the anterior elongated; upper Jabials
variable (in six which I have examined three have 7, one has
7-8, one has 8 and one has 9); 17 rows of scales, smooth on the
body, often faintly keeled on the tail; ventrals 118-130; subcau-
dais 32-54. Lustrous brownish black above, with a faint pale
longitudinal line on each scale, most strongly marked on the sides;
belly yellow or salmon color, each ventral with a small black bar
on the exterior and outer margin. Length 484 mm. (tail 109);
of another specimen 330 mm. (tail 50).

Hab. — Florida.

This species was included by Mr. Boulenger in his comprehensive
genus T’ropidonotus, but the smooth body scales and absence of
seale pits, together with the wide difference in form and color pat-
tern, appear to me to warrant generic separation. I have observed
that in captivity these little snakes are fond of hiding under stones
or bark in moist soil, and this habit is confirmed by Mr. Leennberg.**
On the whole, I suspect that pygea is a degenerating Tropidonotus
in process of acquiring subterranean habits. It is possible that the
light line on the dorsal scales may indicate the former presence of
keels, but lately lost.

HELICOPS Wazgler.

Syst. Amph., 170 (1830); Liodytes Cope, 1. c., 666; Helicops Boul.,
l.c., I, 272.

Maxillary teeth smooth, posterior slightly longest, no interspace ;
one loreal; one internasal; two nasals ; body rather stout; scales
more or less keeled, usually without pits; anal divided.

Hab.—Florida, tropical America and Africa, southern Asia.

Helicops alleni Garman.

Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1874, 92; Liodytes allenii Cope, I. ¢.,
667, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1018; Helicops allent Boul., l. ¢., I, 275.

Maxillary teeth 16-18, syncranterian; mandibular teeth 18-20,
subequal; body short and stout; head slightly distinct; tail short;
head scales normal, except that the internasal is single; oculars
1-3, the anterior occasionally extending upward to meet the fron-
tal; temporals 1-2. In one specimen in my own collection the
parietals extend to the labials, behind the post-oculars; upper
labials 7 or 8; scales in 19 rows, smooth excepting on the tail,
where a few rows are more or less distinctly keeled; as a rule scale

15 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1894, p. 323.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCE3 OF PHILADELPHIA. 4i

pits are absent, but in one specimen which I have examined they
are irregularly present; ventrals 121-129; subcaudals 58-63.

A dark brown dorsal area six to eight scales wide, on each side
of this a lighter olive stripe two rows wide, then a dark lateral
stripe from the third to the fifth row; belly and labials yellow.
Length 484 mm. (tail 110).

Hab. — Florida.

STORERIA B. andG.

Cat. No. Am. Serp., 135 (1853); Cope, J. c., 674, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
1000 ; Ischnognathus'* (part) Boul., J. ¢., I, 285.

Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; no loreal; two nasals; two inter-
nasals; scales keeled without pits, in 15-17 rows; anal divided;
size small; head distinct.

Hab.—North and Central America.

17 rows; 1 preocular; ventrals whitish, . . . . 1. S. dekayi.
15 rows; 2 preoculars; ventrals reddish, . 2. S. occipitomaculata.

Storeria dekayi Holbrook.
Tropidonotus dekayi Holb., No. Am. Herp., III, 53, Pl. XIV (1842) ;
S. dekayi B. and G., 1. ¢., 135 ; Cope, 1. c., 675, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
1000 ; Ischnognathus dekayt Boul., l. c., 1, 286.

Head scales normal; no loreal; two nasals, nostril generally
between them; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 7;
scales in 17 rows, notched at the tip; ventrals 120-140; subcaudals
40-63. Length 350 mm. (tail 70).

Grayish to reddish brown or olive above, with a Tighter dorsal
stripe about three scales wide, bordered by a row of black dots or
a black line, sometimes traces of a second and third alternating
series on the sides; belly whitish, with black dots on the ends of
the ventrals.

Hab.—North America and Mexico, east of the Rocky Moun-
tains.

16 There is possibly a question as to actual priority of publication between
Storeria B. and G. and /schnognathus Dum. and Bib., both bearing the
date 1853 ; the paper of Dumeril and Bibron having been read before the
Académie des Sciences, November 2, 1852, and the Cat. of No. Am. Ser-
pents being accepted for publication in the same month. Both genera were
established upon S. dekay?t, but as the definition given by Baird and Girard
is much more complete, usage warrants the retention of their name. Boul-
enger has much extended Ischnognathus and includes in it both Clonophis
kirtlandi and Tropidoclonium lineatum.

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Storeria occipitomaculata Storer.
Tropidonotus occipitomaculatus Storer, Rep. Rept. Mass., 230 (1839);
S. occipitomaculatus B. and G., 1. ¢., 137; Cope, 7. ¢., 675, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., 1003; L. occipitomaculatus Boul., J. ¢., 1, 287.

Head scutellation like S. dekayi, but there are two preoculars
and five or six upper labials; the nostril is usually in the pre-nasal;
15 rows of scales. The size and proportions are similar. Color
of the back much the same, but the vertebral stripe is less distinet
and occasionally the outer row is lighter; belly salmon color in life
with the ends of the ventrals clouded with darker; a light blotch
on the vertex with a smaller one on each side of it, and a light
spot on the posterior labials.

Hab.—North America, east of the Rocky Mountains.

CLONOPHIS Cope.

Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, 391 ; J. c., 674; ZTropidonotus (part) Cope,
Rep. Nat. Mus., 995 ; Ischnognathus (part) Boul., J. c., 1, 289.
Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one nasal; two
internasals; size small, head not distinct; scales keeled; anal
divided; head not distinct.
Hab.—North America.

Clonophis kirtlandi Kenn.

Regina kirtlandii Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1856, 95 ; Clonophis kirt-
landii Cope., 1. c., 674; Tropidonotus kirtlandii Cope, Rep. Nat.
Mus., 995 ; Jschnognathus kirtlandi Boul., l. c., I, 286.

Head plates normal; 1 nasal, usually half divided; oculars 1-2;
temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 6; scales in 19 rows, all keeled;
ventrals 123-133; subcaudals 50-59. Length 496 mm. (tail 115).

Brown above with a dorsal series of Jarge dark spots and a small
alternating series on the sides; belly yellowish or reddish, with a
black spot at the end of each ventral; labials yellowish.

Hab.— Ohio to Michigan.

TROPIDOCLONIUM Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila.,. 1860, 76; J. c., 666, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1011;
Ischnognathus (part) Boul., J. ¢., I, 285.

Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one nasal; two
internasals; size rather small; head not distinct; scales keeled; anal
entire. Resembles Clonophis, but has the anal single.

Hab.—North America.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

Tropidoclonium lineatum Hallowell.
Microps lineatus Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1856, 241 ; 7. lineatum Cope,
l. c., 666, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1011; Jschnognathus lineatus Boul.,
1. c., I, 289.

Head plates normal; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2 (1); upper
labials 5 or 6; scales in 19 rows, the two outer only faintly keeled;
yentrals 138-148; subcaudals 34-37. Length 350 mm. (tail 48).

Grayish brown with a light vertebral stripe, bordered by a row
of black dots; a light lateral stripe on the second and third rows;
belly light with two longitudinal series of black spots, more distinet
posteriorly.

Hab.—Ohio to northern Texas.

AMPHIARDIS Cope.

Proc. U. §. Nat. Mus., 1888, 391; 7. c., 675, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1008 ;
Boul., 0. c., I, 290.

Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; two nasals; two
internasals; no preocular, the loreal extending to the eye; scales
keeled; anal divided ; size small; body rather stout ; head not
distinct; tail short.

Hab.—Texas.

Amphiardis inornatus Garman.
Virginia inornata Garm., No. Am. Rept., 97 (1883) ; A. inornatus Cope,
l. c., 675, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1009 ; Boul., 7. c., I, 290.

Head scales normal; two internasals; two nasals; no preocular ;
loreal long, and with the prefrontals, entering the orbit; one post-
ocular; upper labials 5; temporals 1-1; scales in 17 rows, Jus-
trous, the outer only faintly keeled; ventrals 125-1 29; subcaudals
36. Length 260 mm. (tail 45).

Brownish olive above; belly white, base of ventrals dusky.

Hab.—Two specimens known, only trom central Texas

HALDEA B. and G.
1.

, 122; Cope, J. c., 675, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1009; Boul., U. c., L
90.

Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; one loreal; two nasals; one
internasal; no preocular; scales keeled without pits; anal divided;
size small, body slender, head distinct, tail short.

Hab.—North America.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Haldea striatula L.

Coluber striatulus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 375 (1766); Haldea stri-
atula B. and G., 1. c., 122; Cope, 1. c., 676, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1009 ;
Boul., v. c., I, 291.

Only one internasal; head plates otherwise normal; loreal long
and reaching the eye; no preocular; 1 post-ocular; temporals 1-1;
upper labials 5; scales in 17 rows; yventrals 120-135; subcaudals
36-50. Length 250 mm. (tail 45).

Uniform reddish or grayish brown above; salmon color under-
neath; sometimes an indistinct light band across the parietals.

Hab.—Virginia to Minnesota and south to Texas.

SPILOTES Wagler.

Syst. Amph., 179 (1830); Georgia B. and G., J. c., 92; Spilotes Cope,
l. c., 636 ; Spilotes and Coiuber (part) Boul., J. c., 11, 23,24; Comp-
sosoma Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 857.

Maxillary teeth smooth, nearly equal; head scales normal;
loreal sometimes absent; one preocular; scales smooth or keeled with
two pits, sometimes in an even number of rows;" anal entire; size
large ; head moderately distinct; body sometimes compressed on
the back.

Hab.—North and South America.

Spilotes corais Boie.
Coluber corais Boie, Isis, 1827, 537.
This large species ranges from the southern United States to
Brazil; typical corais is South American, but there are several
subspecies, one of which only, enters the United States.

Spilotes corais couperi Holbrook.

Coluber couperii Holb., No. Am. Herp., III, 75, Pl. 16 (1842); Georgia
Couperii and G. obsoleta B. and G., 1. c., 92, 158; S. ¢. couperti
Cope, l. c., 637; Coluber corais (part) Boul., /. ¢., II, 31; Comp-
sosoma corais coupertt Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 858.

Maxillary teeth 17-18, slightly enlarged posteriorly; mandibu-
lar teeth about 16, a little longer in front; internasals small; two
nasals; loreal quadrangular; oculars 1-2; temporals 2—2 ; upper
labials 8 (7), either the fifth or sixth small and triangular; scales
smooth in 17 rows; ventrals 184-198; subeaudals 60-73.

Lustrous black above; belly slaty black; on the anterior ven-

1 The restriction of this genus to snakes having the dorsal rows in even
number does not appear to me justifiable. The type of Sptlotes Wagler is
S. pullatus, which species alone, Boulenger admits in the genus. It, how-
ever, has the scales frequently in an odd number; two specimens from
Trinidad, formerly in the Zodlogical Garden, had 15 and 17 rows respectively
(Proc. Acad. Phila., 1893, 432).

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

trals dark red often appears, which usually shows plainly on the
chin; upper labials light, with red or blackish margins. This
species is one of the largest of North American snakes; in Florida
it reaches about 1900 mm. (tail 350), and along the lower Rio
Grande, in Texas, it exeeds those dimensions.

Hab.—Georgia and Florida to eastern Texas; northern Mexico.

COLUBER L.

Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 216 (1758); Scotophis B. and G., /. ¢., 73; Hlaphis
(part) D. and B., J. c., VII, 241 ; Coluber Cope, ieee 630, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., 825 ; Coluber (part) Boul., bes Ii, 24:

Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; two nasals; two inter-
nasals; one preocular; two prefrontals; scales in 19-35 rows;
generally more or less keeled, with two pits; anal divided; size
moderately large; head distinct.

Hab.—Northern hemisphere.

Reliable specific characters, drawn from the scutellation, are want-
ing in the American species of Coluber. The proportions of the
frontal and parietal plates, upon which some stress has been laid,
are so variable with age and in individuals, that little importance
can be attached to them singly; except that in vu/pinus, and still
more in lindheimeri, the anterior border of the frontal is wide and
the lateral angles are obtuse, so that the plate is often subtrian-
gular. Cope divides the species into sections, according to the
number of anterior temporals, but I find them by no means con-
stant enough to serve that purpose.. The number of ventrals and
subeaudals is not diaguostic, the limits of variability overlapping
in most species; although quadrivittatus, a long-tailed species, has
the largest number of subcaudals, and vu/pinus, which is short
and thick, has the least. . There are fairly constant differences in
pattern and color, and upon these, with a totality of other charac-
ters, they may be divided with some certainty.

Key to the American Species.
a.—Scales smooth, or 5 to 13 rows weakly keeled:

Light gray ‘with brown SOOLSN ee ene s eles Cliemorys.
Red with briek-red spots, ~ . . 2 CC. gutiatus,
Yellow with four brown stripes, . 3. CO. quadrivittatus.

6.—Scales with 9 to 21 rows more strongly “keeled:
9-11 rows keeled; yellow with distinct spots,
4. C. vulpinus,
9-21 rows keeled; black above, or yellow with spots; lateral
spotselongated, . . . . . . . & C. obsoletus.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Coluber guttatus L.

Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 386 (1766); Scotophis guttatus B. and G., 1. ¢.,
78; @. guttatus and C. g. sellatus Cope, J. c., 633, and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 833, 836; C. guttatus (part) Boul., l. ¢., II, 39.

Frontal a trifle longer than broad, rather broad behind, usually
a little shorter than the snout; oculars 1-2; temporals 2-3 (4);
upper labials 8, fourth and fifth entering the orbit; 11 or 12 lower
labials, five touching anterior chin shields; scales usually in
27 rows (rarely 29), very slightly keeled on about five rows;
ventrals 215-240; subcaudals 61-79. Length 1200 mm. (tail
190).

Light red, paler on the sides; dorsal blotches darker red with
black borders and a narrow margin of dark red outside of the
black; the dorsal spots reach to about the seventh row of scales;
below these there is a second alternating series of smaller spots,
which sometimes have a tendency to run together longitudinally,
and a third series on the ends of the ventrals and the two outer
rows. In some specimens the dorsal spots are wider, and the
laterals are mostly absent or form an indistinct longitudinal
stripe; this is C. g. sellatus Cope, the type specimens of which had
29 rows of scales, but a very similar specimen in my own collec-
tion from Lake Kerr, Florida, has but 27. The color beneath is
yellowish white, with quadrangular blotches of black on the outer
ends of the ventrals. The head is usually, but not always, banded
above.

Hab. —Virginia to Florida and west to the Mississippi river.
Coluber quadrivittatus Holbrook.

No. Am. Herp., IIT, 89, Plate XX (1842); Scotophis quadrivittatus B.
and G., l. ¢., 80; C. quadrivittatus and C. rosaceus Cope, 1. c., 633,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 838, 837; C. obsoletus (part) Boul., l. ¢., II, 51.

Frontal narrow behind, a little longer than broad in front; tem-
porals 2-2 (3); upper Jabials 8, occasionally 9, and in one example
7 on one side, the fourth and fifth entering the eye; lower labials
11 to 13, four or five touching the anterior chin shields; 27 rows
of scales, of which from five to thirteen are weakly keeled; ven-
trals 232-250; subcaudals 86-105 (one examined by me has the
abnormally small number of 66).

Body color yellow or buft, sometimes faintly greenish, with four
longitudinal stripes of dark brown ; the laterals on the fourth and
part of the third and fifth, and the upper ones on the eleventh and

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

part of the tenth and twelfth rows. In some specimens the body
color is dark chestnut. Underneath and on top of head yellow,
unmarked. The young in this species are spotted, the spots at
subsequent stages fusing into stripes. One specimen 1720 mm. long,
from Florida, now living in the Zodlogical Gardens, shows ihese
spots quite plainly outlined on the back, forty-one in number from
head to vent, with the stripes running across them. There are also
faint remains of lateral spots. This mixture of immature and adult
characters probably accounts for C. rosaceus Cope. Reaches a
length of 1800 mm. (tail 300).
Hab.—North Carolina to Florida.
Coluber obsoletus Say.
Long’s Exp. to Rocky Mts., I, 140 (1823).

Frontal about equals the length of snout, rather broad in front;
anterior temporals usually 2, but occasionally 1 or 3; posterior
temporals 3 (4); usually 8 upper labials, fourth and fifth in eye;
11 to 13 lower labials; scales in from 25 to 29 rows, from 9 to 21
of which are keeled; ventrals 224-258; subcaudals 75-86.

The color ranges from black above to gray or yellowish with dark
spots; the lateral spots are more or less elongated; head not dis-
tinctly banded in adults. Size medium to large and stout.

Hab.—New England to the Gulf and west to the central plains.

Three good color forms may be distinguished:

Black above, sometimes with indistinet spots,. 1. C. 0. obsoletus.
Yellowish with lead-colored spots; red on sides,

2. C. o. lindheimeri.
Gray or pale brown with brown spots, . . . 3. C. 0. confinis.
Coluber obsoletus obsoletus Say.

l. ¢., 140; Scotophis allegheniensis B. and G., 1. ¢., 73; C. obsoletus
obsoletus (part) Cope, U. c., 635, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 844; C. obso-
letws (part) Boul., /. ¢., II, 50.

Frontal about equals or slightly exceeds the length of snout,
rather broad behind; temporals 2-3; 8 upper labials, fourth and
fifth in eye (one large specimen in the Academy’s collection has
7, the third and fourth in eye; in this snake the prefrontals are
only partially divided); lower labials 11, four or five touching the
anterior chin shields; 27 or 25 rows of scales, nine to seventeen
keeled (in adults usually fifteen or seventeen); ventrals 224-246;
subeaudals 75-90.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ {Jan.,

Color black above, brownish in the young; the dorsal spots are
indistinctly outlined, but not enough, as a rule, to make them cut
except in young or newly-shed individuals. In some specimens
the skin on the sides is more or less red. The belly is usually
slaty black behind, vellow anteriorly, more or less maculated with
black blotches; throat and chin white; labials yellow, margined
with black. A living specimen from Pennsylvania, 1080 mm.
long, shows thirty indistinct dorsal spots, and has considerable red
skin on the flanks, which shows between but does not invade the
scales. Reaches a length of about 1850 mm. (tail 320).

Hab. —Massachusetts to Iilinois and southwest to Texas; rare
in Florida.

Coluber obsoletus lindheimeri B. and G.

Scotophis Lindheimerii B. and G., 1. c., 74; ©. 0. obsoletus (part)
Cope, J. c., 635, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 844; C. obsoletus (part) Boul.,
1. c., II, 50.

Frontal about equal, or a trifle shorter than the snout; the an-
terior border about equals its length and the lateral angles are
obtuse, so that the shape is subtriangular; temporals 2(3)-3 (4);
8 upper labials (in one case 9), fourth and fifth in eye; 12 to 14
lower labials, from four to six touching the anterior chin shields;
scales in 27 or 29 rows (five have 27, three have 29, one has 31),
from 11 to 21 keeled, never very strongly; ventrals 227-231;
subeaudals 76-81.

Yellowish above with a dorsal series of dark lead-colored spots,
five or six scales long and thirteen to fifteen wide, the interspaces
of the body color are about two scales long and many of the scales
have lead-colored centres; another series of elongated blotches on
the third to the seventh row; ventrals wilh dark spots on the
ends and outer scale rows, at intervals of several scales, otherwise
yellowish white, often clcuded posteriorly. The bases and margins
of many scales in the light interspaces are rusty red in every living
specimen that I have seen; this fades rapidly in alcohol, Top of
head is uniform lead color without bands. The eye is rather
large. Length 1525 mm. (tail 230).

Hab.—Texas.

The distinctness of the color pattern at all ages, the red on the
scales of the flanks, the slight but, as it appears to me, very gen-
eral difference in the shape of the frontal, with an apparently

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

circumscribed geographical range, are quite enough, in my opinion,
to compel recognition of this subspecies.

Coluber obsoletus confinis B. and G.

Scotophis confinis and S. letus B. and G., I. c., 76, 77; Hlaphis spil-
oides Dum. and Bib., J. ¢., VII, 269; Coluber confinis, C. spiloides
and C. 0. lemniscatus Cope, l. c., 632, 634, 635, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
829, 841, 849; CO. lwtus (part) Boul., J. c., 11,49; C. letws Cope, Rep.
Nat. Mus., 850.

Frontal rather longer than wide, a little longer than the snout;
temporals 2 (1)-3; upper labials 8, fourth and fifth in eye; five
lower labials touching the anterior chin shields; scales in 27-25
rows, eleven or thirteen slightly keeled; ventrals 231-258; sub-
caudals 75-96.

Ashy or yellowish gray above, with dark brown dorsal spots
_ narrowly margined with black, five or six seales long and thirteen
to fifteen wide, longitudinally quadrate in shape; interspaces about
two scales long; on the second to fifth rows the lateral spots are
elongated, and exhibit sometimes a disposition to form an indistinct
stripe; belly yellow, clouded posteriorly and with dark spots on
the ends of the ventrals and the outer scale rows; a dark post-
ocular stripe, some indistinct mottling on borders of the labials, but
no distinct head bands in adults.

Hab.—From Virginia to Florida, west to Missouri and Texas.

I am not able to satisfy myself that spiloides Dum. and Bib. and
letus B. and G. are distinct from the present form; Cope, indeed,
places them in three different sections of Coluber, assigning a
different number of anterior temporals to each—one to conjinis, two
to spiloides and three to /etus. But the single specimen in his own
collection, considered by him to be confinis, has two, which is the
normal number; while the figures of Jetus given by Baird in
Marcy’s Report of the Red River Exp., Pl. VI, and Pac. R. R.
Survey, Pl. XXX, fig. 53, both represent that species as also
having two. (The three temporals in Cope’s fig. 196 (p. 851)
have every appearance of abnormality.) The difference in pattern
stated in the description of /cetws is probably accounted for by the
youth of the type, which is but 460 mm. long, while the occur-
rence of 25 rows, as in spiloides, is quite normal, and 29, as in
lectus, would not be startling in C. 0. conjinis.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Coluber emoryi B. and G.

Scotophis Emoryt B. and G., l. c., 157; UO. emoryt Cope, 1. ¢., 636, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 852; C. guttatus (part) Boul., /. c., II, 39.

Frontal rather long, but little shorter than the snout; temporals
2 (8)-3 (4); upper labials 8, fourth and fifth in eye; lower labials
11, five touching the anterior chin shields; scales in 27 rows (oce.
29), all smooth or sometimes a few faintly keeled: ventrals 210-
235; subcaudals 72-78.
“* Ground color rather pale gray, with a dorsal row of olivaceous
brown blotches with black borders, three or four scales long and
ten or twelve wide, separated by interspaces 14 to 2 scales long; a
second series of smaller alternating spots from the third to the
seventh rows, subcireular in shape; a third indistinct series on
the second and third rows, and a fourth indicated on the outer
row and the ends of the ventrals; belly yellowish or white with |
irregular ashy blotches posteriorly ; top of head much banded, and
a dark oblique -post-ocular stripe. The number of dorsal spots
varies greatly, those now living in the collection of the Zodlogical
Society ranging from thirty-one to fifty in number on the body,
and from seventeen to twenty-one on the tail. Length 1330 mm.
(tail 190).

Hab.—Kansas to Texas; south to Chihuahua.

Coluber vulpinus B. and G.

Scotophis vulpinus B. and G., 1. c., 73; C. vulpinus Cope, 1. c., 632,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 831; Boul., /. ¢., II, 49. :

Frontal shorter than snout, with anterior border about equal to
its length, and with obtuse lateral angles; temporals 2-3; upper
labials 8, fourth and fifth in eye; lower Jabials 11, five touching
anterior chin shields; 25-27 rows of scales, nine to eleyen feebly
keeled; ventrals 196-208; subcaudals 51-69; form stout.

Ground color light brown; dorsal spots dark brown and quadrate
in shape, about four scales long and from eleven to thirteen wide;
interspaces about two scales long. There are from 29-42 dorsal
spots on the body, and 8-14 on the tail; there is a subcircular
alternating series on the third to the seventh rows, and another of
square blotches on the outer row and the ends of tne ventrals; rest
of the belly yellow, with dark blotches in the middle, usually
involving two ventrals; anteriorly the belly is unmarked; no head
bands in the aduli, except the oblique post-ocular stripe; edges of
labials slightly margined; eye small.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

Length about 1450 mm. (tail 230). C. vulpinus is relatively
stouter, and has a shorter tail than the other American species of
Coluber.

Hab.—Illinois to Minnesota; south to Nebraska.

A snake belonging to this genus, collected at Fort Davis, Texas,
having 9 upper labials; 27 rows of scales, of which six are slightly
keeled; warm grayish ash color, with a series of narrow brown
dorsal spots, eighty in number, and the lateral series indistinct, was
described by Dr. Yarrow under the name of Coluber bairdi in
Cope, Bulletin U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 17, p. 41 (1880). The speci-
men remains unique and its relations are consequently doubtful.

RHINECHIS Michahelles.

Wagl., Icon. Amph., Pl. 25 (1833); Cope, /. c., 637, and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 862; Coluber (part) Boul., U. c., I, 24.

Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one preocular; two
internasals; two nasals; rostral entering betweer the internasals
and projecting anteriorly; scales smooth, with two pits, in 27-31
rows; anal entire; size moderate; head small and slightly distinct.

Hab.—Southwestern United States and Mexico.

Rhinechis elegans Kenn.

Arizona elegans Kenn., U. S. and Mex. Bound. Surv. Rept., 18, Pl.
XIII (1859); Van Den., l. c., 193; Rhinechis elegans Cope, l. c., 638,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 863 ; Coluber arizone Boul., l. c., II, 66.

Body not very stout; head slightly distinet; snout projecting;
rostral extending posteriorly between the internasals; two nasals;
oculars 1 (2)—2; loreal long and narrow; temporals 2-3 (4);
upper labials 8; scales in 27-51 rows; ventrals 207-227; sub-
eaudals 45-59.

Brownish or reddish yellow above; a dorsal series of transverse
brown spots, eight or nine scales wide, edged with darker brown,
and two alternating series on each side, the upper one subcireular,
the lower indistinct and on the three outer scale rows; belly white
or yellowish without markings: a dark oblique streak behind the
eye and indistinct bands or spots on the head; a few small spots
on the anterior labials. The largest of two specimens from Pecos,
Tex., now living in the Zodlogical Society’s collection, measures
1100 mm. (tail 150). The dorsal interspaces are pink.

Hab.—Texas to southern California and northern Mexico.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

PITYOPHIS Holbrook.

Pituophis Holb., No. Am. Herp., IV, 7 (1842); B. and G., U. ¢., 64;
Cope, l. c., 638, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 865 ; Coluber (part) Boul., l. ¢.,
Il, 24.

Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; rostral extended behind; one
loreal; one preocular with sometimes a small one beneath; two
nasaJs; two internasals; four to six prefrontals; scales keeled with
pits in 29-35 rows; anal entire; size large; head moderately
distinct.

Hab.—North America and Mexico.

The species of Pityophis within the United States may be deter-
mined upon the following grounds: P. melanoleucus, from the
eastern States, has a high rostral, in most cases reaching the pre-
frontals, and has large dorsal spots, 26-35 in number, on the body ;
usually about the four outer rows of scales are smooth.

P. sayi, from west of the Mississippi to the Rocky Mountains,
has the rostral less high, usually reaching about two-thirds of the
distance to the prefrontals, and has smaller spots, 40-60, on the
body, and usually seven or eight smooth rows of scales.

P. catenifer, from the Pacific coast, west of the Sierra Nevada,
has a low rostral, usually not penetrating between the internasals,
and agrees generally in pattern with sayi.

These characters of the rostral and the dorsal spots are fairly
constant, but examination of a considerable number of specimens
from the region of the Great Basin leaves no doubt in my mind
that the form found there intergrades with both catenifer and sayi,
and reduces them to subspecies. The two species recognized here
may in almost every case be distinguished by color characters
alone:

Rostral high; no head bands; spots large and few,
1. P. melanoleucus.

Rostral lower; head bands distinct; spots small and many,
2. P. catenifer.

Pityophis catenifer Blainville.
Coluber catenifer Bl., Nouv. Ann. du Mus., IV, 290, Pl. 24, fig. 2
(1835).
In this species the rostral varies from low and broad to high and
narrow above, penetrating sometimes between the internasals but
not reaching the prefrontals; prefrontals usually four, but occa-

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

sionally six; prevcular 1, with occasionally a small additional one
below; three post-oculars; temporals 3-4 (5); upper labials 8 or
9; scales in 27-35 rows, from three to twelve outer rows smooth;
the dorsal spots are quite small and range from 40-70 in number
on the body; three series of more or Jess defined spots on the sides ;
the head is transversely banded between the orbits, from the orbit
vertically downward on the Jabials, and obliquely from the post-
oculars to the angle of the mouth; ventrals 205-245; subcaudals
50-72.

The three subspecies may usually be distinguished by the shape
of the rostral :
. P. c. catenifer.

P. c. bellona.
- P. ¢, sani.

Rostral low and broad,
Rostral higher,
Rostral highest,

CO bo

Pityophis catenifer catenifer Blainyille.
Coluber catenifer Bl., 1. c., 290; Pituophis catenifer, P. Wilkesti and
P. annectens B. aud G., l. c., 69, 71, 72; P. catenifer Cope, I. c., €41,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 876; Coluber catenifer (part) Boul., U. ¢., I,
67; P. catenifer Van Den., l. c., 195.

In this Pacific coast form the rostral is lowest of all and reaches,
without penetrating, the internasals; upper lJabials 8 or 9; tem-
porals 2 (3)—4; scales in 29-35 rows, none strongly keeled and
from four to eleven smooth. Usually there are not more than
five smooth rows, but a large specimen from Fort Tejon, Cal.
(No. 3,800, Academy coll. ), has eleven smooth on each side.
Very little reliance can be placed, however, on the number of
smooth rows in any of the species of Pityophis, as they not infre-
quently vary in different parts of the same individual. Ventrals
205-230; subeaudals 50-70.

Ground color yellowish or brownish; there are usually 50-70
dorsal spots on the body, but sometimes these are as few as 36,
from 15—21 on the tail; anteriorly the spots are black, becoming
brownish toward the tail; belly yellowish, with a series of dark
spots on the ends of the ventrals and sometimes another ill-defined
series on the middle; the head bands are distinct. Length 1,900
mm. (tail 315).

Hab.—Pacific coast west of the Sierra Nevada.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Pityophis catenifer bellona B. and G.

Churchillia bellona B. and G., Stans. Exp. Salt Lake, 350 (1852); P.
bellona (part) B. and G., J. c., 66, and Pac. R. R. Surv. Rept., Pl.
XXIX, fig. 46; P. sayi bellona Cope, 1. c., 641, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
872; Coluber catenifer (part) and C. melanoleucus (part) Boul.,
l. c., Il, 67, 68; P. catenifer deserticola Stej., No. Am. Fauna, No.
7, Pt. II, 206.

This form appears to be found through the so-called Great
Basin, from Arizona northward to Utah and Nevada. The rostral
is almost always higher than in P. ec. catenifer, but less so than in
P. c. sayi; it commonly penetrates between the internasals about
one-third of their length. No: 3,978 Academy collection, from
Ogden, Utah, has the rostral barely touching the internasals, as in
P. c. catenifer, and has a maximum of six rows of smooth scales.
No. 3,782, from Owens’ Valley, Cal., has the rostral penetrating
further, fully one-third, and has three rows of smooth scales.
No. 10,378, from Salt Lake, has the rostral as in No. 3,782.
This specimen, 1,040 mm. long, was taken in 1899, and has
sixty-four spots on the body, with seventeen on the tail; 31 rows
of scales, of which four are smooth; the colors are very distinct,
and on the posterior two-thirds of the body the light interspaces
are pink. Mr. Stejneger (/. c.) has applied the name deserticola
to this form, on the ground that bed/ona B. and G. is a synonym
of sayi. It is probably true that the type of be//ona—now lost—
belonged to the plains form, but, as Prof. Cope points out, Baird’s
plate in the Pacific R. I. Survey represents the one now under
consideration, In such a case, when there is a question as to abso-
lute invalidity, I see no good reason for supplanting an old and
well-known name by a new one. ‘The intensity of color, including
the pink tinge on the hinder half of the body, is hardly sufficient
for subspecifie distinction, for even if it should be constant—and
some examples which have been four years in alcohol do not show
it—itis of no great importance, and Florida specimens of P.
melanoleucus would be quite as well entitled to separation on
account of their rufous tints. The size of this form seems to he
about as in P. c. catenifer.

Hab.— California east of the Sierra Nevada; Utah and Nevada
south to Arizona and New Mexico.

or
or

1901.) .NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Pityophis catenifer sayi Schlegel.

Coluber sayi Sch., Ess. Phys. Serp., Il, 157 (1837); Pitwophis bellona
(part), P. Mc Clellanti and P. sayi B. and G., 1. c., 66, 68, 151; P.
sayt sayt Cope, 1. c., 641, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 870; Coluber melano-
lewcus (part) Boul., /. ¢., II, 68.

The rostral is narrow above and penetrates the internasals about
two-thirds of their length; an inferior preocular is frequently
present; upper labials 8 or 9; scales in 27-33 rows, usually five
to nine smooth; the dorsal spots are larger and usually fewer in
number than in the other forms of catenifer, but an occasional
specimen exhibits an equally large number. There are sometimes
as few as forty, but two living specimens in my possession show
respectively fifty-three and sixty-nine; ventrals 215-230; sub-
caudals 50-62.

The body color is yellowish or reddish brown; the spots are
black anteriorly and more or less blackish brown posteriorly; the
belly is yellowish, with a small dark blotch on the end of each
alternate ventral; labials margined with dark brown; the head
bands are usually distinct, but in two large specimens from Pecos,
Tex., they are almost obsolete. The largest I have measured is
1,990 mm. (tail 190); greatest circumference 210 mm. This
species doubtless reaches a length of over two metres.

Hab.—The range is very extensive: from Canada to Mexico,
between the Mississippi river and the Rocky Mountains. It has
also been taken in Illinois. No. 4,689 Academy collection, from
Vernon, British Columbia, is not distinguishable from it; in fact,
in this specimen the posterior extension of the rostral approaches
melanoleucus.

Pityophis melanoleucus Daudin. E
Coluber melanoleucus Daud., Hist., des Rept., VI, 409 (1803); Pitu-
ophis melanoleucus B. and G., 1. c., 653; Cope, l. c., 640, and Rep.

Nat. Mus., 867; Coluber melanoleucus (part) Boul., J. c., Il, 68.

In the eastern form the rostral reaches the extreme of elevation,
in many cases completely separating the internasals and being in
contact with the prefrontals; usually four prefrontals; oculars 1-3,
sometimes a small sub-preocular; temporals small, 4 (3)—5; upper
labials 8; scales in from 27-33 rows, usually 27 or 29, of which
in most cases four to seven are smooth (in a large specimen from
New Jersey there are seven smooth rows anteriorly and four on
the hinder part of the body).

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan.,

Body color whitish or buff, lighter on the sides. The dorsal
spots are larger than in catenifer, and range from 25-35 on the
body and 5-8 on the tail; they are blackish brown, more or less
marked with paler brown on their centres; two or three series of
rather indistinct spots on the sides; belly ivory white, with brown
spots on the ends of the ventrals at intervals of about four
scales. There are no distinct head bands in adults, though they
are shown by the young. ‘The top of the head is yellow, each
plate more or less marked by pale brown; labials margined with
brown. Of nearly one hundred Florida specimens which I have
seen, all were uniformly tinged with rusty brown over the whole
upper surface. Ventrals 210-230; subcaudals 52-65. The largest
which I have measured was 1,837 mm. long (tail 185).

Hab.—New Jersey to Ohio, and south to the Gulf coast; most
common along the seacoast.

ZAMENIS Wagler.

Syst. Amph., 188 (1830); Bascanion and Masticophis B. and G., 1. ¢.,
93, 98; Bascaniwm Cope, l. c., 621; Zamenis (part) Boul., l. ¢., I,
379, and Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 787.

Maxillary teeth smooth, increasing gradually behind, with some-
times a slight interspace; one loreal; two preoculars, the lower
very small; two nasals; two internasals; scales smooth or faintly
keeled, with pits; anal divided; body long and slender; head
distinct.

Hab.— Europe, Asia and North America.

The North American species (= Bascanium B. and G.) have a
purely syncranterian dentition and smooth scales, The forms
inhabiting the southern tier of states are puzzling in the extreme.
To reach conclusions which shall at least have the merit of con-
sistency, the changes which take place with growth in the best-
known species from the eastern Gulf States, 7. f. flagellum, must
be considered. Here the young are pale brownish with narrow,
darker cross-bands on the whole upper surface; an occasional
specimen also shows indistinct wider cross-bands anteriorly. The
outer four or five rows of scales (rather more anteriorly) have
pale edges, leaving a narrow dark line on the centre of each scale,
giving the appearance of four or five narrow broken stripes
on the sides. In eastern examples these markings usually disap-
pear with age, although the cross-bands occasionally persist. From
Texas westward there are forms in which the eross-bands have

1901.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, D7
become fixed, and others in which more or less of the lateral
stripes have become Jikewise permanent, and eyen more distinct,
although in these last the narrow eross-bands have disappeared in
the young, which are striped. It must also be borne in mind that
there is a marked inequality in the color intensity of all the
American species, as there is a tendency for the color to remain
pale on the hinder half of the body, involving the disappearance
of the pattern. This is the case even in the uniformly colored
species, as Z. c. constrictor, in which the change to the light colors
of western specimens first shows on the tail, and Z. f. piceus, in
which the bases of the scales posteriorly are pale.

The relative proportions in width of the hinder part of the
frontal and supraocular plates are also growth characters and
therefore irregular, and in my belief will bear only a small part of
the weight which has been placed upon them. -

Duly considering the various combinations in adults, of these
early characters, I conclude that the Z. flagellum group extends
from Florida to California, with two forms in addition to the
typical one which demand recognition; these are Z. f. piceus and
Z. f. frenatus. The ‘striped forms, extending from Texas to Cali-
fornia, have become differentiated to the point of wider separation,
and seem to me te fall into two species: Z. teniatus (with a sub-
species Z. t. ornatus) and Z. lateralis. Z. schotti B. and G. and
Z. semilineatus Cope, I can regard only as fortuitous examples of
teniatus and /ateralis respectively.

This is almost a complete reversal of the views held by Prof.
Jope, but the facts appear to me to indicate that the subspecies
here admitted are tending in the direction of fixed characters,
while those rejected are no more than instances of incomplete
development.

Key to the Species.

A,.—Adults not striped; 17 rows of scales:
7 upper labials; black, bluish, olive or green,
1. Z. constrictor.
8 upper labials; pale brown, or dark in front,
2. Z. flagellwn.
B.—With stripes on the sides:
17 rows; brown with a narrow yellow stripe on third and
founthirowe eee Menthe see. 8B. Zi. lateralis:
15 rows; brown with 3-5 narrow dark stripes on sides,
4. Z. teniatus.

58 , PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Zamenis constrictor L.
Coluber constrictor L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 216 (1758).

Body slender with long tail; head scales normal; frontal rather
more than half the width of supraoculars, behind; two nasals;
one loreal; oculars 2-2; temporals 2—2 ; upper labials 7 (rarely
8); scales in 17 rows; ventrals 164-189; subcaudals 79-110.

Length 1,525 mm. (tail one-fourth to one-fifth).

Eastern specimens are black above and slate color beneath; west
of the Mississippi they are usually green or olive above, yellow
beneath. There are transitional stages between these extremes and
they are good subspecies:

Size larger; black above, slate color beneath, 1. Z. ec. constrictor.

Size smaller; green or olive above; yellow beneath,
2. Z. c. flaviventris.

Zamenis constrictor constrictor L.

1. ¢., 216; Bascanion constrictor B. and G., 1. c., 93; B. constrictor
(part) Cope, 1. ¢., 623; Zamenis constrictor (part) Boul., U. c., I,
387, and Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 791.

Examples from the east are lustrous black above; belly slate
color; chin and throat white. One specimen from Pennsylvania
now living in the Zodlogical Gardens presents the curious anomaly
of a distinctly brown snout. In the western portion of its range
it becomes bluish or olive black and the belly gets lighter. The
young are unlike the adults, being gray, spotted or cross-banded
with darker. Ventrals 175-189; subcaudals 83-110. The length
of the Jargest I have seen was 1,470 mm. (tail 510).

Hab.— United States east of the central plains; northern
Mexico.

Zamenis constrictor flaviventris Say.

Coluber flaviventris Siy, Long’s Exp., If, 185 (1823) ; Bascanion flavi-
ventris and B. vetustus B. and G., 1. ¢., 96,97; B. constrictor (part)
Cope, 1. c., 623 ; Zamenis constrictor (part) Boul., /. c., I, 337, and
Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 791; B. c. vetustwm Van Den., l. c., 183; Z.
stejnegerianus Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 797.

Size rather smaller and body more slender than in B. ec. con-
strictor ; the scutellation is similar, but an eighth labial is more
frequentiy present; ventrals 164-188; subcaudals 79-95.

Length about 1,100 mm. (tail rather more than one-fourth).
In examples from the plains the color is often bright green above
and bright yellow underneath; chin and throat paler yellow; such
specimens are usual in Kansas and Oklahoma. Westward and on

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

the Pacific coast the color darkens to olive, more or less yellowish
green beneath.

I see no reason for regarding Z. stejnegerianus Cope as anything
more than the present subspecies with eight labials. The sub-
division of the loreal is so obviously abnormal that it is not worth
considering. The type and only specimen came from southeastern
Texas.

Hab.—United States west of the Mississippi river.

Zamenis flagellum Shaw.

Coluber flagellum Shaw, Gen. Zool., III, Pt. II, 475 (1802); Stej., Proc.
U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1894, 595.

This species has the scutellation of Z. constrictor, but the labials
are 8; the frontal has half the width of the supraoculars behind ;
the muzzle is more elevated and the tail is longer; ventrals 184—
210; subeaudals 80-112.

The young are cross-banded, and this pattern persists in some
cases until they are grown.

Hab.—Southern United States from Florida to California.

There appear to be three color forms:
Pale brown; dark brown anteriorly,

Brown; narrow cross-bands in front,
Dark brown; pink beneath, .

flagellum.
Z; frenatum.

a
Z. f. piceus.

eae,

oo BD

Zamenis flagellum flagellum Shaw.

l. c., 475 ; Masticophis flagelliformis and Coluber testaceus B. and G.,
l. c., 98, 150; B. flagelliforme Cope, 1. c., 625; Zamenis flagelli-
formis (part) Boul., J. ¢., I, 389; Z. f. flagellum (part) Cope, Rep.
Nat Mus., 799.

Body slender with very long tail; the upper preocular very
large; upper Jabials 8 (rarely 7); scales in 17 rows; ventrals
184-210; subcaudals 80-112.

Reaches an extreme length of 1,800 mm. (tail 385 to 430). In
adults the head and anterior portion of the body is blackish brown,
then dark brown back to the posterior half or third of the body,
which is pale yellowish brown, each scale with a darker basal mar-
gin; belly yellowish posteriorly, black or brown under the dark
anterior portion, somewhat spotted behind; sometimes each ven-
tral is margined with brown; generally a light spot on the pre-
oculars; chin and throat white, more or less spotted with brown.

The young have narrow cross-bands on the body which are
sometimes retained to maturity. A Florida specimen 1,780-mm.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

long, now living in the Zodlogical Gardens, shows these bands on
the pale posterior portion of the body after shedding. Another,
also from Florida, has indistinct wide cross-bands as in Z. t.
ornatus.

Examples from west of the Mississippi are often of paler colors,
with dark heads, and adults sometimes show the wide cross-bands
and even indications of the light lateral stripes of ornatus.

I was formerly of the opinion that testacewm Say should be
admitted as a pale desert form, but examination of a considerable
number of living specimens from central Texas and westward,
satisfy me that occasional individuals only, show its extreme pale-
ness.

Hab.—South Carolina and Florida to Arizona; northern Mexico.
Zamenis flagellum frenatus Stej.

N. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 208 (1893); Z. f. flagellum (part) Cope, Rep.
Nat. Mus., 802; Z. flagelliformis (part) Boul., l. c., I, 389.

Mr. Stejneger has proposed to regard as a subspecies the form
of Z. flagellum from Arizona and westward with permanent cross-
bands on the anterior portion of the body. This is the retention
of a juvenile character which was referred to under the preceding
subspecies, and which would doubtless be more evident in eastern
specimens, were it not for the dark color which pervades those parts
in the adult; but there is so strong a disposition for this character
to become permanent in the far west, that Mr. Stejneger is prob-
ably right in recognizing the form,

The following description is taken from a beautiful living speci-
men lately received from Yuma, Ariz., through the kindness of
Mr. Herbert Brown:

17 rows of scales; 8 upper labials; ventrals 195; sub-caudals
100; length 1,400 mm. (tail 345). Body color rather pale brown
extending to the ventrals; most of the scales are darker at the
tip and faintly edged with pink; the lower edge of the outer
row and the adjacent ends of the ventrals are whitish, forming an
indistinct line, which is more obvious anteriorly and disappears
before reaching the tail; the three or four outer rows are faintly
darker in the centre, suggesting the dark lateral] stripes of Z.
teniatus. The anterior fourth of the body is crossed by indistinct
bands, one and a half to two scales wide; top of head rather
darker brown, with a light spot on the pre- and _post-oculars;

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

indications of a light line from the nostril to the eye; upper
labials yellow on the lower margin, more broadly behind; belly
yellowish, much clouded with pink, which tends to form longitu-
dinal stripes in front; throat and chin yellow, spotted with dark
brown.

Hab.—Arizona, Nevada, Utah and southern California.

Zamenis flagellum piceus Cope.

Bascanium piceum Cope, !. c., 625; Z. flagelliformis (part) Boul., 7. c.,
I. 389; B. f. piceus Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 804 ; B. picewm Stej., No.
Am. Fauna, No. 7, 209.

The type specimen, from Camp Grant, Arizona, has 19 rows of
scales; 17 is probably the usual number, as Mr. Stejneger mentions
one with that number, which agrees with a living example received
at the Zodlogical Gardens in 1894 from Tucson; this speci-
men had 8 upper Jabials on one side and 9 on the other. The
color in life wes a rich dark brown with a purplish tinge, poste-

‘ riorly most of the scales were light brown at the base; the belly was
pink slightly spotted with dusky, which increased anteriorly until
the throat was nearly black; there was a litile pink on the pre-
oculars and lower labials; rest of head very dark. The pink
rapidly faded to yellow in alcohol. This specimen is now in the
Academy’s collection. Ventrals 196; subcaudals 108; length
1,650 mm. (tail 380). Cope’s specimen measured 1,263 mm. and
the tail was proportionately longer (355 mm).

Hab.— The three specimens known are from southern Arizona.

Zamenis lateralis Hallowell.

Leptophis lateralis Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila. 1853, 237; Baseanium
laterale laterale Cope, 1. ¢., 628 ; Zuamenis teniatus (part) Boul., 1. c.,
I, 300; B. laterale Van Den., 1. c., 188; Z. lateralis lateralis and
Z. semilineatus Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 808, 805.

Seales in 17 rows; upper Jabials 8; tail between one-third and
one-fourth of the length; ventrals 190-199; subcaudals 105-123.
Length about 1,500 mm.

Brown above with a narrow yellow stripe on the third and fourth
rows, sometimes extending to the tail and often narrowly bordered
with black; belly yellow with a few dark spots under the throat
and chin; no spots on top of head; a more or less distinet light
spot on the temporals and a light line from the nostril to the eye;
labials light, a little spotted.

Hab.—Arizona and southern California.

62. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Zamenis teniatus Hallowell.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 181.

This species is characterized by the presence of 15 rows of
scales, 8 upper labials, and longitudinal stripes on the sides;
frontal about half the width of supraoculars posteriorly; tail very
long; ventrals 188-210; subcaudals 120-157. The young are
striped.

Hab.-—Western Texas to California.

Pale brown; often wide cross-bands; two pale lateral stripes,
1. Z t. ornatus.

Dark brown; no cross-bands; 3 or 4 narrow dark lateral stripes,
2. Z. t. teniatus.

Zamenis teniatus ornatus B. and G.
Masticophis ornatus B. and G., J. ¢., 102. 159; Bascanium teniatum
subs. ornatum Cope, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., I, 40; B. ornatum Cope,
l. c., 629; Zamenis teniatus (part) Boul., l. ¢., I, 390; Z. ornatus

Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 813.

Scales usually in 15 rows (No. 5,362 Academy coll., from ~
Arizona, has 17); ventrals 200-206; subcaudals 130-152.

Length about 1,700 mm, (tail 565).

Pale brown above, with more or less distinet wide cross-bands of
purplish brown on the back; the whole upper surface is sometimes
suffused with the darker color, in which case the cross-bands are
obscure or absent; a yellowish longitudinal line on the outer row
and the edge of the ventrals, and another on the third and fourth
rows; the upper one is edged with black and sometimes there is a
faint dark line through the middle of it; belly yellow, more or less
blotched.

Hab. —Western Texas.

Zamenis teniatus teniatus Hallowell.

Leptophis teniatus Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 181 ; Masticophis
teniatus and M. Schotti B. and G., J. c., 103, 160 ; B. teniatum and
B. Schotti Cope, l. c., 629; Zamenis teniatus (part) Boul., /. ¢., I,
390 ; B. teniatus Van Den.,l. c., 190; Z. schottti and Z. teniatus
Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 811, 815.

Snout and muzzle rather long and narrow; body slender and tail
very long; scales in 15 rows (very rarely 17); upper labials 8;
temporals 2-2; ventrals 188-209; subcaudals 120-157.

Length about 1,300 mm. (tail 370).

Yellowish brown to dark brown, the outer four or five rows
lighter, each having a narrow black line running on the centre, and

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

usually another on the edge of the ventrals; most of the scales
on the rest of the dorsal region have dark centres; yellowish
beneath, without spots except sometimes on the throat; top of head
dark: an indistinct light line from the nostril to the eye; a light
spot on both pre- and post-oculars; labials yellow, a little spotted.

I am unable to formulate a valid distinction between Z. schotte
B. and G. and this species; the stripes appear not to run as far
back, but they are variable in this respect in Z f. teeniatus, and
their disappearance on the tail is doubtless a result of the fading
out of color (or, more correctly, the failure to develop it) poste-
riorly, which is common in the genus. No. 5,369 Academy coll.
(old number 1,973), labeled schotti, from the Rio Grande, appears
to be one of Schott’s original specimens, and almost exactly cor-
responds to No. 5,363, a teniatus from Utah, of about the same
date. But it must be admitted that no great reliance can be placed
upon color characters in specimens which have been for so many
years in spirits.

Hab.—Arizona, Utah and southern California.

SALVADORA B. and G.

1. c., 104; Cope, 2. c., 618, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 817; Zamenis (part)
Boul., U. c., I, 379.

Maxillary teeth smooth, increasing posteriorly, no interspace;
rostral widened laterally with projecting edges; one loreal; two
internasals; two nasals; two or three preoculars; pupil round;
scales smooth with pits in 17 rows; anal divided; size medium;
body slender; head distinct.

Hab.—Southwestern United States ; Mexico.

This genus is like Zamenis, but has the rostral considerably
enlarged, with free, expanded lateral borders.

Salvadora grahami B. and G.

1. ¢., 104 ; Cope, U. c., 619, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 818 ; Zamenis gra-
hami Boul., 1 c., I, 393; S. grahami Van Den., /. ¢., 180; Phimo-
thyra heaalepis Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, 300; S. g. hexalepis
Stej., No. Amer. Fauna, No. 7, 205.

Head plates normal; rostral entering between internasals; lower
preocular small, sometimes a third preocular; post-oculars 2 or 3;
temporals 1 (2)—2 (3); upper labials 8; scales in 17 rows; ven-
trals 175-206; subcaudals 75-108.

Length about 1,200 mm. (tail 300).

A yellowish dorsal stripe about three scales wide, narrowing

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

toward the tail; on each side a brown or olive stripe about the
same width, bordered below by a greenish olive or brown stripe
extending to the ventrals; the stripes are sometimes indistinct and
at others are broken into spots; belly yellowish; head brown,
usually unmarked.

Hab.—Western Texas to Utah and Arizona; Sonora and Lower
California.

Several other species of Sa/vadora are found in Mexico.

PHYLLORHYNCHUS Ste).

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1890, 151; Cope, J. c., 617, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
821 ; Lytorhynchus (part) Boul., 7 c., I, 414.

Maxillary teeth smooth, longer behind, an interspace; rostral
prominent with projecting lateral edges, and separating the inter-
nasals; two to four loreals; three preoculars; small scales between
the eye and the labials; two nasals; two internasals; pupil verti-
cal; one pair of chin shields; scales smooth or partly keeled, with-
out pits, in 19 rows; anal entire; size medium; head slightly
distinct.

Hab. —North America and Mexico.

Phyllorhynchus browni Stej.

l. c., 152; Cope, J. c., 618, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 821; Lytorhynchus
browni Boul., l. c., I, 417.

Body slender; rostral very large, projecting, with free edges and
completely separating the internasals; a transversely enlarged
shield behind the parietals; loreals 3, the upper and lower small;
oculars 3-4; several suboculars separating the eye from the Jabials;
upper labials 6; temporals 3; one pair of chin shields; scales in
19 rows, nearly smooth anteriorly, keeled behind; ventrals 159;
subcaudals 31.

Length 325 mm. (tail 42).

Whitish, with 15 brown blotches, mostly subquadrangular and
lighter in the centre; belly white; a dark bar across the head
between the eyes.

Hab.—Only two specimens known, from Tucson, Arizona,
Phyllorhynchus decurtatus Cope,

Phimothyra decurtata Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1868, 310; Phyllo-
rhynchus decurtatus Stej., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1890, 154, and
Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 823; Lytoriynchus decurtatus Boul., l. ¢.,
I, 417.

Much like P. browni, but the scales are smooth; there is no

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

enlarged shield behind the parietals; the tail is shorter; the dorsal
spots are more numerous and there are two series of irregular
lateral spots. The type specimen in the Academy’s collection is
from northern Lower California, and there is a second in the
National Museum from La Paz. A third, which has just reached
me from Mr. Herbert Brown, collected by him at Yuma, Ariz.,
for the first time establishes the species within the United States.
This specimen differs from the type in that the rostral penetrates
between the prefrontals as in P. browni; there is but one subocu-
lar, and but two post-oculars on one side; there are four temporals;
the tail is rather longer, and the spots are more numerous, being
forty-one on the body and six on the tail (thirty-two altogether in
the type). Ventrals 183; subcaudals 30. Length 403 mm. (tail
40).
Hab.—Lower California; Yuma, Arizona.

CYCLOPHIS Giinther.
Cat. Col. Snakes, Br. Mus., Giinth., 119 (1858); Cope, J. c., 621; Lep-
tophis B. and G., J. c., 106 ; Contia (part) Boul., l. c., II, 255.
Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one preocular; two
internasals; one nasal; scales keeled with two pits; anal divided;

size small, tail long; head distinct; color green.
Hab.—<Asia; North America.

Cyclophis exstivus L.
Coluber estivus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 887 (1766); Leptophis estivus
and majalis B and G., l. c., 106; Oyclophis westivus Cope, I. c., 621,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 784; Contia wstiva Boul., /. ¢., II, 258.

Head scales normal; loreal rather long, occasionally absent;
oculars 1-2 (of two examples from New Jersey in my collection,
one has a subpreocular on each side, and the other has three post-
oculars on one side); temporals 1-2; upper labials 7, the third and
fourth in orbit (one from Florida has the fourth and fifth in the
orbit on one side); ventrals 148-166; subcaudals 111-148; scales
in 17 rows, the outer smooth. Length 920 mm. (tail 330).

Uniform bright green above; labials and belly yellowish white
or bright yellow.

Hab.—New Jersey to Florida, west to the Mississippi, southwest
to New Mexico.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - (Jan.,

LIOPELTIS Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 559 ; Chlorosoma B. and G., 1. c., 108 ; Lio-
ee Cope, J. c., 620, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 781; Contia (part) Boul.,
silCe sel, oe é

™“ Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; head scales normal; a loreal,
occasionally absent; one nasal; scales smooth, with one pit; anal
divided; size small; tail long; head distinct.

Hab.—Eastern Asia; North America.
Liopeltis vernalis Harlan.

Coluber vernalis Harl., Jour. Acad. Phila., V, 1827, p. 361; Chloro-
soma vernalis B. and G., J. c., 108 ; L. vernalis Cope, 1. ¢., 620, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 782 ; Contia vernalis Boul., 1, c., I, 258.

Head scales normal; loreal nearly square, sometimes fused with
the nasal; one nasal; oculars 1 (2)-2; temporals 1-2; upper
labials 7, third and fourth in orbit; lower labials 8; scales smooth
in 15 rows; ventrals 120-138; subcaudals 69-94.

Uniform bright green above; labials and belly yellowish green.
Length 500 mm. (tail 150).

Hab.—Canada and United States east of Rocky Mountains;
rare in the southeastern States.

CONTIA B. andG.

l. c., 110; Cope (part), J. c., 599, and Chionactis Cope, 1. c., 604, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 925, 93518 ; Contia (part) Boul., U. c., II, 255 ; ? Lodia
B. and G., l. c., 116.

Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one preocular; one
nasal, sometimes half divided below the nostril; two internasals;
seales smooth, without pits in 15-17 rows; anal divided; size
small; head not very distinct.

Hab.—North America; Asia.

Key to the American Species.

a.—13 rows of scales; pale brown, no cross-bars,. 1. C. taylori.
b.—15 rows of scales:
Reddish or greenish brown; sometimes cross-bands,
2. C. episcopa.
White, with bands or rings around body, 3. C. occipitale.
Brown, with a light band on each side, . . 4. C. mitis.

18 Prof.*Cope removes all the species included here in Contia, except C.
mitis, to Chionactis Cope, on account of their possession of a shallow external
groove on the posterior maxillary tooth. This is probably the same noted
by Dr. Giinther as a distinct elongated pit at the base of the hinder teeth in
large specimens of the Mexican Conopsis nasus (Biologia Centrali Ameri-
cana, Rept., p. 97). Sufficient material is not accessible to determine
either the constancy or the value of this character, and it seems best for the
present to retain these snakes in the genus Contia.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. y hays

Contia taylori Boulenger.
1, ¢., II, 265, Pl. XII, fig. 3; Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 936.

Nasal not divided; one loreal, longer than deep; oculars 1-2;
temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 7; posterior chin shields very
small; scales in 13 rows; ventrals 126-137; subcaudals™37—46;
length 270 mm. (tail 55).

‘* Pale brown above, each scale darkest along the centre; upper
lip and lower parts white.”’

Hab.—Duval couuty, Texas; northern Mexico (three specimens
known).

Contia episcopa Kennicott.

Lamprosoma episcopum Kenn., U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., p. 22, pl 8,
fig. 2 (1859).

This species has the scales in 15 rows; an undivided nasal; an
elongated loreal; 7 upper labials; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2 (1);
ventrals 143-167; subcaudals 35-57; tail about one-fourth of the
length. Ranges from Texas to Utah, Arizona and northern
Mexico.

Rosy yellow to ashy; no cross-bands, . . . 1. C. e. episcopa.
Orange, with black cross-bands, . . . . . 2. C.e. isozona.

Contia episcopa episcopa Kennicott.

l. ¢., 22; O. e. episcopa and C. e. torguata Cope, I. c., 601; C. episcopa
and C. torquata Boul., l. c., If, 265, 266 ; Chionactis episcopa epis-
copa and UC. e. torquata Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 938, 939.

Ventrals 143-163; subcaudals 35-57. Length about 250 mm.
Yellowish, reddish or greenish brown, sometimes with a yellow
dorsal stripe three scales wide; most of the scales tipped with light
brown; top of head like the body, or brown or black; belly yel-
lowish or greenish white.
C. e. torquata Cope rests upon degrees of color intensity which
are admittedly inconstant in the two specimens known.
Hab.—Texas and northern Mexico.
Contia episcopa isozona Cope.

Proce. Acad. Phila., 1866, 304, and /. c., 601 ; C. tsozona Boul., J. c., I,
266.

Ventrals 158-167; subeaudals 50-52; orange or red with black
cross-bands which almost reach the ventrals, becoming complete
rings on the tail; belly whitish; snout red, rest of head black.
Length about 250 mm.

Hab.—Texas to Arizona and Utah; Sonora.

68 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Contia occipitale Hallowell.

Rhinostoma occipitale Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila.; 1854, 95; Ohionactis
occipitalis Cope, 1. ¢., 605, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 941 ; Contia occipitale
Boul., 7. c., I1, 266.

Snout prominent; nasal undivided; loreal small ; oculars 1-2;
temporals 1-2; upper labials 7; scales in 15 rows; tail about one-
fifth of total length; ventrals 147-158; subcaudals 54-44.

Length about 300 mm.

Color white or pale yellow, sometimes pinkish; narrow black
rings around the body at intervals of about five scales, sometimes
interrupted on the yentrals; rest of belly whitish; a black crescent
on the hinder part of parietals with the horns forward.

Hab.—Arizona.

Contia mitis B. and G.

1. c., 110; ? Lodia tenuis B. and G., 1. c., 116; OC. mitis and L. tenuis
Cope, 1. c., 601; Contia mitis Boul., 1. c., II, 267, and Van Den., 1. c.,
163.

Size small; tail very short; oculars 1-1 (2); upper labials 7;
temporals 1-2; scales in 15 rows; ventrals 147-186; subcaudals
30-52; length 322 mm. (tail 40). Reaches a length of 415 mm.

Dark brown with a yellowish stripe on the fourth row of scales,
and a row of black dots below it; ventrals yellowish edged with
black; a black streak on each side of head; chin and throat
spotted with black. ;

Lodia tenuis B. and G., was based upon one example from
Puget Sound, Oregon, agreeing with C. mitis except in having a
small additional plate between the prefrontals, and the loreal reach-
ing the eye under the preocular. As uo further specimen has
come to light in fifty years, it seems safe to refer this unique
example to the class of anomalies, the head plates being usually
variable in these small burrowing forms.

Hab.—Central California to Washington and Oregon.

DIADOPHIS B. and G.

1, ¢., 112; Cope, 7. c., 614, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 743; Coronella (part)
Boul., J. c., Il, 188.

Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; one loreal; two preoculars;
two internasals; two nasals; scales smooth with one pit, in 15-17
rows; anal divided; size small; head distinct.

Hab.—North America; Mexico.

If due attention be paid to juvenile characters, the North

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

American species of Diadophis must be limited to three. Baird
and Girard established two others, which with a third of his own
making, Cope regards as subspecies of D. amabilis. In these
forms the chief differences are in the shape of the frontal and
supraocular plates, and in the extent to which the dark dorsal area
invades the two outer rows of scales. But a series of the eastern
form, D. punctatus, of all sizes, shows that exactly these differ-
ences, in that species, are age characters, and in a genus whose
included forms are so nearly similar, there can be little doubt that
they are so in amabilis as well.

Key to the Species.

92

17 rows of scales; 7 (8) upper labials; ventrals 237 or less,
1. D. regalis.
0)

15 rows of scales; 7 (8) upper labials; ventrals 210 or less,
2. D. amabilis.
15 rows of scales; 8 (7) upper labials; ventrals 160 or less,

or
3 D. punctatus.

Diadophis punctatus L.

Coluber punctatus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 376; D. punctatus B. and
G., l.c., 112; D. punctatus and D. amabilis stictogenys (part) Cope,
l. c., 616, 617, and Rep, Nat. Mus., 751, 750; Coronella punctata
Boul., /. ¢., 11, 206.

Head not very distinct; head plates normal; in adults the fron-
tal is much narrowed behind and acute; oculars 2 (1)-2; tem-
porals 1-1; upper labials 8 (occ. 7); scales in 15 rows; yentrals
136-160; subcaudals 36-62. Length 355 mm. (tail 65).

Tn adults the color is bluish black or brownish above, covering
the whole of the dorsal scales and extending like a bar upon the
end of each ventral; the belly is yellow or orange, sometimes with
a series of transverse dark blotches in the middle of each ventral,
these are, however, often absent; there is usually a yellow half-
collar on the nape, half a scale to a full scale in width; the lower
half of the upper and the whole of the lower labials is yellow with
small spots of black. In the young, the back is bright reddish
brown or salmon color, which reaches only the upper border of the
second row of scales, and extends downward as the color deepens;
the top of the head is dark brown and the nuchal collar is bor-
dered behind by a band of the same dark color; the frontal plate
is also more angular in front and less tapering behind, than in the
adult.

Hab.—North America, east of the Mississippi river.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Diadophis amabilis B. and G,

l.¢c.,113; D. docilis and D. pulchellus B. and G., 1. ¢., 114, 115; D.

a. amabilis, D, a. pulchellus, D. a. docilis and D. a. stictog enys

(part) Cope, 7. c., 616, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 747-750; Coronella
amabilis Boul., l. ¢., Il, 207; D. amabilis Van Den., l. ¢., 164.

Tn this species the frontal is broader behind than in either of the

others; upper labials 7 (occ. 8); temporals 1-1 (2); scales in 15

rows;the form is more elongate than in punctatus, the ventrals
ranging from 182-210; subcaudals 53-63. Length 470 mm.
(tail 80).

The coloration is much as in punctatus; the spots on the ventrals
are small and irregular, and the nuchal half-collar is almost always
present.

Hab.—Texas to the Pacific coast; south to Sonora.

Diadophis regalis B. and G.
l.¢.,115; D. regalis regalis and D. 7. arnyi Cope, l. c., 615, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., .744, 749 ; Coronella regalis Boul., l. c., Il, 208,

The frontal is narrow behind, as in punctatus; scales in 17 rows;
upper labials 7 (occ. 8); temporals 1-1 (2); ventrals 183-237;
subeaudals 56-75. Length 570 mm. (tail 100); being the largest
of the genus.

Ashy to brownish black; belly yellow or reddish with small
black spots; the nuchal collar is generally absent.

Hab.—Illinois to Arizona; south to Vera Cruz.

OPHIBOLUS B. and G.

l. c., 82; Cope, l. c., 607; Osceola B. and G., 1. ¢., 133 and Cope, l. c.,
606 ; Coronella (part) Boul., l. c., II, 188; Osceola and Ophibolus
Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 881, 902.19
Maxillary teeth smooth, slightly increasing posteriorly, no inter-
space; one loreal ; one preocular ; two internasals; two nasals;
scales smooth, with two pits, in 19-25 rows; anal entire; size
large and stout to small and slender; head slightly distinct.
Hab.—North America and Mexico.

Key to the Species.

a.—Seales in 21 rows; dorsal spots brown or red with black bor-
ders; orringsaround body, . . . . . 1. O. doliatus.

19 Tampropeltis Fitzinger, lately exhumed, is regarded as a nomen nudum
for the reasons given under Hutania.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. (Gi

4.—Sceales in 21-23 rows:
Size large; black, with centres of scales white or yellow; or

cross-bands of same color, . . . . 2. O. getulus.

Size small; yellow and black rings; black rings more or less
divided by red, . . . . «3. Os zonatus.

Size medium; pale brown; dorsal spots much wider than

long; no head bands, . « . 4A O. rhombomaculatus.

e. Seales in 25 rows; size medium; grayish brown; head bands
GUStINGL Wet) wi Wye Mia htedrel Ges O: calligaster.

Ophibolus doliatus L.
Coluber doliatus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 379 (1766).

Size medium to small; head scales normal; loreal small and
occasionally absent in one form; oeulars 1-2; temporals 2 (1)-2
(8); frontal narrow behind in the young, broader in adults;
upper labials 7; scales in 21 rows (occasionaily varying from 17-
23); anterior chin shields much the longest; ventrals 165-215;
subeaudals 31-55; tail from one-fifth to one-seventh of the length.

This species covers the United States from the Atlantic coast to
the central plains, and extends southwest into Mexico, and varies
to an extreme degree, with the usual result in classification. Prof.
Cope’s scheme of the directive color variations of O. doliatus,
guided by ‘‘ bathmism,’’ published in completed form in The
American Naturalist, 1893, p. 1066, and finally in The Primary
Factors of Organic Evolution, p. 29 (1896), is a remarkable
example of the employment of that great gift, the scientific
imagination, in a wrong field; for if that work be compared with
a large series of do/iatus, it becomes evident that the subspecies
added by Cope to complete the chain are no more than selected
eases, the numberless promiscuous variations being wholly
ignored. The course of change from a brown-spotted to a red-
ringed snake has not been as orderly, nor as easily marked off, as
is there assumed, and in subdividing the species, natural limita-
tions are not readily found.

Key to the Subspecies.

a.—An oblique streak behind the eye:
Dorsal spots reaching to about fifth row; an angular mark
on head; ventrals 190-214, . . 1. O. d. triangulus.
Dorsal spots reaching to third or first row; head bands
variable; ventrals 175-2038, . . . 2. O. d. clericus.

72 : PRCCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

6.—No oblique streak behind eye:
ai.—Dorsal spots reaching outer row or yentrals; no distinct
headbands, . . ears 0. d. doliatus.
b.—Black borders of dorsal spots forming rings around
body; no alternating spots:
No black blotch on ventrals opposite dorsal spots; top

of head mostly red, . . . . 4. O. d. coccineus.
A black blotch on ventrals opposite dorsal spots; top
of head mostly black, . . . 5. O.d. gentilis.

Ophibolus doliatus triangulus Daudin.

Coluber triangulus Daud., Rept., VI, 322 (1803); Ophibolus extmius
B. and G., Ul. ¢., 87; O. d. triangulus Cepe, 1. ¢., 610; Coronella
triangulum (part) Boul., J. ¢., Il, 200; Osceola doliata triangula
Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 885.

Largest of the subspecies; temporals 2-2; scales in 21 rows;
ventrals 190-214; subeaudals 43-55; length about 1,100 mm.

Body color gray; the dorsal! spots are about thirteen scales wide
and rarely extend below the fifth row; they are chocolate brown,
with black borders in adults, and quite red in the young, and
number 40-46 on the body, and 10-13 on the tail; a second
smaller alternating series on the sides, which does not reach the
ventrals, and a third series of irregular black blotches on the ends
of the ventrals; the belly is whitish, blotched with black. The first
dorsal spot is commonly extended forward and ends in a conspicu-
ous angle on the frontal, the arms of which enclose a triangular
light patch; there is a black band across the prefrontals, often with
a light centre, and a narrow dark oblique streak behind the eye,
bordered above by a light one.

Hab.—Massachusetts to North Carolina; west to Wisconsin.

Ophibolus doliatus clericus B. and G.

Ophibolus clericus B, and G., l. ¢., 88; O»d. collaris, O. d. clericus
Cope, 1. ¢c., 609, 610, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 886, 888; O. d. temporalis
Cope, Am. Nat., 1893, 1068 and Rep. Nat. Mus., 889; Coronella
triangulum (part) Boul., J. ¢., I, 200.

Shorter than O. d. triangulus; ventrals 175-203; subcaudals
36-49; length 950 mm.

The dorsal spots are less numerous, from 21—36 on the body and
6-10 on the tail; they are wider and end from the third to the first
row of scales; the alternating spots are correspondingly lower and
invade the ventials. The head markings are sometimes much
as in triangulus but less distinct; there is usually an oval light
patch surrounded by a black ring, in place of the triangular mark;

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

this is sometimes more or less extended transversely, becoming a
half-collar; this is the form called co/laris by Cope; often the ante-
rior ring is represented by a black bar on the nape, and sometimes
‘the ring is altogether absent and there is a light spot on each
supraocular and another on the parietals, the rest of the head
markings being more or less obsolete; this is temporalis Cope, but
the intermediate stages are so many that it is quite arbitrary to
regard these patterns as distinctive. The spots range in color from
brown to red. The oblique streak behind the eye is present.
O. d. clericus is a transitional form of great variability, and it is by
no means always easy to distinguish it from O. d. triangulus on the
one side and QO. d. dodiatus on the other; but I find that on the whole,
compared with triangulus, it has a greater width and _ lessened
number of dorsal spots and a want of definition in the head
markings, associated with fewer ventrals and subcaudals; it may
be distinguished from OQ. d. doliatus by the fact that the latter
lacks the oblique streak behind the eye and rarely shows any head
markings beyond a dark bar or blotch across the parietals.
Hab.—This subspecies seems to occupy the southern portion of
the range of O. d. triangulus. I have seen no examples from
further north than Trenton, N. J., and central Illinois.

Ophibolus doliatus doliatus L,

l. c., 379; O. d. doliatus, O. d. parallelus and O. d. syspilus (part)
Cope, J. c., 609, and Rep. Nai. Mus., 889-893 ; Coronella gentilis
(part) Boul., /. ¢., II, 201.

Form short and stout in adults; temporals 2-2 (3); ventrals
200-210; subcaudals 44-55; length about 670 mm. (tail 100).

Grouud color grayish white or yellowish; dorsal spots brownish
red, or red, with black borders; they are broad and reach to the
first row of scales, often extending well on to the ventrals; the
lateral spots are small and largely upon the ventrals, wholly so
when the dorsals are widest. The belly is whitish or yellow with
black blotches; the lower borders of the dorsal spots sometimes
form nearly parallel black bands on the ventrals. The extreme
of this disposition is parallelus Cope. The top of the head is some-
times almost entirely black, but more usually this is reduced to a
bar across the parietals, the rest of the head being red or yellow.
The post-orbital stripe of the previous forms is absent.

I cannot find characters which will bear examination in syspilus

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Cope. No. 3,609, Academy coll., from Hennessey, Oklahoma,
collected and labeled syspilus by Cope himself, has more black upon
the head than most O. d. doliatus, while underneath, anteriorly, it
has the paired rings of O. d. coccineus, on the rest of the belly
having parallel lines formed by the lower borders of the dorsal
spots quite as close together as those attributed by him to paral-
lelus.

Hab.--Maryland io Florida; west to Illinois, Oklahoma and
Texas.

Ophibolus doliatus coccineus Schlegel.

Coronella coccinea Sch., Ess. Phys. Serp., Il, 67, Pl. 2 (1837); Ophi-
bolus doliatus and Osceola elapsoidea B. and G., I. c., 89, 133; Osce-
ola elapsoidea and O. d. coccineus Cope, I. c., 606, 609, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., 900, 896 ; Coronella gentilis (part) and C. doliata (part)
Boul., v. c., IJ, 201, 205.

Body rather more slender; temporals 1-2; ventrals 175-204;
subeaudals 31-54; length 535 mm. (tail 70).

Body color scarlet, completely encircled by pairs of black rings,
with interspaces white in the young, yellow in adults; no lateral
spots; belly paler than the back; top of head red, with the first
black rings crossing the parietals. The pattern is formed by the
obliteration of the lateral portion of the black borders of dorsal
spots, and the extension of their transverse portion entirely around
the body. The lateral spots have disappeared.

This subspecies seems to be adopting burrowing habits in portions
of its range, and, as is frequent in such cases, the head plates and
scales are becoming variable, specimens being found without a
loreal and with the scales reduced to nineteen rows. This extreme
reduction is Osceola elapsoidea B. and G., and is not common, but
intermediate stages are frequent; out of some thirty specimens
colored as in coecineus, I have met but two without a loreal and
with 19 rows. The case is peculiar. If constant the distinction
would be a generic one; on the other hand, the importance of the
character involved would seem to lift it out of the ordinary cate-
gory of'intergradation, for we appear to have a subspecies being
transformed into a genus under our eyes. On the whole, it may
accord best with a sound methcd to take no note of this form at
its present stage.

Hab.—North Carolina to Florida and west to the Mississippi
river. Specimens without a loreal are rarely found outside of
Florida.

~
or

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Ophibolus doliatus gentilis B. and G.

Ophibolus gentilis B. and G., 1. c., 90; O. d. annulatus, O. d. syspilus
(part), O. d. gentilis and O. multistratus Cope, !. c., 609, 611; Coro-
nella gentilis (part) and @. micropholis (part) Boul., l. ¢., IT, 201,
203 ; Lampropeltis multistratus and L, annulatus Stej., Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1891, 502, 503; Osceola doliata gentilis, annulatus, sys-
pilus (part) and Ophibolus multistratus Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 894,
895, 909.

Body rather short and stout; temporals 2-2 (3); scales in 21
rows (occasionally 23); ventrals 184-200; subcaudals 42-50;
length about 700 mm.

The black rings usually extend around the body as in O. d.
coccineus, and the colors are very similar, but the spaces between
adjacent pairs of rings on the belly, opposite the red dorsal tracts,
are more or less filled up by black; the whole top of the head is
usually*black except the end of the snout, which is red. Some-
times the scales in the yellow rings are marked with black, and
often the black of the rings extends along the dorsal line, forming
a dusky band on the red spaces; when the black suffusion is want-
ing we have annulatus Kenn., but it exists in all degrees.

A small specimen from Fort Harker, Kans., in the Cope col-
lection, referred by him to syspilus,” is simply an immature gentilis.

O. multistratus Kenn, was founded on an individual from Ne-
braska having 8 upper Jabials; 23 rows of scales; three temporals in
the second row, dorsal spots with borders uniting on the flanks, and
no rings nor spots on the belly. Mr. Stejneger reports a second
. specimen?! with but seven labials. Twenty-three rows of scales;
temporals 2—3; with a greater or less number of dorsal spots are
not without precedent in O. doliatus ; indeed, three out of five O. d.
gentilis which I have examined have three temporals in the second
row. No. 3,613 Academy coll., from western Louisiana, is in com-
pany with a gentilis lacking the dorsal suffusion of black, and is
exactly like it in all other respects, except that the belly is immacu-
late and the dorsal spots close on the outer row of scales; cor-
responding very closely to Kennicott’s description of multistratus,
with the scutellation of gentilis. I see no reason, therefore, why
the first should not be included within the range of this variable
form; the same may be said of annulatus Kenn., the differences
of which are trivial.

20 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 385.
21 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1891, p. 502.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~ [Jan.,

The Mexican forms of Ophibolus with rings are closely related
to this section. Mr. Boulenger has indeed united all of them with
annulatus, under the name of O. micropholis Cope, and Dr. Gun-
ther® hus done the same, using the name annudatus.

The one specimen of micropholis, from Nicaragua, which I
haye seen, is certainly very like gentilis, and if the southern forms
are to be united, as stated above, gentilis will probably have to be
added, and that name will have priority.

Hab.—As here restricted, gentilis ranges from Nebraska to
western Louisiana, Texas and northern Mexico.

Ophibolus getulus L.
Coluber getulus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 382 (1766).

Size large and stout; head not very distinct ; scales in 21-23
rows (occ. 25); oculars 1-2; upper labials 7; temporals 2-2 (3);
anterior chin shields longest; tail rather more than one-seventh of
the length; color black or brownish black; white or yellow mark-
ings on separate scales, which frequently collect into lines across
the back.

Hab.—The whole United States south of latitude 40°.

Key to the Subspecies.

a.—Scales in 21 or 23 rows:
Seales with yellow centres, often forming cross-bands,
1. O. g. sayi.
Black with white or yellow cross-bands, bifureating on sides,
2. O. g. getulus.
b.—Seaies in 23 or 25 rows:
Black with white rings which widen on the sides,
3. O. g. boylir.
Black with many rings broken; short white stripes,
4. O. g. california.

Ophibolus getulus sayi Holbrook.

Coronella sayi Holb., No. Am. Herp., III, 99, Pl. XXII (1842); Opii-
bolus splendidus and O. sayi B. and G., 83,84; O. g. sayiand O. g.
splendidus Cope, l. c., 612, 613, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 911 and 918 ;
Coronella getula (part) Boul., J. c., II, 197.

Dorsal rows of scales 21-23 (rarely 25); ventrals 200-224:
subeaudals 40-60; length about 1,500 mm.

This form is exceedingly variable in pattern, but after examina-
tion of many specimens from all parts of its range, both living

2 Bio. Cent. Amer. Rept., p. 109, Pl. 23.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17
and alcoholic, I am not able to subdivide it. Typical sayi is
black, and has each scale with a white or yellow centre; the belly
is yellow with black blotches and the head is black with smal]
yellow spots. In many cases the body spots collect into narrow
‘transverse bands, leaving considerable spaces black with more or
less traces of the yellow spots; sometimes the lower seven or eight
rows of scales are spotted, and above them, on the dorsal area, the
spots collect into narrow bands connecting the spotted sides and
leaving a series of black, unspotted tracts on the back, three or
four scales long and seven or eight wide. This is splendidus B.
and G. At the present time the collection of the Zoological
Society contains examples of both of these and more or less inter-
mediate stages, collected at the same time at Pecos, Tex. On the
other hand, No. 4,451 Academy coll. is a very fair example of
splendidus collected at Reelfoot Lake, Tenn., in 1895, by Mr.
Samuel N. Rhoads, and No. 3,585, from southern Illinois, clearly
indicates the same pattern, which is therefore not associated with
a restricted geographical area.

Hab.—Southern Illinois to Louisiana and through the southern
portion of the plains to western Texas.

Ophibolus getulus getulus L.

Coluber getulus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 382 (1766); Ophabolus getulus
B. and G., J. ¢., 85; O. g. getulus and O. g. niger Cope, lL. c., 613 ;
Coronella getula (part) Boul., J. ¢., Il, 197; O. g. getulus Cope, Rep.
Nat. Mus., 914.

Size larger than O. g. sayi; ventrals 210-224; subeaudals
40-53; reaches a length of 1,800 mm.

Black, crossed by transverse bands of white or pale yellow, one
and a half or two scales wide, at intervals of from five to ten
scales, generally bifurcating on the flanks and joining the anterior
and posterior ones, thus forming a chain-like pattern enclosing a
series of black dersal blotches. An occasional Florida specimen
has some scales in the black areas with light centres. Two speci-
mens, one from Florida and one from Alabama, now in the
Zoological Gardens, have narrow white bands crossing the back, in
one at intervals of seven, and in the other of ten scales, without
bifurcating. The belly is white or yellow, with black blotches;
top of head black, nearly all the plates marked with white or
yellow; Jabials yellow, heavily margined with black. O. ge niger

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

does not appear to me to be more than a melanistic condition,
approaches to which occur in all subspecies of O. getulus.

Hab.—Southern New Jersey to Florida and Louisiana; chiefly
in the Atlantic States.

Ophibolus getulus boylii B. and G.

Ophibolus Boylii B.and G., l. c., 82; O. g. boylit Cope, 1. c., 613, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 919 ; Coronella getula (part) Boul., J. c., II, 197;
Lampropeltis boylii Van Den., 1. c., 169.

Smaller than O. g. sayi; scales in 23 rows (occ. 25); ventrals
218-255; subcaudals 46-60. The largest measurement given by
Mr. Van Denburg is 1,089 mm. (tail 135).

The body is black or brownish, with rings of white or yellow
about two scales wide on the back, which widen on the sides until
they are wider than the black interspaces; sometimes the direction
of the rings is oblique, so that on the belly and even on the back
the ends alternate, instead of meeting; the top of the head is
black with small light spots and the snout is white or yellow. One
of two living specimens lately received from Yuma, Ariz., by
courtesy of Mr. Herbert Brown, has the light bands only indicated
by white spots on a few lateral scales, across the back there being
no more than a brown shade on the deep black of the body color;
the top of the head is wholly black, the lower labials white,
heavily margined with black.

Hab.—Nevada, Arizona and California.

Ophibolus getulus california Blainville.

Coluber ( Ophis) california Blain., Nouv. Ann. du Mus., 1835, 292;
B. and G., 1. ¢., 153; O. g. californiw Cope, l. c., 614, and Rep. Nat.
Mus , 922; Coronella getula (part) Boul., J. c., Il, 197 ; Lampropeltis
california Van Den., l. ¢., 172.

The relations of this snake to O. g. boylii are uncertain, and it
is quite possible that the specimens known are but abnormal color
variations of that species; there are usually 23 rows of scales;
oculars 1-2 (3); temporals 2-3; ventrals 226-236; subcaudals
50-58, The body is black or brownish with little constancy in the
markings; at times more or less of the white rings of boylii are
present, but broken up and interspersed with short longitudinal
white stripes, and according to Mr. Van Denburg, there is a
white or yellow stripe or series of spots on the back; the head is
colored as in boylii, and the belly is yellow or white, with or with-
out black blotches.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

Mr. Van Denburg’s largest specimen measured 391 mm. (tail
41).

Hab.—Southern California and Lower California.
Ophibolus zonatus Blainyille.

Coluber (Zacholus) zonatus Blain., 1. c., 293; Ophibolus pyrrhomelas
Cope, 1. c., 610, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 907; Coronella zonata Boul.,
l. c., II, 202 ; Lampropeltis zonatus Van Den., l. c., 167.

Size rather smaller than boylii, body slender; scutellation gen-
erally as in that form; oculars 1 (2)—2; upper labials 7 (6);
temporals 2 (1)-3 (2); scales in 2i-23 rows; ventrals 199-224;
subeaudals 45-66. Length about 900 mm. (tail one-sixth).

The body is encircled by narrow white or yellow rings, between
which are black ones, which are more or less replaced or divided
by red; all the rings are narrow, and the red is more pronounced
anteriorly, being often altogether absent on the hinder part of the
body; head yellow with a black band across the middle and an-
other on the nape.

Mr. Boulenger, as it appears to me rightly, has referred this
species to zonatus of Blainville.

Hab.—Arizona and southern California.

Ophibolus rhombomaculatus Holbrook.

Coronella rhombomaculata, Holb., 1. ¢., III, 103, Pl. 23; O. rhombo-
maculatus B. and G., l. c., 86; Cope, l. c., 610, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
903 ; Coronella calligaster (part) Boul., l. c., II, 198 ; Lampropeltis
rhombomaculatus Stej., Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1891, 503.

Size moderate; body cylindrical and rigid; oeulars 1-2; tem-
porals 2-3; upper labials 7; anterior chin shields longest; scales
in 23-21 rows; ventrals 200-212; subcaudals 44-51.

Length 790 mm. (tail 110).

Body color pale brown, with a dorsal series of small dark brown
blotches with indistinct black borders; these are about eight or
nine scales wide and not more than two long, and may number as
many as fifty on the body; the interspaces are wider than the
spots; a series of irregular small blotches on the side, often alter-
nating with the dorsals and reaching the ventrals, the lower end
sometimes breaking off and forming a detached spot on the end of
the ventrals; belly yellowish white clouded with pale brown; no
head bands, nor spots on the nape; a narrow oblique streak behind
the eye; labials whitish slightly margined with dark brown.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Hab.—From the District of Columbia to South Carolina and
west to the Alleghenies. Not common.

Ophibolus calligaster Harlan.

Coluber calligaster Harl., Jour, Acad. Phila., 1827, 359; O. calligas-
ter Cope, J. ¢., 610, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 905; Coronella calligaster
(part) Boul., 7. ¢., IL, 198.

Larger than rhombomaculatus; oculars 1-2; temporals 2-3;
upper labials 7; anterior chin shields longest; scales in 25 rows;
ventrals 198-210; subcaudals 41-65. Length 1,180 mm. (tail
165).

Body color pale grayish brown; a dorsal series of subquadrate
blotches, dark brown with narrow black borders, two to three
scales long, eight to ten wide, somewhat emarginate before and
behind; the interspaces are about equal to the spots; a smaller
alternating series on the sides, which often form irregular vertical
bars, and a third on the outer row of scales and ends of the
ventrals; belly yellowish, with or without square black blotches on
the centre. The head markings are sometimes very elaborate; in a
beautiful specimen formerly in the collection of the Zodlogical
Society, from Minnesota, the top of the head was yellowish, with
a brown band across the prefrontals; an arrow-headed mark,
brown with a black border, the base on the frontal and apex just
behind the parietals; a brown spot on the hinder end of the supra-
oculars and a faint dark oblique streak behind the eye. Labials
yellow. An elongated brown blotch with black border, on each
side, running back from the parietals to the neck. The markings
are, however, not always as distinct; a second living specimen, from
Missouri, has the whole color darker, the lateral spots quite
obseure, no dark blotches on the ventrals, and the head markings
indistinct. The general aspect of this snake is very like rhom-
bomaculatus, but it has 25 rows of scales; the ground color is
grayish brown; the dorsal spots are less narrow, and the head
bands almost always distinguish it at a glance.

Hab.—Indiana to Minnesota and southwest to Kansas and
northern Texas. Has been once reported from central Ohio.

STILOSOMA A. E. Brown.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1890, 199 ; Cope, J. c., 595, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
924; Boul., J. c., II, 325.

Maxillary teeth small, smooth, subequal; body very slender and
cylindrical; head not distinct; tail short; internasals frequently

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 81

fused with prefrontals; one nasal; no loreal; preocular usually
distinct; prefrontals and parietals in contact with labials; scales
smooth without pits; anal entire.

Stilosoma extenuatum A. E. Brown.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1890, 199; Cope, J. c., 595, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
924 ; Boul., v. c., Il, 825; Stejneger (fide Loennberg), Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1894, 323.

Maxillary teeth 10-11, about equal in size; mandibular teeth
12. Body very slender, its diameter contained about one hun-
dred times in its length; snout rather prominent; head scales
variable; of nine specimens which I have examined, six have the
internasals fused with the prefrontals, one has a distinct internasal
on one side; two have the preocular fused with the frontal; in all
the loreal is absent and the prefrontals and parietals are in contact
with the labials; upper labials 6; third and fourth in orbit, fifth
largest; lower labials, 5; post-oculars 2; temporals 1-1; 2 or 3
pairs of chin shields; scales smooth in 19 rows; ventrals 223-
260; subcaudals 33-40. Length 575 mm. (tail 50).

Body color silvery gray, with 60-70 irregular dark-brown dorsal
spots with blackish border, on the body and about twelve on the
tail; on the dorsal line the interspaces are mottled with pale red;
belly blotched with black which extends on the sides and often
breaks into lateral spots; on the sides the scales are finely punctu-
lated with black; a dark patch on the parietals, with a smaller one
on each side of the neck; a dark post-ocular streak; forepart -of
head, chin and throat maculated with black.

Hab.—Known only from Marion and Orange counties, Florida,

CARPHOPHIS Geryais.

Dict. d’Hist. Nat., III, 191 (1849) ; Celuta B. and G., l. c., 129; Car-
phophiops Cope, 1. c., 596, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 734 ; Carphophis
Boul, U. c., II, 324.

Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; a loreal; internasals one, two
or absent; one nasal; no preocular; scales smooth, without pits, in
13 rows; anal divided; size very small; head flat and not distinct.

Hab.—North America.

Carphohis amenus Say.

Coluber amanus Say, Jour. Acad. Phila., IV, 237 (1825); Celuta
amanda B. and G., l. c., 129; Celuta helene Kenn., Proc. Acad.
Phila., 1859. 100; Carphophiops amenus and C. vermis Cope, /. c.,
596, 597 ; Carphophis amenus Boul., 1. c., II, 324.

Head small and flat; internasals often absent; no preocular,
6

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF = Si[eanes

the loreal entering the orbit; post-ocular 1; temporals 1-1 (2);
13 rows of scales; ventrals 120-134; subeaudals 24-36.

Length 310 mm. (tail one-sixth).

Chestnut brown above, dark brown in adults; salmon color
beneath.

Western specimens usually have but one temporal in the second
row, and vary a trifle in the extension of the belly color on the
sides; but as the species is a degraded and variable one, it does not
seem necessary to regard them as distinct.

Hab.—New England to Kansas and southward.

FARANCIA Gray.

Zool. Misc., 68 (1842) ; B. and G., 7. ¢., 123; Cope, J. c., 604, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., 740; Boul., 7. c., II, 290.

Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; one loreal; one internasal;
one nasal half divided; no preocular; scales smooth, without pits,
in 19 rows; anal divided; size moderately large; body cylindrical
and rigid; head not very distinct.

Hab.—North America.

Farancia abacura Holbrook.

Coluber abacurus Holb., No. Am. Herp., I, 119, Pl. 23 (1836) ;
Farancia abacura B. and G., l. c., 123; Cope, /. c., 604, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., 741; Boul., J. c., II, 291.

Head small and hardly distinet from the body; one internasal ;
one nasal, half divided; no preocular, the loreal and prefrontal
entering the orbit; post-orbitals 2; temporals 1-2; upper labials
7; 19 rows of scales; ventrals 168-206; subcaudals 34-49. Or-
dinary specimens are about 1,000 mm. long, but it reaches 1,400
(tai) one-sixth to one-seventh).

Bluish black above with vertical red spots on the sides; belly
red in life.

Hab.—North Carolina to Louisiana; possibly in Virginia.

ABASTOR Gray.
Cat. Snakes Br. Mus., 78; B. and G., 1. c., 125 ; Cope, /. ¢., 603 ; Boul.,
1. ¢., I, 289.

Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; one loreal; two internasals;
one nasal, half divided below the nostril; no preocular; scales
smooth, without pits, in 19 rows; anal divided; size moderate;
head not distinet; body cylindrical and rigid.

Hab.—North America.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

Abastor erythrogrammus Daudin.

Coluber erythrogrammus Daud., Hist. des. Rept., 93, Pl. 83 (1803) ;
Abastor erythrogrammus B. and G., /. ¢., 125; Cope, I. ¢., 603, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 738; Boul., 7. c., IL, 290.

Head scarcely larger than the body; two small internasals; no
preocular, the loreal and prefrontal entering orbit; post-oculars
2; temporals 1-2; upper labials 7; ventrals 157-185; subcaudals
37-55. Length 980 mm. (tail 130).

Bluish black above with three longitudinal red stripes; belly
salmon color or reddish, with a series of bluish black spots on the
ends of the ventrals; head dark, the plates sometimes with yellow
margins; labials yellow, each with a dark spot.

Hab.—North Carolina to the Gulf coast; found once in Vir-
ginia by Prof. Cope.

VIRGINIA*® B. and G.

l. c., 127; Cope, 7. c., 599, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1006 ; Boul., /. c., II,
288.

Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; a loreal; two internasals; two
nasals; no preocular; scales smooth, without pits, in 15-17 rows;
anal divided; size small; head distinct.

Hab.—North America.

Seales\in 15 rows; 2 preoculars,. . . . . . 1. V. valerie.
Seales in 17 rows; 1-3 preoculars, . . . . . 2. Vz. elegans.

Virginia valerie B. and G.

l. c., 127 ; Cope, 1. c., 599, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1006 ; Boul., 7. c., II,
289.

Head scales normal; oculars 2—2; temporals 1-2; upper labials
6; scales wide, in 15 rows; ventrals 115-127; subcaudals 25-37.
Length 280 mm. (tail 40).

Yellowish or grayish brown, usually with small black dots form-
ing longitudinal lines; belly dull yellow.

Hab.—Maryland west to the Mississippi; apparently not in
Texas.

Virginia elegans Kennicott.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1859, p. 99; Cope, J. c., 599, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
1007 ; Boul., 7. c., I, 289.

Exactly like V. valerie, but the scales are narrower and in 17
rows and the post-oculars vary from one to three.

23Prof. Cope places Virginia among the genera in which the dorsal hypapo-
physes are continued to the tail. This is certainly not the case in one speci-
men of V. eleyans which I have examined for this character.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — (Jan.,

A specimen in my collection, from Bay St. Louis, Miss., 186
mm. long (tail 27), has seven upper labials on one side; ventrals
117; subcaudals 29.

Hab.—Southern Illinois to Texas.

FICIMIA Gray.

Cat. Snakes, 80 (1849); Gyalopium Cope, I. ¢., 603, and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 947; Hicimia Boul., 1. c., II, 270.

Maxillary teeth smcoth, equal; rostral enters between internasals
and prefrontals, its upper border projecting; two internasals; one
nasal, half divided, its anterior portion usually fused with the first
labial; no loreal; one preocular; scales smooth, with pits, in 17
rows; anal divided; size moderate; head not very distinct.

Hab.—Southwestern United States and Mexico.

Ficimia cana Cope.
Gyalopium canum Cope, Proc. Acad. re 1860, P. eb l.c., 603,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 947; #. cana Boul.; l. c., Il, 272.

Rostral pointed behind, not in contact with the frontal; inter-
nasals small; nasal fused with the first labial, with a groove down-
ward and backward from the nostril; no loreal, prefrontals reaching
labials; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2; upper labials 7; scales in 17
rows; ventrals 130-131; subcaudals 28. Length about 205 mm.
(tail 28).

Reddish or yellowish, with brown, dark-edged cross-bands,
about thirty in number, more or less broken into spots on the sides;
belly yellowish white; a brown band across the head in front of
the orbits, beginning on the labials, and another across the
parietals.

Hab,—Western Texas to Arizona.

CHILOMENISCUS Cope.

Proc. no Phila., 1860, 339 ; Ul. c., 593, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 948;
Boul., +, LL, 272.
tT teeth smooth, subequal, the posterior sometimes a little
enlarged; rostral prominent and separating the internasals; no
loreal; one nasal, fused with the internasal; one preocular; scales
smooth, with pits, in 13 rows; anal divided; size small; head not
distinct.
Hab.—Nevada to Sonora; Lower California.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

Preocular touching nasal; black cross-bands on back,
1. C. ephippicus.
Preocular not touching nasal; black rings around body,
2. C. enews.
Chilomeniscus ephippicus Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1875, 85; J. ¢., 594; Rep. Nat. Mus., 951 ; Boul.,
laves, Ll, 23.

Head small with prominent snout; scales in 13 rows; rostral just
reaches the prefrontals; nasal elongated and touching the pre-
ocular; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-1; upper labials 7; ventrals
109-118; subcaudals 22-28. Length 235 mm. (tail 30).

Yellow or red’ with a series of black cross-bands, the ends of
which are rounded; on the tail they nearly form rings; the inter-
spaces are quite as wide as the bands; belly white; top of head
black; snout red.

Hab.—Nevyada and Arizona; probably southern California.

Chilomeniscus cinctus Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, 303; C. stramineus cinetus Cope, 1. ¢., 594;
O. stramineus (part) Boul., Ul. ¢., IL, 273; C. cinetus Cope, Rep.
Nat. Mus., 952.

Very similar to C. ephippicus, but the nasal is separated from
the preocular by the prefrontals, which reach the labials. Color
reddish “white; body completely encircled by black rings which are
narrower on the belly.

_~ But three specimens are known, and the full value of tne char-
acters are in doubt.

Hab.—Lower California and southern Arizona.

CEMOPHORA Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 244; 7. c., 602, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 928 ;
Boul., l. c., Il, 213; Rhinostoma B. andG., U. ¢., 118.

Maxillary teeth smooth, longer behind, no interspace; a loreal;
one or two preoculars; one nasal, sometimes divided; rostral
slightly projecting; scales smooth, with pits, in 19 rows; anal
entire; size moderate; head not distinct.

Hab.—North America.

Cemophora coccinea Blumenbach,

Coluber coccineus Blum., Voigt’s Mag. of Phys., 1788, 11, Pl. 1; Rhz-
nostoma coccinea B.and G., J. ¢., 118; Cemophora coccinea Cope,
l. c., 602, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 928; Boul., U. c., II, 214.

Body slender; head not distinct; snout projecting; eye small;
one nasal, half divided or double; loreal small; oculars 1 (2)-2

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

(1); temporals 1 (2)—2; upper labials 6 or 7; scales in-19 rows;
ventrals 156-188; subcaudals 35-45. Length 560 mm. (tail 80).

Back searlet, crossed by pairs of black bands, each pair enclos-
ing a whitish or yellow one about three scales wide; most scales in
the yellow band are dotted with black; belly yellowish, un-
marked; top of head red or yellow, with a black bar between the
orbits.

Hab.—South Carolina and Florida, west to the Mississippi.

RHINOCHILUS B. andG.

l. c., 120; Cope, l. c., 605, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 980; Boul., U. ¢., II,
212.

Maxillary teeth smooth, increasing posteriorly, no interspace;
one loreal; one or two preoculars; two internasals; two nasals;
rostral somewhat projecting; scales smooth, with pits, in 17-25
vows; anal entire; subeaudals usually entire; size medium; head
slightly distinct.

Hab.—North and South America.

Rhinochilus lecontii B. and G.

l. c., 120; Cope, U. c., 606, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 931; Boul., /. c., II,
212; Van Den., l. c., 174.

Body moderately stout; head scales normal; one large pre-
ocular, occasionally with a small one below; two post-oculars; tem-
porals 2-3 (one in my collection has a small additional temporal
in the first row on one side); upper labials 8; scales in 23 rows;
ventrals 189-212; subcaudals 40-55, not divided. The largest I
have seen, measured 965 mm. (tail 135).

There is a series of blotches on the back, alternating black and
red or orange: the red ones nearly quadrate, the black ones
transversely wider; on the sides, below the blotches, some scales
are marked with black or yellow; belly white or yellow, with
black blotches on the ends of some ventrals. <A living specimen
from Pecos, Tex., has twenty-seven brilliant scarlet blotehes on
the body and twelve on the tail; below the scarlet blotches each
scale is yellow with a black centre, while on the corresponding por-
tion of the black areas, which extend to the fourth row, each seale
has a yellow centre; many of the scales in the outer rows are
tinged with red. The snout in front of the frontal plate is red,
behind that black, each scale marked with yellow. Labials
yellow, all the upper ones posterior to the third, heavily margined

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

with black. A second specimen is very similar in color, but the
black on the ends of the venirals often runs up on the scales to
about the fourth row.

According to Mr. Van Denburg, the spots on the back, which
ordinarily are red, are at times white, but I have never myself
seen such a specimen.

Hab. —Southwestern Kansas and western Texas to California.

HYPSIGLENA Cope.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 246; /. c., 617, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 952;
Boul., /. c., If, 208,

Posterior maxillary teeth strongly enlarged, smooth, diacran-
terian; one loreal; two internasals; two nasals; vertical, elliptical
pupil; scales smooth, with pits, in 19-21 rows; anal divided; size
medium to small; head distinct.

Hab.—North and Central America.

Hypsiglena ochrorhyncha Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, p. 246; J. c., 617, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 953 ;
Boul., J. c., Il, 209; H. chlorophea, H. ochrorhyncha and H.
texana Stej., No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 205.

Size small; body round; head distinct; head plates normal; 2
nasals; 1 loreal; 1 large preocular, with usually a small one below
it; post-oculars 2; labials 8; temporals 1-2; scales in 21 rows;
ventrals 168-187; subcaudals 40-55.

Length 320 mm. (tail 60).

Gray or yellowish, with a dorsal series of dark-brown blotches
and two alternating series on each side; a dark stripe through
each eye, running back to the nape, and a median one between
them; upper surface of. head and labials faintly dotted with
brown; belly white.

The convexity of the head attributed to H. texana Stejn.
appears to me abnormal, and the difference in the lateral head
stripe is trivial.

Hab.—Texas to southern California; northern Mexico.

RHADINEA Cope.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1863, 100, and Dromicus, 1. ¢., 618; Liophis
(part) and Rhadinea Boul.,, J. c. I, 127 and 160; Rhadinea Cope,
Rep. Nat. Mus., 754.

Posterior maxillary teeth slightly lengthened, smooth, sometimes
a slight interspace; one loreal; one preocular; two internasals; two

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

nasals; scales smooth, without pits, in 15-21 rows; anal divided;
size very small; head distinct.
Hab.—North and South America.

Rhadinea flavilata Cope.

Dromicis flavilatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1871, p. 222, and J. ¢.,
618 ; Liophis flavilatus Boul., 1. c., Il, 143; Rhadinea flavilate
Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., XVIII, 202 (1895), and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 759.

Head slightly distinct; maxillary teeth 12-13, the last two
enlarged and separated from the others by a slight interval; man-
dibular teeth 17, subequal; head plates normal; loreal obliquely
quadrangular; nasal indistinctly divided above and below the
nostril; one large preocular; two post-oculars, the lower one small;
temporals 1-2; upper labials 7; lower labials 8; posterior chin
shields longest and separated behind; scales in 17 rows, smooth,
without pits; ventrals 126-129; subcaudals 66-77.

Length 270 mm. (tail 77).

Reddish brown above, somewhat lustrous in life, each scale
finely dotted with dark brown; belly light yellow, invading the
edges of the two outer rows of scales; top of head a little darker
than the back and indistinctly vermiculated with light brown; a
faint dark band from the rostral to the temporals, slightly bordered
above with yellow and below with black; labials colored like the
ventrals, the upper ones slightly spotted with dark brown. The
foregoing description is taken from two living specimens, one from
Florida and one from Bay St. Louis, Miss.

As none of the three examples of this rare snake which I have
examined, possess scale pits, it cannot be placed in Liophis, as is
done by Boulenger, but falls into the section of Rhadinea with
slightly diacranterian dentition.

Hab.—North Carolina to Florida and Mississippi.

HETERODON Latreille.
Hist. des Rept., IV., 32 (1800); B. and G., J. ¢., 51; 1. ¢., Cope, 153,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 760; Boul., 7. ¢., II., 153.

Posterior maxillary teeth much enlarged, smooth, an interspace;
body stout; head long and slightly distinct; snout short; rostral
strongly projecting and recurved; a small plate behind the rostral;
sometimes a number of small seales separating internasals and pre-
frontals; eye surrounded by a circle of scales; 1 loreal; 2 nasals,

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

occasionally a small post-nazal below; scales keeled, with two pits,
in 23-25 rows; anal divided.

Hab.—North America.

The ‘sand snakes,’’ ‘‘hug-nosed snakes,’”? or ‘‘ blowing
vipers,’’ as they are variously called, are able to expand and flatten
the anterior portion of the body when alarmed, and thereby to
assume a threatening aspect, as in the cobras, but they are abso-
lutely harmless.

Key to the Species.

«.—Rostral narrower than space between eyes:
No scales between prefrontals; size larger,
1. H. platyrhinus.
Prefrontals separated by scales; size smaller, 2. H. simus.
6.—Rostral as broad as space between eyes:
Prefrontals and internasals separated by scales.
3. H. nasicus.

Heterodon platyrhinus Latreille.
l. c. 32; HH. platyrhinos, H. cognatus, H. niger and I. atmodes B.
and G., l. ¢., 51-57; #. platyrhinus Cope, I. c., 648, and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 761; Boul., J. c., Il, 154.

_Largest of the genus; maxillary teeth 11-12, the last two much
enlarged and separated by a wide interval; 1, sometimes 2, small
azygous plates behind the rostral, separating internasals; usually
without small plates between the prefrontals; frontal a little longer
than broad; 9-11 scales in the orbital ring, in addition to the
supraoculars; upper labials 8 (9); temporals 4 (3)—5; 1 pair of
chin shields; scales usually in 25 rows (oee. 23); ventrals 120-
150; subeaudals 37-60. Length 810 mm. (tail 153).

Color variable, sometimes entirely black above; usually brown,
reddish brown or yellow, with a dorsal series of dark brown or
black spots, separated by narrow interspaces, one and a half or
two scales wide; a lateral alternating series of small dark blotches,
and sometimes traces of a third; belly greenish white, yellowish
or reddish, often clouded with dusky; two dark blotches on the
nape, a band across the prefrontals and an oblique streak behind
the eye.

Hab.—New Jersey west to the Missouri river, and south to
Florida and Texas.

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Heterodon simus L.

Coluber simus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 375; H. simus B. and G., /. ¢.,
59; Cope, J. c., 648, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 770; Boul., 7. ¢., IL, 156.

Smaller than platyrhinos; snout moderate; maxillary teeth 10—
11; 3 to 9 scales, in addition to the azygous plate separating the
internasals and prefrontals; frequently a small subpost-nasal;
frontal as broad as Jong; 10-11 scales in orbital ring; labials 8;
temporals small; 1 pair of chin shields; scales in 25 rows (rarely
27); veutrals 114-134; subcaudals 30-55. Length 490 mm.
(tail 90).

Color usually grayish or yellowish brown, with the dorsal series
of spots blackish brown, separated by narrow interspaces usually
tinged with yellow; one or two series of small blackish blotches on
the sides; belly white or yellow, more or less clouded with dusky;
two dark blotches on the nape, parietals blackish, the bar on pre-
frontals and post-ocular streak present. In some color phases this
form resembles:both of the other species; but may always be known
from platyrhinus by the small plates behind the rostral being from
4-10, instead of one or two; aud from nasicus by the presence of
two more scale rows and a much lighter abdomen.

Hab.—Georgia and Florida to the Mississippi.

Heterodon nasicus B. and G.

l.c.,61; H. n. nasicus and H. n. Kennerlyi, Cope, l. c., 644, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 772, 773; H. nasicus Boul., 1. c., II, 156.

Snout very short and much recurved ; maxillary teeth 8-10;
azygous plates as in simus, sometimes 20 or more; 10-11 scales in
orbital ring; as a rule no inferior post-nasal; sometimes an addi-
tional loreal; upper labials 8; 1 pair of chin shields; scales in 23
rows; ventrals 128-146; subcaudals 32-45 (a specimen in my col-
lection has one or two subcaudals undivided). The largest I have
seen, came from Pecos, Tex., and measured 610 mm. (tail 78);
another, 555 mm. (tail 100).

Grayish brown, sometimes yellow on the back; a dorsal and two
lateral rows of spots, usually smaller than in simus and often not
distinct, sometimes the dorsal spots are only indicated by a darker
shade; the belly is whitish with black blotches, usually entirely
black in the centre; three elongated black blotches on the nape;
an oblique streak behind the eye; a narrow band across the frontal
and another on the prefrontals; parietals blackish.

Hab.—Montana to Texas and Arizona; northern Mexico.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

TRIMORPHODON Cope.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, 297; J. c., 678, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1101 ;
Boul., l. c., II, 53.

Posterior maxillary teeth elongated, grooved and separated by an
interval; anterior teeth elongated; 2 loreals; 1 or 2 preoculars; 2
internasals; 2 nasals; pupil vertical; scales smooth, with pits, in
21-27 rows; anal divided; size medium.

Hab.—North America and Mexico.

Trimorphodon lyrophanes Cope.
l. c., 297; 1. c., 679, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1102; Boul., J. c., III, 56.

Seven maxillary teeth; head distinct; head plates normal; 2
loreals, one in front of the other; 2 preoculars, usually a small
subocular; 3 post-oculars; labials 9; scales in 21 rows; ventrals
236; subeaudals 70. Length 710 mm. (tail 110).

Light gray; deep brown spots, in pairs, on the back (21 pairs in
the type specimen); an irregular series of lateral spots; belly
white, with small dark spots on the ends of some ventrals; head
light gray, banded with darker.

Hab.—Arizona and Lower California.

SIBON Fitzinger.
Neue Class Rept., 29 (1826) ; Cope, J. c., 676, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1106;
Leptodira (part) Boul., /. ¢., ILI, 88.

Posterior maxillary teeth elongated, grooved and separated by
an interspace; 1 loreal; 1 to 3 preoculars; 2 nasals; 2 internasals;
pupil vertical; scales smooth, with pits, in 19-25 rows; anal
divided; size moderate.

Hab.—North and South America.

Cope appears to be justified in separating the American species
with divided anal, from the Asiatic with single anal; Leptodira
Gunther having included both, an arrangement which is followed
by Boulenger.

Sibon septentrionalis Kennicott.

Dipsas septentrionalis Kenn.. U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., IT, 16, Pl. 8,
fig. 1; Sibon septentrionale Cope, I. ¢., 678, and Rep. Nat. Mus..
1107 ; Leptodira septentrionalis Boul., l. c., III, 93.

Head very distinct; body tapering; head scales normal; 3
preoculars, the lower one very small; post-oculars 2; temporals
1-2; labials 8; scales in 21-23 rows; ventrals 194; subcaudals
65-72. «Length 750 mm. (tail about one-fifth ). ;

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Grayish or yellow above, with dark-brown saddle-shaped spots,
six or eight scales long and nearly reaching the ventrals; belly
yellowish; top of head and part of the upper labials light brown
with blackish markings; an indistinct pale band across the nape.

Hab.—Texas to Arizona; northern Mexico.

ERYTHROLAMPRUS Wacgler.
Syst. Amph., 187 (1830) ; Cope, J. c., 676 ; Boul., J. c., III, 199 ; Conio-
phanes Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1096.

Posterior maxillary teeth elongated, grooved and separated by
an interspace; 1 loreal; 1 or 2 preoculars; 2 nasals; pupil round;
scales smooth, without pits, in 15-25 rows; anal divided; size
moderate.

Hab.—North and South America.

Erythrolamprus imperialis Baird.

Teniophis imperialis Baird, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., II, 23, Pl. XIX.
fig. 1; H. imperialis Cope, 1. ¢., 676; Boul., U. ¢., IL, 206; Conto-
phanes imperialis Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1097.

Head not very distinct; size small; head shields normal; 2
nasals; 1 loreal; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2; upper labials 8 (7);
scales in 19 rows; ventrals 120-143; subecaudals 67-94. Length
about 410 mm. (tail 160).

Light brown, with a blackish vertebral stripe, and one on each
side; scales below the lateral stripes pale brown; a yellow line with
black edges from nostril to temporals; upper labials whitish, dotted
with black; belly reddish, sometimes with black dots.

Hab.—Southern Texas to Central America.

TANTILLA B. and G.
I. c., 131; Cope, J. c., 597, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1110; Homalocranium'®
Boul., J, c., ILI, 212.

Posterior maxillary teeth slightly elongated, grooyed and sepa-
rated by an interspace; no loreal; 1 preocular; 2 nasals; 2 inter-
nasals; scales smooth, without pits, in 15 rows; anal divided; size
small; head flat and not very distinct.

Hab.—North and South America.

‘6 Tuntilla is preferred to Homalocranium for the reasons given under
Storeria.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

Key to the Species in United States.

a.—Upper labials 7:
a,—A yellow or white collar on nape:
A black band behind collar; ventrals less than 158,
1. T. coronata.
Black dots behind collar; ventrals more than 167,
2. T. eiseni.
b'.—No collar on nape; head black, . . 3. J. nigriceps.
—Upper labiale 6, . . .9.%s 4 3. 4 Degracihe:
Tantilla coronata B. and G.

1. ¢,, 131; Cope, J. c., 598, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1114; Homalocranium
coronatum Boul., III, 218.

Size small and slender; head not distinct; head plates normal;
no loreal; posterior nasal in contact with preocular; oculars 1-2;
temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 7; scales in 15 rows; ventrals
138-158; subcaudals 35-58. Length 220 mm. (tail 35).

Reddish brown above; belly whitish; top of head dark brown
with a yellow cross-band behind the parietals, bordered behind by
a black one two scales wide.

Hab.—Gulf States; Georgia to Mississippi.

Tantilla eiseni Stejneger.
Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1895, 117.

Size rather larger; post-nasal almost separated from the pre-
ocular by the prefrontal; ventrals 167-181; subcaudals 58-65.
Length 365 mm. (tail 82). Much resembling 7. coronata, but
with a more slender body, a longer tail and a greater number of
ventrals and subcaudals. The only specimens known have been
more than twenty years in spirits, but from Mr. Stejneger’s descrip-
tion the color must have been like coronata, but the collar was
bordered behind by black dots in place of a band.

Hab. —Seven specimens known, all from Fresno, California.
Tantilla nigriceps Kennicott.

Proc. Acad, Phila., 1860, 328; Cope, /. c., 598, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
1113; H. planiceps (part) Boul., J. ¢., III, 226.

Size small; post-nasal usually in contact with preocular; oculars
1-1 (2); temporals 1-1; upper labials 7; scales in 15 rows;
ventrals 121-168; subcaudals 42-66. Length 275 mm. (tail one-
fifth).

Yellowish brown above; white underneath; top of head blackish
brown; no collar.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - -[Jan.,

"Mr. Boulenger considers this form identical with Coluber plani-
ceps Blain.; the type of that species, however, came from Lower
California, and there is no proof that nigriceps extends west even
to California proper. Van Denburg does not mention it as an
inhabitant of the State, and the evidence of its presence even in
Arizona is not of the best.

Hab.—Texas and New Mexico; possibly Arizona.

Tantilla gracilis 8. and G.

1. ¢., 182; Cope, 7. ¢., 598, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1111; HZ. gracilis
Boul., 2, c., III, 228.

Size small; post-nasal occasionally separated from preocular by
prefrontal; oculars 1-1; temporals 1-1; upper labials 6; 15 rows
of scales; ventrals 112-137; subcaudals 41-51. Length 215
mm. (tail 43).

Reddish or greenish brown above, some scales speckled with
darker; belly salmon color in Jife; top of head dark brown;
labials yellowish brown. Through the courtesy of Mr. Julius
Hurter, of St. Louis, the Zodlogical Society has lately received
five living specimens of this little snake, taken by him in Jefferson
county, Mo.

Hab—Missouri to Texas.

ELAPS Schneider.
Hist. Amph., II, 289 (1801); B. and G., /. c., 21; Cope, l. c., 679, and
Rep. Nat. Mus., 1119; Boul., 7. c,, III, 411.

A pair of large, perforated poison fangs in front; no other max-
illary teeth; no loreal; 2 internasals; 2 nasals; pupil vertical,
elliptical; scales smooth, without pits, in 15 rows; anal divided;
subeaudals single or double, or both; body cylindrical; head not
very distinct; tail short.

Hab.—North and South America.

The snakes of this genus are beautifully ringed with black, re
and yellow in varying proportions. All are venomous and
structurally related to the cobras. Several species of harmless
snakes so nearly resemble them in color, especially the red and
yellow-ringed forms of Ophibolus doliatus, that novices in herpe-
tology should beware of handling living specimens presenting these
colors, until assured that they are not dealing with an Flaps.
There are some twenty-five known species, extending from South
Carolina to Brazil, two only being found within the United States.

(Jo)
or

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Snout black; parietals yellow; first wide ring black,
1. E. fulvius.
Snout and parietals black; first wide ring red, 2. E. ewryxanthus.

Elaps fulvius L.

Coluber fuloius L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 381; Hlaps fulvius, E. tenere
and #. tristis B. and G., J. c., 21-23; #. fulvius and £#. distans
Cope, l. c., 680, 681, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1120, 1123; #, fulvius
(part) Boul., 7. c , III, 422; #. fulvius Stej., Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1893, 359.

Rostral small, not extending between the internasals, which are
rather small; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 7,
third largest; ventrals 203-237; subcandals 25-45. The largest
I have seen, measured 930 mm. (tail 70).

There are 11-17 black rings from seven to ten scales long, and
the same number of red ones from 8-12 scales long on the body;
the black ones are bordered before and behind by yellow rings,
one or two seales long; many scales in the red rings are mottled
with black; there are three or four black and an equal number of
yellow rings on the tail, but no red. Top of the head in advance
of the parietals is black, followed by a yellow ring extending to
the angle of the mouth; then a black one 5-8 scales long. Ex-
amples are said to be found in Florida with the black rings much
narrowed, and the snout red instead of black. These are referred
by Prof. Cope to E. distans Kenn., the type of which was from
Chihuahua. Such specimens must in any event be very rare, for
the Zodlogical Society has received more than eighty Elaps from
Florida, not one of which has exhibited the characters of distans.

Hab.—South Carolina to western Texas and up the Mississippi
valley, occasionally to southern Ohio; northern Mexico.

Elaps euryxanthus Kennicott.
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 337 ; Cope, J. c., 681, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
1125; Boul., /..c., III, 415; Stej., U. c., 362.

This little-known species closely resembles E. fulvius; the rostral
is produced posteriorly and extends slightly between the internasals ;
the frontal is very small; the black of the snout extends back over
the parietals and is followed by a yellow ring, then by a wide red
one; the red rings do not show black mottling on the scales. | Ven-
trals 215-241; subcaudals 21-29.

Hab.—Central and southern Arizona; northern Mexico.

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [Jan.,

VIPERIDZA.

Key to the Genera.
ae—No: rattle; —, "eS SS ee - ANGISERODONS
b.—A rattle:

Top of head with large plates, . . . . . SISTRURUS.
Top of head with small scales, . . . . . CRoraLus.

ANCISTRODON Beauvais.
Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., IV, 381 (1799); Agkistrodon and Toxicophis
B. and G., 1. c., 17-19 ; Ancistrodon Cope, /. c., 681, and Rep. Nat.
Mus., 131; Boul., l. c., IIT, 519.

A pair of large erectable, perforated poison fangs in front of
upper jaw; no other maxillary teeth; a pit between the eye and
the nostril; no rattle; top of head covered with large plates; scales
keeled, with pits, in 21-27 rows; anal entire; subcaudals single or
double, or both; size large to medium.

Hab.—Asia, North and Central America.

Key to the Species of the United States.

No loreal plate; a pair of post-parietals, . . 1. A. piscivorus.
A loreal plate; no post-parietals, . . . . . 2. A. contortrix.

Ancistrodon piscivorus Lacépéde.

Crotalus piscivorus Lacep., Serp., II, 130 and 424 (1789); Toxicophis
piscivorus and 7. pugnazB. and G,, 1. c., 19, 20; A.’ piscivorus Cope,
ig 683, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1133; Boul., 7. c., III, 520 ; Stej., 7. ¢.,

Size large; body very stout; tail short, from one-seventh to
one-sixth of length; head broad behind, flat on top; snout
rounded; canthus sharp; head plates normal, but with usually a
pair of small additional plates behind parietals; no loreal; pre-
oculars 2, the upper much the largest; post-oculars 2, with one or
two suboculars; upper labials 8 (occ. 7), the third entering the
orbit; scales in 25 rows, strongly keeled; ventrals 130-147; sub-
caudals 39-48, more or less of which are undivided, usually the
anterior ones. A specimen from Florida, now living in the
Zodlogical Gardens, 1,550 mm. long and 250 mm. in cireum-
ference, is the largest I have ever seen.

The color pattern is obscure; half-grown examples are usually
dark chestnut or greenish olive, with blackish brown cross-bands
with irregular borders. Older ones become much darker and the
bands are obscured; belly yellow, clouded with brown. Head

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

blackish brown; an oblique streak behind the eye and a yellowish
white band on the upper labials.

Hab.—North Carolina and Florida, through the Gulf States to
Texas; up the Mississippi valley, occasionally to Illinois.

The name ‘‘ water moceasin,’’ properly belonging to this species,
is often wrongly applied to large, dark individuals belonging to
Tropidonotus ; but the shape of the head, the presence of the loreal
pit, and the sharply tapering tail, easily distinguish it.

Ancistrodon contortrix L.
Boa contortrix L. Syst, Nat., Ed. XII, 373; Agkistrodon contortrix
B. and G,, /. c., 17; Stej., 1. c., 401; Ancistrodon contortrix Cope,
1. c., 683, and Rep. Nat. Mus,, 1135 ; Boul. J. c., III, 522.

Smaller and less stout than A. piscivorus; no post-parietal plates;
loreal present; eye entirely separated from labials by the sub-
oculars; upper labials 8 (oce. 7); scales in 23 rows (rarely 25);
ventrals 145-155; subcaudals 31-52, some of the anterior ones
usually undivided. A large specimen from Pennsylvania measures
1,000 mm. (tail 130).

Body color peculiar yellowish pink, often pale drab, crossed by
irregular brownish red bands with darker borders, wider and often
with pale centres on the sides; a series of small circular brownish
red spots on outer rows and ends of the ventrals, anteriorly these
are mostly on the ventrals; belly yellowish or pink, sometimes
maculated with darker; chin and throat yellowish white; sides of
head cream color; top often bright copper, whence the name
“* copperhead.’’ In life, the markings vary greatly in outline and
richness of color.

Hab.— Massachusetts south to Florida; west to [linois, Okla-
homa and central Texas.

SISTRURUS Garman.
No. Amer. Rept., 110 (1883); Orotalophorus B. and G., J. c., 11;
Cope, l. c., 684; Sistrurus, Boul., l. c., IIL, 569; Stej., J. c., 410;
Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1140.

A pair of large erectable, perforated poison fangs in front of
upper jaw: no other maxillary teeth; loreal pit and rattle present;
top of head covered with large plates; scales keeled, with pits, in
21-25 rows; anal and subcaudals not divided; sizes small to
medium.

Hab.—North America and Mexico.

7

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,
Key to the Species in United States.

Post-nasal in contact with preocular; the light line to angle of

mouth begin at nostril, . . 1. S. catenatus.
Post-nasal separated from preocular, by loreal; light line to angle
of mouth begins atthe eye, . . . . . . 2 S. miliarius.

Sistrurus catenatus Rafinesque.
Crotalinus catenatus Raf., Amer. Monthly Mag., 1818, p. 41.

Short and stout; tail about one-ninth of length; rattle small;
head plates normal; there is no large loreal, and the upper pre-
ocular is in contact with the post-nasal; occasionally the anterior
end of the preocular is cut off, forming a small upper loreal; scales
in 23-27 rows, one or two of the outer smooth; ventrals 135-157;
subeaudals 17-34.

The color is gray, brown or even black, with seven series of
blotches on the back; the dorsal series dark brown with a narrow
light border, anteriorly often crescent-shaped, posteriorly becoming
subcircular; the second series roundish and indistinct, more or less
alternating with the dorsals; third, vertically elongated, colored
like the dorsals and opposite to them; fourth small and on the
outer rows and ends of the ventrals; belly yellowish, more or less
marked with black. Top of head with a light band across the
anterior end of frontal; two dark bands running back from the
supraoculars to the first dorsal spot, and a dark spot between them
on the parietals and frontal; a dark oblique streak behind the eye
bordered above and below by a light line, the lower one beginning
at the nostril and running to the angle of the mouth; two light
lines from the loreal pit to the labial border.

It has been customary to divide this species into a northern and a
southern race, but the characters ascribed to them are less constant
than has been supposed, and they were, in fact, united by Mr.
Boulenger; nevertheless, the greater proportion of the individuals
found within each geographical area do present sufficient differ-
ences to warrant their separation:

Scales usually in 25 rows; dorsal spots usually less than 40,
1. S. ¢. catenatus.

Scales usually in 23 rows; dorsal spots usually more than 40,
2. 8S. ¢. eonsors.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PAILADELPHIA. 99

Sistrurus catenatus catenatus Rafinesque.

1. ¢., 41; Crotalophorus tergeminus and C. Kirtlandii B. and G.,
l. c., 14, 16. O. ¢. catenatus Cope, 1. c., 685 ; Sistrurus catenatus
(part) Boul., J. c., III, 570; S. catenatus Stej., l.c., 411; 8. ¢. cate-
natus Cope, Rep, Nat. Mus., 1146.

In this northern race, the scale rows are usually 25, but ocea-
sionally 23 or 27; the dorsal spots are larger and fewer in number
than in consors, being generally from 37-41 in number, of which
3-5 are on the tail, but an occasional example has them as numer-
ous as in the southern form. No. 7,241 Academy coll. is a
catenatus from Fort Riley, Kans., with 27 rows of scales and 44
dorsal blotches, of which 9 are on the tail, leaving the number of
body spots about as they should be. No. 7,240 has also 27 rows,
and only 87 spots, with a black belly. Nos. 7,245-44 are two
interesting specimens, collected together in Michigan; the former
has 23 rows and 37 spots and the belly is immaculate yellow; the
other one has 27 rows and the belly is wholly black.

The colors are usually darker and the lateral spots more distinct
than in consors. Occasional examples are entirely black. Ven-
trals 136-150; subeaudals 17-29.

Length about 900 mm.

Hab.—Ohio to Kansas, and north into Canada. Formerly
found in western New York, but it has now disappeared from most
cultivated localities.

Sistrurus catenatus consors B. and G.

Crotalophorus consors and C. Edwardsii B.and G., 1. ¢., 12,15; @.
c. edwardsii Cope, i. ¢., 685 ; Sistrurus catenatus (part) Boul., l. ¢.,
III, 570; Garman., Bull, Ess. Inst., XXIV, 101, 1894; S. c. consors
and 8S. c. edwardsii Stej., 1. c., 415, 416 ; 8. c. edwardsii Cope, Rep.
Nat. Mus. 1144.

Compared with the preceding this subspecies is probably rather
smaller; the scuteilation is similar, but the scale rows are usually
23, though sometimes 25; the dorsal spots are smaller and more
numerous, being in most cases 40-50 in number, of which 4-6 are
on the tail. Variations toward S. ¢. catenatus are not uncommon,
however; No. 7,234 Academy coll. from Hennessey, Okla.,
labeled edwardsi, has 25 rows of scales and 44 spots, and No.
7,235, from Texas, has 23 rows of scales and but 37 spots.

The correct name of the southwestern form of Sistrurus has
been in doubt, owing to the loss of Baird and Girard’s type of
C. consors, and the omission of some important details from their

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

original description. The Zodlogical Society has lately received a
living Sistrurus from Port Lavaca, Calhoun county, Tex., practi-
cally the type locality of consors, which agrees with Baird and
Girard’s description of that species in all respects, as well as with
Garman’s Matagorda specimens. It has 25 rows of scales, the two
outer, smooth; 53 dorsal blotches (45 on the body and 8 on the
tail); ventrals 153; subcaudals 27; length 520 mm, (tail 70).
There is no large loreal and the preocular is in full contact with
the post-nasal. As edwardsi is known to sometimes present 25
scale rows, there is nothing to separate the two forms except an
insignificant difference in the number of spots. Regarding them as
identical, the name consors has priority.
Hab.—Indian Territory to northern Mexico; west to Arizona.

Sistrurus miliarius L.

Crotalus miliarius, L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 372 ; Crotalophorus mili-
arius B. and G., 1. c., 11; Cope, 1. ¢., 685 ; Sistrurus miliarius Boul.,
l. c., ILI, 569; Stej., J. c., 418; Sistrurus miliarus, Cope, Rep. Nat.
Mus., 1141.

Smaller and more slender than S. catenatus ; rattle very small;
loreal present, separating the post-nasal from the preocular; scales
in 23 rows (occ. 21); ventrals 127-140; subcaudals 20-56.
Length about 550 mm. (tail between one-seventh and one-eighth).

Gray, yellowish or brown, more or less dark; seven series of
blotches on the body, disposed much as in the genus; the dorsals
are dark, often purplish, irregular in shape, and from 38-45 in
number; the interspaces on the vertebral line are often red; the
head markings are much as in the last species, but the dark spot
on the parietals is absent and the lower light line on the side of the
head begins on the post-oculars, instead of the nasal; belly yellow
with blackish blotches.

Hab.—North Carolina and Florida to Texas; up the Mississippi
valley, probably to Illinois.

; CROTALUS L.

Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 214; B. and G., /. c., 1; Cope, l. c., 686, and Rep.
Nat. Mus., 1149 ; Boul., 2. c., Ill, 572.

A pair of large erectable, perforated poison fangs in front of the
upper jaw; no other maxillary teeth; loreal pit and rattle present;
top of head covered with small scales; scales keeled (outer sometimes
smooth), with pits, in 23-31 rows; anal and subeaudals not divided.
Size medium or large.

Hab.—North and South America.

1901. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

Notwithstanding the wide range of this genus, through the
whole of America from lower Canada to Brazil, its members form
a very compact group and though many of the species resemble
each other closely, there is a curious absence of transitional charac-
ters, so that it is necessary to recognize as distinct species, forms as
closely similar as adamanteus and atrox, as well as confluentus and
oregonus (= lueifer B. and G.), in which the differences, though
slight, are, as far as I can discover, absolutely constant.

Key to the Species of the United States.

A.—Anterior nasal in contact with rostral:
«.—Back with chevron-shaped cross-bands; tail black.
1. C. horridus.
6.—Back with spots; or cross-bands posteriorly :
«'.—Rostral as high or higher than wide; 3-5 scales be-
tween suboculars and labials:
«’.—Dorsal spots lozenge shaped :
Lozenges distinet; a light vertical line in front
. of nostril; bands on tail not very distinct,
2. C. adamanteus.
Lozenges with angles cut off; no light line in
front of nostril; tail white with black bands,
3. C. atrox.
b*.-—Dorsal spots rhomboid; cross-bands behind:
Head scales larger; dark streak beginning at
anterior corner of eye, . 4. C. confluentus.
Head scales smaller; dark streak beginning at
posterior corner of eye, . 5. C. oregonus.
“c.—Dorsal spots with a light centre on each side of
the median line, . . . . 6. GC. molossus.
d’.—Dorsal spots small, in two rows, . 7. C. pricei.
b'.—Rostral wider than high; 2 scales between sub-
oculars and labials:
@.—Supraoculars not produced into a horn:
Spots anteriorly; cross-bands behind,
8. C. tigris.
Greenish, with black cross-bands,
9. C. lepidus.
6*.—Supraocular produced into a horn, 10. (©. cerastes.
B.—Anterior nasal separated from rostral by scales,
11. C. mitchelli.

_ Crotalus molossus B. and G.

I. c., 10; Cope, J. c., 689, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1154 ; Stej., 7. c., 424 -
C. verrificus (part) Boul., J. ¢.. III, 573.

Snout broad; rostral rather small, its width about equal to its
height; scales on top of the muzzle larger than in any other North

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

American species, and usually about eight in number; five or six
rows of scales between supraoculars, often two larger ones in
front; four or five rows of scales between the suboculars and upper
labials; 29 rows of dorsal scales; ventrals 187-203; subcau-
dals 25.

Length about 1,400 mm.

Sulphur yellow above; tail black or dark brown; dorsal spots
chestnut brown, transyersely wide and irregularly lozenge shaped,
usually lighter in the centres of their lateral parts; these spots are
commonly prolonged down to the ventrals; belly yellowish, clouded
posteriorly; a dark oblique streak behind the eye.

Hab.—New Mexico, Arizona and Sonora.

In the size and arrangement of the plates on the muzzle, this
species approaches C. durissus of South America.

Crotalus adamanteus Beauvais.

Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., IV, 368 (1799); B. and G., J. c., 3; C. a. ada-
manteus Cope, 1. c., 690, and Rep. Nat. Mus., i161; ©. durissus**
Boul., l. ¢., III, 578; C. adamanteus Stej., 1. c., 432.

Largest of the genus; head broad behind, triangular; rostral
higher than wide; usually two plates on the muzzle behiud the
nasals, the rest of the head covered with small scales; 6-8 rows
between supraoculars; 3-5 rows between suboculars and labials;

* There has been disagreement as to whether the Linnean name durissus
belongs to this or to the South American species. Mr. Boulenger adopts it
for this species and uses terréficws Laur. for the South American. To me
the case appears otherwise. Linnzeus’ scanty description does not sufficiently
indicate either, but examination of his references, to determine the basis of
his species, shows that Seba’s p’ates best indicate the South American form,
and in the text (Seba, II, 99) Mexico is the most northern locality referred
to. Linneus’ paper in the Amanitates Academica, I, 500, and Gronovius
both treat of specimens from South America; while the only North Amer-
ican rattlesnake apparently known to Kalm was the most northern of all
(horridus L.). It appears then that durissus L. is a compound, not of
the South American and the diamond rattlesnakes, but of the former and
the Northern banded species. But Linnieus’ description, “ Albo flawoque
oarius, maculis rhombeis disco albis,”’? cannot apply to the latter; durissus,
therefore, should be restricted to the South American form. Laurenti’s
description of ferrificuws is not much more ample than that of Linnzus, but
he refers his species to Seba’s Pl. 95, fig. 1, in which the only recognizable
detail, tae scutellation on the muzzle, most clearly indicates the South
Afmerican species ; terrificws Laur. is, therefore, a synonym of durissus L.;
durissus Laur. is a compound of Linnieus’ description, above quoted, and
Catesby’s Pl. XLI, Vol. ii, which is horridvs. Iam unable to find evidence
than any of these authors knew of the existence of a rattlesnake in North
America other than /orridws; and the large diamond rattlesnake of the
Gulf States remained unrecognized until 1799, when Beauvais applied to it
te name adamanteus.

ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

scales in 27-29 rows, as in most of the species the first and second
rows are faintly keeled or smooth; ventrals 169-178; subcaudals
25-32. The largest specimen I have seen, measured 1,910 mm.
and came from St. Simon’s Island, Ga. It was formerly in pos-
session of the Zodlogical Society. There is little doubt that the
species reaches 2,200 mm. or more.

Yellowish gray above, with lozenge-shaped dorsal blotches
sharply defined, blackish, with centres of the body color, and
separated by oblique yellow lines crossing each other on the back;
on the sides in the triangular open spaces which alternate with the
lozenges, there is a black spot; other indistinct markings some-
times appear on the sides; posteriorly the colors are somewhat
darker and the lozenges iake the shape of cross-bands, which form
not very well-defined rings on the tail, but the colors there are not
sharply contrasted; belly yellowish white, clouded with brown
toward the sides. There is a wide dark oblique streak from below
the eye to the labials, bordered in front and behind by a light one;
two light bars from the loreal pit to Jabials, and another in front
of the nostril.

Hab.—North Carolina and Florida; west to Louisiana and prob-
ably eastern Texas.

Crotalus atrox B. and G.
1. ¢., 5.

The western representative of the diamond rattlesnake is very
like it in appearance, but may always be distinguished by the
absence of the light vertical line in front of the nostril, by the
absence of sharply defined angles to the dorsal spots and by the
strongly contrasted black half rings on the tail. A rare form,
known only from southern California, is retained as a subspecies.

Color grayish or brown; markings distinct, 1. C. a. atroz.
Color red; markings not very distinct, . . . 2. O. a. ruber.
Crotalus atrox atrox B. andG.

l.¢c.,5; C. adamanteus atrow and C. a. scutulatus Cope., l. c., 690,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1164, 1159; ©. scutulatus and OC. confluentus
(part) Boul., 7..c., III, 575, 576; C. atrox Stej., 1. c., 436.

Size rather less than adamanteus, but form and scutellation very
similar; the supraoculars are sometimes but not always bordered
internally by a row of enlarged scales; rows of scales between
supraoculars often 4, but sometimes 5 or 6; 3-4 scales between

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [Jan.,

suboculars and labials; scales in 27-25 rows; ventrals 173-187;
subeaudals 23-28. Of many specimens the largest I have seen
measured 1,670 mm.

Yellowish or grayish, sometimes quite brown, with a series of
dark brown or black dorsal spots, with centres of the body color;
the angles of the spots are not sharp as in adamanteus, but are cut
off, forming irregular hexagons; the lateral markings are indis-
tinet; tail gray or white, with 3-5 dark brown or black half-
rings; belly yellowish, more or Jess clouded on the sides. The
oblique streak behind the eye is present, but the light line in front
of the nasal is always absent. Some young examples have a nar-
row light line across the middle of supraocilars.

Hab,—Central Texas to Arizona; northern Mexico.

Crotalus atrox ruber Cope.

l. c., 690; CO. confluentus (part) Boul., J. c., III, 576; C. a. ruber Stej.,
ye c., 489; C. ruber, Van Den., 1. c., 222; Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus.,
167.

Size smaller than C. a. atrox; rostral wider; canthus Jess dis-
tinct; head seales small; 8 rows between supraoculars; 5 between
suboculars and labials; 27 rows of scales; ventrals 183-186;
subcaudals 22-26,

Length about 1,300 mm.

Pale red; dorsal spots darker red; lateral spots and head mark-
ings indistinct, although a specimen from San Diego, formerly
living in the Zodlogical Gardens, plainly showed the oblique streak
behind the eye; belly yellowish; tail whitish with black cross-
bands.

Hab,—Southern California.

A better acquaintance with this rare snake may require that it
be given specific rank, especially as Mr. Van Denburg does not
include C. a. atrox in his list of California snakes.

Crotalus confluentus Say.

Long’s Exp., IT, 48 (1823); B. and G., J. c., 8; @. ¢. confluentus and
C. c. pulwerulentus Cope, 1. c., 692, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1170,
1174; ©. confluentus (part) Boul., J. ¢., III, 576; C. confluentus
Stej., 7. ¢., 440. .

Body rather slender; rostral higher than wide; no very distinetly
enlarged plates behind the nasals; head scales of moderate size,
3-6 between supraoculars, 2—4 between -suboculars and labials;
27-29 rows of scales; ventrals 173-188; subcaudals 23-28.

Length about 1,400 mm.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

Grayish or yellowish brown, with a dorsal series of subquadrate
dark brown blotches with rather lighter centres, and sometimes
a yellowish border; the corners are often rounded, and posteriorly
the spots become cross-bands; two series of smaller alternating
blotches on the sides; belly dull yellow; a transverse Jight line on
the centre of the supraoculars, which widens and sometimes
bifurcates internally; in the young this is very distinct and the
anterior arm of the bifurcation is continued across the vertex to
meet its fellow; the oblique eye streak begins very constantly at
the lower anterior corner of the eye and is bordered by narrow
white lines; a light line below loreal pit, and the borders of the
rostral are light in the young.

Examination of the type of C. ¢. pulverulentus Cope does not
afford any good ground for distinction.

Hab.—Southern Manitoba to central Texas; west to Idaho and
Arizona.

Crotalus oregonus Holbrook.
No. Am. Herp., III, 21, Pl. 3 (1842); @. lucifer and C. oregonus B. and
G., l. ¢., 6, 145; C. a. adamanteus (synonomy), C. confluentus lecontit
and (@. c. lucifer Cope, 1. c., 690, 692; C. confluentus (part) Boul.,
l. c., III, 576; C. lucifer Stej., 1. c., 445, and No. Am. Fauna, No. 7,
218; Van Den., J. c., 216; C. c. lecontei and C. c. lucifer Cope, Rep.
Nat. Mus, 1175, 1176.

Examination of the type of C. oregonus Holb. leaves me with
little doubt that it is identical with lucifer B. and G. The speci-
men has become much distorted and shriveled during the sixty
years since Holbrook examined it, but it shows no important
difference in scutellation. There are 6 scales between the supra-
oculars; 3 between the suboculars and labials; 25 rows of scales.
Holbrook’s plate does not quite correctly render the color pattern;
the dark streak behind the eye begins further back than is shown,
and really takes origin as in Jucifer, posterior to the centre of the
eye. The dorsal spots are not as emarginate on the anterior border
as many of them are represented in the plate; they are, in fact,
sharply angled, giving a superficial resemblance to adamanteus
(which can be the only reason why Cope includes it in the syn-
onomy of that species); but much weight cannot attach to this
single point in which the specimen differs from Jucifer, for the
reason that the epidermis has long since peeled off, leaving the
whole pattern accentuated; and the youth of the animal (315 mm.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - {Jan.,

long) would also show these lines more sharply defined than they
would become later in life. The transverse light line on the supra-
oculars is precisely as in Juctfer.

This species comes very near to confluentus, but, on account of
the constancy of the slight differences, I am obliged to give it
specific rank; the head scales are rather smaller, the rows between
supraoculars numbering in six examples 4, 5, 8, 8, 8, 9; between
suboculars and labials 2-4; scales in 25-27 rows; ventrals 165-
189; subcaudals 18-26. Size about the same as confluentus. The
pattern is closely similar, but the dark obiique streak behind the
eye always begins posterior to its centre and runs backward directly
to the angle of the mouth, not curving downward as sharply as in
confluentus ; the light lines bordering it are wider; the transverse
light line on supraoculars is present; the belly is yellow or green-
ish, with the posterior border of each ventral lighter. In some
specimens the general color is dark, approaching even to black.

Hab.—The Pacific coast; California to British Columbia, Idaho
and northern Nevada and Utah.

Crotalus horridus L.
Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 214; OC. durissus B. and G., l. ¢.,1; C. horridus
ke , 693, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1185; Boul., 7. c., III, 578; Stej.

Size smaller and body more slender than in adamanteus ; rostral
high; two rows of small plates behind nasals; 4-8 scales between
supraoculars; 2—4 between suborbitals and labials; usually but one
plate on canthus; scales in 23-25 rows (oce. 27); ventrals 165-
178; subcaudals 18-25.

Average specimens are about 900 to 1,000 mm, long, and it is
doubtful if the species ever much exceeds 1,400.

The body color is variable—sulphur yellow, ashy and almost
black (one specimen from Alabama was in life a peculiar pale
drab), crossed by twenty or more irregular cheyron-shaped black
bands; the bands are sometimes complete, but often broken into
angular spots on the sides, but they always have a ragged or zigzag
appearance. ‘The tail is black; belly yellow marked with be
head dark, without distinct markings.

Hab.—New England to northern Florida; west to Iowa, Okla-
homa and northern Texas.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

Crotalus tigris Kennicott.

U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Rept., 14, Pl. IV (1859); Cope, J. ¢., 693,
and Rep. Nat. Mus., 118! ; Boul., U. ¢., III, 580; Stej., U. c., 449, and
No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 214; Van Den., l. c., 220.

Body rather slender; rostral wider than high; two rows of small
plates on the muzzle; about six rows of scales between supraocu-
lars; generally two rows between suboculars and labials; scales in
21-23 rows (occ. 25); ventrals 170-181; subcaudals 19-21.
Length about 800 mm.

Grayish or yellowish, with a dorsal series of rather small dark
blotches and an indistinct lateral series; on the posterior two-thirds
of the body the spots are replaced by cross-bands; belly whitish or
yellow; a dark oblique streak behind the eye.

Hab.—Arizona, southern Nevada and southern California.

Crotalus lepidus Kennicott.

Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, 206; Cope, /. c., 692, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,
1191 ; Boul., 7. c., 582; Stej., . c., 452.

Size small; rostral wider than high; eight plates on top of
muzzle; 3-4 rows between supraoculars; 2 between suboculars and
labials; one nasal, half divided; the upper preocular divided
vertically; scales in 23 rows; ventrals 153-169; subcaudals 27—
81. Length 600 mm.

Greenish gray, with about 20 dark brown or black dorsal spots;
tail with several dark half-rings; belly whitish clouded with
brown; two large dark spots in contact on the nape; the dark
oblique streak behind the eye is sometimes indicated.

Hab. —Western Texas to central Arizona; northern Mexico.

Crotalus cerastes Hallowell.

Proe. Acad. Phila., 1854, 95 ; Cope, JU. c., 694, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1196 ;
Boul., /. c., III, 583; Stej., 7. c., 450, and No. Am. Fauna, No. 7,
216; Van Den., U. c., 222.

Size small; rostral as wide as high; head scales small, 5-7 be-
tween supraoculars; 2 between suboculars and labials; one nasal;
supraoculars elevated into a horn-like projection; scales in 21
rows; ventrals 134-146; subcaudals 16-21. Length about
600 mm.

Yellowish, with a-dorsal series of small brown blotches, and
several indistinct series of smaller ones on the sides; belly yellow-
ish; a narrow oblique streak behind the eye.

Hab.—Arizona, southern Nevada, Utah and California.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | Jan.,

Crotalus pricei Van Denburg.
Proo. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1895, 856 ; Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 118#.

This species is known from five small specimens in the museum
of the Leland Stanford University, California.

From Mr. Van Denburg’s description it appears to be charac-
terized by a rostral slightly higher than wide; enlarged plates on
the muzzle; one to three rows between supraoculars; one row
between suboculars and labials; and the presence of but nine
upper labials, the number in other species being 12-18; 21 rows
of scales; ventrals 153-159; subcaudals 21-27. Length to rattle
447 mm. (tail 41).

Olive gray, thickly covered with small brown dots. Fifty-four
to sixty small brown blotches arranged in two series on the back,
somewhat alternating anteriorly, but forming cross-bands behind;
seven brown cross-bands on the tail; two or three rows of smaller
alternating brown spots on the sides; belly dark slate, ends of the
ventrals and outer row of scales whitish; a dark brown oblique
streak behind the eye; two small brown spots on the occiput;
throat yellow tinged with vinaceous.

The peculiar characters of these specimens are’quite sufficient, as
far as they are now known, to entitle them to recognition.

Hab. —Huachucha Mountains, Arizona.

Crotalus mitchelli Cope.

Proe. Acad. Phila., 1861, 293; C. mitchellii and C. pyrrhus Cope, l. c.,
694; C. mitchelli Boul., l. c., ILI, 580; C. mitchellii Cope, Rep. Nat.
Mus., 1193; C. m. mitchelli and C. m. pyrrhus Stej., l. c., 454, 456 ;
C. mitchelli Van Den., l. c., 224.

™ Differs from all others of the genus in having the rostral sepa-
rated from the anterior nasal by small granular scales; canthus not
sharp and without large plates; 6-7 scales between supraoculars;
3 rows between suboculars and labials; preocular sometimes
divided; 23-25 rows of scales; ventrals 178-198; subcaudals 26.

Length about 1,100 mm.

Ordinary specimens are grayish yellow, with brown punctulations
on the back, which are collected into about forty transversely angu-
lar spots, which form cross-bands on the posterior fourth of the body;
tail light with distinct black half-rings; an indistinct brown streak
behind the eye, with a light one in front of it. Occasional exam-
ples are more or less red of varying shades; upon such specimens
C. pyrrhus Cope was founded.

Hab.—Arizona and southern California.

1901.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

SeriAL INDEX.

1. Glauconia Gray ...........
1. dulcis (B. and G.)....
2. humilis (B. and G.)...
2. Lichanura Cope
1. roseofusea Cope
3. Charina Gray.............
1. botte (Blain.)........
2. brachyops Cope
4. Euteenia B. and G
PESBUTIDACs.))) c,stojciee «fe as
. Sackeni Kenn .........
. proxima (Say)
. radix B. and G.
. Iegalops Kenn .......
megalops Kenn
. elegans B. and G......
elegans B. andG....
vagrans B.andG....
biscutata Cope. .....
marciana B. and G. .
couchi Kenn........
7. eques Reuss. .
Se Sirtalas) ((hs)l. = sa2e
ordinata (L.). ......
sirtalis (L.)
parietalis (Say) .....
pickeringi B. and G .
leptocephala B.and G.
9. multimaculata Cope.. .
10. rufopunctata Cope ....
5. Tropidonotus Kuhl........
. leberis (L.)
. grahami(B.and G.)..
. Tigidus (Say)
. Clarkii (B. and G.)....
. compressicaudus
(Kenn. )
compressicaudus
(Kenn. )
ustus Cope..........
G2¥sipedonk(is)ise e255...
fasciatus (L.)
sipedon (L.)........
transversus Hall.. mererets
7. rhombifer Hall........
8. eyclopium Dum. and
Bib.
9. taxispilotus Holb......
6. Seminatrix Cope..........
1. pygrea Cope
(én EUelicops eV aeliy trek «cr
1. alleni Garm

[or] oe owe

Ore coro

8. Storeria B. and G. ........
1. dekayi (Holb.)

2. oecipitomaculata
(Storer)

9. Clonophis Cope

1. kirtlandi (Kenn.).....

. Tropidoclonium Cope. .....

1. lineatum (Hall.)......

. Amphiardis Cope..........

1. inornatus (Garm.) ....

2,.Haldea B. andG..........

U5 JANIE EY (Oba) ones eeoc

: Spilotes Wagl.............

1. corais ( Boie)

couperi (Holb.).....

ey COlmberUlif..) wick clefertel- ee

1. guttatus L

2. quadrivittatus Holb ..

3. obsoletus Say.........

obsoletus Say.......
lindheimeri

(B. and G.)

confinis (B. and G.).

4. emoryi (B.andG.)....

5. vulpinus (B. and G.)..

. Rhinechis Micha..........

1. elegans (Kenn. )

Pityophis Holb

1. catenifer (Blain.).....

eatenifer (Blain)....

bellona B. and G....

Sayl (Schl)... =o. -

2. melanoleucus (Daud.).

Zamenis Wagl............

1. constrictor (L.)...-..-

constrictor (L.) .....

flaviventris (Say) ...

2. flagellum (Shaw)

flagellum (Shaw) ...

frenatus (Stej.)

piceus Cope.........

3. lateralis (Hall.).......

4. teniatus (Hall.)......

ornatus (B. and G.) .

teeniatus (Hall.)....

18. Salvadora B. andG........

1. grahami B. and G.

19. Phyllorhynchus Stej

1. browni Stej...........

2 decurtatus Cope

20. Cyclophis Gunth........ De

I sestivus) CL). <0

16.

We

109

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Page Page
21. Liopeltis Cope............ 66 | 32. Cemophora Cope .......... 85
1. vernalis (Harl.) ...... 66 1. coccinea (Blum.) ..... 85
22. Contia B. and G........... 66 | 33. Rhinochilus B. and G...... 86
1. taylori Boul........... 67 1. lecontii B. and G...... 86
2. episcopa (Kenmn,) ..... 7 | 34. Hypsiglena Cope.......... 87
_episcopa (Kenn.) . 67 1. ochrorhyncha Cope. . 87
isozona Cope.......+ 7 | 35. Rhadinea CONC rec eicerets 87
3. occipitale (Hall.) ..... 68 1. flavilata Cope....-.... 88
4. mitis B. andG........ 68 | 36. Hotere Eats. soe a =

23. Diadophis B. and G. ...... 68 sae ee ate rc per gee
1. punetatns (L.) «sss. 69) Fe eG 80
3. ScRalitee ae: ae 7" 37. Trimorphodon Cope....... 91
: S 1. lyrophanes Cope ...... 91
24. ‘Ophibolus B sand'Gy.~.... . 10: /'3a:sSibomaea sco sacc eee 91
1. doliatus (L.)......... 7 } 1. septentrionalis (Kenn.) 91
triangulus (Daud. bE ‘~ | 39. Erythrolamprus Wagl. .... 92
clericus B. andG.... 72 1. imperialis Baird ...... 92
doliatus (L.) ....... 73 | 40. Tantilla B. and G......... 92
coccineus (Schl.) ... 74 1. coronata B. and G..... 93
gentilis B. and G.... 75 2. eiseni Ste]. .....+..-.. 93
2. getulus (L.)....-..... 76 3. nigriceps Kenn........ 93
sayi (Holb.).....-.. 16 4. gracilis B. and G...... 94
getulus (L.)........ TT lay, Blapa Schns) siete ciee . 94
boylii B. and G..... 7 1. fulvius (L.).......... 95
californie (Blain. ).. 2. euryxanthus Kenn.... 95
3. Zonatus (Blain.)...... ‘Y | 42. Ancistrodon Beauy........ 96
4. rhombomaculatus 1. piscivorus (Lacép.).... 96
t (Holb.) 79 2. contortrix (L.) ....... 97
6, Jealligaster. (Haxl-) -'.<. 80) 74a JSistrarag Gariie) «2. sscon 97
25. Stilosoma A. Brown. ...... 80 1. catenatus (Rafin.) .... 98
1. extenuatum A. Brown. 81 catenatus (Rafin.)... 99
26. Carphophis Gerv.......... 81 consors (B. and G.). 99
1. amcenus (Say)........ 81 QP miliarvus (155) seat mse 100
QT. Warancia ‘Gray. -i.....0 5 2s. S20 hs Cropalus sly <s.- 21s) +1 cierto steleis 100
1. abacura (Holb.) ...... 82 1. molossus B. and G..... re
28. Abastor Gray............. 82 Perma aoe pie PS Te
ppiealgmr sl Rt reba Sake atrox B. and G...... 103
cate eee ruber Cope .......-.- 104
29. Virginia B. and G... eae 83 4. confluentus Say....... 104
1. valerie B. and G...... 83 5. oregonus Holb........ 105
2. elegans Kenn. ........ 83 G. dhorniduspi.ss ace 106
SOS CIN GTA cielo aialeenniate 84 7. tigris Kenn........-.- 107
1. cana (Cope) .........- 84 8. lepidus Kenn......... 107
3i. Chilomeniscus Cope ....... 84 9. cerastes Hall.......... 107
1. ephippicus Cope....... 85 10. pricei Van Den. ...... 108
2. cinctus Cope.......... 85 11. mitchelli Cope........ 108

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111

CRUSTACEA OF THE CRETACEOUS FORMATION OF NEW JERSEY.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

From the earliest exploitation of the Cretaceous beds of New
Jersey, remains of crustacea have been encountered by various
observers, most of whom contented themselyes with merely men-
tioning the occurrence of crabs’ claws. These remains have until
now escaped scientific description.

The first notice of crustacean fossils from the State, so far as I
know, is contained in Vol. I, part 2, pp. 195-198, of the Annals
of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York (1824), where Dr.
J. Van Rensselaer gives a brief account and figures of four sup-
posed species from ‘‘ the triangular peninsula comprised between
the ocean and the Delaware and Raritan rivers.’’ The species are
not named, and from the information given cannot be identified with
certainty, but Nos. 1 and 3 may be Callianassa mortoni, and No.
4 is possibly C. conradi.

Dr. S. G. Morton, in the American Journal of Science and Arts,
XVII, No. 2, p. 287 (1830), notices Van Rensselaer’s work, and
mentions the finding of Asfacus remains in Delaware; paraphras-
ing his remarks in the Synopsis of Organic Remains of the Creta-
ceous Group of the U. S., p. 74 (1854).

The collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia contains many specimens from the deep cut of the Chesapeake
and Delaware canal, Delaware, and from Monmouth and Burling-
ton counties, N. J., together with numbers without locality further
than ‘‘ Cretaceous, New Jersey.’’ During the last few years various
members of the Academy have added specimens from Lenola, N.
J., a locality unknown to the earlier collectors of Cretaceous fossils.

ft is noteworthy that all the specimens thus far seen are from
the ‘‘ Lower Marl’’ beds; none have come to my notice from the
Middle or Upper Marls.

I am indebted to Mr. Charles W. Johnson, Curator of the
Wagner Free Institute of Science, for various references and the
use of material in the museum in his charge, including specimens

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

collected by William Wagner, Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., and
himself.
CALLIANASSA Leach.

The glauconitic sands of the New Jersey Cretaceous are ill-
adapted for the preservation of delicate structures, and therefore
only the hard large claws of these soft-bodied Macrura are found.
Most of the species described from the Cretaceous, Eocene and
Miocene of Europe are likewise based upon chele.

In the United States one Eocene species has been described; C.
ulrichi White,* from specimens collected by Mr. E. O. Ulrich near
Little Rock, Ark., in a bed at first supposed to be Cretaceous. The
specimens before me were collected by Mr. C. W. Johnson at
Mabelvale, Ark. The propodite in this species is short and squar-
ish, much as in ©. conradi; the lower border is somewhat crenate,
and well-preserved specimens show a tuberculate tract on each side
behind the commissure between the fingers. The hand is com-
pressed, as in C. conradi.

In Europe the fossil species from Mesozoic and Tertiary strata
are numerous and an excellent account of them has been given by
Milne-Edwards,’ while notices and descriptions of various species
occur in the works of many other authors. The older species are
very similar to living forms, weak and soft-bodied burrowers in
the sand, and yet the genus has outlived most of its companions
on the shores of the Cretaceous seas. There is nothing like being
adapted to your circumstances.

Our species apparently belong to that division of the genus in
which the fingers are of equal length, but they are clearly distinct
from any described European form.

Callianassa mortoni n.sp. PI. I, figs. 1-7.

Propodite (figs. 1-4) rhombic, its breadth about two-thirds the
length, the outer face (fig. 1) very convex, the greatest convexity
posterior and nearer the upper side. Surface nearly smooth, usually
showing a series of four distant punctures extending backward
from the root of the fixed finger, and two on the other or more

1C. A. White, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III, 1880, p. 161; IV, 1881, p.
137, Pl. 1, figs. 10, 11 (left propodite); G. H. Harris, Ann. Rep. Geol.
Surv. Arkansas, IL, 1892, p. 36, Pl. 1, fig. 2a, 2b (left hand).

1 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 4 ser., XIV, Zool., p. 301 (1860); a
supplement in Vouv. Arch. du Mus., 1870, Vol. VI.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

convex side; the posterior margin abruptly falling near the joint, a
prominence bearing a group of small tubercles at the summit before
the deflection. Inner surface or palm (fig. 2) much less convex,
becoming concave near the lateral margins, nearly smooth, the
anterior margin slightly excavated between the root of the fixed
finger and the dactylopodite, and bordered there with a short row
of small tubercles. On the median portion of the palm there are
two punctures, marking it off into thirds longitudinally. Lateral
margins of the propodite acute, closely, finely and regularly crenu-
late; the lower margin straight, with a row of punctures along the
inner side but extremely near the edge, and another less close to
the edge outwardly; upper margin deeply curved down posteriorly,
produced into a deflexed lobe, and similarly margined with spaced
punctures. Fixed finger about one-third the total length of the
whole propodite, curved at the tip, finely crenate along the grasp-
ing margin when unworn, and with a blunt median tooth.

Dactylopodite with two contiguous crenulate carine along its
outer edge. 3

Carpopodite (PI. I, figs 5, 6) somewhat shorter than the palmar
surface of the propodite, equally convex inside and out, turgid
anteriorly, its outer face with an oblique groove bordered with
small tubercles near the distal lower angle. Posterior upper angle
produced backward in a rather slender process.

Meropodite (Pl. I, fig. 7) subtriangular in section, the upper
keel strongly arched, lower keel nearly straight and more strongly
serrate, the middle of the very convex outer surface granulose,
with two rounded tubercles at the anterior extremity; the opposite
or inner face nearly flat. In all specimens preserved with the
members in place, the meropodite is flexed at a right angle with
the carpopodite.

Measurements of propodite, in millimeters.
Length exclusive Width in the

Length. of flnger. middle. Thickness.
(«) —_ 29 19 9.5
(6) 25 18 11 6

The left chela of another specimen measures: Total length of
propodite 27, palmar surface (without finger) 20 mm.; width in
middle 13 mm.; greatest length of carpopodite, measured obliquely
20, or from niiddle of distal to middle of proximal margin

8

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

14 mm.; width in middle 12 mm.; length of meropodite 13 mm:
(No. 10,095 Wagner Free Institute of Science, collected at Cross-
wicks, N. J., by Dr. Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr. ).

Lower Marl beds of New Jersey, Lenola (C. W. Johnson,
ZTouis Woolman, H. C. Borden); Crosswicks (Dr. Thomas H.
Montgomery, Jr.); Tinton Falls, Monmouth county (Coll. A. N.
S.). Also Delaware, deep cut of the Delaware and Chesapeake
eanal (Coll. A. N.S.). Types in Coll. A. N.S.

What Callianassa faujasi is in Europe to the Mestrichtien, C.
mortoni is on this side of the Atlantic to the ‘‘ Lower Mar! ’’ beds.
It is an abundant species, known by remains of over one hundred
individuals, chiefly the propodites only, though sometimes the
meropodite, carpopodite and propodite are preserved in place;
when this is the case, it is usually due to their being more
or less imbedded in hard nodules. The abrupt deflection of the
hind margin of the more convex face of the propodite, and the
downward bend, posteriorly, of its upper margin (as in fig. 3)
are characteristic of the species.

Both chelz of a Lenola individual preserved in one nodule show
the right claw to be somewhat the larger. Otherwise the two
claws seem to be counterparts. I can find no other difference.

The largest specimens show a shallow, vermiculate wrinkling of
the surface, but the smaller are almost smooth to the eye or touch.
The crenulation of the margins becomes stronger with age, and is
occasionally lost or obscured by chipping of the edges.

It is named for Samuel George Morton, one of the earliest
explorers of the American Cretaceous.

Callianassa conradi n.sp. Pl. I, figs. 8, 9, 10.

Propodite rhombic, its length (without finger) not much exceed-
ing the width, somewhat more convex on the outer than on the
inner face, the posterior margin neither abruptly nor deeply deflexed.
Surface smoothish, with some small tubercles on each side of
the slight excavations on both sides of the hand near the com-
missure between the bases of the fingers; the acute Jateral edges
erenulated, as in C. mortoni, but the lower edge is not deflexed
posteriorly as in that species. Fixed finger triangular in section,
the angles crenulated, the flat grasping face with a short smooth
rib near the base, which joins the keel along the outer angle of the
finger.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

Measurements of propodite.—Length about 30 mm.; exclusive
of finger 18.5; width 16.5; thickness 7.6 mm.

Crosswicks and Monmouth county, N. J., with C. mortoni
(Coll. A. N. 8.).

In a few specimens the dactylopodite remains as a short stump
only. No carpopodite or other part is known. Thirteen propo-
dites, probably belonging to as many individuals, are before me,
the most perfect being one of two in the collection of the Wagner
Free Institute of Science.

The claw of C. conradi differs from that of C. mortoni in being
much shorter and broader; more evenly convex on the two sides,
the posterior margin of the outer side and the keel along the upper
edge are not abruptly deflexed behind; the fixed finger of the propo-
dite of C. conradi has no median tooth on its grasping face, which is
flat with a short smooth ridge and bounded by two crenulate
angles, while in C. mortoni there is a median tooth, a crenulate
ridge on the face, and no crenate angle along the lower inner part
of the finger.

The name is in honor of Timothy Abbott Conrad, the ablest
of the early expositors of the Cretaceous and Tertiary faunas of
the United States.

Figured type in collection of the Wagner Free Institute of
Science, No. 5,478 W.

HOPLOPARIA McCoy.

The following species are referred to this genus with due reserve,
as until the cephalothorax is known their exact position in the
Astacoid series must remain doubtful. The specific characters of
the fossils, however, may be readily appreciated; and the definition
of the species may call attention to the matter and lead someone to
search for the missing parts.

Hoploparia gabbi n.sp. PI. I, figs. 11, 12, 13, 14.

Right propodite robust, evenly convex on both “sides, but
slightly more convex above than below, the surface slightly rough-
ened everywhere by small flattened, separated, scale-like asperities;
lower margin bluntly angular and marked by a slight groove ; upper
margin narrowly rounded, bearing a couple of short conic spines,
inserted slightly below the edge and directed downward and for-
ward; and on each side there is a rounded tubercle at the base of

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the dactylopodite. Fixed finger rather slender, with a series of
coarse tubercles (worn flat) along its grasping edge.

Dactylopodite armed with a short conic spine near its base
(continuing the row of similar spines on the upper margin of the
propodite), its grasping face with a series of coarse tubercles,
worn flat.

Carpopodite (?) irregularly cylindrical, gibbous, a little com-
pressed and faintly grooved along the outer side, bearing a series
of several short spines along the inner.

Abdominal somites (Pl. I, figs. 18, 14) with highly arched ter-
gum, the surface punctate.

Lower Marl beds, Lenola, N. J. (C. W. Johnson, Uselma C.
Smith); Monmouth county (William Cleburne). Also deep cut
of the Delaware and Chesapeake canal.

Cotypes are No. 527 Coll. A. N.S. and 5,941 Coll. Wagner
Institute, from Lenola, N. J.

This species. is based upon a right hand and group of four
abdominal somites in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, and a right hand and carpopodite (?)
in that of the Wagner Free Institute. The fixed finger is broken
in both specimens, and the proximal portion of the hand is wanting.
In the Wagner Institute specimen the base of the dactylopodite
remains.

A much smaller propodite from Monmouth county, N. J., shows
a series of four short spines along the upper margin; but perhaps
this specimen belougs to an alliea but distinct species, as it is much
less convex inside than the larger claws. In the large specimens
from Lenola only the anterior two spines remain, as described
above, owing to the loss of the posterior portion of the hand.

On account of the mutilated condition of the remains, measure-
ments cannot readily be given; but an Astacoid somewhat larger
than the common Eastern crayfish is indicated. The figures are
of the natural size. The high arch of the abdomen may be partly
due to lateral compression. Until further remains come to light,
and especially the cephalothorax, the generic position of the species
will be uncertain. It is named in honor of William M. Gabb.
Hoploparia gladiator n.sp. Pl. I, figs. 15, 16

Propodite long and narrow, parallel-sided, its thickness more
than half the width, about equally convex on the two sides,

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

smoothish, showing scattered punctures and under a lens a very
fine punctulation ; on both sides of the hand a row of three or four
small pointed tubercles runs lengthwise along the median con-
vexity; lower edge bluntly biangular. Fixed finger nearly double
the width of the dactylopodite, pyriform in section, with a row of
tubercles along the grasping edge. Dactylopodite oval in section,
also bearing pointed tubercles opposed to those on the fixed finger.

Length of propodite as broken 35 mm.; width 11.5, thickness
7 mm.

Lower Marl beds, Lenola, N. J. (Charles W. Johnson). Deep
cut of the Chesapeake and Delaware canal (Coll. A. N.S. P.).

Types are No. 10,120 Coll. Wagner Free Institute of Science,
and consist of an imperfect propodite with broken dactylopodite
in place, a fragment of the fixed finger, apparently of the same
specimen, and a fragment of another hand of larger size, width
14, thickness 9mm. They were exposed by breaking hard nodules
which occur in the clay at Lenola. Another broken propodite is
in the collection of the Academy from the deep cut of the Chesa-
peake and Delaware canal, in Delaware.

The species is readily recognizable by the long, narrow shape of
the hand and the minute punctulation of the surface, the biangu-
late lower edge of the fixed finger and hand, ete. It can hardly
be the smaller chela of H. gabbi on account of the different
surface-sculpture, ete.

BRACHYURA (?)

Remains of three crustaceans, probably short-tailed crabs, are
contained in the collection of the Academy, but while specifically
characteristic by their peculiar sculpture, they are too fragmentary
to admit of generic reference, at least from my knowledge of the
group.

One fragment shows keels on a smooth surface, somewhat like
the hand of Cuallinectes, though it is probably something very
different.

Another (PI. I, fig. 17) seems to be the finger of some very
long-handed form. It has three rows of long tubercles along the
grasping (?) face, three of smaller ones along the rounded, and
narrower outer margin, while a furrow runs along each side. This
and the preceding are from Monmouth county, N. J., but other

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

fragments, probably referable to the long-fingered crab, are in the
collection from Crosswicks, N. J.

Still other fragments (Pl. I, fig. 18) are strongly spinose. I
take that figured to be a portion of a hand from which the fixed
finger has been broken off at the position marked f. The opposite
side bristles with three irregular rows of short spines, while smaller
ones are scattered over the palm. The socket for the dactylo-
podite is very large.

These fragments are so strongly marked and easily recognizable

specifically that I call the species Cancer(?) whitfieldi ; the generic -

reference being admittedly merely provisional and to call attention
to the necessity of examining further material; for it would be a
Cancer only in the Linnzan limits of that genus. These fossils
are from Burlingtor county, N. J. The name is for Prof. R. P.
Whitfield, whose yolumes upon the paleontology of New Jersey
have been of great use to workers in this field.

There are also some densely granulose remains of portions of
limbs, possibly referable to Hoploparia or Astacodes, in the collec-
tion of the Wagner Institute from Lenola, N. J.; but they are too
imperfect to afford data of value at present.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Callianassa mortoni. Right propodite, outside. 2. Right
propodite, inside; the fingers broken off. 3. Right
propodite, profile from above. 4. Right propodite,
posterior view. 5. Right carpopodite, inside. 6. Right
carpopodite, outside. 7. Left meropodite, outside
(No. 4,059 W, Coll. Wagner Inst. ). ‘

Fig, 8. Callianassa conradi. _ Left propodite, inner face (No.
5,478 W, Coll. Wagner Inst.). 9. Left propodite,
posterior view. 10. Left propodite, profile.

Fig. 11. Hoploparia gabbi. Left propodite, outer face ; the dac-
tylopodite supplied from another specimen. 12. Left
propodite, profile. 13. Portions of four abdominal
somites. 14. Section of anterior end of sume.

Fig. 15. Hoploparia gladiator. Outlines of broken fingers of the
large fragment (fig. 16) (No. 10,120 Coll. Wagner
Inst.). 16. Propodite, with dactylopodite.

Fig. 17. Fragment of a finger (?), species unknown.

Fig..18. Cancer (?) whitfieldi. Fragment of a propodite.

Figs. 1-4, 11-14, 17, 18 are from specimens in the collection
of the Academy. Figs. 5-10, 15, 16 are from specimens in the
collection of the Wagner Free Institute of Science.

LS ee ee ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

ON SOME POINTS IN THE PHYLOGENY OF THE PRIMATES.
BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN.

The suggestions here offered, as to the possible origin of certain
structural resemblances noted between anthropomorpha and one of
the family groups of existing lemurs, have resulted as a by-
product from a study of the interrelations of the Primates, under-
taken with a different purpose; they are put forth simply as a con-
tribution to the sum total of possibilities which, upon final sifting,
shall some day determine the exact degree and manner of the rela-
tionship between men, apes and monkeys, and not in any sense as a
demonstrated conclusion—for the reaching of which more de-
tailed knowledge of the early Tertiary mammals is required.

In accounting for the later stages in the phylogeny of man,
three hypotheses are to be considered.

The view of Darwin,’ now held by a majority of systematists,
is that the anthropomorpha (here used to include man and tke
higher apes) branched off from the main stem of monkeys after
its divergence from the lemurs.

In 1860, Gratiolet’ was led by a study of brain characters alone,
to the conclusion that each genus of anthropoid apes was descended
from an existing genus of monkeys; thus he derived Gori//a from
Cynocephalus ; Anthropopithecus from Macacus; Simia and ‘Hylo-
bates from Semnopithecus. This view has received little support
and the facts now known show its complete untenability.

Lastly, Prof. E. D. Cope® has suggested a common origin for the
anthropomorpha directly from the Eocene lemuroids, indepen-
dently of the line by which the monkeys came from the same
stock, being led to this conclusion by a study of the tendency in
certain races of men to the production of tritubercular upper
molars, which tendency he interprets as reversion, or retrogressive

1 Descent of Man, Chapter VI.

2 Comptes Rendus, 1860, p. 801.

8 Journal of Moral 1888, p- 21, and Primary Factors of EE
Evolution, p. 154 (1896).

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

evolution toward an ancestral lemuroid tritubercular dentition. It
appears to me that this observation of Cope’s does not stand alone,
and my present purpose is to indicate certain homologies which
appear to fall into line with it. ‘

In estimating the degree of relationship between menu and apes,
on the one hand, and catarrhine monkeys on the other, and that
borne by each series to their ancestral group, two sets of homolo-
gies are of especial value—those which the anthropomorpha share
with some, at least, among Jemurs (in which catarrhine monkeys
have no part), and those connecting catarrhines with lemurs, which
are, conversely, absent from anthropomorpha.

Some correspondences of much weight are disclosed by the teeth
and the vertebral column; these will be briefly recapitulated with-
out extended description of details, which have already been given
in each case by recognized authorities, although it does not appear
that due weight has been given to their bearing upon the present
question. It may be added that almost all have been verified by
my own observations.

In anthropomorpha there is an oblique ridge crossing the crowns
of the upper molars from protocone to metacone.* This is present
with great uniformity in the first and second human molars, as
weil as in the third when it presents the quadritubercular form,
and in examination of a considerable number of skulJs belonging
to all four genera of anthropoids, I have found it in every case
where the crowns were sufficiently unworn to permit its disclosure.
Topinard lays much stress upon this crest and expresses the opinion
that it represents the posterior border of the primitive three-cusped
tooth,*® from which the four-cusped has been evolved by addition of
a postero-internal cusp (/ypocone). He states, further,* that the
crest is never absent in platyrrhine monkeys—an assertion which
appears to me too sweeping, but traces of it are certainly found in
Ateles and Alouatta, and perhaps irregularly in other genera. It
is not found in any catarrhine monkey, but reappears in the
quadritubercular Jemurs of the family Nycticebide,’ comprising

*Owen, Odontography, Pl. 116, fig. 6, and Comp. Anat., III, p. 320;
Huxley, Anat. Vert., pp. 390, 396, 412 (direction of ridge reversed), and
Proce. Zool. Soc. of London, 1864, p. 314 et seg.; Mivart, P. Z..8., 1864,
p. 611 et seg.; Topinard, L’ Anthropologie, 1892, p. 641 et seq.

57. ¢., p. 650.

Sl. ¢., p. 683.

7 Huxley, lJ. ¢c., pp. 322-324; Mivart, J. c., p. 631; Topinard, 1. ¢., p. 691.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

Loris, Nycticebus, Perodicticus and Arctocebus, and irregularly in
Microcebus*? and Galago.’ Of especial significance is the fact that
some of the more recently described Eocene Primates” present both
a small fourth cusp and traces of the oblique ridge on the first and
second upper molars. In all catarrhine monkeys both upper and
lower molars are quadricuspid, with strong transverse ridges con-
neeting the opposite cusps.'' This arrangement is not found in
anthropomorpha, but is shown both above and below in Indris,”
while Loris and Arctocebus show it in the lower jaw.

Mr. Mivart" directs attention to the fact that in man the spinous
process of the third cervical vertebra is short and bifurcated; in
anthropoids it is elongated and simple, while in monkeys generally
it is short and simple, as is the case in lemurs excepting in the
Nycticebide, among which in Nycticebus it is quite human, while
in Perodicticus and Arctocebus it is anthropoid. Similar corre-
spondences are exhibited by other parts of the spinal column. In
anthropomorpha the spinous processes of the lumbar and the last,
or last two, dorsal vertebrz are directed backward, the transverse
processes are turned slightly backward (dorsally), and the ana-
pophyses and metapophyses are few in number and feebly devel-
oped. In catarrhine monkeys the corresponding spinous processes
are bent forward, so as to make a distinct point of convergence
about the next to the last dorsal with those of the anterior verte-
bre, which are inclined strongly in the opposite direction; the
transverse processes are horizontal or more usually slightly bent
forward (ventrally), and the anapophyses and metapophyses are
strongly developed and begin usually im advance of the seventh
dorsal, extending posteriorly through the whole of the lumbar
vertebrie.

In all these respects lemurs agree with monkeys, excepting again
the Nycticebide, where the disposition is generally as in anthro-
pomorpha.

® Mivart, UJ. c., p. 621.

* Huxley, U. ¢., p. 325, fig. 5; Mivart, l. c., p. 625; Topinard, J. ¢., p.
692.

10H. F. Osborn, Bull. Am. Mus. of Nat. Hist., 1895, p. 19, fig. 4, and
International Dental Journal, July, 1895, Pl. AA, fig. 10.

™ Huxley, Anat. Vert., p, 401; Topinard, /. ¢., p. 679.

“ Huxley, P. Z. S., 1864, p. 326 ; Topinard, J. c., fig. 8, T.

13 PZ. '8., 1865, p. 550.

M4 Mivart, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 545 et seq.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

The sacrum in anthropomorpha is composed of five or six
coalesced vertebre; in monkeys the normal number is two or three,
and a like number is shown by lemurs, except Indris, which has
four, and Perodicticus and Arctocebus, each of which has five.”

Now if we attempt, from Gratiolet’s standpoint, to account for
the presence in anthropoids of so many of the above characters as
their supposed ancestors do not possess, inheritance being excluded
by the very terms of the hypothesis, we are driven to analogous
variation as the only process with which we have any acquaintance
which might be held competent to explain them.

But, so far from there being any good reason to assume that
analogous variation has been a frequent method in nature, there
is, on the contrary, warrant for an @ priori belief that the mere
mathematical chances against the oceurrence of any single case of
it are very great; so that where, as in the present circumstances,
seven cases of the independent development of almost exactly simi-
lar characters must have taken place in each of four genera (to say
nothing of man, who is not provided for by the hypothesis), the
improbability becomes so enormous as to remove it from rational
consideration. ‘

The theories of Darwin and of Cope remain to be examined, and
it may be said at once that no one of the homologies which have
been noted is excluded by either of them, but there is, in my belief,
a wide difference in their relative probability; that of Cope being
so far the most simple, that it is logically indicated for our accept-
ance. f

Darwin’s hypothesis requires us either to suppose that there has
been an extensive and complicated process of preservation of cer-
tain structures and suppression of others, in which the family
groups now differ, or to take refuge again in analogous variation.
Both are rendered difficult of acceptance by the reflection that of the
characters here advanced few, if any, can be believed to have been
adaptive. It is unsafe to dogmatically assert that a given structure

1 Mivart, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 560.
16 Furthermore, the same principle must be invoked to account for the
absence of the cusp-bearing heel on ms, possessed by each of the supposed
ancestral genera; for the presence of three external {[eusps on the lower
molars ; the presence of a vermiform appendix; the independent origin of
the left common carotid from the arch of the aorta, and the converging di-
rection of the hair on the arms toward the elbow, all of which are peculiar
to anthropomorpha.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

can never have been of adaptive character, but we are at least
entitled to consider that if monkeys in general have flourished
luxuriantly with transverse ridges on the crowns of their upper
molars, and at most three sacral vertebre, a slight oblique ridge
on the upper teeth and two or three additional vertebre in the
sacrum can hardly be supposed to have had selective value to
anthropoids.

The remaining theory, that of Cope, would account for the con-
ditions noted by the process of direct and simple inheritance, and
requires no greater amount of assumption than has more than
once been justified in the course of phylogenic speculation. Frag-
mentary as are the remains of the Eocene lemuroids which have
come to light, they are enough to show that while the group as a
whole was generalized, it yet presented at that early period, a con-
siderable amount of variety in details, many of which have been
preserved in existing lemurs. Of these early forms we have
remains of little but jaws and teeth, but the many and curious
correspondences which have been noted between anthropomorpha
and the Nycticebide are best intelligible upon the supposition that
they originated in a group which, possessing the tooth characters
shown by each, had associated with them the other structures as
well; such may have existed among the Anaptomorphide, but in
the present state of ignorance as regards the details of the remain-
ing skeletal structure of that group, it would be rash to attempt a
close specification, either of the particular form or of its geo-
graphical region.

Cope’s view of the independent origin of the anthropomorpha
was based upon the supposed tendency in the human race to revert
to a tritubercular form of molar. There are minds to which rever-
sion is but a convenient term denoting a process which it is rarely
possible to either prove or disprove; but whether or not it be
accepted in this case,” Prof. Osborn has figured the upper jaw of
a Primate® (possibly Indrodon) from the Puerco beds, possessing
quadritubercular upper molars, with traces of an oblique ridge—an
observation which greatly fortifies Cope’s position. His case of
reversion, if admitted, would then lead a stage further back to

11[t is to be observed that Topinard’s refutation (J. c., p. 707) of Cope’s
hypothesis is based upon a misunderstanding of its real terms.
*8 Bull. Am. Mus. of Nat. Hist., 1895, p. 19, fig. 4.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the primitive three-cusped molar, which was in all certainty that
typical of the earliest lemuroids.

The better agreement of this hypothesis with the successional
relations shown by paleontology, must be emphasized, for as far as
can now be determined, apes of anthropoid character, such as
Pliopithecus and Dryopithecus, were already differentiated in the
middle Miocene, at which time, or even later, monkeys appear to
have been represented only by such intermediate forms as Meso-
pithecus. No existing genus of catarrhine monkeys is known from
earlier deposits than Popio and Macacus from the Sivalik beds of
lower Pliocene age, in which deposits other remains have been
found which there is reason to regard as referable to Anthro-
popithecus and Simia. The fact that before monkeys as now known,
began to exist, man-Jike apes were far advanced in development,
and that the earliest evidence of existing genera of apes is coeval
with that of existing genera of catarrhines, tells enormously in
favor of the early and independent origin of anthropomorpha.

The objections to this view which arise from the closer corre-
spondence of anthropomorpha with monkeys, rather than with
lemurs, in many soft parts of the organism, are not to be over-
looked; but the remarkable differences in placentation and in the
anatomy of the sexual organs disclosed by closely related genera,
and even species, in other groups; the smooth brains of marmosets
among monkeys, and the readily adaptable character of muscular
dispositions, and all structures relating to locomotion, renders these
characters of more or less uncertain value in classification.

It is no part of the present purpose to inquire closely into the
corresponding stages in the pedigree of the remaining Primates, to
do which, indeed, we are yet too ignorant of many essential
details, but this much may be said: the Nycticebide, which sug-
gest so many human and simian traits, are far from being typical
lemurs, with which in general structure the monkeys show much
agreement; but catarrhines and platyrrhines are wide enough apart
in many ways, and the period during which they have been thus
separated is so immeasurable, as to suggest the greater probability
that their chief characteristics were already differentiated in their
respective Tertiary forerunners. The remarkable fact that some
platyrrhine genera, as Ateles, present traces of nearly all the modi-
fications which have been noted as characteristic of anthropomorpha

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

and the Nycticebide, perhaps supports this view, but at the same
time well illustrates the complexity of the problem.

If the progress of palxontology should justify these specula-
tions, it seems to follow that it is likely to also demonstrate the
multiple rather than the single origin of the present Lemuroidea.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

THE DEVELOPMENT AND COMPARATIVE STRUCTURE OF THE GIZZARD
IN THE ODONATA ZYGOPTERA.

h} BY HELEN T. HIGGINS.

The following study? was undertaken on the advice and under
the direction of Dr. Philip P. Calvert, instructor in Zodlogy in the
University of Pennsylvania.

Dr. Ris’ work on the gizzard of the Odonata and Dr. Calvert’s
study of Californian forms strongly suggested the phylogenetic
importance of this organ.

The present study has been limited to the more primitive
Odonata—the suborder Zygoptera.

I am indebted to Dr. Calvert for the material placed at my dis-
posal, for many of my preparations, including his slides used in
his paper of 1899 mentioned later, for the determination of genus
and species in every case, and for the suggestion of the structural
formula used in describing the gizzards.

In 1896, Dr. F. Ris published’ a paper entitled Untersuchungen
iiber die Gestalt des Kawmagens bei den Libellen und ihren Larven.

The results of his investigations are briefly outlined here:

In the Odonata the fore-gut extends to the third abdominal seg-
ment. In larva and imago alike the gizzard is found at the pos-
terior end of the fore-gut in the second abdominal segment. It is
formed by a thickening of the muscle layer, and by a modification
of the chitinous coat of the fore-gut to form folds armed with
teeth. The number of these folds is four, eight or sixteen. The
metamorphosis to the imago shows a regular reduction in the
strength and complication of the elements, but their number varies
greatly. At the metamorphosis, the larval lining is shed with the
chitinous coat of the exterior of the body; Dr. Ris states that he
found in a Libellula, directly after metamorphosis, the old gizzard
lining enclosed within the new. He examined the larval and adult

1 Accepted by the University of Pennsylvania as a thesis for the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Biology, June, 1900.
2 Zoolog. Jahrbiich., IX.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

form of Calopteryx virgo, C. splendens, Pyrrhosoma minium, P.
tenellum, Agrion puella and pulchellum, Erythromma (najas),
Enallagma (cyathigerum), Ischnura (elegans) and Platyenemis
pennipes, Lestes virens, Gomphus, Aischna, Anar, Cordulegaster
annulatus and bidentatus, Cordulia enea, Diplax, Libellula,
Orthetrum.

The conclusions drawn by Dr. Ris from his investigations are as
follows:

Larve.—The original form of the gizzard shows a division into
sixteen longitudinal folds, eight broad and eight narrow, which
bear an armature of irregularly placed teeth. This type is found
in the Calopterygine.

A higher development of the organ appears in the typical
group of the Agrionine ; the sixteen folds show a greater number
of teeth and a more complicated arrangement of these.

The legion Lestes shows a reduction of the sixteen folds to
eight, apparently through the loss of the smaller folds. These
eight folds are again divided into four broad and four narrower
folds. In the Anisoptera (Gomphus and Aischna) there is redue-
tion to four equal, similar folds. Finally, Cordulegaster and the
Libellulide differentiate the folds into two pairs of teeth, so that
the original radial symmetry is changed to bilateral.

Tmagos.—The series easily traced in the larval forms is some-
what confused in the imagos, owing to the reduction which inva-
riably occurs. The least reduction from larva to adult is found in
the Calopterygine ; more is shown in the Agrionine, where is seen
the tendency to eliminate the smalier fold in certain individuals;
the strongest reduction occurs in Gomphus and dischna; in
Cordulegaster and in the Libellulide scarcely more than a hint of
the relation to the larva remains. '

This purely morphological development from the radial symme-
try of numerous elements of an organ to the bilateral symmetry of a
few elements runs parallei with the phylogenetic gece of
the single groups.

In a paper on the Odonata from Tepic, Mex.,’ 1399, Dr. Cal:
vert gives notes on the gizzards of the forms studied by him.
Contrary to Dr. Ris and other previous writers, he finds the posi-
tion of the junction of fore- and mid-gut, and therefore of the

3 Prac. Cal. Acad. of Sciences (Third Series, Vol. I, No. 12, 1899). :-

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

gizzard, to be very variable. He examined the gizzards of
Heterina americana, Archilestes grandis, Lestes tenuatus, Argia
pulla and agrioides, Erythagrion saluum, Isechnura Ramburii var.
credula, Anax junius, Herpetogomphus elaps, Pantala hymenea,
Pseudoleon superbus, Tramea onusta, Dythemis sterilis, Micrathyria
Hageni, Orthemis ferruginea and Diplax corrupta.

Dr. Ris and Dr. Calvert agree generally on the morphology of
the forms studied by both. They differ, however, in the phylo-
genetic position of the legion Lestes.

Dr. Calvert does not draw any phylogenetic conclusions from his
studies, considering the examination of many more forms neces-
sary before this can safely be done.

Preparation of Present Material.—The present study has been
based upon representatives of the sub-families Calopterygine and
Agrionine collected from every continent.

The preparations have largely been made from dried‘ specimens.
From these the abdomens were cut off at the base of the third
segment and soaked in seventy per cent. aleohol until softened.
Some of these, even after long soaking, were so brittle that only
fragments of the gizzard could be mounted. In cases where,
because of its fragmentary condition, the structure of the gizzard
is at all doubtful, I have put an interrogation point after the
descriptive formula. The remainder of the material studied had
been preserved in alcohol or formatine.

To obtain and prepare the chitinous lining of the gizzard for
study, the abdomen was slit open along one of the membranous
pleura, the gizzard located, and separated from the rest of the
alimentary canal by a fine pair of scissors. The gizzard was cut
open, the muscular coat removed with needles, and the chitinous
lining spread out flat upon a slide. After cleaning, this was
mounted in Canada balsam, making a very distinct preparation for
study. In nearly every case the dried specimens from which the
gizzards have been removed have been again put together, so that
their value as ordinary museum material has been little, if at all,
impaired.

The larve studied belong mainly to the sub-family Agrionina.
They were collected from the vieinity of Philadelphia and were
either fresh or preserved in alcohol.

*See the report of the meeting of the Aeademy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia of January 17, 1899, in Science, Vol. LX, p. 183.

1901. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

DEVELOPMENT OF THE GIZZARD.

The gizzard is a specially thickened and cuticularized portion of
the alimentary canal, appearing at the junction of fore- and mid-
gut, and projecting slightly into the latter. MExternally is a coat
of circular muscle fibres, thicker in the larve than in the adult
and varying in thickness in adults of different genera. Within is
a layer of epithelial cells, at first one cell in thickness, but later
becoming many cells thick in definite areas, to form folds project-
ing into the lumen of the canal.

In the forms examined, four folds or some multiple of four to
as many as thirty-two have been found—sixteen and eight being
the numbers most commonly occurring.

From the epithelial cells is developed the inner chitinous coat of
the gizzard, which is thin on the spaces between folds, becoming
thickened on the folds and forming here horny teeth of various sizes.

The writer has examined Agrionine larve from the time of
hatching to the period immediately preceding metamorphosis.

In larve just hatched no evidence of any gizzard-armature was
found.

The following statements refer to larvee of Ischnura verticalis
Say: i

In larve 3 and 4 mm. in length’ the gizzard is quite clearly
marked (fig. 25). The chitinous coat shows sixteen folds or fields,
eight larger alternating with eight smaller. Each larger field is
armed with teeth arranged in two groups, an anterior and a pos-
terior, the latter occupying about the centre of the gizzard. The
posterior group consists of two large pointed teeth, each enclosed
on its outer side by four to five small teeth. The anterior group
comprises two pointed narrow teeth intermediate in size between
the two sets mentioned above.

Each smaller field has one group of three to four small teeth,
which are at the same level as that of the posterior group of the
larger fields.

A larva 6 mm. long shows practically the same armature, but
on the smaller fields also there are often two groups, the anterior
comprising one to two teeth, the posterior three to four.

5 Tn all of these larve, by length I mean the distance measured from the
external anterior part of the head to the posterior limit of the last abdom-
inal segment, the gills being excluded.

9

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

A larva 8 mm. long shows considerable difference in the size and
number of the teeth (Pl. IV, fig. 26). The anterior groups of
both fields show an increase in the number of teeth, which remain
approximately the same in size. .In the posterior groups the
smaller teeth show decrease in size with increase in number; the
two large teeth of the larger fold remaining the same in size.

A larva of 10 mm, length shows much the same structure.

Three larvee of 15 mm. length show the same line of develop-
ment carried a little further (fig. 27), an increase in number of
the teeth of the anterior groups of both folds, slight increase in
number with continued decrease in size of the small teeth of the
posterior groups of both folds.

Tn all larvee studied the gizzard was found in the second ab-
dominal segment.

Young imagos of Ischnura verticalis were examined soon after
metamorphosis. In those dissected directly after the spreading of
the wings only the larval gizzard was observed. This Jay in the
sixth segment. In an adult in which the coloring was distinctly
developed, the larval gizzard lining lay immediately within that
of the adult, which latter bore a very different armature (PI. ILI,
fig. 17). In still other individuals the adult gizzard was in the
sixth segment, while the lining of the larval gizzard and of the
fore-gut of the larva, coiled up in a mass, lay in the lumen of the
canal in the seventh segment. These observations suggest the
possibility of learning something of the structure of the gizzard
of the Jarvee of exotic species by inspecting the contents of the
alimentary canal of imagos whose colors show them to haye but
recently transformed.

To sum up the development of the gizzard lining in Isehnura
verticalis, it is seen that from its earliest appearance (which in the
present study was found in a larva 3 mm. long) there is a steady
inerease in the number of teeth on all folds with a decrease in size
in those of posterior groups. At metamorphosis the gizzard
moves backward from the second to the sixth abdominal segment.
A new chitinous coat is formed on the fore-gut, with a new gizzard
armature. The larval lining lying within the adult lining becomes
loosened from it and finally separates entirely, and is found, within
a few hours after metamorphosis, lying coiled up within the canal.
It is probable that in still older imagos the cast-off larval gizzard

>?

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

lining lies still further posterior in the canal, and is finally voided
through the anus.

Tue GizzARD oF VARIOUus ADULTS.

The position of the gizzard in the imago was found to vary from
the third abdominal segment to the seventh. In the majority of
forms examined the gizzard lies in the centre or posterior extremity
of the sixth segment; in asmali number it lies in the fifth, m a
still smaller in the seventh, and in a very few in the third or
fourth segment. re

Variations in the position are frequently found in different
species of the same genus and even in different individuals of the
same species.

A male of Calopteryx apicalis had the gizzard in the anterior
end of the sixth segment, a female in the centre of the fifth;
while in 2 male of C. cornelia it was located in the fifth segment.

In a male of Phaon iridipennis the gizzard was found in the
posterior end of the sixih segment; in a male of P. fuliginosus
in the third, and in a female of the same species in the sixth
segment.

In four species of Vestalis the position varied only from the
posterior end of the fifth to the middle of the sixth segment.
The same variation was seen in five species of Heterina, and like-
wise in four species of Huphea.

In the 2 of Libellago caligata the gizzard was found in the
third segment, in tne o in the fifth, and in L. cwrta, S, in the
fourth segment. In four individuals—two species—of Micromerus
it was found in the fifth; in Thore boliviana, &, in the centre of
the fifth, in 2 in anterior end of seventh; in Huthore hyalina,
6’, in the anterior end of sixth, in @ in posterior end of fifth.

Of the Agrionine, legion Pseudostigma, its position varied in
eight individuals, of five genera, from the middle of the sixth to
the anterior extremity of the seventh segment; inthe Legion
Podagrion, in five males and one female of Paraphlebia sp. (group
of Zoe), the position varied only from the anterior end to the
cenire of the sixth segment; in five species of the genus Hetera-
grion, from the posterior end of the fifth to the anterior of the
seventh; in the legion Platyenemis, in four genera, the organ was
found in the sixth or seventh segment; in the legion Protoneura

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan. |

—in three species of Disparoneura, in three of Neonewra and in
three of Protoneuwra—the same variation is seen, from the poste-
rior end of the sixth to the anterior of the seventh; of the Legion
Agrion it appears in the sixth segment in Hyponewra lugens,
Ischnura heterosticta, Enallagma ebrium, geminatum and asper-
sum, in Nehalennia lais, Ceriagrion glabrum, Anisagrion allopterum
and Hemiphlebia mirabilis; in the fifth in Argia putrida, Pyr-
rhosoma tenellum; in the seventh in Leptagrion macrurum and Lep-
tobasis vacillans; of the legion estes it appears in the sixth
segment in Lestes disjuncta and L. leda.

ARMATURE OF THE ADULT GIZZARD.

To save the necessity of giving lengthy descriptions of the
armature of each gizzard studied, and more especially to render
the comparison of these armatures more easy, it was found con-
venient to construct a formula whereby the general structure of
the armature might be indicated.

Below is given an explanation of the formule used:

F, F, f, indicate specially chitinized areas of the gizzard lining,
whether they bear teeth or not. They may stand as abbrevia-
tions of ‘‘ field’’ (‘‘ Felder’’ of Ris) or ‘‘ fold.’”” When the
fields are approximately alike only one size letter may be used—
F; when unlike, F will denote the largest sized areas, F medium
sized, f small sized When the areas are of but two sizes F and
f may be used.

Arabic figures following F, ¥, f, denote the number of teeth
borne by each field respectively; when the number is great (40 or
more) n is used to denote this fact. When in one and the same
gizzard the teeth are of different sizes this is indicated by use of
the marks’, ”, ’’; ’ denotes the largest sized teeth, ’’ medium
sized, '’ smallest sized.

Wherever a gizzard consists of a repetition of similar fields, the
formula may be shortened by enclosing the repeated arrangement
within parentheses, and placing the proper coéfficient before the
parenthesis to indicate the number of times the repetition occurs.

When the same field contains two groups of teeth separated by
a distinct interval, these two groups are indicated in the formula
by placing one above the other with a horizontal line between them,
asin common fractions, the anterior group of teeth being repre-

ee ee ee eee ee eee ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

sented by the numerator, the posterior group of teeth by the
denominator.

The abbreviation rec. is used to indicate recurved teeth, as in
Paraphlebia.

To illustrate the application of the formula, I may refer to fig.
13, Pl. ILI, of Argia bipunctulata. In this species there are six-
teen folds, eight larger and eight smaller. The formula would be
therefore: 8 (F 12-14, f 1-3), where F represents the larger
fields, with teeth varying in number from twelve to fourteen; f,
the smaller folds with teeth varying from one to three.

The teeth here are all of approximately the same size.

For Xanthagrion erythroneurum (fig. 15), where the teeth have
a definite arrangement into groups, we must use a more compli-
cated formula. Here there are sixteen fields, each field showing
two distinct groups of teeth. The anterior groups are represented
by the numerators of the fractions, the posterior by the denomina-
turs. The difference in size of the teeth is indicated by the
marks ’ and ’’, the former representing the larger teeth, the latter
the smaller ones.

The formula therefore is § (F eae f ++).

The omission of one or more folds from an individual gizzard
is not uncommon (see fig. 12), so that often it is only possible to
construct a formula when several specimens of a given species are
examined and compared.

The following list of the species of adults whose gizzard-armatures
have been studied gives the number of each sex examined, the
abdominal segment in which the gizzard was found (and often
whether in the anterior or posterior part of the segment), the
locality whence the material came and the armature formula:

Sub-family CALOPTERYGIN Zi.

Legion 1.—Calopteryx Selys.

Calopteryx maculata Beauv. 2. Pennsylvania. 4 (F 6-8,
f 2-4, r 4-5, f 2-4).

Calopteryx apicalis Burm. oC. 6th segment, ant. Tom’s
River, N. J. 4 (F 6-8, f 2-4, F 5-7, f 2-4).

Calopteryx apicalis Burm. ©. 5th segment, ant. Tom’s
River, N. J. 4 (F 6-8, f 2-4, F 5-7, f 2-4). :

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

Calopteryx cornelia Selys. 2. 5th segment, post. Japan.
4 (F 12-13, f 6-7, r 11-12, f 6-7).

Sapho orichaleea MecLach. 1 2. 4-5th segments. Kame-
run, W. Africa. 4 (F 5-7, £ 5-6, F 6-7, f 5-6).

Sapho ciliata Fabr. 1. 5th segment, post. Bismarckburg,
W. Africa, 8 (F 8-9, f 3-6).

Umma ( Cleis) longistigma Selys)5 1%. Kamerun, W. Africa.
8 (F 20-25, f£ 3-5).

Mnais strigata Selys. 19. 4thsegment. Japan. 4(F 8-10,
f 7-9, F 8-9, f 7-9).

Phaon fuliginosus Selys. 1 2. 6th segment. Madagascar.
4 (F 4-8, f 3-4, r 4-5, f 3-4).

Phaon fuliginosus Selys. 1 o&. 3d segment. Madagascar.
4 (F 4-8, f 3-4, r 4-5, f 3-4).

Phaon iridipennis Burm. 16. 6th segment, post. Be Kilus.
4 (F 4-6, f 2-3, r 5-6, f 2-3).

Vestalis tuctuosa Burm. 1 o. 6th segment, ant. Java,
4 (F 25-30, £ 20-25).

Vestalis luctuosa Burm. 1 &. 5th segment, post. Java.
4 (F 25-30, f 20-25).

Vestalis gracilis Ramb. 1c and1 2. 6thsegment. Palone,
Burma. 4 (F 20-25, f 15). :

Vestalis amena Selys.5 Cc and &. 6th segment. Deli, Su-
matra, 4 (F 15-20, f 10-12).

Vestalis apicalis Selys. °. 6th segment, ant. Nilgiris.
4 (F 10-15, f 8-10).

Heterina oceisa Selys. Sf and 2. 6th segment. Mexico.
8 (Fn).

Heterina titia Drury. 3 and 2. 6th segment. Texas.
4 (Fn, fn).

Heterina cruentata Ramb. o. 6th segment. Mexico.

8 (Fn).

Heterina vulnerata Selys. 2. Dublan, Mex. 4 (F n, fn,
Fn, fn). ;

Heterina vulnerata Selys. oC. 5th segment. Dublan, Mex.
8 (Fn, fn).

Heterina americana Fabr. 4-Sth segments. Tepic, Mex.
4 (Fn).

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

Heterina americana. . 6th segment. Pennsylvania.
4°(E un!’ + 4'-6’, fn” + 3/—6').

Heterina americana. Uarval-gizzard from preceding o.
4 (EF n” + 8-12’, fn” + 5/-6’).

Legion 2.—Eupheza Selys.

Euphea impar Selys. 1 &. 5th segment, post. Borneo.
8 (Fn, f0-n, Fn, f 0-n). The fields, f, which are very short,
vary greatly in the number of teeth; these in some cases being
numerous, in others 2-4, in others seeming to be absent altogether.

Euphea lara Kriiger. 1 &. 6th segment, post. Borneo.
8 (F p, f 0-n, Fn, f 0-n).

Euphea variegata Ramb. 3. Java. 8 (Fn, fn, Fn, fn).

Euphea ochracea Selys. 3. Sixth segment, post. Burma.
8 (Fn, fn, Fn, fn).

Epallage fatime Charp. 2. 4th segment. Taurus, Asia
Minor. 8 (Fn, fn).

Legion 3.—Amphiptery= Selys.

Amphipteryx agrioides Selys. 23%. 6thsegment. Guatemala.
8 (F 8-10, f 4-5).

Legion 4.—Libellago Selys.

Libellago curta Selys. J. 4th segment. Abyssinia. 4 (F 10-14,
f 6-8, r 10-12, f 6-8).

Libellago caligata Selys.5 . Sth segment... Abyssinia.
4 (F 12-15, f 5-9, F 12-16, f 6-9).

Libellago caligata Selys. 2. 3d segment. Abyssinia.
4 (F 12-15, f 5-9, Fr 12-16, £ 6-9).

Rhinocypha biseriata Selys. 2 and J. 4thsegment. Borneo.
4 (F 6-9, f 3-5, F 6-8, f 3-5).

Rhinocypha Pagenstecheri Forst. oc. Sumbawa. 4 (F 8-10,
£'5, F 7-10, £5).

Micromerus lineatus Burm. 3. Sthsegment. Java, Ceylon.
4 (F 10-13, f 3-5, r 9-10, f 3-5).

Micromerus obscurus Kirby. <o. 5th segment. Ceylon.
4°(F 10, f 4-6, r 6-8, f 4-6).

Legion 5.—Thore Selys.

Thore boliviana McLach. &. 5th segment. Chulumani,
Bolivia. 4 (Fn, fn)?

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Thore boliviana MeLach. ©. 7th segment, ant. Chulumani,
Bolivia. 4 (Fn, fn)? :

Euthore hyalina Selys. @. Sth segment, post. Road to
Coroico, Bolivia. 4 (Fn, fn)?

Cora marina Selys. 2. 5th segment, post. Vera Cruz.
4 (Fn, fn)?

Cora inca Selys. ©. 6th segment. Chulumani. 4 (F n,
fn)? These became so much broken in dissection and mounting
that the formula cannot be stated positively. Some seem to show
twelve bands.

Sub-family AGRIONINAD.
Legion 1.—Pseudostigma Selys.

Megaloprepus cerulatus Drury. 2 &. 6thsegment. 8 (F 30-35,
f 20-25).

Microstigma votundatum Selys. 1 &. 7th segment, ant.
Bolivia. 4 (F 35-40, f 10-16, r 30-35, f 10-16).

Microstigma anomalum Ramb. Cc. 6th segment. Apehu,
Brazil. 4 (F 18-20, f 6-8, F 10-12, f 6-8).

Anomisma abnorme MecLach. 6th segment. Rio Bobonaza,
Ecuador. 8 (F 18-20, f 8-10)?

Mecistogaster modestus Selys. ©. Bugaba. 8 (Fn, fn).

Mecistogaster ornatus Ramb. c. 7th segment. Tepic, Mex.
8 (F'n, fn).

Pseudostigma aberrans Selys. Cc. Sth segment. Atoyae,

Mexico. 8 (Fn, fn)?
Legion 2.—Podagrion Selys.

Paraphlebia sp. (group of Ze). 5 J, 1 &. 6th segment.
Guatemala. 8 (F 2’ + 11-13” + 4’-5” ree., £ 3’—-4”).

Paraphlebia sp. (group of Zoe) var. <. Misantla, Mexico.
8 (CE 2! + .8"—-9" =- 2! ree.)

Philogenia Berenice Hag. ¢&. 6th segment. Equitos, Peru.
8 (F'n, fn).

Philogenia cassandra Hag. oC. 6th segment. Chiriqui,
8 (Fn, fn). Teeth much smaller than in Berenice.

Megapodagrion venale Selys. co. 6th segment. Probably
Porto Cabello, Venezuela. 8 (F 3-7, f 1-2).

Heteragrion erythrogastrum Selys. ¢. Tthsegment. Bugaba.
4 (Fn, fn).

ee

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

Heteragrion chrysops Hag. &. 6th segment, post. Guate-
mala. 4 (Fn, f 5-8, Fr 30-35, f 5-8).
Heteragrion chrysops Hag. co. 7th segment, ant. Guate-
mala. 4 (Fn, f 5-8, F 30-35, f 5-8).
Heteragrion inca Hag. 2c. 5-6th segment, 7th segment,
ant. 4 (Fn, f 20-25, rn, f 20-25).
Heteragrion n. sp. (group of Chrysops). &. Atoyac, Mexico.
8 (Fn, f 5-35),
Legion 3.—Platycnemis Selys.
menue malagassica Kirby. &. 7th segment. Madagascar.
8 (F { ae:
Leptocnemis bilineata Selys. o&%. Seychelle Islands. 8 (F n,
\ £15-20).
\ Leptocnemis bilineata Selys. ©. Seychelle Islands. 4 (F n,
\ £12-19, rn, f 12-19).
\ Celiccia octogesima Selys. & and @, 7th segment, ant,
\Borneo. 4 (F 6-12, f 2=4, r 5-8, f 2-4).
Copera atomaria Selys. ©. 6th segment, post. Borneo.
\ (BF 5-7 + n’” vec., £1”-2", F 4”, f 1-2).

= rec.’

Legion 4.—Protoneura Selys.

Disparoneura analis Selys. Cc. 6th segment, post. Borneo.
4183) +n”, £3’ +n").

disparoneura collaris Selys. G and 2. 6th segment, post.
Boreo, 4 (Fn, fn).

Dyaroneura sp. (near delia). &. Borneo. 4 (F n, fn)?

Caynewra dorsalis. CG and 2. 7th segment, ant. Borneo.
2. CE Yn).

Neorura n. sp. (group of carnatica). CG. 7th segment, ant,
Guatemla, 4 (F 2! + 2-4", f 1’, r2! + 1’-2", £1’).

Neontra n. sp. (group of rubriventris). CO. 7th segment,
ant. Evitos, Peru. 8 (F 2’ + 20-30", f 1/-2' + 10”-20").

Protonwa n. sp. (group of humeralis). G. 6th segment,
post. Gttemala. 8 (F 2’+n”’, £1’ +n”).

Protonety aurantiaca Selys. J. 7th segment, ant. Tabasco,
Mex. 8 (\1’-2' +n”, f 1’ +n").

. Protonew n. sp. (group of sancta). 2 and 292. 7th seg-

8(F2 +n’, £1" +n").
t, ant. ‘Ihasco, Mex. 4
ment, an asco, Mex. ( 8 (F 2 or ae n’. f mn).

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,
Legion 5.—Agrion Selys.

Hyponeura lugens Hag. oo. 6th segment. Guatemala.
8 (F 17-25, f 4-7).

Hyponeura lugens Hag. co. 5th segment, post. Guatemala.
$.¢(F 17-25, £ 4-7).

Argia putrida Hag. o. OSthsegment. 8 (F 14-21, f 2-10).

Argia bipunctulata Hag. New Jersey. 8 (F 12-14, f 1-3).

Argia agrioides Calv. cS and 2. San Jose del Cabo, Baja
Cal. 4(F gipicp £2'-5', F 11'-15’, £ 2-5’).

Argia pulla Selys. &. Tepic, Mex. 8 (F 7-9, f 2-3).

Ischnura heterosticta Burm. of. 6th segment. Victoria,
Australia. 8 (F 13-15).

Ischnura Ramburii Selys var. eredula. 2. San Jose del Cabo.
8 (F 10-15).

Anomalagrion hastatum Say. oS. Pennsylvania. 8 (F 9-10).

Enallagma ebrium Hag. 2. 6th. segment. New York.
28 (F 16-18’ + 6”-12”, f 0-3’ + n’”).

Enallagma geminatum Kell. 2, 6th segment. New York.

4 (F 15-18’, fn”, F 14’-16’, fn”).

Enallagma aspersum Hag. o&. 6th segment. New York
8 (F 20’-22’, fn’).

Nehalennia lais Brauer. co. 6th segment. Morelos, Me.
4 (F 25-30, £ 18-20).

Pyrrhosoma tenellum Vill. o&. Sth segment. Le Blac,
France. 8 (F 25-30, f 8-12).

Pyrrhosoma minium Harr. ¢&. Le Blanc, France. 8 F 2’
ae it”).

Xanthagrion erythroneurum Selys. co. Victoria, Avéralia.
BF gtoign tS)!

Ceriagrion glabrum Burm. 3 ¢%. 6th segment, post, Mada-
gascar. 8 (F 2’ + 18’-20”, f 5-10”).

Anisagrion allopterum Selys. &. 6th segment. Csta Riea.
8 (F 10-12, f 1-2).

Erythagrion salvum Hag. co. San Jose del Cabo Baja Cal.
8 (2 + 47-6") £1").
Erythagrion saluum Hag. co. San Jose del Cab Baja Cal.

8 (F 7-9, £ 1-2).
5 Tt is quite likely that this is a larval gizzard ; compare/ith figs, 25-27,

ee

—— ee Eee

a

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

Leptagrion macrurum Burm. <. 7th segment, ant. Brazil.
8 (F 6-8 + n”, £10’-20” +; 2-3’).

Leptobasis vacillans Selys. 2. 7th segment, ant. Tabasco,
Mex. 4 (F 13-15, f 10-12).

Agriocnemis femina Brauer. <. 6th segment. Borneo,
4 (F 10-15, f 8-10)?

Hemiphlebia mirabilis Selys. 2. Victoria. 4 (F 2’-4’ +n”,
fe, wom. in!’),

Legion 6.—Lestes Selys.

Archilestes grandis Ramb. &. San Jose del Cabo, Baja Cal.
8 (Fn).

Lestes disjunctus Selys. 6th segment, New York. 8 (Fn).

Lestes vigilax Selys. . New York. 4 (Fn, fn).

Lestes leda Selys. cS. 6th segment. Victoria. 4 (Fn, fn).

Lestes tenuatus Ramb. 2. Tepic, Mex. 8 (Fn)?

INTRA-GENERIC VARIATIONS.

By an examination of the structural formule given above it
will be seen that a classification into genera based on resemblances
in gizzard structure would agree in most cases with that now in
use based upon the structure of wings and other external features of
the body. If, for instance, we examine the structural formule
for Sapho orichaleea and S. ciliata, we find very little difference
between the two species. In both we see sixteen fields, which in
the former are of three sizes, and in the latter of two. But the
number and size of the teeth are approximately equal.

Where a number of species of one genus have been studied,
these all, as a rule, show the same number of folds. Exceptions
are seen in the genera Heterina and Heteragrion. Of five species
of Hetwrina examined, four show eight folds of the gizzard lining,
and one, americana, four folds, although another specimen of the
same species (PI. II, figs. 2 and 3) shows eight folds in both larval
and adult gizzard linings; of four species of Heteragrion three have
sixteen folds; one, eight.

Even when they vary in the number of folds, species of the
same genus are seen to agree almost invariably in the size and
number of teeth on each fold, as well as in the arrangement of
these.

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

A marked exception to this was found in the genus Heteragrion.
Of four species of this genus, three had sixteen folds, varying
in size, the largest folds bearing numerous teeth (above forty),
the smaller ones bearing from five to thirty, while the fourth
species had but eight folds, each fold bearing numerous teeth.

Again, of four species of Avgia, three are similar, bearing
eight ‘‘ F”’ folds and eight ‘‘f ’’ folds, the teeth on all folds
being of equal size. But in the fourth species, A. agrioides, there
are four ‘‘ F'”’ folds, eight ‘‘ f’’ folds, and four ‘‘ r’’ folds; on
the two latter the teeth are equal in size, but on the four ‘‘ F’’
folds they are arranged in two groups, those of the anterior group
being similar to the teeth on the other folds, those of the posterior
being much smaller and recurved.

DATA FOR PHYLOGENY.

When the studies whose results are contained in the present
paper were begun, it was hoped that they would yield data of
value in determining the phylogeny of the insects investigated.
The data are now at hand, but the desired interpretation is yet to
be made. One may spin several different theories on the lines of
descent of these Odonata if regard be had merely to the armature
of the gizzard. But since these theories would rest on precisely
the same evidence in each case, it is wise to refrain from such
theorizing until these results can be correlated with others drawn
from embryologica] and comparative anatomical data.

It is worth pointing out, however, as one present gain to our
knowledge which will bear on the question of phylogenies, that the
occurrence of numerous minute teeth only is a phenomenon of
frequent repetition, since it is met with in the genus Hetewrina of
the legion Calopteryx, and in all species of the legions Luphea
and Thore of the Calopterygine, while in the Agrionine it is ob-
served in Mecistogaster and Pseudostigma (legion Pseudostigma),
Philogenia (legion Podagrion), some Disparoneura and Caconeura
(legion Protonewra) and all of the legion Lestes.

The problem which this phenomenon suggests is to determine
whether it represents a more primitive condition, originally common
to all groups to which the genera named belong, or whether it
represents independent, parallel and similar modifications in each
group from some other and different form of gizzard-armature.

ee ©

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

EXPLANATION OF PLATES II, HI AND IV.

All the figures are camera lucida drawings, and represent por-
tions of the gizzard linings, spread out flat. The fraction after
each name indicates how much of each lining is shown. A line
indicting a scale length of one-tenth millimeter is placed along-
side most of the figures.

Puate II.
Fig. 1. Calopteryx maculata. &. 4.
Fig. 2. Heterina americana. & from Pennsylvania. 4.
Fig. 3. Heterina americana. Larva. }.
Fig. 4. Protoneura sp., group of sancta. °. 4.
Fig. 5. Heterina vulnerata. °&.
Fig. 6. Vestalis luctuosa. S. 4.
Fig. 7. Vestalis apicalis. °. 4.
Fig. 8. Amphipteryx agrioides. 3. 4%.
Fig. 9. Libellago caligata. S. 4.
Fig. 10. Euphea impar. GS. 4.

Prats IT. ¢

Fig. 11. Microstigma rotundatum. Gin ke

Fig. 12. Enallagma ebrium. ?. y5- The small fold f is not
developed in the portion figured.

Fig. 13. Argia bipunetulata. 4.

Fig. 14. Megaloprepus cerulatus. Ss

Fig. 15. Xanthagrion erythroneurum. 3;. Probably larval
gizzard; compare figs. 25-27.

Fig. 16. Megapodagrion venale. Gy rhs

Fig. 17. Ischnura verticalis. }-

Fig. 18. Heteragrion inca. SO. f-

Fig. 19. Tatocnemis malagassiea. °. %.

Fig. 20. Paraphlebia sp. $.

Fig, 21. Hemiphlebia mirabilis. °. 4%.

Fig. 22. Lestes vigilax. oS. }.

Fig. 23. Mnais strigata. 2. }. On either side of the right-
hand f fold is a row of 2-3 teeth, representing, prob-
ably, a series of still smaller folds.

Fig. 24. Leptocnemis bilineata. S. 4.

PuateE IV.

Fig. 25. Ischnura verticalis, Larva, length 4 mm. 3.
Fig. 26. Ischnura verticalis, Larva, length 8 mm. 3
Fig. 27. Ischnura verticalis, Larva, length 15 mm. 3.

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Fepruary 5
Mr. Artuur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirteen persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ New Marine Mollusks,’? by Edward G.
Vanatta, was presented for publication.

Relationships of the Genus Neobeliscus.—Dr. H. A. Prispry,
referring to an account of the anatomy of this genus of South
American land snails,’ stated that in commenting upon the pecu-
liarities of the reproductive organs he had overestimated their di-
vergence from structures of African Achatinide, having overlooked
a paper by Arruda Furtado,’ in which the anatomy of Atopocochlis
exaratus is described. This genus and species, the speaker con-
tinued, is confined to the island San Thome, in the Gulf of Guinea;
and resembles Neobeliscus in having the retractor muscle of the
penis inserted upon the right ocular band (instead of upon the dia-
phragm, as usual in land snails), and as in Neobeliscus the albumen
gland is reduced to very small proportions. The separation of
the male and female ducts clearly indicates that Atopocochlis is
viviparous, like Neobeliscus, although no information is given by
Furtado upon this point. The podoeyst described in embryos of
Neobeliscus is similar to that of Achatina. These facts indicate
that the South American genus has its nearest existing allies in
West African genera, and accordingly modify the general conclu-
sions set forth in his former paper.

Frsruary 12.
Mr. Arruur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. '

Nine persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ New Species of Mollusks from South Africa
and Burma,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication.

1 These Proceedings for 1899, p. 366, Pl. XV.
2 Journal de Conchyliologie, XXXVI, p. 5, Pl. II.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143
Frpsruary 19.
Mr. Arruur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Fif(een persons present.

FEeBruary 26.
Mr. Arruur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-eight persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

“* Descriptions of New Bees collected by Mr. H. H. Smith in
Brazil, II,’ by T. D. A. Cockerell.

‘« Note on the Odontostomide,’’ by Henry W. Fowler.

‘©The Development of the Tympano-Eustachian Passage and
Associated Structures in the Common Toad, Bufo lentiginosus,’’
by Henry Fox.

“« Farther Studies on the Chromosomes of the Hemiptera heter-
optera,’’ by Thomas H. Montgomery.

Mr. C. Hariman Kuhn was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

144 * PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

CRUSTACEA AND PYCNOGONIDA COLLECTED DURING THE PRINCETON
EXPEDITION TO NORTH GREENLAND.

BY DR. A. E. ORTMANN.,

A preliminary but not quite complete list of the species collected
during the Princeton Expedition to North Greenland (Peary
Auxiliary Expedition, 1899) has been published in The Princeton
Bulletin, Vol. 11, No. 3, February, 1900, pp. 38-40; in the
same periodical, Vol. 11, No. 2, December, 1899, pp. 25-26, a list
of stations has been given. It seems hardly necessary to repeat this
list here, since under each species not only the number of the
station, but also the location of the latter and the depth is given.

Most of the localities are situated on the coast of North Green-
land, between Cape York and Foulke Fjords (ca. 76-79° N. L.);
a few are situated on the opposite side of Smith Sound (Ellesmere
Land, Payer Harbor); the rest is farther south, on the coast of
West Greenland (Upernavik, Waigat Channel, and Godhavn,
Disco Island), and the coast of Labrador (Domino Run and
Battle Harbor).

Only a few expeditions have previously collected material in these
parts (North water of Baffin Bay, Smith Sound and Grinnell
Land). The following reports on Crustacea have been pub-
lished :

Hayes’ Expedition, 1860-G1 (see J. J. Hayes, The Open
Polar Sea, 1867), published by W. Stimpson: ‘‘ Synopsis of the
Marine Invertebrates collected by the Late Arctic Expedition
under Dr. J. J. Hayes.’’?

Nares’ Expedition, 1875-76, published by E. J. Miers, in G. S.
Nares, Narrative of a Voyage to the Polar Sea, Vol. 2, 1878,
Appendix 7.

Expedition of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
connected with the Peary Expedition of 1891, published by J. E.

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

Ives: ‘‘ Echinoderms and Crustaceans collected by the West
Greenland Expedition of 1891.’

Peary Auxiliary Expedition of 1894, published by A. Oblin:
Bidrag till Kaennedomen om Malakostrakfaunan i Baffin Bay och
Smith Sound, Lund, 1895.

A number of species has been mentioned by Hansen from near
Cape York in H. J. Hansen, ‘ Maiacostraca marina Groen-
landize occidentalis.’’®

The collections described here have been made by Prof. William
Libbey and the writer, by means of small hand dredges and a
larger beam-trawl, surface and dip nets. Since the chief value of
the material collected lies on the zodgeographical side, I shall take
particular pains to give an account of the previously known facts
of distribution in every species.

CRUSTACEA.

1, Brancninecta paludosa (Mueller).

Packard, 12h Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1878 part 1, 1883,
p. 336, Pl. 9, 10, figs. 1-5.

Station 13. Payer Harbor. Ellesmere Land. Fresh-water ponds
(several hundred ).

Station 46. Northumberland Island. Fresh-water ponds (many
hundred),

Distribution.—Finmark, Lapland, North Siberia (Taimyr),
Point Barrow (Alaska), Cape Krusenstern (Arctic America),
Labrador, Grinnell Land, North and West Greenland.

Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay (Miers); North Greenland:
Polaris Bay (Packard).

2. Lepidurus glacialis (Kroeyer).
Packard, /. ¢., p. 316, Pl. 16, fig. 1.

Station 46. Northumberland Island. Fresh-water ponds (46).

Distribution. —Lapland, Novaja Semlja, Spitzbergen, South and
West Greenland, Cape Krusenstern, Point Barrow.

There are Cladocera (a fresh-water Daphnia, possibly rectispina
Kr., from Stations 13 and 46) and a number of marine Ostracoda
and Copepoda in the collection which have not yet been identified.

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1891.
* Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. t Kjoebenhavn, 1887.

10

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

3. Balanus porcatus Costa.

Darwin, Monogr. Cirrip. Balan., 1854, p. 256, Pl. 6, fig. 4; Weltner,
Arch. f. Naturg., 1897, p. 267; Weltner, Die Cirripedien der Arktis
(Fauna Arctica, Vol. 1), 1900, p. 292.

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (1).

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (8).

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (6).

Distribution.—England, Denmark, Norway, Iceland, Maine,
Massachusetts, Novaja Semlja, Spitzbergen, Bear Island, East
and West Greenland, Grinnell Land, Lancaster Sound, Japan,
New Zealand and Campbell Island. Depth: to ca. 200 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Cape Napoleon, Franklin Pierce Bay, Richard-
son Bay and Discovery Bay.*
4. Balanus crenatus Bruguitre.

Darwin, /. c., p. 261, Pl. 6, fig. 6; Weltner, 7. c., 1897, v. 268; Weltner,
Ul. c., 1900, p. 298.

Station 57. Sarkak (Waigat), 9 fathoms (1).

Distribution. — Mediterranean, West Indies, Cape of Good Hope,
England, Scandinavia, New England coast, Spitzbergen, Kara
Sea, West Greenland, Labrador, Baftin Bay, Lancaster Sound,
Grinnell] Land, Bering Straits, North Japan. In deeper water.

Grinnell Land; Discovery Bay (Miers, /. ¢., 1881).

5. Balanus balanoides (Linne),
Darwin, J. ¢., p. 267, Pl. 7, fig. 2; Weltner, /. c., 1897, p. 269; Weltner,
1. ¢., 1900, p. 302.

Statiun 3. Godhavn, Disco Island. Between tides (4, and
several broken).

I have seen also ou the rocks of the shores of Foulke Fjord
remains of a Balanus (bases only) which may belong to this
species.

Distribution.—Azores, Portugal, England, France, Norway,
Atlantic coast of the United States, Novaja Semlja, White Sea,
Bear Island, Iceland, West and North Greenland, Labrador.
Within tidal limits.

North Greenland: Port Foulke (Stimpson).

6. Nebalia bipes (0. Fabricius).

Kroeyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. (2), Vol. 2, 1849, p. 436; Grube, in
Arch. f. Naturg., 1853, p. 162; Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nord-
polfahrt, Vol. 2, 1874, p. 388.

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (1).

* Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, 15, 1881, p. 73.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

Distribution. —England, Labrador, East and West Greenland,
North Greenland. Depth : to 150 fathoms.
North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin).

7. Hyperia galba (Montague).
G. O. Sars, An Account of the Crustacea of Norway, Vol. 1, 1895, p. 7,
Pl. 2, 3, fig. 1.
Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (1).
Distribution. —France, England, Sweden, Norway, Kara Sea,
Murman coast, Spitzbergen, West Greenland, Point Barrow.
Pelagic.

8. Euthemisto libellula (Manat).
Sars, /. c., 1895, p. 13, Pl. 6. fig. 1.

Station 6. Melville Bay, surface (4).

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (1).

Station 41. Whale Sound, surface (2).

Station 42. Barden Bay, surface Cin)

Distribution. —Finmark, Novaja Semlja, Spitzbergen, Jan
Mayen, East, West and North Greenland, Ellesmere Land, Point
Barrow. Pelagic.

North Greenland: Melville Bay (Ives), Inglefield Gulf (Ohlin) ;
Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Stimpson).

9. Socarnes bidenticulatus (Bate).

Lysianassa_ bid. Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, Vol. 1, 1858,
p. 362; Lys. nugax Bate, Catal. Amphip. Brit. Mus., 1862, p. 65,
Pl. 10, fig.3; Anonyx bid. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol.
19, 1877, p. 188 ; Socarnes ovalis Hoek, Niederl. Arch. Zool. Suppl.,
1881, p. 42, Pl. 3, fig. 29; Soc. bid. Sars, Den Norsk. Nordhavs Exp.
Crust., 1, 1885, p. 139, Pl. 12, fig. 1; Hansen, Malac. mar. Groenl.
oce., 1887, p. 62.
Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (2).
Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (2).
Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (4).
Distribution.—Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen, West Greenland,
North Greenland, Ellesmere Land ; 4-160 fathoms.
North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges; Ellesmere Land:
Cape Faraday (Ohlin).

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

10, Anonyx nugax (Phipps).

Cancer nug. Phipps, Voy. North Pole., Append., 1774, p. 192, Pl. 12,
fig. 2; Lystanassa lagena and appendiculatu Kroeyer, Dansk. Vid.
Selsk. Afh., 7, 1838, pp. 237 and 240, Pl. 1, figs 1,2; Anonyx am-
pulla Kroeyer, Natur. Tidssk. (2), Vol. 1, 1845, p. 578; An.
lagena Bate, Catal. Amph. Brit. Mus., 1862, p. 77, Pl. 12, fig. 7; An.
nugax Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hi-t., Ser. 4, Vol. 19, 1877, p. 135 ; Ives,
Proc. Acad. Philad. 191, p. 480; Sars, Crust. Norway, 1895, p. 88,
Pl sie

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (4).

Station 47. Northumberland Island, surface (1).

Distribution.— Shetland Islands, Norway, northeast coast of
North America, Labrador, Northumberland Sound, Ellesmere
Land, Grinnell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Spitzber-
gen, Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, North Siberia (East Taimyr
and Tchukchee coast), Bering Straits, Sea of Ochotsk; 2-698
fathoms.

Ellesmere Land: Gale Point (ten miles below Cape Isabella)
(Stimpson); Grinnell Land: Floeberg Beach and 83° 19’ N. L.,
Discovery Bay (Miers); North Greenland: Murchison Sound
(Ohlin), McCormick Bay (Ives).

11. Pseudalibrotus littoralis (Kroeyer).
Aiibrotus litt. Sars, Crust. Norway, Vol. 1, 1895, p. 102, Pl. 35, fig. 2.

Station 14. Payer Harbor, Ellesmere Land, mouth of small
fresh-water stream (1).

Station 42. Barden Bay, surface (2).

Station 44. Barden Bay, sandy beach (17).

Station 47. Northumberland Island, surface (several hundred).

Station 53. Littleton Island, surface (2).

The generic name Pseudalibrotus has been proposed by Stebbing,*

Distribution.—Finmark, Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen, East, West
and North Greenland, Baffin Bay, Point Barrow. Surface to 100
fathoms.

North Greenland: Murchison Sound (Ohlin).

12. Onesimus edwardsi (Kroeyer).
Sars, 1. c., 1895, p. 105, Pl. 36, fig. 1.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (3).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (2).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (4).

Distribution. —Kattegat, Norway, Labrador, West Greenland,

5 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. TH Vol. 5, 1900, p. 15.

1901. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

Grinnell Land, Iceland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Murman coast,
Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, eastern part of Siberian Polar Sea ;
2-60 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay and Floeberg Beach (Miers).
13, Byblis gaimardi (Kroeyer).

Sars, 7. c., 1895, p. 183, Pl. 64.

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (11).

Distribution.—Kattegat, Norway, Finmark, Labrador, West
Greenland (northward to Disco Island), Iceland, Spitzbergen,
Murman coast, Kara Sea; 2—280 fathoms.

14. Stegocephalus inflatus Kroeyer.
Sars, lJ. c., 1895, p. 198, Pl. 69.

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (2).

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (2).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (11).

Station 40. (tranyille Bay, 20-30 fathoms (1).

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (19).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (65).

Station 50. Karnah (Inglefield Gulf), 30-40 fathoms (1).

Distribution.—Norway, Shetland Islands, Nova Scotia, North-
umberland Sound, Berry Island, North, West and East Green-
Jand, Spitzbergen, Murman coast, White Sea, Franz Joseph Land,
Kara Sea, eastern part of Siberian Polar Sea ; 7-150 fathoms,

North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges and Murchison Sound
(Ohblin).

15. Pareedicerus lynceus (M. Sars).
G. O. Sars, l. ¢., 1895, p. 292, Pl. 103, fig. 2, Pl. 104, fig. 1.

Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (1).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1).

Distribution. —Nova Scotia, Labrador, Ellesmere and, North,
West and East Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea,
Finmark, Murman coast, Kara Sea ; 2-160 fathoms.

Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin); North Greenland:
Murchison Sound and Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin), Cape York
(Hansen ).

16. Monoculodes borealis Boeck.
Sars, l. c., 1895, p. 298, Pl. 106, fig. 2.
Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1).
Distribution. —England, Norway, Finmark, Kara Sea, Spitz-

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | Feb.,

bergen, East Greenland, West Greenland (northward to the
Waigat); 3-100 fathoms.
17. Pleustes panoplus (Kroeyer).

Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 344, Pl. 121.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms.(3). ”

Distribution. —Norway, Nova Scotia, Labrador, North, West
and East Greenland, Iceland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Novaja
Semlja, Murman coast, Kara Sea, Point Barrow; 4-100 fathoms.

North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin), Cape York
(Hansen ).

18. Paramphithoe bicuspis (Kroeyer).
Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 349, Pl. 123, fig. 1.

Station 4. Upernayik, 8-10 fathoms (3).

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (4).

Distribution. —England, France, Kattegat, Norway, Finmark,
Spitzbergen, Bear Island, Iceland, Labrador, West and North
Greenland ; 3-60 fathoms.

North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin).

19. Acanthozone cuspidata (Lepechin).
Sars, l. c., 1895, p. 370, Pl. 130.

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (21).

Tt has been suggested (Miers, Stebbing) that the species figured
by Buchholz’ is different from this species. But, as Hoek points.
out,’ and Koelbel confirms,* the differences of Buchholz’s figure
from this species are due to inaccuracies in the drawing. That
the drawing in fig. 1 is incorrect, especially as regards the last
three pairs of pereiopods, is shown conclusively by the fact that
Buehholz gives, in fig. 14, a correct reproduction of the last
pereiopod.

Distribution. —Norway, Finmark, Labrador, Polar Islands of
North America, Grinnell Land, North, West and East Greenland,
Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Murman coast, White Sea, Kara Sea,
Siberian Polar Sea. (East Taimyr peninsula) ; 7-100 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Franklin Pierce Bay, Discovery Day (Miers) ;
North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin).

6 Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, Vol. 2, 1874, p. 362, Pl. 11.
1 Niederl. Arch. Zool. Suppl., 1881, p. 48.
® Wsterreich. Polarstat. Jan Mayen, Vol. 3, 1886, p. 45.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

20. Rachotropis aculeata (Lepechin).

_ Sars, 7. ¢., 1895, p. 434, Pl. 149.

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (1).

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (2).

Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (1).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (8).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (13).

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (2).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (11).

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms (4).

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (1).

Distribution. —Nova Scotia, Labrador, Polar Islands of North
America, Baffin Bay, Grinnell Land, North Greenland, West and
East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Finmark, Novaja
Semlja, White Sea, Franz Joseph Land, Point Barrow; 3-220
fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Dobbin Bay, Cape Frazer, Franklin Pierce Bay,
Cape Napoleon, Discovery Bay, Floeberg Beach (Miers); North
Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges and Murchison Sound (Ohlin).
21. Halirages fulvocinctus (M. Sars).

G. O. Sars, 1. c., 1895, p. 436, Pl. 154; Pherusa tricuspis Stimpson,
Proc. Acad. Phila., 1863, p. 139.

Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (8).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (5).

Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (1).

Distribution. —Norway, Finmark, Nova Scotia, Labrador,
Grinnell Land. North, West and East Greenland, Spitabergen,
Novaja Semlja, Murman coast, Kara Sea, Franz Joseph Land;
2-110 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay (Miers); North Greenland:
Littleton Island (Stimpson ).

22. Pontogeneia inermis (Kroeyer).
Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 451, Pl. 159.

Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (7).

Station 36. Saunders Island, 6 fathoms (1).

Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (2).

Station 54, Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (4).

Distribution.—Norway, Labrador, East and West Greenland
(northward to Upernayik); 0-120 fathoms. ? Siberian Polar Sea
(see Sars).

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

23, Amphithopsis megalops (Buchholz).

Paramphitoé megalops Buchholz, Zweite deutsch. Nordpolf., Vol. 2,
1874, p. 369, Pl. 12; Hansen, Malac. mar. Groenl. oce., 1887, p. 125 ;
Amphithopsis megalops Hansen, Meddelelser om Groenland, 19,
1895, p. 129.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (11).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (3).

Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (2).

Distribution.—So far only known from East and West Green-
land, 2-60 fathoms.

East Greenland: Sabine Island, Germania Harbor, Shannon
(Buchholz), Hecla Havn, Tasiusak (Hansen); West Greenland:
from Godthaab to Upernavik (Hansen).

24. Atylus carinatus (Fabricius).
Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 471, Pl. 166, fig. 1.

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (1).

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (58).

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (1).

Station 24. Northumberland Island, 10 fathoms (1).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (1).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (3).

Distribution.—Grinnell Land, Ellesmere Land, North, West
and East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Finmark, Novaja
Semlja, Murman coast, Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, Siberian
Polar Sea (East Taimyr peninsula and Tchukchee coast); 3-250
fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay (Miers); Ellesmere Land: Cape
Faraday (Ohlin); North Greenland: McCormick Bay (Ives),
Murchison Sound (Ohlin), Cape York (Hansen).

25, Amathilla pinguis (Kroeyer).

Gammarus pinguis Kroeyer, Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Afh., Vol. 7, 1838, p.
252, Pl. 1, fig.5; Amathilla pinguis Buchholz, 1. c., 1874, p. 353,
Pl. 9, fig. 2; Boeck, Scand. and Arct. Amphip , Vol. 2, 1876, p. 411.

Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (1).

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (2).

Station 17. Payer Harbor, Ellesmere Land, 16 fathoms (4).

Station 49 Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1).

Sars (1895, p. 490) does not think that this is a true Amathilla.

Distribution.— Ellesmere Land, Grinnell Land, North, West
and East Greenland, pitzbergen, Kara Sea; 2-90 fathoms.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin): Grinnell Land: 82°
24' N. L. (Miers); North Greenland: Cape York (Hansen).

26. Gammaracanthus loricatus (Sabine).
Gammarus loricatus Sabine, in Parry’s Voy. Append., 1821, p. 231, Pl.
1, fig. 7; Gammaracanthus loricatus Bate, Catal. Amphip. Brit.
Mus., 1862, p. 202, Pl. 36, fig. 2.

Station 4. Payer Harbor, mouth of fresh-water stream (1).

Our individual has been taken at the mouth of a smal] stream in
perfectly fresh water. This fact is the more interesting, since we
have in fresh-water lakes of Sweden, Norway, Finland and
Russia a slightly different form (var. lacustris Sars = relictus Sars,
1895, p. 494, Pl, 174). Our specimen represents the typical
form.

Distribution. —Kara Sea, Spitzbergen, Greenland (rare), Grin-
nell Land, Ellesmere Land, Polar islands of North America, Point
Barrow; 0-10 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Floeberg Beach (Miers); Ellesmere Land:
Cape Faraday (Ohlin).

27. Gammarus locusta (Linne).
Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 499, Pl. 1, 176, fig. 1.

Station 3. Godhavn, Disco Island, beach (34).

Station 14. Payer Harbor, fresh water (24).

Station 44. Barden Bay, beach (3).

Station 55. Foulke Fjord, beach (22).

Distribution.—Norway and southward to the Mediterranean
Sea, Labrador, Ellesmere Land, Grinne!l Laud, North, West and
East Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Franz Joseph
Land, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (eastern part), Point Bar-
row; 0-5 fathoms, rarely in deeper water; sometimes pelagic. .

Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin); Grinnell Land:
Floeberg Beach (Miers); North Greenland: Port Foulke (Stimp-
son), McCormick Bay (Ives).

28. Melita dentata (Kroeyer).
Sars, /. c., 1895, p. 513, Pl. 181, fig. 1.

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (2).

Distribution.— England, Kattegat, Norway, New England coast,
Labrador, Polar islands of North America, West Greenland
(northward to Disco Island), Iceland, Spitzbergen, Novaja Semlja,
White Sea, Puget Sound (north Pacific); 2-160 fathoms.

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

" 29. Ischyrocerus anguipes (Kroeyer).
Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 588, Pl. 209.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (1).

Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (1).

Distribution.—Kattegat, Norway, Finmark, Grand Manan,
West Greenland (northward to Upemavik (Hansen) and Duck
Islands in Melville Bay (Ohlin)), East Greenland, Iceland, Spitz-
bergen, Murman coast, White Sea, Kara Sea; 2-110 fathoms.
30. Unciola leucopis (Kroeyer).

Sars, 7. c., 1895, p. 620, Pl. 222 (=U. irrorata Hansen, 1. c., 1887, p-
164).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1). ,

Specimens from Labrador have been recorded by Packard as U.
irrorata Say, which is, according to Sars, a different species, but
perhaps the Labrador form belongs to U. leucopis.

Distribution.—Norway, Finmark, ? Labrador, West Greenland
(northward to Disco Island), East Greenland, Spitzbergen, Barents
Sea, Kara Sea; 30-120 fathoms.
$1. Paradulichia typica Boeck.

Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 642, Pl. 232, fig. 2.

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1 o, 2 ©).

This species has been recorded hitherto only from Norway, where
it seems to be rare. The male sex has not been observed before;
our male differs not materially from the female, especially the
structure of the posterior gnathopeds is essentially the same as in
the female, both in shape and size.

Sars describes the eyes as dark red; in our specimens they are
white, but this is possibly due to the action of the alcohol. Length
of our specimens (without antenne): co’ 7 mm., 6 and7 mm.
(Sars gives 5 mm. for the adult female).

Distribution.—Norway: Hardangerfjord, 30 fathoms (Boeck
and Sars).

32. #ginella spinosissima (Stimpson).

_Eygina spinosissima ‘Stimpson, Synops. mar. Invert. Grand Manan,
1854, p. 44; Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, Vol. 20, 1877;
Caprella spinifera Bell, Last Arctie Voy. Belcher, Vol. 2, 1855, p.
407, Pl. 35, fig. 2; Caprella spinosissima Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit.
Mus., 1862, p. 361, Pl. 57, fig. 3; gina spinifera Sars, Den Norske
Nordh. Exp. Crust., 1, 1885, p. 228, Pl. 18, fig. 5; Ives, Proc. Acad.
Phila., 1891, p. 481.

Station 21. Murchison Sound, 25 fathoms (1).
Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (1).

oO
Al

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1:

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (1).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (3).

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (1).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (7).

The genus yinella is the same as gina? Avgina echinata
Boeck seems to be different from this species.

Distribution. — Grand Manan, Polar islands of North America,
Grinnell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Iceland, Jan
Mayen, Spitzbergen, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (West and East
Taimyr peninsula); 3-300 fathoms.

Ginnell Land: Cape Napoleon, Dobbin Bay (Miers); North
Greenland: Northumberland Island, Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin),
McCormick Bay (Ives), Cape York (Hansen).

33. Caprella linearis (Linné).

Mayer, Flor. and Faun. Golf von Neapol., 6 Monogr., 1882, p. 60, figs.
17-19; Sars, J. ¢c., 1895, p. 657, Pl. 286.

Station 60. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 12-14 fathoms (18).

Among our material are four ovigerous females, in which the 5-7
segments have dorsally only slight indications of tubercles; some
of the other individuals are quite smooth. No adult males are
present.

This species differs from C. septentrionalis, (1) in the lack of
tubercles on the anterior part of the body; (2) in the arm of the
second pair of legs, which is longer; (3) in the reddish color
(they were found in red alge).

Although there are no males, I believe, we have to deal here
with ©. linearis. C. septentrionalis grows much larger, and my
females with eggs are small, much smaller than ovigerous females
of O. septentrionalis. Among the young C. septentrionalis from
Godhayn (about as large as my individuals of C. linearis) are no
adult females, and they have all a brownish color (found among
brown algze).

Distribution. —Scandinavia, England, France, Iceland, Green-
land, Grand Manan (Stimpson’s C. lobata), St. Johns, New-
foundland (Oblin).

34, Caprella septentrionalis Kroeyer.
Sars, J. c., 1895, p. 659, Pl. 237, fig. 1.
Station 3. Godhavn, Disco Island, 0-1 fathom (63 jun. ).
Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (6). :

*Stebbing, Challenger Amphip., 1888, p. 1,248.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (1).

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (3).

Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (14).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1).

Station 57. Sarkak, Waigat, 9 fathoms (10).

Distribution. —Denmark, Norway, Finmark, Labrador, North,
West and East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen; 2-100
fathoms

North Greenland: Cape York (Hansen).

35. Synidotea marmorata (Packard).
Benedict, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1897, p. 392, fig. 2.
Station 60. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 12-14 fathoms (2).
Distribution. —St. Lawrence Gulf (Whiteaves), Newfoundland
Bank, 36-129 fathoms (Benedict); Labrador: Kynetarbuk Bay,
7 fathoms (Packard).

36, Arcturus baffini (Sabine).

A. baffini and feildeni Benedict, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. 12,
1898, p. 43.

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (62).

Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (13).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (3).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (several hundred).

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (1).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (109).

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (85).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1).

The large amount of material at hand enables me to pronounce
A. baffini and feildeni varieties of one and the same species. We
possess both forms, and the var. fei/deni prevails for instance at
Station 40, and is represented at Station 49. But, besides, there
are many intermediate specimens in the different hauls, especially
in Nos. 40, 49 and 51.

Miers found his fei/deni under the same conditions, associated
with the typical form. Benedict’s and Sars’ material consisted
only of a few individuals of each form.

Very young individuals are always without spines, and thus
young individuals a/ways belong to the var. fei/deni, although their
mother, to whose antenn they cling, may be a true baffini. In
larger individuals the spines are developed in a different degree,

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

and there are ail intermediate stages between the strongly spinous
A, baffini and the almost smooth A. feildeni.

Sars ® claims that his A. tuberosus antedates Miers’ A. feildeni,
giving 1876 as the date of publication of the former. But the
Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Vol. 2, p. 30, where the diagnosis of
A. tuberosus is printed, bears the date 1877, not 1876. Miers’ A.
feildeni was published in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 4, Vol.
20, p. 14, Pl. 3, fig. 1, in the year 1877; but since this volume
was not issued before the second half of that year, we may grant
the priority of Sars’ name, although the date of 1876 is not correct.

Distribution. —Fares, Norway, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Hast
Greenland, Davis Straits, West Greenland, North Greenland,
Ellesmere Land, Grinnell Land, 5-400 fathoms.

North Greenland: Cape York (Hansen), McCormick Bay (Ives),
Murchison Sound (Ohlin); Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday
(Ohlin), Cape Sabine (Benedict); Grinnell Land: Cape Napo-
leon, Dobbin Bay, Franklin Pierce Bay, Floeberg Beach (Miers).

37. Tole libbeyi (Ortmann).
Ortmann, The Princeton University Bulletin, Vol. 11, No. 3, February,
1900, pp. 39, 40.

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (5).

Length of body 8mm. Rostrum about as long as the head,
directed obliquely upward. Head with one lateral angulation,
directed forward. Eyes elliptical. Segments of pereion dorsally
smooth, without any spines or tubercles. First segment later-
ally with two angulations, both of them directed obliquely forward.
Second and third segments with four short angulations, the ante-
rior and posterior subequal, the third the smallest. Fourth seg-
ment with two angulations, the anterior directed forward, the
posterior smaller and directed a little backward. Fifth, sixth and
seventh segments with a large anterior and a very small posterior
angulation. All the angulations of these segments are compara-
tively short. Pleon with two bluntly triangular angulations on
either side of a bluntly triangular central portion. Uropods
about as Jong as pleon, styliform, outer branch a little shorter than
inner. Flagellum of first antenna 15 articulate ; flagellum of sec-
ond antenna with more than 150 annulations.

10 Den Norske Nordh. Exp. Crust., 1, 1885, p. 109.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

In the wanting tubercles of the dorsal surface and the form
of the lateral angulations, this species is related to the two species
of the genus known from the North Pa-
cific, and ihe form of the pleon recalls that
of J. erostrata Rich. (Aleutian Islands).
But it differs (1) in the presence of a
long rostrum, (2) in the stronger develop-
ment of the lateral angulations of the head,
(3) in the slightly different angulations of
the second and third segments of the
pereion.

The generic name Tole has been given
to replace Janthe Bovallius nom. przeoccup.
(1865 Mars, 1867 Stal). (Type, J. spe-
ciosa Bov. = spinosa Harg. )

The following key to the species of
Tole = Janthe may serve to express the
affinities of our new species:

a’. —Pleon produced backward into two
large angulations, between which
the uropods are inserted (b).

a'’.—Pleon produced into one smal) me-

dian extension, on each side of

which there are incisions for the
insertion of the uropods. (Rostrum very short. Two lat-
eral angulations of the head: Segments of pereion each
with one median, obtuse tubercle, J. boval/ii (Studer) ).**
East Patagonia.

b' .—Segments of pereion dorsally with spihes or tubercles (¢).
6'’.—Segments of pereion dorsally smooth (d).
ce’. —Segments of pereion dorsally each with two submedian, short.

spine-like tubercles. First segment with one, second to

fourth with two large angulations, fifth to seventh with
one large and one (posterior) small angulation,

J. spinosa (Harger).**

Nova Scotia, Baffin Bay, West Greenland.

11 Abh. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1883, p. 10, Pl. 1, fig. 2.

12 Harger, Proc. U. S. Mus., Vol. 2, 1879, p. 158, and Rep. U. S. Fish
Comm., 1880, p. 323, Pl. 2, fig. 10 (Janira spinosa); Hansen, Mal. mar.
Grenl. oge., 1887, p. 191; Janthe speciosa Bovallius, Svensk. Vet. Ak.
ITandl., Vol. 6, No. 4, 1881, p. 4.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

e’.—Segments of pereion dorsally with one median, spine-like
tubercle. All segments with two angulations on each side,
J. laciniata (Sars).
West coast of Norway.
a’. —Head with two lateral angulations, J. triangulata (Rich. )."*°
California.
d.—Head with one lateral angulation (e).
e’. —Rostrum well developed, long, . . . . . . J. libbeyi.
e’.—Rostrum represented only by a small median point,
J. erostrata (Rich. ).1*
Aleutian Islands.
38. Munnopsis typica M. Sars.?

Harger, Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1878, part 6, 1880, p. 330, Pl. 2, fi
11; Sars, Acc. Crust. Norway, Vol. 2, 1897, p. 133, Pls. 57, 58.

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (2).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (18).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (2).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1).

Distribution. —Norway, Shetland Islands, Bay ot Fundy, Gulf
of St. Lawrence, Baffin Bay, Grinnell Land, North, West and
East Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaja
Semlja, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea {(East Taimyr);. 5-500
fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Cape Napoleon, Cape t'razer (Miers); North
Greenland: Murchison Sound (Ohlin).

The Bopyride in the collection have not yet been identified.

o
s-

39. Diastylis rathkei (Kroeyer).
Sars, Ace. Crust. Norway, Vol. 3, 1900, p. 44, Pls. 33, 34.

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (3).

Distribution.— Baltic Sea, Kattegat, Norway, England, Atlantic
coast of North America, Labrador, Baffin Bay, North and West
Greenland, Barents Sea, Franz Josef Land, Kara Sea, Siberian
Polar Sea (mouth of Jenesei, East Taimyr, Tchukchee coast); to
400 fathoms.

North Greenland: Murchison sound (Ohlin).

40. Diastylis goodsiri (Bell).
Sars, J. c., 1900, p. 54, Pl. 41.
Station 18. Foulke Fjord, 15-20 fathoms (1).
Distribution.—Polar islands of North America, Baffin Bay,

18 Jan the triangulata Richardson, Proc. U.S. Mus., Vol. 21, 1899, p. 857.
14 Janthe erostrata Richardson, ibid., p. 858, fig. 30. :

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

North and West Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea,
Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (East Taimyr and Tchukchee coast) ;
to 80 fathoms.

North Greenland: Murchison Sound (Ohlin).

41. Diastylis scorpioides (Lepechin).
Sars, l. c., 1900, p. 58, Pl. 44.

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (1).

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (1).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (3).

Distribution. —Finmark, Lofoten Islands, White Sea, Kara Sea,
Jan Mayen, West and North Greenland, West coast of Baffin Bay;
to 200 fathoms.

North Greenland: Murchison Sound (Ohlin).

42. Campylaspis rubicunda (Liljeborg).
Sars, J. c., 1900, p. 84, Pls. 56, 57.

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1 3, 1 2).

Distribution.—Kattegat, Norway, Atlantic coast of North
America, West Greenland (Holsteinborg and Kekertak); to 70
fathoms.

43. Mysis oculata (0. Fabricius).
Sars, Monogr. Mysider, Vol. 3, 1879, p. 69, Pl. 31.

Station 2. Godhavn, Disco Island, 8 fathoms (1).

Station 17. Payer Harbor, Ellesmere Land, 16 fathoms (3).

Station 24. Northumberland Island, 10 fathoms (1).

Station 36. Saunders Island, 6 fathoms (3).

Station 37. »aunders Island, 5 fathoms (1).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (2).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (56).

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (3).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1).

Distribution. —Labrador, Grinnell Land, North, West and East
Greenland, Iceland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Finmark, Kara
Sea. Siberian Polar Sea (Tchukchee coast); 2-30 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Cape Napoleon (Miers); North Greenland:
Port Foulke (Stimpsoo), Murchison Sound and Inglefield Gulf
(Oblin).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

44, Pandalus borealis Kroeyer.

Kroeyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., Vol. 2, 1839, p. 254; ibid. (2), Vol. 1,
1845, p. 116; Smith, Trans. Connect. Ac., Vol. 5, 1879, p. 86; Hoek,
Niederl. Arch. Zool. Suppl., 1881, p. 21; Doflein, Dekap. Krebs.
arkt. Meere. (Fauna Arctica, Vol. 1, part 2), 1990, p. 321.

Station 59. Kudlisat, Waigat, 15-30 fathoms (8).

Distribution. —Massachusetts to Nova Scotia, West Greenland
(northward to Umenak), Norway, Barents Sea, White Sea, Spitz-
bergen, Franz Josef Land, Bering Sea; to 260 fathoms.

45. Spirontocaris phippsi (Kroeyer).

Hippolyte phippsi Smith, Trans. Conn. Ac., Vol. 5, 1879, p. 73 ; Han-
sen, Malac. Groenl. occ., 1887, p. 43; Doflein, 7. c., 1900, p. 332.

Station 4. Upernayik, 8-10 fathoms (15).

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (1).

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (2).

Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (1).

Station 29, Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (3).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (5).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (16).

Station 48. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (1).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (3).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1).

Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (2).

Station 60. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 12-14 fathoms (1).

Distribution. —Norway, Sweden, Massachusetts Bay to Labra-
dor, Grinnell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Spitzber-
gen, Franz Joseph Land, Siberian Polar Sea (Tchuk¢hee coast),
Point Barrow, Bering Sea, Ochotsk Sea, North Japan; 2-125
fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Cape Frazer, Franklin Pierce Bay, Discovery
Bay (Miers); North Greenland: Port Foulke (Stimpson), Cape
Dudley Digges, Northumberland Island, Inglefield Gulf, Murchi-
son Sound (Ohlin).

46. Spirontocaris spinus (Sowerby).

Hippolyte sowerlyi Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., Vol. 2, 1837, p.
380 ; H. spinus Smith, 1. c., 1879, p. 68; Doflein, 7. c., 1900, p. 332.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (2).
Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (1).
Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (2).
Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1).

11

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms (1).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1).

Distribution.—-Scotland, Norway, Massachusetts Bay to Labra-
dor, Grinnell Land, North and West Greenland, Jan Mayen,
Spitzbergen, Bering Straits, Point Barrow; 2—240 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay (Miers); North Greenland:
Northumberland Island, Inglefield Gulf, Murchison Sound (Ohlin).
47. Spirontocaris gaimardi (Milne-Edwards).

Hippolyte gaimardi Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., Vol. 2, 1837, p-
378 ; Smith, J. c., 1879, p. 67; Doflein, /. c., 1900, p. 330.

Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (18).

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (3).

Station 36. Saunders Isiand, 6 fathoms (4).

Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (1).

Station 48. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (7).

Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (47).

Distribution.—Baltic Sea, Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Scot-
land, Massachusetts Bay to Labrador, Polar islands of North
America, Grinnell Land, North and West Greenland, Iceland,
Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Novaja Semlja, Kara Sea, ‘tchukchee
coast, Point Barrow, Bering Sea; 2—250 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Franklin Pierce Bay (Miers); North Green-
land: Port Foulke (Stimpson), Inglefield Gulf (Ohlin).
48. Spirontocaris grenlandica (Fabricius).

Hippolyte grenlandica Smith, 1. c., 1879, p. 85, Pl. lu, fig. 2; Doflein,
1. c., 1900, p. 336.

Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (11).

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (1).

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (1).

Station 18. Foulke Fjord, 15-20 fathoms (1).

Station 21. Murchison Sound, 25 fathoms (5).

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (19).

Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (20).

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (23).

Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (3).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (2).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (24).

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (1).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (8).

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms (4).

Station 54. Foilke Fjord, 5 fathoms (23).

Distribution.— Norway, Massachusetts to Labrador, Polar islands
of North America, Grinnell Land, North, West and East Green-
land, Tchukchee coast, Bering Sea, Kamchatka, Puget Sound;
2-200 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Franklin Pierce Bay, Dumbell Bay (Miers);
North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges, Northumberland Island,
Murchison Sound, Inglefield Gulf (Ohlin).

49. Spirontocaris polaris (Sabine).

Hippolyte polaris Smith, 1. ¢ , 1879, p. 80, Pl. 11, figs. 1-4; H. polaris
and borealis Doflein, /. ¢., 1900, pp. 334, 335.

Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (35).

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (15). -

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (4).

Station 21. Murchison Sound, 25 fathoms (3).

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (10).

Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (9).

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (51).

Station 82 Foulke Fjord, 14 fathoms (1).

Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (5).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (21).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (33).

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (2).

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (4).

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (4).

Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (37).

Distribution. —Sweden, Norway, Cape Cod to Labrador, Polar
islands of North America, Grinnell Land, North, West and East
Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Bear Island, Franz Joseph
Land, north of Bering Straits; 2-260 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Dobbin Bay, Franklin Pierce Bay, Cape
Napoleon, Viscovery Bay (Miers); North Greenland: Littleton
Island, Port Foulke (Stimpson), Cape Dudley Digges, Northum-
berland Island, Murchison Sound, Inglefield Gulf (Ohlin).

50. Crangon (Sclerocrangon) boreas (Phipps).

Ortmann, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1895, p. 178; Doflein, /. c., 1900, p.
323. ;

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (7).
Station 21. Murchison Sound, 5 fathoms (1).

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (6).

Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (6).

Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (11).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (2).

Stalion 40. Granyille Bay , 20-30 fathoms (21).

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (3).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 5-20 fathoms (10).

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms (6).

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (10).

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (8).

Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (2).

Distribution. —Norway, Massachusetts to Labrador, Polar islands
of North America, Grinnell Land, North, West and East Green-
Jand, Iceland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Novaja Semlja, Franz
Joseph Land, Tchukchee coast, Point Barrow, Bering Straits;
4-200 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Franklin Pierce Bay, Cape Napoleon, Discov-
ery Bay (Miers); North Greenland: Littleton Island, Port Foulke
(Stimpson), Cape Dudley Digges, Northumberjand Island, Mur-
chison Sound (Ohlin).

51. Nectocrangon lar (Owen).
Ortmann, /. c., 1895, p. 181; Doflein, 7. c., 1900, p. 327.

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (3).

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (2).

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (4).

Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (1).

Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (4).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (5).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (20).

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (1).

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (1).

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms. (2).

Distribution.—Nova Scotia, Newfoundland, Labrador, East
Greenland (Hecla Havn, 70° 11’ N. L., Hansen, 1895, p. 125),
West Greenland, North Greenland, Point Barrow, Bering Sea,
Tchukchee coast; 4-120 fathoms.

North Greenland: Inglefield Gulf (Ohlin).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

52. Sabinea septemcarinata (Sabine).
Ortmann, /. c., 1895, p. 188; Doflein, /. c., 1900, p. 328.

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (1).

Station 18. Foulke Fjord, 15-20 fathoms (1).

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (13).

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (65).

Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (1).

Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (i8).

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms (6).

Distribution.—Norway, Massachusetts Bay to Labrador, Grin-
nell Land, North and West Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen,
Novaja Semlja, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (East Taimyr
peninsula and Tchukchee coast); 5-160 fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Dobbin Bay, Cape Napoleon, Discovery Bay
(Miers); North Greenland: Murchison Sound (Ohlin).
53. Eupagurus pubescens (Kroeyer),

Smith, /. c., 1879, p. 47; Doflein, /. c., 1900, p. 341.

Station 61. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 0-1 fathom (1).

Distrioution —Northeast America: New Jersey to Labrador;
Greenland (west coast northward to Umenak, ca. 71° N. L.),
North Europe, Spitzbergen, Murman coast, White Sea, Bering
Sea, Kamchatka, Puget Sound.
54, Hyas araneus (Linné).

Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Mus., Vol. 16, 1893, p. 67; Doflein, J. c., 1900,
p. 352.

Station 1. Domino Run, Labrador, 0-1 fathom (1).

Station 60. Battle Harber, Labrador, 12-14 fathoms (3).

Distribution.—Northern Europe to Novaja Semlja and Spitz-
bergen, Iceland; Northeast America: Cape Cod to Labrador; West
Greenland (northward to Godhayn); Tchukchee coast, Ochotsk
Sea; 0-100 fathoms.

PYCNOGONIDA.

1, Nymphon longitarse Kroeyer.

Wilson, Trans. Connect. Acad., Vol. 5, 1878, p. 19, Pl. 7, fig. 2; Wil-
son, Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1878, part 6, 1880, p. 489, Pl. 6, figs.
30, 31; Hoek, Challenger Pyenogon. 3, 1881, p. 20; Hoek, Niederl.
Arch. Zool. Suppl., 1881, p. 15, Pl. 1, figs. 22, 23.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (2
Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (2
Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1 %).

oe
°).
7

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Distribution. —Massachusetts, Maine, Nova Scotia, Greenland,
Norway, Novaja Semlja, Point Barrow; 2—220 fathoms.

2. Nymphon grossipes (Linné).
Wilson, UJ. c., 1878, p. 20, Pl. 7, fig. 1; Wilson, 7. c., 1880, p. 491, Pl.
6, figs. 32-37, Pl. 7, fig. 42,; Hoek, Chall., 1881, p. 20, p. 44, Pl. 3,
fee oe Pl. 4, fig. 1; Hoek, Nied. Arch., 1881, p. 12, Pl. 1, figs.
Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (1 © ).
Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (1 jun. ).
Station 40. Granyille Bay, 20-30 fathoms (2 co, 1 jun.).
Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (1 2 ).
Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (2 jun. ).
Distribution.—North Sea, Norway, Long Island Sound to St.
Lawrence Gulf, Polar islands of North America, North Greenland,
East Greenland (North Shannon), Spitzbergen, Barents Sea,
Noyaja Semlja, Point Barrow; 0-540 fathoms.
North Greenland: Northumberland Island (Ohlin).

8. Nymphon hirtipes Bell.

NV. hirtipes Wilson, J. c., 1878, p. 22, Pl. 5, fig. 2, Pl. 6, fig. 2; Hoek,
Chall., 1881, p. 17; Hoek, Nied. Arch., 1881, p. 6, Pl. 1, figs. 1-8 ;
NV. hirtum Wilson, /. c., 1880, p. 495, Pl. 7, figs. 38, 41.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (2 3, 1 2, 3 jun.).

Distribution. —Massachusetis, Nova Scotia, Polar islands of
North America (Norvhumberland Sound), Grinnel] Land, North
Greenland, East Greenland, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea; 10-299
fathoms.

Grinnell Land: Franklin Pierce Bay, Discovery Bay, Floeberg
Beach (Miers); North Greenland: Inglefield Gulf (Ohlin).

4, Nymphon serratum G. 0. Sars.
Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturv., Vol. 4, 1879, p. 471 ; Hoek, Nied. Arch.,
1881, p. 10, Pl. 1, figs. 24, 28, Pl. 2, fig. 29.
Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (2 3).
Distribution.—Spitzbergen Sea, 146-180 fathoms (Sars);
Barents Sea, 160 fathoms (Hoek).

5. Pallene discoidea Kroeyer.

Pseudopallene hispida and discoidea Wilson, 1. ¢., 1878, pp. 10, 12, PI.
3, figs. 1, 2; Wilson, /. c., 1880, pp. 478, 479, Pl. 2, figs. 9, 10; Pallene
discoidea and hispida Hoek, Chall., 1881, p. 31.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (1 o’, 1 ©).
Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (1 2).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

The ovigerous male of Station 39 agrees in all essential points
with P. hispida as figured by Wilson. The two females, however,
show the chelze of the mandibles (antennze) as figured by Wilson
for P. discoidea (1880, fig. 10h), and the rostrum is more obtuse
than in the male, which is another diagnostic character assigned
to discoidea. Inthe shape of the end of the abdomen I do not
find any difference; all three individuals have it obtuse, and not
pointed and slightly bifid.

In my opinion P. hispida is not different from discoidea, but
represents merely the male sex.

Distribution.— Maine, Grand Manan (12-55 fathoms), South
Greenland, North Norway, Lapland, White Sea.

In conclusion I add here a list of species recorded previously
from the northern parts of Baftin Bay and Smith Sound, but not
found by our expedition in the same latitudes:

1. Balanus crenatus Brug. Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay
(Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., Vol. 15, 1881, p. 73).

2. Balanus balanoides (.). Port Foulke (Stimpson) ( possibly
seen by the present writer at Foulke Fjord).

3. Orchomenella minuta (Kr.). North Greenland: Cape Dudley
Digges, and Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin).

A, Anonyx affinis Ohl. Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin).

5. Hoplonyx cicada (Fabr.) = Anonyx gulosus Kr. Grinnell
Land: Discovery Bay (Miers).

6, Ampelisca eschrichti Kr. North Greenland: Murchison Sound
(Obhlin).

7. Haploops tubicola Lilj. North Greenland: Cape Dudley
Digges (Ohlin).

8. Acanthostepheia malmgreni (Goés). Murchison Sound
(Ohlin).

9. Eusirus cuspidatus Kr. Grinnell Land: Franklin Pierce

Bay (Miers).

10. Apherusa glacialis (Hans. ). North Greenland: Wolstenholme
Sound (Ohlin).

11. Paratylus smitti (Goés). Murchison Sound (Ohlin).

12. Amathila homari (Fabr.). North Greenland Cape Dudley
Digges, Northumberland Island; Ellesmere Land: Cape
Faraday (Ohlin).

13. Neohela monstrosa (Boeck). North Greenland: Murchison
Sound (Ohlin).

14. Caprella monocera Sars. Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin).

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

15. Glyptonotus sabinet (Kr.) Cape York (Hansen), Cape
Dudley Digges and Cape Faraday (Ohlin).

16. Diastylis spinulosa Hell. Murchison Sound (Ohlin).

17. Nymphon stroemi Kr. Grinnell Land: Cape Frazer and
Floeberg Beach (Miers ).

18. Nymphon robustum Bell. Gyinnell Land: Discovery Bay
(Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Vol. 15, 1881, p. 72).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

ECHINODERMS COLLECTED OFF THE WEST COAST OF GREENLAND BY
THE PRINCETON ARCTIC EXPEDITION OF 1899.

BY WALTER M. RANKIN.

The following Echinoderms were collected by the Princeton
Arctic Expedition of 1899.

In compiling the list I have endeavored to give, in addition to
the identification of the species, some notes on the specimens—
their number, locality and peculiarities, together with a tabulation
of the distribution of the species in area and depth.

I haye not attempted to give a complete synonomy of the species,
but merely to quote the original author and, ordinarily, the refer-
ence where a more complete description or figure of the species may
be found.

HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

1, Cucumaria frondosa (Gunn.).
Holothuria frondosa Gunnerus, Abhand. der Kgl. Schwed. Akad. der
Wissenschaften, p. 115, Pl. IV, figs. 1, 2, 1767.
Cucumaria frondosa Forbes, History of British Starfishes, p. 209,
1841.
~ Station 49. Olriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms. 1 spec-
imen.

A single small specimen, 47 mm. long, 34 mm. in diameter as
contracted in alcohol. One tentacle, the ventral, is dark colored;
the others light.

Distribution. —Florida reefs (dredged), Massachusetts to Labra-
dor, Baffin’s Bay (Nares Ex. ), Assistance Bay (Penny’s voyage),
Iceland, North Cape, Spitzbergen, Kara Sea, north coast of Alaska.
“©The form discovered by Ayres at San Francisco may perhaps
be ©. californica, a closely allied species’? (Ludwig).

Ludwig, in Fauna Arctica, Bd. 1, pp. 142, 143 (1900), gives
the distribution as a two-thirds circumpolar, the species being still
unrepresented in the north Asian region, from 70° E. L. to 170°
W. L. North and south its extreme points of distribution are,

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Florida reefs, 24° N. L. on the west, and Plymouth, England,
50° N. L. on the east of the Atlantic, to Spitzbergen, 80° N. L.

Tts vertical distribution ranges from 0 to 220 fathoms on the
west coast of Iceland. The usual depth is from 3 to 30 fathoms.

2. Myriotrochus rinkii Steenstrup.

Myriotrochus rinkii Steenstrup, Videnskabelige Meddelelser Naturhist.
Forening i Kjébenhayn, pp. 55-60, Pl. III, figs. 7-10, 1851; Theel,
Challenger Reports, Zoology, Vol. XIV, Holothuria, p. 57, 1886.

Station 9 Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-45 fathoms. 32 specimens.

Distribution. —West coast of Greenland to Discovery Bay
(Nares Ex.), Assistance Bay (Penny’s voyage); east coast of
Greenland, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Nova Zembla, Kara Sea,
Bering Sea, Point Barrow.

As Cucumaria frondosa, this also is a two-thirds circumpolar
form, being absent in the north Asian region, 71° E. L. to 170°
W. L., and in the North American, 156° W. L. to 95° W. L.

It is a strictly Arctic form, its extreme points of distribution
north and south being 81° 41’ N. (Discovery Bay) to 57° N.
(Skager Rak).

It belongs principally to the littoral region, but has been dredged
at a depth of 360 fathoms.

ECHINOIDEA.

3. Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis (0. F. Muller).
Echinus drobachiensis O. F. Miller, Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 235, 177
Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis A. Agassiz, Revision of the Echini,
lll. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, pp. 162-267, 1872.
Station 17. Payer Harbor, Cape Sabine, 16 fathoms. 2
specimens.
Station 26. South of Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms. 2 speci-
meus.
Station 29. Olriks Bay, lower narrows, 7-25 fathoms. 7 speci-
mens.
Station 34. Cape York, 10 fathoms. 3 specimens.
Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 8 specimens.
Station 49. Olriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms. 1 spee-
imen.
Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms. 11 specimens.
Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms. 30 specimens.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. uy!

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms. 4 specimens.

Station 61. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 1 fathom. 33 specimens.

The series of 101 specimens, ranging from 5 mm. to 58 mm. in
diameter, shows considerable variation among themselves and from
the typical form, as has been noted by Duncan and Sladen in
their report on the Echinoderms of the Nares Expedition.‘ The
height in two specimens of approximately the same diameter may
differ by as much as 10 mm.—as 55:35 and 52: 25 mm.

The specimens on the whole are more depressed than specimens
of similar size collected on the Massachusetts coast, and the spines
are shorter and less numerous, the cleaned test showing only com-
paratively few large tubercles.

Distribution.—Numerous stations on the west coast of Green-
land: Discovery Bay (Nares Ex.), Assistance Bay (Penny’s
voyage); Great Britain, Scandinavia, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla,
north coast of Siberia, Ochotsk Sea, Kamschatka, Bering
Strait.

An Arctic and Sub-Aretic form, extending as far south on the
North American coast as off Chesapeake Bay. <A circumpolar
form, being found both in the north Atlantic and north Pacific.
Its extreme depth is given by Verrill as 640 fathoms.

ASTEROIDEA.
4. Asterias polaris (M. and T.).

Asteracanthion polaris Miller and Troschel, System der Asteriden, p.
Pee coldes Verrill, Proc. Boston Society Natural History, X, p.
356, 1866.

Station 1. Domino Run, Labrador, 1 fathom. 4 specimens (3
dry).

Station 2. Godhayn, Disco Island, 8 fathoms. 2 specimens
(juventi).

Station 61. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 1 fathom. 12 specimens
(4 dry).

A six-armed species. The size of the sixteen adult specimens
averages from 160-200 mm. in total diameter. The smallest of the
young specimens has a radius of 10 mm. Four of its six arms are
in the form of buds.

Distribution.—Greenland, Torske Beach, and at 65° N.,

1 Annals of Natural History (1V), Vol. x p. 452, 1877.

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

twenty-six miles from the coast, at a depth of 30 fathoms (Nares
Ex.); Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence.

5. Asterias grenlandica (Liitken).
Asteracanthion grenlandica Liitken, Vid. Meddel. N. Forening i

Kjobenhavn, p. 29, 1857.
Asterias grenlandica Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 142,
1863.

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms. 5 specimens
(2 juv. ).

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms. 11 speci-
mens.

Station 21. Murchison Sound, 25 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 27. Off Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms. 2 specimens.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, lower narrows, 7—25 fathoms. 1 speci-
men.

Station 32. Foulke Fjord, 14 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms. 3 specimens.

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms. 2 specimens.

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms. 7 specimens
(2 juv. ).

The largest of this five-armed species has a radius of 37 mm.
Among those from Stations 9 and 52 are very young forms. the
smallest measuring only 5 mm. in total diameter.

Distribution. —W est coast of Greenland and extending north to
Discovery and Assistance Bays, Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Grand Manan, Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla.*

6. Asterias gunneri Danielssen and Koren.

Asterias gunneri Danielssen and Koren, Den Norske Nordhavs-Expedi-
tion, Asteroidea, p. 7, Pls. I, III, figs. 8, 9, 1884.

Station 49. Olriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms. 1
specimen.

This single fine specimen corresponds very closely to the deserip-
tion given by Danielssen and Koren. The size is slightly larger
than the type, diam. 360:330 mm., diam. of disk 54:52 mm.
There are some minor differences, as follows: The five rows of spines
on aboral surface of the rays are not so regularly arranged and
the middle ones are not higher than the lateral. At the sides of

2 Challenger Report.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

the rays the spines seem to be Jess regular in their arrangement;
both the dorso- and ventral-laterals are about thirty in number.
The rectiform pedicellarice are similar to the type (/. ¢., Pl. II, figs.
3and4). Those near the dorsal spines are smaller than those
round the lateral. The cruciform pedicellariz, however, seem to
differ, being somewhat longer than in the type, and the jaws more
convex on their outer surfaces. At the biting tip are two very
large, sharp teeth and smaller, scattered teeth are on the concave
surface. These cruciform pedicellarie form very prominent
clusters around the two lateral rows of spines.

The species was found originally by its authors in Adyent Bay,
Spitzbergen, at a depth of 60 fathoms, and they also report two
specimens from the Kara Sea as a variety of A. gunneri.

This is the first recorded specimen from Greenland waters. The
color in the living state corresponds, Dr. Ortmann tells me, to the
description given by Danielssen and Koren, ‘‘ deep red on the
aboral surface, whity-yellow on the oral surface.’’ The present
alcoholic specimen is yellowish-brown.

7. Stichaster albulus (Stimpson).

Asteracanthion albulus Stimpson, Synopsis Marine Invertebrates of
Grand Manan, p. 14, Pl. XIV, fig. 5, 1853.

Stichaster albulus Verrill, Proc. Boston. Soc. Nat. Hist., X, p. 351,
1866.

Station 4. Upernayik, 8-10 fathoms. 2 specimens.

Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms. 4 specimens.

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms. 5 speci-
mens.

Station 18. Foulke Fjord, 15-20 fathoms. 10 specimens.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, lower narrows, 7-25 fathoms. 3 speci-
mens.

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms. 2 specimens.

All the specimens have the characteristic three short and three
long arms. Largest specimen: radius of long arm 24.5 mm., of
short arm 5.5 mm.

Distribution.—Eastport, Me., and Grand Manan; south of
Halifax, 85 fathoms;’ Greenland, Godhayn and Holsteinborg
(Valorous Ex. ), Port Foulke (Hayes Ex.), Franklin Pierce Bay
(Nares Ex.), Iceland, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla.

* Challenger Report.

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

An Arctic and Sub-Arctic species. Range, from 3 to 192
fathoms.
8. Cribrella oculata (Linck).
Pentadactylogaster oculatus Ginck, De Stellis Marinis, p. 35, Pl.
XXXVI, No. 62, 1773.
Cribrella oculata Forbes, Hist. Brit. Starfishes, p. 100, 1841.

Cribrella sanguinolenta Liitken, Vid. Meddel. x. Forening i Kjében-
hayn, p. 31, 1857.

Station 27. Off Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 1 specimen an:

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms. 2 specimens.

Station 49. Qlriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms.
2 specimens.

The specimens are small (from 17 to 45 mm. in diameter), except
the two from Station 45. These are 120 mm. in diameter, and
in addition to their size vary from the other specimens in the
greater length of the spines, the marked openness of the mesh of
the aboral surface, and the irregular’arrangement of the spines on
the oral surface of the rays. In all these points, however, the
specimens closely resemble examples from Eastport, Me., which 1
have examined in the Peabody Museum at New Haven.

Distribution. —A widely distributed Arctic and Sub-Arctic
species. (?)Circumpolar.

From Nantucket shoals north, Labrador, Hall Island, Green-
land (Valorous Ex.), Iceland, British coasts, Scandinavia, Spitz-
bergen, Nova Zembla, White Sea, off north coast of Asia
(Brandt), Java (von Martens).

9. Crossaster papposus (Linck).

Triskaidecactis papposa Linek, De Stellis Marinis, p. 43, 1773.
Crossaster papposus Miller and Troschel, System der Asteriden, p. 26,
1842

Crossaster papposus Sladen, Challenger Reports, Asteroidea, p. 444,
1889.

Solaster papposa Forbes, British Starfishes, p. 112, 1841.

Solaster pupposw Danielssen and Koren, Den Norske Nordhavs-Expedi-
tion, Asteroidea, p. 48, 1884.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 3 specimens.

Station 49. Olriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms. 2 spec-
imens.

Of the specimens collected all are 10-rayed, thus differing from
the typical form which has 11-13 rays.

The two specimens from Station 49 have an extreme aaron of

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

80 and 68 mm. respectively, and the proportion of the radii is as
two to one. The rays are broader at the base and more tapering
than the typical form. As to the adambulacral armature, there
are five or six spines in each plate of the longitudinal series and
six in the transverse; the former are somewhat webbed at the base.

From Station 39 one specimen resembles very closely the larger
one from Station 49. The other two (60 and 80 mm. in diameter
respectively) have longer, more slender and less tapering rays; ia
this respect coming closer to the typical C. papposus, the proportions
of the radii being about 21-24 to 1. The longitudinal series of
adambulacral plates have each three or four spines to a plate, and
the transverse series fiye spines. In all five specimens the paxille
have longer, more numerous and more divergent spines than does
the typical form.

Danielssen and Koren (/. ¢., p. 44) discuss the relation of Solas-
ter affinis (Brandt) to Crossaster (Solaster) papposus, and Sladen
(. ¢., p. 44) describes a form from the Farée Islands which he
ealls variety septentrionalis of C. papposus, while Duncan and
Sladen, in the report of the Echinoderms of the Nares Expedition, *
mention the variations from the type form in their specimens of C.
papposus. The present specimens agree with these cited descriptions
in the number of the rays (10), but otherwise there are minor
deviations from them all. I am inclined to think that all are
merely local varieties of an extremely variable species.

Distribution. —Widely distributed over the whole north area of
the Atlantic; Arctic and Sub-Arctic: Massachusetts, Newfound-
land, Discovery Bay and Franklin Pierce Bay (Nares Ex.),
Assistance Bay (Penny’s voyage), Iceland, British and north
French coasts, Farde Islands, Seandinayvia, Finmark, Murman
coast, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Nova Zembla. (?) Bering Straits
(C. affinis Brandt).

10. Solaster endeca (Retzius).

Asterias endeca Retzius, K. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, IV, p. 237,
1783.
Solaster endeca Forbes, Mem. Werner Soc., VIII, p. 121, 1839.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 1 specimen.

A single nine-rayed specimen, diameter 30 mm.

Distribution.—North coast of North America, Greenland
(dredged at 30 fathoms) (Nares Ex), Iceland, coast of Great

‘Annals of Nat. Hist. (4), XX, p. 457, 1877.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [Feb.,

Britain, Farée Islands, Norway, Spitzbergen, Murman coast. A
variety, decemradiata, with ten rays at Sitka (Brandt).
11, Pteraster militaris (0. F. Muller).

Asterias militaris O. F. Miller, Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 284, 177
Pteraster militaris Miller and Troschel, Syst. der Asteroid., Suppl., p.
28, 1842.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms. 2 pai

The specimen from Granville Bay has R. 23, r. 10. The other
two specimens are badly damaged.

Distribution. —North American coast, Bay of Fundy and south
to Cape Cod, west coast of Greenland, Dobbin Bay (Nares Ex.),
Davis Strait (Valorous Ex.), Smith Sound, British coast. Norway
Finmark, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, Kara Sea.

OPHIUROIDEA.
12. Ophioglypha sarsii (Lutken).
Ophiura sarsvi Liitken, Vid. Meddel. N. Forening i Kjébenhavn, p. 7,
1854,
Ophioglypha sarsii Lyman, Tl. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge,
No. 1, p. 41, figs. 2, 3, 1865.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 1 specimen.
Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms. 1 specimen.
Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms. 1 specimen.
Station 49. Olriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms. 3 speci-
mens.
Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms. 1 specimen.
Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms. 1 specimen.
The specimens range in size from 20 to 30 mm. disk-diameter.
Distribution. —Arctic and Sub-Aretic, Cireumpolar (Ludwig):
coast of Maine, Massachusetts Bay and off Martha’s Vineyard,
Greenland, Discovery Bay and Hayes Point (Nares Ex.), coast of
Norway, Spitzbergen, Franz Josef Land, Kara Sea, Barents Sea.
Range in depth, 5-2941 meters (Ludwig).
18. Ophioglypha robusta (Ayres).
Euhiblepse's robusta Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 134,
Ophioglypha robusta Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge,

No. 1, p. 45, 1865.
Ophiura squamosa Liitken, Vid. Meddel., ete., p. 6, November, 1854.

Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms. 1 speci-
men.

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms. 2 specimens.

ee

ies

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

Station 18. Foulke Fjord, 15-20 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 21. Murchison Sound, 25 fathoms. 3 specimens.

Station 27. Off Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms. 6 specimens.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, lower narrows, 7-25 fathoms. 3 speci-
mens. ;

Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms. 3 specimens.

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms. 2 specimens.

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms. 5 specimens.

The specimens vary in size from 5.5 mm. to 11 mm. disk-
diameter. In alcohol they have a blue-gray color. Arms are
usually marked with lighter transverse bars. According to
Lyman’s description the side arm-plates do not meet above until
about the middle of the arm. I find that in the smaller specimens
the side arm-plates meet nearer the disk—at about the fifth to
tenth dorsal arm-plate.

Distribution. —Arectic and Sub-Arctic, Circumpolar |( Ludwig):
North American coast as far south as Cape Cod, Greenland, Dis-
covery and Franklin Pierce Bays (Nares Ex.), Godhavn and Port
Foulke (Hayes Ex.); Assistance Bay, O. fasciculata (Penny’s
voyage); Wellington Channel, north of England, Farée Islands,
European Arctic Ocean.

Range in depth, 5 to 18 meters.

14, Ophiocten sericeum (Forbes).

Ophiura sericea Forbes, Sutherland’s Jour. Voyage Baftin’s Bay, Vol.
II, App., p. cexv, 1852.

Ophiocten sericewm Liungman, Tillag. Skan. Oph. of Kong. Akad., p.
560, 1864.

Ophiocten kroyeri Liitken, Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 1,
p. 53, 1865.

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms. 12 specimens.
Station 18. Foulke Fjord, 15-20 fathoms. 3 specimens.
Station 21. Murchison Sound, 25 fathoms. 2 specimens.
Station 27. Off Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms. 4 specimens.
Station 34. Cape York, 10 fathoms. 4 specimens.
Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 199 specimens.
Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms. 53 specimens.
Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms. 2 specimens.
Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms. 10 specimens.
Station 49. Olriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms. 181
specimens. :
12

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Station 50. Karnah, 50-40 fathoms. 30 specimens.

Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms. 20 specimens.

Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms. 53 specimens.

This was by far the most numerous Ophiurid found by the
expedition, and indeed one of the most common forms brought
up by the dredge or trawl. ‘The series contains individuals ranging
in size from 2 mm. (Station 54) to 15 mm. (Station 45), disk-
diameter.

Distribution.—Arctic and Sub-Arctic: coast of Massachusetts,
northeast Atlantic (1,207 to 2,435 fathoms, Porcupine Ex.),
Greenland, Discovery Bay, Hayes Point, Franklin Pierce Bay
(Nares Ex.), Assistance Bay (Penny’s voyage), Iceland, Jan
Mayen Island, Farée Channel, Lofoten Islands, Spitzbergen, Nova
Zembla, Kara Sea. Range in depth, 5-4,453 meters (Ludwig).

15. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray.
Ophiopholis aculeata Gray, Radiate Animals of the British Museum,
p. 25, 1848.
Ophiopholis bellis Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, p. 96, Pl. I,
figs. 4-6, 1865.

Station 60. Battle Harbor, Labrader, 12-14 fathoms. 1 speci-
men.

This widely distributed species is represented by a single small
specimen (3.5 mm. disk-diameter), and thus not strictly among
the Greenland collections.

Distribution.—Aretic and Sub-Aretie, Circumpolar: North
American coast as far south as Cape Hatteras, Greenland (Nares
Ex., lat. 65°), Godhavn (Hayes Ex.), British coasts, Faroe
Islands, Iceland, Jan Mayen Island, Spitzbergen, Kara Sea,
Bering Straits.

Range in depth, 0 to 1,829 meters (Ludwig).

16. Amphiura sundevalli (Miller and Troschel).

Ophiolepis sundevalli Miller and Troschel, Syst. der Asteriden, p. 93,
1842.

Amphiura sundevelli Ljungman, Oph. Viventia 6f K. Akad. p. 320,
1866.

Amphiura holboli Litken, Vid. Meddel., November, 1854, p. 98.

Amphiura holboli Lyman, Ill. Cat., ete., p. 118, 1865.

Station 27. Off Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms. 1 specimen.
Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms. 4 specimens.
The disk-diameter of these specimens is from 8 to 9 mm.

——

i Or I i i

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

Distribution. —Arctic and Sub-Aretic, Circumpolar: European
and Arctic seas, Greenland, Franklin Pierce Bay (Nares Ex. ).
Range in depth, 5 to 201 meters (Ludwig).
17. Ophiacantha bidentata (Retzius).

Asterias bidentata Retzius, Dissertatio, p. 33, 1805.

Ophiacantha spinulosa Mull. and Trosch., Syst. Aster., p. 107, 1842.

Ophiacantha bidentate Liungman, Oph. Vivent. 6f K. Akad., p. 652,
1871.

Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms. 1 specimen.

Station 26. South of Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms. 2 speci-
mens.

Station 27. Off Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms. 4 specimens.

Station 29. Olriks Bay, lower narrows, 7-25 fathoms. 2 speci-
mens.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 23 specimens.

The specimens vary in size from 6 to 15 mm. disk-diameter.

Distribution.—Arctic and Sub-Aretie: Eastport, Me.; Grand
Manan, Newfoundland; Greenland (Nares Expedition). Discovery
and Franklin Pierce Bays and Cape Fraser—the most numerous
Ophiurian collected by that expedition. (Duncan and Sladen con-
sider the Ophiwra fragilis of the Parry Expedition to be this
species) ; Penny’s voyage— Assistance Bay, Ophiocoma echinulata ;
Iceland, Farée Channel, coast of Norway from Lofoten Islands to
North Cape, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Kara Sea. Dredged by
‘« Albatross’’ at 1,606 fathoms (2,890 meters) off the coast of
North Carolina, and by the ‘‘ Challenger’’ at 1,350 fathoms, lat.
40° 17’ N., long. 66° 48’ W.

The reported finding by Pfeffer of this specis in Bering Strait
is considerd by Ludwig to be doubtful.

CRINOIDEA.

18. Antedon eschrichti (Muller).
Alecto eschrichti Miller, Monatsbericht. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss.,
Berlin, p. 183, 1841.
Antedon eschrichti. See Carpenter, in Challenger Report Zool., Vol.
XXVI, p. 138, for synonomy.
Station 26. South of Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms. 1 specimen.
Station 27. Off Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms. 2 specimens.
Station 29. Olriks Bay, lower narrows, 7-25 fathoms. 1 speci-
“men.
Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 2 specimens.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms. 3 specimens.
Station 49. Olriks Bay, upper narrows, 15-20 fathoms.
1 specimen.
Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms. 6 specimens.
19. Antedon quadrata Carpenter.
Antedon quadrata Carpenter, Challenger Report Zool., Vol. XXVI, p.
149, 1888.

Antedon celtica Duncan and Sladen, Memoir Arctic Echinoderms, Lon-
don, 1881, p. 75, Pl. VI.

Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms. 3 specimens.

Station 40, Granville Bay, 2U-30 fathoms. 2 specimens.

Carpenter (/. ¢., supra, pp. 136ff. ) discusses at length the species
of Antedon belonging to the Eschrichti group of Comatule, and
gives a complete synonomy of the two species, eschrichti and
quadrata, I find the differences in the material collected by this
expedition to be very slight; but there are five specimens from
Granville Bay which seem to belong to Carpenter’s quadrata.
Dr. Ortmann tells me that in life there is a distinct difference in
their appearance, but this is less evident in the alcoholic material.
The color of quadrata is lighter and the arms have a less feathery
appearance, due to the slightly greater length of the arm-joints
and the consequently greater distance between the pinnules. The
character, however, of quadrata to which Carpenter gives special
weight—i.e., the shorter third pinnule as compared with the second
—TI cannot find at all well marked, though its joints seem, as Car-
penter says, to be slightly longer than those of the same pinnule in
eschrichti.

According to Carpenter the two species are widely distributed
through the Arctic Ocean. schrichti reaches, in Smith’s Sound,
79° N. lat., and quadrata, 81°.

Both were obtained by the Challenger Expedition as far south
as off Halifax, at a depth of 51 fathoms. Eschrichti was found by
the ‘‘ Vega’’ as far east as long. 92° 20’ E.

In depth eschrichti has been dredged from 632 fathoms, quadrata
from 466 fathonis.

The Nares Expedition reports both from Discovery Bay, and
other localities are, for eschrichti, Dayis Strait, Melville Bay,
Spitzbergen, and coast of Siberia; for quadrata, Barents Sea and
Kara Sea.

a

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

Of these nineteen species it will be observed that two, Asterias
polaris and Ophiopholis aculeata, are not strictly to be reckoned
with the others as they were collected in more southern stations—
the former off the coast of Labrador and off Disco, the latter in
Battle Harbor, Labrador. The other species are all from between
lat. 76° and 79° N., though some species were also found at the
more southern stations.

The Arctic Echinoderm fauna has been examined with care,
and it was hardly to be expected that any new species would be
added to the list of those already known. It is interesting, how-
ever, to note at least a new distribution, for Asterias gunneri has
before this, [ believe, never been recorded from Greenland waters.

A comparison is naturally suggested between this list and that of
the collection made by Capt. Nares, of the ‘* Alert’? and ‘ Dis-
covery,’’ in 1875-6 from the same region, and published by Dun-
can and Sladen in the Annals of Natural History (IV), Vol. XX,
1877.

We have in addition to that list one Holothurid, M. rinkii, and
two Asterids, Asterias gunneri and Cribrella oculata; while in the
Princeton collection Asteracanthion (Pedicellaster) paleoerystallus,
Solaster foreifer, Ophioglypha struwitzii and Astrophyton arcticum
(a deep-water form) of the Nares collection are not represented.

Of the nineteen species in the Princeton collection, all but Aste-
vias polaris are more or less widely distributed in both American
and European Arctic seas.

Increased knowledge of the distribution of Arctic Echinoderms
seems to increase the probability that they are nearly all cireum-
polar and not confined to local areas.

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

NEW MARINE MOLLUSKS.

BY EDWARD G. VANATTA.

The species herein described were encountered in determining
material for the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

Haminea zanzibarica 0.sp. Pi. V, fig. 12.

Shell large, subglobose, thin, shining, translucent, pinkish
white, slightly orange-tinted at the vertex and the base. The sur-
face is covered with very close microscopic wavy spiral striz,
longitudinally irregularly coarsely wrinkled, sometimes with several
angular spiral ridges caused by spiral malleation. Vertex im-
pressed, imperforate, whitened by an internal thickening of the
shell. The aperture is narrow above, ample below. The right lip
rises from the left side of the apical depression. Parietal callus
very thin. The columellar lip is evenly concave, broadly reflexed,
and the edge is not adnate except at the upper end, forming a
crescent-shaped free plate over the axial region.

Alt. 20, diam. 14 mm.

Alt. 21, diam. 15.5 mm.

Locality.—Zanzibar.

The type is in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, No. 57,552.

This species may easily be distinguished from H. zelandie Gray
by its less globular form, less convex parietal wall and the micro-
scopic waved spiral strize and free edge of the columellar callus.
This species is larger than H. natalensis Krauss, and the right lip
does not rise so high above the vertex. The spiral malleation is
similar to that of Limnea palustris.

Haminea succinea var. solidior n. Pl. V, fig. S.

Shell solid, imperforate, finely wave striate, color waxen white.

This variety may be easily distinguished from the typical H.
succinea Conr. by being heavier and smaller.

Alt. 7, diam. 3 mm.

ee

——o ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

Locality.—St. Martin and St. Bartholomew, West Indies, and
Progreso, Yucatan.

The type is in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, No. 57,900, collected by Dr. B. Sharp at
St. Martin.

Atys sharpi n.sp. Pi. V, fig. 9.

Shell small, subcylindrical, solid, porcellanous, glossy, translu-
cent bluish white, very finely spirally striate, strie strongest above
and below. Apex with an extremely small perforation. Base
umbilicate. Aperture narrow above, broader below. The lip rises
from the right side of the apical perforation and describes a more
or less even are above without the twist so common in this genus;
the outer lip descends in a gentle curve and the basal lip is arcu-
ate. The columella is concave with a slight twist.

Alt. 7.84, diam. 3.8 mm.

Locality.—St. Martin, West Indies.

Types in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, No. 60,735, collected by Dr. B. Sharp.

This species is easily recognized by the lack of a twist on the
evenly curved upper part of the lip.

Tornatina bermudensis 0. sp. Pl. V, figs. 6, 7.

Shell small, cylindrical, porcellanous, shining bluish white,
smooth. The spire is composed of about three whorls, the first
being turned up forms a large tubercle, the other two are round-
shouldered. The suture is a very slightly impressed canal, body
whorl descending in front. The aperture is nearly four-fifths the
entire length of the shell, narrow above and broader below, upper
part of aperture with a deep wide sutural notch, parietal wall
and columella covered by a very heavy callus, no columellar fold.
The base is squarely truncate and receding.

Alt. 2.87, diam. 1.41 mm.

Locality. —Bermuda.

Type in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, No. 70,160, collected by Prof. Angelo Heilprin.

This species may be distinguished from T. canaliculata and T.
decurrens V. and B. by its heavy parietal callus and the lack of
a columellar fold.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Lucina (Divaricella) dalliana n.sp. PI. V, figs. 10, 11.

Shell almost circular, somewhat truncate posteriorly, nearly
equilateral, moderately convex, shining white, porcellanous, sur-
face sculpture divaricate; in full-grown examples there is a smooth
band where the diverging lines would meet. The beaks are
slightly raised above the hinge line, directed forward and located
hardly in advance of the centre; they are sculptured with micro-
scopic concentric strize only which are worn off in the largest speci-
men we have. The lunule is about one-eighth the length of the
shell. The anterior area under the lunule is not distinctly marked.
The groove of the ligament is long and narrow. The margin
has the interior layer very iinely crenulate, but the outer layer
smooth. The hinge of the right valve is provided with a heavy
cardinal tooth with a pit on each side, and a single tubercular
anterior and posterior lateral, the posterior one being about twice as
far from the beak as the anterior one. The muscle sears are of
moderate size, the anterior one being long and narrow, while the
posterior one is more elliptical.

Alt. 19, diam. 20, thickness of right valve 4.5 mm.

AJt. 21, diam. 22.5, thickness of right valve 5.5 mm.

Locality. —In ballast from South Africa.

Types in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, No. 79,380, collected by Mr. J. G. Malone.

This species is distinguished from LZ. dentate Wood by not
having the outer layer of the margin heavily dentate; from L.
cumingii A. and A. in having the diverging sculpture extending
across the anterior area to the Junule, and the inner layer of the
margin is crenulate; from L. quadrisuleata Orb. in having a smooth
band where the diverging lines would meet in full-grown examples;
from L. huttoniana n. sp. in having the inner Jayer of the margin
crenulate, and in the smooth band.

Lucina (Divaricella) huttoniana 0. sp. Pl, V, figs. 14, 15.

Shell almost circular, posterior extremity squarely truncate,
nearly equilateral, bluish white with white concentric streaks,
glossy, porcellanous, surface sculpture divaricate, the diverging
sculpture extending to the edge of the comparatively broad ante-
rior area below the lunule. The beaks are slightly raised above
the hinge line, directed forward, located slightly in advance of
the centre, sculptured with rather coarse close concentric costelle

ee ae Sa

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

only. The lunule is very narrow, beginning as a broad impres-
sion under the beak and tapers forward, ending in a shallow point
just above the anterior lateral tooth of the hinge. The anterior
area under the lunvule is strongly defined by the termination of
the diverging lines, and is sculptured with irregular rough concentric
strie with more or less yellow epidermis in the interstices. The
groove of the ligament is bounded on the inner side by a ridge
which begins as an angle near the beak and gradually becomes
higher to a point about four millimeters from the end of the hinge
line, then suddenly descends almost to the end of the hinge line.
The inner margin of the shell is smooth, neither layer being crenu-
late. The hinge of the right valve has a large heavy cardinal tooth
in the centre, with a deep pit on each side and a smaller cardinal in
front directed forward. The anterior lateral is a large tubercle
with a deep chink where the adductor muscle truncates it; there is
searcely any trace of a tubercle at the posterior end of the hinge.
The left valve has the pits for the corresponding cardinals of the
right valve and a rather large posterior cardinal, an anterior lateral
like the other valve and no posterior lateral. The anterior adduc-
tor muscle scar is very long and narrow, while the posterior scar is
short oval.

Alt. 29.5, diam. 32, thickness of right valve 8 mm.

Locality. —Auckland, New Zealand.

Types in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, No. 63,758.

This species differs from L. dentata Wood in lacking the dentate
margin, from L. quadrisulcata Orb. in lacking the crenulate
margin. It is distinguished from L. ewmingit Ad. and Ang. by
having a long narrow lunule, more delicate texture and lower beaks;
it is also much less globose.

Venus (Anomalocardia) malonei n.sp. PI. V, figs. 4, 5.

Shell triangular, posteriorly rostrate, moderately convex, longer
than high, solid. The color is variable: some specimens are
creamy white with irregular trapsverse zigzag brown spots or
stripes, some are almost entirely dark brown, and others are light
brown with a few very light radial bands and dark-brown
blotches. The interior is generally purple, shading into a white
margin with a brown band within the pallial line, but some lack
the white margin. Sculpture both concentric and radial. The

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

radial ribs predominate at each end, while the.concentrie sculpture
is strongest in the middle of the valve. Anteriorly the first eight
radial ribs are prominent and densely granulose; the median por-
tions of the valves are regularly concentrically costate and radially
ribbed, with finer closely packed costz prominent in the interstices;
the concentric cost are cut into even granules by the crossing
radial costz; at the posterior angle of the valve there are about
five or six prominent heavy squamose radial ribs; from this point
the radial ribs predominate, and gradually become finer to the pos-
terior margin. Beaks prominent, directed forward, smooth,
except a few concentric growth lines. Lunule impressed, a little
convex, narrow, about one-fourth the length of ihe shell, generally
of a darker color than the rest of the shell and provided with six
or eight longitudinal granulose ribs. The groove of the ligament
is linear, tapering at the extremities. The margin is dorsally quite
evenly arcuate; rounded anteriorly, a trifle convex at the lunule;
evenly arcuate ventrally; posterior obliquely truncate, with a very
blunt obtuse angle near the centre. The margin is very finely
crenulate; beginning at the anterior side of the beak it is minutely
crenulate along the edge of the lunule, becoming coarser ven-
trally, then gradually becoming finer, and ends abruptly at the
posterior end of the ligament. The hinge is broad under the con-
vex lunule, narrower posteriorly, with three teeth in each valve.
The right valve has the anterior tooth small, lamellar and nearly
parallel with lunule; the middle tooth is triangular and directed
forward, its posterior end is nearly vertical, while the anterior end
is oblique and almost parallel to the anterior tooth; posterior tooth
large, about the size of the triangular central, slightly bifid or
grooved at the summit, directed backward. The left valve is three-
toothed, anterior tooth lamellar, higher than the rest, directed
forward; central nearly lamellar, vertical, with a bifid or grooved
summit; posterior small, lamellar, directed obliquely backward,
with a pointed summit. The adductor muscle scars of nearly
equal size, pallial line evenly arched, with a moderately deep pallial
sinus. Alt. 15, diam. 21, diam. 9 mm.

Locality.—In ballast from South Africa.
Types in collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, No. 79,395, collected by Mr. J. G. Malone.

This species differs from V. sqguamosa Linn. by being smaller

ae ee ————

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

and less rostrate, also in having a predominance of concentric
sculpture in the median portion of the valve; the posterior end
radially closely ribbed, narrower lunule and much finer crenula-
tion of the ventral margin. The crenulation of the margins inside
is much like V. marica.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1.—Vivipara henzadensis Pils., p. 188.

Fig. 2.—Ampullaria winkleyi Pils., p. 189.

Fig. 3.—Ampullaria winkleyi, operculum.

Figs. 4, 5.— Venus malonet Van., p. 185.

Figs. 6, 7.—Tornatina bermudensis Vau., p. 183.

Fig. 8.—Haminew succinea var. solidior Van., p. 182.

Fig. 9.—Atys sharpi Van., p. 183.

Figs. 10, 11.—Lucina (Divaricella) dalliana Van., p. 184.
Fig. 12.—Haminea zanzibarica Van., p. 162.

Fig. 13.—Fossarus capensis Pils., p. 190.

Figs. 14, 15.—Lucina (Divaricella) huttoniana Van., p. 184.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSKS FROM SOUTH AFRICA AND BURMA.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The Academy has received from the Rey. H. W. Winkley good
series of an Ampullaria and a Vivipara from Henzada, Burma,
which though without striking features do not seem referable to
any of the numerous described species. *

Vivipara henzadensis n.sp. PI. V, fig. 1.

Shell umbilicate, broadly ovate-conic; olive-green with some
narrow slightly darker streaks; surface glossy and smooth, under
a lens showing fine, delicate and spaced spiral strie, which become
crowded and somewhat granulose on the base. Spire short, obtuse,
the earlier whorls eroded, the eroded portion reddish, tipped with
black. Sutures deeply impressed, the whorls strongly swollen just
below them; last whorl angular at the periphery in front, the
angle disappearing on the last half whorl, which is rounded;
umbilicus narrow, excavated behind the columellar lip, sur-
rounded by an angle. Aperture oblique, rounded-ovate, bluish
white inside; peristome narrowly expanded at the edge, blunt,
black, with a blackish border inside and out; continuous across the
parietal margin.

Alt. 23, diam. 164-174 mm.

Operculum chestnut-brown and slightly wrinkled outside, with a
conspicuous raised or reflexed cuticular border; inside with a con-
spicuously raised and minutely roughened ovate area nearer the
columellar side, radiating striz on the outside of this area, and a
raised border all around.

This species closely resembles the African V. heliciformis Ffld.
in form and color. It belongs, however, to a group of south-

1From Cochin China and neighboring countries Fischer enumerates no
less than fifteen species of Ampulluria and thirty-eight of Paludina, in his
useful Catalogue et Distribution Géographique des Moll. terr., fluv. et
marins d'une partie de l’ Indo-Chine (Autun, 1891). To this number a
few additions have been made since the publication of that catalogue.

Va eur, Saat eae

a

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

eastern Asia in which the operculum is peculiarly modified, as
described above. This subgeneric group I propose to call Idio-
poma, the above-described species being the type.

Ampullaria Winkleyi nu. sp, PI. V, figs. 2, 3.

Shell narrowly umbilicate, globose; yellowish-olive, uniform or
with few or numerous dusky olive spiral bands, the earlier whorls
eroded, blackish or ruddy. Surface smooth, somewhat shining,
under a strong lens seen to be very densely, microscopically striated
spirally, the strie minutely granulose; spire low-conic; sutures
impressed, the whorls flattened below them, elsewhere symmetrically
convex. Aperture vertical, semi-rotund, narrower above, reddish-
tawny and sometimes banded within, becoming white near the lip;
peristome a trifle expanded below, white or dirty yellowish, the
outer margin equably curved, columella concave, blunt and more
or less thickened but not reflexed, parietal callus rather thin,
white, thinner within.

Alt. 58, diam. 50, longest axis of aperture 43 mm.

Operculum (fig. 3) thick and solid, concave externally, and
partially covered with a thin, yellowish-brown cuticle. Inside
bluish, with a mica-like gleam, the scar of attachment sunken, the
columellar side concentrically striate, the enclosed eminence nuar-
row, curved and smooth.

Henzada, Burma. Types No. 76,011, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila.

It is somewhat allied to A. Begini Morlet.

Donax Bertini n. sp.

Shell long and narrow, the height contained about 24 times in the
length, thin, polished, the color varying from pure white through
various tints of pink to purple; beaks situated at the posterior
third of the length; anterior end rounded, posterior end obliquely
truncate, rounded at the extremity; the upper margin anterior to
the beaks straight, basal margin but slightly curved; ridge defining
the posterior area rounded. Surface sculptured with slight growth
wrinkles, and faintly showing some fine radial striz, which, how-
ever, are almost completely obsolete, though plainly visible by
looking through the shell, except near the anterior end; the pos-
terior area is sculptured with deep oblique grooves, the summits of the
intervening ridges cut by finer radial striz. Interior sinooth or

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

radially striate; pallial sinus extending nearly to the middle of the
shell’s length; the margin finely crenate.

Length 15.5, alt. 6, diam 4.5 mm.

Found by Mr. J. G. Malone in ballast from South Africa.

Types are No. 79,532, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

This species is somewhat allied to D. Oweni Gray, but the beaks
are nearer the posterior end, the valves are not keeled ; the poste-
rior costulation extends further, and between and upon the riblets
fine radial strive are conspicuous; finally, the basal margin is finely
and strongly crenulated inside and the shell is smaller.

It is named in honor of M. Victur Bertin, whose excellent
Revision des Donacidées (1881) and various other papers on
bivalves give evidence of a well-trained and acute mind, unfor-
tunately lost to science by death at the beginning of a useful
career.

The following species of Donax occurred with D. Bertini: D.
Madagascariensis Wood, D. bipartitus Sowb., D. spiculum Rve., D.
Erythreensis Bertin.

.
Fossarus capensis 0.sp. PI. V, fig. 15.

Shell perforate, turbinate, white, the last whorl encircled by
three very strong, compressed, flange-like keels, the largest peri-
pheral in position, the smallest surrounding the columellar region,
another of intermediate size between these two. Surface irregu-
larly striatulate, with some lamellar riblets toward the aperture;
densely spirally striate, especially between the keels. Spire acute;
whorls about 6, the last three showing the peripheral keel above
the sutures. Aperture semicircular, the peristome continuous,
notched at the terminations of the keels.

Alt. 6, diam. 4 mm.

In ballast from South Africa.

Type in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., No. 79,820.

The spire is more elevated than in F. ambiguus (L.) or F.
pusillus (Gld.).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

Marcu 5.
Mr. Cuarues Roserts in the Chair.

Twelve persons present.

Marcu 12.
Mr. ArtHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Seventeen persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ Observations made in 1900 on Glaciers in
British Columbia,’’ by George and William S. Vaux, Jr., was
presented for publication.

Marca 19.

The President, Samurnt G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

““New Mollusca from Japan, Formosa and the Philippine
Tslands,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry.

“«The Forficulide, Blattidee, Mantidse and Phasmide collected
in Northeast Africa by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith,’’ by James A.
G. Rehn.

“‘The Limits of Variation in Plants,*? by John-W. Harsh-
berger, M.D. ;

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, _
Marcu 26.
The President, SamuEL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-three persons present.

The death of E. O. Thompson, a member, on the 21st inst.,
was announced.

F. S. Manderson was elected a member. ,

Y. Hirase of Kioto, and Carlos de la Torre of Havana, were
elected correspondents.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

NEW MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN, THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS, FORMOSA AND
THE PHILIPPINES.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The discovery of the major portion of the species herein defined
is due to the untiring industry of Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto,
Japan, whose researches bid fair to surpass those of any previous
naturalist in the extent of his additions to our knowledge of the
Japanese molluscan fauna.

Illustrations of the following species will accompany a contin-
uation of this paper, now in preparation.

HELICIDA.
Eulota succincta var. amblytropis n-.

Differs from succincta in having the peripheral keel obsolete on
the latter part of the last whorl, which is quite rounded. Pale
yellowish, with a dark reddish-chestnut peripheral band, and two
somewhat lighter reddish bands, one above, the other wider, mid-
way between periphery and umbilicus. Surface rather smoother
than in succincta.

Alt. 174, diam. 26 mm.

Alt. 16, diam. 23 mm.

Alt. 14, diam. 21 mm.

Formosa. Coll. A. N. S. P. (No. 78,187), and Univ. of
Michigan.

Eulota Sargentiana n. sp.

Shell narrowly umbilicate, globose-turbinate, rather thin,
slightly shining; light yellowish brown with a narrow red-brown
band or line at the periphery, and reddish within the umbilicus.
Spire elevated, conic, the apex acute; whorls 6, somewhat convex,
slowly increasing, the last angular at the periphery in front, becom-
ing rounded on the latter half, rather swollen below, but distinctly
flattened around the umbilicus, especially just behind the basal
lip. Aperture quite oblique, irregularly lunate ; peristome thin,

13

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March,

distinctly though narrowly expanded, the basal lip straightened,
reflexed; rather suddenly dilated at the columellar insertion, half
covering the umbilicus; parietal callus scarcely perceptible.

Alt. 22, diam. 28 mm.

Formosa. Coll. A. N. S. P. (No. 78,188), and Univ. of
Michigan.

This species belongs to the group of £. succincta, differing from
that form in the more globose and conic shell, rather acute spire,
and straightened basal lip. It is named in honor of Mr. H. E.
Sargent, the efficient curator of the museum of the University of
Michigan.

: ZONITIDZ.
Lamprocystis spadix S and B., yar. cinctus n. v.

Shell white, with a supraperipheral red-brown band. Formosa
(J. B. Steere). Numerous examples of the typical L. spadix were
also taken by Mr. Steere.

Vitrinoconus Moellendorffi n- sp.

Shell high-conic, thin, light brown; rather strongly but irregu-
larly striate, the striz slightly arcuate, weaker beneath and dis-
appearing on the early whorls; outlines of the spire almost straight,
the apex obtuse. Whorls 9, very slowly increasing, very slightly
convex, the sutures filled -by a seam-like cord; last whorl acutely
keeled, the keel compressed, projecting; base slightly convex.
Umbilicus contained 34 times in the total diameter of the shell,
well-like, with flattened sides, bordered by a projecting and com-
pressed cord-like keel. Aperture oblique, small: acutely angular
at the position of the peripheral keel, and emarginate where the
umbilical keel terminates; the basal margin arcuate; peristome
perceptibly thickened, the outer lip simple, basal and columeilar
margins a little expanded.

Alt. 7.7, diam. 10 mm,; umbilicus 3 mm.

Alt. 8.2, diam. 10 mm.; umbilicus 3 mm.

Panay, Philippines (J. B. Steere Exped. ).

This species belongs to the ‘‘ group of V. cyathellus’’ in Dr.
yon Mollendorft’s excellent arrangement of the genus (Semper’s
Reisen, VIII, p. 42), and to the first division of that group in
yon Mollendorff's key, which to accommodate this species may be
supplemented thus:

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

A.—Umbilicus bounded by an angle :

«.— Umbilical angle simple; whorls 83, . V. goniomphalus.

w’.—Umbilical angle bearing a cord-like keel:
6.—Alt. two-thirds of the diam. Width of umbilicus
contained 44 times in diam. of base, Whorls 94,
V. omphatotropis.
b’.—Alt. somewhat exceeding three-fourths the diam.
Umbilicus contained 3} times in diam. Whorls 9,
V. Moellendorffi.

Besides the differences between Moellendorfi and omphalotropis
given in the above table, the former has the base decidedly more
flattened.

SUCCINEID ZA.
Succinea ogasaware n. sp.

Shell short and broad for the genus, squarish-oblong; very thin,
translucent and corneous with whitish streaks and clouds, rather
coarsely wrinkled in harmony with the lines of growth. Spire
excessively short, obtuse, flattened above, there being barely two
whorls separated by a comma-shaped suture; the last whorl quite
convex, its earlier portion very convex. Aperture very large,
eleven-twelfths the greatest Jength of the shell, very broadly ovate
in form. Greatest length of shell (measured obliqrely to the
axis) 12.5, greatest width (measured at right angles to preceding)
8.5; convexity 4.8; longest axis of aperture 11.5, width 83 mm,

Ogasawara (Bonin) Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 617a).

A remarkable species, in which the spire is reduced to a mere
papilla, and the last whorl is large and convex. If the measure-
ments were taken in the conventional manner, the diameter would
about equal the altitude, but in a species so oblique in two planes
as this one, I have preferred to give measurements not involving
the direction of the columellar axis.

Succinea punctulispira n. sp.

Shell ovate, very thin and fragile, pale yellow, subtranslucent,
the spire sometimes slightly tinted with red; sculpture of moder-
ately coarse growth wrinkles, and upon the spire and earlier portion
of the last whorl minutely and densely punctate, the pits arranged
in spiral series. Spire rather short and conically projecting, com-
posed of 24 whorls, the first one very convex; last whorl convex,
distinctly dilated or bell-shaped at the mouth. Aperture regularly
ovate, the outer lip evenly curved, columellar. lip simple and

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

narrow. Length (measured in the ordinary manner) 13, diam.

9, longest axis of aperture 11, width 7.5 mm. Largest specimen

in type lot 14.5 mm. long.

Ogasawara, or Bonin, Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6170.).

Tam no enthusiast on the subject of specific differentiation in
the genus Suceinea, but the two species described above differ from
those previously known so strongly that they become of some
interest. It is questionable whether these species are of common
ancestry with S. dauta or S. horticola, the two Japanese Succineas.
I incline to the view that they have no direct relationship.

Some years ago, the Abbe A. Vathelet gave me specimens of
Succinea lauta under the name ‘‘ §. Vatheleti Mabille.”’ Ido not
know that this supposed new species has been published.

COLUMBELLIDZ:.
Columbella polynyma n.n.

Columbella misera Sow., Dunker, Index Moll. Mar. Jap., p. 54. Not
C. miser Sowb., Thes. Conch., I, p. 129 d7s, Pl. 38, fig. 111.

Columbella japonica Martens, Conchol. Misc., in Archiv f. Naturg.,
LXIII, 1897, p. 170, Pl. 16, fig. 6. Not C. japonica Reeve, Conch.
Teon., 1858.

Shell short-fusiform, solid, yellow or orange-yellow, typically with
asubsutural white band irregularly marked with black-brown or red-
brown, the siender lower portion of the base also whitish with dark
or reddish dots or stripes; two white lines or girdles likewise dark-
dotted upon the intermediate part of the last whorl; but sometimes
the dark markings are faint or in part wanting. Surface glossy,
sculptured with very short longitudinal folds above, scarcely
reaching the suture and not extending below the periphery; the
folds on the spire becoming weak at both sutures. Base spirally
lirate. Whorls about 64. Aperture rather narrow, the outer lip
thick and furnished with a series of short folds within; columella
smooth. Length 11, diam. 5.5, length of aperture 5.5 mm.

Kumihama, proy. Tango (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,556,
coll. A. N. S. P., from 1,097 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This pretty little Co/wmbella has fared illin the matter of names,
as the references above bear witness. It is closely related to the true
C. misera of Sowerby, but that species has stronger folds, especially
those upon the spire, and a white or nearly white ground-color
profusely marked with blackish-brown, the summit of each fold
having a vertical line or a spot of that shade. In C. polynyma
the folds are weaker, and the color-scheme quite different.

ientuntieiaic aes. o ee

a

re

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

C. misera was taken in some numbers by Mr. F. Stearns at
. Kamakura, prov. Sagami. ‘The specimens vary from completely
typical to a broader form. The habitat of the type was-unknown,
but from the exact agreement of Japanese examples with the
original figure, it may not unlikely have been from Japan. [
know of no other positive locality for the species.

Prof. von Martens has quoted the figures of C. miser Duclos
in Chenu, Illust. Conchyl., Pl. 21, figs. 13-16, as representing his
C. japonica ; but these figures show the characteristic spots on the
ribs of C. misera, and in my opinion do not represent any form of
the present species.

BUCCINIDZA:.
Chrysodomus intersculptus var. frater n.

Shell differing from C. interseulptus Sowb.* in having fewer and
comparatively stronger spiral ribs, the intervals densely and finely
striate spirally, the anterior canal longer, more slender, with no
appearance of a siphonal funicle. Length 84, diam. 45, length
of aperture 50 mm.

Kizennuma, prov. Rikuzen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Typical C. interseulptus comes from the west coast of the main
island. This form probably replaces it on the east or ocean coast.

FASCIOLARIID A.
Peristernia ustulata var. luchuana n.

Similar in form and sculpture to P. ustulata (Rve) from the
Fiji Islands, but with fewer and larger longitudinal folds, 7 on the
last whorl; fleshy buff, usually with a brown spot in each interval
at the periphery, the aperture yellow aud lirate within, the end of
the anterior canal blackish purple. Columella with two folds,
stronger than in P. ustulata. Length 28, diam. 12, length of
aperture 14 mm.

Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase).

This form resembles Peristernia infracincta (Kobelt)? in colora-
tion, but differs in wanting the subcentral stronger spiral on the
upper whorls, and four larger spirals below the periphery of the
last whorl, which Kobelt found constant in ten specimens of his

1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IV, p. 371, Nov. 1899. Mr. Hirase sends
this species from Kumihama, prov. Tango. %
* Conchylien Cabinet, ‘Turbinella,”’ p92; lor

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { March,

species. P. ustudata, in the wide limits given by Tryon,* has a
somewhat extended range in the southwest Pacific, but it has
not. before been reported from so far north as the Loo Choo group.

LITTORINIDA
Echinella Cumingi var. luchuana noy.

Shell similar to #. eumingi Phil. in having a circular, deep
umbilicus bounded by a white marginal rib; but narrower, with the
last whorl less depressed, the two peripheral series of tubercles
much less prominent, some coarse, subtuberculate cords revolving
between them, and also below the sutural series. Base more con-
vex, with finer and not granose spira) strive below the subperi-
pheral series of granules. Flesh-colored, violet or bluish, the
tubercles whitish. Aperture orange-brown inside; dark brown
with the columella purple, in violet or bluish shells.

Alt. 16, diam. 14 mm.

Alt. 13, diam. 11 mm.

Loo Choo Islands (Frederick Stearns, Y. Hirase).

This is the form I[ reported from the Loo Choo Islands in Catal.
Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 175. Ihave seen a great many specimens,
but none approach the real Cumingi of Polynesia.

_ TURBONILLIDA.

Turbonilla varicifera n. sp. = °

Shell long and slender, white, composed of at least 15 whorls
(the nuclear portion broken off). Sculpture of close, rather stout
rounded ribs only very slightly sinuous or oblique, about 19 in
number on the last whorl (which ends with a broad varix), as
wide as or slightly wider than the intervals, and stopping abruptly
just below the periphery, the somewhat convex base very faintly
striated spirally. Scattered among the ribs there are a few stout,
wide, rounded varices, at intervals of several whorls. Aperture
smalJ, subtrapezoidal, the columella straight and vertical.

Length 11.8, diam. 2.6 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hurase).

This rather large, many-whorled and varicose species differs
from T. varicosa in having the columelJa straight above, not
“* superne valde sinuata,’’ as Dunker describes his species.

8 Manual of Conchology, II, p. 84.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Se)

TROCHIDZ.
Cantharidus (Phasianotrochus) Hirasei n. sp.

Shell ovate-pyramidal, solid, of a uniform olive or brownish-
olive culor, or belted with numerous reddish spiral bands. Smooth
except for faint growth-lines above, the base scored by 5 or 6 nar-
row, spaced, concentric grooyes, stronger near the axis. Spire
conic, whorls 64, convex, the last subangular at the periphery,
convex beneath. Aperture oblique, brilliantly green inside, with
a dusky submarginal band, the edge pale; columella opaque white,
rounded; the umbilical region impertorate or with a very minute
perforation.

Alt. 10, diam. 6.5 to 7 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

This is a true Phasianotrochus, the first made known from
Japan, having the green nacre of the interior iridescent with the
characteristic splendor of the subgenus. The other species of this
division are from Australia and Tasmania.

In one banded specimen the earliest three whorls are variegated
with pink and white, like a Phasianel/a, and assimilating to some
Australian species of Phasianotrochus.

Cantharidus bisbalteatus n. sp.

Shell elevated conic, imperforate or minutely rimate, glossy.
Encircled by a crimson or scarlet belt at the periphery and another
bordering the suture below, continuous or interrupted by white
streaks or spots, and roseate around the umbilical tract, the inter-
yening spaces somewhat olivaceous, with a few narrow spirals of
alternate blue or white and red-brown dots; two or three of these
spiral lines ascending the spire. Sculpture of slight growth-lines
and fainter or wholly obsolete fine spiral strize above, and about
6 fine-spaced grooves around the umbilical region, stronger toward
the middle. Spire conic, the apex acute; whorls about 64, quite
convex, separated by an impressed suture, the last whorl subangu-
lar at the periphery, convex beneath. Aperture oblique, rounded-
rhombic, pearly and iridescent within, with green, or green and red
reflections; scarcely showing any appearance of sulcation. Co-
lumella white, concave above, somewhat straightened in the
middle; columellar area excavated, white.

. Alt. 12.5, diam. 8.5 to 9 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

Compared with the excessively variable C. japonicus (A. Ad.),
described as Zizyphinus japonicus, the present species differs in
being shorter and broader. with more convex whorls, less angular
periphery and smoother base, the concentric grooves being finer,
and not extending outward so far.

Clanculus gemmulifer n. sp.

Shell low-trochiform, solid, angular at the periphery, slightly
convex beneath. Ground-color red or dull red. Sculpture of
spiral cords cut into smooth rounded beads, these cords a little
narrower than the intervals on the upper surface, smaller on the
base and about equal in width to their intervals. Above the peri-
phery on the last whorl there are five bead-rows, all of them
dotted, either having a black interval between two white beads,
or with a black and a white bead, the intervals consisting
of two or three red beads; base similarly variegated, but the dots
are sometimes brown. Furrows between the bead-rows finely and
densely decussate by spiral and oblique raised strize or threads.
Spire straightly conic, the apex acute, roseate. Whorls about 6,
the Jast deflexed in front. Aperture oblique, contracted by a sim-
ple, rather compressed fold at the foot of the columella, and
another near the upper end of the outer lip, several small folds
between them. Columella contorted above, deeply entering the
false-umbilicus, the margin of which is toothed. Parietal callus
strongly plicate.

Alt. 7.5, diam. 9 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Closely related to C. margaritarius Phil., which occurs at the
same locality, but is larger and more elevated, with more whorls,
and further differs in the trifid columellar tooth, more rounded
periphery, and in having the first and third bead-rows unspotted
except close to the aperture. A well-grown specimen of C. mar-
garitarius measures: alt. 15, diam. 16 mm. C. unedo is a more
elevated species, with heavier columellar fold and some unspotted
bead-rows.

Clanculus microdon Var. ater n. v.

Shell black with a few inconspicuous whitish dots and bright
rose apex, the coloration resembling C. atropurpureus Gld. Spiral
lire about 17 on the last whorl, with threads or minor Jirze in some

es

a

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

of ihe intervals. Whorls of the spire angular by the prominence
of the middle beaded cord. Whorls 6.

Alt. 11, diam. 13 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Y. Hirase).

Seems to agree with C. microdon except in coloration, greater
number of spiral cords and other characters given above, but will
probably be considered a separate species eventually. From the
Polynesian C. atropurpureus, which yon Martens reports from the
Mergui Archipelago, it is distinct in sculpture, etc.

Clanculus hizenensis n. sp.

Shell turbinate, moderately solid, alternately whitish and dark
brown in broad radial flames above, whitish profusely speckled
with olive-brown beneath. Sculpture of four coarse, spaced,
beaded, spiral cords above, separated by intervals of their own
width, sharply and densely striate by the growth-lines; the base
with 9 much smaller, closer, concentric cords, slightly cut by
obliquely radial grooves, the outer cord larger. Whorls nearly 6,
the last rounded at the periphery, slightly convex beneath. Aper-
ture oblique, rounded, the outer lip usually weakly plicate within
in fully mature shells; columella having a weak fold above, and
inserted on the right side of the umbilicus, terminating below in a
strongly projecting, simple, tooth-like fold. Marginal rib of the
umbilicus having a few weak nodules.

Alt. 7, diam. 7.5 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Closely resembles the more plain-colored specimens of C. Thomasi
Crosse, from New Caledonia, but the spirals above are less unequal,
more strongly beaded and more spaced, with sharply striate inter-
vals. It is a somewhat larger shell than C. Thomasi. Sometimes
one or two of the spaces between the cords of the upper surface
bear a minute thread.

Euchelus ruber A. Ad., var. brunneus N. y.

Shell similar to E. ruber, but dull brown or fleshy brown, with
seattered brown dots.

Alt. 63, diam. 6 mm.

Hirado, Hizen.

Similar to E. ruber in sculpture, but as all the Japanese speci-
mens I have seen are different in color, it is probably distinguish-
able as a dull-colored race.

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Chlorostoma argyrostomum Var, basiliratum n.

Shell imperforate, smaller than the typical form, with coarser
corrugation above, the base strongly lirate concentrically.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

This form is intermediate between the finely corrugated Chinese
argyrostomum and the coarsely sculptured Japanese species of
Chlorostoma. I know of no authentic record of C. argyrostomum
from Japan.

ACMARIDA.

Acmeza Heroldi var. signata noy.

About the size and form of A. Heroldi. Nearly smooth or with
very low, weak radial ribs; white, with eight gray rays variegated
with brown. Interior white or brownish within the muscle-scar,
the edge dotted and maculate with brown.

Length .13, breadth 10, alt. 4 mm. -

Otoshima, prov. Bitchu (Mr. Y. Hirase).

A form from Kamakura, taken by Mr. F. Stearns, seems refer-
able to this variety. It is smaller and higher, length 9.5, breadth
7.5, alt. 4 mm., without a marked internal margin or central area,
the rays showing through.

It may be well to say in this connection that the Patella pallida
of Gould, formerly referred by me to Helcioniseus, is a true
Acmea in shell characters. Mr. Hirase has sent specimens from
Mashike, Teshio, in Hokkaido.

Patella grata Gould has ‘‘about the contour of Heleioniscus
eucosmius Pils., is quite acutely conic, with strongly spinose ribs,”’
according to a note I made on the type, No. 1,965, U. S. Na-
tional Museum.

PATELLIDZ.
Patella luchuana n. sp.

Shell small, solid, rounded-oval, conic, the altitude nearly half
the breadth; apex erect and acute, situated a little in front of the
centre; anterior and posterior slopes somewhat convex. Surface
dull, sculptured with many narrow riblets, several inconspicuous
radial threads in each interval. Greenish gray, indistinctly
speckled with dark brown. Interior bluish or livid white, the
area within the muscle-impression large, calloused, the impression

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

distinct, impressed. Edge beveled, having a narrow gray or green-
ish border and profusely or sparingly dotted with black-brown.

Length 12, breadth 10, alt. 4.5 mm.

Length 13, breadth 10.5, alt. 4.5 unm.

Loo Ckoo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase).

A small species with inconspicuous sculpture, but so solid that I
take the specimens to be adult. The base is curved in some speci-
mens, as though they had lived on shells, while in others it is
nearly level. None of the species described from the region
resembles this one.

CHITONID.
Onithochiton Hirasei n. sp.

Oblong, moderately elevated, not carinate, the dorsal ridge
being rounded, side slopes straight; smooth and glossy, yellow
marbled with whitish, having a chestnut triangle or some chestnut
dots at the ridge of each valve, several blue and olive clouds or
blotches in front of the diagonal lines, and with more or less
variegation of the same colors on the lateral areas.

Anterior valve having black eyes arranged in about 10 primary
radii, with many others irregularly scattered or in shorter rows.
Valve ii, as usual, longer than iii to viii; all intermediate valves
beaked, having the lateral areas indistinctly defined, the diagonal
ridge inconspicuous except near the beaks; growth-lines fine, curv-
ing backward on the ridge; and adults have several spaced, deeper
concentric grooves near the sides and anterior margin of each
valve; near the beaks the diagonal ridge becomes raised and beaded,
and there are irregular, forwardly-converging zigzag grooves upon the
pleural tracts. A narrow line of eyes radiates along the anterior
part of each lateral area; and there are pits as large as the eyes,
but not pigmented, scattered sparsely upon the pleurai tracts.
Valve viii depressed, triangular, with the usual terminal apex,
‘and linear, rugose, posterior area; the breadth of the tegmentum
twice its Jength.

Interior white, stained with dull purple and punctulate in the
middle; valve-callus heavy; reflexed border rather wide; sinus
rather wide, finely denticulate; insertion plates moderately long,
finely pectinated outside; slits 9 in valve i, 1-1 in valves ii to vil;
a wide, flat ledge in place of the insertion-plate in yalve viii.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Girdle dark brown with irregular buff patches, smooth to the
eye, but seen to be microscopically granulose under a strong lens.

Length about 36, width 20 mm.

Hirado, prov. Hizen. Types No. 80,571, coll. A. N. S. P.,
from No. 1,176 of Mr. Hirase’s catalogue.

This is the first species of the genus described since the publica-
tion of my monograph in 1892, and the only one known from
north of the equator. The sculpture of the valves is unlike any
described Onithochiton. A very young specimen was reported as
“« Tonicia sp.”’ in the Nautilus, XII, p. 50.

It is named in honor of my esteemed Japanese correspondent.

CRYPTOPLACIDZ:.

Two species of Cryptoplax, the first known from north of the
equator, have been found by Mr. Hirase, at Hirado, Hizen. One
of them, which I call C. japonicus n. sp., has valve-sculpture like
C. Gunnii (Rve.) of South Australia, and the spacing of the
valves along the back is similar; but in the Japanese species the
last four valves are smaller, valye vili being scarcely longer than
valve ii, while in C. Gunnii and C. striatus it is a fourth longer.
The girdle is densely spiculose, much as in C. striatus. The articu-
lamenta are green.

Length of dried animal about 26, breadth 5.5 mm.

In another species, C. rhodoplax un. sp., the valyes are spaced
about as in C. japonicus, but are sculptured much as in C. larve-

formis, with low, irregular ridges parallel to the Jateral margins of

the valves, the articulamenta being bright rose colored. Valve vi
is the smallest. The posterior insertion-plate of valve viii is vertical ;
and the sutural laminz and insertion-plates of all the valves are
much shorter than in C. larveeformis.

Length of the dried animal 28 mm.

A full account of these species will be given later; and mean-
time I hope to procure alcoholic specimens for description and illus-
tration.

PETRICOLIDA.
Petricola cyclus n. sp.

Shell solid, white, subecircular though with somewhat irregular
outline, swollen, the beaks full, projecting, turned forward, situ-
ated at about the anterior third of the length. Periphery convex

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

throughout, the posterior end sometimes a little produced. Sculp-
ture of slightly irregular radial riblets about equal to their inter-
vals, often stronger posteriorly, gradually weakening anteriorly
and wholly obsolete on the anterior half or third of the valve;
rude, crowded, bluntly lamellar circular strisze everywhere minutely
roughening the surface. Interior white, the pallial sinus large
and rounded, extending to about the middle of the shell’s length.
Hinge rather strong, the right valve with two diverging, rather
compressed, and long, erect, cardinal teeth, the posterior one the
more slender; left valve with an erect, triangular, bilobed cardinal,
with a subobsolete, diverging tooth on either side. Ligament
short, almost entirely immersed.

Length 15, alt. 15, diam. 12 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,580, coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 1,199 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

A very short, subglobular species, somewhat related to P. lith-
ophaga Retz. of Europe, but rounder, with more deeply immersed
ligament, stouter hinge, different shaped and stronger teeth. The
sculpture in some specimens is not dissimilar. As usual in the
genus, the teeth are liable to fracture, and when broken often do
not show plainly that they are injured.

In a variety which may be called var. sculptwrata the posterior
end is more prolonged, and the entire surface of the valves ribbed.
The teeth agree with P. cyclus. Types from Puttalam, Ceylon
(Coll. A. N.S. P.). One specimen from Hirado,. Hizen, seems
to belong here.

Petricola cyelus belongs to the section Rupellaria,‘ as defined
by Prof. Dall in his exposition of the Petricolide ;° the section
Claudiconcha being represented in Japan by P. monstrosa, and the
section Petricolaria by P. equistriata Sowb.

VENERIDZ.
Venus Hirasei n. sp.
Shell rounded-oval, ventricose, inequilateral, very solid and
strong; cream-white, clouded and maculate with dull brown. Sur-
face lustreless, sculptured with 24 to 28 strong, curved, radial

*Fleurieu-Bellevu, Jowrn. de Phys., LIV, 1802, p. 345; Bull. Soe.
Philomath. de Paris, III, 1802, p. 106.

5 Trans. Wagner Free Institute of Science, III, Pt. 5 (December 1, 1900),
p. 1058.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mareh,

ribs, fully double the width of the interstices, closely and irregu-
larly crenulated by low concentric blunt, crowded laminze, which
on the later growth are obsolete in the grooves, but toward the beaks
are narrower and sharper, less crowded, and continuous across ribs
and intervals. Beaks full, projecting, curved forward. Lunule
heart-shaped, dark brown, ribbed and defined by a groove. Area
well sunken, ribless and wide in the left valve, indistinct in the right.

Anterior end short, rounded ; posterior end more broadly rounded.
Interior pure white, the right valve with three diverging cardinal
teeth, the posterior two grooved; left valve with two cardinals,
the anterior one slender, posterior stouter, shorter and deeply
grooved.

Cavity of the beaks deep. Pallial sinus small, triangular, nar-
row and acute. Valve margins, except the hinge line, very
weakly fluted and closely crenulate.

Length 43, alt. 37.5, diam. 29 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

This species resembles V. jedoensis Lischke, but a hardly
more than half as many, and stronger, ribs. There is a specimen
before me from Susaki, Awaji Island, besides several from the
type locality.

Tapes platyptycha Nn. sp.

Shell oblong, compressed, the length somewhat exceeding
21 times the diameter; white, profusely marked with angular
red-brown reticulating lines grouped into triangular spots, or with
inverted V-shaped markings, and four radial series of brown
blotches alternating with white spots. Sculptured with concentric
ridges wider than their intervals, broad and flattened toward the
lower margin and especially posteriorly, fine and close toward the
beaks. Beaks low, yellow or purple, situated at about the ante-
rior fifth of the length, the dorsal margin behind them nearly
straight; posterior end obliquely truncate, bluntly regular at its
junction with the upper and basal margins. Anterior end short,
rather attenuated, much as in 7. adspersa. Lunule narrow, indis-
tinetly defined by an impressed line, flattened, marked with some
oblique brown lines. Area depressed, transversely maculate with
groups of dark lines. Interior white, tinted with sulphur yellow
within the pallial line. Pallial sinus broad and rounded, not quite
reaching the middle of the length of the shell. Anterior cardinal

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

tooth in each valve compressed and simple, the middle one stouter,
bifid.

Length 54, alt. 37, diam. 21 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

This species stands near 7. quadriradiata Desh., differing in the
coarser sculpture, more distinctly truncate posterior end, and de-
cidedly shallower pallial sinus. The color of the interior is also
different. 7. deshayesii Hanley has a narrower and deeper pallial
sinus.

Tapes phenax n. sp.

Shell oblong, rather swollen, the diameter contained 24 times in
the length; pale yellow, densely reticulated with angular reddish-
brown and purplish lines, darker in four wide rays, which are more
or less blotched with brown; pale flesh-tinted or whitish toward
the beaks. Sculpture of fine, crowded, concentric rib-strie.
Beaks moderately prominent, at about the anterior fifth of the
shell’s length. Dorsal margin moderately curved; posterior
end rounded; basal margin well arched ; anterior end short,
rounded. lunule rather broadly lanceoiate, defined by slight
grooves, dark, with irregular darker lines. Area lanceolate,
sunken, smooth, variegated. Interior white at the margins, ochre
or reddish-yellow in the cavity. Pallial sinus broad and deep,
reaching the middle of the shell’s length or slightly past it.

Length 46, alt. 31, diam. 20.5 mm.

Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase).

This handsome species is far more finely sculptured and more
inflated than 7. quadriradiata Desh., but in my opinion it is the
form identified as quadriradiata by Roemer in his magnificent
monograph of Venus, Part 2, Pl. 18, fig. 2. The crowded rib-
strize of the surface do not become wider on the lower and posterior
portions of the valves as they do in T. quadriradiata Desh., and
the posterior cardinal tooth of the right valve, while grooved at
the tip, is not broadly bifid as in Deshayes’ species.

DONACIDZ.
Donax kiusiuensis n. sp.
Shell small, rather thin, white with one or two ill-defined ochra-
ceous rays, or yellow with some dusky concentric streaks, the beaks
brown-tipped; irregularly triangular, the length somewhat less

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { March,

than twice the altitude, and nearly three times the diameter;
anterior end longer, tapering, rounded; posterior end slightly con-
vex, bluntly angular below; the beaks situated at about the pos-
terior two-fifths of the length. Surface glossy, sculptured with
slight growth-lines and exceedingly fine, subobsolete radial strize,
angular posteriorly, the posterior area sculptured with strong,
smooth radial ribs narrower than their flat intervals and terminating
on the angle. Ligament very short and swollen. Interior white
with brown stains near the ends; posterior lateral tooth strong;
basal margin finely but distinctly crenulated.

Length 9, alt. 5.5, diam. 3.3 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

A small species belonging to the section Chion, chiefly distin-
guished by the strong sculpture of the posterior end.

ANATINIDZ2.
Anatina impura 2. sp.

Shell oblong, fragile, rather ventricoee, widely gaping posteriorly,
but slightly so in front; sculptured with low, irregular wrinkles,
and where unworn, with the usual granulation. White and pearly
above, where worn through the very thin porcellanous coat, cov-
ered at the margins with a dirty yellowish cuticle, which is more
persistent and lamellose on the posterior rostrum. Beaks at the
middle of the shell’s length, not turned forward, contiguous, one
of them worn through, both slit as usual. Anterior end broadly
rounded; dorsal margin almost straight; posterior end narrow, the
margins hardly expanded; basal margin parallel with the upper
margin except posteriorly where it rises suddenly. Interior whitish,
slightly wrinkled, the chondrophore and buttress as usual.

Length 38, alt. 20, diam. 15 mm.

Kamakura, province of Sagami (types No. 68,536 and 70,812,
coll. A. N.S. P.). i

This species differs from A. japonica Lischke in the median posi-
tion of the beaks and different shape of the posterior end. Lischke
has figured two somewhat diverse forms uuder the head A.
japonica. That represented in his figs. 9, 10, has been taken by
Mr. Hirase at Hirado, Hizen. Having before me all of the
species of Anatina credited to Japan, as well as most of the Phil-
ippine forms, I find myself unable to place the specimens described
above in any of the accepted species. A. kamakurana, of which

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

T have seen a good many specimens, differs constantly in its long
form and the different shape of the posterior end.

LIMID ZA.
Lima Hirasei n. sp.

Shell inequilateral, thin, white, broadly gaping anteriorly,
slightly so posteriorly, compressed, the valves but little convex;
beaks a trifle in front of the middle of the short hinge-line. An-
terior auricle minute, triangular, acuminate, bent inward; posterior
auricle narrow. Cavity of the beaks rather deep. A strong rib
runs along the posterior margin slightly within the edge. Surface
closely and very finely striate radially, the striation obsolete ante-
riorly and on the posterior slope and auricle.

Length 18, alt. 21, diam. 7.5 mm.; length of hinge-line
6.5 mm.

Hirado, prov. Hizen, Kiusiu, Japan (Mr. Y. Hirase).

L. orientalis Adams and Reeve, and most of the other small
Oriental species, are much more coarsely sculptured than this
species. L. Dunkeri E. A. Smith is evenly striated throughout,
the strix slightly diverging from a median line, and it is nearly
-equilateral. In LZ. Hirasei striation gradually becomes obsolete
on the anterior half of the valves, is abruptly discontinued at the
posterior slope, and there is no divarication from a median line.
The shell is conspicuously inequilateral.

The species is named for my esteemed Japanese correspondent.
L. Dunkeri also occurs at Hirado, Hizen, whence specimens have
been received from Mr. Hirase.

ARCIDA.
Arca (Scapharca) nipponensis n. sp.

Shell of medium size, thin, inflated, the left valve decidedly
larger, the beaks full, moderately elevated, incurved and turned
slightly forward, situated at the anterior two-fifths of the hinge-
line. Sculpture the same in both valves, consisting of 37 or 38
equal radial ribs, which are nearly flat-topped, at least near the
periphery, and separated by interspaces narrower than the ribs;
the whole marked by slight growth-lines in denuded shells. Coy-
ered with a thin chestnut cuticle, which is densely, minutely
striate, and bears spaced bristles in the intercostal spaces, on the
median and posterior portions of the valves, and on the anterior

14

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

portion is lamellose and bears flat, triangular processes in the
interspaces. ‘Toward the beaks the cuticle is worn off. Hinge-
line two-thirds the greatest length of the shell, straight, strongly
angular at both ends. Anteriur margin evenly rounded; basal
margin well-arched, the posterior end noticeably arcuate, oblique,
meeting the basal margin ina blunt angle. Cardinal area very
narrow, sunken behind the beaks, with an elevated margin;
slightly wider and less sunken in front. Hinge teeth small and
vertical in the middle, well inclined and larger toward the two
ends; a distinct though narrow ledge below the posterior teeth.
Interior pure white, slightly grooved and delicately striate radially
in the cavity of the valves, becoming very deeply grooved toward
the margins, the summits of the intervening ridges concave.

Length 45, alt. 36, diam. 29 mm.; sometimes larger, length
55, alt. 46 mm.

East coast of Hondo (Miss A. C. Hartshorn). Types No.
79,009, coll. A. N.S. P.

This species, of which we have six specimens from two sources
(Nos. 79,009, 78,749, 70,970), is distinguished by its well-
rounded contours, unusually narrow cardinal area, the marked
disparity in size of the valves, and the large number of ribs. It is”
somewhat allied to A. disparilis Reeve,® of which we have speci-
mens from Singapore, but that is less orbicular, with more of a
ridge or angle defining the posterior slope, and densely lamellose,
not bristly, in the intercostal spaces.

In some specimens of A. nipponensis the cuticle is greenish in
places.

6 A. disparilis of Kobelt’s monograph is clearly a species different from
that of Reeve.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

NOTE ON THE ODONTOSTOMIDE.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Dr. Pilsbry, Conservator of the Conchological Section of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, has called my
attention to the fact that the name Odontostomus was first proposed
for mollusca in the Index Molluscorum presentis evi Musei Prin-
cipis augustissimt Christiani Frederici, edited by H. Beck in 1837,
thus having one year of priority over its use in ichthyology.

I take pleasure in dedicating the necessary changes to Dr. B.
W. Evermann, the distinguished ichthyologist of the United
States Fish Commission, and joint author of that monumental
work, The Fishes of North America.

The natural derivative, Hvermannia, is already used in ichthy-
ology, so I propose Evermanella.

The changes, with nearly all of the synonymy, will result in the
following:

Family EVERMANNELLIDZ:.

Odontostomid@® Gill, in Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896,
p. 121.

Odontostomide Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 47,
I, 1896, p. 597.

Genus EVERMANNELLA.

Odondostomus Cocco, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna,
II, 1838, p. 192.

Odontostomus Ginther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 417.

Odontostomus Giinther, Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger, Zool.
XXII, 1887, p. 200.

Odontostomus Alcock, Desc. Cat. Ind. Fish Investigator, 1899, p. 166.

Odontostomus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish,
XXVI, 1899, p. 402.

1, Evermannella balbo (Risso).

Scopelus Balbo Risso, Mem. del. Reale Accad. del. Sci. Torino, X XV,
1820-22, p. 268, Pl. X, fig. 3.

Scopelus balbo Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., III, 1826, p. 466.

Odontostomus balbo Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesci Europei, 1846, p. 37.

Odondostomus hyalinus Cocco, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali,-
Bologna, II, 1838, p. 192, Tav. VIII, fig. 11.

| 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

] Odontostomus hyalinus Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo III,

XXVII, 1840, 139, Pl. 120, fig. 6.

} Odontostomus hyalinus Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesci Europei, 1846,

p. 37.

i} Odontostomus hyalinus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,

XXII, 1849, p. 315.

| Odontostomus hyalinus Giinther,Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 417.

Odontostomus hyalinus Ginther, Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger,
Zool., XXII, 1887, p. 200, Pl. LIT, fig. A.

Odontostomus hyalinus Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896, p.
121, fig. 145.

Odontostomus hyalinus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV,
Fish., XXVI, 1899, p. 402.

2, Evermannella atrata (Alcock).

Odontostomus atratus Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXII, Pt.
2, 1893, p. 182, Pl. IX, fig. 4.
Odontostomus atratus Alcock, Desc. Cat. Ind. Fish Investigator, 1899,
p. 167.
Odontostomus atratus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV,
Fish., XX VI, 1899, p. 402.
Odontostomus atratus Alcock, Ilust. Zool. Investigator, Fish., Part
VII, 1900, Pl. XX XIII, fig. 3.

Genus OMOSUDIS.

Omosudis Giinther, Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger, Zool., XXII,
1887, p. 201.

Omosudis Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896, p. 122.

Omosudis Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, I,
1896, p. 598.

Omosudis Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish., XXVI,
1899, p. 401.

1, Omosudis lowii Gunther.

Omosudis lowii Giinther, Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger, Zool., XXII,
1887, p. 201, Pl. LII, figs. C, C’.

Omosudis lowii Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896, p. 122,
fig. 150.

Orionass lowii Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47,
I, 1896, p. 598.

Omosudis Lowii Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish.,
XXVI, 1899, p. 401.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

OBSERVATIONS MADE IN 1900 ON GLACIERS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA.

BY GEORGE AND WILLIAM S. VAUX, JR.

While the glaciers noted in the following report form but a small
fraction of the hundreds in the Rocky Mountains of Canada, their
continued recession may be taken as an indication of the changes
which are taking place in the glaciers of the region. A moderate
winter, followed by an early and warm spring melted the snow and
flooded the rivers at an early date. The continued wet and stormy
weather, which extended far into the spring and summer, did
much to increase the amount of melting. So far asit has been
possible to determine, all the glaciers of this region are still reced-
ing. One exception to this rule was reported, but the advance
could not be proved with any certainty.

ViIcroRIA GLACIER.

The rocks marked last year to determine the motion and shrink-
age of this glacier were again noted on July 24, 1900. The large
block of limestone about one mile from the tongue marked ‘* VX
’99°’ appeared to have moved 147 feet, while a large block of
sandstone near the terminal moraine had an apparent motion of
115 feet. The general condition of the glacier appears practically
the same as last year. Measurements taken on the northwest side
indicate a shrinkage of about six feet for the year. Several very
fine glacier tables were noted, one being a block of sandstone
eighteen inches thick, from ten to twelve feet in diameter, and
elevated not less than five feet from the surface of the surround-
ing ice.

ASULKAN GLACIER.

This glacier has receded perceptibly since last year, the tongue
being twenty-four feet further up the valley than when last noted.
There has also been a marked shrinkage in every dimension.

.
}

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘[ March,

ILLECILLEWAET GLACIER.

The very small recession in the tongue of the Ilecillewaet
Glacier during the summer of 1899 was found to have been largely
made up in 1900, so that the average of the two years was not far
from that of the past thirteen, as previously noted.* A distinet
shrinkage was observed in all dimensions, but this was most notice-
able at the tongue which was now 140 feet above the rock ‘‘ C,”’
nearly twice the distance of the previous year. }

Our work the past summer consisted : (a) in taking the test pic-
ture of the lower part of the glacier, which was made under unfay-
orable conditions on August 7, 1900; (0) location of the border
of the ice on the map of 1899, and (c) location and measurement
of motion of line of plates across the glacier.

a, Of the test picture nothing need be added except that the
series is now complete for three consecutive years and furnishes
a most interesting illustration of the comparatively slight and yet
none the less constant changes in the contour of the ice.

b. The position of the edge of the ice was easily located with
reference to the several fixed rocks laid out on the general survey
of 1899. The plotting of this border line showed that the glacier

had receded an average of not far from twenty feet on the sides’

and sixty-four feet on the extreme tongue. At one point the ice
seemed to have changed but little since last year, while at others
the recession was more than 100 feet. This constant yearly reces-
sion has been proved to be in progress at least since 1887.

c. The location and measurement of the line of eight plates
across the glacier, which were first laid out on July 31, 1899, and
had consequently been on the ice almost exactly one year, was
taken up on the 6th of August, 1900, on which date plates Nos.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 were located. Plate No. 8 could not be
found, and it was not discovered till several days later, when its
position also was obtained.

All the plates seem to have moved in lines almost parallel with
the centre line of the glacier. The following table shows the
motion of the plates for the year, and also repeats for comparison
the motions determined in the fall of 1899, after the plates had
been on the ice but thirty-six days. It will be noted that the con-

1 Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1899,
p- 124.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

eave or northeast side has a greater daily motion than last year,
while the convex or southwest has not moved at quite so rapid a
rate. Whether this change is accidental or is the result of peculiar
conditions has not been determined.

While the plates were left on the surface of the glacier, it is
hardly likely that future measurements will be of great value,
should the plates be again found. They are approaching a much
rougher portion of the glacier, broken by crevasses, deep wells
and seracs, and even should they remain on the surface, in many
instances it will be impossible to see them from the base line.
They have, however, served their purpose in demonstrating that the
average motion of nearly two feet per day as determined by Dr.
W.S. Green in 1888 was either much greater than the actual
motion, or was the result of conditions which do not now exist.

Table showing Total Average Daily Motion of Line of Plates on
lectllewaet Glacier, Glacier House, B. C.

Numb a rail a 5 Boi | Average Daily Motion Average Daily Motion
umber ‘otal Motion from July
¥ | ‘ope i "Y | from July 81, 1899, to| from July 31, 1899, to
0 99, to August 6,
ae | re a6 ic hes), | AUsUSt 6, 1900-872] September 5, 1800—
ate. | 00—372 days(inches). |
igs *) days (inches). | 36 days (inches).
| !
1 1063 2.86 2.56
2 } 1488 4. 3.90
3 1677 4.51 5.51
4 2172 | 5.84 6.77
5 2256 | 6.07 6.06
6 2364 6.36 6.79
id 1902 | (yealal 6.16
8 2040 5.48 6.
|

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘[Mareh,

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW BEES COLLECTED BY MR. H. H. SMITH IN
BRAZIL.—II.

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

Lithurgus corumbe n. sp.

?.—Length 7 mm., black; with silvery-white pubescence, dense
on the face (except the elevated portion, which is bare) and
cheeks; rather dense on metathorax (except basal area and middle
of sides) and pleura; hind margin of prothorax, and tubercles,
edged with dense white hair, forming a conspicuous white line;
lateral hind margins of abdominal segments 1 to 3, and the whole
hind margins of 4 and 5, with snow-white hair-bands; apical seg-
ment of abdomen, and dark parts of the two previous segments,
with some short black hair, but it is very inconspicuous, and there
is no apical fimbria; ventral scopa white, tinged with ferruginous
on the fifth segment; legs with white hair, that on hind tarsi long
and slightly ferruginous ; femora, and basal two segments of
abdomen, dark ferruginous; facial eminence rather low but dis-
tinct, obscurely bituberculate; head and thorax strongly and
densely punctured; antennz short, flagellum stout, and obscurely
brown beneath; tegule dark reddish-brown; wings brownish,
nervures and stigma piceous; hind tibise with numerous short spines
on the outer side, as usual in the genus; spurs white.

Hab.—Corumba, April. This is the smallest Lithurgus I have
ever seen, but L. rufipes Sm., from South Africa, is nearly as
small. The genus is new to the fauna of Brazil. The stigma of
L. corumbe is somewhat larger than is usual in the genus. The
marginal cell is shaped as in the North American and European
species, not acutely pointed as in the Indian Z. atratus Sm.

Ceratina maculifrons Smith, 2853.

Chapada, January. 1 ¢.—Length 6} mm.; differs from
Smith’s description by having no yellow on the four posterior
tibix, the sides of the metathorax having no white pubescence, and
the hind femora having an apical tooth or projection. The peculiar
face-markings, the tooth on the outer side of the hind tibia near

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

the base, ete., are as described by Smith, and I have little doubt
that the identification is correct. Smith’s description reads as if
the thorax were yellow, but of course this was not intended. <A
different Ceratina, also taxen at Chapada (in December), is appar-
ently the undescribed 2 of ©. viridula Sm. It is a brilliant
insect, and the face is without light markings.

Temnosoma metallicum Smith, var. chapade, n. var.

2.—-Differs from Smith’s description of metalliewm by the larger
size (about 84 mm.); mandibles green at base; scape green;
mesothorax closely and more or less confluently punctured; wings
little iridescent, not noticeably clouded at apex; tarsi practically
black, basal joint of hind tarsi green; abdomen with purple reflec-
tions, basal margin of second and third segments brilliant purple.
Enclosure of metathorax sculptured as Smith describes for
metallicum.

3'.—7} mm. long, similar to the $, abdomen with scarcely any
purple.

Hab.—Chapada, March, 3% and 2; also in November. Prob-
ably a valid species, but I leave it as a variety unti] I can com-
pare it with authentic material of 7. metallicum.

The following table will facilitate the determination of Tem-
nosoma :

Abdomen impunctate, . . . . . . - « YZ. levigatum Sm.
Abdomen punctate, . . ‘ AP it peleid pene ls
1. Margin of metathoracic enclosure smooth, “T. ceruginosum Sm.

Margin of metathoracic enclosure transversely striate, . . 2.
2. Wings smoky (Mexico), . . . . . YZ. smaragdinwm Sm.

Wings almost clear (Brazil),

T. metallicum Sm. and var. chapade Ckll.

T. smaragdinum occurs as far north as San Rafael, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, where Townsend took it at flowers of Cordia, at the end
of June.

Corynura atromarginata N. sp.

?.—Length 84 mm., dull from the excessively close punctures;
black; lateral projections of prothorax, hind margin of mesothorax
very narrowly, postscutellum and metathorax, greenish; sides of
basal segment of abdomen and extreme base of second segment
also green; clypeus prominent, with rather sparse large punctures
on a tessellated surface; mandibles long and dark; antennz dark,

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~ [Mareh,

seape long, flagellum brownish beneath and delicately pubescent;
tegul very dark brown; base of metathorax with oblique radi-
ating strize; wings hyaline, the costal margin, including the
marginal cell, very broadly dark fuliginous (as in some Tachi-
nid); legs very dark reddish-brown: abdomen with long white
hairs beneath; punctures of first dorsal segment of abdomen
stronger and Jess dense than on second, which has the punctures
minute and as close as is possible; hind spur of hind tibia pecti-
nate, with three large teeth.

Hab.—Chapada, March and April; five specimens. Very close
to the Mexican C. discolor (Smith), thus adding another to the
now rather numerous instances of Brazilian bees representative of,
but not identical with, those of Mexico or the adjacent parts of
the United States.

This might be held to differ subgenerically from the type of
Corynura, but in that case Cacosoma Smith is not available, be-
cause of the prior Cacosoma Felder, 1874."

C. atromarginata is one of five species flying at Chapada, all
having the first recurrent nervure interstitial with the second
transverso-cubital, and the mesothorax very densely punctured.

These species are readily distinguished as follows:

Costa fuliginous from base to marginal cell,

atromarginata n. sp., 2.
Costa not fuliginous from the base, or not at-all, —. aor
1. Abdomen long and narrow, clavate, like Baccha clavata,

Abdomen oval or suboval, hardly or not clavate, F
2. Head and thorax bright golden-green, pseudobaccha n. sp.,

Head and thorax dark, suffused with olive-green,

jucunda (Smith), &
3. Marginal cell fuliginous, . . . . semimarginatan. sp., &.
Tip of wing only fuliginous,.,. . . chapadicola n. sp., &.

apes

Corynura jucunda (Smith); n. syn. C. enigma (Gribodo),

Hab.—Chapada, December; 2 dS’. So far as I can make out,
C. jucunda and enigma are the same and identical with the insect
now before me. ‘This gives it a range from S. Paulo and Cha-
pada, Brazil, to Rioja, Argentine Republic, the extremes being
about 1,250 miles apart. In view of what Sichel states about the
two sexes of Corynura, it seems likely that C. semimarginata or
C. chapadicola may prove to be the 2 of C. jucunda, but as I
have no proof of this, I treat both for the present as distinct.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

Corynura pseudobaccka nN. sp.

o.—Length about 8 mm.; size and form of C. jucunda, but
easily distinguished by its very brilliant golden-green head and
thorax; the green of the abdomen also is bright, occupying the
sides of the first segment, the bases of the second, third, and most
of the fourth and fifth segments. Clypeus very prominent, with
large punctures on a shining surface; cheeks and sides of face
with short white hair; antenne very long, flagellum ferruginous
beneath; tegulee bright reddish-testaceous; wings dusky at tips;
nervures and stigma very dark brown; second submarginal cell
narrow; femora and tibize green; knees, ends of tibixe and all of
tarsi light ferruginous.

Hab.—Chapada, January and November; 3 .

Corynura semimarginata N. sp.

2.—Length about 8 mm.; rather robust, black with green on
sides of face, hind edge of mesothorax, scutellum, postscutellum,
upper parts of metathorax, and basal portions of the abdominal
segments; first abdominal segment subpetiolate, decidedly longer
than broad, bright ferruginous at its extreme base; antenn dark,
scape long, red-brown; wings with the marginal cell and beyond
fuliginous, stigma and nervures dark brown; second submarginal
cell not so narrow as in the last species; inner lower angle of third
submarginal less than a right angle, whereas in pseudobaccha it is
quite a right angle: basal area of metathorax with oblique radi-
ating stric, and some transverse ones posteriorly, recalling the
sculpture of Temnosoma metallicum ; first abdominal segment with
sparse weak punctures, second finely rugulose with close minute
punctures; hind spur of hind tibia pectinate with large teeth.

Hab.—Chapada, April and November; 2?. Allied to C. agile
(Smith).

Corynura chapadicola 2. sp.

%.—Leneth about 8 mm.; robust, black, sides of face and hind
margin of mesothorax very narrowly dark green; legs very dark
reddish-brown, with the pubescence mostly black or nearly so;
abdomen with the first two segments black, the extreme base of the
second green, the remaining segments golden green, largely cov-
ered with very fine appressed yellowish pubescence, with black
bristles intermixed; antennze dark brown, flagellum ferruginous at

‘

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~[Mareh,

extreme tip; tegule very dark brown; wings hyaline, apex fulig-
inous; nervures and stigma sepia-brown; clypeus with large, sparse
punctures on a tessellate surface; mesothorax microscopically tessel-
late, dull, with numerous minute punctures and scattered black
hairs; basal area of metathorax not defined, with feeble oblique
strize; lower inner angle of third submarginal cell less than a right
angle; most of basa) segment of abdomen smooth and shining, but
its apical portion and all of second segment rough and minutely
sculptured; under side of abdomen with long yellowish-white hair;
hind spur of hind tibia pectinate, with three large blunt teeth.
The basal segment of the abdomen is broader than long, thus
much broader than in the last species.

Hab.—Chapada, January, March, September, November,
December; 33 specimens. The middle of the third abdominal
segment is often black. This species evidently belongs with Cory-
nura; but, at Jeast in the 2, it has the abdomen formed as in
Augochlora. The maxillary palpi have six subequal joints, the
first two stout, the third subtriangalar.

Tn all the species of Corynura the anterior part of the meso-
thorax overlaps the middle of the prothorax, and in C. chapadicola
this is particularly well marked, the projecting portion being
bilobed.

CORYNUROPSIS n. subg.

First recurrent nervure received by second submarginal cell
before its end; mesothorax smooth and shining, with strong very
Sparse punctures, its anterior margin prominently overlapping
prothorax; hind spur of hind tibia of 2 pectinate with large teeth.

Type, C. darwini n. sp.

Corynura (Corynuropsis) darwini n. sp.

2.—Length about 7 mm.; head circular, a trifle broader than
thorax, dark yellowish-green, eyes emarginate; sides of face with
appressed pale plumose hair; clypeus short, it and the supraclypeal
area with numerous very large punctures; ocelli small and close
together; front densely and closely punctured; labrum binodulose;
mandibles ferruginous at apex; mesothorax shining, purple-black,
with large sparse punctures; parapsidal grooves very deep; other
parts of thorax dark green; pleura with thin white pubescence;
base of metathorax smooth and shining, with a deep transverse

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

sulcus; truncation of metathorax with a deep longitudinal yroove;
tegule shining, red-brown, not punctured; wings rather dusky,
especially at tips, minutely but conspicuously hairy ; nervures and
stigma dark brown, second submarginal cell narrow; legs dark red-
brown, anterior tibiz and tarsi ferruginous; abdomen with a de-
cided constriction between first and second segments; first segment
only moderately narrowed at base; first two segments piceous, first
with very large close punctures, second with large and small pune-
tures on its anterior half, extreme base greenish; remaining seg-
ments greenish, pruinose with a short pubescence, their hind margins
testaceous; antennse dark, flagellum ferruginous beneath at apex.

&.—Length about 6 mm.; similar to 2, but narrower, espe-
cially the abdomen; antennz much longer, flagellum dark at
apex; anterior femora, tibiz and tarsi entirely bright ferruginous;
second abdominal segment with large punctures like first; fourth
ventral abdominal segment emarginate.

Hab.—Chapada; 43, 12; January, December,

Corynura (Corynuropsis) sublata n. sp.

2.—Length about 8 mm., more robust than C. darwini, with
the first abdomina] segment broader; eyes somewhat :nore parallel;
mesothorax more decidedly purplish; wings perhaps a little
browner; supraclypeal area more or less coppery red.

Hab.—Chapada, 1 2; December. Perhaps only a variety of
the last, but it is larger and seems distinct. The pleura is rough-
ened, and has also sparse shallow punctures. In C. darwini the
second abdominal segment is conspicuously wider than the first,
widening from its base to its hind margin; in C. swblata the second
segment has nearly parallel sides, and is very little wider than the
first.

Augochlora callichroma 2. sp.

2,—Length about 5 mm.; head and thorax brilliant golden
green; legs honey-color; abdomen pale ferruginous with dark-brown
blotches, small at sides of first segment, large at sides of second,
covering all of third except a variable patch on disk, and also
occupying the whole of fourth and fifth segments, so that the hind
portion of the abdomen is dark brown; at each extreme side of
segments 2 to 5, quite at the base, is a clear yellow triangle, with its
apex directed mesad; elypeus with a broad apical yellow band, which
sends a projection upward in the middle line; mandibles yellow,

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March,

ferruginous at ends; labial palpi 4-jointed, the last joint smallest;
antennee dark brown above, yellow beneath, the scape long and
slender; mesothorax with very numerous minute punctures; scutel-
lum sculptured like mesothorax; basal area of metathorax micro-
seopically tessellate, the lines mostly running in a transverse
direction; abdomen impunctate; hind spur of hind tibiw pectinate,
with only three teeth; tegule pale testaceous; wings faintly dusky
at tips; nervures and stigma dark brown; first recurrent nervure
not quite interstitial with the second transverso-cubital, being just
the least before it.

-Hab.—Chapada, December, January; five examples. This
may be compared with A. nana Smith and A. festivaga Dalla
Torre, but it is quite distinct by the yellow markings on the abdo
men and other characters. It has a certain superficial resem-
blance to the genus Nomioides.

Augochlora beatissima 2. sp.

?.—Length 5 mm.; head cordate, shining yellowish-green; eyes
only shallowly emarginate; clypeus with strong scattered punctures,
its anterior half testaceous, its lower margin with a fringe of
orange hairs; supraclypeal area smooth and shining, with a very
few punctures; mandibles yellowish, dark at apex and extreme
base; scape piceous, flagellum dull orange-testaceous, except at
base; thorax brilliant bluish-green, the mesothorax and scutellum
purple; the hind margin of the mesothorax very narrowly, the
margins and a central band of the scutellum, golden; tubercles
yellow; tegulz testaceous, yellow at base; mesothorax and scutel-
lum minutely lineolate, with very sparse weak punctures; basal
area of metathorax not at all defined, minutely transversely
lineolate; pleura with scattered short white hairs; legs reddish-
brown, more or less dark; anterior femora apically, anterior tibie
and tarsi, chrome yellow; hind spur of hind tibia pectinate;
wings dusky; nervures and stigma very dark brown; Jower inner
angle of third submarginal cell a trifle greater than a right angle;
abdomen piceous, scantily hairy posteriorly, the hind margins of
the second and third segments broadly dark ferruginous.

Hab.—Chapada, January; one . A beautiful little thing.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE TYMPANO-EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE AND
ASSOCIATED STRUCTURES IN THE COMMON TOAD
(BUFO LENTIGINOSUS).

BY HENRY FOX.

A perusal of the literature relating to the subject reveals the
existence of considerable diversity of opinion among investigators
as to the exact morphological significance of the tympano-Eusta-
chian passage of the higher vertebrates. So far as its adult struc-
ture and relations are concerned, the passage would seem to be the
homologue of the spiracle or hyomandibular cleft of the elasmo-
branch fishes. Both structures occupy the same relative position
between the mandibular and hyoid arches, and, moreover, above the
dorsal margin of each the facial nerve divides into its two main
branches, one of which, the ramus palatinus, courses in front of
the cleft (or tube, as in the higher forms), while the other, the
ramus hyomandibularis, extends ventrally along its posterior wall.
Embryologists, however, in studying the development of the
tympano-Eustachian passage in various species of the higher verte- -
brates, have found that its homology with the hyomandibular cleft
is not so clearly expressed as the mature structure of the organ
would lead one to infer, so that certain morphologists, basing their
conclusions on the facts revealed by embryology, hold that the
tympano-Eustachian passage is a structure entirely, or in large
part, independent of the hyomandibular cleft.

In order to determiue, if possible, the exact relation of the
tympano-Eustachian passage to the hyomandibular cleft, I under-
took to follow out ifs entire embryonic history in the common toad
of ihe eastern United States, Bufo lentiginosus.* Contributions to
the knowledge of the development of the structures under con-
sideration had been made in the case of the Anura by Goette,’

1 The investigations have been made in the Zoological Laboratory of the
University of Pennsylvania.
2 Entwicklungsgeschichte der Unke, Bombinator igneus, Leipzig, 1874.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF __ [ March,

Villy,* and Gaupp.‘ Shortly after I had begun the present
research a very important paper on the subject by Dr. Hans
Spemann appeared, treating of the earlier stages in the develop-
ment of the Eustachian tube in Rana temporaria. All the inves-
tigators mentioned state that the development of the tympano-
Eustachian passage in the forms studied is a very indirect one and
that it can be traced only with considerable difficulty. This diffi-
culty is attributed to the almost complete atrophy of the hyoman-
dibular cleft, which at an early period becomes so greatly reduced
as to be readily overlooked unless special attention is bestowed
on it.

Of the investigators mentioned Goette correctly described the
degeneration of the hyomandibular cleft, but his other results con-
cerning the development of the Eustachian tube may be disre-
garded, since his investigations were conducted at a time when less
favorable methods were at his disposal than we have at present.
From the results arrived at by the other three investigators a fairly
complete history of the Eustachian tube may be made out in the
case of Rana temporaria. Of these the work of Villy covers
fairly well the period of the metamorphosis, although his descrip-
tions are somewhat inexact,® and his conclusion, that the Eusta-
chian tube ‘‘ has almost certainly nothing to do with the hyoman-
dibular cleft,’’ and that ‘‘ the evidence offered by the frog tends to
show that the two organs have no connection whatever with each
other,’’ is certainly unsound, since such a connection between the
two has been established by the very careful work of Spemann on
the earlier stages of ihe tube in the same species. The correctness
of Spemann’s conclusions are corroborated by the results which I
have obtained in Bufo. Gaupp’s chief contribution consists in his
calling attention to the appearance of the tubal Anlage at a stage
earlier than that in which it was first observed by Villy. For
further information concerning the results arrived at by these
investigators the reader is referred to the papers mentioned.

8 «<The Development of the Ear and Accessory Organs in the Common
Frog, Rana temporaria,’ Quar. Jour. of Micros. Sci., 1890.

***Beitrige zur Morphologie des Schiidels, I, Primordial-craniam von
Rana fusca,’ Morph. Arb., V, 2, 1893.

5Spemann, ‘‘ Ueber die erste Entwicklung der Tuba Eustachii und des
Kopfskelets von Rana temporaria,’’ Zoologische Jahrbicher, 1898.

® As, for instance, he speaks of the tube as extending forward beneath the
palato-pterygoid bar, which it never does, but, instead, passes beneath the
quadrate. Moreover, his figures show it in the latter position.

bo
oi

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
I. OpsERVATIONS AND RESULTS.

I now turn to the description of the development of the tym-
pano-Eustachian passage in the common toad. In this undertak-
ing I shall first treat in detail the condition and relations of the
structures under consideration in the different stages, beginning with
the earliest, and then at the end of the paper summarize the chief
features of this development.

Stage I (Pl. VI, fig. 1).—I begin at a stage when the hitherto
almost spherical embryo has elongated and when the tail has grown
out as a short stump. No external gills are as yet apparent. The
head has become differentiated from the body proper and the
region immediately posterior to it is marked by two or three slight
dorsi-ventral grooves, indicating the position of the future
branchial-clefts.

Pl. VI, fig. 1 is a coronal section of the anterior portion of an
embryo of this stage. The section is slightly oblique, the right side
being cut at a higher plane than the left. In this figure one will no-
tice that the anterior extremity of the pharynx is still separated from
the exterior, the conjoined endoderm and ectoderm forming at
this point a solid partition of cells—the stomatodeal plate (st.).
From this region posteriorly the cavity of the pharynx gradually
widens out until it forms a spacious chamber, the sides of which
are marked by four dorso-ventral grooves, marking the inner
openings of the visceral-clefts. Just back of the fourth visceral-
cleft the cavity narrows very suddenly to form the lumen of the
cesophagus.

As shown by the figure, there are only four visceral-clefts
(Hym., 2-4 v.f.) marked out at the present stage. With the
exception of the fourth, each of the clefts extends outward as a
solid, double-layered plate of endoderm, continuous at its inner
end with the epithelial lining of the pharynx and externally in
contact with the deeper layer of the ectoderm. Only the medial
portion of each cleft shows a lumen. The fourth visceral-cleft
resembles the others, except that it does not as yet auite reach the
epiblast.

° Tn the drawing the distal extremities of the clefts are shown separated
by a narrow, clear area from this layer, but this condition, I think, must
have been produced by shrinkage, a supposition which receives support from
the rough and irregular character of the distal edge.

15

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [March,

Between the visceral-clefts intervene the visceral-arches. The
interior of each arch is made up of a mass of rather compact
mesenchyme, consisting of scattered cells, containing numerous
large yolk-spheres, barely distinguishable from ,those occurring in
the endodermie lining of the pharynx. From this circumstance
the limits of the endoderm are somewhat difficult to define clearly,
and accordingly considerable care had to be taken in outlining it.
The endoderm is, however, much more densely crowded with yolk-
spheres and hence appears as a darker layer more or less clearly
marked off from the surrounding lighter mesenchyme. Four
visceral-arches are clearly differentiated, the two anterior of which
are the mandibular (/.m.) and hyoid (A.m.) arches, while the
other two are the first and second branchial-arches. In the former
two a somewhat dense patch of mesenchyme can be seen occupying
the centre of each. These patches are the Andagen of the future
muscles of these arches (/.m. and h.m.).

An examination of the remaining sections of the series to which
fig. 1 belongs, shows that the pharyngeal cavity retains approxi-
mately the same size throughout its entire dorso-ventral extent
and that throughout their entire length the visceral-clefts have
about the same direction and relations as shown in the figure.
Hence we may look upon the clefts as being solid folds of endo-
derm, compressed antero-posteriorly and elongated dorso-ventrally.
Throughout their entire extent the first three clefts are apparently
in contact with the deeper layer of the ectoderm.

The first or hyomandibular cleft resembles the other clefts in all
essential respects, except that it extends slightly forward whereas
the second extends transversely outward, while the remaining two
course obliquely backward. A section of the cleft in almost any
coronal plane presents the condition shown in the figure. Imme-
diately dorsal to the outer exiremity of the cleft the distal portion
of the facial ganglion becomes continuous with the deeper or
sensory layer of the ectoderm.

Stage IT (Pls. VI, VII, figs. 2-7).—In this stage all five vis-
ceral-clefts are present, none of which opens to the exterior. The
mouth is still separated from the pharynx by the stomatodeal plate.
The external gills have budded forth as two minute, blunt, undi-
vided processes from the sides of the first and second visceral-
arches.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCE3 OF PHILADELPHIA, 227

In specimens of the present stage the Andagen of the various
structures have so far differentiated that they are in most cases
readily recognizable. The mesenchyme is less compact than
hitherto. The Andagen of the muscles are particularly well
marked out as prominent patches uf densely aggregated mesen-
chyme cells, containing numerous yolk-spherules. The blood-
vessels also have begun to form in the head region.

Pl. VI, figs. 2, 3 and 4 are coronal sections of a tadpole of this
stage. Of these fig. 2 was taken at a plane a slight distance above
the floor of the pharynx. Comparing it with fig. 1 we find that
anteriorly the stomatodeal invagination (st.) has deepened very
considerably, although as yet not communicating with the pharyn-
geal cavity. The latter has much the same form as in fig. 1,
except that posteriorly an additional visceral-cleft is present. Of
these clefts the most anterior, the hyomandibular (Hym.), can be
seen as a narrow, solid diverticulum of the pharyngeal wall,
extending outward and terminating bluntly in the mesenchyme a
short distance below the external ectoderm. All the remaining
cleft outgrowths reach to and blend with the external ectoderm,
although as yet not opening to the exterior. Within the body of
each of the two anterior visceral-arches—i.e., mandibular and
hyoid—the muscles can be made out as irregularly defined patches
of denser mesenchyme. That in the mandibular arch is the
Anlage of the muscles of mastication (k.m.), while that in the
hyoid arch is the Andage of the depressor mandibule + depressor
ossis hyoidei? (h.m.). Anterior to the first cleft is a small vessel,
the mandibular aortic arch (m.a.), while on the left of the figure
another vessel is to be seen posterior to the cleft. The latter is the
hyoidean aortic arch (h.«a.).

Pl. VI, fig. 3 is taken at a considerably higher level. On the right
side we have passed above the dorsal margins of the visceral-clefts,
so that the latter are shown only on the left side. ‘This section
passes in a plane approximately on a level with the base of the
brain, the small dark patch in the median line in front of the
pharyngeal cavity being the floor of the infundibulum (inf. ).
The hyomandibular fold can be seen extending outward and slightly
forward. It will also be noticed that its distal’ end approaches the

7 Spemann includes these two muscles under the term ‘‘orbito-hyoideus.”’
A word of explanation is necessary concerning my use of the terms “‘dis-
tal” and ‘‘proximal.’’ Ordinarily these terms are used only in connection

ba
>

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY oF __ [March,

skin more closely than in fig. 2. In fig. 4 we see the fold at its
dorsal origin from the pharyngeal wall (Hym.). “Here it is to be
seen as a rather wide, shallow, blunt diverticulum of the latter.
In the sections intervening between this and fig. 3 the distal end
progressively moves peripherally as we pass down until it comes to
oceupy the position shown in the latter figure. Hence the dorsal
edge of the cleft is higher in its proximal portion than in its distal
part. In fig. 4 it will also be noticed that the proximal portion of
the cleft in its dorsal portion approaches very closely to the origin
of the second visceral-cleft. In the other two figures the cleft is
separated throughout by a considerable interval from the second
cleft, It follows from this that as it descends the plane of the
first cleft moves forward also.

Grouping the facts so far obtained we find the hyomandibular
cleft as a solid, two-layered diverticulum of the pharyngeal wall,
which extends outward and somewhat forward to a point a short
distance removed from the external ectoderm. Here it terminates
in a blunt, rounded edge, extending downward and slightly for-
ward and presenting throughout its course no well-marked indenta-
tions or depressions. Above and below, however, the outer edge
gradually recedes more and more from the skin until it blends
imperceptibly with the lining of the pharyngeal cavity. The edge
thus has the form of a gentlearch. In general the cleft outgrowth
is elongated dorso-ventrally, but it also is directed obliquely for-
ward, This forward direction is more pronounced in its dorsal
than in its ventral portion. In its lower portion the cleft is widely
separated from the second visceral-cleft, but in its dorso-posterior
portion it approaches the latter very closely, particularly in its
proximal, internal part. }

These observations are further confirmed by transverse sections
(Pls. VI, VII, figs. 5-7). In fig. 5 the hyomandibular cleft can be
seen as 2 short, blunt diverticulum from the inferior, outer angle of
the pharynx (Hym.). The cleft here is cut through its antero-

with processes or appendages of the body. In the present paper, however,
I designate by ‘‘distal’’ that portion of the hyomandibular fold (or of its
derivative. the Eustachian cord) which is farthest removed from its con-
nection with the pharynx, while I employ the term ‘‘yroximal ’? to denote
that part of the same structure which is nearest the point of origin from
the pharynx. My use of the-e terms in connection with the stracture men-
tioned is due to the necessity of having some fixed term to apply to each of
its extremities, the relative position of which vary in the different stages.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

ventral portion. In the fifth section posterior to this (fig. 6) the
cleft is cut throughout the greater part of its dorso-ventral extent,
and hence appears as a broad, solid mass extending out from the
side of the pharynx and reaching nearly to the skin, where it all
but meets a slight papilla projecting inward from the latter
(Hym.). This figure also reveals another feature of the cleft-
outgrowth which is of particular importance. It will be noted that
it is the upper portion of the cleft-fold which approaches most
nearly the skin, whereas the ventral portion recedes gradually
from it as we descend. About the middle of this ventral portion
is a small indentation in the outer edge occupied by a small
blood-vessel (x.). It will be also noticed that the proximal (inner)
portion of the cleft is situated at a higher level than in fig. 5.
From tbis it follows that the line of origin of the fold from the
pharynx extends from below upward and backward.

Posterior to this region the hyomandibular fold bends more
sharply backward and accordingly in transverse section appears
considerably narrower (fig. 7, Hym., right side). We next obtain
the condition shown in fig. 5 (left side), where the fold (Hym.) is
cut approximately at right angles to its surface and hence appears
extremely narrow. Below the fold is a large oval mass, the
Anlage of the hyoidean muscles, i.e., depressor mandibule and
depressor ossis hyoidei (h.m.). Spemann has noticed a relation
between the subsequent development of these muscles and the
degeneration of the hyomandibular fold. I have found the same
relation to exist in Bufo, but shall call attention to it’later. The
fold next enlarges somewhat, and then, gradually receding more
and more from the exterior, blends imperceptibly with the pharyn-
geal wall. These stages are shown consecutively in figs. 6 and 7
(left sides).

The transverse sections also show some structural features, which
are of importance in tracing certain stages in the subsequent his-
tory of the cleft-fold. Anterior to the cleft is the efferent man-
dibular aortic urtery, a branch from the carotid. At the present
- stage this vessel is rather difficult to trace, but with some care can
be worked out. Since, owing {o the general antero-ventral direc-
tion taken by the plane of the hyomandibular fold, the anterior
wall of the latter faces forward and also upward, it follows that in
transverse section structures anterior to the fold will be seen dorsal

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

to it. Thus in the figures the region immediately dorsal to the fold
is the mandibular arch, whereas that ventral to it is the hyoid
arch. In fig. 7 the efferent portion of the mandibular aortic arch
can be seen as a transversely placed vessel (m.a’.) just above the
roof of the pharynx and extending outward above the hyoman-
dibular diverticulum. Internally the vessel unites with the carotid
(car.). The course of the mandibular aortic arch can be followed
by comparing the figures. At first it is very small, as seen in fig.
5 (m.a’.). Tracing it forward, however, it is soon found to be
continuous with a much larger vessel with a well-marked lumen.
This vessel is the afferent portion of the mandibular aortic arch
(m.a’). Immediately beneath the antero-inferior extremity of the
hyomandibular fold the mandibular aortic arch is joined by the
hyoidean aortic arch, and the common trunk thus formed communi-
cates with the large inferior jugular sinuses beneath the mouth.

The other structure to which I desire to call attention is the
hyomandibular ramus of the facial nerve. The facial ganglion at
present lies just back of and above the dorsal margin of the
hyomandibular fold. The anterior edge of the ganglion is in
actual contact with the outer margin of the fold (fig. 7, vit).
From the ventral surface of the ganglion the hyomandibular ramus
(fig. 6, vii h.) is given off as a large nerve supplying the muscles
of the hyoid arch. It is hence posterior to the hyomandibular
fold. .

Stage IIT (Pls. VII, VIII, figs. 10-14, 16-18).—Young tadpole.
External gills prominent and considerably branched, not covered as
yet to any marked extent by the opercular fold. Third visceral-
cleft opening to the exterior. Mouth communicating with pharynx.
The tail has attained its full development.

A considerable departure from the conditions observed in the
preceding stage is shown in the present. The different organs are
quite clearly differentiated, while the Andagen of the more impor-
tant cartilages can be made out as dense aggregations of the mesen-
chyme. The first visceral-cleft especially has undergone marked
modifications. We can follow out its course by comparing figs.
10-14. Consulting fig. 10, we notice that the pharyngeal wall is
separated from the exterior by a considerable interval occupied by
scattered mesenchyme cells, which in the region immediately sur-
rounding the pharynx are segregating to form the An/lagen of the

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPAIA. 231

skeletal structures. Since it will be necessary hereafter in study-
ing the development of the Eustachian tube to take into consider-
ation the modifications undergone by the neighboring skeletal
parts, it may be well to point out these parts in the present stage.
The very dense segregated mass which may be seen in fig. 10
(M. and Q.), immediately external to and beneath the pharynx, is
the An/age of the cartilaginous mandibular arch. That portion
of the arch which underlies the pharynx is the mandibular or
Meckel’s cartilage (J), while that external to it is the quadrate
or suspensorium (@Q.). In the figure there is no distinct separation
between these two portions, but more anteriorly the mandibular
Anlage can be seen to be separated from the quadrate by a slight
space in which the mesenchyme cells are less densely aggregated
(jig. 11, M.—shown here owing to the oblique section, the left
side being cut more anteriorly than the right). In fic. 10 CM.)
only the most posterior part of the mandible can be seen. The
mandible, as in all anuran tadpoles, extends transversely beneath
the floor of the mouth. External to the lateral wall of the
pharynx (right side) is the quadrate cartilage (Q.), which ven-
trally becomes continuous with the mandible and at the same point
sends upward and outward a strong process, the orbital process or
processus muscularis (Pr.Jf.) (Gaupp). This process with the
inner portion of the quadrate forms a deep concavity, underlying
the eye and.containing the muscles of mastication. That portion
of the quadrate which lies in contact with the pharyngeal wall is
the palato-pterygoid process or commissura quadrato-cranialis ante-
rior of Gaupp (fig. 11, Pr.q.c.a.). At its dorsal extremity this
part approaches, but is still separated from, a patch of dense tissue
in immediate contact with the dorso-lateral border of the pharynx,
the Anlage of the trabecula cranii (Tr. ).

On the right side of fig. 11 (fourth section posterior to that of
fig. 10), the mandibular cartilage has been passed, and in its stead
we find a very slight aggregation of mesenchyme forming a portion
of the cartilaginous hyoid bar. The trabecula cranii of the same
side has become much less distinct, and in the third section follow-
ing (fig. 12) has ceased to be any longer distinguishable from the
surrounding mesenchyme. The trabecul eranii at present are
thus marked out only in their more anterior portion. Of the
quadrate cartilage we have only the body with its processus mus-

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

cularis, having passed beyond the transversely placed commissure
quadrato-cranialis anterior (palato-pterygoid). Of the quadrate
the outer, distal portion of the processus muscularis is most dis-
tinct at the present stage. Above this process are the muscles of
mastication (k.m.) already mentioned, while to its outer or ventral
surface are attached two muscles, the depressor mandibulee
(m.d.m.) and depressor ossis hyvidei (m.d.h.). Between these
two muscles courses the ramus hyomandibularis of the facial nerve
(vii h.). Both of these muscles belong to the hyoid or second
visceral-arch and have been differentiated out of the common =
muscle mass of that arch.

The quadrate in the region posterior to that just considered
blends gradually and imperceptibly with the surrounding mesen-
chyme. This can be followed by examining the figures consecu-
tively.

We will now turn to the consideration of the hyomandibular
fold in the present stage. In fig. 12 the rhomboidal cavity of
the pharynx is sharply prolonged at its right ventro-lateral angle,
and from the wall of the cavity immediately above this prolonga-
tion a narrow, solid cord, representing an extension of the wall,
extends upward and outward in close contact with the ventral sur-
face of the processus muscularis (Hw. ). Just. internal to its blind,
distal extremity can be seen a small vessel interposed between the
cord and the cartilage. This vessel is the mandibular aortic arch.
Ventral to the cord is a semicircular mass of procartilage, in the
hollow of which is placed the depressor mandibule. This is the
Anlage of the hyoid, a more complete view of which can be
obtained in fig. 13 (JZ.). The hyoid, like the mandible, is a stout,
thick bar placed transversely beneath the floor of the pharynx and
separated from its fellow in the mid-line by a less compact tissue.
Anteriorly the two are separated by the thyroid gland outgrowth
(Th.). At iis outer extremity the hyoid turns sharply upward
as a flattened plate with a concave outer surface in which is lodged,
as already mentioned, the depressor mandibule. Its inner surface
is closely applied to the outer and ventral wall of the hyomandib-
ular fold (Hu.).

In the region posterior to that shown in fig. 12 the hyomandibu-
Jar fold presents much the same appearance as in the Jast stage
(compare figs. 13 and 14 with 6 and 7). It will be noticed, how-

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

ever, that the fold is considerably narrower than in the preceding
stage, and also that its distal extremity is much farther removed
from the external surface. This condition will be more fully con-
sidered presently. The narrowing of the fold, however, is more
apparent than real. If one wili bear in mind the statement
already made that the fold extends downward and obliquely for-
ward, a true explanation of the difference will suggest itself.
Naturally a section which passes through in the same plane as that
of the fold will show the latter as a broad mass. ‘This explains
the appearance of the fold as shown in fig. 6 (right side). In this
figure the section on the right side passes through the eye, whereas
on the left side it passes some distance behind the eye. Hence the
section traverses the right side in an obliquely forward direction,
thus coinciding in the main with the plane of the fold. In the
same specimen the fold on the left side is cut throughout trans-
versely, so that, except in its most posterior portion, it appears as
a narrow, two-layered lamina.

It is in its distal anterior portion that the hyomandibular fold
has undergone its greatest modification. Im fig. 12 the fold is
continuous with the wall of the pharynx. In fig. 11, which is the
third section anterior to that of fig. 12, this connection no longer
exists. The fold appears as a solid, somewhat flattened cord
(Hu.), closely underlying the upper, outer extremity of the pro-
eessus muscularis. Its internal surface is in intimate contact with
the mandibular aortic arch (m.a.), while externally the two muscles
of the hyoid arch—i.e., depressor mandibulz (m.d.m.) and depres-
sor ossis hyoidei (m.d.h.)—approach it very closely. The proxi-
mal portion of the anterior part of the fold can be seen in the
figure as a relatively broad diverticulum from the wall of the
outer, inferior angle of the pharynx (Hym.).

Anterior to the region just considered this cord-like extension of
the fold extends forward a short distance and then bends sharply
outward in front of the two muscles just mentioned (fig. 18, Hym.,
right side). In this region it enlarges considerably and finally
terminates as a blind, bulbous swelling in the mesenchyme a short
distance below the external epithelium. This part is shown in fig.
10 (Tym.), also in fig. 17 ( Tym.).

Perhaps a clearer conception of the state of the fold may be
gained by a comparison with some coronal sections. In fig. 16 we

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

have such a section, in which, however, the plane is lower on the
right side than on the left. Commencing below, we observe on the
right of the figure a short, blunt diverticulum of the pharyngeal
wall, extending outward and slightly forward between the dnlagen
of the mandibular and hyoid cartilages. This part corresponds
to broad proximal portion of the fold shown in fig. 11 as continu-
ous with the pharyngeal wall. In the fourth section dorsal to this
(fig. 17) the same portion of the fold is still seen, and just extev-
nal to its distal extremity is an elongated strand of like nature
(Tym. ), somewhat swollen in its outer portion, where it terminates
just beneath the external epithelium. This partis the swollen
poruion of the elefi, which, as already mentioned, extends out in
front of the hyoidean muscles and forms the distal expanded por-
tion of the cord-like extension of the fold. In the second section
above this (fig. 18) these two paris of the fold join, so that it now
appears continuous throughout (Hym.). The present section gives
a very good view of the course taken by the hyomandibular fold.
One will observe that it has a very broad origin from the pharyn- -
geal wall, and that from this point it extends outward and also
considerably forward. In its middle portion the fold is consider-
ably constricted, while in its distal outer extremity it is enlarged to
form the swollen, bulbous portion which curves outward in front
of the hyoidean muscles, as is well shown in the figure.

One notices that in fig. 18 the outer, distal extremity of the
fold is farther removed from the exterior than in fix. 17. If the
left side of fig. 16 (Hym.)—which represents a plane slightly
more dorsal than that of the right of fig. 18—be now consulted it
will be seen that this portion is still farther removed from the
exterior, and by comparing the same fold (Hym.) in the following
two figures (17 and 18) the distance between the two will be seen
to be still more, increased. In the latter two figures the fold
approaches very closely the proximal portion of the second visceral-
cleft (2 v.f.)—a feature to which we have already called attention.

Bringing together the facts so far obtained relating to the third
stage, we shall now endeavor to form a conception of the hyoman-
dibular fold as a whole. It arises as a solid fold of the wall of
the pharynx and extends downward and obliquely forward as a
thin plate between the first and second visceral-arches. Its origin
from the pharynx extends downward and forward, beginning above

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235
just anterior to the dorsal origin of the second visceral-cleft (figs.
14, 17, 18, Hym.) and terminating at the position of the future
quadrato-mandibular articulation (fig. 10, Hym.). The outer or
distal border begins dorsally in continuity with the roof of the
pharynx (fig. 14, Hym.), and then extends in a gentle curve
downward, outward and forward until it reaches the point where
the distal, cord-like extension is given off and which I shall now
designate as the ‘‘ diverticulum.’’ The latter is at first a flattened
cord (fig. 11, Ew.), which at first extends forward a short dis-
tance, but, when it reaches the anterior border of the depressor
ossis hyoidei, turns sharply outward and slightly downward in
front of the latter and then expands to form a solid, bulbous
swelling, which terminates blindly in the mesenchyme a short dis-
tance below the external ectoderm (figs. 10, 17, Tym.; also fig.
18, Hym.). This portion of the hyomandibular fold is the only
part which comes into close proximity with the external epithelium.
The remainder of the fold lies at a considerably deeper level. The
distal border of the latter, below the origin of the ‘‘ diverticu-
lum,’’ bends downward and inward and at its ventral end blends
with the floor of the pharynx (figs. 10, 11, Hym.; 12, 13, 14,
Hym. [left side]; 16, 17 [right]). This portion of the distal
border is continuous with the ventral border of the ‘‘ diverticu-
lum,’’ and, owing to the slightly downward direction taken by the
latter, forms with it a shallow sinus or depression, the concavity
of which faces downward and outward. By its anterior surface the
hyomandibular fold is in close contact with the quadrate, although
partly separated from it by the mandibular aortic arch (m.a.).
Owing to the obliquely anterior direction taken by the hyoman-
dibular fold, this surface faces both forward and upward, so that
in transverse sections it appears as the dorsal border. Hence it
follows that all structures found above the fold are anterior to it,
whereas those ventral to it are posterior. The posterior surface
faces backward and downward and has in close relation the Andagen
of the hyoid cartilage and associated muscles. Between the two
muscles is the ramus hyomandibularis of the facial nerve (vii h.)
which occupies its definitive position posterior to the hyomandibu-
lar fold.*

®The reader will do well to consult figure 3 of Dr. Spemann’s paper,
which shows a reconstruction of the hyomandibular fold of Rana temporaria
at a similar stage. TI find that the fold in Bufo lentiginosus is in all essen-
tial respecis similar.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [March,

Tt now remains for us to point out the differences between the
hyomandibular fold in the present and preceding stages and, if
possible, to ascertain how such differences have been produced.
In the first place, one will recall that the outer border of the fold
in the last stage described a gentle curve, arching from above
downward and forward, and that throughout the greater part of its
Jength this border approached very closely the external epiblast..
Tn the present stage the arch described by the outer border is
interrupted about its middle by a eclub-shaped ‘* diverticulum,”
which, again, is the only portion of the fold which approaches
closely the external epithelium. The remainder of the outer bor-
der lies a considerable distance below the skin. Again, a compari-
son of coronal sections shows that the anterior extension of the
fold is more marked than in the earlier stage. Hence there are
at least three differences to be accounted for, i.e., (1) the recession
of the outer border of the fold from the external epithelium; (2)
the formation of the blind, distal ‘‘ diverticulum,’’ which still
retains the original position of the fold near the skin, and (3)
the more anterior direction taken by the fold.

In order to account for these changes it is evident that at least
two factors must be borne in mind. These are (1) the growth
process —i.e., the general increase in size of the parts in accordance
with the growth of the individual—and (2) the differentiation of
new structures. First, as regards the recession of the outer border
of the fold from the skin: By comparing the figures illustrating
the two stages, one will observe that a considerable increase in the
transverse diameter of the head has taken place, whereas little, if
any, increase has oceurred in the vertical plane. On the other
hand the pharynx has not increased concomitantly in size, but,
instead, has undergone an actual decrease, so that itis not only
relatively, but also absolutely, smaller in size than in the earlier
stage. However, between the points of origin of the hyoman-
dibular fold the pharyngeal cavity retains approximately its orig-
inal width, a feature due to the fact that in this region it forms a
pair of shallow evaginations (fig. 16). The smaller size of the
pharyngeal cavity can be readily made out in the transverse sec-
tions (compare figs. 5-7 with 10-14). This reduction is in all
probability connected with the increase in amount of mesenchyme
and particularly with the segregation of the latter to form the An/a-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

gen of the cartilages and muscles. The cartilages are laid down
close to the wall of the pharynx, and with their increase in size the
latter is naturally reduced; while at the same time the increase in
amount of the general mesenchyme accounts for the increase in
width of the entire head.

As a consequence of the retarded growth of the pharynx and of
the increase in width of the head it follows that, unless there is
sufficient rapidity of growth in the fold to compensate for the
arrested growth of the pharynx, the distal extremity of the
hyomandibular fold will be removed more and more from the exte-
rior and that ultimately it will come to lie quite deepiy. To such
causes, I think,’must be attributed the recession of the hyoman-
dibular fold from the exterior. The head has increased in width,
while the pharynx has remained stationary, and even been reduced
in size, so that its appendage, the fold, quite naturally recedes from
the ectoderm.

But this explanation suggests another problem: Why does the
fold not exhibit sufficient rapidity of growth to enable it to retain
throughout iis original position near the external epithelium, as in
the case of the remaining visceral-clefts, and, moreover, why does
it retain this position at one point, i.e., where the blind, bulbous
‘« diverticulum ’’ terminates? This question brings us to our
second topic—the formation of the ‘‘ diverticulum.’’ This part is
not, I consider, a new formation, but merely that portion of the
fold which has managed by its normal growth to retain its original
position near the ectoderm. In this connection I wish again to
call attention to the condition in stage II. The distal border then
formed a gentle arch, which for a considerable part of its extent
was in close proximity to the skin. However, at both its dorsal
and ventral extremities this border recedes progressively more and
more from the exterior until finally it blends at both ends with
the lining of the pharynx. Hence in sections the dorsal and
ventral portions of the distal border are seen at varying levels
below the ectoderm, while the crown (of the arched plate) is situ-
ated near the latter (compare figs. 2-7). Fig. 6 is instructive in
this connection. Take the fold as shown on the right side. It will
be seen that the distal edge is in close proximity to the ectoderm
for a considerable part of its length. However, the upper portion
of this border is closer to the ectoderm than the remainder. This

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [March,

part represents a region slightly dorsal to the middle portion of the
distal border. Below this the edge recedes to a slight extent from
the exterior and in its middle portion forms a slight, barely per-
ceptible depression. If we now conceive that in the future growth
of the animal all the lower portion of the distal edge remains
stationary and that the middle depression deepens considerably,
while the upper portion alone remains in proximity to the ecto-
derm, then we should obtain a condition very similar to that shown
in fig. 12, except that complete outward extension of the fold is
not shown in the figure (see instead fig. 10). In fig. 12 the
arrested ventral portion can be seen as an extension of the right
inferior angle of the pharynx, while the concavity between it and
the plate-like hyomandibular fold is the much-deepened depression
(see also fig. 11). In the latter figure the lower portion of the
fold can be seen as a blunt extension from the ventro-latera! wall
of the pharynx, while the flattened, oval mass external to and
above it is the dorsal portion, or, as we have temporarily termed
it, the ‘ diverticulum.’? More posteriorly, as shown in fig. 12,
this ‘‘ diverticulum ’’ becomes continuous with the proximal por-
tion of the fold, and accordingly the area embraced between these
two portions anteriorly represents the depression, which we saw
beginning in fig. 6. One will notice that in this area a muscle—
the depressor mandibulze (m.d.m.) —has just attained attachment
to the Anlage of the quadrate cartilage, while external to it its
companion muscle, the depressor ossis hyoidei (m.d.h.), has
acquired attachment to the tip of the processus muscularis. The
‘« diverticulum ’’ lies between these two muscles and, as already
mentioned, extends anteriorly between them until it reaches the
anterior surface of the outer muscle (depressor ossis hyoidei),
around which it curves outward (fig. 10, also 17 and 18). In the
behavior of these two muscles lies the clue to the solution of the
problem under consideration. One will recall that both of these
muscles belong originally to the hyoid arch, and consequently their
acquirement of attachment to the quadrate is a later affair. In
stage II the original hyoidean muscle-mass, from which these two
are subsequently differentiated, extends in its long axis almost
vertically and is situated entirely behind the hyomandibular fold
(see. figs. 2-7). Later, however, as the muscle increases in size
its long axis becomes extended in an obliquely anterior direction,

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 239

the superior border facing forward. At this time the common
muscle divides into an inner and anterior mass, the depressor man-
dibulze, and an outer and posterior mass, the depressor ossis
hyoidei. With subsequent growth both muscles extend forward
more and more until one of them-—the depressor mandibule—
invades the area intervening between the skin and the inferior por-
tion of the distal edge of the hyomandibular fold at the point
indicated by the slight depression shown in fig. 6 (x). Here its
anterior extremity comes into close relation with the segregating
Anlage of the quadrate at a point just in front of and below the
fold. The outer muscle—the depressor ossis hyoidei—also acquires
avtachment to the quadrate An/age, but at a point above and pos-
terior to the fold.

I have just mentioned ‘hat. the depressor mandibule extends for-
ward in the space between the lower portion of the distal border
of the hyomandibular fold and the skin. With this invasion an
effective barrier is interposed between the two ; and as a result of
the subsequent increase in size of the muscle and of the extension
in width of the head, 11 follows that this lower portion of the
hyomandibular fold will be arrested in its growth and will conse-
quently come to be more and more removed from the exterior.
At the same time the segregation of the mesenchyme to form carti-
lage Andagen interposes additional barriers to the outward growth of
the fold. Hence it is possible to understand why it is that the
lower part of the fold should lie so far beneath the ectoderm as
shown in the present stage (figs. 11, 16, 17). On the other hand,
the dorsal portion of the hyomandibular fold—i.e., that which
forms the ‘‘ diverticulum ’’—is situated above the depressor man-
dibulz, so that the Jatter does not interfere with its normal grewth
and as a result this portion of the fold still retains its proximity to
the skin. With the increase in width of the head it has been carried
outward with the skin, In its proximal portion, however, this
part also has been encroached upon by the developing depressor
mandibul, and as a result it presents the form of a long-drawn-
out cord, narrow and flattened in its proximal part and swollen in
its terminal part, where it is not encroached upon to any great
extent by the surrounding structures.

Along the dorsal edge of the fold no well-marked changes, so
far as I have been able to determine, seem to have taken place.

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —__ [March,

In the figures (particularly figs. 17 and 18 [left side] ) one will
notice that the distal extremity is removed some distance from the
skin, but this appearance, I consider, is simply produced by the
obliquely ventral direction taken by the dorsal border, as has been
already described.

This brings us to our third problem, 7.e., the more pronounced
anterior extension of the fold. This, I consider, is correlated with
the growth anteriorly of the two hyoidean muscles. Naturally as
these extend forward they carry the fold with them. Asa result
of this the posterior surface of the fold comes to face outward, and
the anterior inward. Hence in transverse sections structures
external to the fold are also morphologically posterior, whilst
those internal to it are morphologically anterior (compare trans-
verse with coronal sections of present stage).

Stage IV.—Young tadpole. Opercular fold well developed,
ending freely posteriorly and with the ends of the external gills
protruding beyond its posterior margin. The various tissues for
the most part clearly differentiated. True cartilage developed in
the mandibular and hyoid arches (Pl. VIII, figs. 15, 19; Pl. TX,
figs. 23, 24).

Beginning anteriorly the distal, blind extremity of the ‘‘ diver-
ticulum’’ appears as a transversely extended cord of cells, some-
what expanded distally, lying in the loose mesenchyme some dis-
tance below the external epithelium (fig. 24, Tym.). This cord is
clearly distinguished from the surrounding fibrous tissue by its
greater density, which naturally causes it to stain more deeply,
and also by the presence within its substance of yolk spherules and
numerous pigment granules, similar to those found in the mucous
membrane of the pharynx. In the present stage the yolk spher-
ules, although still present, are much less numerous than in the
earlier stages and they soon disappear allogether, so that the dark
pigment becomes the distinguishing feature of the cord. The
lower proximal portion of the hyomandibular fold can be seen in
the figure as a shallow protrusion (/ym.) from the ventro-lateral
angle of the pharynx (compare with figs. 10 and 11). In the
region immediately posterior the proximal portion is practically
blended with the wall of the pharynx (figs. 15 and 19). In fig.
19 (right side) it again becomes distinguishable and soon becomes
continuous with the prominent diverticulum Zu. (left side of fig. 19)-

SSA ——eEs CT Tt—“i=i—S

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES Of PHILADELPHIA. 241

I will now return to the ‘‘ diverticulum ’’ in order to trace its

further course. From its distal extremity the ‘‘ diverticulum ’’
extends inward and slightly backward in close contact with the
anterior surface of the depressor ossis hyoidei (m.d.h., fig. 24,
Tym.), and then ascending slightly to pass over a large vessel, the
mandibular aortic arch (m.a.), it comes into close relation with
the external surface of the processus muscularis of the quadrate.
As it progresses inward the cord gradually decreases in diameter, so
that when it reaches the quadrate it is reduced to about a half or
even a third of the diameter of its distal expanded portion.

After reaching the external surface of the quadrate the reduced
“* diverticulum ’’ turns sharply posteriorly at the inner edge of the
depressor ossis hyoidei as a minute, cylindrical cord, (figs. 23, 15,
19, Eu.). Here it is closely applied to the processus muscularis
of the quadrate. Below and internal to it is the mandibular
aortic arch (m. a.), while bounding it externally is a small, acces-
sory slip from the depressor mandibul (fig.15, m.d.m’.), the main
body of which is attached to the quadrate anterior and internal to
the cord (fig. 24, m.d.m.). The cord extends posteriorly in the
same position, usually closely applied to the quadrate, and showing
more or less reduction in size, so that in certain parts of its course
it is difficult to trace clearly. Throughout its entire extent, how-
ever, it contains numerous pigment granules, the presence of
which facilitates considerably the tracing of the cord, as does also
the scattered yolk-bodies apparent for the last time in the present
stage.

In fig. 15 the cord can be seen, much reduced, just under the
transversely extended processus muscularis and external to the
mandibular aortic arch (m.a.). In fig. 19 (vight side) the cord
(Eu.) still occupies the same relative position. Just external to it
is the ramus hyomandibularis of the facial nerve (vii h.). Inter-
nal to it the mandibular artery (m.a.) intervenes between it and
the pharyngeal wall. At this point the mandibular aortic arch
begins to turn inward in order to reach the carotid. Immediately
behind the artery the cord fuses with the distal extremity of the
diverticulum extending up from the pharyngeal wall (see fig. 19,
Hu., \eft side). Here both the cord and proximal portion of the
hyomandibular fold become continuous. The fold becomes more
prominent in the following sections (fig. 23, Hu.) and ultimately

16

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [March,

‘blends with the wall of the pharynx dorsal to the inner opening
of the first branchial-cleft.

To recapitulate briefly the state of the hyomandibular fold at
the present stage: we have found the ventral portion of the fold
present only as an inconspicuous protrusion of the ventro-lateral
angle of the pharynx. Only the dorsalmost portion of the orig-
inal fold is well developed, and from this the greatly prolonged
«« diverticulum ”’ extends forward .as a solid cord of cells. The
latter originates posterior to the quadrato-hyoid articulation.
Throughout the greater part of its length the cord is closely applied
to the outer surface of the processus muscularis. Anteriorly,
however, it bends sharply outward in front of the depressor ossis
hyoidei and terminates blindly as a somewhat bulbous enlargement
in the subcutaneous tissue.

I may here describe briefly the condition of the neighboring
skeletal structures, since in the present stage these have acquired
the relations. which they retain throughout the entire larval period.
The animal has now passed beyond the pro-cartilage stage and
consequently the cartilages can be readily traced. In most cases
they alrealy show a well-defined perichondrium. The quadrate
cartilage is prolonged in an antero-posterior direction almost parallel
with the corresponding trabecula cranii. Its course is thus quite
the reverse of that which characterizes its adult condition. Its
distal articular end is prolonged as the processus articularis down-
ward aud forward to a point beneath the anterior surface of the
ey2 and at a later period still farther forward. At its distal
extremity it bears the transversely placed mandibular cartilage
(Meckel’s). The greater part of the quadrate is prolonged
upward and outward as a stout plate immediately underlying the
orbit—the processus muscularis—to the outer side of which are
attached the depressor mandibule and depressor ossis hyoidei, In
the coneavity formed in the inner (and upper) surface are lodged
the muscles of mastication (fig. 24, k.m.). On the ventral surface
near the point of junction between the body of the cartilage and
the processus muscularis there is forming at the present stage a
shallow, concave articular surface for the head of the hyoid ear-
tilage. The latter is a stout bar of cartilage extending trans-
versely beneath the floor of the pharynx and joined to its fellow
of the opposite side by the intervention of a median plate, the

=.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 248

copula. In its outer portion the hyoid turns sharply upward to
form an ascending process, which articulates with the quadrate.

In its anterior portion—i.e., where the processus articularis is
given off—the quadrate is joined to the trabecula of the same side
by an ascending bar of cartilage, the commissura quadrato-cranialis
anterior (Gaupp) or palato-pterygoid bar. Posteriorly again the
quadrate bends sharply upward and then as a stout bar (processus
ascendens, fig. 19, Pr.A.) extends inward back of the eye and in
front of the auditory capsule to join with the trabecula just in
front of the basilar plate (parachorda]). There is no distinct
separation between these connected cartilages, the matrix of each
being perfectly continuous with that of the others.

It now remains to connect the conditions observed in the present
stage with those seen in the preceding. The chief differences
between the former and the latter are briefly these: (1) The rela-
tively much greater length of tle ‘‘ diverticulum,’’ a condition asso-
ciated with the removai of the part connecting it with the
pharyngeal wall to a point more posterior, i.e., back of the quadrato-
hyoid articulation; (2) the reduction in size of the middle portion
of the ‘‘ diverticulum,’’ and (3) the almost complete obliteration
of the ventro-anterior portion of the hyomandibular fold.

These ditferences are, I believe, correlated with a continuation of
the same processes treated of under the description of the pre-
ceeding stage. These are chiefly the modifications undergone by
the neighboring muscles and cartilages. The general growth of
the animal has had little, if anything, to do in producing the
«lifferences between the two stages. There has been a considerable
increase in width of the head—an increase in which, however, the
contained structures have taken part. The greater length of the
“* divertievlum ’’ has been produced by the continued increase in
depth of the depression in the distal border of the fold. In stage
III this depression was relatively shallow, so that the ‘‘ diverticu-
lum’’ was very short and blunt. In the present stage the
“diverticulum ’’ is very long, having the form of a long, narrow
cord somewhat expanded at its distal extremity. The insinking
of the distal border was associated with the growth of the depressor
mandibul:e, in consequence of the latter’s acquisition of a point of
attachment to the quadrate in front of and below the distal border
of the hyomandibular fold. In the present stage this muscle has

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~—_ [March,

increased in size and extended its area of attachment to the quad-
rate. It has also given off an accessory slip, which extends
upward external to the cord-like ‘‘ diverticulum’’ to attach to
the processus muscularis (fig. 15, m.d.m’.). Moreover, immedi-
ately behind the posterior edge of the depressor mandibul, the
hyoid cartilage is drawn up to form an articulation with the quad-
rate, and following this the enlarged mandibular aortic arch turns
inward to join with the carotid (fig. 19, m.a.) just in front of the
point where the ‘‘ diverticulum ’’ joins the extension from the
pharyngeal wall (fig. 19, Eu., left side). Thus changes in three
structures have been instrumental in producing the deepening of
the depression, i.e., (1) the increase in size and area of attach-
ment of the depressor mandibulze; (2) the articulation of the
hyoid to the quadrate, and (3) the increase in size of the man-
dibular aortic arch.

The reduction in size of the middle portion of the ‘‘ diverticu-
lar’’ cord. (compare figures with fig. 11 of last stage) has been
associated with two factors: (1) the increase in size of the accom-
panying mandibular aorta, and (2) the differentiation and growth
of the outer, accessory slip of the depressor mandibule. By
examining figure 15, one will notice the reduced cord tightly
wedged in between the enlarged artery internally and the accessory
slip externally.

The decrease of the ventro-anterior portion of the hyomandibular
fold to form a mere shallow protrusion of the ventro-lateral angle
of the pharynx (fig. 24, Hym.) has in all probability been pro-
duced by the deepening of the depression and its final blending
with the pharyngeal wall. Naturally, as the depression deepened
its deepest part would ultimately blend with the pharyngeal wall,
so as to be no longer distinguishable (fig. 15). As the ventro-
anterior portion of the fold formed the lower border of the depres-
sion, it would naturally be drawn in with the deepening of the
depression until it formed the shallow protrusion mentioned (fig.
24, Hym.). This decrease is also accelerated by the increase in
size and density of the skeletal and muscular parts.

Stage V.—Young tadpole of about 9 mm. Opercular cavity
communicating with the exterior by a single opening on the left
side. No external gills.

The condition of the hyomandibular fold is essentially similar to

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

that in the preceding stage. The tissues of the animal are more
compact and definitely limited than in the last stage. The
external, distal extremity of the ‘ diverticulum ”’ (or, as I may
now term it, the Eustachian cord, since the structure under con-
sideration ultimately: gives rise to the greater part of the tube of
that name) has the same general appearance as before. It, how-
ever, does not extend so far out from the processus muscularis as
before, a condition probably produced by the increase in size of
the process. A slight reduction has also taken part in this portion
of the cord (‘‘ diverticulum ”’ ). More marked, however, has been
the change in the middle portion of the cord. After extending
inward to the processus muscularis the cord rapidly degenerates,
becoming greatly flattened and much reduced in size, so that for a
part of its course it is very difficult to recognize, the presence of
seattered nuclei and numerous pigment granules alone serving to
mark its existence. This great reduction has been associated with
@ continuation of the processes described in the last stage, i.e., the
growth of the hyoidean muscles (depressor mandibulee and depres-
sor ossis hyoidei), the articulation of the hyoid with the quadrate
and the increase in size of the mandibular artery (Pl. VII, fig. 8
and Pl. IX, fig. 25, Eu.).

The cord retains the degenerate condition just deseribed until it
reaches a point just back of the region where the mandibular aorta
turns inward to join the carotid. A good idea of the condition of
the cord can be obtained from coronal sections (fig. 8). In such
it appears as a faint, narrow cord ( Eu. ), coursing in an antero-
posterior direction in contact with the outer surface of the pro-
cessus muscularis. This cord contains no lumen and shows no
indication of a tubal character. It contains throughout its course
scattered nuclei arranged end to end, and it is largely colored by
numerous black pigment-granules. The yolk-spherules have now
disappeared entirely. There is very little substance to the cord
and in places where nuclei and pigment are lacking it becomes
very difficult to trace.

Immediately posterior to the inflexed mandibular aorta the
Eustachian cord is joined to the pharyngeal wall by a narrow
strand of somewhat elongated cells. These cells are not easily
distinguishable from the cells of the surrounding connective tissue,
but they form a rather dense patch in the latter stretched between

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

the pharyngeal wall and ‘the tubal Andage. Immediately beyond
this region this connecting portion broadens out considerably to form
a rather shallow bulging of cells from the roof of a ‘‘ lateral
recess ’’ (fig. 25, 1.7.) or pouch of the pharynx, from the outer
extremity of which the thymus gland is given off. This ‘‘ lateral
recess ’’’ is really formed by an extension outward of the branchial
portion of the pharynx over the internal branchial openings, so
that the latter are now situated on the floor of the cavity. In the
preceding stage this ‘‘ lateral recess’’ was just beginning to form
as a slight bulging beneath the proximal portion of the tubal
Anlage. With the extension externally of the ‘‘ lateral recess ”’
the proximal portion of the Eustachian cord comes to appear as
an inconspicuous protuberance over the inner part of the roof of
the ‘‘ recess’’ (fig. 25, immediately internal to vii h).

Stage VI.—Tadpole of 15 mm. Posterior limbs appearing as
minute buds below the root of the tail (Pl. EX, fig. 26).

In this stage the Eustachian cord has about reached the height
of its degeneration. The cord still maintains the same general
relations to the surrounding parts as before. Its distal, expanded
extremity remains distinct, and from thence the cord can readily
be traced to its characteristic position next to the outer surface of
the processus muscularis. Here, however, it soon becomes very
small and then can be traced only with the greatest difficulty.
The cord lies immediately above the mandibular aorta, and by
following the latter it may be traced as a minute, more or less
flattened pigmented patch, which in certain parts contains one or
two nuclei not readily distinguishable from the nuclei of the sur-
rounding fibrous tissue (fig. 26, Eu.). Immediately posterior to
the quadrato-hyoid articulation the cord again enlarges slightly
and can be traced thence for a considerable distance. Then in the
region where the ramus hyomandibularis begins to come into close
relations with its external surface all distinct traces of the cord are
lost. Nothing more of the cord is to be made out until we come
to the region where the mandibular artery turns inward, where
for a short space the cord is again revealed and then terminates
without forming any clear connection with the pharyngeal wall.
This most posterior fragment of the cord is situated below the
quadrate, dorsal to the upper anterior end of the ‘‘ lateral recess ’’
of the pharynx. There is no distinct proliferation from the dorso-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

internal wall of this portion to indicate the proximal, connecting
part of the tubal cord. The proliferation has very likely opened
out with the formation of the ‘‘ lateral recess,’’ and has been merged
into the dorsal wall of the latter.

It thus appears that in the present stage the Eustachian cord for
the greater part of its length has undergone remarkable fragmen-
tation, having broken up into a number of sections of variable
length. Kuch of these fragments, however, retains exactly the
same relations to the surrounding structures that the corresponding
part of the cord showed in the preceding stage. It is quite possible
that the various fragments may still be connected by the trans-
parent cell-walls of the cord, and in that case the apparent frag-
mentation is simply due to the restriction of the more vital, stain-
able portions to areas less subject to the action of unfayorable
forces. I am somewhat inclined to consider this the actual condi-
tion in the present stage, since in a longitudinal series { have been
enabled to follow out with great care a pale, almost transparent
cord connecting some of the fragments. Posteriorly this cord
approaches very closely the wall of the pharynx. I have not been
able to make out any distinct connection between the two, but
their proximity would incline me to believe such a union to exist.
Still I have not been able to satisfy myself on this point.

I have not been able to determine to my satisfaction the factors
which have been concerned in the degeneration of the Eustachian
cord. One of them is probably to be found in the pressure exerted
by the surrounding structures, particularly by the two muscles
already mentioned. Owing probably to its unfavorable position
the tubal cord appears to have little, if any, power of indepen-
dent growth. It therefore may have been acted on by the growth
anteriorly of the head whereby a pull has been exerted on it,
causing its wall to extend and its contents to be restricted to more
or less limited regions of the cord.

Stage VII.—Tadpole of 21 mm. Hind limbs well developed.

This stage very closely resembles the preceding. Owing to an
accident the more anterior sections of the Eustachian cord in the
specimen examined are lacking, but I have no doubt but that this
portion of the cord in the present stage corresponds in all essential
respecis with that in the preceding, since in the succeeding stage
the anterior portion is very similar to that in stage VI. So far

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mareh,

as the remaining parts are concerned, they present the same frag-
mentary character as in the preceding stage, being in certain loca-
tions almost unrecognizable. I noticed in the present series (and
likewise in several later ones) that there is no necessary corre-
spondence either in the number, length or distribution of the frag-
ments of the two sides. In the case of the specimen of the present
stage examined the sections were almost exactly transverse, so that
the same parts were cut on both sides. Yet the tubal cord may
be present for a considerable distance on one side and apparently
altogether absent on the other. This irregularity is a marked
feature during the entire metamorphic period. I find that there
is also marked individual variation in this respect. This vari-
ability would seem to indicate that the character of the fragmen-
tation is not due to some inherited tendency, but is produced by
mechanical forces exerted by the surrounding structures.

Posteriorly the Eustachian cord terminates suddenly in the usual
position, dorsal to the anterior extremity of the ‘‘ lateral recess ’’
of the branchial portion of the pharynx. In tbe same region a
prominent proliferation arises from the dorsal wall of the ‘‘ recess,”’
and extends upward to the same relative position as that oecupied
by the cord in the more anterior sections. This structure may
represent the same mass of cells which originally established the
connection between the tubal cord and the wall of the pharynx, but
of this interpretation I am uncertain, since I was unable to discover
any sign of such proliferation in the preceding stage or in a num-
ber of later stages. Possibly its occurrence or absence is a matter
of individual variation.

There has been but little change in the skeleton since the last
period. Posteriorly, however, the quadrate has developed a pos-
teriorly projecting processus oticus, which comes in contact with
the ventral surface of the auditory capsule. ‘Che processus oticus
arises at the angle formed by the body of the quadrate with the
processus ascendens. The stapes appears for the first time as an
oval chondrification within the membrane closing the fenestra
ovalis, There are no distinct traces of a columella auris.

Stage VIII.—Tadpole of 21 mm. Preceding the appearance of
the fore-limbs.

At this time we have the earliest distinct appearance of the annu-
lar cartilage (Pl. TX, fig. 28, An.}. About opposite the point where

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

the pterygo-palatine bar (processus quadrato-cranialis anterior)
joins the quadrate, a yery conspicuous proliferation from the peri-
chondrium of the latter occurs. This proliferation forms a dense
strand of cells, which reach outward in the subcutaneous tissue
and aggregate themselves in a somewhat concentric fashion about
the distal, expanded termination of the Eustachian cord (Tym. ).
The dense patch there formed is the Andage of the future annu-
Jar cartilage. From this region the Eustachian cord pursues the
same course that characterized the preceding stages. The cord
is, however, much more distinct than in any of the latter, and its
tubular character is plainly indicated by its nuclei, which are now
grouped about the periphery of the cord, thus giving the latter the
appearance of a duct with an obliterated lumen (PI. XI, fig. 29,
Eu.). In certain parts of the cord slight indications of a central
Jumen can be made out, but, as a rule, any cavities that do appear
are neither very extensive nor pronounced. The cord, however, as
in the preceding stages, becomes smaller as it extends posteriorly
and in the region of the quadrato-hyoid articulation disappears. It
soon reappears, however. Posterior to the hyoid articulation the
cord again becomes much reduced, but does not lose its continuity
with the most posterior portion. In the most posterior part of its
course the cord again enlarges, becomes ciearly tubular, and ex-
hibits a more or less well-defined lumen. In this portion the cord
occupies its characteristic position, ventral to the quadrate cartilage
and internal to the ramus hyomandibularis, which in the region of
the quadrato-hyoid articulation ascends from the ventral portion of
the hyoid arch to come into close relation with the outer wall of
the cord. From the dorsal wall of the ‘‘ lateral recess’’ of the
pharynx a conspicuous strand of cells arises, the dorsal end of
which closely approaches the Eustachian cord, but before actual
contact takes place the cord rather suddenly terminates. I am
not certain of the significance of this strand. It may be the part
which originally connected the cord with the pharynx, but of this
I am uncertain, since I found no evidence of it in stage VI.

Stage IX.—Tadpole of 18 mm. Both fore and hind limbs
present.

This stage marks the commencement of the metamorphosis.
Since the changes which the Eustachian cord (or tube) undergoes
during this period are obviously correlated with modifications

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

taking place simultaneously in the skeletal structures, it is neces-
sary, in order to follow the fcrmer, to obtain a right conception of
the latter. Hence in the present stage I will first treat of the
essential skeletal parts. In the first place, the axis of the quad-
rate extends in a more dorso-ventral direction than formerly, so
that now the mandibular articulation lies below the anterior edge
of the eye, instead of being entirely in front of it as before. This
position implies that the lower part of the quadrate has moved or
rotated backward through a slight angle. The processus quadrato-
eranialis anterior (pierygo-palatine) is now considerably elongated
in an antero-posterior direction, a change obviously associated with
the backward rotation of the quadrate. The processus muscularis
(orbital) begins ta show signs of deyeneration, especially along its
dorso-external edge. . The hyoid still articulates to the ventral sur-
face of the quadrate. Posteriorly the processus ascendens has
degenerated and consequently the quadrate has lost its connection
with the wall of the brain-case, but instead it now joins by means
of its processus oticus the wall of the auditory capsule anterior to
the fenestra ovalis. In the membrane closing the latter the stapes
now appears as a large, oval mass of fully differentiated cartilage.
The columella auris is a delicate rod of primitive cartilage, closely
applied to the wall of the capsule. Anteriorly it terminates with-
out forming any connection whatever with either the quadrate or
any portion of the Eustachian tube and posteriorly it unites with
the stapes. The columella is most distinct and its tissue most
compact in its posterior portion, so that it cannot be regarded as
a derivative of the quadrate.

As a consequence of the posterior rotation of the dista] portion
of the quadrate, the distal extremity of the Eustachian cord is
now situated somewhat posterior to its former position, but its
relation to the immediately surrounding structures is the same as
before, since these likewise have been affected by the quadrate’s
change of axis. The annular cartilage, now a dense cellular mass,
is situated under the anterior margin of the eye and above the
mandibular articulation. To its ventral surface the more anterior
fibres of the depressor ossis hyoidei have acquired attachment.
Imbedded in the cartilage is the distal end of the Eustachian cord,
the future tympanic cavity. The general appearance of the cord
is similar to that in the preceding stage. The cord still shows

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

fragmentation, although the length and distribution of the frag-
ments differ on the two sides. No connection between the cord
and the pharynx can be determined with certainty, although the
proliferation attached to the dorsal wall of the ‘‘ lateral recess ”’
is still present.

Stage X.—Tailed toad of 15.5 mm. Fore and hind limbs well
developed.

This stage very closely resembles the preceding, the most marked
differences being the greater antero-posterior elongation of the
processus quadrato-cranialis anterior and the associated greater
posterior rotation of the quadrate.’ The Eustachian cord, also,
is very distinct, particulariy in its anterior and posterior portions.
In the region just back of the quadrato-hyoid articulation it is
greatly reduced and traceable only with difficulty. In several
places the cord shows a distinct lumen. There are no distinct
signs of a proliferation attached to the pharyngeal wall extending
toward the cord.

Stage XI.—Tailed toad, 6.8 mm., tail 1.5 mm, Close of the
metamorphosis.

The processus quadrato-cranialis anterior has now increased con-
siderably in length, so that it extends in a direct antero-posterior
direction as in the adult toad. The axis of the quadrate has
attained an almost vertical direction, but it still extends somewhat
forward, its distal, articular end being located under the middle or
posterior part of the eye. The hyoid still maintains its union with
the quadrate. More posteriorly, in the region of the auditory cap-
sule, the columella auris can be traced farther forward. At its
anterior, distal extremity it is prolonged forward as a dense strand
of cells, which forms a connection with the posterior surface of
the quadrate. Only the more posterior portion of the columellar
rod is formed of true cartilage, the anterior portion being as yet
only a dense, undifferentiated mass of cells.

The most conspicuous changes which the tympano-Eustachian
tube has undergone since the preceding period have been asso-
ciated with the change of axis of the suspensory cartilages. As a
result of this the tympanic portion of the tube, together with the
annular cartilage, has moved backward to a region below the
posterior portion of the eye. The tube, as a whole, exhibits the
same fragmentary character as hitherto, and I haye remarked here,

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

as in 2 number of other stages, a difference in the condition of the
tubes of the two sides. Posteriorly the tube terminates without
forming any connection with the pharynx. The proliferation
from the pharynx is not very distinct. It probably tends to dis-
appear in connection with the degeneration of the branchial appar-
atus.

Stage XIZ.—Tailed toad, 7 mm. Close of metamorphosis.

The quadrate cartilage now stands almost vertical, its distal,
articular extremity Jying under the posterior border of the eye.
The hyoid bar has separated completely from the quadrate and its
dorsal extremity is now joined by the intervention of a dense
strand of cells to the base of the auditory capsule.

The distal part of the tympano-Eustachian tube now lies imme-
diately posterior and ventral to the eye. Since the distal portion
of the quadrate rotates backward more rapidly than the remaining
part, it results that the posterior, hitherto ventral, surface of the
cartilage forms a shallow o meayity. From this behavior it follows
that the distal, expanded portion of the tube—i.e., tympanic por-
tion —comes to lie farther posterior in relation to the rest of the
cord, so that the latter no longer presents an almost direct antero-
posterior course, but instead now lies in an almost transverse plane,
except for a slight anterior inclination. The tympanic region of
the tube is thus brought into relation with the auditory capsule.
In the present period it has not quite reached the region of the
latter, but is not far removed, being located just back of the eye.
Another feature shown by the present stage is the union of the
various fragments of which it was hitherto composed. This union
is also probably to be connected with the quadrate’s change of
axis, since this would result in carrying the more anterior frag-
ments backward and thus bringing them into closer relation with
the posterior parts. At present the tube can be traced without a
break throughout its entire course. This fact speaks strongly for
the view that these parts have all along been united by an attenu-
ated cord. ‘The fragments are simply the contents of this cord
which have been restricted to certain areas. As a result of the
backward rotatipn of the quadrate, the stretching to which the cord
had hitherto been subjected is relieved and accordingly the vari-
ous fragments of the substance flow together, thus producing the
union described. Proximally, however, the tube forms no con-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

nection with the pharyngeal wall, but immediately internal to its
proximal termination the pharynx sends out a narrow cleft between
the hyoid and the base of the auditory capsule. Posteriorly the
tube ceases immediately in front of the dense strand connecting
the hyoid cornua with the auditory capsule, so that at this stage the
tube occupies its definitive position between the quadrate and hyoid
cartilages. Asa result of the changes that have taken place in
the hyoid its nerve, the ramus hyomandibularis, now lies ventral
_ and posterior to the tube—a position which characterizes it in the
adult condition. In the branchial region the entire branchial
apparatus, including the ‘‘ lateral recess’’ of the pharynx, has be-
come largely obliterated.

Stage XIII. —Young toad, 6 mm. Metamorphosis complete.

This period marks the close of the metamorphosis. The infe-
rior, articular portion of the quadrate extends more posterior, so
that the quadrate on its posterior surface shows a marked con-
cavity. The general course of the quadrate is about as follows:
Dorsally from its union with the base of the auditory capsule it
extends forward and downward for some little distance, it then
describes a wide curve downward and backward for the remainder
of its length, sc that its distal end, bearing the mandibular car-
tilage, now comes to lie under or even slightly behind its dorsal,
proximal extremity. The hyoid arch is now fused completely with
the auditory capsule, the intervening cellular strand having become
cartilaginous.

The annular cartilage is now located posterior to the eye and
ventral to the anterior portion of the auditory capsule. It closely
underlies the skin and is external to the outer surface of the
quadrate. The Eustachian tube itself differs but little from its
condition in the preceding stage, except that its lumen, where
present, is more distinct and extensive. A short distance above
the tube the distal extremity of the columella auris may be observed
as a dense cellular mass, which posteriorly grades into true car-
tilage. ;

Stage XIV.— Young toad, about 9 mm (figs. 30, 31).

In this stage the tympano-Eustachian passage has the same
general position and relations that distinguish it in the fully mature
animal, Relatively it is not so large as in the latter, nor is its
lumen complete throughout, but in all other respects it is essentially

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF __ [March,

like the adult structure. Figs. 30 and 31 illustrate the condition
of the tube at this time. In fig. 30 we have a transverse section
through one side of the head immediately back of the eye. To the
outer side is shown the quadrate cartilage, which in the present
stage stands almost vertical and hence is shown in the figure cut
throughout the greater part of its length. External to the upper
portion of the cartilage is the tympanic portion of the Eustachian
tube, showing a slight lumen (Zym.). I have another specimen of
approximately the same age in which the lumen is much larger,
forming a considerable cavity. Underlying this portion is the
tympanie or annular cartilage, which iu its ventral portion, at
least, is completely chondrified (An.). The fully formed car-
tilage does not, however, form a complete ring. Internally the
tube approaches the outer surface of the quadrate, as was the case
in the earlier stages. Applied to the dorso-external wall of the
tympanic cavity is the distal extremity of the columella auris, at
present a very compact cellular mass, not yet differentiated into
true cartilage (Cl.). The apparent inclusion of the columella
within the tympanic cavity is produced by the subsequent growth
of the latter around this portion of the cartilage. Attached to
the ventral surface of the annular cartilage are fibres of the
depressor ossis hyoidei (m.d.h.). The attachment of the muscle
to the cartilage was acquired soon after the earliest An/age of the
latter had appeared. At its ventral end the muscle has lost its
attachment to the hyoid cartilage and has acquired a new insertion
into the angle of the mandible, so that like the depressor man-
dibulee it serves to depress the latter (compare also fig. 31). The
bulk of the muscle lies posterior to the Eustachian tube. Internal
to the muscle and between it and the quadrate are two blood-
vessels, which correspond to the original mandibular aorta (m.a. ).
This vessel, as we have seen, was an important, one during the
tadpole period, but during the metamorphosis it underwent some
profound changes. Its’ middle portion largely degenerated, so
that the vessel became divided into a proximal and a distal half.
The vesse] undergoes other changes, but these I have not been able
to follow satisfactorily with the material at hand.

Fig. 31 shows a section through the tympano-Eustachian tube
near its posterior boundary. The quadrate (q.) is here seen in
two separate portions, a dorsal and a ventral. This condition can

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

be readily understood by referring to the description of the car-
tilage as given in stage XIII. It suffices to mention that the
section passes back of the point where the quadrate curves back-
ward on itself, so that the dorsal is the proximal, the ventral the
distal portion of the cartilage. The distal portion bears the man-
dible. Underlying the proximal portion is the Eustachian tube
(£u.), here shown in three detached segments. Other sections,
however, show these segments continuous, so that the tube is now
eomplete. Moreover, the proximal innermost segment is continu-
ous with the pharynx and in reality represents a diverticulum
(div.) from the latter. In the other specimen that I have of this
stage this portion is continuous with the pharynx, but its distal
extremity ends blindly without forming a connection with the
Eustachian tube. In the toad of stage XIII this diverticulum of
the pharynx was also present, and connecting it with the widely
separated tubal Anlage was a dense strand of connective tissue
cells, whose long diameters were extended in a direction coinciding
with a line drawn between the separated parts. By means of this
diverticulum the tympano-Eustachian tube is now united to the
pharynx. The tube presents throughout an irregular lumen, bounded
by a well-defined columnar epithelium. That portion of the tube
which is most externally situated is the posterior part of the
tympanic cavity (Zym.). Attached to the dorsal wall of the
latter is the columella auris (C/.). The ramus hyomandibularis
of the facial nerve is not shown in this section, since, owing to
the posterior flexure of the quadrate and the separation of the
hyoid from the latter, the nerve now lies entirely posterior to the
tube.

SUMMARY.

The results recorded in the preceding pages may be briefly sum-
marized as follows:

1. The tympano-Eustachian passage is in the main derived from
the dorsalmost portion of the hyomandibular fold (cleft).

2. In the earliest stages described, the hyomandibular fold is
present as a solid, plate-like fold extending outward and forward
beneath the eye region and terminating laterally in a free edge
situated a short distance below the ectoderm, Its attachment to
the ectoderm is lost at about this stage.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —— [March,

3. At first the outer or distal edge of the hyomandibular fold
is smooth and unbroken throughout its entire extent. Later, this
edge becomes interrupted in its middle portion by the formation of
a progressively deepening depression, which ultimately reaches the
pharyngeal wall and divides the hyomandibular fold into two
parts—a dorsal cord-like portion, the future tympano-Eustachian
passage, and a ventral portion forming a shallow sacculation to
the ventro-lateral portion uf the pharyngeal cavity.

4. The ventral portion of the hyomandibular fold ceases to be
recognizable after the late tadpole stages. It is this portion which
Villy considers as the last remnant of the hyomandibular fold.

5. The earliest evidence of the degeneration of the hyoman-
dibular fold is afforded by the recession of its outer edge from the
neighborhood of the external ectoderm. Only the dorsalmost
portion of the fold continues in intimate proximity to the skin.
The withdrawal of the remainder is associated with (1) the redue-
tion in size of the pharynx, in consequence of the segregation of
the surrounding mesenchyme to form the Andagen of muscles and
cartilages, and (2) the development of the muscles of the hyoid
arch—the depressor mandibulz and ossis hyoidei. Of these mus-
cles the depressor mandibulze extends forward between the skin
and the outer border of the hyomandibular fold and acquires
attachment to the developing quadrate cartilage in front of the
fold. It thus interposes an effective barrier to further outward
extension of the fold. Only the dorsalmost portion of the fold
remains unimpeded by the muscle, and this accordingly retains its
proximity to the ectoderm and in the subsequent growth of the
head is carried outward as a narrow, cord-like strand expanded at
its outer extremity into a club-shaped swelling. This portion I
have designated the ‘‘ diverticulum.’’ It is the Anlage of the
tympano-Eustachian passage.

6. The outer hyoidean muscle, the depressor ossis hyoidei, also
acquires attachment to the quadrate Andage at a point above and
posterior to the hyomandibular cleft. The ‘‘ diverticulum ’’ or
Anlage of the tympano-Eustachian passage thus comes to lie
between the two hyoidean muscles.

7. The growth anteriorly of the hyoidean muscles produces a
marked antero-posterior extension of the hyomandibular fold and
of its derivative, the tympano-Eustachian An/age. This antero-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

posterior direction taken by the tubal Andage is characteristic of it
during the entire larval period.

8. The further degeneration of the hyomandibular fold is corre-
lated with the subsequent increase in size of the muscles already
mentioned, the union of the hyoid cartilage with the quadrate and
the enlargement of the mandibular aortic arch.

9. After the degeneration of the hyomandibular fold the
Anlage of the tympano-Eustachian passage persists as a minute,
solid cord, extending along the outer surface of the processus
muscularis of the quadrate. Posteriorly it is attached to the wall
of the pharynx at a point posterior to the quadrato-hyoid articu-
lation. Anteriorly and distally it expands to form the club-shaped
Anlage of the tympanic cavity.

10. During the active tadpole period the tympano-Kustachian
Anlage undergoes marked degeneration. This degeneration is
confined to the middle anc posterior parts of the Andage, the
distal expanded portion retaining its original relative size through-
out the entire Jarval period. The degeneration is in all probability
connected with the growth of the two muscles—depressor man-
dibulze and ossis hyoidei—between which it lies. Owing to the
lack of space it is unable to keep pace with the surrounding struc-
tures in the subsequent growth of the animal.

11. In the early tadpole period the tympano-Kustachian An/lage
is continuous posteriorly with the wall of the pharynx. Later the
connection between the two apparently disappears, though the time
of its disappearance seems to vary in different individuals. An
indistinct strand may continue to unite the two parts, but this
I have been unable to demonstrate.

12. The degeneration of the tympano-Kustachian Anlage is
carried to an extreme in the later tadpole stages. At this time it
is apparently broken up into a number of fragments of varying
length. This fragmentation is probably more appareut than real,
being produced by the restriction of the more vital stainable sub-
stance of the tubal Anlage to areas less subject to the pressure of
the neighboring structures. he irregular distribution of the
fragments, both in different individuals and on different sides of
the same individual, favors the view that a compressed, transparent
cord still connects the apparently separate parts. In one specimen

ily¢

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [March,

(tadpole of about 18 mm.) I have been enabled to trace out such
a connecting cord.

13. Regeneration of the tympano-Eustachian An/age begins at
a period immediately preceding the period when the fore-limbs
break out of the opercular cavity.

14. The later metamorphosis of the tubal Andage is connected
with the modifications of the neighboring skeletal structures, par-
ticularly with the posterior rotation of the quadrate. By this
meaus the tuba) cord comes into relation with the auditory region
of the skull and the various fragments are brought closer together,
so that they can readily unite.

15. The acquisition of a lumen by the tubal Andage takes place
gradually, beginning at the close of the metamorphosis. Details
apparently vary in different individuals.

16. Completion of the tympano-Eustachian passage is effected
by an outgrowth from the pharynx which unites with the tubal
Anlage.

17. The final position of the tympano-Eustachian tube between
the mandibular and hyoid bars is produced by the separation of
the latter from the quadrate and its attachment to the auditory
capsule posterior to the tube.

18. The annular cartilage arises at a stage immediately pre-
ceding the protrusion of the fore-limbs. Its Andage forms a dense
cellular strand derived from the perichondrium of the quadrate
and surrounding the tympanic portion of the tubal Andage. It
does not begin to form fully differentiated cartilage until after the
close of the metamorphosis.

19. The stapes arises within the membrane closing the fenestra
ovalis. It has no connection with any of the visceral-arches.

20. The columella auris is first met with in the early stages of
the metamorphosis, as a compact cellular strand extending forward
from the stapes and terminating imperceptibly in the connective
tissue. It continues to grow forward and acquires connection with
the quadrate. Continued growth brings it in contact with the
tympanic cavity. Chondrification begins in the posterior portion
of the rod.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI, VII, VIII, IX.

The drawings were outlined by aid of the camera lucida, and with the
exception of figures 26 and 29 were all drawn to the same scale. With the
exception of the two mentioned they are also slightly diagramatic—those
on plates VI-VIII reduced one-third ; on plate IX, one-half.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

An.—Anuular cartilage. Pr. A.—Processus ascendens.
Aud.—Auditory capsule. Pr.q.c.a. —Commissura quadrato-
Car.—Carotid artery. eranialis anterior.

Ch.—Chorda. Pr. M.—Processus muscularis.
Cl.—Columella auris. @.—Quadrate.

div.—Diverticulum from pharynx. St.—Stomatodeal plate.

H.—¥Fye. | Th.—Thyroid.

#u.—Eustachian cord (or tube). Tr.—Trabecula cranii.
Hxt.—External gill. Tym.—Tympanice (distal) portion of
H.—Hyoid cartilage. | _ Eustachian cord.

h.a@.—Hyoidean aortic arch. ; X.—Small blood-vessel connecting
h.m.—Hyoidean muscle mass. mandibular and hyoid aortic
Hym.—Hyomandibular fold. arches.

énf.—Infundibulum. | Y.—Small blood-vessel external to
k.m.—Muscles of mastication. ramus hyomandibularis.
1.7.—Lateral recess of pharynx. | 2, 3, 4, 5, ».f.—Second, third, fourth

M.—Meckel’s cartilage. | and fifth visceral-cletts.
m.a.—Mandibular aortic arch. V.—Trigeminal ganglion.
m.a’.—Its efferent portion. V’.—Ophthalmie ganglion.

m.a’’.—Its afferent portion. V’’,—Maxillary ganglion.
m.d.h.—Depressor hyoidei. | V.m.—Maxillo-mandibular nerve.
m.d.m.—Depressor mandibule. | Vil.—Facial ganglion.
m.d.m/.—Its accessory slip. ott h.—Ramus hyomandibularis.
Ol.—Olfactory depression. oii pl.—Ramus palatinus.

PLATE VI, Fig. 1.—Coronal section through the pharynx and visceral-clefts
of an embryo of stage I.

Fig. 2.—Coronal section through the same region of a slightly older em-
bryo (stage II).

Fig. 3.—Coronal section of the same embryo at a somewhat higher plane.

Fig. 4.—Coronal section through the dorsalmost portion of the pharynx
of the same embryo. ;

Fig. 5.—Transverse section through the head of an embryo of approxi-
mately the same stage as the last. The section on the right side passes
through the extreme anterior portion of the hyomandibular fold (Hym.).
The plane of section is considerably farther posterior on the left side.

Fig. 6.—Transverse section of the head of the same embryo. On the right
side the hyomandibular fold is cut throughout the greater part of its length
(Hym.). The dorsalmost portion of its outer (distal) border approaches
most closely the skin. On the left the facial ganglion gives off the ramus
hyomandibularis just external to the outer end of the fold (vii h.).

PLATE VII, Fig. 7.—Transverse section of the head of the same embryo
slightly posterior to the last.
ne 8.—Coronal section of head of tadpole of stage V. One side alone
shown.
Fig. 10.—Transverse section of the head of a young tadpole of stage III.
The section is through the anterior end of the pharynx. The plane of
Section is more posterior on the right side than on the left.

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —_ | March,

Fig. 11.—Fourth section posterior to that of figure 10. Hw. designates
the ‘‘diverticulum,”’ while at ym. is the antero-inferior portion of the
hyomandibular fold.

Fig. 12.—Third section posterior to the last. The diverticulum (/w.) is
now continuous with the antero-inferior portion (/Zym.) of the hyomandi-
bular fold. Between the two is the depression lodging the muscles (m.d.m.
and m.d.h.). The small vessel above Hw. is the mandibular aortic arch.

Fig. 13.—Sixth section posterior to the last. The mandibular aortic arch
is dorsal to Hym.

PLATE VIII, Fig. 14.—Third section posterior to last. The mandibular
aortic arch on the right side is just internal to v7 pl.

Fig. 15.—Transverse section of head of tadpole of stage IV in the region
immediately posterior to that shown in figure 24.

Fig. 16.— Coronal section of the head of a young tadpole of stage II. On
the right side the section passes a slight distance above the floor of the
pharynx, while on the left it is considerably higher. The small vessel in
front of Hym. is the mandibular aortic arch.

Fig. 17.—Fourth section dorsal to the last. On the right side the little
protrusion of the pharyngeal wall just internal to 7ym. is the antero-inferior
portion of the hyomandibular fold just below the point where it becomes
continuous with Zym. The space between the two is the depression.

Fig. 18.—Coronal section of the head of the same animal a slight distance
below the roof of the mouth.

Fig. 19.—Transverse section of the head of a tadpole of stage IV in the
region of the processus ascendens.

PLATE IX, Fig. 23.—Transverse section of the head of a tadpole of stage
IV, passing through a region slightly anterior to the auditory sac.

Fig. 24.—Transverse section of the head of a tacpole of stage IV, showing
the anterior expanded portion (Zym.) of the Eustachian cord. ym. de-
notes the proximal anterior portion of the hyomandibular cleft.

lig. 25.—Transverse section of the head of a tadpole of stage V. On the
left the section is immediately posterior to the eye. The minute upgrowth
from the dorsal wall of /.7. just internal to vii h. is the Eustachian
proliferation.

Fig. 26.—Transverse section of a portion of the right side of the head of
an old tadpole of 18 mm. (stage VI). This section is considerably more
magnified than the others and is intended to show the extremely rudimentary
character of the Eustachian cord at this stage.

Fig. 28.—Transverse section of the right side of the head of a tadpole at
the beginning of the metamorphosis (stage VIII), showing the formation of
the annular cartilage.

Fig. 29.—Transverse section of a portion of the right side of the head of
the same animal. The section was drawn with the same degree of magni-
fication as figure 26 and is intended to show the Eustachian cord when it
begins to regenerate.

Fig. 30.—Transverse section through one side of the head of a young toad
(stage XV). The section passes through the region immediately in front of
the ear-capsule.

Fig. 31.—Transverse section through one side of the head of the same
animal. The section passes through the anterior portion of the ear-capsule.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

FURTHER STUDIES ON THE CHROMOSOMES OF THE HEMIPTERA
HETEROPTERA.

BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR., PH.D.

The present account deals with the relations of the chromosomes
in the spermatogenesis of certain Hemiptera, and is practically a
continuation of a previous paper of mine.’ In the present paper
will be found a description of the chromosomal relations, as far as
they could be determined, in certain species not heretofore ex-
amined.

The material was collected last summer at Woods Holl, Mass.,
and was kindly identified for me by Dr. Philip R. Uhler, of Bal-
timore. The testes of some of the species ( Tingis clavata, Coriva
verticalis, Cymus luridus, Lygus pratensis) were fixed simply in
Conklin’s picro-acetie mixture, and this fixation not allowing sue-
cessful staining with Hermann’s saflranine-gentian violet method
the relations of the nucleoli and of the chromatin nucleoli could
not be determined. But in the remaining species (Vabis annulatus,
Corizus alternatus and Harmostes refleculus) the testes were fixed
in Hermann’s platinic chloride-osmic-acetic mixture which allowed
the saffranine-violet stain, so that for these species the distinction
of nucleoli and chromatin nucleoli could be made.

As in my preceding paper (lJ. ec.) on this subject, the term
“chromatin nucleolus’’ is applied to that peculiar nuclear ele-
ment which is a chromosome peculiarly modified in preserving its
form and dense structure, which chromosomes as a rule show only
in the height of mitosis, throughout every stage of the sperma-
togenetic cycle. With the saffranine-violet method, the chromo-
somes proper stain red only in mitosis, and violet in other stages,
but the chromatin nucleolus maintains the red stain in all stages.
1. Tingis clavata Stil.

Three testes were studied, none of them showing spermatogonic
monaster stages.

| CIN Study of the Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of Metazoa,”’ to be~
published in the Zransactions of the American Philosophical Society.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mareh,

Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis
(Pl. X, fig. 1) show seven chromatin elements of relatively equal
volume, and lateral views of the chromosomes in this stage show
that they are all dumbbell-shaped, and hence probably bivalent
(fig. 2). This mitosis results in a transverse (reduction ) division of
all these elements. Very frequeutly one of them is seen to be
characterized in having its two components of very unequal
volume.

Since these preparations were stained merely by ihe iron-hzemo-
toxylin method, the presence of chromatin nucleoli could not be
positively determined owing to the lack of differential staining.
But in the prophases of the first maturation mitosis can be seen a
large true nucleolus, and two smaller rounded bodies (generally of
different volumes) which are sometimes in mutual apposition, and
sometimes not. If the latter are chromatin nucleoli, they are much
smaller than any of the seven bivalent chromatin elements of the
maturation division, so that the latter are possibly all unmodified
chromosomes.

This species of the Tingitide, in having such a small number of
chromosomes, may be regarded rather as a specialized than a primi-
tive form.

2. Corixa verticalis Ficber.

The chromosomes could not be counted in the monaster stages of
the spermatogonia. Two testes were examined.

Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis
(PI). X, fig. 3, in which two of the chromosomes are seen laterally)
show twelve chromatin elements, of which one regularly is placed
in the centre of a circle composed of the remaining eleven. Lateral
views (fig. 4, in which four of the large and two of the small
elements are shown) show that all these elements are dumbbell-
shaped, and hence probably bivalent. Three are much smaller
than the remaizing nine, and the very smallest is the one that
occupies the centre of the chromosomal plate. All these elements
divide by a transverse (reduction) division, and in the daughter
cells (second spermatocytes) the chromosomes are arranged all close
together in the equatorial plane; it is the case in a number of
species of the Hemiptera that the chromosomes show different plans
of arrangement in the two maturation mitoses.

In the post-synapsis stage there is found in the nucleus a peri-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PAHILADDPLPHIA, 263

pheral, compact, densely staining body of dumbbell form (PI. X,
fig. 5, the chromatin reticulum not shown in this figure). This
possibly represents a true nucleolus and a chromatin nucleolus in ap-
position, but this point could not be determined. Similarly I
could not ascertain whether the three small chromatin elements of
the maturation mitoses are chromatin nucleoli.

3. Cymus luridus Stil.

There were no spermatogonic mitoses in the two testes examined
of this Lygveid.

Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis
show fifteen chromatin elements of very varying volumes (fig. 6),
though one (.V. 2?) is always much smaller: than the others and,
by analogy with many other Hemiptera, probably represents a
chromatin nucleolus. Lateral views of the same stage show that
all these elements are dumbbell-shaped, and so probably bivalent
(fig. 7 showing the smallest and four of the largerelements). All
these elements become transversely divided.

In the growth period of the spermatocytes, preceding the
maturation divisions, the nucleus contains a large true nucleolus,
very irregular in form and peripheral in position. There are also
found as many as four smaller, rounded bodies, two of which are
frequently mutually apposed; if these be chromatin nucleoli there
would be potentially two bivalent chromatin nucleoli in the resting
spermatocyte (four anivalent ones), though apparently only a
single bivalent one in the maturation mitosis.

This species has a larger number of chromatin elements in the
first maturation mitosis than does the closely similar C. angustatus,
which I have shown to possess only thirteen.

4, Lygus pratensis Linn.
The individuals of this species of Capsid were labeled by Dr.

Uhler, ‘‘Lygus pratensis var.;’’ whether Dr. Uhler regarded them
as simply showing slight differences in color, or as a good geo-
graphical variety, I cannot say. In the two testes studied there
were no spermatogonic monasters.

In the monaster stage of the first maturation division are found
eighteen chromatin elements (PI. X, figs. 8, 9), namely, sixteen
larger and two (V. 2) much smaller; while in the monaster of the

second maturation mitosis (fig. 10) are present seventeen eiements,

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

sixteen larger and one smaller (N. 2). The sixteen larger ele-
ments in the first mitosis are all bivalent. and probably are all true
chromosomes; they all divide transversely. The two small ele-
ments (those marked NV. 2 in the figures) of this mitosis do not
divide, but one of them goes undivided into the one daughter
cell (second spermatocyte), the other one into the other—this
explaining why in the first spermatocytes there are eighteen ele-
ments, in the second only seventeen. On account of these small
elements not dividing, each of them must be considered univa-
lent; for so far as my observations on the Hemiptera have gone,
all bivalent elements divide transversely in the first maturation
mitosis.

The species of Capside thus far examined (compare the preced-
ing paper, /. c.) show a remarkable agreement in the number of
their chromosomes. Thus, if we count each bivalent chromatin
element of the first maturation mitosis as two, there would be the
following number of univalent elements (counting in also chroma-
tin nucleoli) in this mitosis of the following species: Lgus praten-
sis, 34; Leptopterna dolobrata, 34; Calocoris rapidus, 33; Pecilo-
capsus lineatus, 352; P. goniphorus, 34 or 36. There is not found
in the Capside such a disparity in the number of chromosomes as
is found between the species of some other families (e.g., the
Ingeide and Coreide), so that the Capside would appear to be a
more homogeneous group. Then if the nwnber of the chromo-
somes may be loosely taken as a criterion of the degree of speciali-
zation, a smaller number of chromosomes marking a more special-
ized stage (and this I hold to be true within certain bounds), the
Capside, like the Reduviide and Phymatide, may be considered
relatively primitive Hemiptera heteroptera, in comparison with the
Pentatomide, Lygeide and Coreide, This, it seems to me, is a
vital interest in the study of the chromosomes-—to find criteria for
testing relationships.

5. Nabis annulatus Reut.

I had only a single testis for examination, and it showed no
spermatogonic mitoses.

There is no complete rest stage in the growth period of this
species (in which regard it is like certain of the Coreide). In
the late telophase there is found in the nucleus (PI. X, fig. 11) a
large, usually centrally placed chromatin nucleolus (V. 2), with

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

more or less uneven contours; and attached to it is a smaller true
nucleolus (NV. ) which disappears in the following prophase by gradual
decrease in volume. Sometimes there are two chromatin nucleoli,
generally of different volumes; since in such cases neither of these
has the volume of the single one, they probably represent separated
parts of the latter.

In the prophases of the first maturation mitosis, which follow
immediately upon the stage just described, the chromatin nucleolus
shows itself to be composed of four dumbbell-shaped (hence bival-
ent) parts of unequal volumes, arranged close together (NV. 2, fig.
13). Necessarily all four parts must have been present in the
preceding stage, but have been optically inseparable; the apparently
single chromatin nucleolus of the growth period is made up in
reality of four bivalent ones. There is great diversity in the mode
of mutual apposition of the latter in the prophases; sometimes the
long axes of all may be parallel, but more frequently they cross
one another at varying angles; no case was seen where all four lie
in the same plane. Quite frequently there are only three chroma-
tin nucleoli in mutual contact near the centre of the nucleus, while
the fourth is separated from them and placed against the nuclear
membrane (fig. 12). All four are true chromatin nucleoli, main-
taining throughout the growth period their dense structure, even
contours, and red stain with the saftranine-violet method of Her-
mann, while the chromatin of the chromosomes proper stain
violet.- In the prophase we are considering are found also six
bivalent chromosomes (portions of all of which are seen in fig. 13) ;
these are tetrads with very wide longitudinal splitting of the type
characteristic for Anasa (Coreid). Toward the close of the
prophase these chromosomes shorten and become much more com-
pact structures.

Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis
(fig. 14) show in every case ten chromatin elements of compara-
tively large size. Four of these must correspond to the four
chromatin nucleoli, and six to the six chromosomes proper of the
preceding stages, since there has been no loss nor mialtiplication
of any of these elements. Of the ten elements of the stage of
fig. 14, one (p.) on pole view always appears round, on lateral
view (p., fig. 16) it shows a simple dumbbell shape; this one,
much smaller than any of the others, probably represents one of

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —__ [March,

the chromatin nucleoli. The nine remaining elements are likewise
all dumbbell-shaped, but on pole view of the spindle (fig. 14)
each of them appears elongate, sometimes showing a split in the
long axis. On lateral views of the spindle (figs. 15, 16) they
sometimes appear bipartite, sometimes quadripartite. Asa study
of them in the preceding prophases demonstrates, each becomes
placed in the equatorial plane of the spindle so that the transverse
split (the line of junction of the two component univalent chro-
mosomes) lies in the equator of the spindle, and the longitudinal
split of each univalent chromosome lies perpendicular to this
plane. Thus the nine larger chromatin elements of fig. 14 appear
elongate on pole view of the spindle, because each of these bivalent
chromosomes is composed of two univalent chromosomes with
their long axes parallel to one another and to the equatorial plane
of the spindJe. Hence on pole view of this spindle we see a plate
of (univalent) chromosomes, each seen longitudinally ; whereas
such a view in the other Hemiptera studied by me shows the
chromosomes seen from their ends, since in other Hemiptera it is
the general rule that two univalent chromosomes are joined end to
end, and not (as in Nabis) side to side.

All ten elements divide transversely in this mitosis, so that whole
univalent elements become separated from one another. A pole
view of one of the plates of daughter chromosomes resulting from
this division (fig. 17) shows one smallest element (p.), the half
of the corresponding element of figs. 14 and 16, and nine larger
elements, the halves of those of fig. 14. In fig. 17 each of the
nine larger univalent elements shows a well-marked longitudinal
split, which had been usually hidd:n in the preceding monaster
stage (fig. 14); it is a general rule in the Hemiptera that the longi-
tudinal split becomes temporarily hidden in the monaster stage of
the first maturation mitosis.

One point needs to be emphasized: there are in the prophases
four chromatin nucleoli and six chromosomes, and in the monaster
stage of the first mitosis again ten elements, that is, ubviously
the same as those in the prophases. But the four chromatin
nucleoli of the prophases (figs. 12, 13) are smaller than any of
the chromatin elements of the monaster stage (fig. 14), except
the small element in the latter marked p. Accordingly three at
least of the chromatin nucleoli must have increased in volume

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

before the latter stage. This is remarkable, since in all? other
Hemiptera studied by me the chromatin nucleoli regularly”de-
crease somewhat in volume, generally to considerable degree,
before they take their position in the equator of the spindle.

In Coriscus ferus Linn., the only other species of the Nabide
studied, I found (preceding paper, /.c.) in the monaster stage of
the first maturation mitosis nine bivalent chromosomes and one bival-
ent chromatin nucleolus. In the growth period preceding there is
present in the nucleus one bivalent chromatin nucleolus of large size
anda smaller one; but not a group of four bivalent chromatin nucle-
olias in Nabis. If the chromatin nucleoli be regarded as disap-
pearing chromosomes, for which view I have given reasons, then
we may conclude that Nobis annulatus, by virtue of showing four
of the chromatin elements on the way to disappearance, has
advanced beyond the stage of Coriscus ferus.

6. Corizus alternatus Sey.

Five testes of this species were studied.

Only two clear cases of spermatogonic monasters were found
where all the chromatin elements could be readily counted; each
of these showed fourteen elements. As P]. X, fig. 18 shows, two
of the elements are rounded and much smaller than the others
(YW. 2), and these are chromatin nucleoli. Of the twelve elongate
chromosomes proper, two (those marked A, fig. 18) are considerably
larger than the others; and one of these appears always to have
the form of a rod, while the other has a bent V-shape. All four-
teen elements are halved in the metakinesis.

In the early portion of the growth period each spermatocytic
nucleus contains a clearly bipartite chromatin nucleolus, representing
a union of the two chromatin nucleoli derived from the sperma-
togonia; each of its uniyalent components appears occasionally
longitudinally split, which is unusual in the Hemiptera.* In the
rest stage following (there is a complete rest stage in this species)
the nucleus (fig. 19) contains a bivalent chromatin nucleolus (N.
2), which has increased in volume and generally is ovoid in out-
line; but sometimes during the whole growth period the two

? Dr, F. C. Paulmier, who has worked out the spermatogenesis of Anasa
tristis De G., has demonstrated to me a longitudinal splitting of the chro-
matin nucleolus in the growth period of the Lygeid, Myodocha serripes
Oliy. ;

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March,

univalent chromatin nucleoli may remain entirely disconnected.
In this rest stage the nucleus contains also one or two larger,
irregularly shaped true nucleoli (fig. 19, 1.) which are not
apposed to the chromatin nucleolus.

Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis
(Pl. X, fig. 20) show seven chromatin elements; and lateral views
of such cases show that all seven are dumbbell-shaped, and hence
bivalent. The smallest of these elements is the chromatin nucle-
olus (N. 2, figs. 20, 21), and, as is generally the case in Hemip-
tera, this divides in metakinesis before the chromosomes do. Of
the six chromosomes proper, one is always much larger than the
others (figs. 20, 21), and this one evidently represents the union
of the two largest univalent chromosomes of the spermatogonia
(in fig. 21 is shown, besides the chromatin nucleolus, NV. 2, thi
largest chromosome and three of the five smaller chromosomes) ;
and one chromosome is much smaller than the others, often little
larger than the chromatin nucleolus (this is the one lying nearest
to the largest chromosome in fig. 21). All these elements are
transversely diviced in the metakinesis. Occasionally pole views
of the monasier stage of the first maturation mitosis show eight
chromatin elements instead of seven; this is due to one of the seven
bivalent elements having precociously divided into its univalent
components. In the second spermatocyte are regularly found
seven univalent elements.

Corizus annulatus in its spermatogenesis thus shows a very close
similarity to C. lateralis Say, previously described by me.

7. Harmostes reflexulus Say.

The individuals collected at Woods Holl were marked by Dr.
Uhler, ‘‘ Harmostes refleculus Say, variety ’’’; whether a geographi-
cal race was thereby intended I cannot say.

Five testes were examined. ‘The whole process of spermato-
genesis seems exactly similar to that described by me previously
for individuals of this species from Pennsylvania.

This is one of the Hemiptera with an uneven normal number of
chromosomes, there being found in the spermatogonia thirteen
chromatin elements, namely, two smaller chromatin nucleoli (NV. 2
of figs. 22 and 25) and eleven larger chromosomes proper. The
uneven uormal number of chromosomes being a relatively rare phe-
nomenon, it having been observed so far only in four species of

me:

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

Hemiptera (described in my previous paper, /. ¢.), I have counted
in the testes of the Woods Holl individuals the chromatin ele-
ments in al] the cases of spermatogonic monasters which were
favorable for such counting, with the following results: Nine
spermatogonia showed exactly thirteen elements; in one case I
could not determine whether thirteen or fourteen were present.
These cases from four different testes, as well as those from four
testes of Pennsylvania individuals previously described by me, are
sufficient to show that the uneven number is not an individual
variation, due e.g. to some pathological condition, but is probably
characteristic of every individual of the species.

The uneven normal number of chromosomes which I have
demonstrated also for Protenor belfragei, Alydus eurinus and
CEdancala dorsalis, represents a stage in the change of the number
of chromosomes from one even number to the next successive even
number. For Protenor I have shown that the uneven sperma-
togonic number is produced by a failure of two of the sperma-
togonic chromosomes to separate from one another. This I can now
prove for Harmostes also. For while in most of the monaster
stages, as in fig. 22, all eleven chromosomes appear more or less
simply rod-shaped, in a few cases, as in fig. 23, one of the eleven
shows a well-marked transverse constriction. Were this constric-
tion a compleie division, there would be the even number twelve.
Hence, for Harmostes the ancestral number of chromosomes
must have been twelve, and if, as is the case in Protenor, the odd
bivalent chromosome is ‘destined to change from a chromosome
into a chromatin nucleolus, in the course of time ten chromusomes
will be the number for the species.

In conclusion, I would again call attention to the importance of
studying the chromosomal relations comparatively in a large num-
ber of species of a group. By such investigations not only may
much of importance be obtained regarding the evolution of cell
structures themselves, but by implication a criterion may thereby
be obtained for testing genetic relationships. In opening up this
line of research, I have drawn attention so far mainly to the
numerical relations uf the chromosomes, and to the chromatin
nucleoli as representing chromosomes on the way to disappearance
during progressive evolution. These are the facts most easily

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF __ [March,

determined; and there is the surety in such study that the chromo-
somes are relatively large structures, which exist in fact aud are
not artificially produced by the mode of preparation necessary for
their study. The chromosomes are not apparently formed de
novo—at least there is as yet no good proof in any case that they
are so formed; while, on the contrary, there is a considerable
amount of evidence to show that they are structures which persist
from generation to generation, even though this is a persistence
nvolving a great amount of metabolic change. Astral radiations
appear and disappear, or at least disappear as radiations; nucleoli
are apparently accumulations of metabolic substances of no
morphological regularity, as I have shown in another place;* and
recent experimental studies would show, though perhaps in contra-
diction to the anatomical studies, that the centrosomes may be
formed anew. But the chromosomes show more fully than any
of these cellular structures a certain degree of morphological
stability, and this fact, taken in connection with their greater
adaptability for study, entitles them to a basic place in the etudy
of the cell’s evolution, as well as in the study of evolution in
general.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

All figures have been drawn to the same scale with the camera lucida at
the level of the base of the microscope, with the Zeiss homogeneous immer-
sion ;/;, ocular 4, tube Jength 180 mm.

The bounding line in figs. 1-4, 6-10, 14-18, and 20-23 represents the cell
membrane ; in figs. 5, 11-18, and 19, the nuclear membrane. In lateral
views of the mitotic spindles (figs. 2, 4, 7, 15, 16, 21) the mantle fibres are
the only achromatic elements shown, and are represented thicker than they
are in reality.

PLATE X, fig. 1.—Tingis clavata, pole view of monaster stage of the
first maturation mitosis.

Fig. 2.—IJdem, lateral view of the same stage.

Fig. 3.—Corizxa verticalis, pole view of monaster stage of the first mat-
uration mitosis.

Fig. 4.—/dem, lateral view of the same stage.

Fig. 5.—Jdem, nucleus in post-synapsis stage.

Fig. 6.—Cymus luridus, pole view of monaster stage of the first matura-
tion mitosis.

Fig. 7.—Jdem, lateral view of the same stage.

Figs. 8, 9.—Zygus pratensis var., pole views of monaster stage of first
maturation mitosis.

Fig. 10.—Jdem, pole view of monaster stage of second maturation mitosis.

Fig. 11.—Nabis annulatus, nucleus in growth period (late telaphase).

3 Journal of Morphology, Vol. XV, 1898.

en

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

Figs. 12, 18.—/dem, nuclei in prophases of first maturation mitosis.

Fig. 14.—Jdem, pole view of monaster stage of first maturation mitosis.

Figs. 15, 16.—/dem, lateral views of metakinesis of first maturation mi-
tosis.

Fig. 17.—Idem, pole view of one plate of daughter chromosomes, early
anaphase of first maturation mitosis.

Fig. 18.—Corizus alternatus, pole view of monaster stage of a spermato-
gonium. -

Fig. 19.—Jdem, nucleus of first spermatocyte, rest stage.

Fig. 20.—Jdem, pole view of monaster stage of first maturation mitosis.

Fig. 21.—Jdem, lateral view of the same stage.

Figs. 22, 23.—Harmostes refleculus var., pole views of monaster stage of
spermatogonia.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,
APRIL 2.
Mr. Arrtour Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty persons present.

APRIL 9.
The President, SamuEL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Eleven persons present.

APRIL 16.
Mr. Cuarztes Morris in the Chair.
Twelve persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication =

“« The Identity of the Gordiacean Species, Chordodes morgani
and C. puerilis,’’? by Thomas H. Montgomery.

“* Description of a New Hemiramphid,’’ by H. W. Fowler.

ApRIL 23.
Mr. ArrHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-three persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ A Study of the Genus Centurio,’’ by James
A. G. Rehn, was presented for publication.

APRIL 30.
Mr. CuaruEs Morris in the Chair.
Fourteen persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest
Florida Coast, Part I,"’ by Clarence B. Moore, was presented for
publication.

Mr. Anthony W. Robinson was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

L—S=S==
— SE ==
= —

Ae —— =
——
% ~ > =
= =
x
S

NA
2
aa P
»

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

THE FORFICULIDEZ, BLATTIDEZ, MANTIDH AND PHASMIDE COL-
LECTED IN NORTHEAST AFRICA BY DR. A. DONALDSON SMITH.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The material of which the present paper is a study was collected
by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith on his two expeditions into northeast
Africa, and presented by him to the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia. The first of the expeditions was made in the
years 1894 and 1895, and extended as far west as Lake Rudolf,
the whole account of which has been published in book form.?
The last expedition was made in 1899 and 1900, the route being
by Lake Rudolf on through the unknown to the Nile. On this
last expedition but two specimens of Orthoptera were collected.
The total number of specimens of Orthoptera secured is 239, per-
haps the most important collection ever brought from that country.
The remaining portion (Acridide, Locustide and Gryllide) will
shortly be reported upon.

Family FORFICULID.
Labidura sp.

Three immature specimens; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, Sep-
tember 23 and 27, October 3, 1894.
Anisolabis mesta (Serville),

1839. Forficesila mesta Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 28.

One specimen, <'; between Ginea and Dada, near the Darde
river, Gallaland, November 20, 1894.
Anisolabis sp.?

One immature female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September
23, 1894.
Apterygida huseine n. sp.

Types, one male and two females :

3, October, 5, 1894, Sheikh Husein, Gallaland.

2, September 23, 1894, Sheikh Husein, Gallaland.

2, September 21, 1894, Sheikh Husein, Gallaland.

This species apparently has no close affinity with any of the
described forms.

1 through Unknown African Countries, by A. Donaldson Smith.
18

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~—_ [April,

o.—Size large. Antenne composed of nineteen segments.
Pronotum quadrate, the posterior angles moderately rounded,
lateral margins somewhat extended, posterior section with a distinet
median sulcation, tumid anteriorly with a moderate depression
centrally, the posterior portion being moderately scabrous. Elytra
rather elongate, the posterior margin very broadly rounded, the
whole with the small exposed portion of the wing scabrous. Abdo-
men entirely punctate; anterior segments with the posterior margins
rather indistinctly beaded, each segment laterally with two longitu-
dinal indistinct tuberculations. Anal segment transverse, somewhat
glabrous, centrally with a broad sulcus, the median portion of the
posterior margin truncate. Forceps not quite half as long as the
body, widely separated at the base, the shafts directed inward, the
tips incurved, the internal margin bearing centrally a well-
marked tooth. Subgenital plate with the posterior margin trian-
gularly extended, the apex truncate.

2. —Size large. Antennz composed of twenty-four to twenty-
six segments. Subgenital plate with the posterior margin rather
broadly rounded. Forceps straight, tips incurved, the internal
margin dentate anteriorly, crenulate posteriorly.

General color blackish brown, the lower surface of head and
pronotum dull ochraceous, in one specimen this is entirely suffused
with dark brownish. Limbs dull luteous washed with blackish.

Measurements.

$ Q
Length of body (with eee 21 aa 22 mm.
Length of forceps, ; Titik os 5 ve
Length of pronotum, . 2 ae ZuTO Se
Length of anal segment, . 7 Ble
Length of elytra, 4 se 3.75 «*
Width of elytra, opr ss Siete

Family BLATTIDA.
Aphlebia algerica Bolivar.
1881. Apilebia algerica Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Esp. Soc. Nat,, X, p. 499.
Two females; Roka and Luku, Gallaland, September 11 and
17, 1894.

Theganopteryx senegalensis Saussure.

1868. Blatta senegalensis Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (2),
XX, p. 354.

One female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 3, 1894.

bo
~J
or

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Blatta germanica Linnzus.
1767. Blatta germanica Linneus, Syst. Nat., XII ed., If, p. 688.

One male; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 6, 1894.

Ischnoptera picea Schulthess.
1898. Ischnoptera picea Schulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
XXXIX, p. 166.
One male; Daro Mountains, between Ginea and Dada, Galla-
Jand, November 19, 1894.

Periplaneta atricollis Saussure.

1899. Periplaneta atricollis Saussure, Abhandl. d. Senckenb. Natur-
forsch. Gesellsch., X XI, p. 580.

Four specimens; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 21 and
25 and October 10, 1894.

Deropeltis autraniana Saussure.

1895, Deropeltis autraniana Saussure, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXYV,
p. 78.

Two females; Jara, southern Gallaland, October 23, 1899.
These two specimens were the only Orthoptera collected by Dr.
Smith on his last expedition.

Deropeltis schweinfurthi Saussure.

1895. Deropeltis schweinfurthi Saussure, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova,
XX XV, p. 79.

One female; Daro Mountains, Gallaland, November 18, 1894.
Deropeltis wahlbergi (Stil).
1856. Periplaneta wahlbergi Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Akad. Forhand., p. 167.

Two males; between Luku and Dago Tula, Gallaland, Septem-
ber 18, 1894.

Heterogamia africana (Linnzus).
1764. Blatta africana Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulric., p. 108.
One female; Gagap, near Milmil, Somaliland, July 30, 1894.

Heterogamia sp.

One female; no data.

This specimen resembles S. dohrniana Saussure from North
China to a very great extent. Inthe absence of material and in
the face of the widely different localities, it seems best not to
attempt to make any definite statement regarding its possible
identity.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [ April,

Oxyhaloa ferretti (Reiche and Fairmaire).

1847. Blatta ferretti Reiche and Fairmaire, Ferret and Galinier’s Voy.
en Abyssinie, III, p. 420, Pl. 27, figs. 1, 2.

Two males; one Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894,
the other without data.

Naupheta gestriana Saussure.

1895. Naupheta gestriana Saussure, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXV,
p. 86.

Three specimens; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1 and 6,
1894.
Stenopilema capucina (Gerstaecker).
1873. Derocalymma capucina Gerstaecker, in Van der Decken’s Reise,
III, Abth. II, p. 8.
One male and one female; the former without data ; the latter
Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894.

Stenopilema somali Saussure and Zehntner,

1895. Stenopilema somali Saussure and Zehntner, Revue Suisse Zoolog.,
Ty p:, 27: ;

One female; no data.

Derocalymma erythrenia Saussure and Zehnmer.

1895. Derocalymma erythrenia Saussure and Zehntner, Revue Suisse
Zoolog., I1I, p. 31.

Three females; two Hargesa and Bodele, Somaliland, July 21
and August 15, 1894; the other with no data.
These specimens range from 12.5 to 20 mm. in total length.

Calolampra aptera Schulthess,

1898. Calolampra aptera Schulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
XXXIX, p. 169.

Three females; Daro river near Laga, Somaliland, November
28, 1894.
Phenacisma peltata Karsch?

1896. Phenacisma peltata Karsch, Entomol. Zeitung, LVII, p. 243.

One female (immature); Tug Terfa, Somaliland, August 21,
1894.

This specimen is referred here with some doubt.

Family MANTIDZ.

Eremiaphila somalica n. sp.

1899. H. spec. vie. arabicw Schulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen-
ova, XXXIX, p. 170.

Types, two females; one The Haud, July 13, 1894, and the
other without locality or date (there can be little doubt but that
it was taken in the same general region ).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

Apparently approaching E. arabica Saussure, but differing in
numerous details; with E. aristides Lucas, from Suez, the rela-
tionship is also close, but that species is described as wingless.

The specimens (or at least one of them) were. collected in the
same character of country frequented by the other species of the
genus—barren and waterless plains or absolute deserts.

Size medium. Head, with eyes, wider than deep (excluding
the clypeus), anterior border viewed superiorly truncate; antennze
slender. Pronotum sparsely tuberculate, broader anteriorly than
long, posteriorly converging; anterior border with a broad, low
central convexity which is perceptibly impressed in the median
section, the margin free; angles rect-acute angulate; posterior
border apparently truncate.* Tegmina as in E. arabica, except
that the main veins ramify and become lost in the reticulations of
the posterior portion of the tegmina. Wings well developed,
extending to the tips of the tegmina. Abdomen with the supra-
anal plate transverse, subsinuate centrally; subgenital plate rather
elongate, the apex broadly rounded. Limbs. sparsely tuberculate,
the tubercles sometimes arranged in regular series. Anterior
tibize with four rather blunt spines on the external margin. Me-
dian and posterior femora each with a row of blunt teeth along
the posterior margin, the distal extremities bearing a moderate-
sized spine. Posterior tibiz slightly longer than the femora.

General color ranging from purplish brown on the head and
pronotum to clay yellow on the abdomen. Eyes, labrum and
lower part of clypeus ferruginous. Exposed surface of tegmina
pale clay yellow becoming dull reddish centrally; lower surface
with a bar of blackish purple. Limbs and lateral borders of
pronotum pale yellowish pink, in one specimen (The Haud, July
13, 1894) the tibie are obscurely ringed with whitish, in the
other (unknown locality and date) the temora are decidedly clay
yellow at the bases.

Measurements. 2 (rhe Haud. 7-13, 94.) 2 (2)

Pofaleng tive ise se. Vel. s. 4. 16/53 mm.,, 18 mm.
Length of pronotum . 3 “5 3 et
Anterior width of pronotum, 5 $6 Laie
Length of tegmina, 7 a ieouene
Width of abdomen, a Ct 6:7) “*

Length of hind femora, ak c¥ BAIT) St 9.50 ‘

* This | portion was somewhat damaged in both specimens by the insertion
of the pin.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [April,

It is interesting to know that E. arabica has been recorded from
Webithal, Ogaden, by Schulthess’; Jater the same author’ con-
siders specimens from Obbia somewhat removed from true arabica.

Tarachodes smithi n. sp.

Types, male and female, the latter immature; Tug Terfa and
Tug Berka, northern Somaliland, August 21 and 23, 1894.

This rather peculiar species is evidently allied to T. media
Schulthess-Schindler® and 7. cestuans Saussure®, systematically and
geographically fitting between the two. From media it differs
in the form of the head, which is anteriorly truncate instead of
irregularly arcuate, anc the prosternum which is unifasciate instead
of trifasciate; from estuans it differs also in the form of the head,
and in the form and size of the joints of the cerci. é

o.—Size rather large, moderately robust. Head with vertex
transverse, subtruncate. Pronotum about twice as long as the
greatest width, considerably narrower posteriorly than anteriorly;
the anterior. and posterior margins broadly rounded, the lateral
margins sinuate, the whole spineless; dorsum bearing four obsolete
tubercles centrally. Tegmina long, surpassing the abdomen,
about four times as long as broad. Anterior limbs with the
femora rather stout and heavy, the external margin bearing five
large and twelve small teeth, the internal margin bearing twelve
teeth alternating in size. Median and posterior limbs lightly
built, hirsute. Abdomen rather slender. Cerci damaged.

General color grayish brown suffused, except the tegmina, with
dull purplish brown. Clypeus, labrum and facial shield ochrace-
ous with four transverse blackish bars, the superior pair continued
upon the olive-tinged eyes. Pronotum with the suffusing tint
arranged in a pair of broken parallel lines along the median
section, posteriorly tinged with green, the lateral margins being
thickly speckled. Limbs irregularly marked with the suffusing
tint, except the anterior cox and the lower surface of the tibie
which are pale yellowish, the internal section of the tibie being
broadly lined with black. Below dull yellowish except a single
band of black across the prosternum. Tegmina hyaline, the
longitudinal veins blackish irregularly broken by whitish spaces.

8 Zool. Jahr., Syst., VIII, p. 69.

4 Ann. Mus, Civ. Genova, XX XIX, p. 170.
5 Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXIX, p. 171
STbid., XXXYV, p. 91.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

2.—Size medium, robust. Head with vertex transverse, trun-
cate. Pronotum less than twice as long as the greatest width; the
anterior margin rather broadly rounded, the posterior truncate
with the angles cut off, the lateral margins sinuate, spined
throughout their length, one large spine anteriorly; the dorsum
with two obsolete tubercles near the anterior margin, and six paired
tubercles placed equidistant from the sulcus to within about three
millimeters of the posterior margin. Tegmina and wings short
and undeveloped. Anterior limbs with the tibic very deep and
robust, the external margin bearing five large and ten small spines,
the internal bearing ten spines. Median and posterior limbs rather
heavy, hirsute; the femora rather angular. Abdomen with a
median ridge and each segment: with four crescentic crenulations ;
the median ridge on the four anterior segments lobulate posteriorly.
Cerci rather long, the terminal segment almost as long as the pre-
ceding two.

General eglor above wood brown irregularly suffused with darker
brown, strongest on the abdomen, weakest on the anterior limbs.
Eyes intense brownish black. Clypeus, labrum and facial shield
barred as in the male, but not so distinctly. Below pale yellowish,
clouded with blackish on the abdomen, the prosternum with one
broad transverse blackish band.

Measurements.

cy 2
sstalglenoghs ci) oye mek cli 1.0 40) somms,
Wen stiatebodyemis-deen sO oe, ye) ys ORD) ie 29° mm.
WensthvofGegmina) . 2 2. 5 « 29 of
Wenetgot pronotum,. 5. 4. «5 = e200) — ds) 95
Greatest width of pronotum, . . . 4.40 “ A206
Wenethvor anterior tibia, 5... 36 ne GsGiE ns

Tarachodes schulthessi n. n.
1895. Chiropacha. modesta Schulthess-Rechberg, Zool. Jahrb., Syst.,
VIII, p. 69.
1898. T[arachodes] modesta Schulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, XXXIX, p. 173 (not of Gerstaecker, 1869).
Two males; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 24 and Octo-
ber 1, 1894.
The name Turachodes modesta was first used by Gerstaecker’
for a species of the genus from Zanzibar; later Schulthess, in

TArchiv. f. Naturgesch., XXXV, p. 208.

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF, [April,

describing a species of Chiropacha, applied the name modesta to it,*
and later he used it under Turachodes’. The maintenance of two
identical names in the same genus not being permitted, I have
dedicated this species to its original describer.
Tarachodes sp.
One immature specimen; Gagap, near Milmil, northern Somali-
land, July 30, 1894.
This specimen is too immature to make any definite statement
regarding its specific affinities.
Elza somalica Schulthess.
1898. Hiea somalica Schulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
XXXIX, p. 170.
Three specimens, two males, one female; Selou and Lafarok,
Somaliland, August 6 and 13, 1894; Fertza, Gallaland, Septem-
ber 12, 1894.

Compsothespis falcifera n. sp.

Type, one’specimen, near the Darde river, Raia Wacheli, eastern
Gallaland, September 1, 1894.

This species differs from C. anomala Saussure in the much greater
size, in the non-mamillate eyes, the smaller and weaker forelimbs,
and various other details. :

Form slender. Head elongate with a broad, low median ridge,
vertex not at all prominent, ocelli small; eyes subelliptical; an-
tenn filiform. Pronotum rather elongate, slightly broader pos-
teriorly than anteriorly, the length being more than six times the
greatest width; lateral margins almost straight, slightly constricted
anterior to the insertion of the cox:e, finely tuberculate; anterior
and posterior margins arcuate, the latter flattened centrally with
an obscure emargination; the whole surface finely tuberculate.
Tegmina abbreviate, semi-hyaline, rather coriaceous at the base.
Abdomen depressed, narrow, the lateral margins almost straight,
the basal and median segments one and a half times as long as wide,
terminal segments short, the posterior margins with a median
rounded lobe. Supraanal plate triangular, moderately produced,
the apex truncate, subemarginate and obscurely carinate centrally,
the latter flanked by two longitudinal depressions, each of which
is laterally bordered by another carinw. Cerci broad, compressed,

§ Zool. Jahrb., Syst. VIII, p. 69.
® Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXIX, p. 173.

;

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

composed of six segments increasing in length, the terminal one
almost half again as long as its predecessor, the whole bearing an
obsolete median ridge. Subgenital plate compressed, deeply
folded, the central inclosure very narrow; styles moderately long,
subspatulate. Anterior limbs very slight and weak; the coxz and
femora being about the same length and bulk, the outer margin of
the latter bearing four very minute spines, discoidal spines num-
bering three; tibize not half as long as the femora, the margin not
dentate; metatarsi about as long as the tibiw. Median and pos-
terior pairs of limbs very long and slender; the median femora
each bearing two genicular spines; tibie longer than the femora.

General color pinkish brown, the limbs touched with dull brown-
ish; eyes testaceous; lower surface of the pronotum suffused with
dull reddish ; elytra decidedly pinkish at base; anterior femora
with a ine of reddish black on the lower margin.

Measurements.
Total length, . 41 mm
Length of pronotum, , 13.25 mm
Greatest width of pronotum, 2, mm
Greatest width of abdomen, 3 mm.
Length of tegmina, . 15.5 mm.
Length of anterior femora, 5.75 mm.
Length of posterior femora, 12.2 mm.
Length of posterior tibiz, . 14 mm

Ligaria producta 2. sp.

Type, one immature female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, Septem-
ber 30, 1894.

Closely allied to 7. trigonalis Saussure” from South Africa, but
differing in the shape of the pronotum. The pronotum of trigonalis
is described as haying ‘‘ parte antice lata ac late rotundata, ... .
marginibus haud dentatus;’’? while in the specimen before me the
pronotum is somewhat produced anteriorly, the margin being very
narrowly rounded.

Size medium. Head from the facial aspect about equally long
and broad; occiput subtruncate; eyes subfusiform, little attenuate
superiorly. Pronotum about two-thirds as broad as long, cen-
trally with moderate dilations, the borders crenula-dentate; ante-
rior section diminishing in width, the margin narrowly rounded;

0 Abhand. Senckenb. Nat. Gesellsch., XXI, p. 596.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

posterior section slightly constricted, the margin truncate. Ante-
rior femora stout and heavy, the inner margin spined very much
as in JL. trigonalis, the apical spines being alternately large and
small, except the two terminal spines which are large with a
diastema between them; tibice armed with seven spines; tarsus with
the first joint (metatarsus) about equaling the other four. Median
and posterior Jimbs slender, the apical spines equally visible on
each; the first tarsal joint (metatarsus) of the median pair slightly
shorter than the other segments. Abdomen depressed, with a
central carinal fold, which is more elevated posteriorly than ante-
riorly on each segment, the four anterior segments having the pos-
terior margin centrally emarginate, while the others have the same
truncate. Subgenital plate somewhat produced, broadly rounded,
with minute styles.

Genera] color dull wood brown, irregularly sprinkled with
blackish spots. The occiput bears a transverse line of grayish,
which is visibly continued to a greater or less extent upon the eyes.
The upper surface of the abdomen is tinged with yellowish, while
the limbs are obscured with blackish brown.

Measurements.

Tength of body, 9. Sai aa Seo eee ooo
Width across ieyes; (io rid acalys Bue whe < crete ane
Lengthiof spronotum: ee, 05. ace 1: a cee ee Ce
Width of pronotum,;. <7... . . .-! . % Saar
Length‘of anterior femora, = / . . . 2) see 24 ODA

Sphodropoda rudolfe n. sp.

Type, one temale; near southern end of Lake Rudolf, western
Gallaland, September 1, 1895.

Allied to S. trimacula Saussure, but differing in the shape of the
anterior portion of the pronotum and the general thickness of the
shaft, besides the much shorter tegmina.

Size smaller than S. trimacula, but very stoutly built. Head
rather long, the facial aspect broader than deep; occiput slightly
arcuate; facial shield as wide as deep, superiorly obtuse angulate,
the extreme tip truncate, centrally with a pair of very obscure
carinie; eyes rather large, globose, the lower margin somewhat pro-
duced. Pronotum over twice as long as the greatest width which is
anterior to the middle; the shaft bearing a prominent median carinz,

—_—

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

and somewhat constricted posterior to the dilation, the width here
being but half that of the latter; the collar rather acuminate, the an-
terior angle rather narrowly rounded, the posterior margin truncate,
the dilation having dentate margins. Tegmina moderately long, not
quite reaching the tip of the supraanal plate; the marginal field
coriaceous, the stigma large and opaque, the discoidal and anal
fields semi-hyaline, the costal margin pectinate. Anterior cox
bearing on the proximal extremity a blunt tooth-like projeetion,
the inferior margin bearing five large spines, a small one occupying
each diastema; femora rather heavy, the external margin with
four spines, fifteen on the internal with some of the apical ones
reduced in size and presenting a formula which would give for the
anterior spines, reading posteriorly, ImlI1; tibise almost half as
fong as the femora, bearing ten spines on the external and fifteen
on the internal margins. Median and posterior limbs moderately
slender; the tibiee much lighter and more slender than the femora;
the first tarsal joint (metatarsus) very much elongate and equaling
the succeeding segments. Supraanal plate very broad and shallow,
the margin broadly rounded. Subgenital plate very large, the
posterior portion deeply folded and supplied with short, thick,
fleshy styles.

General color dull ochre yellow tinged with dragon’s blood red?
on the posterior border of each abdominal segment and on the
limbs, the median and posterior tibiz being little suffused. Head
obscurely suffused with olivaceous, this tint being especially notice-
able on the eyes, clypeus and mandibles. Tegmina dilute dragon’s
blood red, palest at the anal border, richest around the stigma,
which is cream colored.

Measurements.

meumeMak body; . 0 .. 5 6. ee ee OS mm.
Sebatirotphead, ac cet. KM cise, Cot eee es 4 eo biemm,
Peteua-of pronctmas (. ) .) odo da st wy, btw jon 7.25 mame
Greatest width of pronotum, Slee DKA hon, Uh none
mertwidth of pronotum,. . . . . . . . . 375mm.
Sempiierteomina, 2 6 ete SL el. 26.5 mm.
Greatest width of tegmina, . . . . .. =. =. 10 mm.
Wenpth of anterior femora, . . . . . . . . 16.5 mm.

1 Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —___[April,

Sphodromantis bioculata Burmeister.

1838. Sphodromantis bioculata Burmeister, Handb. d. Ent., Bd. II,
Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 537.

One female (immature); Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 8,
1894.
Mantis sacra Thunberg.
1815. Mantis sacra Thunberg, Mém. Acad. St. Petersb., V, p., 289.
One male; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894.
Hoplocorypha bottegi Saussure.

1895. Hoplocorypha bottegi Saussure, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXV,
p- 91.

One immature specimen; Aimola, Gallaland, March 16, 1895.

Hoplocorypha rapax Bormans.

1881. Hoplocorypha rapax Bormans, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, XVI, p.
Pail,

One immature specimen; near the Daro Mountains, between
Ginea and Tulu, Gallaland, November 18, 1894.

This specimen is referred here with some little doubt; the char-
acter ‘‘ tibiis tarsisque posticis nigro multipilosus’’ not being at
all appreciable.

Miomantis fenestrata Fabricius.
1781. Mantis fenestrata Fabricius, Spect. Ins., I, p. 349.

One female (immature) and one male; Luku, Gallaland, Sep-
tember 17 and 18, 1894.
Miomantis sp.
One female (immature); Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1,
1894.
Fischeria sp.
One male; Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, October 30, 1894.
This large specimen is unfortunately headless.
Ischnomantis media n. sp.
Type, female (somewhat immature); near the upper Webi
Shebeli, Gallaland, December 24, 1894.

Closely allied to I. spinigera Schulthess,” but differing in the —
length of the supraanal plate which in the new form is less than
the length of the anterior coxve, while in spinigera it equals the
anterior femora.

2 Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXIX, p. 176.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

Size large. Head viewed facially much broader than deep, the
occiput arcuate; eyes prominent; clypeus bearing a transverse
ridge. Pronotum four times as long as its greatest width; the
lateral margins dentate anterior to the dilation, denticulate poste-
rior to the same; anterior margin somewhat produced, rounded;
posterior margin truncate, the angles obliquely trimmed; median
carina visible on the shaft, replaced by a sulcus on the collar.
Anterior coxze with the lower margin dentate, the other margins
denticulate; femora rather elongate, five spines on the external
margin, fifteen spines anteriorly and eleven to twelve denticules
posteriorly on the internal, the superior margin with a very slight
concavity; tibize with nine spines on the external margin with a
basal diastema, fourteen on the internal. Median and posterior
pair of limbs very slender and light; tibise with the internal mar-
gins spined; metatarsus of the posterior limbs very much longer
than the other tarsal joints, and closely spined below. Abdomen
with lateral elongate crescentic convolutions. Supraanal plate
elongate, lanceolate, the apex narrowly rounded, centrally keeled,
the whole shorter than the anterior coxee.

General color wood brown,” sprinkled and finely mottled with
umber, the ground tint being purest on the anterior limbs. Eyes
walnut brown, mottled with blackish. Anal region and lower
surface of abdomen tinged with ochraceous.

Comparative Measurements.

2 media. & spinigera
(from Schulthess).

Wensihvotabody estes ee OOM mM. = dul Seeimime
hensthvof pronctum; - = & =. +. 305d)“ S0eenas
Greatest width of pronotum,. . . . Ps te ghar Mt
Length of supraanal plate, . . . . 125 “ PX) tt
WWengihvotrantenioncoxes) = - - 1), LOso “*

Tiength of anterior femora, . . . . 24 ‘<

Length of posterior femora, . . . . 39.75 ‘

Parasphendale minor Schulthess.
1898. Purasphendale minor Schulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, XX XIX, p. 177.

Two females, one immature; Sheikh Husein and Tulu, Galla-
land, September 29 and November 22, 1894.

12 Ridgway’s Nomenclature.

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —__ [April,

Oxyophthalma gracila Saussure.

1861. Oxyophthalmus gracilis Saussure, Aun. Soc. Ent. France (4), I,
p. 470.

One male; Bodele, Tug Terfa, Somaliland, August 20, 1894.

As far as it is possible to judge from Saussure’s description and
figure, this specimen is identical with his graci/is, except that in the
specimen before me the eyes are not so mammillate as in his figure.
Oxypila annulata Serville.

1831. Oxypila annulata Serville, Rev. Orthopt., p. 23.

Four specimens, one male, three females (one immature);
Sheikh Husein (3) and Dabuli (1), Gallaland, September 16 and
October 6, 1894.

Pseudocreobotra amare 2. sp.

Type, female; headwaters of the Burga river, near Dagugi,
country of the Amara, western Gallaland, April 24, 1895.

This species is related to P. wahlbergii Stal from Zanzibar, but
it is larger and differs in the form and. comparative size of the
pronotum.

Size rather large. Head transverse; the vertex prolonged into
a shallowly bifid peduncle ; ocelli very large and prominent; clypeus
and labrum carinate, the former triangularly produced into faleate
extensions; eyes very prominent, bluntly acuminate, each flanked
on the posterior margin by a blunt tubercle. Pronotum with two
lateral and one posterior prominent rounded lobes, the anterior
margin being broadly rounded; the central section heavily bossed
forming four tubercles, the large anterior one being considerably
cristate; the lateral lobes thin, coriaceous and ascending. Tegmina
long and moderately broad, central and basal sections opaque,
apical section hyaline. Anterior cox finely scabrous, the lower
margin with both large and small spines to the number of 6 or 7;
femora bearing four spines on the external margin, each spine
being thick and heavy at the base, the tip being constricted and
sub-ungiculate, the internal- margin with nine spines, the second,
third and fifth being reduced in size; metatarsi superiorly lamel-
late, the external margin subpectinate, the internal margin with
fourteen spines increasing in size from the proximal extremity.
Median and posterior limbs rather slender, the femora with apical
rotundate dilations on the posterior margin. Abdomen broad and
heavy, each segment with a lateral angular production. Sub-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

genital plate broadly rounded, with a central depression and a
posterior median emargination.

General color between gambege yellow and lemon yellow,”
strongest on the head, pronotum, limbs and tegminal rings. Head
with the superior aspect clouded with greenish; eyes walnut brown
clouded with blackish, palest inferiorly. Pronotum with the pos-
terior half deeply suffused with dull greenish. Tegmina basally
pale pea-green with a blotch of chromium green,” the characteristic
rings surrounded by the latter tint, the rings arranged as follows:
a central black spot, a moderately broad ring of chromium green
followed by a bar of slightly greater width of modified lemon
yellow, and externally a narrow black ring. Limbs all ringed
with narrow bands of dull emerald green; the lower surface of
each of the anterior femora with two spots of orange.

Measurements.
‘Litsvicall Wear ee aap ag SER a Se eRe, Oo MRRBUNC> SSS Pe obs
Wwidthwolgheadis re coe Ss ce sl vee eG es
Werrunnotepronotumsy (a ce cents | « 6 Ane rs 8 Onto <
Greatest:widthiof pronotum, - = . 2 2°. 5 . 2 UC
ene uunoimel vivant pe lg ds, et 6 DO Rd) (BOLO ws
Graatestawidthiofvelytraysie Ly 6 a) Spee 9 TBF
Wenpubwotanterion femora, « - . - « < ot. LORD: *°

Bie
1

t

Length of posterior femora,
Pseudoharpax virescens (Serville).
1839. Creobroter virescens Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 162, Pl. 3, fig. 7.

Four specimens, one male, three immature females; Sheikh
Husein, Gallaland, September 28 and 30, October 9 and 10,
1894.

The male has a broad dorsal median stripe of black on the pro-
notum.

Popa undata (Fabricius).
1793. Mantis undata Fabricius, Ent. Syst., II, p. 19.

Three specimens, two males (one immature, one iarval), one
female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, and near Tug Lomo, bet ween
Milmil and Bodele, Somaliland,’ August 12, September 30 and
October 10, 1894.

The males have the supraanal plate apically truncate, while that
portion of the female is much more acuminate.

14,15 Ridgway’s Nomenclature.

16 The data with this specimen reads ‘‘Smith River, VIII 12, 94.’ Smith
River cannot be found on any of Dr. Smith’s charts, and the locality above”
8 that of the date.

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [April,

Empusa egena Charpentier.
1841. Hmpusa egena Charpentier, Germar’s Zeitschr., III, p. 297.

One larval female; Laga, Gallaland, November 29, 1894.

Idolomorpha dentifrons Saussure,

1895. Idolomorpha dentifrons Saussure, Grandidier’s Hist. de Mada-
gascar, Orthopteres, Pt. I, p. 244.

One female; Daro Mountains, between Ginea and Tulu, Gal-
laland, November 19, 1894.
Blepharis cornuta Schulthess.

1895. Blepharis cornuta Schulthess-Rechberg, Zoolog. Jahrb., Syst.
Abth., VIII, p. 72.

Two immature females; vicinity of Laga, Gallaland, November
28 aud 30, 1894.

The two specimens before me differ somewhat from the figure of
cornuta, the anterior tibiee being longer than those figured, though
this may be due to foreshortening in the figure. On the whole
the variations amount to so little that there is no doubt as to their
identity.

Family PHASMIDZ5.
Palophus reyi (Grandidier).
1869. Ischnopoda reyi Grandidier, Revue et Magasin de Zool. (2),
XXI, p. 292.
One female; no data.

Total length; : \u. | st ee Ree eee
TLength:-of steg mings: Al 50 ciph. cit) poe. avore i uchy ae
Length of wings, . . pce eta ee LO
Length of anterior femora, iy Ceo
Length of medianifemora, ©. 2 2 |; terme
Ibength‘of ‘posterior femora, << 2. 0s yee)

Clonaria gracila (Burmeister).

1838. Bacillus gractla Burmeister, Handb. d. Ent., II, Abth. I, Pt.
I, p. 561.

One male; Berbera, Somaliland, July 3, 1894.

The collection also includes four female specimens of Phasmide
taken at the following localities :

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 8, 1894.

Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, October 30, 1894.

Luku, Gallaland, September 17, 1894.

Between Tug Lomo and Bodele, Somaliland, August 12, 1894.

These are damaged to such an extent that determination is very
difficult or impossible, many of the portions used in classification
being absent or badly damaged.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

THE IDENTITY OF THE GORDIACEAN SPECIES, CHORDODES MORGANI
AND C. PUERILIS.

BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR., PH.D.

In a preceding contribution’ I described as new and distinct
species Chordodes morgani and C. puerilis, the former based on
two females, the latter on two males. The differences in the sculp-
turation of the surface of the cuticle seemed then to justify the
separation of these two species. In a later paper? 1 stated that
“* Chordodes puerilis and C. morgani may eventually be found to
be the two sexes of the same species;’’ and the truth of this sup-
position is now confirmed. . puerilis thus becomes a synonym of
C. morgani, since the latter was first described in the original paper.

Material consisting of seven females and five males, all collected
together at the same time (July 27, 1899), on the shore of South
Bass Island, in the western end of Lake Erie, in the explorations
of the Great Lakes conducted by the U. S. Fish Commission, were
very kindly sent to me for identification by Prof. Jacob E. Reig-
hard; and I am indebied to him and to Mr. George M. Bowers,
Fish Commissioner, for permission to publish my conclusions. An
examination on cross sections of the cuticle of a number of these
specimens shows very considerable variation, but variation with
intergradation; and shows also that there is more or less of a sex-
ual difference in the form of the papill of the cuticle. In each
individual the cuticle of the middle region of the body was ex-
amined.

Tn the following description the original specimens, as well as
the new material, shall be described together. In my first paper
the form of the body was described, and there is nothing new to
be added to that account.

‘The Gordiacea of Certain American Collections, with Particular Refer-
ence to the North American Fauna,’”’ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard
College, Vol. 32, No. 3, 1898.

*“ Synopses of North American Invertebrates. II, Gordiacea (Hair
Worms),”? American Naturalist, Vol. 33, No. 392, 1899. ;

19

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —_ [ April,

Size and Color.—The largest female (the type of C. morgani)
measures 222 mm. in length, the largest male 220 mm., the
smallest individual seen (male, co-type of CL puwerilis) 64 mm.
The color varies from a dull chocolate brown to a light buff brown,
averaging darker in the males; the head end is always white.

Cuticle. —Cross sections of the cuticle examined with high
powers show the following kinds of prominences:

1. Low papille of irregular outline, rarely higher than broad,
which bear no spines. These are shown in Plate XI, figs. 1-3, 9.
In general they are, next to the following kind, the most numer-
ous, and are generally the smallest.

2. The most numerous are small papille, rounded or more
frequently conical on outline, each of which bears a delicate, stiff
spine of nearly its own height. These are shown in Plate XI, figs.
1-3, 5-11. Generally they are rather evenly distributed between
the larger papillse, but in one female (fig. 7) considerable portions
of the cuticle show them arranged in close patches, without papille
in the spaces intervening. In none of the males was such an
arrangement found.

3. Large papille, considerably higher and broader than the pre-
ceding, shown in Plate XI, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6, 10,11. In the small-
est female (length 125 mm.) these were entirely absent. Their
crowns are generally flattened or rounded, and bear each a circlet
of short, stiff, delicate spines, few and variable in number; in the
largest female, the type of C. morgani, fig. 11, most of the papille
were not provided with such spines. Sometimes, not frequently,
the bases of these papillze are tuberculated or dentated. In the
males these large papille are generally higher than broad, except
in the smallest male (fig. 1, co-type of C. puerilis), where they are
about as broad as high. In the females they are relatively less
numerous than in the males, and relatively broader and shorter,
more rectangular in outline and with their summits more regularly
flattened. Fig. 11 shows their appearance in the largest female,
which may be compared with the appearances in the largest males
(Plate XI, figs. 3, 5, 6).

4, Small rounded papille, each of which bears on its summit a
long, hyaline, finger-shaped process (Plate XI, figs. 1, 3, 8, 11).
These are present in all the individuals, but very much less nu-
merous than any of the preceding kinds, generally occurring at

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 291

considerable distances apart. Such processes are found in most
species of the genus.

5. Papille, each of which bears a thick, more or less curved,
conical spine, refractive and homogeneous in appearance (Plate
XI, figs. 2, 4, 11). These are the least numerous, I did not find
them in the specimens from Lake Erie, but they are present in the
types and co-types of morgani and puerilis (I had overlooked
them at the time of my former description). The size and form
of the spines is variable. ‘

Surface views of the cuticle were given in my preceding paper.
In the males the large papille (the third kind) always appear
darker and larger than the other papille; they may be arranged
close together or, when less numerous, show the tendency to form
large, irregular groups. In the largest females the cuticle on
surface view is like that of the males, except that the third kind
of papillze are less numerous; in females which lack the third kind
of papillze, the darker disks on the surface of the cuticle represent
patches of papille of the second kind.

Diagnostic Characters.—The sculpturation of the cuticle is so
variable that it is difficult to give a sharp diagnosis. But the
regular occurrence of papillie (the second kind) of more or less
conical form, each bearing a short delicate spine; the quite gen-
eral occurrence of higher papille (the third kind), each generally
with a circlet of a few similar spines, and the occasional occurrence
of papille bearing each a thick conical spine, seem to distinguish
C. morgani from any hithero described species of the genus. But
the degree of variation in this form, individual and sexual, shows
how necessary it is to examine large series of individuals in
separating the species of the Gordiacea; an individual variation
about as great is found in C. occidentalis Montg., as has been
shown by me in a preceding paper.’

All the specimens seen by me of Chordodes morgani were from
the United States of America, from the following localities: Lake
Erie, Maryland, Iowa and Pennsylvania; thus it would seem to be
a species of the eastern portion of North America.

8 Proc. California Acad. Sciences, Third Series, Vol. I, No. 9, 1898.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [April,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

‘All the figures represent portions of transverse sections of the cuticle, ex-
cept fig. 4, which represents a single papilla ; all were drawn with the
camera lucida at the height of the microscope stage with a Zeiss microscope,
length of tube 100 mm., ocular 4, homogeneous immersion objective ;zth. —

Figs. 1, 2.—Male (co-type of CU. puerilis, length 64 mm.).

Figs. 3, 4.—Male (type of C. puerilis, length 228 mm.).

Fig. 5.—Male (length 150 mm.).

Fig. 6.—Male (length 220 mm.).

Fig. 7.—Female (length 127 mm.).

Figs. 8, 9.+Female (length 190 mm.).

Fig. 10.—Female (length 180 mm. ).

Fig. 11.—Female (type of C. morgant, length 220 mm.).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW HEMIRAMPHID.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The specimen described below was found among a miscellaneous
collection of small and young fishes presented to the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia many years ago by Dr. William
H. Jones, of the United States Navy.

I propose a new genus and species for this specimen after a
comparison with equally small examples, some smaller, of Hypo-
rhamphus and Hemiramphus. These seem to differ but little
from the adults, and that principally in the shorter beak, which
is absent altogether in some. Perhaps a comparison of the adults
and young of the other members of the Hemiramphide may
result in still greater differences.

The specimen in question is strikingly like Fodiator acutus
(Cuvier and Valenciennes), which it resembles in many respects,
though differing altogether in having a beak one and a half times
the length of the head. The young of all the Exocetide exam-
ined do not differ materially from the adults, and it seems hardly
likely that a beak as long as the present specimen possesses is
developed in the young of Fodiator. Undoubtedly we have in
this specimen an annectant form between Euleptorhamphus among
the Hemiramphide and Fodiator among the Exocetide.

HEMIEXOCETUS gen. noy.

Body moderately elongate, compressed and covered with rather
large deciduous scales. The sides of the body are more or less
rounded and not especially flattened or compressed. The dorsal
and ventral lines are more or less parallel. The upper jaw is very
short, and the lower jaw is produced into a long, pointed, slender

“S@\
SX

beak, at least one and a half times as long asthe head. Teeth

minute. Head large and the eye is also large. No finlets. Cau-

dal forked and the lower lobe much the longest and strongest.

D. and A. more or less similar, and the origin of the former in

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

advance of the latter. P. very long, reaching the origin of the
D. V. very long, reaching half-way in the space between their
own origins and the base of the caudal.

Hemiexocetus caudimaculatus sp. nov.

No. 7,508. Type. Taken in lat. 23° N. long. 106° W.
(Mazatlan, Mexico). Dr. William H. Jones.

The form of the body is somewhat elongate, moderately com-
pressed, with the sides more or less rounded, and with the dorsal
and ventral profile lines equally convex. The greatest depth of
the body is nearly median, and it is contained in the total length
(exclusive of the beak and the caudal) about six times. The
head is large and compressed, not very broad above, and contained
in the body (as measured before) about four times. The eye is
large and superior, and it is contained in the head (exclusive of
the beak) about three times. The eye is also greater than the
interorbital space. The mouth is small and superior, and fur-
nished with minute teeth. Opercles large. The origin of the P.
is superior, level with the upper part of the eye, and near the
branchial aperture. Branchial apertures large. The P. are
exceedingly large and long, reaching at least to the origin of the
D., and thus for about half the length of the V. The origin of
the V. is nearer the branchial aperture than the base of the caudal,
and the fins reach posteriorly for at least half the distance between
their own bases and the base of the caudal. The origin of the
D. in advance of that of the A., the fins similar, but the longest
rays of the former equal to the depth of the body at that point.
The general color of the body is a rich plumbeous brown above
and silvery beneath. The upper or outer rays of the P., except
the first, are blackish. The first ray of the P., together with the
5 basal rays, white. D. and A. brownish. V. edged upon the
outer and inner rays with white, the inner rays blackish like the
same of the P. Caudal whitish, except the bases of the rays and
the jet black spot upon the outer portion of the lower lobe. The
body was covered with rather large scales, but as the squamation
is injured I am unable to give any count. Traces of a lateral
line existed upon the inferior scales along the sides of the ventral
recion, 2D rlO jaw 1 Pes iat.

This small example measures 25 mm. from the tip of the upper
jaw to the base of the caudal.

nite din di ini ee

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

A STUDY OF THE GENUS CENTURIO.
BY JAMES A, G. REHN.

A recent study of the Bats in the collection of the Academy
revealed the fact that three alcoholic specimens of the curious
genus Centurio were preserved therein. As comparatively little
material of the genus had ever been examined, I secured, through
Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., a loan of the three representatives con-
tained in the collection of the United States National Museum.
The acquisition of these specimens considerably enlarged the series
for examination so that it numbered five alcoholic specimens, one
skin and one odd skull.

With this series, probably the largest ever gathered together, I
have made some notes and observations, the results of which have
induced me to publish a summary of our knowledge of the genus.

Record of Specimens.—The first specimen of Centurio known to
naturalists was collected on the cruise of H. M. S. ‘‘ Sulphur,”’
and was examined by Dr. Gray, of the British Museum, who
described the genus and applied the specific name senex to the
specimen.’ The locality was stated to be Amboyna, but later?
Gray seemed doubtful of this, as he says: ‘‘ Captain Sir Edward
Belcher informed me this bat was found in Amboyna, but Mr.
Hinds (surgeon of the expedition) does not appear to be so confi-
dent on the subject, and rather suspects it came from South
America. It was taken from a bottle containing animals from
both countries.”’

In 1854 Lichtenstein and Peters described a specimen supposed
to be from Cuba as C. flavogularis,* but later Alston* informs us
Dr. Peters had written him that the locality was erroneous.

Saussure was the next author to inform us further regarding this
genus, a specimen from ‘‘ les régions chaudes du Mexique’’ being
deseribed by him as C. mexicanus.*

The acquisition by the Smithsonian Institution of a specimen

‘Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 259. 1842.
2 Voyage of the ‘‘ Sulphur,’’ Mamm., p. 26. 1844.
_ * Monatsh. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 335. 1854.
* Biol. Cent. Amer., Mamm., p. 51. 1879.
® Rev. et Mag. de Zool., Ze ser., XII, p. 381. 1861.

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —__ [April,

from Mirador, Mexico, with the throat folds greatly developed
caused Dr. Harrison Allen to describe the subgenus Jrichocoryes
and the species memurtrii, which he placed therein.® A specimen
of C. mexicanus from the same locality accompanied the one
described. Alston mentions’ that Dr. Peters had informed him
that the Berlin Museum possessed a specimen of C. memurtrii as
well as one of C. senex.

The only remaining published record of specimens of this genus
is that of one female from Cerro de los Pajeros, Las Vegas, Vera
Cruz, Mexico, which was described by Mr. Henry L. Ward as a
new species, Centwrio minor.®

General Relations. —A. very superficial examination of a speci-
men of Centurio reveals the gap which exists between it and the
other genera of the subfamily in which it has previously been
placed. Of the genera of the Stenodermatine I have examined
all but two, i.e., Ametrida and Ectophylla, and the resulting belief
is that Centurio should stand apart. The singular facial structure,
throat folds, absence of true nose-leaf, and peculiar canines all
present an individuality not shared by the other genera,

Accordingly I propose to separate Centurio as a new subfamily,
the differential characters of which would be as follows:

STENODERMATIN &. CENTURIONINE.
Rostral portion of skull not very | Rostral portion of skull very
broad (except in Spheronye- | broad.

teris and probably Ametrida).
Upper canines without anterior Upper canines with anterior

basal concavity. basal concavity.

Face with distinct nose-leaf, Face without distinct nose-leaf,
and without distinet cutaneous and with distinct cutaneous
facial ornaments (except in facial ornaments (nostrils not
Spheronycteris). opening directly upon the sur-

face).

Upper lip not emarginate. Upper lip centrally emarginate.

Ears without additional lobe on Ears with additional lobe on the
the internal margin. internal margin.

Throat without transverse folds Throat with transverse folds of
of skin. skin.

6 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 359-361. 1861.
T Biol. Cent. Amer., Mamm., p. 52. 1879.
® Amer. Natur., XXV., p. 750. August, 1891.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

The Centurionine have no close affinity with the other divisions
of the Phyllostomatide, for while some of the above characters are
shared by the Mormoopine, the absence of enlarged cutaneous
plates on the lower lip immediately shows the distinctness of the
subfamilies. The genetic relations are undoubtedly with the
Stenodermatine, but to which portion of it seems doubtful, though
Spheronycteris is possibly the closest related of any.

CENTURIO Gray.

1842. Centurio Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 259. Type,
Centurio senex Gray.

1861. Trichocoryes H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 359.
Type, Centurio memurtrii H. Allen (—Centurio senex Gray).

Generic Characters.—The same as those of the subfamily of

Oa Orac shoe sey PEE fet 2-2
which it is the only genus. Dentition i. =, ce. aol nicest

9
+ 29°

The characters used by most of the describers of these species
were color and the form of the upper incisors.

The color differences are slight and can readily be accounted for
by the difference of time of immersion in alcohol. The upper
incisors also appear to be both two and three lobate, beside
bluntly conic.

Centurio senex Gray.

1842. Centurio senex Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, pp. 259-260
(‘*Amboyna,”’ very probably some point on the west coast of Mexico
or Central America).

1844. Centurio senex Gray, Voyage of the Sulphur, Mammalia, pp.
26, 27, Pl. VIII.

1878. Centurio senex Dobson, Catal. Chirop. Brit. Mus., pp. 543-545,
Pl. XXX, fig. 6.

1879. Centurio senex Alston, Biol. Cent. Amer., Mammalia, p. 51.

1854. Centurio flavogularis Lichtenstein and Peters, Monatsber. K.
Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 335 (‘‘Cuba’’).

1855. Centurio flavogularis Lichtenstein and Peters, Abhandb. K.
Akad. Wissensch., Berlin (1854), pp. 87-89, taf. I.

1860. Centurio mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Mag. d. Zool., 2e ser.,
XII, pp. 381-383 (warm region of Mexico).

1861. Centurio memurtrii H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp.
360-361 (Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mexico).

1879. Centurio memurtrit Alston, Biol. Cent. Amer., Mammalia, p.
51, Pl. III, fig. 8.

1891. Centurio minor Ward, American Naturalist, X XV, pp. 750-753,
fig. (Cerro de los Pajeros, Las Vegas, Vera Cruz, Mexico).

Type Locality.—Erroneously given as ‘‘ Amboyna”’’ ' (East
Indies). As Gray afterward believed, it in all probability came
from America, and a comparison of the route of the ‘* Sulphur ”’
(on the voyage of which the specimen was collected) with the

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —__[Appril,

present distribution of the species shows that the specimen was
evidently collected on the west coast of Mexico or Central Amer-
ica, at some one of the points visited between San Blas and
Panama.

Distribution.—The only accurate records for the occurrence of
this species give us little information as to its exact distribution.
Aside from Mirador and Cerro de los Pajeros, Vera Cruz, Mexico,
the only other accurate captures are from Guatemala’ and Cartago,
Costa Rica; U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 3#24%-

It has been recorded from ‘‘ les régions chaudes du Mexique ’’
by Saussure, and erroneously from Cuba by Lichteustein and
Peters. The whole data shows the species to range from south-
central Mexico (Cerro de los Pajeros) to Costa Rica (Cartago),
probably within zonal limits, but as to this we know little, for
while both of the localities in the State of Vera Cruz are well
elevated (above 6,000 feet), Cartago lies in a valley between moder-
ately high ranges of mountains, and Saussure’s specimen was stated
to have come from the warm section of Mexico.

General Characters.—Those of the genus and subfamily of
which it is the only representative.

Head.—Short, broad and deep; the upper lip emarginate, the
lower jaw extending beyond the upper, both with the margin
beaded. Face with a median depression between the eyes, this
being flanked by a fold of skin with a sinuate border, superior to
this lies a semicircular thickening, above which, between the ears,
is a large appressed fan-like structure with a crenulate border;
aboye each eye lies an irregular protuberance, between the eyes
extends a narrow sinus which forms the lower margin of the folds
’ mentioned above; between the nostrils lies a flat oblong plate, the
upper border of which is rounded in some specimens and produced
in others, the nostrils being laterally bordered by raised converg-
ing ridges which terminate below in lobes on the upper lip on each
side of the central emargination, the latter having a small central
lobule. The°chin folds in the male are highly developed, num-
bering three, the anterior one extending from one corner of the
mouth to the other, and the posterior one from antitragus to
antitragus, the whole being more or less thickly and heavily haired;

Peters, see Alston, Biol. Cent. Amer., Mamm., p. 52.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

the anterior fold bears a central thickening which is enlarged and
extends back toward the second fold which bears a central glandu-
lar structure, the third fold having a fold of skin of very consid-
erable lateral extent, the whole when pulled forward covering the
lower part of the face as a mask; the female presenting rudimen-
tary folds on much the same pattern. Ears not exceeding the
muzzle and bearing a large, rather elongate, apically rounded lobe
on the internal margin; tragus moderately long, the external mar-
gin bearing several lobules, those near the apex usually little
developed.

Limbs.—Forearm of moderate length, the thumb compressed,
the third finger moderately long. Tibia and foot rather weak.
Calcaneum short.

Membranes and Fur.—Membranes moderately tough; the inter-
space between the fourth and fifth digits and the digital area of
the mesopatagium transversely gathered, the tension bars being
corded. Uropatagium reaching beyond the middle of the femora,
the margin haired. The fur extends upon the wing membrane to
a line drawn between the elbow and knee.

Color.—General color above between drab and broccoli brown
(Ridgway’s Nomenclature, P). III), tending toward isabelline in
some alcoholic specimens and mummy brown (Pl. IIL) in others;
below isabelline. Membrane rather pale mars brown GebliUE
the interspace between the second and third digits, the gathered
portions of the mesopatagium and of the interspace between the
fourth and fifth digits semi-transparent.

Skull.—The skull is short and deep, with the rostral portion
very broad and steeply descending. Zygoma flaring. Palate
short, twice as broad as long, the cleft being acute-angulate ante-
riorly. Auditory bull flattened and not very conspicuous. The
figure given by Peters (/.c.) is excellent and will show many
points hard to bring out in a description.

Teeth.—Upper incisors small, the central pair largest though
little exceeding the others in vertical extent; apex bluntly conic,
bifid or trifid; upper canines robust, with an anterior basal con-
cavity; upper premolars very unequal in size, the first half the
size of the second which bears several lobules on the posterior
margin; upper molars twice as broad as long, the crowns rather
flat with three principal cusps, the anterior one larger, the external

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [Aprils

margin of each bearing one prominent anterior lobe and several
posterior to this, the last one of which is considerably developed
in the first molar. Lower incisors small, uniform, bifid; lower
canines hastate, with an external basal shoulder; lower premolars
unequal, the first a simple cone, the second larger, with a posterior
shoulder; lower molars low, the anterior somewhat larger than the
posterior, the latter ranging from subquadrate to subtriangulate in
section, each bearing two low angulate cusps.

Remarks.—It is evident that the species presents some diversity
in size and probably some in color, but it is quite as evident that
such variation is individual or sexual (the males being on an aver-
age slightly larger than the female), and cannot be separated into
geographic forms. The single specimen from Costa Rica cannot
be separated from specimens from Vera Cruz, Mexico, and the five
specimens (three males, two females) from Mirador present con-
siderable variation among themselves.

The species described by Lichtenstein and Peters (C. flavogu-
aris) and Saussure (C. mexicanus) can readily be placed as syno-
nyms of CQ. senex, Petersafterward admitting such to be the case
with C. flavogularis; and Saussure’s C. mexicanus can be matched
with specimens of senex, the difference in color being very likely
due to the length of immersion in the preserving fluid. The species
O. memurtrii H. Allen was based on the adult male,” the folds
being in all probability secondary sexual characters.

A close examination of the description of C. minor Ward shows
that the deseriber was probably misled by Dobson’s description of
the chin folds, and in the absence of material for comparison he
described a female which agrees exactly with two females before me;
the discrepancies in measurement beng simply individual, while
the second lower premolar of all the available specimens is more
than half the size of the first and some are decidedly not triangu-
lar in section. The describer of C. minor stated that he would not
be surprised ‘‘ if minor should eventually prove to be but a variety
of senex.’’

Specimens Examined.—Seven: one skin, five alcoholics and one
odd skull.

U. S. N. M., ¥A%cs, alc., Mirador, V. C., Mex. co. Coll
Dr. C. Sartorius. Type of Centurio memurtrii H. Allen.

10 A fact quite evident on the examination of four males, one of which is
the type of the species.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

U.S. N. M., 3774, ale., Mirador, V. C., Mex. co. Coll.
Dr. C. Sartorius.

A. N. S., 1,788, ale., Mirador, V. C., Mex. co. Coll. Dr.
C. Sartorius.

AGNES lewSiaeale:, MiradorseVe Cr, Mex. 2. ~ Colli Dr
C. Sartorius.

A. N. S., 5,500, ale., Mirador, V. C., Mex. &. Coll. Dr.
C. Sartorius.

A. N. S., 5,063, s

U.S. N. M, 23332, skin, Cartago, Costa Rica. co. Decem-
ber, 1877. Coll. ©. Cervantez. Pres. J. C. Zeledon.

kull. Pres. Dr. Harrison Allen.

oh
a
uo

Gg) Se) Gt

1

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

-I®d WIP |

|

*o101UT

“TOPIM
TIPIM
‘SAZ BATH

“yq0aL
YI 318
‘aSBO “Ig
1ySseH
“Wad
ase
98 (YS1I0H

“woyo ms
002) [818
“18d GIDEA

“UdUIBIOT “J
o78[bd “UST

At

LT

GOL

TES
qisuey

TRIOL

SLOT

OT
Ge OT
TI
gor

OL
iat

61

is)

its)

69

‘wneu
-BO[BO
oa

“BIQNL “I |

98

6°86

“OSU,

PULL
oat

“qojou [wuseyzxe 047 wory oie Jashux Aq uayv} s}MaMerNsvauI wva ey) JO TTY yy

GL

s’et

GP

GPP

C&P
Gor

“ULde
0101
T

| “snsBiy, "T

cas

eL

&L

W IBS
at

09

"(UNAS pap) worry
Rysog ‘ose “WW
‘N 'S ‘0 ‘ttt ‘on
“OoLxayy “oper
a} ‘N ‘Vv “00s ‘ON
“*-OOrxayy “OpRALyy
“oO 'N ‘y “LOL'T “ON
“ -OOLXATY MOpwIIyy
“SN “V ‘se.'T ‘ON
nyu) yo od sy,
‘OOIXO WW “OPI “TW
"N Sg nl {208 ‘f ‘ON

OOlXaT “Loperryy “IW

‘NS ‘oO ‘Bhttt “ON
“oh """0UtUL “Q JO
S}UIMIINSBAL SPA AL
dieeseessaine® gama
“wale *Q -JO s}uoUr
-OINSVIUL SPIUSSNVE
et serene gay
-nhowy “Q Jo syuaut
-aInsvaul =, 81940 q

pur s,Uu19481984 GOUT

s+ sie © o-atge "7 30
SPUIMAINSBAUT § TOSqo(y

302

“(swapoUyr U2) spuaumalnsvayy oaynunduLog

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

THE LIMITS OF VARIATION IN PLANTS.
BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D.

One of the most important questions on which the work of the
biologist should be brought to bear is the problem of species. We
see all living nature—animals and plants—divided into groups
which are denominated species. These groups are often clearly
and sharply defined, and, on the other hand, often very
irregularly characterized. What are the causes which have
brought this about ? What are the facts underlying the phe-
nomenon of species? ‘Two difficulties are presented to the earnest
student who attempts to formulate an answer to the above-men-
tioned questions. The well-known reasoning starts from the fact
that more animals or plants are born than can survive; some must
therefore perish and leave no descendants, and only those persist
which have structures and aptitudes that fit those organisms pos-
sessing them to bear their part in the struggle for existence. On
the whole, we find that the fittest will survive and breed.

The first difficulty which presents itself is one which hangs on
the magnitude of the variations by which new forms arise. What
are the limits of variation ? The older books on evolution consider
that the variations by which new species arise are at first small.
But if they are small, how can they be sufficiently useful to give
to those organisms possessing them an advantage in the struggle for
existence? This is the difficulty of small or initial variations.

The second difficulty iz one known as that of the swamping effect
of intercrossing. Granting that variations do occur, how can they
be perpetuated ? For if the varying individuals breed with each
other, will not these variations be obliterated ?

The following statistical study was undertaken with the purpose
of answering the first question, viz.: By what steps—by what
integral changes, of what size—did the new form come into exist-
ence? At the International Botanical Congress, held in Paris in
1900, M. Angel Gallardo spoke highly of the employment of the

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Anril,

statistical method in the study of variation,’ and it appears to the
writer that this method is the only accurate and scientific one that
can be employed. Several plants, therefore, were chosen, because
of their easy procurement, and measurements were made of their
several parts and these measurements tabulated. Several striking
facts were brought out during the course of the statistical inquiry,
and these are referred to in their proper place throughout the
paper.

The following common plants were chosen for a somewhat
detailed measurement of the paris mentioned, viz.: Fruits of the
May apple (Podophyllum peltatum), leaves of the tulip poplar
(Liriodendron tulipifera), leaves of the Japanese ivy (Ampelopsis
Veitchii), fruits of white oak ( Quercus alba), fruits of the swamp
chestnut oak ( Quercus prinus palustris), leaves of the moon-seed
(Menispermum canadense), entire plants of Indian turnip (A7i-
sema triphyllum), leaves of bloodroot (Sanguinaria canadensis),
leaves of the tree of heaven (Ailanthus glandulosa)—the latter
plant not being studied statistically, but in a comparative way to
bring out some peculiarities of its pinnation. The material was
used either in the green condition or it was used in the preserved
state (dry or alcoholic). In all cases where leaves were taken,
careful tracings were made by a sharp-pointed lead pencil upon
ordinary drawing or manila paper, and these tracings were after-
ward accurately measured. The character of the material,
whether fresh, dry or alcoholic, is mentioned in connection with
the subjoined tables. Prof. Halsted’ has shown that leaves suffer
in drying, but in drying, as they all maintain the same relative
size, the results which are mainly comparative do not seem
to be vitiated.

The measurement of the linear dimensions of the leaves and
parts of the plants was made by a standardized boxwood scale
manufactured by Keuffel & Essler Co., New York, which ruler
was divided into centimeters, millimeters and half-millimeters, the
length of the scale being twenty centimeters in all. Superficial
dimensions, in order to be accurate and expressive of the real size
of the leaf or other part, require a detailed trigonometrical caleu-

11900, Botanical Gazette, “ Account of the International Botanical Con-
gress,’ xxx, p. 405.
?Halsted, Bulletin Jorrey Botanical Club, xxi, p. 127.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

lation of areas by means of the angles and the sides of plane and
spherical triangles, the sides of squares, rectangles, irapezoids
and the like. Nothing being gained by such a mathematical
study, measurements of the superficial extent of the vegetal parts
are omitted. Linear dimensions in the tables are given in deci-
meters, centimeters and millimeters.

The weight of the fruit and seeds of the May apple are given in
grams and decimals of the gram. The volume in cubic centime-
ters was determined by the amount of distilled water displaced by
putting the fruits, the carefully cleaned and dried seeds, in a vessel
filled to the brim with that liquid.

The linear measurements of the veins of the leaves used were
obtained by adopting the following method of procedure. The
midrib was first carefully measured, then the first line drawn on
the left side from the base of the leaf to the apex of the first left
lobe, and the second and third lines were also measured in the
same manner.’ The length of the parts on the right side was then
determined, as also the depth in certain cases of the sinuses,
beginning with the first sinus on the left of the middle lobe.
Proceeding in the same way, after completing the measurements on
the left, the right-hand side of the leaf was measured, the apex
pointing away from one’s person. The greatest width of the
several lobes is also given in the tables, and the width of the
widest portion of the leaf itself is also stated by way of a com-
parison.

MEASUREMENTS.

Podophyllum peltatum (Mayapple).

Twenty fruits were gathered in an open wood, carefully washed
and wiped to remove adhering soil particles. After weighing, the
volume of each fruit was determined, and afterward the seeds were
removed, dried carefully, cleaned and weighed. The volume of
the seeds was also ascertained by displacement. By subtracting
the weight of the seeds from the weight of the fruit, the weight of
the pulp may be ascertained, and in the same manner, by sub-

* Measurements cf the fifth and sixth leaves of Table IV, part 1 were made
from a base line drawn from lowest part of the two basal lobes. In the
“aH manner also for leaves 1, 2, 3 of Table III, part 1, for D and E leayes

able V.

20

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (April,

tracting volumes, its volume. The following table (1) presents
the results of these determinations:

L Fresh Fruits of Mayapple (Podophyllum peltatum).

-

5 Weightof | Volume | Number | Weightot Volume
8 Fruit, | of Seeds | Seeds, of
5 : .

Zz inGrams. | Fruit. in Grams. Seeds.
il 30.05 _ d4ec. 44 0.70 1.00 c.¢.
2 35.50 |. LeSBEEE 52 0.90 1.25 ‘*
3 27.00 |) SO ees 43 0.45 OS(s
4 28.50 3025 43 0.55 1.00 ‘
5 | 32.50 ere Orta 36 0.38 OD
6 27.00 Oo ee 36 | 0.40 0.75 45
7 27.00 eu 58 0.80 1.00 ‘*
8 23.10 25 “ 32 0.30 O275NS
9 19.80 ile} 28 | 0.05 0.50 ‘
10 22.60 30)“ 33 0.25 0.50 ‘
11 20.50 28 “ 43 0.43 O: 75
12 19.00 20 ses 42 0.32 0.75 “*
13 - 17.00 Ay fick 31 0.05 0502
14 16.50 ips} OM 32 0.25 0.50 “*
15 16.50 apse 9 = | —
16 13.50 Lo 27 0.15 0.625 **
17 14.70 LOM 36 0.20 0.50 ‘*
18 13.80 iy 6e | 39 0.20 0.50 ‘*
19 10.30 Ome | 2 0.08 —
20 14.50 ors 42 0.35 0.875 ‘

A study of this table shows that the size of the fruits and the
number of the seeds varies within wide limits. The largest fruit
with 52 seeds (No. 2) weighed 35.50 grams and displaced 36 ¢.c.
of water. The smallest fruit (No. 19) with 2 seeds weighed 25. 20
grams less, and displaced 10 c.c. of water, a difference of 26 c.c.
This difference is due, without doubt, to imperfect fertilization of
the ovules of the nineteenth plant. However, if we compare
fruits No. 3 and No. 11, having the same number of good seeds,
we find a very considerable difference; or if we institute a com-
parison between fruits No. 5 and No. 17, we find the variations
to be even more striking. The table also shows that the weight of
the fruit largely depends on the amount of the pulpy pericarp.

Sanguinaria canadensis (Bloodroot).

There arise from the rootstock of this plant two lanceolate,
membranous scale leaves, and a single palmate, glaucous foliage”
leaf variously lobed, sometimes only undulate. A reference to the
table will show that the thirty-three leaves taken for comparison”

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

are extremely variable, the variations being within wide limits.
The first leaf, an evolved one, was the largest one measured. If
it is contrasted with a juvenile leaf No. 15, one of the smallest
leaves, a wide divergence is noted. It is important, however, to
notice here that an absolute comparison cannot be drawn, because
of the wide variation in parts of the leaves themselves, For ex-
ample, although in most of its dimensions leaf No. 15 is a small
one, yet its midrib is longer than the midrib of No. 9, which is
a middle-sized one. Therefore in comparing the large leaf No. 1
with the smallest leaf No. 15, these variables must be taken into
consideration.

It is important to distinguish between the juvenile and adult
forms of leaves. The differences in the construction of the juve-
nile and adult form are in general more different when the external
conditions to which they are severally adapted are different;
whilst if these do not operate, the primary leaves with which we
have here first to deal are only arrested formations. In many plants:
reversion of the adult to the juvenile form frequently occurs.
Evidently leaf No. 15 represents a juveniie form of leaf, that is,
one derived from a rootstock which has been directly formed from
the seedling plant, and the larger more deeply lobed leaves, such
as No. 1, represent forms derived from a rhizome which has per-
sisted for some years. In making these statistical measurements,
therefore, the amount of the difference between the juvenile and
adult forms is clearly set forth, as also the adult leaf variations
mathematically expressed.

In the accompanying tables (II and IIa), L. = length, W. =
width of lobe, a star (**) beside a number indicates that the deter-
mination of the width of that lobe was made by measuring the
length of a perpendicular from a line drawn from the base of a
leaf to the apex of the lobe. The measurements were made from
a basal point where the primary veins of the leaf meet, Fresh
leaves were used in making the sketches from which the dimensions
later were taken. The lowest point of the leaf was ascertained by
measuring from the vein of the last and lowest lobe of the leaf on the
right and left sides to the apex of the most projecting curve or
angle toward the base of the leaf. The breadth of the leaf was
determined by measuring across the widest portion of the leaf
lamina. j

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

IT, Sanguinaria canadensis. Left Sides of Leaves.

a
4 E 3 ] | | = | = 5
£ .| Mid-Lobe.| =& IstLeftLobe S= 2d Left Lobe'S 5 ,;/3d Left Lobe S 8 3 é a
os Ba ep caer se ;
a8 ae Eee Bes BEE Eso
BA) uj w. /A8| v. | w. [SES] 1. | w. [S84] 1. | w. |paalgce a
a i a 2) | a | & nA
1| .130 | .025 | .034 | .170 | .023 | .065 | .120 | .040 | .065 | .120 | .040 | .069 | .085
2| .053 | .018 | .024 | .055 | .021 | .027 | .05¢ | .042 | .020 2040
3 | .112 | .040 | .050 | .109 | .038 | .045 | .100 | 087 | :037 | .095 | .039 | .029 | .074 |
4 | .073 | .025 | .032 | .070 | .095 | .022 .055
5 020 | 1037 | .064 | .027 | .027 |} .051 | .058 044 .
6 | .073 | .028 | .050 | .071 | .105 | .026 | .072 .060
7 | .074 | .029 | .034 | .062 | .032 | .026 | .064 | .064 | .019 047
Sala 026 | .040 | .081 | .032 | .030 | .080 | .077 | .020 | .078 061
9 | .046 | .018 | .047 | .056 .017 | .065 | .087 .050
10 | .055 | .020 | 050 | -065 2017 | .072 | .105 2063
11 | .063 | .024 | 040 | .062 | .095 | .025 | .056 .050
12 | .070 | .023 | .087 | .069 | .027 | .080 | .064 | .029 | .021 | .068 | .046 | .017 | .050
13 | .096 | .043 | .066 | .100 7.| .047 | .073 | .096 | .026 .069
J4 |. 065 | .022 | .040 | .067 | .028 | .025 | .056 | .028 | .017 | .058 | .034 | .016 | .050 .
15 | .050 | .013 | .080 | .052 | .072 | .015 | .046 037
16 | .057 | .015 | .033 | .053 | .082 | .018 | .053 042
7 | .104 | .040 | .050 | .094 | -047 | 1043 | .093 | .037 | .084 | .090 | .059 | .027 | .064
18 | .083 | .028 | .040 | .071 | .026 | .038 | .070 | .077 | .028 | -056
19 | .090 | .029 | .038 .082 | .030 | .039 .030 | .025 | .063 | .045 | .021 | .058
20 | .070 | .031 | .064 | .068 | -035 | .035 | .070 | .028 | 073 | .044 | .022 | .068
21 | .090 | .087 | .063 | .085 1045 | .077 | .045 | .028 | .076 | .050 | .021 | .067
22 | .092 | .036 | .052 | .092 | .036.| .044 | .079 | .042 .076 | .043 | .023 | .063
| .087 | .030 | .045 | .088 | .044 | .043 | « 035 | .020 | . .040* .016 | .060
24 | .082 | .026 | .061 | .075 | .036 | .045 | .070 | .086 | .030 .070
95 | .085.| .032 | .051 | .088 | .035 | .040 | .078 | .036 | .085 | .074 | .050 | .022 | .065
26 | .070 | .080 | .033 | .067 | .032 | .031 | .063 | .041*| .021 -050
27 | .097 | .082 | .066 | .090 | .032 | .051 | . :034 | .035 | .080 | .051 | .025 | .080
28 | .066 | .028 | .034 | .061 | .025 | .029 | .056 | .029 | .023 | .056 | .023*, .015 | .040
29 | .097 | .036 | .051 | .095 | .043 | .045 | 091 | .040 | .034 | .087 | .088* .026 | .068
30 | .088 | .030 | .054 | .085 | .036 | .042 | .083 | .038 | .031 | .068 | .060 | .016 | .062
Ila. Sanguinaria canadensis. Right Sides of Leaves.
| 4st Right | Depth | 2d Right | pepth | 8d Right | Depth | S
Num-| “Lobe, of Lobe, of Lobe. | of | c28 | Lowest
ber of | int Second || Third | ae | Rone
Weer ight , tig ow ight | $$:5 :
Leaf. | L. W:"|) sinus. L. w. | Sinus. L. W:. | sinus: aia Side.
= — | _—————
1 | .120| .032| .068 | .121| .042| .066 | .122| .046| .057 | .242 | .098
2 | 1048 1025 | .045 | .057 095 | .082
3 | .108] .087] .044 | .098| .085|) .030 | .097| .055| .027 | 177 | .074
4 | .072| .co | .022 | 134 | .051
5 | .062 | 024] .025 | .062| .058 10 | 041
6 | .069| .030| .024 | .067 | .070 1139 | .058
7 | .065 | .085 | .026 | .064| .050 | .020 127 | .088
8 | .088 | 1029} .026 | .076| .076| .019 | .074 151 | .055
9 | .053 1016 | .064 | .085 120 | .052
10 | .058 1016 | .061 | .095 115 | .057
11 | .064 | .092 | .023 | .053 113 | .O4f1
12 | .065 | 028 | .0380 | .064 | .062 | .020 | .063 011 | .125 | .051
13 | .090 | :043 | .050 | .066 | .100 |) .030 136 | .080
14 | .064 | 024 | .024 | .u50 | .031 | .019 | .054] .087] .018 | .123 | .042
15 | .052| .071 | .012 | .045;| f 040
16 | 052] .078 | .018 50 | 106 | .042
17 | .092 | .042 | .016 | .085| .056 | .035 | .085] .056| .024 | .172 | .064
18 .070 | .028 | .026 | .067 | .071 | .026 .130 053
19 | [085] .025| .085 | .070} .083]) .029 | .066| .063/ .028 | .128 | .055
20 | (070 | .033 | (036 | .067 | .085 | .033 | .069 | .049| .021 | .130 | .066
21 | 088 | 1043 | 044 | :072| 033 | .025 | .072]| 050] .020 | 1145 | .069
22 | 088 | .043 | .043 | . 045 | .028 | .075 | .047] .022 | .158 | .062
23 | 1080 | (035 | .043 | .082 | .036 | .029 | .081 | .010*| .023 | .160 | .062
24 | .078| .033 | 1042 | .067 | .080 | .023 | | 187 | ,068
25 | 1086 | .040| .046 | .082} .032 | .036 | 072] .075| .024 | .137 | .060
26 067 031 | .062 | .042*) .018 | .123 | .051
27 089 | 1032 | .048 | .077| .085 | .037 | .076| .047| 019 | .162 | .076
28 059 | .024| .029 | .055 | .027/ .026 | .053 | .080 | .020 | .108 | .044
29 092 | 1040} .042 | .090| .037| .027 | .086 | .045* 028 | .170 | .062
30 092 | (085 | igo | .068 | 1030) 1028 | 1068 | 1045! LOR 131 | .°60

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

Liriodendron tulipifera (Tulip Poplar).

The leaves of this tree are extremely variable, and different
forms of leaves are found by careful examination on the same tree,
as so clearly shown by Holm,* who has reduced many of the
fossil species established by Heer, Lesquereux and Saporta to the
tulipifera form, by finding that a large number of the fossil leaves
upon which specific characters were founded are duplicated by the
leaves from living trees. Goebel’ has shown that it is necessary,
in studying leaf forms, to contrast the juvenile and adult condi-
tions, because these vary from each other within wide limits. It
is of course impossible to limit these sharply. The difference
between these juvenile stages and the adult form may be more or
less great. The present statistical inquiry is intended to mathe-
matically contrast these variations. The juvenile forms of leaves
in Liriodendron, beginning with the first leaf above the cotyle-
dons, may be described as follows: The first leaf is obreniform,
i.e, two rounded lobes and rather deep angular sinus; the second
leaf is approximately bilobed, somewhat squarer than a typical
obcordate leaf; the third and fourth leaves are deltoid with shallow
apical sinus, and therefore almost horizontal on top; the fifth
leaf from the cotyledons is four-lobed with deep, rounded left and
right sinuses, shallow apical sinus and two distinet obtuse apical
lobes; the sixth leaf is entire, almost square, with two small lateral
lobes and narrowed apical portion. In general, the first four or
even five leaves on the very young tulip tree have the same form
as the oldest and youngest on the branches of the full-grown tree.
The best description of the adult leaf is by A. Michaux,® as fol-
lows: ‘‘ Foliis abscisso-truncatis, quadri-lobatis,’’ and this descrip-
tion has been accepted by such authorities as Bentham and Hooker,
and Gray. Britton’ describes the leaves in this manner: ‘‘ Leaves
glabrous, very broadly ovate or nearly orbicular in outline, trun-
cate or broadly notched at the apex, truncate, rounded or cordate
at the base, 3’-6’ long with 2 apical and 2-4 basal lobes with
rounded sinuses, or occasionally entire.’? The juvenile leaves, as
above described, vary remarkably from those adult forms described

£1890, Holm, ‘‘ Notes on the Leaves of Liriodendron,’’ Proceedings of the
National Museum, XIII, p. 15.

5Goebel, Organographie der Pflanzen, I. Theil, pp. 121-151.

61803, A. Michaux, Flora Boreali-Americana, p. 326.

71897, Britton and Brown, Illustrated Flora, I, p. 49.

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —__ [April,

so carefully by Britton and Michaux. In order to correlate the
different varieties with one another, it is necessary to ask two ques-
tions: Is the leaf form an arrested one, or does it represent an
advanced condition of growth? I believe that all the forms known
can be classified either as arrested, evolved or reverted forms.
Before, however, making this classification, it is necessary to state
the fact that the oldest and youngest leaf on the same branch
show an entirely different form from the intermediate ones, of
which the form with four-lobed leaf may be taken as the normal
one for our Liriodendron tulipifera.* The fact that the oldest
and youngest leaf on the same branch can differ so much from the
other ones seems to be almost constant for the full-grown tree. It
must also be emphasized that the intermediate leaves have, in-
stead of four lobes, sometimes six or even eight lobes as teeth.

Arrested Leaves.—The oldest and youngest leaves which have a
shape somewhat like those of the seedling plant are evidently
arrested ones. The primordium of the youngest leaf of a normal
branch has been arrested in its development at a certain stage, and
therefore the leaf exhibits an evident often extremely different
configuration.

Reverted Leaves.—The gigantic leaves from the sprouts (meas-
ures below) evidently belong to this category, and are in shape
like leaf No. 5 of the seedling tree.

Evolved Leaves.—The four-lobed leaves, whether provided with
deep or shallow sinuses, and the six to eight-lobed leaves referred
to above bave acquired their different character by passing through
a further transformation. In other cases where this rough classi-
fication does not apply, the form of the leaf may be explained by
the persistence or duration of the juvenile form, which produces
leaves scarcely less variable than the others mentioned above. All
of these facts have been taken into consideration in making the
measurements.

In Table III are presented the measurements of two terminal
normal branches, the leaves being counted from the base in an
ascending direction. The amount of variation is shown by com-
paring the leaves of the same position on the two shoots. The
statistical study of the youngest, oldest and intermediate leaves of
the normal branch brings out quantitatively the effect which the
light exercises upon the development of the leaves. That light is

§ Holm, l. ¢.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

the controlling influence in regulating the size of dorsiventral
organs, such as foliage leaves, has been abundantly proven. The
measurements presented in Table III will at some future time be
compared with those obtained from seedling plants, sc as more
elearly to present statistically the similarity of the youngest and
oldest leaves of the normal shoot and the juvenile ones of the
seedling tree.

Table IV presents the statistical study of the leaves of a normal
shoot taken from a tree growing at Rayen Rock, Pa. In compar-
ing the figures of this table with those of Table III, it is necessary
to read from the bottom up, leaf No. 7 of Table IV being com-
pared with leaf No. 1 of Table III.

The leaves obtained from sprouts growing from a stump were out
of all proportion to the size of the leaves on normally produced
shoots. Table V shows the largest of the leaves studied to be .370
mm. long and .482 mm. wide. A comparison also of the leaves of
the sprouts with each other indicates that a very considerable vari-
ation occurs. By contrasting these sprout leaves with normal ones,
the limits of the variations in this one plant are clearly set forth.
Variations which are due to the reversion of the sprout leaves to
the juvenile forms on the seedling plants, however, enormously
increased in size. It should be mentioned, also, that the stipules
of the leaves on’ the sprouts are correspondingly increased in size,
are permanent and assimilative, not caducous, as the small stipules
of normal leaves. Measurements of these stipules are also given:

Il. Fresh Leaves of Liriodendron tulipifera (two terminal shoots count-
ing from base to apex).

| bese ao ea | mpinq | Breadth
E Imearib.| Firs’ | ‘ hird |
att oo Pi, ior Ss NTE VES LEN “Acar | Erna
| ei S| | | eee SE a | ae OE SPs pe Ey
1 | .062 | .083 | .050 .08i | .048 | .078 | .090
2 | .090 | .111 | .068 109 | .065 100 | .116
3 | .078 | .099 | .068 | 101 | .065 | 090 | .115
4 | .084| .103 | .067 | 103 | 068 | feoganelY tat
5’ | .0%5 | .092] .058 .089 | .036 | .067 | .093
6 | .081 | .104 | .056 .105 | .060 | 097, |) 13
Second Shoot.
1 | .080 | .094 | .075 | .058 | .098 | .078 | .062 | .067 | .136
2 | .092 | .108 | .092 | .072| 108] .088| .070| .o71 | .142
3 | .094 | 112 | .092 | .074| .115 | .092 | .073 | .065 | .140
4 | .105 | .121 | .093 138 | .089 | .07 .138
5B | .087 | .100 | .079 | .096 | .075 057 105
6 | .096 | .108 | .079 | 112 | .088 | 068 | .121
7 | .082! .092-! .073 | .093 | .073 1052 .098

312

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

IV. Normal Tree, Liriodendron tulipifera, Raven Rock, July 4, 1900
(open leaves counted from top).

|= 2 Miarib,
zs
sc glial 135 ||
#8 | 2] .165
£2 |3] .156
ga |4| .147
a |5| .156
a5 | 6] .133
& | 7 | .080
ges) 1 | 068
PoRS .
S£22/2| .076
= Hm

| virst \secona| Third | First |secona! Thira Bre’dth Bre'ath
L. Vein. L.Vein.|L.Vein. R.Vein. R.Vein, R.Vein. ves: of Leaf.
| | |

.149 | .120 134 | .141 | -096 | .164
} .188 | .147 193" .153 143 | .221
} .184 | .142 -182 | .131 134 | .226
| .172 | .126 .185 | .146 130 | .213
| .186 | .157 | :110 | 179 | .141 | .102 | .128 | .236
| 1153 | 105 | fo68 | 1156 | 1103 | .069 | ‘192 | ‘182
| .102 | .083 | .060 | .093 | .066! .044 | .069 .132
| 087 | .075 | .051 | .088 | .o75 | .051 | .060 | .115
| .095 | .076 ,055 | .090 | .068 .046 | .070 | .127

V. Leaves of Liriodendron tulipifera Produced on Sprouts from the Stump
(alcoholic material).

No. of | gti
Tear | Stipule.
aia
Mo]
_ a
#3) 1 | .031|.016
Be) 2.028] .017
B=)| 3 | .027|.018
25| 4 | .040|.027
S&| 5 | 033} .084
83| A | .063).044
eI
‘on| Cc | 4
ERIES
ae E

Midrib. | L.Vein.
a a
tp %
i=] i=]
2 o
a Ps)

.035*| .039*
.097 | .110
-082 | .108
.370 | .808
.180 | .198

| 820 | .862

| .276 | .310
-300 | .337
.343 | .380
SPH Bt)

esl Width |... Width
Second | First Second | Width Lig?
L.Vein. R. Vein R. Vein! Aer: of Leaf Tohes,
| | -
| °
spy fis: es |e
» | &] & | go>
=a pa 8 S
ee ed =) a
-028*|
-114 | .088 | .052 -022
110 | .085 | .115
-213 | .312 | .258 | .187 | .482 | .083
142 | .212 | .170 | .121 | .381 | .056
| .275 | .355 | .275 | .203 | .430 | .108
.227 | .311 | .245 | .210| .432 | .090
.270 | .838 | .225 | .218 | .455 | .100
-300 | .370 | .282 | .225 | .435 | .070
.238 | .364 1! .275 | .206 | .430! .074

*

Unopened leaves,

°

1901.] ~ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 318

Menispermum canadense (Moonseed).

The leaves of two entire plants of this species were taken, the
leaves being numbered from the apex toward the base. In the
first place, the table shows the limits of variability in the adult
leaves of the same stem, and also contrasts the individual leaves
of the two plants, leaf 5 or 6 of one plant being compared with
leaf 5 or 6 of the other plant:

VI. Menispermum canadense (two plants in fresh state).

No. of | Mid- | First Second| Third | First Second} Third eri
Leaf. | yein. |L.Vein.|L.Vein./L.Vein. R. Vein R. Vein/R. Vein Petiole
= | Width | Attach-
| | } of ‘ment to
f g F=| 3 a Leaf. | Lower
2 2 2 2 Edge.
SI 8 S| = |
1 -012 | .O11 | .010 012 |
A ie02t |) 015 | .014 .018
3 | .020/ .016 | .009 .016 ; .010 .024 | .004
4 | .029 |) .021 | .013 -021 | .013 .033 | .003
I 5 | .040 | .0382 | .o19 | .030 | .019 .050 | .005
6 | .052 | .044 | .029 .040 | .026 -058 ; .004
7 | .062 | .054 | .039 4 .051 | .032 .O71 | .008
8 .079 | .O7L | .056 | .041 | .073 | .058 | .044 | .100 | .009
9 -043 | .044 | .034 | .028 | .041 | .085 | .026 .065 | .004

-008 | .008 | .008

1 .012 | .030
2 -018 | .015 .014 } .022 | .002
3 -033 | .028 | .020 -026 | .018 |} .038 | .005
4 -053 | .047 | .037 -041 | .032 -065 | .008
Il. 5 .067 | .059 | .050 .054 | .045 -084 | .007
6 -067 | .055 | .047 .054 | .047 | -082 | .007
7 -060 | .056 | .051 | .036 | .054 | .088 | .038 | .071 | .008
8 -057 | .056 | .036 | .034 | .048 | .040 | .032 | .058 | .005
9 049 | .045 | .034 | .029 | .045 | .036 | .028 | .062 | .003

Quercus alba (White Oak).

The size of the nuts enclosed by the cupule in the oak varies in
an interesting manner. The fruits of two species of oak collected
by Dr. J. T. Rothrock on October 19, 1863, were studied statis-
tically. It is supposed that the fruits in drying preserved the same
relative size that they had when in the fresh, fully ripe condition.
The three swamp chestnut oaks from which the fruits were obtained
were standing close together, and each was fully three feet in
diameter. Table VIII presents the measurements of the swamp
chestnut oak acorns, and Table VII those of the white oak:

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

VIL. Quercus alba.

Large Fruits (Dry), Oct. 20, 1863.
| No. of Acorn. Length. Breadth.
| 1 -026 -.018

2 .025 .016
3 23 .016
4 .021 -015

Small or Ordinary Fruits.

1 .020 .014
2 .019 014 2 |
3 .017 Diet|
4 018 018 |
5 .018 oie 4]
6

-020 014

VIIL. Quercus prinus var. palustris.
ie = Saal
Small Fruited (Dry) October 19, 1863.

No. of Acorn. | Length. Breadth.
if .015 .013
2. .016 .013
33 .015 .014
4 .015 .014
5 (015 pier 4
6 .016 .014
ef .016 .014

Middle Sized Fruit.

1 021 Ol? 4
2 020 O17

3 018 .016

4 018 1016: =|
5 017 015 |
6 017 016 |
7 017 015. |

Large Fruits.

| 1 -023 -019

2 -022 -021
} 3. 022 -020

4 -022 -020
5 019 -018

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 315

Arisema triphyllum (Indian Turnip).

Two plants were collected in the woods at Shawmont, Pa., grow-
ing under exactly similar conditions of soil and light exposure.
The following measurements present in a statistical manner the
variations which occur in the leaves and other parts of the two
plants. The number of perfect fruits depended upon the success
of the process of fertilization. The number of seeds in each
berry varies from 1 to 4 in number:

IX. Arisema triphyllum (two plants).

Leaf

Number Corm. Scape. | Petiole. | Sheath. Fruits.
0. | =
Plant. Width. | Height. | Length. | Length. Length. | Perfect. | yee
First Plant....} .030 .033 | .835 630 .260 stn ||. at)
2a ee Leaf ) sso 665 } a
Plant :
B Leaf J 645
X. Arisema triphyllum (leaves of two plants).
Mid- 1st Left | aa Left re ene oa eae
Q; > | obe or obe 0. Je
Deatlete Resnet | Leaflet. Leailet. Leatlet.
Number | alii =
of | |
Plant = : ile :
| 3 ee Meco es th el tata! i mecabiat eet cate lees
[e/2/B//F/ 3/8/38 ,8/ 8
OOTY STaa nto MESES) Sash glamor | Mts ||
| ==) ra) (ea) 4 [a2] ma} a] A Q
First Plant......... |.194|.155|.915 |.145|.075 .030 |.225 |.146|.155 |.094
| | lobe | lobe | |
Ems laches ican aud aes
| | ail | | |
Second A Leaf ....|.178 | .159 | .220 | 147 pbs | face Stigeey 157 | .083
Plant 0B Leaf....|.195|.127 180 123 | |-180).116 .078
| | | |

Ampelopsis Veitehii (Japanese Ivy).

The measurements of the leaves of this plant are presented in
Table X. The young plants have normally trifoliate leaves and
unifoliate ones interspersed. The seedlings always have trifoliate
leaves without any unifoliate ones. This points to the ancestor of

»
|
a
at
jee

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

316

both the Japanese species (Ampelopsis Veitchii) and the American

) as one with three leaflets, the Japanese

ud

ofoll

. quinque

(A

later becom
five leaflets, the seedlings of both plants being trifoliate.

species

species

s devel

foliate, the Amer

oping

ing uni

ican specie:

060° | 6&0" | G10"| €F0°| 0€0"| 0SO"|

800° 600° | Lf0"| G10") ST0"| 610") LT0"| $30"| @

eh0° 060° 80" 810° 980° OF0" i!
060° | €€0" | 20" | GEO" | LzO"| LEO") F

610°| 180°] P10") SO") S10") 820"! &

810°) 080°| 810"| GE0"| 120° | 8€0"| &

ra 9T0° STO" £60" if
9T0°| 860°) 619°; t£0°| €

j PIO’ | 960"| S10") S80"| &

90° LT0° LT0° 1c0° qT
010°, $10°| 10°) 0GO"| TIO", 910"!

910° $10") 020° LI0"| STO"| €60"| &

P10" £60" | 810°} PZ0"| 910°| S20"| S10" | £60"! @

FIO’| 960" | GBO"| @60"| 810" | LEO") T
olel owl ol el els

Be | €2 | € 8 ie

“Opis “Opis fe
qu, HS ao By teen 3 a 3 z g
“tprorg | “HOA “THO A UIA TIO A “YyVano'y a : 7 4
“4ST ps | IUAMT ISL] WOT PS | YOTLIST | AMPH | __ S -- =
‘yded | ‘iadoq | “yopRoT “qopBoy 4opRay
SNUTS PZ | SHUTS IST ps “U Ps “T IST PUN

‘SOARO'T oyerpoyru

*(Ysaqz) soanaT fo syuamainsnayy

SOAROT OFVILOFLAL 10 POqOTLLL,

uyppad sisdojodupy x

jandsrero

“ands
[B1DIVT pS VT Wb

(a

ands yea)
WTP

ands
1810} VT AST

a |

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Ailanthus glandulosa (Tree of Heaven).

Some interesting facts were brought out in the study of the leaves
of this species. Two kinds of leaves were met with, viz., trans-
formed or evolved leaves and arrested ones. In order properly to
understand the variations which have taken place, it is necessary
to refer to the seedling condition as a starting-point. According
to Lubbock,’ the first leaves are compound, trifoliate, petiolate,
exstipulate; terminal leaflets acuminate, subacute, entire; lateral
ones slightly toothed, ultimately glabrescent, petiolate, light green,
alternately pinnate-nerved ; petioles ribbed or striated, covered
with short glandular hairs; the young leaves are also covered with
fine silky hairs near their edges. The normal fully developed
leaves are pinnate with an odd leaflet provided, as a rule, with
from 5 to 9 pairs of lateral leaflets. The youngest leaves of the
side or terminal branches are juvenile in form and of two kinds,
viz., undeveloped or arrested juveniles and seedling juveniles. For
example, on one branch the lowest leaf is broadly lanceolate with
two small lobes with glandular apices on the upper entire margin;
the lower side has a larger glandular tipped lobe and an acute
sinus. This leaf is an arrested juvenile one, the primordium
growing out into the terminal leaflet before the formation of the
paired lateral ones. The second leaf of the same branch is pin-
nately trifoliate; the lateral paired leaflets asymmetric, cut away
obliquely on the lower margin and rounded on the upper, while the
terminal leaflet is broadly ovate, acuminate with a single basal,
glandular-tipped lobe on the upper margin. The other leaves of
this branch are pinnate with an odd leaflet provided with 5 to 6
pairs of lateral Jeaflets. The odd leaflet is lanceolate with two
glandular teeth on the lower margin and one on the upper.

The second branch studied shows a somewhat similar condition
of affairs; the earliest formed leaf is more deeply lobed at the
base, each lobe with rather deep sinuses, the upper narrow sinus
cutting in almost to the midrib. The terminal leaflets of the
pinnate leaves are also narrowly lanceolate with glandular teeth
at the base. One leaf, however, is abruptly pinnate by the non-
development of the terminal odd leafiet.

Two divergent types of leaves may be said thus to exist on the
same tree, one type of leaf being due to the arrestment cf the

91892, Lubbock, Seedlings, I, p. 327. =

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

terminal odd leaflet. Several steps in this suppression of the odd
leaflet were gathered. One pinnate foliage leaf shows a very
narrow somewhat unequally trilobed odd leaflet; another a still
narrower almost linear, glandular-toothed terminal leaflet. A
third one has a filiform odd leaflet; a fourth pinnate foliage leaf
has a simple boss in place of the odd leaflet, this small protuber-
ance seeming to persist as a rudiment in all of the leaves studied.
This arrestment of the normal development is carried a step far-
ther, the terminal paired lateral leaflets beginning to manifest a
_ reduction in size, becoming in one leaf studied small, elliptical in
outline with a retuse apex, all the other leaflets studied having an
acuminate apex. The other line of variation starts with the
lanceolate odd leaflet which becomes increasingly broader. Some
have a rounded, retuse apex, others haye an acuminate point.
From simple glandular teeth at the base of the odd leaflet, these
glandular teeth increase in size until they become glandular tipped
lobes separated from each other by rather shallow, acute sinuses,
this line of advanced development proceeding until the terminal
leaflet reaches a broadly ovate, trilobed form, each Jobe being
narrowly acuminate. Finally, as if to approach a climax, one of
these lobes becomes almost distinct at the base, but is still coneres-
cent with the basal part of the leaflet and the upper side of its
petiole. In another leaf gathered, as representing the climax,
this lanceolate entire basal lobe is separated by the cutting in of
the sinus to the midrib; the asymmetric upper portion also becomes
deeply lobed by the formation of rounded depressions. The lateral
intermediate leaflets of the pinnate leaves are all asymmetric with
an oblique base, the obliquity inclining downward. A glandular
tooth is usually found on the upper and lower margins; if three
glands are present, two are found on the lower margin, one,on the
upper. If only one gland is present it is always on the rounded,
oblique lower edge. Occasionally a basal, rounded, 'glandular-
tipped lobe is found on the lower edge of the lateral pinne of a
large foliage leaf. We cannot doubt that asymmetry of leaflets
chiefly appears when their parts are unsymmetrically related to
their environment." We may say in general, with Herbert Spen-
cer, that that side of the leaf is the smaller which is shaded, and

10 Herbert Spencer, Principles of Biology, Il, p. 143.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

that the obliquity of the leaf is occasioned by its fitting itself to
utilize the space at its disposal.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION.

1. This study of the limits of variations in plants was under-
taken as, in part, a contribution to the problem of species.

2. Moreover, this study was undertaken to provide statistical
data which would throw light upon the difficulty, from an evolu-
tionary standpoint, of small or initial variations.

3. Considerable variation in the size and shape of leaves is evi-
dent, and the amount of the variation was determined statistically ;
the weight and volume of fruits were calculated ; the number of
seeds was determined.

4, The quantitative amount of variation in the juvenile, arrested
and transformed leaves of a number of plants was also determined
and tabulated.

5. In Liriodendron tulipifera, Sanguinaria canadensis, and Ailan-
thus glandulosa it was ascertained that variation in the size and
configuration of the leaves of these plants isin part due to the
persistence of juvenile forms, to the arrested development of such
leaves, to their evolution and transformation to higher forms. The
amount of these differences was also tabulated.

6. In conclusion, it may be stated that these changes in most
cases are due to two causes: the internal hereditary impulse deter-
mining, as in Ailanthus glandulosa, the asymmetry of the lateral
paired leaflets, and the direct environmental influence fitting
the leaf to utilize the space at its disposal, and thus enabling it
to present the largest amount of leaf surface to light action. We
have, therefore, in the tables an exact mathematical expression
of the influence of the various operating factors which determine
plant form.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [May,

May 7.
The President, SamurL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-two persons present.

May 14.

The President, SamurEt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Fifteen persons present.

Demonstration that Plants give off Oxygen. —Dr. Ips A. KELLER
remarked that there is no process in plant life of greater import-
ance than the evolution of oxygen in the synthetic preparation of
starch by the chlorophyll in the presence of sunlight. In teaching
such physiological phenomena it is important to demonstrate them
in such a manner as to leave no doubt in the mind of the pupil.
The method usually described (by Detmer and others) to illustrate
this process is quite familiar to all students of botany. It is repre-
sented by figure 1.

A piece of Elodea Canadensis is placed in a jar containing
water. A funnel is inverted over the plant and a test tube filled
with water is inverted over the funnel. The water is charged with
carbon dioxide and the apparatus is placed in the sunlight. Very
soon bubbles of gas are disengaged and collected in the test tube.
The gas may then be shown to be oxygen. On account of ihe
limited capacity of the apparatus employed and the comparatively
small extent of the assimilating surface, this method is not very
useful for purposes of demonstration because of the small volume
of gas liberated.

2

She had found the following extremely satisfactory :—A receiver

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

holding two or three litres is employed and into this a considerable
quantity of Cabomba Cuaroliniana or Myriophyllum spicatum is
introduced (fig. 2). The water is thoroughly charged with carbon
dioxide and the plants are then exposed to the sunlight. Little
streams of gas are seen to pass upward from various points, and
when sufficient gas has collected at the top of the flask, the latter
is immersed in a tank of water in a horizontal position in such a
manner that the gas is directly under the opening (fig. 3). On
turning the stop-cock and applying a splinter of wood with a
spark on the end of it the gas will be found to be oxygen.

When the supply of carbon dioxide in the water has been
exhausted the plant will no longer give off bubbles of oxygen.
The process may be again initiated by passing carbon dioxide into
the receiver. Before testing it is best. to allow the carbon dioxide
to become exhausted, since in recharging the water it is impossible
to avoid collecting some of this gas over the liquid and adulter-
ating the oxygen. On standing it is gradually absorbed by the
water and consumed by the plant. In any case the gas collected is
not pure oxygen, but it is sufficiently rich in this substance to
make an effective demonstration.

The deaths of D. Shepherd Holman, a member, May 13, and
of Thomas C. Porter, a correspondent, April 27, were announced.

May 21.
Mr. CHaryes Morris in the Chair.

Seventeen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:
‘« Fishes from the Caroline Islands,”’ by Henry W. Fowler.
‘“ Types of Fishes,’’ by Henry W. Fowler.

Structure of Diatoms. —Mr. Frank J. Kreney remarked that
in studying the structure of diatom valves some years ago the
method employed: mounting broken valves at right angles to the
cover glass, proved efficient for most of the coarsely marked forms,
but failed with certain species of Aulacodiseus.

Such forms as A. Sollittianus, A. margarataceous, ete., yielded
satisfactory sectional views and proved not to differ materially in
structure from Coscinodiseus; but another group, including 4d.
Oreganus, A. Rogersii, A. Janischii, ete., proved too opaque for
the elucidation of their structure by this method. Further exam-

21

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [| May,

ination of fragments in which the plates were separated indicated,
however, that the typical ‘‘ honeycomb ’’ cellular structure was
likewise present in these species, but masked by the unusual char-
acter of the external plate, which differs from that of other dia-
toms in having the finer secondary structure between, rather than
over, the large cells of the middle plate.

Recently, with the view of further determining the relations of
this structure to that of other species, a special mount was pre-
pared, including A. Oreganus, A. Rogersii, with typical species of
Coseinodiscus, Triceratium, <Actinocyclus, Actinoptychus, etc. The
various forms were arranged in a line on a square cover-glass,
supported on the slide by bands of cement at two opposite edges,

thus permitting fluids of varying refractive indices to be passed ~

under the cover and withdrawn by the use of blotting paper in the
manner familiarly known as “‘ irrigation.”’

The fluids employed consisted of absolute alcohol, cedar oil, oil
of cassia and mixtures of same, giving refractive indices from
about 1.37 to over 1.60. Starting with the lowest refractive
index, the appearance of each diatom was carefully noted under
low, medium and high aperture objectives, and it was found that
all the species represented, with the exception of the two Aulaco-
disci, became fainter as the refractive index was increased up to
about 1.435, when they were entirely invisible, except where in
contact with the cover glass. As the index of the medium sur-
rounding them was increased above this point they became more
distinct, the coarser forms being almost opaque in oil of cassia.
This is exactly what should have been expected, either on theo-
retical grounds or based on previously published experiments, but
in the case of the two species of <Aulacodiscus mentioned the
distinctness of visibility under a low power seemed to increase from
the start, and in the medium where other forms disappeared they
were even more strongly outlined than in alcohol, while under an
oil immersion-objective no difference could be noted in the sharpness
and contrast with which the secondary structure was shown in any
of the various fluids, although portions of the internal plates, which
extended beyond the external plate in broken forms, were extin-
guished with the rest of the diatoms on the slide, showing that the
anomalous behavior of these species was confined to the external
plate, containing the secondary structure. Neither heating to
redness on platinum foil nor boiling in strong acids has the least
effect on the appearance of the secondary structure, nor is there
anything to indicate that its appearance is due to difference in
composition rather than of structure. With the facts at present
available it would be useless to hazard a conjecture as to the true
nature of this structure, but it may be safely affirmed that in the
external plate of this group of species of Aulacodiscus we have a
structure essentially different from that fuund among other diatoms.

a

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

Aulacodiscus Oreganus is one of the few diatoms that show bright
colors with central transmitted light. The two valves of this
species included on slide under observation, when examined with a
three-fourths-inch objective of .25 N.A., were bronze-yellow when
dry, yellowish gray in alcohol, bluish gray in medium of 1.41
R.I., iridescent blue in medium of 1.44 R.I., deep greenish blue in
cedar oil, dark green and pink in oil of cassia.

The question of colors shown by diatoms in direct light has
recently been treated in the Journal of the Queckett Club, with special
reference to Actinocyclus Raljsii, by E. M. Nelson, who has shown
that the color cannot be due to diffraction. The two valves of
A. Raljsii which were included in the previously described slide
showed only pale brown and grayish tints in media of R.I. below
1.50, and extinguished with the other forms in one of R.I. about
1.43. In cedar oil one valve showed a blue color and in oil of
cassia both became brilliant with green, blue, purple and yellow.
Under wide aperture objectives the color is not visible when diatom
is sharply in focus, but appears as soon as thrown slightly out of
focus. This color appears to be due to dispersion, and its nature
and cause might possibly be further elucidated by studying the
effect produced by different media such as were employed in this
case.

May 28.
Mr. Arraur Erwin Browy, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Eighteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:

‘Contributions to the Life History of Plants, No. XV,” by
Thomas Meehan.

“Observations on the Placenta and Young of Dasypus sex-
cinetus,’’ by Henry C. Chapman, M.D.

The death of Dr. D. B. McCartee, a correspondent, July 1,
1900, was announced.

Mr. Adolph Fredholm was elected a member,

The following were ordered to be printed:

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

FISHES FROM CAROLINE ISLAND. |

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

In the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia for 1899, pp. 482 to 496, the writer has wrongly
ascribed to the Caroline Islands a collection of fishes the Academy
had lately received.

The error was due in part to the similarity of names and in part
to confusion of Jabels. :

The Caroline Islands, sometimes called New Philippines, com-
prise the greater part of Micronesia, and are entirely different
and remote from the Caroline Island. Caroline or Thornton
Island is a group of low coral islands on a single reef seven
. miles long and one mile wide, situated in Lat. 10° 0’ 01” S,, Long.
150° 14’ 30” W.

Since the collection’ referred to came into the Academy’s posses-
sion, others from the estate of Prof. E. D. Cope have been re-
ceived. Among these were a few fishes from Caroline Island, none
of which are recorded in the preceding paper. To Dr. H. A. Pils-
bry, who has examined these later collections, I am indebted for
more complete and precise data.

He states that the collections were made by Mr. C. D. Voy,
who was an enthusiastic collector residing in California a number
of years ago. He accumulated private collections, of which he
disposed, using the proceeds to make an expedition across the
Pacifie to New Zealand. Upon this expedition he visited the Sand-
wich Islands and several of the islands of the south seas, among
them Caroline Island, where all the fishes were collected. At least
the Academy has not received any from other localities visited
on this expedition. How Prof. Cope obtained the collection I
do not know.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

GALEIDZ.
1, Carcharhinus melanopterus (Quoy and Gaimard).

Carcharias melanopterus Quoy and Gaimard, Voyage de 1’Uranie,
Zool., 1824, p. 194, Pl. 43, figs. 1 et 2.

No. 23,768. (Dried skin. )

Form of the body elongate. Head rather flattened or com-
pressed and with a rounded obtuse snout. Eyes lateral. No
spiracle. The origin of the D. is much nearer the origin of the
P. than the origin of the V. The tip of the D. not reaching the
origin of the V. when depressed. The origin of the posterior D.
is slightly in advance of the origin of the A. Upper lobe of the
eaudal Jong. All of the fins with a black distal spot or edge.

Above dark brownish, below whitish. Total length with caudal
47 cm.

HOLOCENTRIDZA.
2. Holocentrus microstomus (Giinther).

Holocentrum microstoma Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., I, 1859, p.
34.

No. 23,769.

A single small specimen, appearing to agree in most particulars
with the descriptions of the present species. The black D. spots
upon the upper portion of the membranes between the first 4 spines
distinct. There are also 4 blackish spots upon the upper surface
of the head.

SCARIDZ.
8. Scarus ?

There are a number of pharyngeal teeth in the collection which
belong either to species of the present genus or Pseudoscarus.

TEUTHIDIDZ.
4, Teuthis triostegus (Linnxus).
Chatodon triostegus Linneus, Syst. Nat. Ed. X, 1758, p. 274.

Nos. 23,771 and 23,772.
5. Teuthis sp.’

No. 23,770.

A young specimen resembling species of Acronwrus described by
Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., III, 1861, p. 346.

The depth of the body is 14 in the length without caudal.
Crests of the haad serrated.

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [ May,

TETRAODONTIDZ.
6. Spheroides sp.?

No. 23,773.

The skin is perfectly smooth above, and the inflated abdomen is
beset with rather large and sparsely distributed prickles. The eye
is contained about twice in the somewhat flat interorbital space.
The origin of the D. in advance of the A. Above blackish,
below lighter, and the caudal with a median black blotch. Sides
of the body with a number of blackish spots about the size of the
eye.

This example is in very bad condition.

OCANTHIGASTERIDA.

7. Canthigaster margaritatus (Rippel).

Tetraodon margaritatus Riippel, Atlas zu der Reise im Nordl. Afrika,
1826, p. 66.

Nos. 23,774 and 23,775.
SCORPAENIDZ.

8. Pterois radiata Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Pterois radiata Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1V, 1829,
p. 271.

Nos. 23,776 and 23,777.
BLENNID2.

9. Salarias periophthalmus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Salarias periophthalmus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
XI, 1836, p. 230, Pl. 328.

No. 23,778.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

TYPES OF FISHES.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The history of the Academy’s collection of fishes, like that of
others in possession of the Society, begins with contributions during
the early days of its existence. These contributions were at first
mainly small donations from members and others, the number
gradually increasing by additions from special regions. In 1868
we find that owing to the then greatly increased size of this depart-
ment of the museum, a joint report of a Committee on herpetology
and ichthyology was printed. Exploration of different parts
of America then furnished the Academy with many of the most
valuable additions. Accessions were received from Dr. J. K.
Townsend, Prince Charles Lucien Bonaparte, Drs. W. O. Ayres,
W.S. W. Ruschenberger, Charles Hering, William A. Hamniond,
Charles C. Abbott, J. H. Slack, H. C. Wood, W. H. Jones,
Messrs. Samuel Ashmead, P. Duchaillu, Samuel Powel, Rey.
Alden Grout, Prof. William M. Gabb, the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, Prof. E. D. Cope, and the United States Fish Conimission.
Many other collections of greater or less size were also received,
but as the writer wishes to call attention to only a few of the more
important reference to them may be omitted. Most of these have
been treated of fully or in part in the publications of the Academy
or other American journals.

The collection of Prince C. L. Bonaparte was purchased and
presented by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, who was also a generous con-
tributor to many other departments of the Aeademy. This collec-
tion, consisting for the most part of Italian fishes, contained all
the species figured and described in the Fauna Jtalica, must of
which are still well preserved. The greater part of this collection
consisted of alcoholics, though there were 177 examples of dried
skins.

Mr. Ashmead’s collections were mostly local, like those of Dr.
Abbott, who published a number of his observations. Dr. Ayres.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

made collections principally in California, Dr. Hammond in Kan-
sas and Mr. Powel in Rhode Island. In the West Indies Dr. Van
Rijgersma collected at St. Martins, Dr. Griffith in St. Croix and
Dr. H. C. Wood in New Providence. Dr. Hering collected fishes
in Surinam and Dr. Ruschenberger at Rio Janeiro and various
other localities. Many of the most valuable additions were pre-
sented by the Smithsonian Institution, among which are a series
of typical examples, mostly Catostomide and Cyprinide. The
explorations in the west and southwestern regions of the United
States secured many novelties described by Dr. Charles Girard and
Prof. S. F. Baird.

The most extensive and numerous contributions are due to the
exertions of Prof. E. D. Cope. Collections from the Kanawha,
Holston and Roanoke rivers included large series of species with
many types. His entire alcoholic collection was bequeathed to the
Academy, including many fresh-water fishes from the upper
Amazons, made by Prof. James Orton and John Hauxwell.

The fishes obtained in the province of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil,
should be mentioned, as they are the basis of Cope’s last im-
portant contribution to South American ichthyology. His other
noteworthy collections are from Pennsylvania, North Carolina,
Texas and Florida.

In the present paper it is intended only to treat of the Marsi-
pobranchii, Selachii and Ganoidei, and it is believed that refer-
ences to all the typical representatives of these groups that are pre-
served in the collections are included.

I have appended rather rough descriptions of the alimentary or
enteric canal to most of the species fit for dissection, which are
represented by duplicates.

To the authorities of the Academy I am much indebted for per-
mission to make these dissections from duplicate specimens.

PETROMYZONIDZ.
1. Ichthyomyzon concolor (Kirtland).
Ammocetes concolor Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., IIL, 1841, p.
473, Pl. X XVII, fig. 1.
No. 354. Type of Ammocetes epytera Abbott, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1560, p. 327. Ohio river. Dr. Hildreth.
As I am unable to determine this larval specimen satisfactorily,
I have followed Profs. Jordan and Evermann in provisionally

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

referring it {0 the above species. It has about 56 muscular bands
between the posterior gill-opening and the anus.

SCYLLIORHINIDA.
2, Pristiurus melastomus (Rafinesque).

Galeus Melastomus Rafinesque, Caratt. Anim. Sicil., 1810, p. 13.

Nos. 566 to 574. Types of Scyllium melanostomum Bonaparte,
Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo III, vii, 1834, 89, Pl. 131, fig. 5
(two figures). Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 253). Dr. T. B.
Wilson.

Mouth.—Moderately large, somewhat spacious and compressed.
The jaws alone are furnished with teeth. Tongue a little free in
front, broad and flat, though somewhat rounded anteriorly. The
inside of the mouth is lined with smooth integument altogether
destitute of shagreen.

Pharynx.—Spacious, elongate and compressed. Upon the walls
of the branchial arches are patches of fine shagreen, otherwise the
rest of the integument lining this region is perfectly smooth.
There are 5 gill-openings within the pharynx, which lead into as
many gill-pouches, and finally communicate externally by as many
gili-slits. Of the internal gill-openings, which are greater than
those which are external, the anterior is the largest, and they all
gradually diminish in length until the last, which is not more
than 4 the length of the first. The gill-pouches contain the gill-
filaments, and they are separated from each other by means of
inter-branchial septa. The gill-filaments are distributed in each
gill-pouch, so as to appear continuous, except in the last, where
they are only upon the anterior walls. They are of moderate
number, compressed, and adnate, except distally, to the walls of
the gill-pouches. There is a well-developed spiracle aperture
within the pharynx, anterior and superior to the first gill-opening.
It is furnished with pseudobranchiz.

Csophagus. —Short and somewhat constricted. The walls more
or less plicate.

Stomach.—Spacious and bulky, and the walls greatly plicated,
except in the pyloric region. ‘The tissues of this division of the
enteric canal are thicker than any other.

Intestine. —The duodenum is yery short, existing as a simple
tube greaty constricted, until the presence of the colon is indicated

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

by the spiral valve. The diameter of the colon is much greater
than any other division of the intestine, and posteriorly its boun-
daries are fixed by the terminus of the spiral valve, and the last
division of the intestine is formed. This is the rectum. It is of
more ‘constricted dimensions than the colon, persisting as a short
simple tube to the cloaca, into whick its contents are conveyed by
means of the rectal aperture. There is a rectal gland which is
confluent with the rectum.

Liver.—Large and bulky, the left lobe greatly exceeding the
right in dimensions.

Spleen.—Present in the usual position.

Pancreas.—Developed.

GALEIDZ.
8. Galeus mustelus (Linnzus).
Squalus Mustelus Linneus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 235.

Nos. 605 to 608. Types of Mustelus equestris Bonaparte,
Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo III, vii, 1834, 43, Pi. 132, fig. 2.
Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 254). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Mouth.—Moderately large, somewhat spacious and compressed.

Sharp teeth upon the jaws. Tongue broad, flat and free in
front. Inside of the mouth roughened more or less with fine
shagreen.

Pharynz.—Spacious, elongate and compressed. The walls of
the branchial arches are roughened and also the floor of the
pharynx. Gill-openings 5 within the pharynx, which lead into as
many gill-pouches, and finally communicate externally by as many
gill-slits. The internal gill-openings, in fact the entire branchial
system, resembles that of Pristiwrus melastomus so far as ob-
served. The spiracle aperture within the pharynx, anterior and
superior to the first gill-opening.

(Esophagus.—Short and constrieted, with the walls plicate.

Stomach.—Rather long, spacious and bulky. ‘There are few
plications upon the walls of the cardiac region. Pylorie region
short.

Intestine. —Duodenum short. Colon large and very bulky,
especially its median portion, and furnished with a spiral valve.
The rectum short and simple, terminating in the cloaca. A rectal
gland is developed which is confluent with the rectum.

7

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

Iiver.—Exceedingly large, occupying the greater part of the

abdominal cavity. Both lobes are equal.
4. Galeus mento (Cope).
Mustelus mento Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe., XVII, 1877, p. 47.

No. 21,104, Type of Mustelus mento Cope. Pacitie Ocean at
Pecasmayo, Peru. Coll. of Prof. James Orton, 1876-77. Prof.
E. D. Cope.

Body elongate, slender, and tapering much after the first D.,
where the greatest depth is located. Head large, with a flattened
snout which is pointed: The interorbital space is broad, broader
than the snout. Eye of moderate size, lateral, and its anterior
margin over the tip of the mandible. Posterior to the eye and
very near its posterior edge is the spiracle which is furnished with
small pseudobranchiw. The nostrils are each furnished with a flap.

The snout anterior to the mouth is greater than the space between
the external borders of the nostrils, and it is also greater than the
width between the external corners of the mouth. The teeth are
smooth, rounded and rhombic. Mouth furnished with a broad
flattened tongue, and there are also two entire buccal flaps at the
bases of the jaws. Gill-slits 5, about equal, and the last above
the base of the P. Origin of the first D. about over the middle
of the P. The fin itself is large, and its base is greater than its
height. It has a posterior projection, the tip of which seems to
mae to be slightly in advance of the origin of the VY. The origin
of the second D. is much in advance of that of the A., and its
posterior base is abont over the last third of the base of the A.
The base of the second D. is much greater than the height of the
fin, and it is also furnished with a posterior projection which is
attenuated. The middle of the first D. is about midway between
the posterior root of P. and anterior root of the V. The P. very
broad, and flattened. The space between the inner edges of the
bases of the P. less than the width of the mouth. The V. broad
and blunt, and without inner posterior projections. The A. is very
small and with a sharp posterior projection. Caudal notched.
Lateral line present, its course somewhat decurved posteriorly in
the region of the second D.

The coloration is not entirely uniform as described by Prof. Cope.
The general color of the body is a leaden-brown, somewhat
darker dorsally. There are several bands of dark blackish-brown-

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~~ [May,

upon the upper anterior portion of the body. ‘These are about
6 in number, and the two behind the eye, and over the anterior

gill-slits, are the most distinct. Below light brownish, with a pale

buff or ochraceous tinge.
5. Galeorhinus galeus (Linnzus).
Squalus Galeus Linneus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 234.

Nos. 617 to 620. Types of Galeus canis Bonaparte, Fauna
Italica, Pesci, Tomo III, viii, 1834, 43, Pl. 132, fig. 3. Italy.
Bonaparte Coll. (No. 248). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Mouth.—Moderate, spacious and compressed. Jaws furnished
with more or less flattened teeth. The tongue is flat, free ante-
riorly, and of a slightly triangular shape with the front margin
rounded obtusely. Patches of fine shagreen upon the roof of the
mouth and the tongue.

Pharynz.—Of the usual spacious, elongate, and compressed
pattern. Patches of fine shagreen upon the walls of the branchial
arches. There are 5 gill-openings within the pharynx, Jeading in
turn into as many gill-pouches, and communicating externally by
as many gill-slits. The internal gill-openings are largest anteriorly,
and gradually diminish until the last, which is the shortest. Each
gill-pouch contains the usual complement of gill-filaments, the last
pouch with only 4 the number of the others and adnate to the
anterior walls. Spiracle developed within the pharynx anterior
and superior to first gill-opening. No pseudobranchie.

(Esophagus. —Short, spacious and walls plicated.

Stomach.—Elongate and spacious, the walls sparingly plicate.
Pyloric region moderate.

Intestine. —Duodenum short. Colon large and bulky, also fur-
nished with a spiral valve. Rectum short and simple, and opening
into a cloaca. Rectal gland present.

Liver.—Large, occupying the greater portion of the abdominal
cavity. Both lobes about equal.

Spleen.—Present in proximity to the pyloric region.

Panereas.—P resent.

DALATIIDA.
6. Dalatias licha (Bonnaterre).
Squalus Licha Bonnaterre, Tabl. Encyclopéd., Ichth., 1783, p. 12.
Nos. 478 and 479. Scymnorhinus Bonaparte, Cat. Meted. Pesce.
Europ., 1846, p. 16 = Dalatias Rafinesque, Caratt. Anim. Sieil.,

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

1810, p. 10 = Seymnus Cuvier, Réegne Animal, II, 1817, p. 130,
which is preoccupied in Insects. Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No.
240). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

RHINOBATIDZA.
7. Rhinobatis columne (Bonaparte).
Rhinobatus columne Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo III,
xiv, xvii, 1835-36, 86, Pl. 152 (two figures) .
Nos. 476 and 477. Types of Rhinobatus columne Bonaparte.
Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 228). Dr. T. B. Wilson.
There is also a dried specimen of this species, No. 16,920,
Bonaparte Coll. (No. 73). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

8. Platyrhinoides triseriatus (Jordan and Gilbert).

Platyrhina triseriata Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1880, p. 36.

No. 528. Cotypical of Platyrhina triseriata Jordan and Gilbert.
Santa Barbara, Cal. From the U. S. Fish Commission (No. 26,
893). This is one of the several specimens described by Profs.
Jordan and Gilbert, and they have indicated an adult male, taken
at Santa Barbara, Cal., February 8, 1880, by A. Larco, an
Italian fisherman, as the type. This specimen is in the collection
of the U. S. National Museum.

RAJIDZA.
9. Raja punctata Risso.
Raja Punctata Risso, Ichth. Nice, 1810, p. 12.

Nos. 503 to 515. Types of Dasybatis asterias Bonaparte.
Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo IIT, xxix, 1840, 154, Pl. 149, fig. 2.
Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 230). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Mouth. —Broad or compressed. Teeth only upon the jaws.
Tongue absent. Superior buccal flap bilobed and fringed. Infe-
rior buécal flap entire. The inside of the mouth is smooth, and
destitute of fine shagreen patches. |

Pharynz.—Of the usual spacious, compressed and elongate
pattern. The posterior portions of the roof and floor of the
pharynx, together with the inner surfaces of the branchial arches,
with patches of fine shagreen. Gill-openings 5, the median the
longest, the second and fourth next in size, and the first and fifth
the smallest and about equal. The gill-openings lead into as many
gill-pouches, and finally communicate externally by as many gill-

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — — [May,

slits. All the gill-pouches, except the last, and that has only its
anterior half, furnished with the usual continuous complement of
gill-filaments. These gill-filaments are adnate to the inter-
branchial septa for the greater part of their length, and are free
only at their distal extremities. Spiracle aperture well developed
within the pharynx, superior and anterior to the first gill-slit. It
is furnished with pseudobranchiz.

(Esophagus.—Short and constricted, the walls more or less
plicate.

Stomach.—Moderate and rather bulky, the walls more or less
smooth though furnished with a few convoluted plications, espe-
cially in the lower cardiac region. Pyloric region moderate.

Intestine. —Duodenum short. Colon large and bulky, furnished
with a spiral valve. Rectum a short simple tube finally merging
into the cloaca. Rectal gland developed and confluent with the
rectum.

Tiver.—Large and trilobed, though the median and left lobes
are rightly two divisions of one and the same lobe. Grall-bladder
developed.

Spleen.—Developed.

Pancreas. — Present.

10. Raja miraletus Linneus.
Raja Miraletus Linneus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 231.

Nos. 404 and 405. Types of Raja quadrimaculata Bonaparte,
Fauna Italica, Pesci Tomo III, iii, 1833, 18, Pl. 146, fig. 2.
Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No 221). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Mouth.—Broad, flat and compressed. Teeth only upon the
jaws. No tongue. Superior buccal flap quadrilobate and fringed.

Inferior buccal flap broadest medianly and also fringed. Inside
of the mouth smooth and destitute of shagreen.

Pharynzx.—Spacious, elongate and compressed. Patches of
shagreen are distributed upon the inner surfaces of the branchial
arches, the roof and the floor of the pharynx. The gill-openings
within the pharynx are 5, the median the longest, the second and
fourth next in size, and the first and fifth the smallest, and equal.
The gill-openings communicate next with as many gill-pouches and
finally open externally by as many gill-slits. There is a continuous
complement of gill-filaments within each gill-pouch, except the
last, and that is furnished only upon the anterior half. The gill-

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

filaments are adnate to the inter-branchial septa for their greater
portion, only free proximally. The spiracle aperture is anterior
and superior to the first gill-opening, and it is furnished with small
pseudobranchize.

Gop hagus.—Short and constricted, with wrinkled walls.

Stomach.—Sac-like, moderately bulky, and the walls somewhat
plicate, especially in the lower cardiac region.

Intestine.—Short duodenum which is simple. Colon spacious
and with a spiral valve. The rectum a short simple tube merging
finally into a cloaca. A rectal gland is developed which is con-
fiuent with the rectum.

Tiver.—Large and trilobed. ‘he median and left lobes are
properly two divisions of the left lobe. Gall-bladder well
developed.

Spleen. —Rather large.

Pancreas. —Present.

This species preys upon small fishes, as remains of small Tele-
osts, one three inches or more in length were taken from the gullet.

11. Raja radula De la Roche.
Raja radula De la Roche, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, XIII, 1809,
p. 821.
No. 389, Batis Bonaparte, Cat. Meted. Pesc. Ewrop., 1846, p.
12. Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 233). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

12. Raja circularis (Couch),

Raia Circularis Couch, Cornish Fauna, Part I, 1838, p. 53; pre-
liminary description in Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History,
Charlesworth, New Series, Vol. II, 1838, p. 71 (with fig.).

No. 406. Type of Raja falsavela Bonaparte, Fauna Italiea,
Pesci, Tomo III, xxvi, 1839, 136, Pl. 148, fig. I. Italy. Bona-
parte Coll. (No. 221). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

This specimen is almost dissolved and I identify it only from the
original label which is certainly referable to this species.

13. Raja oxyrinchus Linnus.
Raia Oxyrinchus Linneeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 231.
Nos. 523 to 527. Laeviraja Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci,

Tomo III, xxv, 1839, 130, Pl. 151, fig. 2. Italy. Bonaparte
Coll. (No. 226). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

—

———-

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

14, Raja stellulata (Jordan and Gilbert).

Raia stellulata Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1880, p.
133.

No. 414. Typical of Raia stedlulata Jordan and Gilbert.
Monterey. From the U. S. Fish Comm. (No. 26,975).

This species was described from eight examples, of which this
is one, and were at that time said to have been in the U. S. Nat.
Mus.

15, Psammobatis brevicaudatus Cope.

Psammobatis brevicaudatus Cope, Pree. Amer. Philos. Soe., XVII.
1877, p. 48.

No. 21,261. ‘Type of Psammobatis brevicaudatus Cope. Bay
of Pecasmayo, Peru. Coll. of Prof. James Orton. Prof. E. D.
Cope.

NARCOBATIDA.
16. Tetronarce nobiliana (Bonaparte).
Torpedo nobiliana Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo III, xii,
1835, 63, Pl. 154 (two figures).

Nos. 426 to 440, 461 to 470, and 16,948. Types of Torpedo
nobiliana Bonaparte. Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (Nos. 234 and
15). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

In these specimens the first D. is inserted almost over the poste-
rior edge of the V.

Mouth.— Moderate, though not particularly spacious. Teeth
only upon the jaws. Tongue absent. Buccal flaps both entire, of
rather even width, and not papillose or fringed. Inside of the
mouth smooth and entirely destitute of shagreen.

Pharynx.—Elongate and spacious and with apparently smooth
integument, except upon the inner surfaces of the branchial arches
which are asperous with fine shagreen. Gill-openings 5, the
median the largest, the second and fourth next in size, and the first
and fifth the smallest, and about equal. The gill-openings open
into 5 gill-pouches, which also communicate externally by 5 gill-
slits. The gill-pouches are separated from each other by the inter-
branchial septa, and each one contains a continuous complement of
gill-filaments, except the last, which has only its anterior half fur-
nished. The gill-filaments are joined for most of their length to the
walls of the inter-branchial septa, though their distal extremity is
free for a short distance. Spiracle aperture anterior and superior

—#

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

to the first gill-opening from which it is separated by a consider-
able space. It is furnished with small pseudobranchiz, though in
moderate number.

Césop hagus.—Constricted and somewhat short, the walls much
plicated.

Stomach.—Moderate and bulky, and the walls strongly plicated.

Intestine. —Duodenum the usual short simple tube merging into
the short and very bulky colon which is furnished with a spiral
valve. The rectum is a short. simple tube, finally terminating in
the cloaca. A rectal gland is developed and confluent with the
rectum.

Liver.—ULarge and bilobed, and with the left lobe the largest.
It is furnished with a gall-bladder.

Spleen.— Present.

Pancreas.—-Present.

DASYATIDZ.
17. Dasyatis brucco (Bonaparte).

Trygon brucco Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo III, VJ, 1834,
34, Pl. 151 (two figures).

Nos. 378 and 379. Types of Trygon brucco Bonaparte. Italy.
Bonaparte Coll. (No. 218). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Mouth.—Moderate and broadly compressed. Teeth only upon
the jaws. Tongue absent. Superior buccal flap of almost uni-
form width and with a fringed edge. Inferior buccal flap entire,
except 5 or so filaments which are distributed at nearly equal dis-
tances. Integument of the inside of the mouth smooth and with-
out any shagreen.

Pharynx.—Broad and compressed, and without any shagreen
patches, even upon the inner surfaces of the branchial arches.
Gill-openings 5, the median the largest, the second and fourth next
in size, and the first and fifth the smallest, They open into as
many gill-pouches and externally by as many gill-slits. Gill-fila-
ments in the usual continuous series in each gill-pouch, except in
the last, where they are only upon the anterior portion. They are
flattened or compressed, and adnate to the inter-branchial septa,
except distally for a very short portion, which is free. Aperture
of the spiracle superior and anterior to the first gill-opening. No
pseudobranchiz appear to exist.

(Zsophagus. —Short and constricted with plicate walls.

22

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Stomach.—Moderate and not very bulky, though it may be very
distensible. Its walls are plicate. Pylorie region moderate.

Intestine. —Duodenum a simple tube of short length. Colon
bulky and furnished with a spiral valve. Rectum a short simple
tube, merging into the cloaca. Rectal gland present.

Liver.—Exceedingly large, consisting of two lobes, of which the
left is the largest. A gall-bladder is present.

Spleen.—Large.

Pancreas. —Present.

This species preys upon small Teleosteans, as a number of scales

and other remains were taken from the pharynx of the example
described.
18. Dasyatis violacea (Bonaparte).
Trygon violacea Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo IT, J, 1832,
6, Pl. 155 (two figures).

Nos. 385 and 386. Types of Trygon violacea Bonaparte. Italy.
Bonaparte Coll. (No. 220). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Mouth.—Moderate and broadly compressed. ‘Teeth only upon
the jaws. Tongue absent.

Pharynz.—Broad and compressed. Gill-openings 5 and like the
preceding. In fact, the pharynx in general is much like the
preceding.

(sop hagus.— Short and constricted.

Stomach.—Rather large and bulky, more so in the lower cardiac

region. Pyloric region developed.

Intestine. —Duodenum short. Colon very large and bulky, and

furnished with a spiral valve. Rectum short and simple, empty-
ing its contents into the cloaca to which it is joined. Rectal gland
confluent with the rectum.

Liver.— Large and pbilobed, the left lobe the largest. Gall-
bladder present.

Spleen. —Present.

Pancreas. —Present.

ACIPENSERID 45.

19. Acipenser naccarii Bonaparte.
Acipenser naccarit Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo IL, XVI,
XVI, 1836, 87, Pl. 129, fig. 2.
Nos. 624 and 625. Types of Acipenser naccarii. Bonaparte.
Mediterranean. Bonaparte Coll. ( No: 2): “Bui me Wilson.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

Mouth.—Moderately large and capacious. No asperities what-
ever upou the walls and teeth absent. No buccal flaps. A broad
tongue, bluntly rounded and hardly free in front.

Pharynzx.—Rather large, long and compressed, and also destitute
of asperities. The apertures of spiracies are placed superior and
anterior to the first gill-opening. The gill-openings are 5 in num-
ber, the first the largest and the others gradually decreasing in size
until the last, which is the smallest or shortest. They all commu-
nicate with the branchial chamber, forming 4 separate or free
branchial arches and one adnate to the posterior part of the
pharynx. ‘The four free branchial arches are furnished with the
usual complement of gill-filaments, distributed along their outer
edges. No gill-filaments upon the last branchia] arch. Upon the
inver anterior and posterior edges of the branchial arches are short,
fleshy, filamentous gill rakers. They are not very numerous, not
4 the length of the longest gill-filaments, and longest medianly.
The branchial arches themselves seem rather broad.

@sophagus.—The enteric canal is now somewhat conswicted,
persisting posteriorly until under the posterior portion of the air-
bladder, when it turns and is produced anteriorly until posterior to
the pericardial cavity. Here it forms a somewhat exaggerated
condition known as the stomach.

The cesophagus is connected by a large tube, though short, with
the air-bladder. This is placed a short distance from the pharynx
and upon the first or upper division of the esophagus.
Stomach.—Rather small and apparently not very capacious or
distensible. The walls are considerably thickened, the tissue being
muscular. After this the pyloric region is marked by a large,
compressed and rounded sac, which is nearly as large as the stomach
itself,

Intestine. —The duodenum persists first posteriorly, then runs
forward a short distance, after which the colon is formed. Its
walls are porous and not muscular.

The colon is furnished with a spiral valve and no rectal gland is
present. The rectum is well developed.

Liver.—Large, anterior and superior, and bilobed.

Ryder* says under Acipenser brevirostris Le Sueur: ‘‘ How
much more extensive than the Delaware River its range may be I

1 Bull. U. S, Kish Comm., VIII, 1888, p. 236.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [May,

have no means of knowing, as I have found only one specimen,
besides the five obtained by myself at Delaware City, which can be
regarded as an authentic example of the species. This single
specimen is in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, and consists of a dried and stuffed varnished skin
marked in white paint ‘ 84.’ It agrees in every essential external
particular with my own alcoholic specimens, but no record of its his-
tory is accessible amongst the catalogues of the collections of that
institution ; all traces of the old manuscript catalogues of the
Bonaparte and the other old collections of fishes belonging to the
Academy’s museum having been lost. I have, however, the strongest
suspicion that this specimen, which is evidently very old, judging
from its present condition, may be one of the originals of
Le Sueur’s description published in the Tyansactions of the Ameri-
can Philosophical Society for 1818, though it does not correspond
in minor details. That it may possibly be one of the types of the
species seems to me not at all improbable, from the fact that
Le Sueur was also one of the early members of the Academy and
may have presented the specimen.”’

I have not been able to find this specimen, and so far as I know
the only specimen from Le Sueur’s collection at present in the
Academy is his Cyprinus mawillingua. Many of the typical speci-
mens he described were in the old Philadelphia Museum, and after
its dissolution they may have been destroyed in the conflagration of
P. T. Barnum, who purchased part of the natural history material.
For a short account of Peale’s Museum see Stone, Auk, XVI,
1899, pp. 167 to 169.

LEPISOSTEHIDZA,

20. Lepisosteus osseus (Linnus).

Hsox osseus Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 313.

No. 16,971. Type of Lepidosteus crassus Cope, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 86. (Dried skin. )

Cope says: ‘‘ The type specimen was probably taken in brackish
water at Bombay Hook, near the mouth of the Delaware river.’’
In the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1859, a Lepisosteus, most
likely this specimen, is entered among the donations to the museum
on the 8th of March as ‘‘ Gar Fish. Lepidosteus bison? Caught
in the Delaware river at Bombay Hook. Presented by Mr.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

Andrew Vanderslice.’’ No. 14,405 is a specimen belonging to the
present species which was secured in the Delaware Bay many years
ago. It is labeled as having been obtained from Mr. Holbrook.

No. 16,968. Type ot Lepidosteus otarius Cope, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 86. (Dried skin. )

This specimen was one of a collection of fishes said by Prof.
Cope,” to have been ‘‘ brought from the Platte river, near Fort
Riley, by Dr. William A. Hammond.’’ It is very evident, as
Profs. Jordan and Evermann have observed, ‘‘ Fort Riley was on
the Kansas river.’’

21. Lepisosteus platostomus Rafinesque.
Lepisosteus platostomus Rafinesque, Ichth. Oh., 1820, p. 72.

No. 16,958. Type of Cylindrostreus productus Cope, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sei. Phila., 1865, p. 86. San Antonio, Tex. (Dried
skin.) Dr. A. L. Heermann.

EXPLANATION TO PLATES XII, XIII, XIV, XV.

PLATE XII, fig. 1.—Acipenser naccarii Bonaparte.

Fig. 2.—Pristinrus melastomus (Rafinesque).

PLATE XIII, fig. 3.— Galeus mustelus (Linneus).

Fig. 4.—Galeorhinus galeus (Linneus).

PLATE XIV, fig. 5.—Raja punctata Risso.

Fig. 6.—Dasyuatis violacea (Bonaparte).

Fig. 7.—Raja miraletus Linneus.

PLATE XV, fig. 8.—Tetronarce nobiliana (Bonaparte).

Fig. 9.—Dasyatis brucco (Bonaparte).

The letters referring to the different parts of the viscera are the same in
all the figures: @. left lobe of liver; }. right lobe of liver; ¢c. stomach ;
d. pyloric region ; ¢. spleen; f. small intestine ; g. colon; /. rectal gland ;
z. rectum ; &, median lobe of liver; J. air bladder; m. cesophagus.

2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 85.

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [{June,

JUNE 4,

Mr. Cuarues Morris in the Chair.
Fourteen persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ New Japanese Marine and Fresh-water Mol-
jusea,’’? by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication.

Occurrence of Hyla andersonii at Clementon, N. J.—Mr. Wrr-
MER Stone exhibited a specimen of Hyla andersonii obtained at
Clementon, N. J., May 12, 1901, by Mr. Henry L. Viereck, and
presented by him to the Academy.

The species was heretofore known only from five examples—the
type secured at Anderson, 8. C.; one obtained by Dr. Joseph
Leidy, at Jackson, N. J., July 1860; one from May’s Landing,
N. J., J. E. Peters, June 1, 1888, and two from Pleasant Mills,
June 17, 1889, Dr. J. Perey Moore.

Mr. Stone stated that, though probably of restricted distribu-
tion, the species would no doubt prove more abundant if specially
sought for, the comparative remoteness of the New Jersey barrens,
where most of the specimens were found, and the retiring habits
of the animal both tending to make its detection difficult.

A few months since he had heard some tree frogs in a swamp
near Medford, N. J., whose call was different from that of any
other species with which he was acquainted, and he was inclined
to attribute it to the present form; diligent search, however, failed
to discover the animals.

JUNE 11.
Mr. ArtnHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Fifteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:
‘« Zygeupolia litoralis, a New Heteronemertean,’’ by Caroline
Burling Thompson.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

‘* New Mollusca from Japan and the Loo Choo ‘Islands,’’ by
Henry A. Pilsbry.

‘« A Peculiar Condition of, Edogonium,”’ by Ida A. Keller.

** Crystalline and Crystalluidal Substances and their Relation
to Plant Structure,’’ by Henry Kraemer.

JUNE 18.
Mr. ArrHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Ten persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
“The Acridide, Tettigonidse and Gryllide Collected by Dr. A.
Donaldson Smith in Northeast Africa,’’? by James A. G. Rehn.

JUNE 25.
Mr. ArgTHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Nine persons present. ‘

A paper entitled ‘‘ The Nasal Passages of the Florida Alliga-
tor,’ by A. M. Reese, was presented for publication.

Henry Kraemer was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~~ [June,

NEW LAND MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN AND THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The collectors sent out by Mr. Hirase in the early months of this
year have already transmitted much new and valuable material,
in the study of which it is my privilege to assist. As Mr. Hirase
desires to supply such species as have been collected in copious
quantity to his correspondents in America and Europe, the prompt.
publication of full descriptions of the novelties is necessary to
avoid the inconvenience attending the publicity of manuscript
names. ‘The full report, with figures of the new forms, may best
be deferred until the results of the season’s collecting can be pre-
sented in connected form. Most of the following species are from
Kunchan, the northern and least setiled province of the island
Okinawa, or Great Luchu (Loo Choo), and from Oshima, hitherto
unexplored for land mollusks.

Trochomorpha horiomphala (Pfr.).

Specimens have been sent by Mr. Hirase (No. 631) from Kun-
chan, the northern province of Okinawa. They are more depressed
than Pfeiffer’s type, but there is considerable variation in the
species in this respect. Trochomorpha Fritzei Bttg. is a synonym.
No definite locality has been known hitherto for Pfeiffer’s species,
which, moreover, has been lost, so to speak, in the group Plecto-
tropis. It was doubtless this error of classification which led
Boettger to redescribe the shell as T. Fritzei.

Trochomorpha Gouldiana n. sp.

Shell low-conie above, convex beneath, umbilicate, the umbilicus
one-fourth the diameter of the shell, broadly open to the apex; of
a dark reddish brown color, glossy; delicately striate, the stris cut
into minute granules by finer, very shallow spiral striz, both
above and below. Spire straightly conic, the apex slightly ob-
tuse. Whorls 64, slowly widening, slightly convex below, and
slightly concave above each suture; the last whorl acutely carinate,
concave above and below the keel; base convex in the middle,

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 845

the margin of the umbilicus abrupt but not keeled. Aperture small,
rhombic, the peristome simple, obtuse and whitish in fully adult
specimens. Alt. 5.3, diam. 12.7 mm

Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 650).

This species differs widely from 7. cathearte (Rve.) and T. hori-
omphala (Pfr. ), the two species known from the Loo Choo group,
in its higher spire and less spreading form. It is closely related
to T. Shermani (Pfr.) of Formosa, but differs in being smaller,
with straightly conic spire, the whorls concave above keel and
suture, and the aperture narrower, less rounded below.

It is named in honor of Dr. A. A. Gould, who described the
Japanese shells collected by the Ringgold and Rogers Expedition.
I find two specimens in the collection of the Academy, labeled
“« H. horiomphala Pfr. Oosima.”’

Macrochlamys perfragilis n. sp.

Shell perforate, depressed, excessively thin, transparent, pale
yellow, fragile. Surface brilliantly glossy, with faint growth-lines
and almost obsolete, scarcely perceptible spiral strive. Spire low-
conic. Whorls 44, somewhat conyex, rather slowly widening,
separated by a narrowly margined suture, the last whorl much
wider, rounded at the periphery, rather convex beneath, narrowly
impressed around the perforation. Aperture very broadly lunate,
somewhat oblique, the lip fragile, columellar margin with. a short,
triangular reflection partially concealing the perforation.

Alt. 10, greater diam. 18, lesser 15 mm.

Alt. 84, greater diam. 16, lesser 144 mm.

Kunchan, Okinawa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 637).

A capacious, very fragile species, somewhat like IW. Stearnsi Pils.
of China, and quite different from anything yet described from
Japan or the Loo Choo group.

Macrochlamys Gudei n. sp.

Shell minutely perforate, depressed-conoidal, thin, somewhat
translucent, corneous-brown. Surface glossy, sculptured with
weak growth-wrinkles, and on the base some coarse but shallow
and inconspicuous spiral sulci, obsolete in places. Spire conic;
whorls 63, rather strongly convex, slowly widening, the last wider,
subangular at the periphery, the angle obyious in front, but dis-
appearing near the aperture. Base convex, sunken around the

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

perforation. Aperture lunate, the lip simple and thin, columellar
margin hardly thickened, dilated above, a triangular reflection
partially covering the perforation.

Alt. 7, diam. 10 mm.

Kunchan, Okinawa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 635).

This species has about the size, form and appearance of the
American Gastrodonta ligera (Say), though the whorls are more
convex and less striate above, and there is, of course, no callus
lining the basal part of the interior. The generic position assigned
is somewhat doubtful.

It is named in honor of my friend G. K. Gude, who has pro-
duced several meritorious papers upon Japanese land snails.

Kaliella borealis n. sp.

Shell minutely perforate, pyramidal with slightly convex lateral
outlines and flattened base, thin, corneous-brown. Surface some-
what shining, sculptured above with regularly spaced, very delicate
whitish hair-like striz, the base showing fine spiral striz, and ex-
cept near the periphery, minutely but rather roughly pitted.
Whorls 7, nearly flat, the suture but slightly impressed, narrowly
margined; the last whorl acutely carinate. Aperture rhombic, the
peristome thin and fragile, columellar margin abruptly dilated and
reflexed partly over the perforation.

Alt. 33, diam. 34 mm.

Kayabe, Ojima, Hokkaido Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 641).

A rather straightly pyramidal species, distinct fram any of the
numerous species known to me from Hondo.

Eulota (Euhadra) oshime n. sp.

Shell globose-subdepressed, umbilicate, rather thin but solid, of
a rich reddish chestnut color, darker within the umbilicus and on
the back of the lip, and with a very dark chestnut, almost black
band just above the periphery, bordered above and below with
greenish-yellow bands; the convexity of the base sometimes fading
to the same pale tint. Surface rather glossy, but in part dull,
sculptured with slight growth-stris only ; several inner whorls,
after the apical one, minutely wrinkled and marked with points in
oblique lines. Spire conic, more or less elevated. _Whorls varying
from 6} in large to 5¢ in small specimens, quite convex, slowly
widening, the last rounded at the periphery, very slightly and

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

slowly descending in front, convex beneath. Aperture broadly
lunate, slightly oblique, bluish and showing the band inside; peris-
tome expanded and rather narrowly reflexed, thickened within,
purple, with ‘the extreme edge pale ; columellar margiz broadly
dilated, very dark, half covering the umbilicus.

Alt. 35, diam. 43 mm.

Alt. 29, diam. 37 mm.

Alt. 26, diam. 33 mm.

Alt. 25, diam. 32 mm.

Alt. 204, diam. 27 mm.

Alt. 194, diam. 26 mm.

Oshima, (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 357).

This magnificent species is related to both E. caliginosa‘ and £.
mercatoria,” but is more globose than either, with more convex
whorls. It differs conspicuously from E. caliginosa in having the
base of the shelland aperture rounded, not conspicuously flattened,
as they are in caliginosa. The basal lip, moreover, is not sinuous.
E. oshime resembles E. mereatoria in the form of the aperture,
but differs in being more globose, with a larger umbilicus in shells
of the same size, and the whorls are more convex.

The variation in size, as shown by the above measurements, is
extraordinary, but there seems to be a complete series of interme-
diate specimens. The smaller shells are those most resembling £.
mercatoria. E. oshime is thus related to species of Okinawa, and
not to the duchuana group of Japan proper.

Chlorites eucharistus n. sp.

Shell umbilicate, thin, concave above, of a rich, dark chestnut
color. Densely hairy, the hairs long, regularly arranged in
diagonal lines descending forwardly and backward, the surface
between them minutely papillose. Whorls 44, the earlier ones
forming a rather deeply sunken spire, the last third of the Jast
whorl deeply descending to the periphery, the whorl preceding this
coiled in a plane. The first whorl is glossy and smooth; the last
whorl widens toward the aperture, and is obscurely gibbous and
then contracted behind the lip; the base convex, having a small
excavation behind the basal lip, producing a low prominence just
within the basal margin of the aperture. Aperture very oblique,

1 Catal. Marine Moll. Japan, Pl. 10, figs. 1-3, 6.
* Ibid., fig. 5.

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

very broadly lunate; peristome rather narrowly reflexed, purple,
the margins somewhat approaching, connected across the parietal
wall by a slender, raised cord.

Alt. 9, greater diam. 19, lesser 154 mm.

Alt. 94, greater diam. 18, lesser 15 mm.

Alt. 74, greater diam. 15, lesser 12 mm. (small form).

Oshima, (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 354).

This fine species has the sunken spire of the typical forms of the
genus from the Moluccas, ete. It isa larger and much finer species
than the two hitherto described from Japan, C. oscitans (Martens)
and ©. fragilis Gude, neither of which has the well-developed per-
istome of C. eucharistus. Three of the specimens sent are of
about the same size, but another is conspicuously smaller, with the
spire perceptibly more sunken, and the low ‘‘ tooth’’ within the
basal margin of the peristome is subobsolete.

Suooinea Hirasei n. sp. ?

A species grouping with S. pfeifferi of Europe and S. retusa of
America. Elongate, fragile, reddish or corneous, amber-colored,
composed of 24 very rapidly enlarging whorls, the last one very
large, roughened by rather coarse growth-wrinkles. Aperture long-
ovate, somewhat effuse below, the margins regularly arcuate.

Length 16, diam. 9, longest axis of aperture 13, width 64 mm.

Tsuchiura, Hitachi, in eastern Hondo (Mr. Y. Hirase, No.
642).

Both of the Suceineas previously known from Japan, S. lauta
Gld. and S. horticola Reinh., belong to the group of species haying
very convex whorls, like S. putris or S. obliqua. This new one
goes with the lengthened species, and is very like S. retusa Lea
(ovalis Gld.), but the Japanese form is rather less effuse than the
American.

Cyclophorus Hirasei n. sp.

Shell narrowly umbilicate, turbinate, with elevated spire, solid ;
greenish yellow, witk a rather wide black belt just below the peri-
phery, which is marked with a pale belt, and several dark lines
and bands beneath, more or less interrupted at short intervals; the
upper surface marked with numerous dark bands, interrupted
obliquely or in zigzag fashion; the bands retaining their distinet-
ness or more or less confluent into zigzag stripes. Whorls 54 to

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

nearly 6, very convex, the last flattened below the suture, else-
where well rounded. Aperture circular, somewhat oblique, bluish
and showing the bands inside; peristome raiher narrowly reflexed,
its face rounded, faintly red-tinted or bright red, continued in a
eallus across the very short parietal wall; the columellar margin
overhanging and partially concealing the small umbilicus.

Alt. 30, diam. 32 mm.; antero-posterior diameter of aperture
21, width 194 mm.

Alt. 29, diam. 31 mm.; antero-posterior diameter of aperture
204, width 19 mm.

Operculum circular, multispiral, concave externally; diam.
154 mm.

Oshima, (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 644).

Related to C. jowrdyi Morl., fulguratus Pfr., courbeti Anc., and
their allies, species of Tonquin and Burma. It is remarkable for
its elevated spire and brilliant peristome.

Pupinella oshime n. sp.

Shell pupiform, dark purplish brown under a papery whitish outer
color, apparently the result of weathering, densely and finely striate
when unworn. Whorls 6, slightly convex, the first four forming
a conic spire, the penultimate and last whorls of about equal dium-
eter ; last whorl somewhat produced forward below. Aperture
vertical, the opening small and circular; peristome broadly reflexed,
white or nearly so, very heavily thickened on the face, produced
forward in a flange around the opening, interrupted by minute
channels at the base of the columella and posterior end of the lip,
these channels expanding funnel-like outwardly; parietal callus
very strong at its right end, emitting a branch which rises high
above the termination of the outer lip.

Length 10, diam. 4.8 mm.; diam. of aperture, inside of peris-
tome, 2.2 mm.

Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 645).

This species differs strongly from P. rufa Sowb. and its slightly
differentiated local forms fruhstorferi and tsushimana, in the rela-
tively enormous development of the peristome, reducing the open-
ing of the aperture; in the vertical, not oblique plane of the aper-
ture, and especially in having the tongue of the parietal callus
defining the posterior canal, very much longer, rising high above
the termination of the outer lip. The latter is abruptly truncated

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

on a level with the suture, not produced upward, as in the other
species mentioned. The upper foramen of the lip shows from in
front as a slit, not an orifice, as in P. rufa.

P. fruhstorferi and tsushimana, from Iki Island and Tsushima
respectively, are hardly distinguishable from rufa. With a series
of P. rufa before me from Kobe, Awaji, Hyuga province in
Kiushiu, and other localities, and specimens of fruhstorferi and
tsushimana Mlldff. received from Fruhstofer, 1 am unable to find
any differential characters for Dr. von Méllendortt’s supposed spe-
cies and subspecies except their distribution. The deeply dissected
western coast of Kiushiu indicates subsidence of an area long ex-
posed to denudation, and points to the recent isolation of Tsushima
and neighboring islands. Their fauna has much in common with
Kiushiu, and, so far as we now know. but few special species
strongly differentiated from those of the greater island.

DIPLOMMATINID 2.

The Japanese Diplommatinide fall into three groups: D.
pusilla vy. Mart. and its var. omiensis Pils. are sinistral forms,
pusilla being placed in the genus Palaina, subgenus Cylin-
dropalaina by Kobelt and Mollendorff;’ but their genera Palaina
and Diplommatina seem to stand in need of some rearrangement,
judging by the lists of species.

All ot the other Japanese species apparently belong to the sec-
tion Sinica of the genus Diplommatina, with the single exception
of D. turris, which differs strongly from all other known Japanese
species.

Diplommatina turris 0. sp.

Shell minute, tapering-turreted, whitish; the last two whorls of
about equal diameter, those above slowly tapering. Whorls 74
to 8, extremely convex, the first two smooth, the apex obtuse; the
last whorl but slightly ascending in front. Surface regularly sculp-
tured with rather widely spaced thread-like rib-strie. Aperture
subcireular, the columellar tooth hardly visible from in front, but
seen in an oblique view in the aperture to be moderately strong;
peristome narrowly expanded, its inner edge built forward beyond

5 Catalog der gegenwartig lebend bekannten Preumonopomen, p. 53.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

the expansion; continued in an adnate callus across the parietal
wall. Palatal fold short, to the left of the parietal callus.

Length 2.2, diam. 0.9 mm.

Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 648).

This species is not related to any other form known from Japan
or the Loo Choo group. The turreted shape, extremely convex
whorls, and regular spaced rib-striz are its prominent features.

Diplommatina saginata nu. sp.

Shell dextral, imperforate, shortly oblong-conic, obese, amber-
colorec or white, densely sculptured with delicate thread-like rib-
striz, about 25 in the space of a millimeter on the penultimate
whorl, slightly wider apart on the earlier whorls; no spiral stria-
tion. Penultimate whorl widest, those above forming a regularly
conic spire. Whorls 64, the first obtuse and smooth; last whorl
much smaller than the penultimate, strongly ascending in front.
Aperture subcireular; columellar tooth strong, as usual. Peris-
tome narrowly reflexed, thickened on the face, continuous in a
delicate cord across the parietal margin. Palatal fold above the
columella, rather long.

Length 2.3, diam. 1.2 mm.

Nase, Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6496); also Furuniga,
Oshima (No. 649a).

A smaller, shorter species than D. insularwn of WKunchan,
Okinawa, or D. cassa of Hondo. In one specimen the outer lip
is duplicate, in the others merely thickened. The upper margin of
the peristome rises nearly to the preceding suture. A specimen
from Furuniya measures, length 2.24, diam. 1.28 mm.

Diplommatina oshime un. sp.

Shell dextral, imperforate, bright red-amber colored, the penulti-
mate whorl widest, those above regularly tapering, forming a long,
attenuated spire. Whorls 7, convex, the first two or three dark
red, smooth, the next two having conspicuous thread-like, wide-
spaced riblets, the last two whorls densely sculptured with low, more
delicate rib-striz; the last whorl somewhat contracted, ascending
in front, gibbous on the base behind the columellar lip. Aperture
circular, the peristome reflexed, not doubled, its inner edge a little
thickened and built forward, scarcely continuous, the parietal callus

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ June,

being but slightly developed. Columellar tooth strong, as usual.
Palatal fold wanting.

Length 3, diam. 1.4 mm.

Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 651).

This species has a longer, more attenuated spire than D.
luchuana, and it differs from that and all other described Japanese
species in the widely spaced riblets of the spire. Moreover, no
palatal fold is seen through the front of the whorl, and upon open-
ing a specimen I found it wanting.

Diplommatina luchuana 2. sp.

Shell small, dextral, oblong-conic, brown, finely striate, the striz
much less strong than in other described species of Japan or the
Loo Choo Islands. Whorls 6, convex, the penultimate and last
of about equal diameter, those above regularly tapering, forming
a long, conic spire. Last whorl ascending to the aperture, con-
stricted at its beginning in front. Aperture somewhat longer than
wide, the left margin straightened; peristome continuous, the outer
lip reflexed, duplicate by a narrow crest close behind it; columellar
tooth strong; palatal fold very short. Length 2.3, diam.
1.15 mm.

Province of Kunchan, Okinawa (Loo Choo) Island (Mr. Y.
Hirase, No. 629).

Decidedly conic above, as in the larger D. Kobelti Ehrm. The
striation is weaker than in other Japanese species of the group,
none of which, except D. Kobelti, have so tapering a spire. The
palatal fold is shorter than in the other species of the region. The
surface seems to have no spiral strize between the longitudinal striz.
Diplommatina septentrionalis n. sp.

Shell dextral, corneous or pale brown, cylindric-oblong, finely
rib-striate, about 12 strize in the space of a millimeter on the penul-
timate whorl, the strisze more widely spaced on the last whorl;
under a high magnification showing excessively minute, close,
erepulated spiral striz between the rib-strie. Whorls nearly 64,
convex, the first three forming a short terminal cone, the others
wide, last whorl ascending to the aperture. Aperture subcircular,
the lip continuous, reflexed, duplicate by a narrow crest close behind
it; columellar tooth moderately strong; palatal fold rather long.
Length 2.9, diam. 1.56 mm.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

Kayabe, prov. Ojima, Hokkaido Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No.
639).

This is one of the northernmost known species of the genus. It
is somewhat larger than D. wzenensis, the rib-strize are more widely
spaced and under a high power there are fine, dense, spiral strize,
Wanting in D. wzenensis. D. cassa is somewhat more cylindric.
with finer striation.

D. pusilla Mart. also oceurs at Kayabe, Ojima, whence speci-
mens have been sent by Mr. Hirase. They measure 2.1 mm. long,
1 wide, and have about 11 or 12 riblets in the space of a millimeter,
measured on the last or penultimate whorls. The surface between
the riblets has excessively fine spiral striz, and I find that these
are present in var. omiensis, as well as in what I take to be typica!
D. pusilla, although I overlooked them on the occasion of a former
examination.‘ I cannot see that the specimens from Hokkaido
Island differ from those of middle Hondo.

“These Proceedings for 1900, p. 382.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [June,

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF PLANTS. No. XV.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

Tue Benpine or Mature Woop tin TREES.

At the meeting of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science held in Philadelphia in 1884, Prof. Charles E.
Bessey exhibited a drawing of the trunk of a Balsam Fir that had
blown over and had bent in such a manner that the curvature could
only have occurred after the trunk had become several years old.
The prevalent impression is that trees and branches grow into their
various forms; or, as the popular phrase expresses it, ‘‘ as the twig
is bent the tree’s inclined.’? No one was prepared to believe that
the tree, once inclined, could at any time thereafter change its
form. There was nothing in the text-books to indicate the possi-
bility of such phenomena. Prof. Bessey’s specimen was looked
upon as interesting and curious, but it has had no influence in
our text-book teachings. Up to the present time we are taught
to look to light, gravitation, tension, turgescence, or some one or
another of the surrounding conditions to account for the diree-
tion which stems or branches assume—the independent energy
developed from plant life itself receiving but slight recognition,
probably because its exact nature is so far incomprehensible.
Prof. Bessey’s experience seemed to throw more light on some
of my own observations. In the Proceedings of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1866, p. 401, appears
my paper ‘‘ On the Consumption of Force by Plants in Over-
coming Gravitation,’? in which is clearly shown that life-energy,
sustained by nutrition, was an enormous power in the life-
history of the plant. I was encouraged to make actual experi-
ments and wide observations, that have extended from that ume
till now, only to find the surprising fact that the recurving and ~
incurving of mature growth is among the commonest of phenomena
in the vegetable world. Before proceeding to prepare this paper,
I inquired of Prof. Bessey if he had investigated the matter fur-
ther, and received the following interesting letter:

ie

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

‘‘Lincoun, Nes., Dec. 29, 1900.

“My Dear Professor Meehan :—In regard to the bending of the
mature internodes of conifers, I may say that it was in 1884 that I
made the first public statement before the Botanical Club of the
A. A. A.8., or possibly before the Biological Section itself. It was
to the effect that in the spring of the year 1882 (exactly April 8) a
tornado crossed the campus of the Agricultural College at Ames,
la, and among other things which it did, it partly uprooted a
number of conifers, bending them over almost to the ground in
some cases. After a while I noticed that these trees were bending
upward, and that the bending was not confined to the youngest
internodes, but that the older internodes were more or less bent
also. I noticed this particularly in the case of some Balsam Fir
trees, Abies balsamea, in which the bending extended several years
back of the time when the trees were first partly uprooted.

“* This year (in August) I had the opportunity of noticing the
same thing in connection with the Foxtail Pine, Pinus flexilis
var. Murrayana, in the Yellowstone Park A slender tree had
been bent to the ground by the fall of a larger tree, and yet the
smaller tree had been able to bend a considerable portion of its
top so as to bring it approximately erect. A careful examination
of the larger tree in regard to the time of its fall made it certain
that several of the mature internodes of the smaller tree bent
after reaching the horizontal position. I have seen something
like this in case of the destruction of the central leader’ of the
Austrian Pines on the University campus, during the past ten or
twelve years, but these cases are not as striking as those cited
above.

‘“‘Tam glad that you are to bring this out, as I know that it
will be so done that there will be no doubt at all in regard to it.

‘*T am very truly, ete.,
“‘CuHartes E. Bessry.”’

My own work began by inclining an Arbor Vite, Thuja oceiden-
talis, to an angle of about 45°. It was about eight feet high and
perfectly straight. About the middle of May the following year
the apex began to curve upwardly, The process continued for
about three weeks, by which time the curving had extended down
to some three feet, reaching the five-year-old wood of the main
stem. In the course of this process the upper portion, that had
commenced the incurving motion, would again become erect, so
that the curve would only occupy a few feet in extent in the region
of the three to five-year-old wood. The upper or erect portion
would, however, be considerably out of line with the perpendicular

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

of the tree’s original growth from the ground. The following
year the incurve extended down to the six or seven-year wood,
and the upper portion recurved so that it might again assume a
perpendicular position. No further curving occurred in after
years. The tree is vet one of the curiosities on my grounds.

Following this was an experiment with a Lawson Cypress,
Cupressus Lawsoniana. The results were similar, the incurving
being just after active growth in spring.

So far we have the lesson from direct experiment. But when
we look around us we see the bending power abundantly illus-
trated. The Galena Weeping Elm, a form of Ulmus Americana,
grafted on stems eight or ten feet high, starts from the first with
cord-like pendent branches reaching to the ground. But I have
trees between thirty and forty years old that are nearly as many
feet high. I have never seen an erect one-year-old branch on the
trees. At the end of every branch there is pendent a growth of
two or three years. For several years I have watched a leading
branch that is straight and nearly horizontal, now over twenty feet
in length ; a pendent growth of three years is always at its termi-
nus. I find that in June the third year’s growth straightens, the
new growth stil] forming a continuous three-year bend. The Weep-
ing Willow will occasionally make a few vigorous straight stems to
aid in the upward growth, but the majority of the curved
branches take to straightening after two or three years. The
Hemlock Spruce, Abies canadensis, curves its new growth, which
continues curved till the next season, when it rapidly becomes
erect, the new growth taking the curve of the previous year.

The most interesting features of the study relate to the incury-
ing and recurving of very old branches. In many trees there is
no evidence of a tendency to bend till after the fifth year. For
some ten years after this, or in ten- or fifteen-year-old wood, the
phenomena is common. It may often be seen in the Tulip Poplar,
Liriodendron tulipifera, the White Ash, Fraxinus Americana,
the Pear tree, and many others. One of the best illustrations is
afforded by the Horse Chestnut, dseulus Hippocastanum. The
branches all keep at an acute angle till the tree reaches an age of
about twenty-five years. Then the ten-year-old branches begin to
droop from near the basal region at the trunk. They spend several
years in curving downward, and then make an incurve between

4,
~

1901.4 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

the recurve and the apex. This method of first becoming a little
more horizontal, then recurving near the base and incurving
toward the apex is quite common among coniferous trees. The
actual bending of the main trunk, which Prof, Bessey and myself
ascertained by actual observation in three species of conifere, may
have another illustration in a specimen of the Himalayan Pine,
Pinus excelsa, on the estate of Caspar Heft in Germantown. It is
about fifty years old, and probably among the earliest introduced
to American gardens. The heavy trunk is curved from near the
ground to about twenty feet upwardly. The verticels of branches
in this species of Pine extend all around the trunk in a regular
horizontal line. In the curved portion of this tree the straight
branches on one side are directed above the horizontal line, on the
other side they point below. There can be no other explanation
of this than that the tree blew over when about twenty-five feet
high, and that the whole of this early twenty-five-year growth had
been made to curve.

Most species of trees will have some of their mature branches
incurve or recurve at various ages; and this curving is often char-
acteristic of the species. The list is made up from specimens
growing on my own property, with the exception of a few left of
the original forest, all planted by myself within the past forty
years:

Magnolia.

In M. tripetela, M. Fraseri, M. conspicua and M. macrophylla 1
observe no disposition to curve at any age. But IM. acuminata
sends out its upper branches at an acute angle, with the apices
incurved. After about five years they commence to descend by
a curve near the base. These curves of the lower branches increase
in width, until finally the upper portions of the branches again
incurve, as noted in many conifers, especially of the Spruce
family. Plate XVI represents a thirty-five-year-old tree.

Tilia.

The Lindens: No curving observed in 7. Europea, but in

mature trees of 7. Americana they are common and striking.

Tlex.
I have no large specimens of J. Aquifolium. In bushy speci-
mens of J. opaca no curving noticed ; but where the plant has

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [ June,

assumed a tree-form descent commences in the five-year-old
branches, and they finally curve and recurve as in the Spruces.

Kelreuteria.
This seems naturally tortuous; but the branches, once formed,
seem unchangeable.

ZEsculus.

A. Hippocastanum recurves remarkably, even in branches of
considerable age.
Acer.

The Maple family : A. dasycarpum, the Silver Maple, is remark-
able for its eccentricity as regards the curving of its branches.
One form known in gardens as ‘‘ Wier’s Cut-leaved,’’ has cord-
like pendulous branches, some of which straighten eventually and
ascend. The leading branches are mostly erect, and aid in the
heightening of the tree. Some individuals of the ordinary trees
recurve branches in great numbers when these are several years
old ; other specimens show no recurving of individual branches.
The recurving of weaker branches is a common feature. A.
saccharinum, the common Sugar Maple, seldom recurves the larger
branches; but the weaker ones frequently begin to curve when two
or three years old, and continue to such an extent as often to
form almost a circle. The species can be recognized at long dis-
tances by this character. In A. rubrum, the Red Maple, I see no
disposition to curve ; in A. platanoides none; but it occurs to a
small extent in A. Pseudo-Platanus. A. macrophyllum, the Oregon
Maple, has the branches at a rather acute angle, with an incurved
apex. This character seems unchangeable, and my thirty-year-
old tree has a broomy character. A. campestre, A. latum show
no curving characters.

Negundo.

In the Ash-leaved Maple I observed no tendency to curve in

either the Atlantic or Pacific coast species.

Sophora.

Neither in this nor in Robinia, Gleditschia nor any leguminose
plant have I noted any disposition to curve mature branches.
Pyrus.

In the rosaceons family the Pear is characteristic in recurving its
mature branches as it advances in life. In my earlier years the

4q
‘
’
i

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

familiar arching was attributed to the weight of fruit. This I have
found erroneous. The curving of the large branches does not
begin until the tree has reached nearly the height it is to eventually
become. It is not seen on younger trees, no matter how much
fruit they may have to bear. This is also true of the Apple. The
Cherry does not curve. The Cerasus serotina, Wild Cherry, shows
no disposition to curve, but in old specimens of C. Padus the
maturer lower branches often curve considerably. In Orategus,
Amelanchier, and allies no tendency is observable.

Cornus.

Old bushes of Cornus Mas have the branches curved considerably
with age. Nyssa, the Sour or Black Gum, starts horizontally from
the first.

Diospyros.

Diospyros Virginiana, the Persimmon, has its branches more or
less tortuous at an early stage, but in about ten years the laterals
become more horizontal, and the ends of the branches curve up
from the fifth year’s growth.

Halesia.

In H. tetraptera and H. diptera there is no apparent curving,
but H. Meehani, a remarkable seedling sport in my garden from
H. tetraptera, has erect branches that recurve remarkably when a
few years old, giving the tree a curious wind-swept appearance.

Catalpa.

Catalpa bignonioides and C. speciosa, old trees, give the impression
of curvature with age, but I have not been able to decide this to
my satisfaction. The tortuosity may be due to early growth
alone.

Laurus.

The branchlets of Lawrus Sassafras start out in early life at an
angle of about 45°, but after about five years assume a horizontal
direction. The succeeding branch system is tortuous, but seldom
becomes decumbent.

Morus.
The Mulberry family shows little disposition to depart from the
original plan of divergence. In some specimens of Morus alba I

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

have seen some of the lower branches curved, which must have
occurred late in life, but this seems exceptional.

s

Platanus.

In P. occidentalis I have found no sign of adult curving, but in
P. orientalis, the European species, the laterals change from
angular divergence to horizontal positions, and even recurving in
many cases.

Juglans.

The Walnut family, I believe, retain their early character
through life, though the English Walnut has a tortuous appear-
ance.

Quercus.

It is in Quercus, or the Oak family, that we find the most inter-
est, as the numerous species afford material for comparison. The
angular divergence and ultimate positions seem so characteristic
that we may have a reasonable assurance of the species when a
tree is seen from a rapidly passing railroad train. Quereus palus-
tris, the Pin Oak, is a good illustration of what occurs in many
species (Plate X VII).

The upper branches grow at an acute angle, but after about
five years proceed to decline, the point of departure being at the
base, near the main trunk. By fifteen years they have become
horizontal, and continue declining until the divergence again
reaches an acute angle. Much the same procedure marks Quercus
Phellos, the Willow Oak. Quercus tinctoria, the Black Oak, has the
lateral branches horizontal at an early age, but I have never found
any go lower. This is true of the Quercus coccinea, the Scarlet
Oak, though to a less degree (Plate XVII). Quereus bicolor, the
Swamp White Oak, departs from its angular position toward the
horizontal when about ten years old, but never gets below the hori-
zontal line. Quereus macrocarpa (the Burr Oak), Q. lyrata (the
Over-cup), @Q. Prinus (the Rock Chestnut), Q. rubra (the Red), I
have not found to vary from the original framework. This also
seems true of the European Quercus Robur, Q. Cerris (the Turkey
Oak), and of the Japan Q. dentata. Q. alba, with its frame of
branchlets almost as huge as its trunk, has been a puzzle tome, I
am inclined to believe that the angular divergence of the lateral
branches has not changed from the original plan. It may be noted

See” S:—<“—a(mvr™

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

that most species of Oak, when growing and in nursery rows, pro-
duce some weak side branches that soon become horizontal and
finally curve.

Liquidambar.

The Sweet Gum, Liquidambar styraciflua, seems never to change
the angular divergence of its laterals so far as a few inches from
the base is concerned, but at a little beyond this they commence to
decline at about ten years old in much the same manner as the Pin
Oak, but eventually they take an upward bend, so that there is a
curving and incurving feature as in the Norway Spruce.

Fraxinus.

The Ashes, as a rule, retain their original plan through life, but
F. Americana and F. sumbucifolia, the White Ash and the Black,
become very much curved in the older branches.

Salix.

In the Willow family I have noted no departures from the original
plan; the weeping variety of Salix Japonica, the well-known
Weeping Willow, excepted, as already noted.

Ulmus.

There seems to be some tendency in young plants of U. racemosa,
the Thomas Elm, to have the weaker branchlets recurve; but I have
no mature specimen.

Conifere.

In the Cypresses, Junipers and some Pines I have found no evi-
dence of the curving of mature branches, but in the Pines, Firs and
Spruces the fact is self-evident. The upper series of about ten
years of branching take an acute angle, then a horizontal direc-
tion at the base, which is eventually recurved, and finally an
incurving occurs toward the younger portion of the branches. In
many Pines—Pinus pungens, for instance—when the natural height
is about reached, the upper branchlets become horizontal. The
top of the tree is often as flat as if sheared to make a plane sur-
face. Judging by pictures of Kuropean scenery Pinus Pinea has
this habit in the Old World.

Among monocotyledons, I have noted in the South specimens of
Chamerops Palmetto, that had been evidently turned aside some-

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

what in their earlier growth, that had curved the main stem in the
effort to secure again the upright position.

The facts adduced reveal to us a stupendous power in plant life,
of which biologists hitherto have taken little heed. True we have
had casual notes of mushrooms lifting heavy paving stoves in a
single night ; of the roots of trees throwing down stone walls and
cleaving dense rocks in wedge-like fashion. I have myself re-
corded a case where a large tree growing on a rock had by accre-
tions below lifted the whole of its immense weight of trunk and
branches, so that it did seem that the irunk had elongated and
that a side branch had been carried several inches above its orig-
inal distance from the ground, but the great significance of these
facts has not been made clear to us. The action of light, of
gravitation, or of any external condition as a factor in direction
fails to satisfy us. It has been usual, especially of recent years, to
refer to conditions of environments as accounting for many of the
phenomena of life. Undoubtedly these conditions must operate to
some extent, or the speculations based on them could not command
the assent of so many great minds. We know, for instance, that
a plant growing vigorously in a cellar or dark room will incline
toward the light; but I have shown in the Proceedings of the
Academy that in the dense darkness of mines species of Agaric,
growing from the roof or sides, curve their stipes upwardly, as do
mushrooms that spring up in a dark night on the side of a sloping
bank. I have also shown in the same publication that many plants
closely observed by me carry on their curving operations by night
rather than in the light of day. So in regard to the thought that
the operations of plant life are carried on for individual good —the
great weapon in the battle for life among modern hypotheses of
evolution, this must be true to a limited extent. In the case of
the Magnolia acuminata herewith illustrated (Plate XVI), we can
see that if the curvings of the young shoots continued without any
change in the original direction of the main laterals, the head of
the tree would become as round as a cabbage and the interior
branches would be smothered out. ‘The declination in time gives
scope to the young growth, and even the final uprising of the
branch toward its apex is still kept within regulation distance of
its fellows. In the Fir and Spruee the self-utility of the curvatures

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

is clearly apparent. The tree could scarcely keep a mass of foliage
in healthy condition wholly to the ground if it adhered strictly
to the acute-angular method that marks the upper growths.

So far we may trace the effort for individual benefit in the direc-
tion changes, but that conditions of environment are active forces
in the work may well be doubted from the fact of great variation
in the degrees of curvature.

It has already been stated that the observations were made on
my own grounds. Comparing, however, trees of my own with
others of the same species on neighboring properties, we find wide
divergencies. In some trees of the same species there will be few
illustrations of curving, while in others nearly every large branch
will take on an arcuate form. This fact is illustrated in Plate
XVI of Magnolia acuminata. The two trees are within thirty
feet of each other. The one on the right shows considerable
incurving. The upper branches have retained their original
angular divergence, and the bend toward the horizon as age
advanced has been gradual; only a few at the base and on the one
side have reached that point. We can see that if this tree had
wholly lost the recurving power we should have a fastigiate indi-
vidual, closely imitating a Lombardy Poplar in form. But the
one on the left took early to recurving, and to such an extent that
it seemed to the good of the tree that these should ultimately
inecurve in order to afford room for a healthful branching devel-
opment.

With all these individual variations there is still a general char-
acter assumed by each species, by which it may be distinguished as
well as by the characters derived from leaves, flowers or fruits.
In Quercus palustris, for instance (Plate XVII), there is little dis-
position to curvature in the decumbent branches. They bend very
close to the main trunk. They commence to diverge when about
five years old, and the continuously increasing degree of divergence
can be seen at a glance. This character will vary more or less in
different trees, but there is almost always enough in evidence to enable
one to distinguish the Pin Oak from other species. The Scarlet Oak,
Quercus coccinea, rarely shows any disposition to curve mature
branches. A representation of this species is given on the right
hand of the Pin Oak (Plate XVII). But here we may note again
that there is no necessity for it, as the original angle of divergence

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June,

is sufficient to allow for a fair development without subsequent
change. May we not borrow asimile from a class of metaphysicians
who contend that ‘‘ man is not merely a creature of circumstances,
but his character is mainly made for him and not by him,’’ and

believe that an inborn direction, and not environment to any great _

extent, is the ruling power in vegetable life ?

What is the nature of this power that is capable of bending
with ease and without a break an old branch or trunk of a thick-
ness that would require an immense mechanical pressure for man
to accomplish ? How does it operate ? i

In the paper already cited’ I drew attention to the fact that the
life-growth of a plant was in a measure a struggle against gravita-
tion, and that a great part of the nutrition prepared by the plant
was spent in supplying energy in this struggle. Consequently when
a plant received extraneous aid in the contest, the extra nutrition
saved by this assistance was diverted to extra growth and luxu-
riance. Many observations have since shown that to energy trans-
muted from nutrition we have to look for the various forms that
plants assume. To the highest degree of energy we may attribute
the chief triumph of growth force over gravitation. This is ex-
emplified in the leading shoot of Pine trees. Observers know that

in this leading shoot the highest vegetative force is exhibited. It _

so successfully resists all gravitating influences that it is drawn in
no degree from an exact perpendicular. If, however, the main
growing shoot of a vigorous tree is broken off, the extra nutrition
diverted from the centre to the lateral branches supplies one of
these with an extra degree of energy, and a new leader arises in
place of the lost one. From this we deduce the law that plants
are engaged in a contest with gravitation, and that geotropism is
in proportion to the degree of energy lost in the contest.

Going over the list of plants enumerated in this paper, we note
that decumbency is in proportion to the decline of vigor, and we
find this to be the case in individual trees generally. What are
known in gardens as fastigiate trees, of which the Lombardy
Poplar is a type, are remarkable for the vigor of the central shoot
and laterals. Weeping trees, on the other hand, are characterized
by decreased vigor. The normal form of Salix Japonica, of
which the so-called Babylonian Willow is an offspring, is very

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, p. 401.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

strong in comparison with the variety. The Kilmarnock Weeping
Willow is weak in comparison with Salix caprea, its parent, and
this is true of all the weeping trees in gardens—they are all in
various degrees more slender and delicate than the normal forms
of the same species.

The ability to overcome gravitation has been lost, in proportion
to the lessened degree of energy.

How does this view account for the case of the incurving of
branches that have become decumbent ?

It seems like a mere restatement of the fact to say that the
incurving branch has simply regained a power to successfully resist
gravitation it had never wholly lost. When we note, however,
that these incurves are all methodical, and only occur when they
are evidently beneficial to the plant, we may infer that energy
itself is not blindly directed, but is uuder the control of a life-
power within the plant that is able to strengthen a weak position
when it is for the general good. We see this when it undertakes
to heal a wound; we only extend our view of this power to meet
these new cases.

In conclusion, trees haye the power, not merely to grow into
various forms as it is usually understood, but to bend mature
branches when exigencies require it; and this display of power
results from varying degrees of energy employed by plants in
their struggle with gravitation.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — {June,

OBSERVATIONS UPON THE PLACENTA AND YOUNG OF
DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS.

BY HENRY C. CHAPMAN, M.D.

The Edentata, so called by Cuvier on account of the teeth being
so imperfectly developed or absent in the representatives of the
order, includes a very heterogeneous assemblage of animals—ant-
eaters, sloths, armadillos—differing very much in their internal
organization, especially in the character of their placentation.
Thus the placenta in the Cape ant-eater, Orycturopus, is deciduous
and, according to some authorities, discoidal, to others’ zonular
inform. Inthe Tamandua, 7. tetradactyla, it is possibly deciduous
and discoidal;* in the sloths, Cholepus Hoffmanni, it is decidu-
ous and loboid in form;* in the Pangolin, Manis, ? non-decidu-
ous and diffuse;’ in certain species of armadillos, e. g. Dasypus
novemeinctus, possibly deciduous and discoidal.°

In view of the fact that such profound differences exist in the
placentation of the Edentata, it is hoped that the following obser-
vations upon the placenta and young of the six-banded armadillo
born in the Philadelphia Zoological Garden and submitted to the
author for examination by Mr. A. E. Brown, Secretary of the
Society, will prove acceptable. It should be mentioned in this
connection that in the case of the placenta of Dasypus novemcine-
tus as described by Milne-Edwards,* four foetuses were found
enclosed in one chorion. Such a disposition, far from being an
abnormal one, would seem to be that usually obtaining, at least in
that species of armadillo, since the same number of foetuses were

SAU Le fs Huxley, Introduction to the Classification of Animals, London,
1869, pp. 98, 104.

2W. Turner, Journal of Anat. and Phys., Vol. 10, 1876, p. 693.

8 A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Sciences Nat., Cinquiéme Série, Zool., XV,
1872, p. 2.

‘Ww. Turner, Zrans. Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. XXVII, 1876,
pp. 76, 78.

5TH. Huxley, op. cit., p. 104.

® Alph. Milne-Edwards, Annales des Sciences Naturellea, Sixicme Série,
Zoologie, VIII, 1879, pp. 2, 3.

T Op. ctt., p. 2.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

observed enclosed in a common chorion by Kolliker* before, and
by Duges’ after Milne-Edwards’ observations. Different explana-
tions have been offered by anatomists of this apparent anomaly of
one chorion enclosing a number of feetuses. The most satisfac-
tory as yet offered, though hypothetical, the early development of
the armadillo being unknown, is that originally the number of
chorions correspond to the number of fcetuses, but that as devel-
opment advances the adjacent walls of the primitively distinct
chorions fuse together and ultimately break down, the result being
the formation of one chorion. In the case of the six-banded arma-
dillo, Dasypus sexcinetus, the mother gave birth to but one young,
and there were no reasons for supposing that more than one was
developed during the pregnancy.

The young armadillo (Plate XVIII, fig. 1), the first born at the
Philadelphia Zoological Garden, a male which lived but a few
hours, was perfectly developed and measured from snout to end of
tail 25 centimeters (10 inches). The most striking feature of the
young animal externally was the size of the penis, it measuring 3.7
centimeters (1.5 inches). It is well known that this organ attains
an enormous size in the adult armadillo, absolutely as well as
relatively. Six distinct broad bands and two indistinct narrow
ones were observed on the dorsal surface, but they were as yet soft
to the touch.

No trace was found of an umbilical vesicle, amnion, or any
part of the chorion except that entering into the formation of the
placenta. The umbilical cord measured 22.5 centimeters (9
inches), the vessels not being spirally disposed, as was also observed
by Milne-Edwards to be the case in the Tamandua. The umbilical
vessels were so much torn (having been apparently gnawed by the
mother) as to make it impossible to inspect the placenta through
them. A mixture of gelatine and carmine was, however, forced
directly into a few of the small vessels of the placenta, which
consisted of the villous processes of the chorion only, without
admixture of any maternal tissue, and was therefore non-decidu-
ate. The feetal villi were disposed as a girdle or zone (Plate
XVIII, fig. 2) on that part of the chorion in contact with the

8 Entwicklungsgeschichte des Menschen, 1879, S. 362.
8 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Sixieme Sér., Zoologie, IX, 1879-80, p. 1.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [June,

uterus. The zone measured from outer edge to outer edge about
5 centimeters (2 inches), the average breadth of the rim of the
zone 1.2 centimeters (.5 inch), the breadth of the space between
the inner edges of the zone and destitute of villi 2.5 centimeters
(1 inch). The placenta in the six-banded armadillo is not, how-
ever, a zonular one in the sense in which that word is used by
anatomists. It does not surround the chorion as a broad band, the
poles of the latter being bare as in the ‘* diffuse ”’ non-deciduate
placenta of the pig; nor as a narrow one as in the ‘‘ zonular ’’
deciduous placenta of the Carnivora, ete. It should be regarded
morphologically rather as a discoidal placenta, the central portion
of the disk—that is, the part of the chorion lying within the inner
edges of the rims of the villous zone—presenting, however, no
villi. The placenta in Dasypus sexcinctus being therefore ring-
shaped, rather than discoid in form, if it be permitted to introduce
a new name in anatomical nomenclature, it might be described as
a non-deciduate cricoid placenta." The villi, measuring on an
average 20 mm. (.8 inch), were not simple as in the Pachy-
dermata, Camelidee and Tragulide, but compound as in Man.
They presented a beautiful arborescent appearance (Plate XVIII,
fig. 3), the terminal twigs ending in bulbous or rounded extremi-
ties (fig. 4). As is well known, Von Baer," Eschricht,” the elder
Milne-Edwards," Huxley,“ and in recent times Haeckel,” advo-
eated classifying the monodelphous mammalia according to the
character of the placentation. Tt is obvious, however, as shown
by the summary given below, that on such a basis the different
members of the Edentata would be associated with mammals with
which they have no natural affinities, just as, according to such
classification, totally different animals like the Hyrax, Elephant,
and Carnivora are associated, and which constitutes one of the most
important objections that have been urged to the acceptance of
such classification.

1 Kprxoc, a ring.

U Untersuchungen uber die Gefassverbindung zwischen, Mutter und
Frucht, 1828.

2 De Organis que Respiratione et Nutritioni Fetus Mammalium inser-
viunt, 1837.

18 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Série 3, Tome I, 1844, p. 65.

4 Elements of Comparative Anatomy, p. 112.

13 Anthropogenie, 1891, S. 591.

a

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

Primates, ete.

Discoidal
: Bradypus.
Deciduous | Elephant.
Zonular Carnivora.
Placenta ceuerom pus:
: us.
| ( Diffuse Manis
S Bos.
l Non-deciduous { Cotyledonary l Ovis.
| Cricoid Dasypus sexcinctus.
| Miscoidal J Dasypus novemcinctus.1¢

| Tamandua tridaetyla.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XYIII.

Fig. 1.—Young Armadillo and foetal face of placenta.
Fig. 2 —Uterine face of placenta.

Fig. 3.—A villous process of the chorion.

Fig. 4.—A portion of the same as seen when magnified.

16 Incertum sedis.

24

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~ [June,

THE ACRIDIDZ, TETTIGONIDZ AND GRYLLIDEZ COLLECTED BY
DR, A. DONALDSON SMITH IN NORTHEAST AFRICA.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

As a portion of this collection has been previously reported on,*
it is not necessary to repeat any of the preliminary remarks then
made.

Family ACRIDIDAi.
Subfamily Acridine (Tryzaline auct.).
Acrida nasuta (Linnzeus).

1758. Gryllus (Acrida) nasuta Linneus, Syst. Nat., X ed., I, p. 427.
Ten specimens, four males, two females, four immature.
Grorgora, Gallaland, September 13, 1894. oc.

Near Hargeisa, Somaliland, July 21, 1894. oJ, &.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 21, 1894. 6’, 3 imma-
ture.

Near Lake Abaya, country of the Amara, western Gallaland,
May 9, 1895. ©&.

No data. 2 and 1 immature.

Acrida unguiculata (Rambur).

1838. Tryxalis unguiculata Rambur, Faune de |’ Audal., p. 72.

Four specimens, two males, one female, one immature.

Tug Berka, Somaliland, August 23, 1894. oF.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 6, 1894. Immature.

Daro Mountains, Gallaland, November 19, 1894. &.

Le, southern Gallaland, March 29, 1895. &

The single female resembles the specimen figured by KJug* as
T. conspurcata,

Macheridia bilineata Stal.

1873. Macheridia bilineata Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 100.

Two females; near Lake Abaya, country of the Amara, western
Gallaland, May 9, 1895.

1 Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, pp. 273-288.
2 Symbole Physica, I, tab. xvii, fig. 1.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

These specimens Jack the black on the lower surface of the pos-
terior femora.

Phleoba mossambicensis Brancsik?

1895. Phleoba mossambicensis Brancsik, Jahresh. Naturw. Ver.
Trencsén, XVII, p. 249, tab. VIII, fig. 1.

One female; Luku, Gallaland, September 17, 1894.

This specimen very likely belongs to Brancsik’s species. It is
clearly not P. antennata Schulthess, which was described from
Somaliland, and with the other species of the genus it exhibits no
affinity.

Locusta sp.

One 2; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 23, 1894.

This specimen is so badly distorted and discolored that it is not
possible to determine more than the genus. For the use of this
generic name in place of Stenobothrus Fischer, see Canadian En-
tomologist, XX XIII, p. 121.

Epacromia thalassina (Fabricius).
1793. Grylius thalassinus Fabricius, Ent. Syst., II, p. 57.

One female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 27, 1894.

The collection contains six immature specimens of Acridine,
which it is hardly possible to determine. They were collected at
the following localities and dates:

Near Lake Abaya, country of the Amara, western Gallaland,
May 9, 1895 (2).

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 5, 1894 (2).

Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, November 6, 1894.

No data.

Subfamily G@idipodine.
Gastrimargus verticalis (Saussure),
1884. Wdaleus verticalis Saussure, Prodr. (2dipod., p. 111.

Two specimens, one 2, one immature.

Daror, Gallaland, September 15, 1894.

Budda, west of Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, November 11,
1894.

The adult has the maculations of the elytra decidedly blackish.
Gastrimargus marmoratus (Thunberg).

1815. Gryllus marmoratus Thunberg, Mém. Acad. St. Petersb., V, p.
232.

One co’; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 5, 1894.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ June,

G:daleus instillatus Burr,
1900. @daleus instillatus Burr, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 39.
One 3’; near Hargeisa, Somaliland, July 21, 1894.
It is interesting to note that the specimen before me has a gen-
eral pinkish suffusion.
Pachytylus migratoroides (Reiche and Fairmaire),

1847. @dipoda migratoroides Reiche and Fairmaire, in Ferret and
Galinier, Voy. en Abyss., III, p. 430.

Four specimens, two males, two females.

Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, November 6, 1894.

Between Luku and Dago Tulo, Gallaland, September 18, 1894.

To one specimen is attached the following data: ‘‘ Caught from
swarm. Migrating flocks of predaceous birds following them.’’
Cosmorhyssa fasciata (Thunberg). :

1815. Gryllus fasciatus Thunberg, Mém. Acad. St. Petersb., V, p. 230.
Two males; Tug Terfa, eastern Gallaland, August 21, 1894.
Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894.

Dittopternis couloniana Saussure.

1884. Dittopternis couloniana Saussure, Prodr. Gidip., p. 125.

One &; near Tug Lomo, between Lefkei and Bodele, Somali-
land, August 12, 1894.

This species was previously known from West Africa.
Chlebora gracilis Schulthess.

1895. Chlebora gracilis Schulthess-Rechberg, Zoolog. Jahrbuch, Syst.
Th., VIU, p. 74.

Two females; Hargeisa, Somaliland, July 21, 1894. |

The Haud, between Hargeisa and Gagaap, Somaliland, July
25, 1894.
Pycnodictya galinieri (Reiche and Fairmaire).

1847. Gdipoda galinieri Reiche and Fairmaire, in Ferret and Galinier,
Voy. en Abyss., III, p. 432, Pl. 28, fig. 3.

Two females, one immature; Tug Dado, near Laga, Gallaland,
December 2, 1894 (1).

No data (1).
Acrotylus longipes (Charpentier).

1845. G@dipoda longipes Charpentier, Orthop deser., tab. 54.

Two females, one immature; Berbera, Somaliland, July 3, 1894.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894.

The collection contains a number of specimens of Gdipodine,

1901.) NATUARL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

which I have not attempted to determine. They were collected as
follows:

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894 (1).

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894 (1).

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 5, 1894 (5).

Northern end of Lake Stephanie, western Gallaland, June 5,
1895 (1).

No data (1).

Subfamily Pyrgomorphine.

Atractomorpha aurivillii Bolivar.

1884. Atractomorpha aurivillii Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat.,
XIII, Cuad. I, p. 67.

One 2; Dabuli, Gallaland, September 16, 1894.

Ochrophlebia subcylindrica Bolivar.

1881. Ochrophlebia subcylindrica Bolivar, Journ. de Se. Math. Lisboa,
XXX, p. 109.

One female; between Berbera and Hargeisa, Somaliland, July
14, 1894.

Except for a few discrepancies in color, this is essentially the
same as Bolivar’s specimens.

Cawendia galle n. sp.

Type, &; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894.

Differing from C. glabrata Karsch* in the absence of pubes-
cence, the subequal vertex, the presence of lateral carinze and the
greater length of the tegmina.

General outline fusiform. Head fairly elongate; face sharply
retreating, concave; vertex horizontal, anteriorly subtruncate, the
apex equal to the interspace between the eyes; frontal costa very
strongly compressed from the vertex to between the antenn, the
sulcus below this point being fairly broad, slightly ampliate at the
ocellus; eyes subspherical, moderately prominent; postocular line
of tubercles very marked, extending downward as well as back-
ward; antenne filiform, as long as the head and pronotum. Pro-
notum strongly punctate posteriorly, the dorsum well rounded and
with very insignificant traces of a median carina; anterior margin
truncate with a shallow central emargination, posterior margin with
a central emargination which divides the border into two rounded

* Ent. Nachr , XIV, p. 345.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [June,

lobes; Jateral carinse consisting of broken callous ridges, only
slightiy marked on the metazona, each eut by two sulci ; Jateral
lobes with the lower margin sinuate with a post-median lobule, this
section of each lobe having a longitudinal series of large tubercles,
thus forming a continuation of the line on the head. Tegmina
elongate, not appreciably expanded. Abdomen with the basal
segments strongly punctate; subgenital plate large, the posterior
portion produced and superiorly forming a keel which extends
from the tip to the genital aperture; supraanal plate and cerci
elongate, acuminate. Posterior femora with all the carinz well
marked, genicular lobes rather small; tibize with eight spines on the
external and nine spines on the internal margin.

General color brownish olivaceous varied with ochraceous, under
parts yellowish. Posterior portion of the pronotum and a median
line on the abdomen dull reddish. Tubercles on the head, lower part
of the lateral lobes, metapleurse and four lines (two superiorly and
two laterally) on the abdomen ochraceous. Posterior femora with
a dull ochraceous bar on the lower portion of the external face;
tibize tinged with purplish, the spines tipped with reddish black.

engthof body; <5 i, 1. ia) so. =) e dntine eel tle SET
engothrof head). (3) sear i sere 4. bo ioeeco eae ae
Ikength‘ofspronotum; .ee fat eee lee iy tase
Iengthiof hind’ femoras);. #e 9.0). nd) elon iene

Pecilocerus vittatus (Klug).
1829. Decticus vittatus Klug, Symbol. Physic, t. XXV, figs. 6 and 7.
Two males; between Berbera and Hargeisa, Somaliland, July
14, 1894.
Phymateus egrotus (Gerstecker).

1869. Pacilocerus egrota Gerstecker, Archiv. f. Naturg., XXXYV, p.
216.

One 2; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 15, 1894.

Phymateus morbillosus (Linnus).

1758. Gryllus (Locusta) morbillosus Linneeus, Syst. Nat., X ed., p.
431.

Seven specimens, one male, six females:

Feji, near the Darde, eastern Gallaland, September 7,
1894 (2).

Duror, Gallaland, September 15, 1894 (%, 9).

No data (4 ©

oO

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

Phymateus sp.

Eight immature specimens:

Dabuli, Gallaland, September 16, 1894 (2).

Daga Tula, near Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 19,
1894 (5).

No data (1).
Taphronota thelephora (Stoll).

uee Gryllus (Locusta) thelephora Stoll, Represent., Pl. XVIB, fig.

One 2; Dumbola Kalta, country of the Boran, east of Lake
Stephanie, western Gallaland, April 20, 1895.
Petasia grisea Reiche and Fairmaire.

1847. Petasia grisea Reiche and Fairmaire, in Ferret and Galinie, Voy.
en Abyss., III, p. 428, Pl. 28, figs. 2 and 2a.

Two specimens; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 8, 1894;
Ginea, Gallaland, October 28, 1894.

These specimens show a decided approach to P. anchiete Boli-
var, in the markings and form of the posterior part of the prono-
tum, though their closest affinity is with grisea.

Petasia sp.
One immature specimen; Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, Novem-
ber 6, 1894.

Subfamily Pamphagine.
Xiphocera brunneriana Saussure.
1887. Xiphocera brunneriana Saussure, Spicil. Ent. Genav., 2, p. 43.
Three females; Daga Tula, near Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, Sep-
tember 20, 1894; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 29, 1894;
no data.
Xiphocera ensicornis Saussure.

1893. Aiphocera ensicornis Saussure, Entom. Month. Mag., X XIX, p.
152.

One 2 ; no data.
Xiphocera sp.

One &; Daga Tula, near Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September
20, 1894.

Owing to the great difficulty of satisfactorily determining speci-
mens of this genus without a series of others for comparison, I
have not attempted to determine this specimen, which is badly
erushed and twisted. It is quite evident that it is not brunneriana.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ June,

Subfamily Calopteninze (Acridine auct.).
Anthermus cephalicus Bolivar?

1890. Anthermus cephalicus Bolivar, Journ. Scienc. Math. Phys. Nat.,
Lisboa, (II) I, p. 157.

Two immature females; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1
and 7, 1894.

Cyrtacanthacris tataricus (Linnzus).

1758. Gryllus (Locusta) tataricum Linnus, Syst. Nat., X ed., I, p.
432. The use of the name Cyrtacanthacris is preferable to Acry-
dium, the status of which is rather uncertain.

Three specimens, one male, two females:
Luku, Gallaland, September 17, 1894.
Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 29, 1894,
No data (1).
Cyrtacanthacris ruficornis (Fabricius).
1793. Gryllus ruficornis Fabricius, Entom. Syst., IT, p. 54.
Six specimens, one male, three females.
No data.
Near Bodele, eastern Gallaland, August 15, 1894.
Grorgora, eastern Gallaland, September 13, 1894.
Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 25, 1894 (2).
Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 10, 1894.

Acrostegastes affinis Schulthess. ,
1898. Acrostegastes affinis Schulthess, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XX XIX,
p- 192.

One female; no data.
This specimen differs from the one described by Schulthess in
having ten spines on the external margin of the posterior tibize.

Exochoderes aurantiacus Bolivar.

1881. Hxochoderes aurantiacus Bolivar, Jorn. Scien. Math. Phys. Nat.,
Lisboa, XXX, p. 114.

Two females; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894;
Kurava Wells, between Aimola and Le, southern Gallaland,
March 25, 1895.

Sauracris lacerta Burr.
1900. Sauwracris lacerta Burr, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 41.

Four females.

Tug Berka, eastern Gallaland, August 23, 1894.

Near Lefkei, Somaliland, August 7, 1894.

aa i Oo OO

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

Tulu, between Ginea and Laga, Gallaland, November 23, 1894.

No data.

The specimen from Tulu is much larger, more deeply colored
and more coarsely scabrous on the vertex than the other specimens,
and the spines on the outer border of the hind tibize number eight
against six in the others, though Burr says, ‘‘ tibize posticce spinis
extus 6-8.’’ On the whole, the large specimen may represent a
geographical race. As comparative measurements might be of
interest, I have taken some of the dimensions.

Average of

3 small sp. Large sp.
PROLaILCN STH et hot pe aes sis oe yee Oi, gM, All mms
Width across eyes, ah ea ae Stolle (its
Menothworspronotums. os 8- -) Gale Cities
Greatest width of pronotum, Ly ee S20) 2
bength of hind femora, . . . . . 12.2 ” 15 a

Catantops melanostictus Schaum.

1862. Catantops melanostictus Schaum, in Peter’s Reise nach Mossam-
bique, Zool., V, p. 134.

Hight specimens, three males, five females (two immature).
Duror, Gallaland, September 15, 1894.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 21, 1894.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894, (2)

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 7, 1894.

No data (3).

Stenocrobylus festivus Karsch.
1892. Stenocrobylus festivus Karsch, Berlin Ent. Zeitsch., XXXVI,
p- 190.

One female; Rassa Allah, western Gallaland, September 6,
1894.

This specimen agrees very well with Karsch’s description of the
structural characters of festivus, but the color shows a marked
difference. As to whether the specimen in the collection is faded or
represents a race distinguished by a more uniform coloration re-
mains to be seen.

Eyprepocnemis somalicus 2. sp.

Types; one male and two females; Gagap, Somaliland, July
30, 1894; Berbera, Somaliland, July 3, 1894; near Lefkei,
Somaliland, August 6, 1894.

This new form evidently belongs to the section of the genus con-

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ June,

taining herbaceus Serville and charpentieri Stal, though it shows a
rather close relationship to E. guineensis Krauss.

Form rather elongate. Head with the face somewhat declivent;
the frontal costa broad, slightly expanded inferiorly, not sulcate;
vertex broad, rounded; eyes rather elongate. Antenne filiform,
longer than head and pronotum. Pronotum slightly expanding
posteriorly, median carina well marked, cut by two transverse
sulci; anterior and posterior margins very slightly rounded; lateral
lobes sharply deflected, the lower margins sinuate, angles obtuse-
angulate. Tegmina long, rounded at the tips which reach the
extremities of the hind femora. Pleurz strongly punctate. Hind
femora robust, elongate, genicular lobes well developed; tibize with
12-15 spines on the external and 10-12 on the internal margins.
Tarsi with the areole large. Subgenital plate of the male large
and spatulate, the apex with a subelliptical fissure ; supraanal
plate broad and flat, the apex angulate; cerci apically expanded,
flabellate, the tips decurved.

General color ochraceous-rufous (Ridgway’s Nomenclature, Pl.
V, No. 5), marked with brownish-black, as follows: a median
stripe on the pronotum, the upper margin of the prozona and the
posterior region of the metazona, a line of spots on the anal field
of the tegmina, and the regular subcircular spots on the radial
field of the same. Upper surface of the hind femora pinkish, the
outer face of the same with two superior blackish blotches; genicu-
lar arches blackish.

ef 2
Length of body, . >. ... . . .. 40.0am:, =47-omme
IERIE ORONO ye a ae ke Th S ee
Teengthvof tegnina, + ©. ree es ee eae 43) ay
ten sthyofshindi femora lee nee men? OME 30 ee

Euryphymus erythropus (Thunberg).

1815. Gryllus erythropus Thunherg, Mém. Acad. St. Petersb., V, p.
248.

One immature female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September
21, 1894.

This immature specimen agrees with the descriptions of Thun-
berg’s erythropus, a species apparently known only from South
Africa.

Euryphymus sp.
One immature female; Berbera, Somaliland, July 3, 1894.

0

Pa

=I
ie)

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

Sphodromerus sanguiniferus n. sp.

Type; co’; no data.

Closely allied to S. inconspicuus Schulthess‘, but differing in the
number of spines on the external margin of the hind tibise (ineon-
spicuus 9, sanguiniferus 7), and the absence of a black fasciation
on the same. A close relationship also exists with S. decoloratus
Finot,’ but several characters are quite at variance.

Form thickset and robust. Head with the vertex declivent,
posteriorly with a slight carina; frontal costa expanding inferiorly,
sulcate except immediately around the ocellus; eyes prominent,
globose; antennze depressed, longer than head and pronotum.
Pronotum rugose, posteriorly expanding, median carina well devel-
oped, cut by three sulci; anterior margin subtruncate, posterior
rectangulate, the border somewhat sinuate; lateral lobes separated
from the dorsum by well-marked lateral carinz, posterior angle
subrotundate, the matazona punctate. Tegmina short, not reaching
the tip of the femora. Anterior and median femora robust,
slightly bowed. Posterior femora very robust, the superior and
inferior margins well developed, the former serrate; tibize stout,
armed with seven spines on the external and internal margins.
Subgenital plate bowl-shaped, the posterior portion very slightly
produced ; supraanal plate subtriangular with two median ridges,
subobsolete anteriorly; cerci very heavy, with an external blunt
denticle.

General color ferruginous ; lower part of head, outer face of
posterior femora and lower surface yellowish. the head very pale.
Pronotum and tegmina washed with dull reddish. Tegmina with
four Jongitudinal rows of blackish spots. Lateral and superior
surfaces of the hind femora with two obsolete blackish bars, the
inferior internal face of the same sanguineous. Posterior tibize
sanguineous, the spines ochraceous with black tips.

Measurements.
Length of body, wi ee ee ee eke OG mim
Menethvorepronovum.s 2 Gap wee se cows LS nb 2?
enethwonstep mings 4) aac ae) cee quel iad! fll Bi) 922
enoulwof mindetemora,. |! ei. ing eje:) i te os et Ol 2?

*Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abth., VIII, p. 78,
5 Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXIII, p. xiii.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

The collection contains six specimens of the Ouloptenine too

immature to be identified.
Erer river, eastern Gallaland, August 18, 1894.
Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 3 and 7, 1894.

Family TETTIGONIDZ.

The greater part of the material belonging to this family is so
badly broken and crushed that I am unable to determine fifteen
specimens, collected as follows:

East of Milmil, Somaliland, July 25, 1894.

Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, October 30, 1894.

Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, November 9, 1894.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 29, 1894.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 7, 1894.

Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894.

Between Tulu and Abdula, Gallaland, November 24, 1894.

Near Lake Abaya, country of the Amara, western Gallaland,
May 9, 1895.

Cymatomera hyperborea 2. sp.

Types; two males, one female; Higo, country of the Boran,
Gallaland, April 8, 1895 (2); near the Galena Amara, between
Lenja Amara and El Re, Gallaland, May 25, 1895.

This species is allied to C. modesta, from which it differs in numer-
ous particulars, as the truncate anterior margin of the pronotum,
the different development of the metazona of the same, besides the
almost total absence of black in the coloring. The new form also
exhibits a close affinity to C. brunneri Branesik,® but it differs from
that species in the much lower metazonal crest and the absence of
any foliaceous development of the superior margins of the posterior
femora.

General form elongate. Head with the vertex produced, the apex
narrowly truncate, the lateral margins being sinuate; front broad and
flattened, finely punctate; eyes very prominent, spherical; antenne
exceeding the total length. Pronotum with the anterior margin trun-
cate, posterior subrotundate ; prozona with a central lamellate ridge,
the margin being dentate, the exact number of teeth (3-7) being

6 Jahresb. Naturw. Ver. Trencsen, XVII, p. 257.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

variable, the anterior lateral angle with a spine followed peer a
short space by another; central metazonal ridge lamellate, the
margin crenulate, in one case decidedly bidentate, the postero-
lateral angle occupied by a bifid process which roofs the humeral
sinus; lateral lobes with the lower margin centrally emarginate, the
median area of the lobes oceupied by three spines arranged longi-
tudinally, the central one smaller than the others. Tegmina with
the apex subacute, the cross veins of the discoidal area very
prominent. Femora of all the limbs with both margins with foli-
aceous extensions, except the superior surfaces of the anterior and
posterior femora, the extensions with the margins crenulate ; fora-
mina on the anterior femora very prominent; posterior femora
feebly spined below on both margins. Sternal plate with very
large foveolee. Ovipositor considerably Jonger than the pronotum.

General color pale ferruginous (probably green in life, as one
specimen bears traces of that color), varied with whitish on the
head, pronotum and limbs, and sienna on the transyerse veins of the
discoidal area of the tegmina. Lower surface pale yellow. An-
tenn whitish, annulated with umber; head and pronotum laterally

dusted with whitish. Costal area of the tegmina anteriorly
blackish.

Measurements.
Wencthxof headvandibody,. . 295 = =. . . . 26 mm.
Length of pronotum, Subtcianisk Pte Scie: Siettualty SO Mer
Were nwo teteomin as Muh east uns, uch bm OCKONRt
Wencihvot hindefemordy 0 hs ss wee en | Leb eae

Conocephalus mandibularis (Charpentier).
1825. Locusta mandibularis Charpentier, Hore entom., p. 106.

One female; Daga Tula, Gallaland, September 19, 1894.
Pornotrips horridus (Burmeister).
1838. Hetrodes horridus Burmeister, Handb. d. Ent., II, p. 679.
One female; no data.

Family GRYLLID ZA.
Gryllotalpa africana Palis. d. Beauy.

1821. Gryllotalpa africana Palis. d. Beauv., Ins. d’Afr. et d’Amer., p.
229, Pl. IIe, fig. 6.

One male; near Tug Berka, east of Finik, Gallaland, December
18, 1894,

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { June,
Gryllus ater Saussure.

1877. Gryllus ater Saussure, Mélanges Orman V; p. 327.

Two specimens. 3’ and 2; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, Septem-
ber 23, 1894.

Gryllus sp.
Three immature specimens.
Hargeisa (Argassa), Somaliland, July 18, 1894.
Dubuli, Gallaland, September 16, 1894.

Between Budesa and Guo Soti, country of the Borau, western
Gallaland, May 17, 1895.

Pheophyllacris abyssinica Saussure.’

1878. Pheophyllacris abyssinica Saussure, Mélanges Orthoptérologi-
ques, VI, p. 587.

One female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 21, 1894.
Ccanthus ipo (Seopoli).

. Gryllus pelluceus Seopoli, Ent. Ga p- 32.
An Bae Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894.

Brachytrupes membranaceus (Drury).
1773. Gryllus membranaceus Drury, Illust. Ms., II, tab. 43, fig. 2

One immature male; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 29,
1894,

Heterotrypus africanus Saussure.

1878. Heterotrypus africanus Saussure, Mélanges Orthoptérologiques,
VI, p. 680.
Two specimens, 3 and immature °.
East of Tug Berka, near Finik, Gallaland, December 19, 1894.
Near Abdula, between Tulu and Laga, Gallaland, November
26, 1894.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

JULY 2.
Mr. CHArues Morris in the Chair.

Seven persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ The Land Mollusks of Loo Choo Islands,”’
by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication.

JULY 9.
Mr. Arroor Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair,
Seven persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ A Study of an Ant,’’ by Adele M. Fielde,
was presented for publication.

JuLy 16.

Mr. Caaries Morais in the Chair.
Eight persons present.

Papers under the foliowing titles were presented for publication :

“Certain Aboriginal Mounds of the Tombigbee River,”’ by
Clarence B. Moore.

“ Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, IV,” by
Henry A. Pilsbry.

“The Spermatogenesis of Oniscus asellus Linn., with Special
Reference to the History of the Chromatin,” b

y M. Louise
Nichols. ;

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
JULY 23.
Mr. CuaritEes Morris in the Chair.

Six persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

“© Cymbuliopsis vitrea, a New Species of Pteropod,’’ by Harold
Heath.

“© Biographical Notice of Robert Henry Lamborn,’’ by Carrie
B. Aaron.

The Publication Committee reported July 29 in favor of pub-
lishing papers entitled ‘‘ Certain Aboriginal Remains of the North-
west Florida Coast, Part I,’’ and ‘‘ Certain Aboriginal Remains
of the Tombigbee River,’’ by Clarence B. Moore, in the Journal,
and on the following for publication in the Proceedings :

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

NEW JAPANESE MARINE, LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The present paper continues the description of new species of
mollusks discovered by Mr. Y. Hirase. I have taken this oppor-
tunity to illustrate the Japanese marine shells described in a former
communication. |

PLEUROTOMID Zs.
Daphnella fragilis var. articulata noy. Pl. XX, fig. 26.

General form of D. fragilis (Rye. ) or D. lyminceformis (Kien. ).
Apical two whorls smooth; several whorls following sculptured
with unequal spiral cords, as coarse as those on the last whorl,
densely crenulate or beaded by close fine longitudinal laminze,
much less prominent and closer than the spirals. Last whorl
densely and evenly latticed by alternately larger and smaller spiral
cords intersecting scarcely less prominent, but rather closer, longi-
tudinal rib-strie. Pale brown, every fourth cord marked with
brown in narrow lines along the cord, alternating with diffused
white spots; a row of alternately brown and white squarish spots
below the suture; the early whorls brown. Aperture smooth
within, the outer lip thin, regularly arcuate, rather strongly
retracted above. Length 19, diam. 7, largest axis of aperture
11 mm.

Hirado, Hizen, in western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 903),
types No. 80,634 Coll. A. N.S. P.; Kamakura, just below Tokyo
Bay, on the eastern side of Hondo (Acad. Coll. ).

Mr. Tryon has lumped several totally distinct species under D.
lymneeformis, but the form so called by Kiener is Jess plump than
articulata, with even, close spirals and inconspicuous longitudinal
sculpture on the last whorl, while the spire has comparatively
strong coste and rather coarse spirals. The color, well shown in
Kiener’s figure, is whitish, with tawny, waved and anastomosing
longitudinal stripes. D. fragilis has not yet, to my knowledge,

‘These Proceedings, p. 193.
25

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

been adequately defined; but the form I have considered to be that
species has a small, elevated nucleus of 24 whorls, followed by
about three costate whorls, the ribs crossed by two or three coarse
spiral cords; after which the sculpture becomes comparatively fine.
If I am correct. in this identification, then articulata is a distinct
species; but as Hedley has lately hinted, many of the more critical
or difficelt species of the ‘‘ London School’’ of conchologists. of
which A, Adams and Reeve were shining lights, can be identified
with certainty only by visiting the British Museum.* Under the
circumstances I subordinate my form from Japan to D. fragilis as
a variety, content to have a name for this well-marked shell, eyi-
dently of wide distribution in Japanese waters.

D. supercostata of EK. A. Smith seems, from a specimen before
me, to belong near fragilis, though clearly distinct in both form
and sculpture. D. ornata Hinds from New Guinea is evidently
allied, though with a different color-pattern.

MITRID ZA.
Mitra (Costellaria) hizenensis n.sp. Pl. XXI, fig. 31.

Shell slender, solid, dusky olive, with a brown or orange-brown
and rather prominent subsutural line and an ill-defined white zone
at the shoulder, in which the summits of the ribs are transversely
marked with short scattered brown lines; the narrow portion of
the base is pale yellow, with brown spots and dots. Surface rather
glossy, sculptured with rounded longitudinal ribs, nearly or quite
as wide as their intervals, 15 or 14 in number on the penultimate
whorl, becoming gradually weaker below the periphery of the last
whorl, and in adults obsolete toward the aperture; the concaye in-
tervals crossed by very low, flat spirals, rather wider than the shal-
low, oblong pits between them, and about 6 in number on the
penultimate whorl. The last whorl is attenuated below, and has a
number of large spiral ribs and small cords and strie, the largest
rib continuous with the upper columellar plait. Whorls about 9;
apex dark. - Aperture small, dark purple-brown within, the lip
thin, white-bordered, multilirate inside. Columella with four sim-
ple plaits. Length 14.5, diam. 5, longest axis of aperture 7.5
mm.; length 17, diam. 6.5 mm.

? Or by imposing upon the present custodian of the collection of Mollusca,
whose gcod nature is admitted to be well-nigh inexhaustible.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

Hirado, Hizen, western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No.
80,475 Coll. A. N. S. P., from 688a of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Near MM. fuscoapicata E. A. Smith, but it has more and shallower
spiral sulci in the intervals between the ribs, which are fewer in
number; it is smaller, the upper two plaits of the columella are
not grooved, and the coloration is somewhat different. _1/ gotoensis
and M. collinsoni have more numerous ribs. In adult specimens
of M. hizenensis the latter third of the last whorl is smooth, the
cost disappearing.

Mitra (Costellaria) vanattai n.sp. Pl. XXI, fig. 28.

Shell rather slender, solid, brownish-olive, with a wide dark-
brown band below the periphery, and a light brown line at the
shoulder, the base brown. Surface rather glossy, sculptured with
rounded longitudinal ribs, as wide as the smooth concave intervals,
14 in number on the penultimate whorl, obsolete on the latter half
of the last whorl; the attenuated base sculptured with spiral cords,
the largest continuous with the upper plait of the columella, those
below it (about 4) progressively smaller; a few small spirals above
the large cord. Whorls remaining 8 (the apex being eroded),
somewhat convex. Aperture bluish and finely lirate deep within,
purple brown toward the white-bordered thin lip. Columella with
5 plaits, the upper strong, not grooved. Length 17, diam. 7
longest axis of aperture 8 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,476, from 6885
of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This species was sent with the preceding, from which it is easily
separated by the want of spiral sculpture between the ribs. Some-
what allied to M. semisculpta, but it differs in the smooth intervals.
M. analogica Reeve has fewer plaits, according to the deseriy tion.

?

MURICIDA.
Tritonidea submenkeana n. sp. Pl. XX, fig. 24.

Shell short-fusiform, very solid and strong. Sculptured with
longitudinal ribs, 12 to 15 in number on the last whorl, the last
rib very much larger, forming a large, swollen varix behind the
lip; crossed by spiral cords which are low in the intercostal spaces
but rise and widen into transverse, oblong, glossy tubercles where
they cross the ribs; the penultimate and earlier whorls having

2

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

three such spiral cords, the last whorl with ten (counted just
behind the outer lip); the intervals between the spiral cords every-
where densely, finely striate. Surface lustreless, black, the inter-
vals between ribs and a peripheral belt largely white; the tubercles
of the subsutural cord are mostly brown, the others chiefly black.
Whorls about 8, but slightly convex, the spire being rather
straightly conic; last whorl impressed below the suture, concave
below the periphery, produced and spirally striated anteriorly.
Aperture less than half the length of the shell, blue-white inside,
the lip beveled, with a brown spot at the termination of each spiral
cord, thickened within and contracted by six rounded teeth, the
upper one more widely separated than the others, the second from
above largest. Columellar margin concave above with a pliciform
tooth near the posterior angle, straightened and rather wide below,
bearing five or six transverse tubercles. Length 15, diam, 7,
longest axis of aperture 7.5 mm.

Hirado, Hizen, western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No.
80,538 Coll. A. N. S., from 1,037 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This little black-and-white species groups with JT. menkeana
Dkr., a shorter shell with similar coloration. The unusual promi-
nence of the tubercles on the columellar lip, and the sculpture of
ribs tuberculate at the intersections of spiral cords, give it much the
appearance of a Sistrum.

PURPURA.

The Juteostoma group of Purpwra was too much lumped in my
Catalogue of Japanese Marine Mollusks. From a renewed study
of them, with much more material, it seems that the following four
Japanese forms are recognizable: P. /uteostoma (Chemp. ) Dillwyn,
P. bronni Dkr., P. clavigera Kiister, P. tumulosa var. problematiea
Baker (= tumulosa Lischke not Reeve). I formerly followed
Mr. E. A. Smith* in referring the latter to P. alveolata Reeve;
but I am now convinced that alveolata is, as Reeve stated, a
Panamie species. We have specimens from Panama in our collec-
tion exactly like his figure.

Mr. Hirase sends the Californian species P. saxicola Val. from
Kisennuma, Rikuzen, on the east coast of Hondo.

3 P. Z. 8., 1879.

Ne

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

Euthria hokkaidonis n.sp. Pl. XIX, fig. 17.

Shell slender, fusiform, moderately solid, yellowish or purplish
ashen. Surface lustreless, sculptured with slightly oblique longi-
tudinal rounded folds as wide as their intervals, 13 or 14 in num-
ber on the penultimate whorl, wanting on the base of the last
whorl, where they disappear just below the periphery; crossed by
spiral cords alternating with threads or stris, of which there are
usually two in each interval; the coarser cords about 5 in number
on the whorls of the spire, slightly widening as they cross the longi-
tudinal folds; the spirals alone developed on the base. Spire high;
whorls about 9, very convex, separated by deep sutures; the last
whorl concave below, produced in a slender, somewhat recurved
rostrum; siphonal ridge convex. Aperture small, ovate, acumi-
nate above, livid dull purple inside, with 8 to 10 acute folds within
the thin-edged outer lip; canal short and open.

Length 22, diam. 8.5, length of aperture 10 mm.

Length 22, diam. 8, length of aperture 9 mm.

Nakauta, proy. Teshio, Hokkaido (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types
No. 80,394, from No. 102 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Apparently related to E. fuscolabiata E. A. Smith, from which
it differs conspicuously in the much more slender figure.

COLUMBELLIDZ.
Columbella misera Sowerby. Pl. XXI, figs. 37, 38.
C. miser Sowb., Thes. Conch., I, p. 129 bis, Pl. 38, fig. 111.

This species is figured to illustrate its difference from the follow-
ing. It was taken in some numbers at Kamakura, province Sag-
ami (below the mouth of Tokyo Bay), by Mr. Frederick Stearns.
It is very strongly ribbed, especially on the spire, the ribs being
about half the width of the interstices, about 11 or 12 in number
on the penultimate whorl, or on the last, when they are not obsolete
on its latter part, which is frequently the case. On the front of
the last whorl these ribs extend well over the periphery, but they
become much shorter on its latter half, or wholly obsolete. The
base is sculptured with coarse spiral cords, which become increas-
ingly weaker and obsolete as they approach the periphery. Color
white, with one or two dark brown spots on each vib and a checkered
striped basal zone; the back of the last whorl irregularly striped or
reticulate; a white zone, usually brown-dotted on each rib, re-

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

volves below the suture. The form varies widely. Alt. 11, diam.
5.2 mm; alt. 12, diam. 6 mm.

Figured specimens are No. 70,765 Coll. A. N. S. P., from
Kamakura, Sagami.

Columbella misera var. polynyma Pils. Pl. XX, fig. 39.

This vol., p. 196. Types No. 80,556 Coll. A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,097 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Study of more specimens
causes me to doubt whether the characters of this form are con-
stantly different enough from misera to require specific rank, The
following variety connects them to some extent.

Columbella misera var. californica Reeve. Pl. XXIJ, fig. 36.

Columbella californica Reeve, Conch. Icon., VI, fig. 165 (1859).
Kobelt, Conchyl. Cab., p. 59, Pl. 8, figs. 3, 4. Not CU. caléforniana
Gaskoin, P. Z. 8., 1851, p. 12.

Specimens agreeing exactly with Reeve’s figure were taken by
Mr. Hirase at Hirado, Hizen. They are larger than C. misera,
but agree with that in sculpture, except that there are one or two
more ribs to a whorl. The coloration is much darker. There is a
white subsutural zone pied with black, and a white basal area
striped with black-brown; the intermediate space being more or
less suffused with rich brown and copiously lineated with black-
brown. The ribs are black below the subsutural zone. Whorls
over seven. Alt. 13.5, diam. 6.5 mm.; alt. 14, diam. 6 mm.

Prof. von Martens has quoted this race as a synonym of his C.
japonica, but I think incorrectly. It is much nearer the true
misera, and in my opinion is a southern variety of that species. The
name given by Reeve is unfortunate, as it is not a Californian
species. The specimen figured is No. 80,597 Coll. A. N.S. P.,
from No. 1,250 of Mr. Hirase’s collection

C. misera inhabits the ocean coast of Hondo; C. misera var.
polynyma the opposite shore of the same island, and both C. misera
var. polynyma and C. misera var. californica occur in southwestern
Wiusiu.

FASCIOLARIIDA.

Peristernia ustulata var. luchuana Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 18.

See p. 197. Type is No. 80,418 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No.
288 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

P. crocea Gray, scabrosa Reeve, xanthostoma Nutt. and va-

iat i ti ai

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

rious other forms of the Polynesian chlorostoma Sowb. are all
markedly shorter shells. The variety of scabrosa figured by Ko-
belt (Conchyl. Cab. Turbinella, Pl. 23, f. 4, p. 96) may possibly
be the same, but it is nameless.

BUCCINIDZ.

Chrysodomus intersculptus var. frater Pils. Pl. XX, fig.

See p. 197. Type is No. 80,379 Coll. A. N. Pelee se frome NOs
59 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Buccinum Hirasei n.sp. Pl. XX, fig. 22.

Shell solid, turreted, partly covered with an olive-brown cuticle;
composed of about 8 whorls, which are convex at the periphery,
contracted below, and channeled above; the channel rather wide,
flat, bounded by a strongly elevated, slightly uneven carina.
Sculpture of faint growth-lines and a few low spiral cords, hardly
noticeable cn the last whorl. Aperture slightly ovate, angular at
the termination of the carina, the basal notch not very deep.
Outer lip smooth, not thickened, somewhat expanded. Operculum
unknown.

Length 104, diam. 43, longest axis of aperture 37 mm.

Kizennuma, Rikuzen (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 556).

This magnificent species is known to me by the single specimen
figured, which was collected dead. The outer lip is broken above
the middle, so that its true outline in that part is not given in the
figure. The cuticle has nearly all been lost, and the shell is over-
grown with Polyzoa, Spirorbis, ete.

The conspicuous channel at the suture is formed almost exactly
like that of Chrysodomus pericochlion (Schrenk), a species occur-
ring with B. Hirasei at Kizennuma. The similarity is so great
that I have figured Schrenk’s species for comparison.

Chrysodomus pericochlion.(Schrenk). Pl. XX, fig. 23.

The specimen here figured is longer and less inflated than the
original type of the species as figured by Schrenk. The dark
olive cuticle, wanting from the base of the shell, resembles that
of Buccinum Hirasei, and reminds one of the cuticle of such fresh-
water snails as Viviparus or Cumpeloma.

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

CERITHIIDZ:.
CLAVA Martyn.

This genus has been used to cover certain species formerly re-
ferred to Potamides, by Jousseaume in 1884,‘ and by Dollfus and
Dautzenberg in 1899,° and for the group long known as Vertagus
by Dall in 1892.° The latter usage I find to be correct. In the
first volume of the Universal Conchology Martyn introduces Clava
for the Cerithiide known to him—a group which had previously
been referred to Murex by Linneus. He gives the following
species:

Clava rugata Martyn (= Cerithium lineatum Lam. ).

Clava herculea Martyn (= Cerithium ebeninum Brug. ).

Clava maculata Martyn (= Cerithium maculoswm auct. ).

Clava rubus Martyn (= Cerithium echinatum Lam. ).

In following volumes of the same work, Martyn adds still other
forms of Clava. But it is obvious that a type for the genus must
be selected from species contained in his first volume. Now the
C. herculea of his list was made type of the genus Pyrazus by
Montfort in 1810,’ under the name Pyrazus baudini Montf. C.
rubus falls into Cerithium as now restricted. This leaves C.
maculata’ and C. rugata to bear the name Clava. The two species
are not closely related, and the latter may be considered type of
Martyn’s genus. The name Vertagus, used for this group by many
authors, had no standing in binomial nomenclature until long after
the foundation of Clava.

* Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1X, 1884, p. 191.

5 Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, p. 2.

° Trans. Wagner Free Institute of Science, III, p. 290.

7 Conch. Syst., II, pp. 458, 459.

8 Cerithium was established by Bruguiere to contain species of Vertagus
and Potamides of authors, as well as the forms to which it is now restricted.

Clava rubus of Martyn is the well-known Cerithium echinatum of La-
marck, which name it must replace. It is not the Cerithiwm rubus of English
monographers or of Tryon, who followed their error. Kobelt, in his mono-
graph in the new edition of Chemnitz’s Conchylien Cabinet, p. 213,
quotes ““C. rubus Pilsbry, Manual, IX, p. 103, Pl. 23, fig. 9,’’ as a synonym
of C. serratum Wood. I was not responsible for volume IX of the Man-
ual, my work beginning in volume X. With a ‘‘?”’ he also quotes ‘‘Clavus
rubus Martyn.”’ But Martyn’s Clava rubus was a totally different shell,
the C. echinatum of authors, a common Polynesian species. The failure on
the part of monographers to recognize this fact was due to want of care ;
neither the Universal Conchology nor Chenu’s reprint have been consulted
by them.

* 0. maculata is the “C. maculosum
Tryon ; another curious error.

%”

of English monographers and of

a

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

No species of the type proposed by Dr. Jousseaume and Messrs.
Dollfus and Dautzenberg was contained in Martyn’s original list.
Their use of the name Clava is therefore without proper founda-
tion, while Dall’s course is clearly supported by the evidence of
Martyn’s original work.

The Vertagus pfefferi of Dunker is not a Vertagus or Clava, but
a true Cerithium, which I have received from Hirado, proy. Hizen,
Japan (collected by Mr. Hirase), and from Hong Kong (B.
Schmacker). It is very close to C. granosum Kiener (not of
Searles Wood, 1848), which was described from the Red Sea, and
has been reported by Lischke (Jap. Meeres-Conchyl., I, p. 68)
from Nagasaki. (©. mitreforme Sowb. seems to differ but little, if
at all, and C. eximium Sowb. and rubus of Sowerby and Tryon”
may be the same thing. As there is great uncertainty about the
species of Kiener and Sowerby, I prefer to use the name given by
Dunker, based upon Japanese specimens, and with a good descrip-
tion and figures, for the Japanese form.

Cerithium chemnitzianum n.sp. Pl. XIX, figs. 14, 15.

Shell oblong-conic, strong, pale yellow, sparsely maculate and
densely dotted with rich brown. Sculptured with many very low
spiral cords which are weakly granose, the grains irregularly alter-
nating brown and white; the upper two cords with stronger grains.
There are about 10 of these cords on the latter part of the last
whorl, 4 on the penultimate, and 3 on each of the earlier whorls.
The intervals between cords are densely striate spirally, the strize
usually very unequal, a median one generally larger, sometimes
nearly as large as the primary cords, and brown-dotted. Outlines
of the spire convex below, becoming straight above. Whorls
remaining 8 (the apex being eroded), the upper ones flattened,
the last three somewhat convex just below the sutures, the last
whorl having a very strong, tumid, oblique varix on the back, and
another less elevated one strengthening the outer lip. Aperture
slightly oblique, the base being a little advanced, white within;
outer lip strongly arched, almost forming a semicircle. Columellar

10 That the English monographers and Tryon should haye identified this
small species as Martyn’s Clava rubus is inexplicable. Murex serratus
of Wood, in the Index Testaceologicus, Pl. 28, fig. 158, is a much reduced
and poor figure of the true C. rubus Martyn; but ©. serratum of the Eng-
lish and German monographs is quite another thing.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

lip calloused, bearing a strong entering callous ridge above. Canal
very short, deep and narrow.

Length 27, diam. 13.5, longest axis of aperture 11.5 mm.

Length 29, diam. 14, longest axis of aperture 11.5 mm.

Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,631 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 279 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

The sculpture is much more feeble than in C. morus or its imme-
diate allies, though some forms referable to morus resemble this
species in form.

The figure of C. janellii var. in the zoology of the Astrolabe
et Zelée, Atlas, Pl. 24, fig. 22, resembles C. chemnitzianum some-
what, but differs in the plicate spire. In the monographs by Reeye,
Tryon and Kobelt I fail to find anything much like the present spe-
cies. This shell is named for the author of the most extensive shell
iconography of the eighteenth century, a work of utility up to this
day. Would that A. Adams, a hundred years later, had defined
his species half as well! is one’s thought on working with Japanese
mollusks.

LITTORINIDZ.
Echinella cumingi var. luchuana Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 16.
See p. 198. Types are No. 70,962 Coll. A. N.S. P.
This variety resembles Tectarius spinulosa Phil. (Abbild. IL,
Littorina, Pl. 6, f. 24), but that is imperforate, while this has an
open, cylindrical umbilicus.

PYRAMIDELLID 3.

Syrnola bacillum n.sp Pl. X XI, fig. 25.

Shell slender, rod-like, marbled reddish-brown and white, with
a narrow band of alternate brown and white spots revolying mid-
way between sutures and on the middle of the upper surface of the
last whorl, which has a white peripheral belt; this coloring
sometimes very faint. Nuclear whorl standing obliquely on edge,
the very short spire inclined downward; subsequent whorls 124 or
13, flat, separated by deeply cut sutures, sculptured with faint
growth-lines and an impressed line revolving below the suture;
some very faint spirals showing elsewhere in certain lights. Periph-
ery rounded, the base convex, subperforate. Aperture small,
narrowly ovate; columella bearing a single strong fold.

eels is et

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

Length 9.7, diam. 2, longest axis of aperture 2 mm.; diam. of
the upturned apical whorl .27 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,605 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 1,239 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

A very narrow species, with a particular style of coloration,
which at times, however, is very faint. The widely distributed
Syrnola brunnea also occurs at the same locality. S. aciculata A.
Ad., of which I have compared specimens from Fiji, is a larger
species with more convex whorls.

TURBONILLID A.

Turbonilla varicifera Pils. Pl. XXI, fig. 27.
See p. 198. Types are No. 80,603 Coll. A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,238 (part) of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

EULIMIDAs.

Eulima dunkeriana n.sp. Pl. XXI, fig. 30.

A glossy, white, straight species, remarkably thick above, being
thus somewhat cylindric. Whorls 94, a trifle convex, the linear
suture being margined below (at least on ihe upper half of the
shell) with a translucent band (sometimes enclosing a white band),
one-fourth to one-third the width of the whorl, the lower margin
of which, in some lights, looks like the suture itself, though there
is no impression at that place. At the last half-whorl there is an
impressed varix-line ; another in line with it is on the preceding
whorl, while the next earlier whorl shows a similar impression
somewhat in advance of these. On another specimen about 1 mm.
shorter, and evidently not full grown, there is on the last whorl a
single varix-line. The aperture is narrowly and acutely ovate;
lip simple, a little obtuse. Length 11.2, diam. 2.6, longest axis
of the aperture 3.2 mm,

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,637 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 1,222 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Close to E. philippiana (Dunker)," which was taken at Kama-
kura by Mr. Frederick Stearns; but £. dunkeriana differs in the
much broader form. £. philippiana has not been well figured.
A specimen from Kamakura before me has an impressed varix-line
near the end of the penultimate whorl, and only falling a little

0 Erroneously referred to the genus Eulimella by Dunker.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

short of corresponding with the position of the peristome; another
on line with it is upon the preceding whorl; the next earlier whorl
has a varix-line near its beginning, almost a whorl being thus with-
out a varix. A young shell, 6 mm. long, has one varix-line on
the back of the penultimate whorl. £. philippiana measures, alt.
10.2, diam. 2.15, longest axis of aperture 2.67 mm. Dunker gives
alt. 11, diam. 2 mm. for the type.

Evidently these species have resting stages at irregular intervals,
and the varix-lines are inconstant in position and number.

Both of these species are remarkable for the thickness of the
upper part of the spire, though this feature is more exaggerated in
E. dunkeriana.

Eulima luchuana n.sp. Pl. XX, fig. 2).

Shell white and glossy, conic, curved slightly to the right, that
margin being about straight while the left side is a little convex,
regularly tapering, 94 whorls remaining (the apex being decollate),
slightly convex, the penultimate whorl haying an impressed varix-
line at its last sixth, the preceding whorl with one on line with
the peristome, the next earlier whorl with a varix-line correspond-
ing in position to that on the penultimate whorl; the varices thus
being all on the right or incuryed side. Aperture ovate-acuminate,
the lip a little obtuse.

Alt. 12, diam. 3.85, longest axis of aperture 4.15 mm.

Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,628 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 1,275 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

The aperture is longer than in L. nitidula A. Ad., which,
though a smaller species, is deseribed as having 11 whorls.

Assiminea angustata 2. sp.
_ Shell minute, imperforate, or nearly so, long ovate-conic, solid,
red-brown, glossy and smooth. Whorls about 54, rather flattened,
the last one convex. Aperture small, rounded-ovate, oblique;
peristome simple, the columellar and parietal margins somewhat
thickened. Length 3, diam. 1.7, longest axis of aperture 1.2 mm.
Rishiri, Kitami (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 1,277 of marine mollusk
list).
Unusually lengthened for ssiminea, but with the color and
texture of that genus, though it may possibly be Rissoid.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

NERITID ZA.
Nerita martensiana n. sp.

Shell globose, small, solid, rather bright sulphur yellow, paler
and somewhat mottled with gray or blackish toward the aperture,
Surface dull, sculptured with low, rather coarse spiral cords, about
15 on the last whorl, the upper one appressed against the preceding
whorl. Spire short, whorls about 3, the last a little depressed below
the suture, which is bordered below by a somewhat more promi-
nent cord. Aperture semicircular, yellow or whitish; lip-rib
smooth, with a small tubercle above, and another well within near
the base of the columella. Columellar area white or yellowish, flat
and smooth, the outer border well defined; edge of columella
straight, with two or three low, subobsolete teeth, the upper one
strongest.

Alt. 10, diam. 9.5 mm.

Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,489 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 729 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Small as this species is, the specimens are apparently adult. The
smooth columellar area, with well-defined outer margin, weak
denticulation and smooth rib within the outer lip are its more
prominent characters. I find no species agreeing with these speci-
mens in the monographs, the best of which is that by Prof. yon
Martens in the new edition of Chemnitz.

Nerita helicinoides var. tristis nov.

Shell black with some white spots along the basal margin, and
sometimes a few angular pink and white spots elsewhere. Colu-
mella three-notched in the middle; area smooth, yellow-tinted in
the middle; lip-rib weakly crenulate, a small denticle near its
upper end,

Alt. 134, diam. 114 mm.

Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 218). Types No. 80,406
Coll. A. N.S. P.

This variety is like the typical form in the denticulation of
columella and lip. In var. devilabris Pils. the lip-rib is smooth
throughout, and the columellar denticles very weak; these charac-
ters being constant in a large number of specimens.

IV. helicinoides is apparently closely related to the small form of
iV. striata Burrow described by Prof. von Martens in the new edi-
tion of Chemnitz, p. 39, Pl. 7, figs. 19, 20.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

TROCHIDA.

Cantharidus hirasei Pils. Page199. Pl. XXI, fig. 32.
Cantharidus bisbalteatus Pils. Page199. Pl. XXI, fig. 33.
Clanculus gemmulifer Pils. Page 200. Pl. XXI, fig. 34.
Clanculus hizenensis Pils. Page 201. Pl. XXI, fig. 38.

Some of A. Adams’ blanket ‘‘ descriptions’? might cover these

species, but none of them indicate the specijie characters of either
of them. The sane judgment of scientific malacologists now de-
mands that a description shall describe.

TURBINIDZA.

Leptothyra rubra var. levicostata noy.

Shell depressed-globose, coral-red, with pale and red dots alter-
nating on the ribs. Whorls 44, the last deeply descending anteri-
orly. Sculpture of about 8 rather strong, almost smooth spiral
ribs above and upon the rounded peripheral region, with one or
several fine threads in some of the interspaces; 8 to 10 smaller,
closer smooth ribs upon the rather flattened base. Alt. hardly 4,
diam. 5 mm.

Northern shore of province Tango, western side of Hondo (M.
R. Gaines). Types No. 70,794 Coll. A. N.S. P.

Specimens from Mr. Hirase, taken at Hirado, Hizen, vary
from coral-red to almost purple, and some of them are rather
larger with the spire elevated, the largest measuring alt. 5.2,
diam. 5.5 mm.

This form differs from ZL. rubra (Dkr. ) in the smoothness of the
spiral ribs, which are not rougher than in the Mediterranean L. san-
guinea (L.), and in the smaller size, rubra measuring, alt. scarcely
6, diam. 6 to 64mm. In L. sanguinea the ribs of the base are
not noticeably smaller, as they are in all of the Japanese Lepto-
thyras I have seen. Perhaps this variety is what Dunker and
others have reported from Japan as sanguinea L.

ACM AID ZA,
Acmea heroldi var. signata Pils. Pl. XIX, figs. 10, 11.
See p. 202. Types No. 80,497 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No.
748 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

SOLENIDA.
Solen roseomaculatus n.sp. Pl. XIX, fig. 13.

Shell small, thin, moderately curved, the upper and lower mar-
gins parallel, both ends truncated, with rather rounded angles;
compressed, open at both ends, glossy and smooth except for faint
growth-striz. White with very irregular, more or Jess confluent pur-
plish-roseate maculation throughout, the spots coarser toward the
distal end. Beaks roseate. Anterior end obliquely truncate, the
margins narrowly expanded or flaring, thickened within. A single
prominent, erect tooth in each valve, that in the right valve ante-
rior to the other and compressed, that in the left triangular, being
buttressed posteriorly.

Length 31, alt. 6.3, diam. 3.8 mm.

Hirado, Hizen, western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No.
80,565 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 1,044 of Mr. Hirase’s col-
lection.

This rose-variegated little So/en is curved like an Ensis, and has
‘some similarity to S. pictus Philippi,” S. vaginoides Phil. non
Lam. = 8. philippianus Dkr.“ and S. aspersus Dkr.’* Solen pic-
tus is comparatively shorter and markedly inflated or cylindric, while
the present Japanese species is strongly compressed. S. philippianus
measures 66 by a little over 10 mm. (‘‘ 2” 8” lang, und wenig
tiber 5’” hoch’’), and is thus a narrower shell, and it is more
attenuated anteriorly, with smeared coloration, according to the
figure. S. aspersus is decidedly more slender, and anteriorly
below it is more square-cornered. The proportions of the three
species are as follows, the altitude and diameter being compared
with the length:

Length. Alt. Diam.
4 of the length.
ee

ee

S. roseomaculatus, ae oe
Sh (aouyyanne “eo 8 oo 5) 5
1
1

eto aj So

ae oe

ISKGEDETSUS er 1. 3
S. pictus,

ee!
10
1 6c “ec
3

Philippi, Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1848, p.174. Habitat unknown. It has
not been figured, to my knowledge.

18 Philippi, Abdild. u. Beschreib., ete., I, Solen, Pl. 1, fig. 3. From New
Holland.

4 Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1861, p. 420, under S. aspersus. -

18 Dunker, /. c., Australia. The type has been figured in Conch. Icon.,
XIX, Solen, Pl. 7, fig. 33a.

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

PETRICOLIDA:.

Petricola cyclus Pils. Pl. XIX, figs. 3, 4.

See p. 204. Types are No. 80,580 Coll. A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,199 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. It has some merely super-
ficial resemblance to P. typica Jonas.

Petricola cyclus var. soulpturata Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 7.

See p. 205. Types are No. 10,130 Coll. A. N. S. P., from

Puttalam, Ceylon.

VENERIDZ:.
Venus Hirasei Pils. Pl, XIX, fig 1; Pl. XX, fig. 20.

See p. 205. Types No. 80,447 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No.
492 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. It is curiously like the Panamic
V. columbiensis Sowb., but differs in having fewer ribs separated
by much wider intervals, and a deeper, narrower pallial sinus.
The cardinal teeth are more deeply bifid than in 7. columbiensis.
The largest specimen I haye seen measures, length 52, alt. 44,
diam. 334mm. [tis from Oyama, Tsushima,

Tapes platyptycha Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 6.

Page 206. ‘Types are No. 81,218 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No.
1,196 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Tapes phenax Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 5.

Page 207. Types are No. 80,436 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No.
432 of Mr. Hirase’s collection

DONACIDZ.
Donax kiusiuensis Pils. Pl. XX, fig. 19.

Page 207. Types are No. 80,505 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No.

847 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

TELLINIDZ:.
Tellina (Merisca) pristiformis n.sp. Pl. XIX, fig. 8.

Shell equilateral, subtriangular, slightly inequivalve, the poste-
rior end being bent to the right; moderately convex, solid, white.
Surface dull and lustreless, sculptured with densely crowded fine,
concentric lamell, a little stronger and more spaced toward the
two ends; the intervals sculptured with fine, subobsolete, radial
strie, which are fainter in the middle, and often hardly percepti-

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

ble anywhere, even with a lens. Beaks somewhat prominent,
small and in contact. Anterior end rounded, the slope above
straight; posterior slope straight or slightly convex, finely serrate;
the posterior end narrowly subrostrate and biangular, the right
valye having two prominent posterior keels, the space between them
concave, left valve with one posterior keel, a narrow furrow close
before it, with a slighter second depression, the basal margin well
rounded, ascending and sometimes slightly sinuous behind. Lunule
lanceolate, very deeply cut, bounded by acute ridges, that of the
right valve rising well above the left, and with a wider excavation.
Area also deeply excavated, bounded by keels, the ligament promi-
nent. Interior white, the hinge strong, with two cardinal teeth in
each valve, the left anterior tooth and the right posterior bifid.
Left valve without laterals, right valve with low, distant anterior
and posterior lateral teeth. Hinge-line straight behind the beak,
concave in front. Pallial sinus very large, reaching to within a
millimeter or two of the anterior adductor sear, confluent with the
pallial line below for about half its length. Scars of the cruciform
muscle distinct.

Length 38, alt. 29.5, diam. 11.5 mm.

Inland Sea of Japan. Types No. 71,029 Coll. A. N.S. P.

This species is closely related to 7. pristis Lam. and T. concen-
trica Gld. It has a wider lunule than the former, its bounding
keels without the irregularity, ‘‘saw’’ or serration seen in T.
pristis. The posterior area is more deeply excavated, the posterior
keel of the right valve is stronger, and the end is much more bent
to the right. The hinge-plate is wider, and the anterior lateral
tooth is further removed from the cardinals. Finally, the dorsal
slopes are steeper, meeting at a smaller angle, and hence the whole
outline is more triangular. In TZ. concentrica Gld. (Fiji Islands)
the form is more elongate, the lunule and posterior area far less
impressed, and the interior is more glossy, with shallower, less dis-
tinct muscular scars, and the shell is thinner. ZT. diaphana Desh.
differs by having the pallial sinus abut against the anterior adduc-
tor scar, according to Deshayes’ description. JT. siamensis v.
Martens is a longer, less high species, by the description. It has
not been figured, so far as I can learn, and is doubtfully distinct
from 7. diaphana Desh.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jduly,

ANATINIDZ:,

Anatina impura Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 9.

Page 208. Types are Nos. 68,536 and 70,812 Coll. A. N.S. P.

LIMIDZ.

Lima hians var. hirasei Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 12.

Page 209. Types No. 80,525 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No.
901 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Closely allied to Z. hians Gm. of Europe, but the sculpture is
finer, the gape of both ends Jess widely open, and the anterior rib
inside is not so strong.

ARCIDZ:.

Arca nipponensis Pils. Pl. XIX, fig. 2.

See p. 209. Types are No. 79,009 Coll. A. N.S. P.

Land and Fresh-water Species.

PUPIDA.

Buliminus reinianus var. hokkaidonis nov.

Similar to reinianus except in being shorter and broader, with
very obtuse apex, the upper part of the spire broader. Whorls 8.
Length 23, diam. above aperture 8, longest axis of aperture 9 mm.

Kayabe and Shukunobe, prov. Ojima, Hokkaido.

Typical B. reinianus is not known from Hokkaido Island. I
now believe that it will be difficult, if indeed practicable or desirable,
to distinguish eztorris or omiensis as races distinct from the variable
reinianus, though typically the forms are separable. There is also
a rather small and more striate form of the species occurring at
Okinoshima and some other places in Shikoku Island, but I have
not seen enough specimens to be satisfied that it requires varietal
distinction.

HELICIDZ:.

Mandarina mandarina var. ponderosa nov.

Shell large and very heavy, reddish-brown or purple-black with
a light umbilical patch; whorls 53, the last one distinctly carinated
at the periphery. Surface coarsely decussate, the impressed spiral
lines being much stronger than in the typical form. Alt. 21,
diam. 28 mm.; alt. 19, diam. 26 mm.

iii i ne

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

Ogasawara (Bonin) Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No.
80,812 Coll. A. N. S., from 4675 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

As yet we know nothing of the distribution of Species on the
several islands of this little group, the investigation of which will
be of the greatest interest. We look to Mr. Hirase to throw light
upon it.

Trishoplita dacoste var. awajiensis noy.

Shell depressed-conoid, thin, hardly glossy, corneous with a
faint brown tint, often in streaks, paler or a little whitish below
the sutures. Spires somewhat elevated; whorls 5%, the last
obtusely subangular in front, Sculpture of slight, rather irregular
growth-strix, a strong lens showing some almost obsolete spiral strize
near the umbilicus. Aperture oblique, short-oval, almost round,
a little excised by the parietal wall. Peristome thin, narrowly
expanded and subreflexed. Alt, 6.2, diam. 9 mm.; width of
umbilicus about 1 mm.

Anaya, Awaji Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 643).

This form is duller, more conoidal, with the last whorl more
depressed than 7. goodwini var. kyotoensis. It is smaller than
T. dacoste, with the aperture less rounded. It is the first Tris-
hoplita known from Awaji Island.

Trishoplita goodwini var. strigata noy.

Shell similar in general characters to 7. goodwini, but rather
faintly streaked obliquely with brown on a whitish corneous
ground, usually whitish below the suture. Finely obliquely
striate, and densely decussate by close spirals. Whorls 53 to 6.
Alt. 93, diam. 13, width of umbilicus 12 mm.

Hirado, Hizen, in western Kiusiu Quite, WM Hirase). Type,
No. 78,844 Coll. A. N.S. P., No. 344 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This form was recognized as somewhat different from the typical 7.
goodwint of Hondo, when received from Mr. Hirase about a year
ago; but I did not then think it desirable to distinguish it by
name. Since such forms of goodwini as tosana and dacoste have
been so distinguished, it would seem advisable to recognize this
also. Upon the whole, it is well to have names for these sub-
species, which have become differentiated in various areas of the
empire. 7. goodwini var. strigata differs from tosana and dacoste
by its decussate surface.

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

ZONITIDA.
Kalieila subcrenulata n. sp.

Shell narrowly perforate, depressed-trochiform, pale brown,
somewhat translucent. Sculpture of very fine, close, thread-like
strize and subobsolete spiral strize; the base smooth. Spire conic,
the apex obtuse. Whorls 4, nearly flat, the Jast acutely carinate
in the middle, the carina smooth-edged; buse very convex. Aper-
ture narrow, somewhat rhombic; peristome simple. Alt. 1.5,
diam. 2.4 mm.

Kochi, Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Similar to K. erenulata Gude, but much more depressed. It
occurred with specimens of K. erenulata (Gude), and an elevated
variety of K. multitolvis Pils.

K. ruida Pils. is a larger and more coarsely sculptured but
‘evidently allied species.

Kaliella lioderma n. sp.

Shell perforate, pyramidal with flattened base, obtuse apex and
straight lateral outlines; pale yellowish-corneous. Whorls 7,
rather convex, the last acutely carinate, somewhat convex below.
Surface glossy, smooth except for slight growth-strie. Aperture
basal, rhombic, nearly twice as wide as high; peristome simple, the
margins remote, the columellar margin reflexed. Alt. 2.5, diam.
2.2 mm.

Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase).

More elevated than K. erenulata, and distinguished by its plain,
smooth surface.

Kaliella harimensis 2. sp.

Shell perforate, obtusely conoidal, fragile, amber colored, trans-
‘lucent. Whorls 5, convex, slowly increasing, the nucleus rather
large; last whorl obtusely subangular in front, elsewhere rounded
at the periphery, the base convex. Sculpture of extremely fine,
densely crowded, thread-like striz above, giving the surface a some-
what silken lustre; almost obsolete on the glossy base, which shows
weak spirai strise near the middle. Aperture truncate-crescentic,
the peristome thin, a little reflexed at the perforation. Alt. 2,
diam. 24 mm.

Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 655).

This species is much more depressed than the allied K. pagodu-
loides Gude. It has not the peripheral keel of A. fraterna Pils.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405
REALIIDA.

Omphalotropis japonicus un. sp.

Shel] narrowly umbilicate, acutely ovate-conic, rather thin,
yellowish brown; surface glossy and smooth. Spire straightly
conic, the apex rather acute. Whorls 6, convex, the last with a
stroug basal keel around the umbilicus. Aperture slightly
oblique, ovate, the outer and basal margins of the peristome a
trifle expanded, columellar margin reflexed. Length 5.3, diam-
eter 3.5, length of aperture 2.5 mm.

Kashiwashima, Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 588).

This is, I believe, the first Omphalotropis found in Japan.

AMNICOLIDZ.

Bithynia striatula var. japonica nov.

Shell pale amber tinted or corneous, glossy, similar to B. striatula
of China, but differing in sculpture, the spiral ridges being much
stronger; 3 or 4 large and irregularly spaced ones above the peri-
phery, those on the base smaller and closer. Alt. 10 (specimens
with the early whorls lost by erosion), diam. 6.5 mm.; longest
axis of aperture 5 mm.

Manabe, Hidachi (type locality), and Osaka (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Types No. 80,683 Coll. A. N.S., from No. 152 of Mr. Hirase’s
collection.

Specimens from Osaka have less strong sculpture than those from
the province Hidachi, though it is still stronger than in any Chinese
specimens of B. striatula in the series before me. The peristome
is rather less expanded, too, though well thickened in adults, and
either black (Manabe) or pale (Osaka). B. striatula has already
been reported from Japan by Prof. von Martens,” who in 1860
found it at Yokohama, on the muddy bank of the small river, at
the first bridge, in quite fresh water. I suppose it was this strongly
sculptured form which he found. The Vega Expedition collected
shells identified by Westerlund as B. striatula at Jokogava (near
Tokyo), and at Lake Biwa (Vega Exp., IV, p. 182). In China
the species is widely diffused, from the Yangtse to the Amur drain-
ages; and Pére Heude™ has split it into some four species. Of

16 Sitzungsber. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1877, p. 114. B. striatula
was described from Chusan, as Paludina (Bithinia) striatula Bens., Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Beng., XXIV, 1885, p. 131. Schmacker found it at Shanghai.

17 Wémoires concernant l Hist. Nat. dev Empire Chinois, pp. 171, 172.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

these his B. chinensis seems to me to be typical B. striatula, while B.
spiralis is a more slender, B. scalaris a stouter form, perhaps not
more than varietally distinct. B. striatula Bens. of Heude is a
strongly keeled form, certainly not the typical striatula of Benson.
His identification of it was possibly due to a remark of von Mar-
tens in Jahrb. D. Mal. Ges., II, 1875, p. 133.

I have no great faith in the distinctness of any of these sup-
posed species; but if several Chinese forms are to be distinguished,
the Japanese shells evidently deserve at least varietal rank. They
are nearer B. striatula Heude non Benson than to any other of
the Chinese varieties.

SPH AGRIID AS.
Spherium inutilis n. sp.

Shell oval, much inflated, thin, equilateral, grayish-brown, with
a pale basal zone; glossy, minutely striate; anterior end curved
in a semicircle; posterior end a little more obtuse, though still
well curved. Beaks small, projecting, ‘‘ calyculate,’’ or tipped
with a distinetly demarked protoconch. Interior bluish-white;
cardinal teeth subobsolete, extremely compressed, parallel with the
hinge-line, divided in the right valve, single in the left; lateral
teeth moderately strong, double in the right, single in the left
valve. Length 10, alt. 8.6, diam. 6.2 mm.

Nishigo, Uzen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Three species of Spheriwm are now known from Japan: 8S,
japonicum Westerlund,® S. heterodon Pilsbry,” and the present
species. All belong to the subgenus Calyculina. S. japonicum is
an elongate ‘‘ subtrapeziform’’ species. S. inutilis differs from
S. heterodon in having higher beaks, a more curved hinge-line,
rounded ends and it is more globose.

No Pisidium or Cyrenais yet known from Japan proper, although
the latter genus occurs in the middle group of the Loo Choo
Islands.

CYRENIDZ.

Corbicula sadoensis 2. sp.
Shell triangular-oval, moderately inflated, solid; glossy, nearly
black in adults, sculptured with very close, irregularly raised and

a8 Calyculina japonica ‘West., Nachr’bl. d. D. Malak. Ge Bay 1883, p. 58
(April); Vega Exp., IV, p. 216, Pl. 6, fig. 31, from Jokogava, near Tokyo.

19° Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 159, Pl. 3, figs. 15, 16, 17, from Hizen, in
Kiusiu.

1901.] | © NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

thread-like concentric strise. Beaks moderately raised and’ full,
deeply eroded in adults. Interior whitish, or light violet outside
of the pallial line. Hinge rather narrow, the cardinal teeth
slightly grooved at their summits; anterior and posterior laterals of
equal length, single in the left, double in the right valve. Length
33, alt. 27, diam. 18 mm.

Sado, Japan (Mr. Y. Hirase).

It fills me with sadness to add another Corbicula to the Japanese
fauna, but these specimens cannot without violence be referred to
any of those known. C. martensi Clessin is perhaps the nearest,
but sadoensis is more transverse, the lateral teeth diverge at a wider
angle, and the strix are far closer. The very close, comparatively
fine striation is the chief differential character of the species,
distinguishing it from all the other forms.

Corbicula awajiensis 2. sp.

Shell oval, compressed, the diameter about half and the alt.
three-fourths the length, bright yellowish green, with buff spots
and patches toward the beaks; strongly and regularly ribbed con-
centrically. Beaks rather low, not projecting much, eroded and
deep violet. Nearly equilateral, the anterior end sometimes slightly
narrower, the two ends about equally rounded, upper and lower
margins equally and similarly curved. Interior dark violet, with
a darker, often light-bordered spot under the beaks. Hinge deli-
cate, the cardinal teeth small; anterior and posterior laterals of
about equal length, somewhat curved, very strongly crenulate,
double in the right, single in the left valve. Length 16, alt. 12,
diam. 83 mm.

Noda, Awaji (Mr. Y. Hirase).

The valve-margins viewed from within are seen to form a sym-
metrical oval figure, the upper and lower borders having almost
exactly the same curvature, and the anterior and posterior ends
being about equal. There is no suggestion of the subtriangular
shape of most Japanese species of Corbicula. The beaks are low
and the sculpture strong and regular. It is a small species, the
first known from Awaji Island, and seems quite distinct from any
other.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX, XX, XXI.

' PLATE XIX (figures natural size), Fig. 1.— Venus hirasez. pp. 205, 400.
Fig. 2.—Arca nipponensis, pp. 209, 402.
Figs. 3, 4.—Petricola cyclus, pp. 204, 400.
Fig. 5.—Tapes phenax, p. 207.
Fig. 6.—Tapes platyptycha, p. 206.
Fig. 7.—Petricola eyclus var. sculpturata, p. 205 (Ceylon).
Fig. 8.—Tellina pristiformis, p. 400.
Fig. 9.—Anatina impura, pp. 208, 402.
Figs. 10, 11.—Acmwa heroldi var. signata, p. 202.
Fig. 12.—Lima hians var. hiraset, pp. 209, 402.
Fig. 13.—Solen roseomaculatus, p. 399.
Figs. 14, 15.—Cerithium chemnitzianum, p. 393.
Fig. 16.—Echinella ewmingi luchuana, pp. 198, 394.
Fig. 17.—Huthria hokkaidonis, p. 389.
Fig. 18—Peristernia ustulata var. luchuana, pp. 197, 390.

PLATE XX (fig. 19 much enlarged, the others natural size), Fig. 19.—
Donazx kiusiuensis, p. 400.

Fig. 20.— Venus hirasei, p. 400.

Fig. 21.—Chrysodomus intersculptus var. frater, pp. 197, 391.

Fig. 22.— Buecinwm hirasei, p. 391.

Fig. 23.—Chrysodomus pericochlion, p. 391.

PLATE XXI (figures much enlarged), Fig. 24.—Tritonidea submen-
keana, p. 387.

Fig. 25.—Syrnola bacillum, p. 394.

Fig. 26.—Daphnella fragilis var. articulata, p. 385.

Fig. 27.—Turbonilla varicifera, pp. 198, 395.

Fig. 28.—Mitra vanattai, p. 387.

Fig. 29.—Hulima luchuana, p. 396.

Fig. 30.—Eulima dunkeriana, p. 395.

Fig. 31.—WMitra hizenensis, p. 386.

Fig. 32.—Cantharidus hirasei, p. 199.

Fig. 33.—Cantharidus bisbalteatus, p. 199.

Fig. 34.—Clanculus gemmulifer, p. 200.

Fig. 35.—Clanculus hizenensis, pp. 201, 398.

Fig. 36.—Columbella misera var. californica, p. 390.

Figs. 37, 38.—Columbella misera, p. 389.

Fig. 39.—Columbella misera var. polynyma, pp. 196, 390.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

THE LAND MOLLUSKS OF THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS: CLAUSILIIDE.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Seven or eight years ago, at the time of my first studies upon
Japanese mollusks, only two species of Clauwsilia were known from
the Loo Choo Islands: C. valida Pfeiffer,’ described from speci-
mens collected by Largilliert, and C. preclara Gould,* collected by
William Stimpson, naturalist of the U. S. North Pacifie Explor-
ing Expedition, under Commanders Ringgold and Rodgers.

Mr. Frederick Stearns brought a third species, taken on Oki-
nawa, which I described in 1894 as C. Stearnsii,* and a fourth was
sent in 1900 by Mr. Hirase, C. hyperoptyx,* from the same
island.

Two other species, C. Bernardii Pfr. and C. ptychochila Bttg..
supposed to be from Siam and China respectively, seem from their
characters to be so near Loo Chooan species that I think their
formerly assigned habitats were probably erroneous, and that both
really came from the Loo Choo Islands. Acting upon this
hypothesis, I provisionally include them in the following account.

Through the researches conducted by my esteemed correspondent,
Mr. Y. Hirase, the number of species known from these beautiful
and interesting islands has now been increased to eleven,’ not
counting the two species of doubtful provenance alluded to above.

Up to this time we have received species from only three islands:
Yayeyama in the southwestern group, Okinawa or Great Luchu in

1 Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1849, p. 106; Mon. Hel. Viv., III, p. 591. Kuster,
Conchyl. Cab., Clausilia, Pl. 23, figs. 1-3, figures of Pfeiffer’s type.

2 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V1, p. 425, February, 1859 ; Otia Conch., p.
103. The name preclara being preoccupied in Clausilia, Pfeiffer changed

it to C. excellens, Jour. de Conchyl., p. 268 (1861), basing the new name
on Gould’s description.

3 Nautilus, VII, p. 47 (August, 1894); Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., Appen-
dix, p. 163, Pl. 1, fig. 12.

‘These Proceedings, 1900, p. 446, Pl. XIV, figs. 12-14.

5 This includes the species of Oshima, as this island belongs both geo-
graphically and faunally to the Loo Choo group. Being politically a part of
Kagoshima Ken or prefecture, it is not usually considered by the Japanese
to be one of the Loo Choo group, which in ordinary parlance includes merely
the Central and Further groups of islands, belonging to Okinawa Ken.

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

the central group, and Oshima in the northeastern group. There
can be no doubt that when other islands are explored many more
species will be brought to light, and our zodgeographic knowledge
correspondingly expanded.

The known species fall into five subgenera or sections: Stereo-
phedusa, Luchuphedusa, Hemiphedusa, Tyrannophedusa (?) and
Zaptyz. Of these, the section Luchuphedusa, comprising about
half the species now known, has been found nowhere but on these
islands. Zuptyx extends into the southernmost provinces of
Kiusiu, in the neighborhood of Kagoshima Bay; and probably
borne by the ‘‘ Kuro Shiwo’’ has reached Hachijo, an islet a
hundred miles off Izu province; but a Loo Chooan origin of the
group seems probable. Stereophedusa and Hemiphedusa range
further, being common throughout Japan, and the latter group is
widespread on the Chinese mainland; but the species of the Loo
Choo Islands belong to a special group of Hemiphedusa which has
not been found elsewhere. ‘he single species referred doubtfully
to Tyrannophedusa has no close relatives, but seems nearer te
Japanese than to any Chinese species known to me. The sections
Euphedusa and Megalophedusa, so characteristic of Japan, are
wanting in the Loo Choos, so far as present information goes; and
Reinia has not been found. So much for the distribution of the
groups. Descending to species, we find not one common to the Loo
Choo Islands and any other land.

The general affinities of the Clausilia fauna, we may conclude,
are closest with Japan, though the endemic element is so strong
that no relationship at all intimate can be claimed. No character-
istic Formosan forms of Clausilia have been found in the Loo
Choo group.

Section STEREOPHADUSA Bttg.

Clausilia valida Ptr..

Originally described from the ‘‘ Liew Kiew’’ Islands, this
species is known from Okinawa Island only. It has been collected
there by the Japanese collectors sent by Dr. Adolph Fritze in
1891, by Mr. Frederick Stearns about the same time, and has also
been taken by Mr. Hirase’s collector. The typical form is uniform
brownish yellow.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

The chestnut-banded form with the coarse sculpture of the type
has been named var. fasciata by Mr. E. R. Sykes.*

Another banded variety may be called var. perfasciata. It is
similar to C. valida fasciata Sykes, but larger, the broad pwrp/e-
brown band more strongly contrasted with the whitish or pale buff
bands above and below it; aperture longer, more piriform. The
sculpture is perceptibly finer than in valida. The types of this
form are from the province Kunchan, Okinawa Island (No. 633
of Mr. Hirase’s collection).

A third form of the species, var. striate//a, nov., has the color-
ing of var. fasciata, but darker on the last two whorls, with the
same rather wide aperture, dusky purplish within; but the surface
is far more finely striated, there being fully twice as many strive aa
there are in valida. The size is about the same.

Length 28, diam. 6 mm., 74 whorls remaining.

Length 254, diam. 64 mm., 64 whorls remaining.

The types are 79,116 Coll. A. N. S. P., from 462 of Mr.
Hirase’s collection, labeled ‘‘ Loo Choo.”’

Clausilia Stearnsii Pilsbry.

The types were taken on Okinawa by the collector sent by Mr.
Frederick Stearns in 1891-2. They measure, length 26 to 31,
diam. 5 mm. Specimens sent this year from Yayeyama by Mr.
Hirase (No. 622) measure 26-28 by 5 mm. Others sent from
“* Loo Choo’’ are more slender, length 25-254, diam. 44 mm.,
with 12 whorls and a less distinct lunella than the types.

C. Stearnsii is very distinct by its receding inferior lamella and
the development of a lunella, both being characters unlike most
other species of Stereophedusa.

Section LUCHUPHAEDUSA noy.

Clausilium wide, truncate or notched distally, and with a thick-
ened lobe or finger-like process on the columellar side of the apex,
standing at nearly a right angle with the body of the plate.

Shell fusiform, the right margin of the peristome usually crenate,
outer margin excavated above to form a sinulus; superior lamella
marginal, projecting, continuous with the long spiral lamella;

® The Conchologist, II, p. 118. Figure 52 of Sowerby’s monograph in’ the
Conchologia Iconica, XX, evidently is intended to represent one of the
specimens mentioned by Mr. Sykes.

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July,

inferior lamella strongly spiral within, calloused below; subcoh-
mellar lamella dilated adjacent to the very long and strong lower
palatal plica, which is united with the lunella, when that is pres-
ent; principal plica long; upper palatal plica developed, sometimes
coalescent with the lunella.

The shell in this section is similar to that of the group of C.
ptychochila in general characters, but differs in the dilation of the
subcolumellar lamella and in the much higher, simple spiral plate
of the inferior lamella within the last whorl. Like the group
mentioned, its peculiarities are an exaggeration of the platydera
group of Hemiphedusa, which may be looked upon as a sort of
unspecialized branch of the common stock. ‘The clausilium, bow-
ever, is so peculiar and unlike any Phedusoid group hitherto
known, that the erection of a new section is required. The
lamellze and -plicee are all very strongly developed within, and the
former are unusually long, passing the ventral position.

TInchuphedusa has much in common with the section Emargina-
ria Bttg. of the German upper Miocene, in which a similar emar-
ginate or notched clausilium and the same interlamellar plication is
developed; but the Miocene forms retain a primitive structure of
the palatal region, where several plic:e are developed, while Lwchu-
phedusa is very highly specialized there. The resemblance is par-
tially due to convergent evoluticn.

Key to species of Luchuphedusa, by external characters.

1.—Right margin of the peristome crenulate:
a.—Aperture narrow, the sinulus strongly developed; princi-
pal plica reaching to the lip; last whorl strongly com-
pressed (Oshima).
b,—Subcolumellar lamella wholly immersed (though the
lip is crenate at its position),. . . C. oshime.
b'.—Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge,
C. pseudoshime.
a’.—Aperture moderately wide, of normal proportions, piri-
form-ovate; principal plica immersed, as usual.
b.—Rather large, the broad right lip deeply plicate;
length about 23 mm. (Okinawa), C. callistochila.
b’.—SmalJl, length about 12 mm.: the right lip narrow
and not very strongly crenate (Oshima), C. mima.
2.—Right margin of the peristome smooth; aperture semicircular;
inferior and subcohumellar lamelle emerging to the lip-edge;
length 30-34 mm. (Oshima), . . . . C. nesiothauma.

i i

.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

All of the species of this section are new, and from the two
islands Okinawa and Oshima.

Clausilia callistochila n.sp. Pl. XXII, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell thick and strong, pale brown, or green from adhering alge,
rimate, turreted, the upper third of the length attenuated, with
slightly concave outlines, the lower two-thirds rather swollen, the
penultimate whorl widest, the last half of the last whorl contracted,
compressed laterally. The apex is obtuse. Whorls 114, the early
ones worn smooth, the rest closely rib-striate, the riblets on the last
whorl coarser and more widely spaced, somewhat undulating and ir-
regular. Aperture vertical, rhombic-piriform, with distinct sinulus,
the peristome expanded and reflexed, thick, white, the left margin
wide and thick as far up as the sinulus, where it is abruptly exca-
vated; right margin, from the superior lamella to the base, deeply cut
into rounded entering wrinkles, which deeply crenulate the lip-edge.
Superior lamella subvertical, rather thick, emerging to the margin,
continuous with the high, long and strongly developed spiral
lamella. Inferior lamella subhorizontal, strongly approaching the
superior lamella within, heavy, not reaching the lip-margin, very
strongly spiral inside. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-
edge, where it forms one of the series of lip-folds. Principal plica
strong and nearly a whorl long, reaching nearly to the lip; extend-
ing inward far beyond the lunella. Upper palatal plica long, con-
verging inwardly toward the principal plica; lunella short and very
obliquely running inward, arising below from a very strong and
high, angularly bent, long, lower palatal plica.

Clausilium (Pl. XXII, fig. 4) broad, irregularly curved,
abruptly truncate below, slightly thickened along the palatal mar-
gin, the apical end of the columellar margin much thickened, bent
nearly at a right angle with the rest of the surface, producing a
blunt tooth or lobe.

Length 24, diam. 53, longest axis of aperture 5? mm.

Length 223, diam. 53, longest axis of aperture 6 mm.

Province Kunchan, Okinawa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 634).

An extraordinary species, not only by the interpalatal lamellz
which deeply crenulate the lip, but also by the long and high lower
palatal fold and very oblique lunella; the two united in such
fashion as to make the figure of an almost prostrate letter 4,
reminding one of the lunella of some of the C. platydera group of

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Hemiphedusa, but unlike that group, an upper palatal plica is
developed. The clausilium is very peculiar.

Clausilia nesiothauma n. sp. Pl. XXJ, figs. 19, 20, 21.

Shell large, fusiform, rather obese below, moderately tapering
above, fleshy-whitish, the surface lustreless and (where not over-
grown with algze or worn smooth) sculptured with moderately
coarse, somewhat waved rib-striz, branching or with intercalated
strice on the upper half of the last whorl. Apex small, the first
whorl rapidly enlarging, sometimes self-amputated and plugged.
Whorls 10, the last tapering below, having a broadly rounded basal
crest running to the lower angle of the aperture. Aperture verti-
cal, semicircular in general contour, obtusely angular at the sinulus
and at the foot of the columella; the inner margin being straight-
ened, the outer rounded. Peristome white, the outer and »basal
margins flaring, broadly reflexed, the inner margin sloping, emar-
ginate at the termination of the superior lamella, arcuate along
the interlamellar space, then straightened. Superior lamella
strong, slightly oblique, marginal, continuous with the spiral
lamella. Inferior lamella very strong, calloused and thick, forming
a squarish columellar fold, abruptly lower or sometimes bifid where
it extends upon the peristome. Subcolumellar lamella emerging,
very strong and prominent, extending to the lip-edge. Principal
plica about one-third of a whorl long, lateral in position. Lunella
arcuate, its upper end curving well inward (being completely united
with, and curving into, a short upper palatal plica); below, the
lunella becomes strong and high, and joins the middle of an ex-
tremely strong, long, arched lower palatal fold, the summit of which
curves downward and almost meets a broad, erect plate which at
this point rises from the subcolumellar lamella. The lower end of
the lower palatal plica is visible from the aperture, in a front or
slightly oblique view. The inferior lamella is continued inward as
a strongly spiral erect plate, rather distant from the spiral lamella
on the dorsal side, but approaching it and becoming rather abruptly
lower ventrally, both penetrating to beyond the middle of the ven-
tral side. The subcolumellar lamella inward from the expansion
toward the lower palatal plica, is slightly sigmoid, and not parallel
inside with the inferior ]amella.

Clausilium (figs. 15, 16) rather broad in the middle, slightly
tapering toward each end, the lower end abruptly truncate, emar-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

ginate or notched, a somewhat thickened, finger-like and more
curved process extending downward on the columellar side;
proximal end passing gradually into the rather broad filament.
Length 34, diam. 7.8, longest axis of aperture 9.4 mm.
Length 30.5, diam. 7.5, longest axis of aperture 9 mm.
Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 652).
Readily known by its large size and the peculiar shape of the
aperture.

Clausilia oshime n.sp. Pl. XXII, figs. 5, 6.

Shell fusiform, the upper third slender and somewhat attenuated,
the Jower half rather swollen; penultimate whorl widest. Wery
solid and strong. Pale brownish, more or less eroded. Closely
and rather strongly striate. Apex small, the first whorl rapidly
increasing, next three or four whorls very slowly widening; whorls
about 114, the last whorl tapering, laterally compressed, flattened,
having a shallow pit behind the middle of the outer lip, rounded
at the base. Aperture ear-shaped, oblique, produced in a deep
retracted sinulus above. Peristome reflexed, thickened, a slight
ridge running behind the outer lip parallel with it; outer lip
obtusely toothed at the termination of the principal plica, thin
above, rather broad below the tooth. Inner lip projecting in the
middle, cut into six or eight rounded, unequal interlamellar folds,
and similarly or more weakly crenate to or below the subcolumellar
lamella. Superior lamella vertical, emerging beyond the general
level of the peristome, continuous with the spiral lamella. Infe-
rior lamella very prominently projecting into the aperture, subhori-
zontal and somewhat thickened below. Subcolumellar lamella
wholly immersed, but replaced on the lip by rugze occupying its
place. Principal plica very long, reaching to the lip and running
inward over a whorl; very strong. Upper palatal plica short,
weak and lateral; lower palatal plica very strong and long, its
lower end visible within the aperture, in an oblique view. Lunella
apparently wanting. Within, the inferior lamella is a very high,
strongly but somewhat irregularly spiral plate; the spiral lamella
is also very high, almost touching the principal plica; and both
lamellze penetrate far past the ventral side. The subcolumellar la-
mella is short as usual, but strong near its deeply immersed lower end.

Length 22.5, diam. 4.5, longest axis of aperture 5.6 mm.

Length 21, diam. 4.5, longest axis of aperture 5 mm.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July,

The clausilium (Pl. XXII, figs. 12, 18, 14) is strongly curved
below, and becomes very thick toward the apex. The distal end
has two apices separated by a notch, the outer one conic and
rather broad, the inner blunt and bent nearly at a right angle with
the body of the plate.

Nase, Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 653a).

This exceedingly peculiar species has the crenulate right lip of
most of its group, but it differs from all known species except the
next in the great development of the posterior bay or ‘‘ sinulus”’
of the aperture. It is difficult to gain a correct conception of the
closing apparatus, so contracted is the cavity of the last whorl
by the enormously developed lamellee and plice. The deeply
immersed subcolumellar lamellais a prominent feature, differentiating
C. oshime from C. pseudoshime ; but as I nave remarked above,
this is masked by the suleation of the lip, by which rounded
lamellze are produced in the subcolumellar position.

Clausilia pseudoshime n. sp. Pl. XXII, figs. 7, 8, 9, 10.

Shell very similar externally to C. oshime; a little smaller;
aperture and lip the same, except that the swhcolumellar lamella
emerges to the lip-edge. Internal structure the same, except that
the spiral trend of the inferior lamella, as seen from the back in
an opened shell, is made irregular by two prominent angles; there is
a rather long, latero-dorsal, upper palatal plica opposite the great
jateral dilation of the inferior lamella. The very long lower
palatal plica gives off a very short and extremely oblique lunella
in a ventral position, where the clausilium lodges. The clausilium
(Pl. XXII, fig. 11) has two subequal blunt apical points, sepa-
rated by a rather wide notch.

Length 19.3, diam. 4, longest axis of aperture 5 mm.

Length 17, diam. 4, longest axis of aperture 4.7 mm.

Furuniya, Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6530).

Strikingly like C. oshime in general aspect, yet readily distin-
guishable by a-number of important interna) characters. On
cutting the shell it is found to be decidedly less strong than in the
other species. The clausilium lodges in a ventral position. The
form of the basal lip is pourly represented in fig. 8. The other
figures show it correctly.

Se tC

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417
Clausilia mima n. sp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 37, 38, 39.

Shell small, fusiform, rather obese, but rapidly tapering and
conspicuously attenuated above; thin and not very strong, pale
brown, densely and finely rib-striate. Whorls 84 to 9, convex,
the apex rather large, next three or four whorls widening but
little; last half of the last whorl much contracted, flattened.
Aperture somewhat oblique, small, piriform, with moderately well-
defined sinulus. Peristome reflexed, slightly thickened, the outer
margin excavated above, the upper and right margins more or less
crenulate, the crenulation varying from strong to subobsolete in
different specimens. Superior Jamella vertical, emerging a little
beyond the general level of the peristome, slightly wider or bifid
at the margin; continuous with the spiral Jamella. Inferior
lamella forming a rather strong subhorizontal fold within, not
emerging to the peristome. Subcolumellar lamella emerging,
marginal. Principal plica about a half whorl long, extending
from the dorsal to the middle of the ventral side. Upper palatal
plica Jateral, arcuate, converging inward toward the principal
plica, the outer end contiguous to the lunella, the upper end of
which curves toward and is almost united with it. Lunella lateral
in position, oblique, weak above, strong below, where it unites
with the middle of a long, very strong and angularly bent lower
palatal plica. The subcolumellar lamella is abruptly and strongly
dilated in the region of the lower palatal plica, and is bent over
toward it; beyond this dilation it curves abruptly and ascends the
internal column in the usual manner, expands again and turns
toward the right, parallel to the other lamellze upon the roof of
the penultimate whorl. The inferior lamella within the last
whorl is stout, high, very strongly spiral, and with the spiral
lamella continues inward past the ventral side, upon which the
three lamellze run parallel.

Length 134, diam. 34 mm.

Length 114, diam. 3 mm. :

Clausilium (Pl. XXII, figs. 17, 18) broad, strongly curved,
broadly rounded along the outer margin, truncate at the apex, and
produced on the columellar side into a lony finger-like process.

Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 654).

Much smaller than other species of the section, and strongly
attenuated above, like C. brevior y. Mart. The process of the

27

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

clausilium is also longer, and the whole plate is strongly twisted
spirally.

Section HEMIPHZDUSA Bittg.
Group of C. ptychochila.

In this group the right lip or interlamellar space is more or less
crenate; the superior and subcolumellar lamelle are marginal, the
inferior lamella somewhat receding, thickened below, strongly sig-
moid within, and in the middle of the dorsal aspect it is low, wide
and bifid, as if composed of two cords twisted round one another.
The lower palatal plica is very strong, elevated in the middle where
the lunella joins it, the latter being very strong below, weak above.
The clausilium (P]. XXIII, figs. 26-29) is wider in the middle
than in Hemiphedusa, tapering above and below, strongly curved
toward the thickened, obtuse apex, and with the lateral margins
bent nearly at right angles with the rest of the plate, forming a
sort of spout-like distal extremity (Pl. XXIII, figs. 27, 28).

This group is probably entit!ed to separate sectional rank. It is
related to the Japanese group of C. platydera, but differs in the
form of the inferior lamella within the last whorl, and in the
clausilium.

Key to species.
1.—Inferior lamella thickened but simple below:

a.—Surface strongly ribbed: subcolumellar lamella somewhat
dilated in the part adjacent to the lower palatal plica,
C. Bernardii.

a’.—Surface more finely costulate :
6.—Lunella becoming very weak and curving inward
above, strong and high below; subcolumellar
lamella not dilated near the lower palatal plica;

upper palatal plica weak, . . ©. erenilabiun.
b’.—Lunella straight; shell more obese, C. ptuchochila,
2.—Inferior lamella bifid below, . . . . . . GC. excellens.

Clausilia Bernardii-Pfr. Pl. XXIII, figs. 30, 31, 32.
0. Bernardi Pfr., Journ. de Conchyl., IX, 1861, p. 267, Pl. 15, figs. 1,
2; Monogr. Hel. Viv., VI, p. 426.

This species was described as from Siam. It has not been found
by any later collectors in that region, and there are grave reasons
for considering the locality erroneous.

The original specimens from Bernardi’s collection were dis-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419

tributed to Pfeiffer, the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, and perhaps to other collections; and I suppose the figured
type is preserved in the collection of the Journal de Conchyliologie
in Paris.

Upon examining the species, I find that it is very closely related
to my C. ecrenilabium of Kunchan, Okinawa; in fact, so inti-
mately, that I have no doubt that C. Bernardii really came from
Okinawa or some other island of the Loo Choo chain. No species
of the same group has been found in China, Tonquin or elsewhere
on the mainland, and it is apparently a local group, specialized
on these islands,

The source whence Bernardi procured his specimens is not
stated, but it is significant that in the same volume of the Journal
several species from Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, collected
by a French naval officer, M. Thomas, are described, Probably
C. Bernardii was one of the species taken by him in Loo Choo.

C. Bernardii differs trom C. erenilabium in having the surface-
sculpture very much coarser. The lunella is very strong below,
where it joins the middle of an elevated conic lower palatal fold,
the apex .of which overhangs or curves downward in the middle.
Above, the lunella rapidly weakens, and curves backward into the
low upper palatal fold, which also has a low continuation on the
other side—apertureward—of the lunella. The projecting squar-
ish inferior lamella is much thickened below, and within the last
whorl it has the peculiar shape seen in 0. crenilabium, the spiral
portion being superposed at the side of, rather than continuous
with, the externally visible part of the inferior lamella. It is
very strong, somewhat expanded in the region of the lunella,
The spiral and inferior lamellze are of equal length, and continue
inward past the ventral position, to a point in line with the supe-
rior Jamella. In ©. crenilabium both lamellee extend further
inward, and the spiral lamella is decidedly longer than the other.
The erenulation of the interlamellar space is coarser in Bernardij
than in crenilabium. ‘There are 11 whorls, the upper ones more
attenuated than in crenilabium, and the color is corneous- white, not
brownish,

The clausilium of ©. Bernardii. is shaped almost exactly asin
C..crenilabium, broad in the middle, tapering and strongly curved
toward the apex, which is obtuse, slightly thickened and spout-

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July,

like, from having the lateral edges of the tapering portion abruptly
bent toward the convex side of the clausilium. The palatal
margin is especially widely reflexed and flattened.

Clausilia ptychochila Boettger. Pl. XXII, figs. 40, 41, 42.

Clausilienstudien, p. 66 (1877); Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., V; D- Baal
3, fig. 8 (1878).

The habitat of this species is unknown. It was described from
a single specimen, supposed to be from China, but without record
of locality. From its characters I think it will be found on
Okinawa or some neighboring island.

The type measures, length 244, diam. 6}, length of aperture 64,
width 44 mm. It is swollen-fusiform, densely costulate and
whitish-corneous, the spire concavely attenuated. Whorls 11.
The aperture 1s rhombic-piriform, peristome much thickened, sin-
uate and appressed above. There is a groove separating the
superior lamella from the numerous folds which corrugate the
interlamellar space. The inferior lamella is callous below. ‘‘ The
small upper and the longer lower palatal plicie are united with
the short, straight Junella, which at its base gives off a distinct
branch backward.”’ The clausilium has not been described.

Boettger’s description and figures show this to be a species closely
related to C. erenilabvum and C. Bernardii. It differs from the
former in being more inflated, with the Junella apparently straight,
not curving inward above, and nothing is said to indicate that
the lower palatal plica has the great height at its junction with the
lunella and the strong development seen in GC. crenilabium. It is
apparently more finely sculptured than O. Bernardii. Further
collections are needed to determine whether these three species are
constantly distinct or united by intermediate examples. Num-
bers of specimens of C. Bernardii and C. erenilabium show no
tendency toward intergradation, and with present knowledge I
would not feel justified in uniting the three species.

Dr. yon Méllendortf has placed ptychochila in the synonomy of
excellens (Jahro. D. Mal. Ges., X, p. 269). This union is inadmis-
sible.
Clausilia crenilabium 1. *P Pl, XXII, figs. 23, 24, 25, 83.

Shel) thick and strong, brownish buff, rimate, turreted, attenu-
ated above, moderately swollen below, the last whorl contracted,
penultimate whorl widest. Whorls about 114, slightly convex,

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 421

sculptured with close, regular and rather fine rib-strize, coarser on
the last whorl. Aperture vertical, rhombic-piriform, the peris-
tome white, reflexed, somewhat thickened, the outer lip excavated
above to form an indistinct sinulus; the upper margin to the rig ht
of the superior lamella is cut into 3 to & entering folds, deeply crenu-
lating the lip-edge; the rest of the right margin is weakly and irregu-
larly subcrenulate. Superior lamella strong, slightly oblique, attain-
ing the margin, continuous with the long and high spiral lamella.
Inferior lamella strong, approaching the superior, not reaching
upon the lip, very heavy and callous below, strongly spirat and
with a superposed callus within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging.
Principal plica rather long and strong, visible within the aperture,
extending inward slightly beyond the latero-ventral lunella.
Upper palatal plica small and low, united with the lunella. Lower
palatal plica short and high, angularly elevated and overhanging
downward in the middle, where the strong lunella joins it.

Clausilium Gab XOUUE figs. 26-29) well curved, wide aboye,
the lower half tapering, narrow, terminating in a blunt apex,
which is channeled and spout-like outside, Columellar margin
thickened near and at the apex; palatal margin sinuous, bearing
a sharp, high, keel-like thickening on the outside along its lower
half; proximal end emarginate on the columellar side of the fila-
ment.

Length 32, diam. 7, longest axis of aperture 7.8 mm.

Length 30, diam. 7.3, longest axis of aperture 8.3 mm.

Length 26, diam. 6.3, longest axis of aperture 7 mm.
Kunchan, Okinawa (Mr. Y, Hirase, No. 632a).

This species differs from C. callistochila in the weak crenulation
of the right lip, shorter principal plica, shorter and differently
shaped lower palatal plica, the smaller upper palatal, which is
united with the lunella, and especially in the different form of the
clausilium.

Specimens No.632b of Mr. Hirase’s collection, also from Kun-
chan, the northern province of Okinawa, are green from adhering
algze, evidently having lived in a moist place. The crenulation of
the lip is much less marked, there being but one or two inter-
lamellar folds close to the superior lamella; the lower palatal fold
and lunella are shortened, forming a sort of triangular buttréssed
pyramid; the lunella is very low above, and curves into a sub-

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘LJuly,

obsolete upper palatal fold. The clausilium is the same as in the
typical form. The tip of the spire is sometimes lost.

Length 28, diam. 6.3, longest axis of aperture 7.2 mm.

Length 28.7, diam. 6, longest axis of aperture 7.2 mm.

Clausilia excellens Pfeiffer. Pl. XXIII, fig. 43.

This species was originally described by Gould as C. preelara,
but this name being preoccupied it was changed by Pfeiffer to (.
excellens. The species was known to Pfeiffer by Gould’s descrip-
tion only.” Through the kindness of Prof. William H. Dall I am

able to give a figure of the type specimen, from

Loo Choo, in the National Museum.

It differs from C. crenilabium in the slightly
stronger striation and the better development of the
interlamellar crenulation; and from C. crenilabium,

. ptychochila and Bernardii in the grooving of the
top of the inferior Jamella, which is almost bifid.

In @. crenilabium and C. Bernardii the inferior la-

mella is only bifid far within, in a dorsal position,

as shown in Pl. XXIII, fig. 25. In C. excellens
this bifid structure has apparently moved downward
_ to the lower end of the lamella.

The clausilium of C. excellens is still unknown,

as the type specimen has not been opened ; and the
subgeneric position of the species cannot, therefore, be considered
certain. It may possibly be a Luchuphedusa.

Group of C. munus.

A group of uncertain systematic position, probably referable to
Tyrannophedusa rather than to Hemiphedusa; but more material
and further study is needed to determine to what extent Hemi-
phedusa is heterogeneous, and how it may best be subdivided.
The heavy thickening cf the distal end of the clausilium on the
columellar side, and its short form, remove the species described
below from Hemiphedusa, but it differs from the typical forms
of Tyrannophedusa in the comparatively few-whorled shell and
in details of the palatal armature.

7See p. 409, footnote No. 2. There is a very poor figure of (. excellens in
the Conchologia Iconica, XX, Pl. X, fig. 89.

i i

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 423

Clausilia munus n. sp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 34, 35, 36.

Shell rather small, fusiform, slender and much attenuated above,
rather obese below; brown and glossy when unworn, but often
lustreless and more or less eroded. Finely and closely striate, the
later half of the last whorl much more coarsely so. Whorls 9
to 95, rather convex, the penultimate whorl widest, the last whorl
contracted, tapering. Aperture rhombic-ovate, the peristome
whitish, reflexed, moderately thick, slightly emarginate at the
position uf the superior lamella. Superior lamella vertical, reach-
ing the margin, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior
lamella immersed, receding, not visible in a front view, but seen
by looking obliquely into the aperture; almost straightly ascend-
ing inside. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, with
a groove on each side. Principal plica nearly a half whorl long,
its end visible within the throat from the aperture, extending
inward slightly beyond the closing apparatus. Upper palatal
plica short, converging a little inwardly toward the principal plica;
not connected with the arcuate, oblique, rather strong lunella, the
lower end of which curves inward somewhat.

Length 15, diam. 3.5 mm.

Length 13.5, diam. 3.6 mm.

Length 13, diam. 3 mm.

Clausilium rather broad and short, tapering to a mucronate apex,
heavily thickened on the columellar side at and near the apex,
nearly straight, curved only near the filament, where it is abruptly
narrowed, and deeply excavated or emarginate on the columellar side.

Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No 646).

In general form this species resembles C. brevior and C. awa-
jiensis. It differs from the latter in the wider peristome, in having
the lunella free from the upper palatal plica, and in the shape of
the clausilium, which in this species resembles that of Tyrannophe-
dusa, it being shorter and broader than in Hemiphedusa, and
strongly thickened toward the apex, along the columellar side.

Section ZAPTYX Pilsbry.
Vide these Proceedings for 1900, pp. 446, 672.
Clausilia hyperoptyx Pilsbry. 4
This species was sent by Mr. Hirase as from ‘‘ Loo Choo ’??—
that is, I suppose, Great Loo Choo (Luchu), Nawa, or Okinawa
Island. A further lot, No. 457), has been sent from Yayeyama.

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXII AND XXIII.

PLATE XXII, Figs. 1-3.—Clausilia callistochila.

Fig. 4.—Clausilia callistochila. Clausilium, showing form of the apex.

Figs. 5, 6.—C. oshime. J, inferior lamella; P, lower end of the lower
palatal plica ; S, subeolumellar lamella ; Sp., spiral lamella; Swp., superior
lamella.

Figs. 7-10.—C. pseudoshime.

Fig. 11.—C. psewdoshime. Clausilium, turned to show form of the apex.

Fig. 12.—C. oshime. Clausilium, interior face; 13, profile from colum-
ellar side; 14, inner face, turned to show form of the apex.

Fig. 15.—@. nesiothauma. Clausilium, interior face; 16, the same,
turned to show form of the apex.

Fig. 17.—C. mima. Clausilium, turned to show form of the apex ; 18,
imterior face of the same.

Figs. 19-21—C. nesiothauma. Fig. 20 showing the spiral and inferior
lamellz, and on the left side part of the lunella and lower palatal plica,
with the dilated portion of the subcolumellar lamella.

PLATE XXIII, Figs. 23-25.—C. crenilabium. J, inferior lamella, L,
lunella; P, lower palatal plica ; S, subcolumellar lamella.

Fig. 26.—C. erenilabium. Clausilium, seen in profile from the columellar
side ; 27, apical view ; 28, interior face ; 29, the same turned to show shape
of the apex.

Figs. 30-32.—C. Bernardii.

Fig. 33.—C. erenilabium.

Figs. 34-36.—C. munus.

Figs. 37-39.—C. mima.

Figs. 40-42.—C. ptychochila (copied from Boettger).

Fig. 43.—C. excellens (type specimen of C. preclara Gld., drawn by Dr.

J. C. McConnell).

a

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

A STUDY OF AN ANT.

BY ADELE M. FIELDE.

The colonies of Stenamma (Aphenogaster) fulvuum Mayr, sub-
species aquira Buckley, variety piceum Emery, a Myrmicid ant
found commonly in the neighborhood of Wood’s Hole have varied
in the numbers of their inmates from a few individuals to many
thousands. The nests are near the surface, in mellow soil, by
roadsides, in meadows, and in woods, and are usually near, among,
or under loose stones.’

1 Unless otherwise indicated the ants under observation were kept in the
portable nests described by the author in Vol. 2, No. 2, of the Biological
Bulletin. The species mentioned in this paper were identified for the
writer by Prof. William Morton Wheeler, of the University of Texas.
The colonies under inspection were kept at the Marine Biological Labora-
tory at Wood’s Hole, Mass., from July to the end of September, 1900,
and in New York City from then until the first of June, 1901, when
they were carried back to Wood’s Hole. The temperature of the room
in which they were kept in New York varied from 40° to 90° F., or 5°
to 35° C., and this variation often occurred during single days. The
word day is used throughout this narrative as representing a period of
twenty-four hours’ duration. The use of Petri double-dishes in the study of
living ants was suggested to the author by Prof. Wheeler. Those referred
to in this study were about 100 millimeters in diameter and 10 mm. deep on
the inside. The cell formed by the double dish was set upon a disk of card-
board, covered with white Turkish towelling, to which a tiny patch of black
silk was attached. The Petri cell was set upon this disk, which was wider
than itself, and the cell was covered with another disk of thick dark blotting
paper. Within the cell were two sections of very fine-meshed sponge about
6 mm. thick, covering one-third the floor of the cell, and so placed as to leave
a passageway for the ants between the sponge and the cell-wall, and also a
triangular space where the ants could settle between the sponges and above
the black patch. The sponges were kept saturated with water, to give drink
to the ants and moisture to the air, and to prevent the hiding of the eggs in
the interstices of the sponge. Care was taken that the sponges should not
overflow and inundate the young.

Particles of food, from three to six kinds, known to be acceptable to the
ants, were constantly provided, and laid on that part of the floor farthest
from the sponges. The air, the water, and the food were kept always fresh
and clean. The sponges were dipped in alcohol and well rinsed once a
week.

The cells were set upon the shelves of a dark, well-aired cupboard, with the
food-side of the cell toward the source of light. Not more than seven ants
were permanently housed in a single cell. Among the ants kept several
months in this manner there were scarcely any deaths from natural causes,

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

The workers are brown in their general color, and are from four
to seven millimeters in length, and, although they are apparently
alike in all except size, they are here referred to as majors, minors
and minims, the majors being from six to seven millimeters long.
the minors from five to six, and the minims from four to five.
Wign the colony moves the majors do the main part of the work
of transporting the inert young, and they often seize, lift and
carry to the new abode such ants as adhere too persistently to the
old habitation. The minors appear to do a large part of the scout-
ing and purveying. The minims are greatly devoted to the care of
the eggs, Jarvee and pupz. All assiduously serve the queen, and
all engage in battles with enemies.

The queens are from seven to eight millimeters in length without
their wings, and are redder than the workers. The kings are
from six to seven millimeters long, with the wings projecting
another millimeter beyond the end of the body, and are jet black
in color.

The workers are efficient fighters, and at close quarters will kill
Formica fusca, double their bulk. They evince extreme _hostil-
ity not only to ants of other species, but to those of other or alien
colonies of their own species and variety. In this paper the term
alien is used to denote a different colony of the same species and
variety. Queens of different colonies, when placed together in a nest
or a Petri cell, ostracize each other, remaining as far apart as possible.
If forced into close quarters, they Wisieat mandibles and push
and pull one another until one dies. An alien queen, introduced
into and unable to flee from a queenless colony, is attacked by its
workers, and though she may make a brave fight, is eventually
killed. When a queen is alone she will sometimes fight in defense

and after a day or two of quiet residence in this abode they showed
little disposition to leave it, but carried on their normal occupations with
an appearance of contentment.

In cleaning the cell, the cover was gently removed in a dim light, the left
hand was placed snugly over the part of the cell occupied by the ant family,
and the ants stayed in the agreeable warmth and darkness thus provided for
them while the unoccupied part of the cell was cleaned. By externally
covering any portion of the cell floor with the black patch, and setting the
cell in a dim light, the ants were made to move to the selected site without
serious disturbance or loss of eggs.

For prolonged observation of the ants I used a weak light, natural or
artificial, hand lenses, and a background, under the glass floor, of whatever
color best showed the object.

Ss

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

of her eggs, larvee and pups; but if there be workers belonging
to her, she retires to a place of safety, and remains there until the
fracas subsides and the workers seek her out.

Workers from different colonies shut into the same nest will fight
until but one party remains. I put into a Janet nest, which one
colony had occupied for a week, another colony that had for two
weeks been in a Lubbock nest. The following day the Lubbock
colony was congregated with a mass of its young in three stages
in the food-room; the Janet colony was likewise congregated with
its young in the adjoining nursery, and a battle was raging between
“groups of two, of three, of four and of five, the attacks being
always upon single ants. A day later eighty ants had been slain,
and the warfare continued. On the fifth day the young of both
colonies had all been brought together into the nursery and the
victorious remnant of the Janet colony was alone with its spoils.

When a single alien Stenamma fulvum piceum is introduced into
a colony, it at once exhibits signs of terror, endeavors to flee or to
hide, and keeps apart from the habitants; but sooner or later an
inmate comes upon it, and though it may slay its opponent in a
duel or two, it is sure to be destroyed, as no Stenamma fulvum
piceum code of honor intervenes against an attack of many upon
one.

Long-continued isolation does not abate the hostility of Sten-
amma fulvum piceum to an alien. I have tried many experiments
with queens that had lived solitary for several months, introducing
to their respective domiciles alien workers of all ages, from loag
mature adults to callows just beginning to walk, and I have but
rarely succeeded in effecting a reconciliation between the two.
The hostility of the worker to the queen was usually as marked as
was that of the queen to the worker. The few cases in which
affiliation was induced were all between the queen and very young
callows, whose impudence appears sometimes to be condoned by
their elders. An instance of this toleration was given by a queen
and one major worker that had been isolated ina Petri cell for
more than three months. After killing several older callows,
introduced one by one, they had permitted an alien minim, intro-
duced when but a few hours old, to remain with them. Five days
later I introduced two sisters of their adopted young worker, the
newcomers being minims about twenty days old. These newcomers

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

at once attacked the queen and the major. The major acted solely
on the defensive. Curling her abdomen in, and sitting on the
small of her back, with her tough thorax presented to her small
enemy, she permitted much nabbing of her body and much pulling
of her limbs, making xo retaliation. The queen, on her part,
caught her little adversary by its antenna and held it firmly and
quietly for some minutes, then released it and stood head to head
with it without nipping it. The whole conduct of the adults was
like that often seen in big dogs that are playing with obstreperous
puppies. It appeared as if the adults liked their adopted callow

and were unwilling to harm its sisters. The three callows perfectly °

affliated from the start; but the newcomers often renewed their
attacks on the queen and the major, and after scome hours were
killed by the adults. The adopted callow continued to live in
that cell.

The kings of different colonies are indifferent or friendly to one
another, and they have no steady foes either in their own or other
households of their kind. They are the only active representatives
of their colony that are ever cordially received in any other colony,
and strong inducements are apparently offered for their permanent
residence among the aliens. I have seen two workers, one on either
side of an alien king, holding to his wings and gently conducting
him through the grass to the entrance of their domicile; and I have
repeatedly seen the workers capture, lift and carry alien kings
home with them. If, about swarming time, an alien king is
dropped into one of my glass nests, the workers seize him by his
wings and forcibly detain him among them. If he later wanders
away, they follow, Jift and bring him back. The kings are much
petted by the workers; their bodies are licked clean, their wings
are straightened and smoothed, and their heads are patted with the
antenne. If the colony is forced to change its place of residence
the kings are picked up by the small of the back and carried to
the new abode. Young winged queens manifest great friendliness
toward alien kings. Probably cross-fertilization is common if not
universal,

Stenamma fuluum piceum of the same colony, queens, kings and
workers, generally live amicably together. The queen is followed,
tended, licked and patted, and is the evident centre of attraction
in the group.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429

Colonies captured and confined in my nests just before swarming
time, within a few days divided into as many groups as there were
queens, the queens disposing themselves as far apart as the limits
of the nest permitted. When a queen was then removed by me,
the workers at once carried the young and settled down by another
queen.

A wingless queen, after wandering for some days alone in a
Lubbock nest, cleared an irregularly oval space about three centi-
meters long and two centimeters wide, building a smooth solid wall
with the particles of earth that she removed from her floor. The
wall was compact and vertical, and for more than half the cireum-
ference of the structure extended a distance of five millimeters
from the floor to the glass roof. She worked industriously for
several days on this structure and then laid an egg, which she
lifted and carried between her mandibles whenever light was
admitted to her dwelling. The day after the laying of the first
egg, a visitor lifted the glass roof of the nest and spoiled her
work, I then marked her, using a fine camel’s-hair brush and
dotting the top of her ebdomen with a fleck of quickly drying
varnish into which water colors had been rubbed, and I then re-
turned her to her own colony, from which she had been absent
three weeks. The first worker that she there met stood head to
head with her for some minutes, while the two tapped each other
with antennze and the worker regurgitated food to the queen.
Other ants greeted her with the same ordinary signs of satisfaction.
Nine queens taken on their emergence from the nest at swarming
in September and placed in Petri cells, each with an alien king,
retained their wings from two to three months, and only one of
them laid eggs before shedding her wings. One of my queens shed
her wings the day she was captured, and another retained hers
nearly four months. One laid her first egg twenty-seven days
after swarming in September, and one laid no eggs until January,
one hundred and six days after swarming. None of the score of
queens that I have isolated at their swarming with alien kings has
failed sooner or later to lay eggs.

The eggs are deposited one at a time, without regularity in the
intervals. Only once have I known so many as six to be deposited
in a single day, one or two a day being the ordinary number. If
the queen is agitated or troubled she ceases from egg-laying, some-

450 PROCEEDINGS, OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

times for many days together. Some of the queens in my Petri
cells haye averaged more than one egg a day during every month
from September to the following July, and they and their workers
appear to be in good health, though they have had during the
winter no respite from the labor of rearing the young.

The eggs laid by the queens are visible to the unassisted eye, are
a pearly translucent white, and are oblong in shape, the thickness
being about half the length, which is half a millimeter. When
the queen is about to deposit an egg, workers stand about her, as
if aware of a new duty, and they pick up the egg as soon as it is
deposited and add it to the packet, which is constantly tended,
kept clean, watched over and carried about by the workers. The
ege-packet, after being carried about for some time by one worker,
is passed over to another, who appears to assume the burden
eagerly. If the queen is alone she takes care of her own eggs.

In order to ascertain the time of incubation, I placed queens
each in a clean Petri cell, some with workers, some without workers,
and cleaned each cell daily until the first egg was deposited in it.
I examined the cell two or three times a day, and recorded the
time of deposit of the first egg and of a few succeeding ones. In
some cases I removed the queen after a few eggs had been depos-
ited, leaving the eggs to the care of the workers alone. I counted
the eggs daily to see that there was no diminution in their number,
and I cast out from my calculations all cases in which there was a
diminution of the number of eggs during the time of my observa-
tions. I was also careful that there should be no manipulation nor
disturbance of the eggs except by the ants themselves. The eggs
recorded were laid between the 7th of October and the 8th of the
following May, and were laid by ten different queens. Twenty-
two simultaneous or successive broods were thus observed, with the
result that in two cases the first larva appeared on the eighteenth
day after the laying of the first egg; in nine cases on the nine-
teenth day; in ten cases on the twentieth day; in one case on the
twenty-first day. The time of incubation was not influenced
solely by temperature, for eggs laid by different queens on the
same day did not invariably hatch on the same day. In six of
the twenty-two broods two eggs were deposited by the same queen
on the first day, and these six broods each produced its first two
larvee within the same day. Furthermore, the appearance of

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451
larvee succeeding the first in each brood corresponded closely with
the times of the deposit of eggs succeeding the first laid. Various
broods, removed to weak alcohol or hot water and examined under
a lens, showed the larva well formed in the egg at about the seven-
teenth day and no earlier. Broods in which the first larva
appeared on the nineteenth day were immersed in alcohol and
examined under a lens, and they always showed earlier, but never
later, stages of larval existence; while broods in which no larva
had appeared on the twentieth day showed, when examined in like
manner, a larva perfectly formed within the ezg membrane. I
therefore conclude that the period of incubation varies between
seventeen and twenty-two days, with nineteen days as the common
period. The variation in the period of incubation bears no fixed
relation to the size of the future adult. Eggs of different periods
of incubation followed to the adult form were found to produce
the same sort of worker.

My ants have furnished no evidence that they ever devour the
eggs, larvee or pupze of their own colony. One worker, isolated in
a Petri cell twenty-one days without food, died leaving five eggs
intact during the last sixteen days of her starvation. In all the
score of Petri cells in which I have for months watched the condi-
tion and counted the numbers of the eggs, no diminution of them
could be logically charged to the mature ants, whose skill and
diligence in keeping them clean, safe, dry and in humid darkness,
merits high renown.

The feeding of the larva, which is bent neariy double in the
egg, with regurgitated food begins as soon as it straightens itself and
protrudes its mouth. When the larve begin to appear in the egg-
packet, the workers lift the packet and hold it free and still, while
one of their number holds a translucent white globule of regurgi-
tated food to the larval mouth projecting from the surface of the
egg-packet. I have repeatedly seen the workers thus feeding the
very young larvee, a single globule of regurgitated food serving
for a meal of which four or five larvze successively partook.

When the larva first emerges, its length is nearly double that of
the egg. When well fed its growth is rapid and in a day or two
its length is three or four times that of the egz. When about
two millimeters long it is usually removed from the egg-packet
and laid on the floor, or associated with others of its size ina

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

separate bundle, the individuals being fastened together by the
hooks on their surfaces, as the eggs were by their sticky shells.
The habit which is observable in Stenamma fulvum piceum,
in common with some other species of ants, of assorting the young
in accordance with the size and form, doubtless eeonomizes labor
and also tends to the preservation of the young. The flexible neck
of the larva enables it to reach to a distance equal to a quarter of
its body-length, and to fix its mouth upon anything edible that is

within its reach. I have observed a gradual diminution of the

eggs in every cell where the smallness of the working force pre-
vented that segregation of the larvee and that assortment accord-
ing to size which prevails in large communities; and I have also,
in such circumstances, seen full-grown larvie, and even pup, fall
victims to the voracity of the unfed younger larvee.

The older larve are eften fed when lying upon their backs, the
ventral side serving as a place of deposit for food reached by the
curving of the neck, as described for Ponera coarctata by Prof.
Wheeler in the Biological Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 2. But this
feeding posture is with Stenumma fulvum piceum scarcely more
common than are others. Sometimes one larva is used as a table,
not only for its own feeding, but for the feeding of two or three
other larvze that are inclined against its sides to take their portion
of the same morsel. I have also seen five larvze set on end around
half the abdomen of a bisected house-fly, feeding voraciously from
its interior, like pigs around a trough. Sometimes the larva is
laid with its ventral side against a succulent portion of the insect,
and is left there to take its fill; sometimes it has a portion of meat
held to its mouth and forcibly removed as soon as it has hada
brief repast, and sometimes a worker stands with her head over
that of the larva and allows it to take food from her crop ina
manner resembling that in which a mother-pigeon feeds her young.
In my nests the very young larvze have been fed solely upon regur-
gitated food. _The older larve have been given particles of flies,
mealworms, roaches, beetles, spiders, sponge-cake, white bread
moistened with sweetened water, and of dried yolk of hens’ eggs.
They have also fed upon fragments of ants of other species, on
pupze of alien colonies, and on the pupz and larvie of Cremastogas-
ter lineolata and of Lasius umbratus.

Larv:e deprived wholly of insect food did not during a period of

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

one hundred days produce one pupa. But larve grew from the
egg to nearly full size without insect food, and one pupa, that later
on became a minim, had no insect food during the last twenty-two
days of its larval stage. The adult ants appear able to live on
indefinitely without insect food; but there is a noticeable diminu-
tion in the number of eggs laid by the queen, and in the number
of the larvze simultaneously fed by the workers. I have seen no
instance of the eating of members of their own colony by these
ants, nor of their feeding their larvee upon dismembered kin. But
they will eat and feed to their larve the flesh of dismembered alien
eallows, and probably thickness of integument is all that protects
alien adults from being commonly used as food.

The responsibility taken by the workers in the care of the
young may have brought about an incapacity on the part of some
of the queens to regurgitate food, and may have disabled them for
solitary rearing of the larvee.

Two sister queens that were taken at swarming on September 17,
lived each with a king of another colony until the death of both
kings, when I placed them, on November 13, together without
workers in a Petri cell where they lived until the following June.
The first egg was laid on December 8, and the first larva appeared
on December 28, when there were-fifteen eggs, cared for by both
queens. The queens continued to lay eggs, and young larvee
frequently appeared among the eggs, but no larva lived longer
than two or three days. Up to April 28, four months after the
appearance of the first larva, no larva had been reared in this cell,
although more than one brood had meantime been successfully
reared in all similar cells where the queens were assisted by
workers. I then thoroughly cleaned the cell and replaced the
two queens. That same evening two eggs were deposited, and
when, on May 7, the eggs had been increased to eleven, I put in
two full-grown alien laryze, and later on a white pupa, all of which
were accepted by the queens. On May 24 the pupa became a
minor ant, and at once began to assist the queens in the care of
the eggs. On May 25 two new larvze were to be seen among the
eggs, and these larvze continued to grow and liye. The two intro-
duced larve also thrived, and on June 10 the two queens and
three callows were together engaged in tending a promising group
of larve, the first that were reared from eggs in this cell.

28

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Three solitary widowed queens of the five in my Petri cells,
during four or more months after beginning to lay eggs, failed to
rear any larve, although other queens to the number of seven, at
the same time and in exactly similar conditions, with the exception
of having worker-assistants, ail reared one or more broods. The
fourth solitary queen brought up a single male, I myself having
given her much help in the feeding of one larva, the sole survivor
among many that appeared and perished during four months.
The fifth solitary queen had the assistance of workers in rearing
her first larvee, and later on when the workers were removed, she
indisputably fed and reared larvee all the way from the egg
upward.

The length of the larval period has, in my nests of Stenamma
fulvuum piceum, as is generally thought to be the case with other
ants, been apparently dependent on the amount and quality of the
food-supply. Between October 27 and May 9 I recorded the
beginning and end of the larval stage of twenty-six lJarve from
queens’ eggs. There was one of twenty days, one of twenty-one,
one of twenty-two, three of twenty-four, one of twenty-five, one
of twenty-six, one of twenty-seven, four of twenty-eight, one of
twenty-nine, three of thirty, one of thirty-one, two of forty-two,
one of fifty-three, one of eighty-four, three of ninety-three, and
one of ninety-seven days’ duration. AJ] the larval periods shorter
than forty-three days were in domiciles where the queen was pres-
ent, and all over forty-three days were in cells where the larvee
were reared by workers alone. The assiduity of the worker is even
obviously greater when the queen is present. The shortest period
recorded was that of the larva in whose feeding I myself assisted
the queen.

The length of the larval period does not determine the sex nor
the size of the ant. In the cases above recorded, one larva having
a period of twenty, one of thirty and one of ninety-three days
all ultimately became males. One larva with a period of twenty-
four, one of ninety-three and one of ninety-seven days all ulti-
mately became minims. The only queen hatched in iy nests had
a larval period of fifty-three days. A queens’-egg-larva now
under the care of three workers in one of my Petri cells has been
in the larval stage a hundred and forty days.

From four to eight duys previous to emergence from the Jarval

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PAILADELPHIA. 435

stage, the larva expels the contents of the alimentary canal, ceases
to feed, and changes in color from translucent white with a brown
<ore to creamy and more opaque white. Deprivation of food for
some days will cause any half-grown larva to make these prepara-
tions for becoming a pupa, and minims can be reared at will.

The larvze are kept resplendently clean by the licking given by
the workers. In my nests the workers appeared to learn a use
for the sponge, and when I at various times soiled a larva with
stale insect juices, they rubbed it upon the sponge to clean away
what they apparently disliked to lick off.

Either majors, minors, or minims alone can feed larvee, but in my
Petri cells, where food is always near, they have rarely reared
more than three larve to each adult worker. A minim alone with
a queen reared three larvee simultaneously, and five majors together
reared sixteen. The anxiety which impels the nurses to lift the
immature young whenever the cell is uncoyered probably hinders
their rearing large numbers in these abodes. When disturbed,
the workers first lift the oldest in the nest, the pup, the larvie or
the egg-packet. This order is also followed by the solitary queens.

After the larvee are large enough to be removed from among
the eggs of a packet and to lie separately on the floor, they are so
fed as to bring them to about the same size. As the eggs are laid
rather regularly, one or two a day, and are nearly equal in their
periods of incubation, the larvee, if evenly fed, would reach the
pupa stage one by one. But great natural possibilities of shorten-
ing or prolonging the larval period by increase or diminution of
the supplied nutriment, and the method of feeding the lary so
unequally as to keep them nearly equal in size, causes the normal
nest to be at times without pupz, and at times to be destitute of
advanced larve. I have observed in natural nests, and also in my
artificial nests, that at times there are a great number of larve
and no pups, and at times countless pup with no advanced
Jarvee.

The larve grow to the length of the pupz perfected within their
integument, varying from two to five millimeters. When the thin,
transparent-white integument bursts, the ants clean the snow-white
naked pupa, and constantly watch over and tend it. Its first color
appears in the eye-spots, which are grayish on the third day and
brown on the fifth. On the tenth day, with the utmost regularity,

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

there is a deposit of pigment on the dorsal side of the largest
segments of the abdomen, and this color spreads and deepens
until, on the twelfth day, the sex of the future ant can thereby
be foretold, the worker-pupa being yellowish all over, the male-
pupa gray-bodied with white limbs, the queen-pupa mottled brown
and orange with yellowish limbs. Two days later the worker-pupa
acquires the rich dark amber color which it retains as a callow;
the slate color of the male-pupa deepens to black, and the queen-
pupa has the tints of an adult queen. The length of the pupa-
stage was ascertained by me for seventy-three pupa, all presumably
the issue of queens’ eggs, in fifteen different habitations, between
January 5 and May 27. I took the time from emergence from
the larval sheath to the assumption of the standing posture as the
period of pupa-existence. Forty-four of my number proved to be
minims, and of these two became such on the fourteenth day,
twenty-three on the fifteenth day, and nineteen on the sixteenth
day.

Fourteen became minors, and of these eleven became such on
the seventeenth day and three on the eighteenth day.

Ten became majors, and of these five became such on the nine-
teenth day, four on the twentieth day and one on the twenty-first
day.

The pupa-stage of the sixty-eight workers varied, therefore,
between thirteen and twenty-two full days; but the minims may
be said to have a pupa-period of about fifteen days, the minors a
pupa-period of about seventeen days, and the majors a pupa-
period of about nineteen days.

Four of the seventy-three pup became kings, and of these one
became such on the eighteenth day, two on the nineteenth day
and one on the twentieth day.

One only became a queen. She was a pupa nearly seventeen
days, and died soon after beginning to walk about among the three
workers that reared her from a queen’s egg.

Of some hundreds of larvee that have successfully been reared
to the pupa-stage by my captive ants, not more than ten have
failed to safely pass the pupa-stage and to liye on as ants. The
small proportion of deaths among the ant-children, in so unnatural
an environmeut as is created by a glass nest and a human pur-
veyor, surely indicates a more than human skill on the part of the

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

adults in their care of the offspring, or else wonderful tenacity of
life on the part of the young ants,

The workers care for the pups with the same assiduity that dis-
tinguishes their attention to the eggs and the larvze, but this atten-
tion does not appear to be necessary to the survival of the pupe.
I isolated ten pup in a Petri cell, having the same warmth,
moisture, and general environment as had those pup remaining
under the care of the workers, and although half of them were
taken from their nurses before any color had been deposited in
their integunients, every one of them came safely to the adult-
stage. When, as callows, they were one by one returned to their
adult kin, they received such an extraordinary amount of licking
as to suggest the well-known theory that the pupz exude a sub-
stance which is liked by the ants, and that the attention of the
latter to the pupze is not wholly altruistic.

These ants are very cleanly. In every nest where I have long
kept them they have chosen a fixed place for the throwing of re-
fuse, as remote as possible from the inert young.

They carry morsels of food and lay them on the sponges, as if
with intent to moisten edibles that are too dry for their eating.

They follow their usual occupations both by day and by night.
Individual ants rest sometimes for hours, standing motionless and
apparently asleep. I haye seen a worker spend more than an
hour upon her toilet, combing or- licking every part of her body
as tar as she could reach. Much willing service is renderd by the
adults to each other in the cleaning of their integuments. I saw
one worker hold another by a foot, apparently insisting upon such
service, which was rendered at intervals and was renewed only
when a limb was again nipped, during forty minutes. On the final
release of the operator the two ants turned mouth to mouth and
one regurgitated food to the other.

The muscular endurance of these ants seems to be great. They
will fight with no cessation during several hours, holding an enemy
by a limb or mandible. When the fight is a duel, the stronger ant,
or the ant that first succeeds in nipping a leg or an antenna,
thereby drags its opponent over objects, itself keeping the higher
ground, until the limb is severed. In the Lubbock nests, the
stronger fighter always threw the weaker into the moat, either
before or after the death of the unfortunate. When a battleground

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July,

presents a precipice, the attempt to push the enemy over it is
always noticeable. The successful use of the sting does not appear
to be fatal to an ant-enemy, although it gives pain in the human
hand for an hour or more.

Notwithstanding the general harmony and mutual helpfulness in
a colony of Stenamma fuluum picéum, the ants have their indi-
vidual quarrels. Three queens had liyed by themselves serenely
in a Petri cell for five months, giving common care for four
months to their single group of eggs, when two of the queens
began a tug of war, standing head to head, one holding the other
by a mandible, and dragging or pushing her over and around
the sponges. Uncovering the cell, watering the sponges, intro-
ducing an alien worker caused no cessation of the fray. The
third queen, distinguished from the other two by a fragment of
wing on one side, made frequent excursions to inspect the two
belligerents, and then returned quickly to continue her care of
the eggs. The battle persisted, with biief intervals, for four days,
and then one of the two combatants was left on the side of the cell
opposite the eggs, and there she remained in isolation for the
ensuing ten days. I several times lifted her and placed her close
to the other two queens and the eggs, but every time her wingless
enemy seized her by the small of her back, carried her across the
cell, and cast her down in the place for refuse, or else attacked and
drove her back to her place of banishment. On the eleventh
day the banished queen was permitted to return to her two sister
queens and the eggs, but she died on the following afternoon.

One who watches the proceedings of these ants through many
months finds numerous occasions when the sequence of events
strongly suggests a designed punishment of individual offenders in
the colony. Twice I have seen an assembly of older ants, its
members ranged at nearly equal distances, forming a circle with all
heads toward the centre, remaining motionless except in vibrations
of the antennse or a curious shaking of the abdomen, certainly
for some hours, and probably for some days. These assemblages
were each succeeded by an execution. In the one case an ant was
torn asunder and cast in the kitchen-midden. In the other case
one ant was dismembered, and another ant picked up the head and
thorax of the dismembered victim and carried it about in the food-
room. She was carrying it at all the many times when I looked

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

at her during the succeedirg three days. Of course, the sequences
noted may have been merely double coincidences in two unusual
proceedings of the ants.

Both majors and minors among the Stenamma fulvum piceum
sometimes lay eggs, especially when no queen is present in their
habitation. The number of eggs laid is sometimes considerable.
I have seen as many as three hundred at once in a nest of fifty
workers from which a queen had been for several months absent.
One of my Petri cells, in which the eggs of five isolated workers
came to the larval stage, indicated that the time of incubation
of these eggs may be the same as for queens’ eggs, eighteen or
nineteen days. The first egg was laid on February 21, the second
on February 23, and the eggs were gradually increased to ten.
The first larva appeared on the 12th and the second on the 14th
of March.

The larval period of workers’-egg-larve under the care of
workers alone, appears to be much longer than for the queens’-
egg-larvee under the care of queens alone, or under the care of
queens and workers, or under the care of workers alone. Judging
from data recorded from five groups of isolated workers that have
been rearing their own progeny in my nests during ten months, [
think these Jarvze sometimes take more than two hundred days in
their growth from egg to pupa.

The workers’ eggs are about half as large as are the queens’
eggs; the larvee on issuing from the eggs are but half as large as
those issuing from queens’ eggs; the pups are also much smaller
than are those of males produced from queens’ eggs, and the adult
males are dwarfs, being from four to five millimeters in length of
body, without the wings.

A colony captured by me on July 13, 1900, lost its only queen
on August 25. It was transferred from a Janet to a new, clean
Fielde nest on September 6, and after that date had no communi-
eation with any other nest. Between the 17th of the following
February and the 7th of June, 1901, twelve dwarf males were
successively produced. No ants of any other sort were during
four months produced in this queenless colony. All twelve of
these dwarf males, with the utmost regularity, showed eyespots and
ocelli of pale gray on the third day of pupal existence, and the
color deepened to black on the fifth day. On the tenth day the

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

dorsal side of the abdomen became grayish, and on the twelfth
day the head, thorax and abdomen were slate color, while the
limbs remained white. Thereafter the color deepened to black,
and in each of the twelve cases the pupa became an ant on the
seventeenth day.

Four of these dwarf males, that remained during their natural
lives with their worker-progenitors, lived respectively fifteen, thirty-
two, thirty-four and forty-five days.

The food which the Stenamina fulvum piceum were seen to eat in
captivity was, in the order of their apparent preference, fragments
of flies, roaches, mealworms, beetles and spiders; morsels of
sponge-cake, white bread moistened with sweetened water or white
syrup; apple, banana, boiled sweet-potato ; fat of boiled fresh
beef; soft gum-drop, almond paste, pie crust, hickory nut and
honey. They.showed no lively interest in other than insect food
of which they had been for some days deprived. They appeared
to avoid all raw or cooked meats other than particles of fat.
Their liking for a varied diet and their attention to unusual deli-
cacies indicate a highly deveioped sense of taste.

Though the attitude ordinarily assumed in eating is that of
standing on all six legs and lapping the food, I have twice seen
an ant stand on four legs, using the front feet to hold an insect-
egg to its mouth, suggesting the posture in which a squirrel com-
monly eats nuts.

The amount of food required to sustain life must be small. I
isolated sixteen workers in groups in clean Petri cells, containing
nothing but sponges that were frequently cleaned with ninety-five
per cent. alcohol and then saturated with water. Of these ants one
lived five days, five lived six days, two lived seven days, one lived
eight days, three lived nine days, one lived twelve days, one sixteen
days, one twenty-one days, and one thirty-four days without visible
food. That these ants died from starvation and not from other
cause was indicated by the control experiments in which other ants
similarly placed, but with a supply of food, continued to live on for
months. The ability of Stenamma fulvum to endure starvation
is, however, exceeded by the less active Formica fusca and the
sluggish Ponera coarctata, one of the former having lived in my
Petri cell forty-one days, and one of the latter forty-three days,
without visible food. Formica sanguinea shows lesser tenacity of

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

life, as none of several subject to the same experiment lived more
than six days.

The Stenamma fulvum picewm also meet extreme cold with impu-
nity. At about 50° F., or 10° C., they become sluggish, remain-
ing almost or quite motionless in their usual attitudes. I froze a
two-queen colony for twenty-four hours, the thermometer going
down to 23° F., or 5° C. On gradually thawing the ants, all
survived, including callows but two days old, and the frozen
pup, jarve and eggs developed perfectly later on. Another
small colony was frozen continuously for five days, the thermome-
ter going down to 15° F., or 10° C. The queen and all ihe
workers survived thawing, but a fifth of the workers died soon
after, and the queen, who had previously laid eggs almost daily
for five months, laid no egg thereafter for eighteen days.

It is probable that these ants, being highly thermotactic, seek
the deeper, warmer recesses of their nests in the ground in autumn,
and there hibernate until the warmth of spring draws them toward
the surface.

The color of these ants manifestly deepens with age. The newly
hatched callows are translucent amber. The brown tint of the
adult first begins to appear on the dorsal side of the largest seg-
ments of the abdomen. Some of the majors have already this
beginning of brown coloration before they pass the pupa stage.
The head, which is throughout life darker than the thorax, takes
on color next after the abdomen. In three or four months the
young worker has the color of an adult, but very old ants, queens
as well as workers, attain deeper shades of brown with passing
years. The males are fully colored, a glossy jet black, even before
leaving the pupa stage.

I have not yet the data from which to draw conclusions concern-
ing the longevity of queens and workers, though I have those in
my nests that are certainly over one year old. The shorter-lived
males have furnished me the following record relating to their
longevity :

Longevity Table for 20 males, presumably the issue of queens’ eggs.
a. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso-

lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell,
lied Greeters <3 MM MEE es ater a ae nn es 5 days.

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

b. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso-

lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell,

lived . . 7 days.
c. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, i iso-

lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell,

lived .. 1S ME
d, Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, i iso-

lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell,

lived. . 20 eres
é. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso-

lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell,

lived .- . ZO RSS
dp Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso-

lated with queen of another aah ia a Petri cell,

lived . . =~, =O 2pa ee
q. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, iso-

lated with queen of another colony, lived. . . 18 ‘
h. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, iso-

lated with queen of another colony, lived. . . 19 *
i. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, isolated

with queen of another colony, lived . . 13
j. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, isolated
with queen of another colony, lived, . . AQ "ne

k. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, November 22: lived
with his sister-workers, no queen, lived . . . 14 *

/. Hatched in Fielde ern ES November 22, remained
there with queen-mother and workers, lived . . 24 ‘

. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, November 22, domi-
ciled with sister-workers, no queen, lived . . 40 ‘*

n. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, November 27, domi-
ciled with sister-workers, lived . . . . . 42. 5s

o. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, November 27, re-

maiued there with mother-queen and workers,

>
>=
=

lived . . 12
p. Hatched in F jelde ant- house, "December 1, domi-

ciled with sister-workers, no queen, lived. . Si oS
q. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, December 1, remained

there with mother-queen and workers, lived . 100m

The king that lived longest, having been taken at the swarming,
must have lived considerably more than 102 days, and his resi-
dence with a queen did not manifestly shorten his days.

The history of this little pair illustrates interesting traits of these
ants. The two were taken from different colonies on a sunny
morning after heavy rain, September 17, 1900. They were
immediately placed by themselves in a Petri cell, and were at once

———————— eC

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

friendly. The courtship or honeymoon was distinguished by
mutual devotion. The one was rarely beyond the touch of the
other, and the satisfaction of the two in their companionship was
apparently equal. If the queen moved the king usually followed.
If the king failed in constancy of attention to her, the queen
approached and by a side stroke of her antenna made him aware
of herself. This queen was exceptional in retaining all her wings
until after she deposited her first two eggs, on the 15th of Novem-
ber, two months after swarming. She had laid twenty-eight eggs
before she lost the wings of one side, on December 7, and she laid
many more before her last wing fell off in January.

From the time of first egg laying, the king and queen both
watched over the eggs, one of them remaining on guard when
the other went to the opposite side of the cell to eat. The king
watched over the eggs in the absence of the aueen, but he never
lifted them nor carried them about as did the queen.

On the death of the king, December 28, after more than a
hundred days of wedlock, as he Jay prone on his back with out-
spread wings, the queen piled her twenty eggs upon him, and hung
over the body persistently. On ensuing days I separated the
body, the queen and the eggs, first by a distance of a half-inch,
then of an inch, then of two inches, then of three inches, and in
a few hours after each separation the queen had brought the body
and the eggs again together and stood with her head lowered over
them, her mouth usually near the king’s mouth. On the fifth day
after his death, I moved his body to the opposite side of the cell,
and separated it from the eggs by an intricate route between the
sponges. The distracted queen at once set out in search of her
treasures, and in her efforts during the next two days to bring the
body and the eggs together, she so scattered the eggs that, fearing
the loss of them, I took out the shriveled body, collected the eggs,
and left the queen alone with them in a cleaned cell.

Two males, one the issue of a workers’ egg, the other of a
queens’ egg, were later on introduced separately into her cell, and
were killed and dismembered by her.

The queen continued to lay eggs, and the eggs at frequent inter-
vals produced laryze, but this queen was evidently unable to feed
her young larve, and I had no workers of her own colony to
offer her. Up to the end of May, 1901, she continued to lay

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

eggs and the young larvze continued to perish. Meantime two of
her eggs, given on January 31 to the care of three alien workers
living in a cell by themselves, had produced one queen and one
king.

After four months of failure had sufficiently shown the inability
of this queen to alone rear her larvze, I attempted to reconcile her
to alien helpers, putting in at different times from other colonies five
young workers of ages varying from a few days toa few hours, and
all were killed by her, or were removed on account of endangering
her life. One callow minor, after having been nine days in the
cel] with the queen, nipped her so viciously and tenaciously that I
could release her only by decapitating her enemy. The mutual
fear and hostility of the queen and the alien workers, with the
common desire to possess and care for the eggs, always resulted in
the scattering and eventual loss of the eggs.

However, two other alien workers, one minor and one minim,
introduced into the cell when but a few hours old, after several
days’ residence with the queen and numerous timid tentative
apprcaches, perfectly affiliated with her. She laid no eggs there-
after until the ninth day in an eggless cell, and then she continued
to lay an egg or two daily, to be picked up and taken care of by
her adopted callows. Two white pups were also introduced into
the eggless cell and there became ants, and in June the long
solitary and childless queen had four devoted workers caring for
her own young larvee.

Ants have great aptitude in the recognition of their kin of the
same colony. A colony found in the woods just previous to its
swarming, on September 7, 1900, was divided and placed in two
nests, C-e and O-d, each with one queen. After eight months of
separation, ants brought together from the two nests perfectly and
immediately affiliated.

Sister-queens of this colony, kept apart in Petri cells with a few
workers to June 17, 1901, were after nine months’ separation
from their colony, received back with distrust. They were nabbed
and held by the workers, but they were themselves quiescent.
The attacks of the workers were hesitating and tentative, and after
they had passed their antennze over the whole body of the visiting
queen, they left her alone. After a few hours in the nest, she was
beside her former associate, and the workers were gathered around

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445,

the two in the manner usual with colonies that have two esteemed
queens.

That the recognition of the ants is not personal is proven by
the following fact: Workers hatched in nest C-e during the first
half of November, 1900, were isolated in nest A—a, while workers
hatched in nest C-d during the same period of time were isolated
in nest A-b. The two sections C-e and C-d had each its own
queen, workers and young, and there was no communication
between the two nests after the division of the original colony on
September 7. Between nests A-a and A—b there was no com-
munication, and these two nests contained workers only. The
workers of nest A—a had never during their active lives met those
in A- nest until six months after they all became ants, when I
put them together in a Petri cel]. There was at first an exhibi-
tion of mutual distrust, and even of animosity, which gradually
disappeared when the antennse had been passed over the bodies of
the strangers, and in a half-hour all were amicably congregated
in a single group.

These ants have a habit of bringing their bodies to a low level,
stretching their legs wide asunder, and creeping slowly up to an ob-
ject of suspicion, in a manner that is quite catlike in its stealthiness ;
and this mode of approaching was often used toward the strangers,
after the antennze had once touched.

IT also transferred pup from C-d nest to the care of queens of
other colonies, and left them there in the care of aliens until they
became ants and reached the age of about sixteen days. On
returning these callows to the C-d nest, which they had left as
pupze, they exhibited great fear of their relatives and hosts, sought
to stay in parts of the nest most remote from the resident com-
munity, hid themselves, and showed al] the trepidation usual in
ants that are put into a nest of aliens. On the other hand, the
resident ants made no unfriendly demonstrations toward the new-
comers, and after these callows were forced into association with
them by confinement with a few of the adults in a small space,
the callows lost their fears and thereafter mingled freely and hap-
pily with all in the nest. In less than a day they were incor-
porated in the community where they accomplished their larval
career.

Callows of the same stock, C-d, of the same age and the same

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

rearing as the above, were introduced the same day into an abso-
lutely alien community, B-b, were instantly attacked, and were
dismembered and then fed to the larvee or eaten by the ants.

Four adult workers, two majors and two minors, that I took in
August, 1900, from an apple-core by the roadside and isolated in
a Petri cell, on December 4 killed two alien callows that had just
come from the pupa-stage in C-d nest. The next day they
received three amber pupz from C-d nest, and one of these pup»
that sare day became an ant, and of it the adult ants appeared
to be very fond. On the 6th and 8th of December they killed
two of its sisters, introduced when but a few hours old into their
cell. On December 9, when the callow hatched in this cell was
four days old, I put in an ant only seven hours old, also from the
O-d nest. The four-day-old callow was the first to meet the baby
ant in the Petri cell. It licked its junior from end to end, and
when the adults repeatedly approached and snapped with their
mandibles at the latest comer, the older callow stood over and
appeared to wittingly protect the younger. It then picked up the
baby ant, which was a minim quite as large as itself, and carried
it into the shade of the sponge where two pupze were attended by the
adult ants. There it stood between the adults and the baby, giving
attention alternately to it and to the pup, and often touching the
adults with its antenn:e, until after many minutes the adults left
all to itseare. From that time the adults showed no further hostil-
ity toward the younger minim, and it continued to live in that cell.

While it is generally true that Stenamma fuloum piceum will cap-
ture and care for the eggs, larvee and pupz of alien colonies, they
do not invariably rear these to adult life.

A queen alone wil] not usually accept any worker from an alien
colony, but persistent effort may induce her to accept a very young
worker.

A queen alone with her eggs will not usually accept alien pupe.
She carries them away and casts them in her rubbish heap. But
if alien larye are introduced she will accept them, and then she
will later on accept pupze from the same stock. She will at any
time accept alien eggs.

Queens assisted by numerous workers will receive alien eggs,
larvie or pup, separately or together, the workers assuming
immediate charge of them.

_—

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

I have seen queenless workers break up and feed alien pup to
the larve they were rearing, but when they had no larve they
took excellent care of pup: from the same alien stock. As one
pupa will furnish an ample meal toa great number of larvee, there
may be much economy in thus utilizing an alien pupa that appears
unseasonably in their nursery.

An explanation of the somewhat erratic behavior of the ants
toward alien young will be suggested in a subsequent paragraph.

In many of the experiments made to test the power of these ants
in recognizing those of their own colony, I used a small number
of ants in each cell, and, without marking the ants, I could, by
choosing those of one shade from one colony and those of another
shade from another colony, always identify the colony to which
any ant used in the experiment had originally belonged, and could
invariably return her to her own.

The power of Stenamma fulvum piceum to recognize another of
her own colony is not destroyed by freezing and thawing either
one or both of the individuals.

Neither is it destroyed by merging one or both for an instant in
aleohol, in diluted oil of anise-seed or of bergamot, in tincture of
valerian or of asafcetida. The adult workers will survive dipping
in eighty per cent. alcohol or in the above-mentioned oils and tine-
tures duly diluted. On returning the dipped workers to their
colony they are not attacked as are aliens, though they may be for
a time avoided, and on recovering from the bath they join their
comrades in the common vocations of the nest.

I repeated one of the experiments of Bethe and obtained with
my ants results similar to his. When I mashed ants of colony
C-e and with the juices thus obtained smeared ants of the alien
colony B-b, the C-e colony received the smeared ants without hos-
tility, and the smeared ants exhibited the trepidation usual at
finding themselves in an alien nest. Likewise, ants from the C-e
colony, freshly smeared with the juices of B-b ants, were not
attacked in the B-d nest, but they were evidently terrified in being
there.

I then smeared a small number of B-) ants with the juices of
C-e ants, and put them into a new Petri cell with an equal number
of unsmeared C-e ants; and I smeared a small number of €-e
ants with the juices of B-b ants and put them into a new Petri

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

cell with an equal number of unsmeared B-) ants. In no ease
did the unsmeared ants attack the ants that had been merged in the
juices of their kin; but the smeared ants attacked the unsmeared
ants as they commonly attacked aliens. The smeared ants never
attacked each other.

After a worker had been smeared in the juices of ants of an
alien colony and then isolated for about thirty hours it was
returned to its colony, and every worker that touched it with the ©
antenne started back in alarm, but it was not attacked nor
harmed. The juices probably wore off gradually, since smeared
workers returned to their colony after one week of isolation were
received with no sign of distrust.

A queen that had for over three months peacefully shared the
cel] and labors of a sister-queen and five workers was smeared with
the juices of aliens and at once returned to the cell. She was
immediately. attacked by the workers as if she were an alien.
She evinced dread and submission in the usual manner of these
ants by cowering low, tightly shutting her mandibles, folding her
antenne and holding them close down upon her head. Three
workers together attacked her, but the attacks were intermittent,
and she soon erept up to her sister-queen. The queen prodded he
curiously with the ends of the antennze and showed no animosity.
Then a worker came and nabbed ker in places and licked her in
places, as though she was a composite of alien and kin. She was
kept aloof from the group for a day or two and then resumed
without harm her former associations.

Workers merged in alien juices were likewise attacked on being
restored to their kin, but the attacks were not persistent and
none were slain. The Josses of life or limbs all occurred through
the attacks of the smeared workers upon the aliens, among whem
they were as wolyes in sheep’s clothing. ‘The smeared ants, in
spite of their disguise, must have retained some evidences of their
lineage which protected them from extreme violence.

When two parties, each consisting of several workers that had
been merged in the juices of the kin of the other party, were
placed together in a new Petri cell, there were no violent attacks
from either side during the first two or three days. A tendency to
congregate according to colony showed itself from the beginning,
but by keeping the cell clean and preventing7separate settlement of

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

the two parties I secured the safety of both for eight days. When
I put in larvze there was strife for its possession, and at the end of
three weeks the only survivor of one party defended the larvie
against the sole survivor of the other party that, with but five
legs and a single antenna, still made stealthy approaches toward
the coveted young.

My observations of Stenamma fulvum picewm sustain the usual
view that ants have an inherent and hereditary odor, or something
akin to odor, whereby they are identified as friends or enemies, and
that they impart this odor to places which they frequent. All the
phenomena that I have observed in the lives of Stenamma fulvum
piceum indicate that the distinctive odor may appear first in the
larvee, and a little less faintly in the pup; that it intensifies with
age as does the color; that the sensitivity of the queen to this odor
is greater than is that of the workers; that any distinctive odor
to which an ant is accustomed and with which it associates secu-
rity and satisfaction is attractive to it, while ant-odors to which it
is unaccustomed excite alarm and hostility in proportion to their
strangeness. For such causes, ants that have come from the eggs
of colony M and in their pupa-stage were transferred to colony JV,
while they affiliate perfectly with the VV ants that they live among,
quickly recognize the odor of the M ants because it is their own.
As to the origin of the distinctive colony odor, it appears possi-
ble that it may be traced to a king.

Among Stenamma fulvum pieewm there are differences in indi-
vidual traits. Some are more truculent than are others of their
sex, age and size; or are more assiduous in their attention to the
young; or more devoted to the queen or the males; or more grega-
rious in habit; or more attached to the home; or more hostile toward
aliens. Every characteristic of a typical Stenamma fuluum piceum
appears strongly in certain individuals and is comparatively weak
‘in others.

The increasing tameness of my captive ants has been observable.
After some months of acquaintance, these Myrmicid ants have
wholly ceased to sting me when I handle them.

So domesticated have they become in their artificial nests that
they rarely run outside their houses when uncovered, and the
accustomed routine of cleaning their dwellings agitates them
searcely at all.

29

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,.

CRYSTALLINE AND CRYSTALLOIDAL SUBSTANCES AND THEIR
RELATION TO PLANT STRUCTURE.

BY HENRY KRAEMER, PH.D.

Niigeli and Schwendener,’ in the preface to their chapter on mor-
phology, give us probably the most comprehensive idea of the scope
of the subject. They say: ‘‘ Zur Morphologie im weiteren Sinne
des Wortes gehért die ganze Lehre yom Aufbau der Oganismen
aus den Elementen, woraus sie bestehen—von den Micellen,
welche die Bausteine der Zellen bilden, bis hinauf zu den Einhei-
ten der héchsten und letzten Ordnung, welche den vielfach
gegliederten. Bau der héhern Gewiichse zusammensetzen. Die
Morphologie hat zu ermittelen, unter welchen bestimmten Form—
und Lagerungsyerhiiltnissen die Micellen und Micellarschichten
sich vereinigen, um die Zelle und deren Theile zu bilden und
wihrend des Wachsthums weiter aufzubauen; sie hat hierauf die
Zelle als gegeben zu betrachten und zu untersuchen nach welchen
Gesetzen die Vermehrung derselben erfolgt, wie gleichsam Zelle
auf Zelle gesetzt wird, um die grossen Complexe zu bilden, die wir
als Organe kennen; sie hat ferner dir Differenzierungen zu verfol-
gen, welche in solchen Zellencomplexen nachtriiglich stattfinden,
und endlich auch die Entwicklung neuer Organe aus schon yor-
handenen, sowie die Natur und Stellungsverhiltnisse derselben in
Betracht zu ziehen.’’

As a result of having given considerable attention to what might
be termed the morphology of plant constituents and having made
a number of observations while trying to produce artificially from
chemical solutions crystalline and crystalloidal substances resem-
bling those formed naturally in the plant, such as calcium salts,
inulin, hesperidin, ete., a number of questions have arisen in the
author’s mind concerning morphological development which are
set forth in this paper.

Leipzig : William Engelmann, 1877, p. 532.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

angular contours which are made up of but one substance, the
molecule of which is simple, or at least not very complex. This
class includes carbon compounds as well as inorganic substances.
Of these may be mentioned calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate,
calcium oxalate, amygdalin, strychnine, berberine, ete. Some of
these compounds are soluble in water while others are not, hence
we may say that there are both soluble and insoluble sphere-erys-
tals. As examples of the former may be mentioned the glucosides
and alkaloidal salts, while as examples of the latter we have cal-
cium phosphate and oxalate, the alkaloids, ete.

The spherites resemble somewhat the sphere-crystals, but are
distinguished from them by the fact that they have a more com-
plex composition and the individual crystals have either a somewhat
rounded outline or are imbedded in colloidal substances in which
the crystalline or erystalloidal character is more or less obscured
and hence with dithculty discerned.

The spherites also admit of a classification into soluble and
insoluble bodies. The soluble spherites, or those directly soluble
in water, include hesperidin, inulin and allied carbohydrates, and
their crystalline character is most apparent when the specimens are
dehydrated with alcohol.

The insoluble spherites are not directly soluble in water, but may
be rendered so by treatment with certain reagents. These include
starch and the fundamental substances entering into the composi-
tion of the cell-wall. The spherite character of these substances
is not at once apparent, but can be demonstrated by the use of
reagents which cause a swelling of the substances in the starch-
grain or in the cell-wall. Ina paper’ communicated to the Society

2See also Journal of American Chemical Society, 1899, p. 650, and
American Journal of Pharmacy, 1899, p. 174. The following are the re-
agents that were used :

(1) Chloral iodine + iodine solution ; of each 5 parts.
(2) Chlor-zinc-iodide solution.
(3) Chromic acid solution (15 per cent.).
(4) Calcium nitrate solution (30 per cent.).
(5) Chloral solution (saturated), water and glycerin ; of each 5. parts.
To this solution as much iodine is added as the solution will take up.
(6) Saliva.
(7) Silver nitrate (2 per cent.).
(8) Sulphuric acid (C. P. acid 90 parts and water 10 parts).
(9) Taka-diastase (saturated solution).
(10) Sodium acetate solution (50 per cent.).
(11) Potassium hydrate solution (1; of 1 per cent.).

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

of Plant Morphology and Physiology, 1899, the author enumer-
ated the substances which could be used to bring out the spherite
structure in the starch-grain. The same kind of reagents, but in
stronger solutions, may be used to bring out the spherite structure
in the wall of thickened parenchyma cells, as endosperm, or
lignified cells, as stone cells. In eases where the cell-wall has been
metamorphosed into mucilage, simple treatment with water, as has
also been shown with the starch-grain, is sufficient to bring out
the structure.* The reason that this structure is not apparent
under natural conditions is because the refractive properties of the
erystalloidal substance so nearly resembles that of the associated
colloid. The use of certain reagents, however, which are more or
less penetrating in their action, cause an imbibition of water by
the colloidal portions with consequent swelling of the grain, or cell-
wall, and a contrast in refractive power with the more insoluble
and hence unaffected crystalloidal substances.

Sphere-crystals are further distinguished from spherites in that
the latter are capable of taking up or holding certain coloring
principles, as safranin, gentian violet, ete. It is questionable,
however, if the crystalloids contained in the spherite take up the
coloring matters, it being probable that the colloid associated with
the crystalloid is the portion that is colored, as I have already
shown in my studies on the structure of the starch-grain.

In the cell-wall the ecrystalloids occur in very close radial and
tangential rows and constitute by far the greater proportion of the
wall. In the starch-grain, on the other hand, there is apparently
a greater preponderance of colloidal matter which takes up certain
stains. This layering, which is well marked in the starch-grain,
is scarcely distinguishable in the cell-wal]. The reason that it is
not so well marked in the cell-wall is because of the difference in
amount of the erystalloidal and colloidal substances, the close
arrangement of the crystalloids and also the difficulty of obtaining
uniform microscopical sections, as can be readily obtained with the
starch-grain.

(12) Potassium nitrate solution (saturated).

(13) Tannin solution.

(14) Potassium phosphate solution (saturated).

(15) Hydrochloric acid (5 per cent. ).

(16) Water between the temperatures of 50° C. and 70° C.

° This would tend to show that the crystalline structure is not due to the
precipitation of substances by the reagents used.

Sawa

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

The structure, as well as the mode of formation, of spherites
and sphere-crystals is apparently the same. The mode of forma-
tion is, furthermore, apparently the same whether observed in
nature or as carried on artificially. The different stages in their
natural formation can be followed comparatively easily in those
.parts of plants containing hesperidin (as the epicarp of citrous
fruits) or inulin (as roots of artichoke, ete.). It is interesting to
compare these crystals or spherites with those formed artificially
by evaporation of solutions of inulin or hesperidin. It is also
instructive to compare the natural oxalates, phosphates, and car-
bonates of calcium with those formed artificially by precipitation of
soluble calcium salts with alkaline oxalates, phosphates or car-
bonates.

After a comparison of the artificially produced spherites or
sphere-crystals with those formed naturally in the plant, one cannot
but conclude that there is a play of similar forces in their forma-
tion.

Furthermore, if we examine the crystal masses remaining in a
watch-erystal after the spontaneous evaporation of solutions of
various substances, under varying conditions of temperature, etc.,
we observe not only the formation of crystals which resenrble those
produced in the plant cell, but other rather striking forms of com-
bination which are very. suggestive indeed; leading one to a com-
parison of the arrangement of the products of crystallization with
the apparent multiplicity of forms found in plant life. Indeed,
the arrangement of the crystals in such a watch-crystal reminds
one of the appearance of our woods in winter, when the absence
of leaves permits the observance of fundamental lines of develop-
ment in shrubs and trees.

Tf we take an alum solution (such as a Delafield’s Heematoxylon
Solution), dilute it with water and allow it to evaporate sponta-
neously in a watch-crysial, the result will be the formation of con-
centric rows of acicular crystals which show an analogy to the
Structure of the wheat starch-grain after treatment with the re-
agents mentioned.

The crystalline residue from a cocaine solution resembles a group
of sclerenchyma cells in transverse section, the individual sphere-
erystals resembling single cells, the portion corresponding to the
wall being made up of radiating acicular erystals which even join

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

with those of the adjoining sphere-crystals. The latter arrange-
ment may be likened to the pores in such thickened cell-walls.

A resemblance to the wavy contour of the walls of transverse
sections of epidermal cells is exhibited in the residue formed by
the evaporation of brucine solutions.

The infoldings in the parenchyma cells in pine stems and leaves
is exemplified in the arrangement of the erystals which result from
the evaporation of solutions of amygdalin.

From solutions of caffeine hydrobromate there separate crystals
which in abundance and in arrangement resemble a dense mycelial
development of penicillium with conidia.

The crystalline residue from solutions of berberine shows a
marked resemblance to the outer morphology of certain Lycope-
diums, species of Juniper and other similar arborescent plants.
Illustrations of this kind could be multiplied which would iend to
show a relationship between the form of crystalline groups and
the ultimate arrangement of the substances entering into the com-
position of the plant.

The chemist has considered but one phase of the subject of
crystallization, namely, the form and nature of individual crystals.
The botanist, however, until recently has considered the aggre-
gation of morphological units, as is evidenced in his studies on the
outer and inner morphology of plants. But as the form and
nature of the individual units are seen to depend more or less upon
the nature of the substances comprising them, it becomes of fun-
damental importance to study the composition of these units in
their relation to form and structure.

In the case of inorganic bodies chemical as well as physical tests
are necessary to prove the identity of a substance. In the organ-
ized, or organic, world it has been impossible to define a species or
designate the limitations of a species because our studies have been
directed almost entirely to the outer morphology of individuals
rather than to the study of the substances which, grouped
together, form these individuals and’ the physical and chemical
forces underlying their structural arrangements.

The same substance may under different conditions develop
different outer forms, as, for example, alum may crystallize in
monoclinic prisms, hexagonal prisms, or in arborescent forms or

"; \~@+ ite

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

‘sphere-crystals. Chemical tests are necessary to prove the identity
of the substance in these various forms.

Not all substances, however, show this tendency to variation in
form of crystals, as, for example, caffeine, berberine, and still
other substances which show a tendency to uniformity in general
outline.

If, then, there is so much variation in the form and arrangement
of crystals of the same substance when artificially formed, to
what extent may not variation in form take place in bodies of
‘complex composition and therefore influenced by complex attrac-
tions and repulsions? Now while we see in the crystal a decided
tendency to uniformity of structure under similar conditions, yet,
admitting of modifications under varying conditions, we must
allow that in organized structures this tendency to uniformity is
modified over and over again.

In the plant world similar variations are observed, not only in
forms of the elements (roots, stem, leaves, flowers, fruits and
seeds) comprising the individual, but also in cell-contents. In
some so-called species individuals vary greatly as regards form of
‘elements, as in oaks, violets, ete. In others a constancy is
observed, as in Erythroniwm. In still others a variation in the
form assumed of some of the cell-contents is observed, as in the
crystals of calcium oxalate in Datura stramonium,‘ while in other
crystals a constancy of form is observed, as with calcium oxalate
in the genus Viola. Even in the study of starch-grains one
observes a constancy in the form of the grains in all plants.
There is, however, a sufficient modification in some of the grains
in the reserve underground parts of such plants as potato, maranta,
ete., to justify one in pronouncing on the origin of the starch.
The same may be said of other substances, as calcium oxalate,
inulin and other carbohydrates, ete.

The selection of certain constant forms of cell-contents or of cell-
walls would appear to be of as much, or greater, importance in
‘designating the limitations of a species as the outer form of ele-
ments, which it is evident are dependent upon the arrangement of
aggregates of substances making up the individual. As this
arrangement is due, on the one hand, to the chemical factors, food

*The author, Proc. Amer. Assoc. for Adv. of Science, 1899; see also
Bulletin of Torrey Botanical Club, 1899.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

and air, and, on the other, to the physical factors, light and tem-
perature, variations are bound to occur. If, however, these varia-
tions are constant for a series of successive generations and can be
demonstrated in cell-contents, cell-walls and cell-functions, then a
species has been formed, but not otherwise.

In the inorganic world, as we well know, physical and chemical
tests both are oftentimes necessary to prove the identity or specific
nature of a substance. Likewise in the biological world physical
and chemical tests of cell-contents, cell-walls and the products of
cell-function are necessary to establish the specific character of an
individual.

The author desires to acknowledge his indebtedness to Florence
Yaple, of Philadelphia, for valuable assistance in the preparation
of this paper.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457

THE NASAL PASSAGES OF THE FLORIDA ALLIGATOR.
BY ALBERT M. REESE, PH.D.

The material upon which the following work was done was
received by the writer from southern Georgia, about the first of
August, whence it had been sent by express to Baltimore. It
consisted of about thirty eggs of Alligator mississippiensis, most of
which contained embryos in an advanced stage of development.
These embryos were fixed in Kleinberg’s dilute picro-sulphurie
mixture, giving a fair fixation, and were stained in borax carmine
and Lyon’s blue. Serial sections were cut through the head in
transverse, horizontal and sagittal planes, Although the structure
of the nasal cavity, even of so advanced an embryo, cannot be
taken to represent that of the adult, there have been so few figures
of this character published that the following account may be of
interest.

As may be seen from Plate XXIV, figs. 1a and 18, the embryo
is in an advanced state of development, and already shows distinct
reptilian characters. The first series of sections (figs. 2a-7) was
cut at right angles to the long axis of the snout of the embryo
(fig. 10, 2-y), or rather it was intended to be an exactly trans-
verse series but, -by faulty orientation, the sections were so cut that
the right side is inclined, somewhat, toward the base of the snout.
This departure from the exact transverse position is the cause of
the lack of symmetry in the two sides of the nasal cavity, as seen
in this series of sections. Fig. 2a represents a section through
the tip of the upper jaw. On the left it passes through the ex-
treme edge of the wall of the nasal cavity, while on the right side,
which is nearer the base of the snout, it cuts through the right
nasal aperture, 7.n.a. Near the centre of the section is seen the
extreme tip of the nasal cartilage, n.c. The body wall, b.w., in
this section, as in all following sections, is represented by a heavy
black line.

1 American Naturalist, Vol. XXXV, No. 411, pp. 193-195.

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Fig. 26 is somewhat further from the tip of the snout and cuts
through the extreme point of the lower jaw, Jj. On either side
of the large, median, nasal cartilage, n.c., is seen the nasal canal,
ine. and 7.n.c. On the left, the canal is, at this point, somewhat
circular in cross section, while on the right, which, it will be
remembered, is nearer to the base of the snout, the canal is more
elongated in a dorso-ventral direction. The walls of the nasal
passages are lined with cilia, and are, in most places, many cells
thick. On account of the low magnification used, no attempt has
been made to represent the cilia and cell outlines in these figures.
The collections of cells, ¢.7., in this and the following sections are
the rudiments of the teeth. At the point represented in fig. 2c,
the nasal cartilage, n.c., has increased considerably in extent and
almost completely surrounds the nasal passages on each side. In
this and the following two sections, the plate of cartilage, b., which
lies ventral to the nasal passage on each side, seems no longer to
be continuous with the vertical septum, s., as in the preceding
figure, although it is still in close contact with it. The nasal
canals are drawn out, in this section, in a ventro-lateral direction,
until their passages are reduced to mere slits. The passage on the
right is drawn out, laterally, toward a small group of cells, 7.7.9.,
the apparent rudiment of one of the nasal glands. The teeth
rudiments, #.7., are seen in both upper and lower jaws, in the
former of which they are very large, in proportion to the size of
the jaw. The cartilages of the lower jaw are seen on each side,
m.C.

In fig. 2d the nasal canals are still more closely invested by the
nasal cartilages. On the right, the section passes through the open-
ing of the right nasal gland, 7.n.g., into the nasal passage of the
corresponding side. On the left side of the section is seen the left
nasal gland, /.n g., cut in front of its opening into the nasal pas-
sage, that is, between this opening and the tip of the snout. In
all the following figures anterior will mean toward the tip of the
snout, posterior will mean toward the base of the snout or of the
head.

Fig. 2e is a short distance posterior to the last figure. On the
right it passes through the extreme anterior edge of the right eye,
e., While on the left the section is anterior to the eye. The nasal
cartilage, n.c., on the right, completely encloses the nasa] passage

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

of that side, and thus lies between that passage and its nasal
gland. The section is cut posterior to the opening of the right
nasal gland, 7.n.g., into the right nasal passage, 7.n.c. The left
side of the section passes through the opening of the left nasal
gland, /.n.g., into the left nasal passage.

In the next section (fig. 2f) the complexity of the nasal appar-
atus has, apparently, considerably increased. In the first place,
the ventral portions of the nasal cartilage, which, anterior to this
point, formed a more or less complete wall ventral to the nasal
passages, have disappeared, and on the right the dorsal portion of
the cartilage has separated from the median, s., and is now repre-
sented by a short straight piece, n.c’., and a long curved piece,
n.c., enclosing a part, ¢., of the right nasal passage. On the left
the dorsal wall of cartilage is still connected with the median sep-
tum. The nasal passages are here of quite different shape from
what they were in the preceding section. They are still more
elongated in a dorso-ventral direction, and that on the right,
which is nearer the base of the snout, is cut at the point, v.p., at
which it opens ventrally into the narrow ventral passage, which,
in turn, leads posteriorly to open at the posterior nares. d. repre-
sents a narrow diverticulum, projecting in a ventro-lateral direc-
tion, which may be followed almost to the posterior end of the large
dorsal passage. A large branch of the main nasal passage, 7.n.c.,
is represented at c., and the following section passes through the
point at which this lateral passage opens ventrally into the main
passage.

On the left side of the section is seen the left nasal gland, /.n.9.,
cut posterior to its opening into the left nasal passage. On either
side of the ventral end of the median cartilage, s., is seen a small
collection of cells, j., which, according to Rose, is the rudimentary
Jacobson’s organ. ‘These two collections of cells, which will be
spoken of as ‘‘ Jacobson’s organ,’’ extend from this point poste-
riorly for a considerable distance, as two solid rods of cells; they
then become hollowed out to form tubes, which soon open ven-
trally into the ventral nasal passages, v.p., as will be shown in one
of the following figures. The section represented in fig. 27 passes
near the extreme anterior end of Jacobson’s organ.

In fig. 29, which is only a short distance posterior to the one
just described, Jacobson’s organ is still seen as two solid rods of

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July,

cells. On the right, the ventral nasal passage, v.p., is cut posterior to
its opening into the main nasal passage and is hence seen as an inde-
pendent, circular passage. On the left, the section passes through
the onening of the left ventral passage, v.p’., into its adjacent
main nasal passage. The ventro-lateral diverticula, d. and d’., are
seen on either side. The right side of the section passes through
the opening of the cavity c. into the ventral part of the right nasal
passage, 7.n.c., while on the left the corresponding cavity, c¢’., is
cut anterior to its opening and is surrounded on all sides by the
nasal cartilage. In the preceding section the cavity ¢. was cut pos-
terior to the region at which it was completely surrounded by car-
tilage.

In fig. 2h the nasal cartilages have about the same outline as in
the figure just described, the sections represented by these two
figures being close together. Jacobson’s organ, j., has increased
somewhat in:size, but there is still no trace of a cavity in either
part. Both ventral nasal tubes, v.p., are now entirely distinct
from the main nasal cavities and are somewhat circular tubes lined
with columnar cells. On the left the side cavity, c’., is still sur-
rounded by cartilage, being again cut anterior to its opening into
the left nasal passage, /.n.c., while on the right of the section, at
the point c., the side cavity is seen to open dorsally into the main
nasal cavity. The relation of this side cavity to the main nasal
cavity is made plain by reference to fig. 3a, which represents a
section cut in the plane a—d, fig. 1b. The section passed through
the dorsal part of the nasal cavities, cutting the cavity on the right
so far dorsally that but little indication of the side cavity, ¢., is
evident. It is plain, from this figure, that what has been called
a side cavity, c’., is merely the posterior end of the main nasal
eayity which has bent around until it projected outward and for-
ward, and thus gave the idea, in transverse section, of a distinet
offshoot from the main nasal cavity, /.n.c. Fig. 3a shows how
the nasal cartilage, .c., pushes in between the cavity ec’ and the
main cavity, /.n.c., giving the impression, in transverse section,
that the cavity c’ is completely surrounded by cartilage. In a
section ventral to this one, what has been called the main nasal
cavity, dm.c., is seen to extend somewhat further toward
the brain, 6r., and in that way the cavity c’. is made to appear
more like a branch of the main cavity than simply a forward

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

bending of the larger cavity. This posterior extension of the
main nasal cavity is shown in fig. 2i, ln.e. Fig. 3a shows that
the median nasal cartilage, s., extends back between the eyes, and
becomes continuous with the cartilage surrounding the brain. It
is somewhat swollen at a point about half-way between the nasal
cavities and the brain.

The section represented in fig. 2i passes through the extreme
posterior part of the main nasal cavities, /.n.c. and r.n.¢., and
euts the ventral canals, v.p., posterior to the point at which Jacob-
son’s organ opens into them. The way in which this takes place
will be described later. The lateral parts, n.c., of the nasal carti-
lages have diminished considerably in size, and now lie much
nearer to the median cartilage, s. This section passes through the
anterior ends of the two olfactory lobes, o./.

In fig. 2j is represented a section cut posterior to the nasal
cavity, so that neither of the main or dorsal nasal chambers are
seen. The ventral passages, v.p., have about the same size and
position as in the preceding figure, while the lateral cartilages,
n.c., are reduced to mere rods, lying close against but not fused
with the median cartilage, s. A short distance posterior to this
point these cartilages end.

The section seen in fig. 24 is some distance posterior to the one
just described, and shows how the ventral canals, v.p., unite to
form a single median canal, before they open posteriorly as the
posterior nares.

This section does not cut the lateral parts of the nasal cartilage,
but the median septum, s., is seen extending dorsally, b.¢., on
either side of the olfactory lobes, o./. The outlines of the muscles
of the eyes are shown in this as well as in the following figure by
dotted lines, m.

Fig. 2d is somewhat posterior to fig. 2, and passes through the
opening of the ventral passages, the posterior nares, p.n. The
other points brought out in this figure are about the same as in
fig. 2k, and need no further description.

Fig. 4a represents, under a much higher magnification, a part
of one of the sections of the series that has just been described.
The ventral end of the median cartilaginous septum is shown at s.,
and the ventral ends of the right and left nasal passages are seen
at r.n.c and U.n.c. The walls of these passages are made up of

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,.

one or more layers of cubical or columnar ciliated cells. The
ventral passages, v.p., are lined with similar cells, except that no
cilia could be made out. On the left is seen, dorsal to the left
ventral passage, the tubular organ of Jacobson, j., which is cut
anterior to its opening into the ventral passage, v.p; its cavity is
small, in cross section, and only extends for a short distance ante-
riorly, the greater part of the organ being a solid rod of cells with-
out any visible cavity. On the right side of the figure, which, it
will be remembered, is posterior to the plane of the left side, is
seen the opening of Jacobson’s organ, j., into the right ventral
canal, v.p. The united cavities of the ventral canal and Jacob-
son’s organ have a sharply triangular outline, which is maintained
for a considerable distance posterior to the point at which they
first come together. The walls of the organ are of about the same
structure as those of the ventral passages. For the sake of sim-
plicity the mesoblast cells in this and in all of the preceding sec-
tions have not been represented. They are typical mesoblast cells
and surround numerous blood vessels, :

Fig. 5a represents a sagittal section of an embryo of the same
stage of development as the one represented in fig. la. The sec-
tion is nearly, but not exactly, in the median plane, so that some of
the organs are cut medianally while others are cut to one side of
the median plane, The general outline of the head is well shown
and the relative positions of the main regions can be seen. The
brain, br., and spinal cord, s.c., are represented in the heavier
shading; the cartilaginous parts, including the vertebral column,
v.c., in the lighter areas. The great size of the nasal cavity is due
to the fact that the section passes through one of the main nasal
passages in the plane of its greatest diameter, fig. 2f. The
other parts of the head will be easily understood by reference to
the letters. Asin the previous sections, the mesoblast has been
omitted for convenience and simplicity.

LETTERING OF FIGURES.

b.—Basal plate of cartilage. h.—Hypophysis.

b.c.—Cartilage around the brain. j.—Jacobson’s organ.

br.—Brain. !.—Lens.

b.w.—Body wall. 1.j.—Lower jaw.

c.—Lateral part of nasal canal. l.n.c.—Left nasal canal. 2
d.—Diverticulum of nasal canal. 1.n.g.—Left nasal gland.

e.—Eye. 7u.—Muscle of the eye.

&.

er ee ae

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463

m.c.—Cartilage of lower jaw | s.c.—Spinal cord.
7.c.—Nasal cartilage. | ¢t.—Tongue.

o.— Esophagus. | ta.—Trachea.
o.l.—Olfactory lobes. | t.r.—Tooth rudiment.

v.c.—Vertebral column.
».p.— Ventral passage.

p.n.—Posterior nares.
7.n.@.—Right nasal aperture.
7.7.c.—Right nasal canal. x.—Septum projecting back between
7T.n.g.—Right nasal gland. main nasal canal and its side
8.—Nasal septum. branch.

|
|
|

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

(All sections were drawn with a Zeiss Camera.)

Fig. 17.—Side view, from a photograph, of an embryo of the stage repre-
sented in the sections. The yolk is not represented, but the cut stalk may
be seen projecting from the abdominal wall just anterior to the hind legs
(mag. # diam.). .

Fig. 1.—This is merely an outline drawing of the preceding figure to
show the planes of the sections represented in the following figures.

Fig. 2¢.—Transverse section through the tip of the snout. The section is
so near the tip of the snout, that it does not cut the lower jaw (mag. 4
diam.).

Fig. 2b.—Transverse section posterior to fig. 1a. It passes through the
extreme tip of the lower jaw (mag. 4 diam.).

Fig. 2c.—Transverse section still further toward the base of the snout.
The details of the figure will be understood from the lettering (mag. 4
diam.). .

Fig. 2d.—Transverse section posterior to the preceding (mag. 4 diam. ).

Figs. 27 to .—Transverse sections posterior to the preceding, passing
through the right eye, but anterior to the left eye (mag. 4 diam.).

Fig. 27.—Transverse section passing through the extreme posterior part of
the main nasal passages (/.7.c. and 7.7.c.). The section passes through the
anterior edge of the left eye and through the anterior ends of the olfactory
lobes (mag. 4 diam.).

Fig. 2j.—Transverse section just beyond the posterior end of the main
nasal cavities. It passes through the extreme posterior ends of the lateral
nasal cartilages (7.c.) (mag. 4.diam.).

Fig. 24.—Transverse section through the point where the two ventral
canals (v.p.) unite to form a single large median canal. The section
passes through the eyes at about their central points, and shows the sets of
muscles by which their motion is controlled. The lower jaw is cut at the
point at which it becomes continuous with the neck, which accounts for the
break in the ventral side of this and the following figure (mag. 4 diam.).

Fig. 2/.—Transverse section, a short distance posterior to the one immedi-
ately preceding, passing through the posterior nares (p.n.), and through
the upper end of the trachea (‘#.) which appears in the figure to be three
distinct cavities (mag. 4 diam.).

Fig. 3¢.—Horizontal section through the plane a-d, fig. 15. Shows the
general anatomy of the head as seen in horizontal section, and especially the
way in which the main nasal passages (l.n.c. and 7.7.c.) curve outward
and forward, as has been above described (mag. 4 diam.).

Fig. 4a.—Transverse section, under a much greater magnification, to
show the structure and position of the paired Jacobson’s organ (j.) (mag.
18 diam.).

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Fig. 50.—Sagittal section of the head of the embryo under consideration.
The section is not exactly in a median plane, so that some of the unpaired
organs are cut medianally while others are not (mag. 4 diam.).

LITERATURE.

Beard, J. Morphological Studies, No. 4: The Nose and Jacobson’s Organ.
Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. III, 1889, 8. 753.

Bronn, H. G. Nasal Cavity of Crocodilia, in Thier-Reichs, Bd VI, 3 Ab.,
Reptilien, II, 8. 874.

Howes, G. B. On the Probable Existence of a Jacobson’s Organ among the
Crocodilia. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, February, 1891, p. 148.

Meek, A. On the Occurrence of a Jacobson’s Organ, with Notes on the
Development of the Nasal Cavity, the Harderian Gland in Crocodilus
porosus. Jour. of Anat. and Physiol., Vol. X XVII.

Sluiter, C. Ph. Das Jacobson’sche Organ yon Crocodilus porosus (Schn.).
Anat. Anz., 1892, S. 540.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA, IV.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

In the present communication the description of Japanese
Clausiliide is continued, and that of the Pupide begun. The
genesis of Balea-like forms in Japan is considered in some detail,
together with various other divergent branches from the Euphedu-
soid phylum.

For most of the material described I am indebted to the liber-
ality of Mr. Y. Hirase, a corresponding member of this Academy.

Mr. E. R. Sykes also has entrusted to me certain specimens col-
lected in Japan by Dr. Hungerford, many years ago, representing
species described but not figured by Dr. O. von Mollendorff; and
IT have included herein some account of such of these as are closely
related to my new forms. My thanks are due to both of these
co-workers for their kind assistance.

Section ZAPTYX Pils.
Proc. A. N. S. P., 1900, p. 672.

This strongly differentiated group has hitherto been known from
southern Kiushiu and the Loo Choo Islands only; but a represen-
tative has now been found to the north and east in an island
belonging to the province of Izu. I have attempted below to
explain its presence there.

Typical Clausilia (Zaptyx) Hirasei occurs at Kagoshima, the
type locality, and on Sakura Island in Kagoshima Bay. A more
slender form, of a richer, darker brown color, but the same internal
structure, has been sent by Mr. Hirase (No. 557) from Kikai,*
Osumi, at the head of Kagoshima Bay. Many specimens are
very small, length 7$ mm., but others reach 10} mm. in length.
As the shell is quite slender, this is one of the smallest Clausilias

‘In treating of Hulota connivens, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., IV, p. 77,
Mr. Gude has confused this locality with the island Kikai-ga-shima, of the
Oshima group, south of Kiushiu. This island is in the Loo Choo group,
broadly speaking, but belongs for administrative purposes to Kagoshima
Ken or prefecture.

30

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

known, as well as one of the most complicated in internal struc-
ture.

Clausilia hachijoensis 0.sp. Pl. XX VII, figs. 39, 40.

Shell fusiform, rimate, rather thin, of a dark, rich brown color;
rather weakly wrinkle-striate, the latter part of the last whorl
distinctly and sharply striate. Whorls 8 to 84, slightly convex,
the apex obtuse, the last whorl somewhat flattened lateraily, and
gibbous or sack-like below. Aperture trapezoidal-piriform, the
peristome continuous, brown, narrowly expanded and subreflexed.
Superior lamella rather small, compressed, vertical, distant from the
spiral lamella. Spiral lamella short, lateral, not reaching a ventral
position, a short lamella fulerans lying paraliel to it. Inferior
jamella receding, immersed, visible in an oblique view in the aper-
ture, moderately spiral within; subcolumellar lamella either emerg-
ing or immersed. Principal plica short and lateral, one or two
short sutural plicze lying above it; upper palatal plica exceedingly
short and joining the lunella. lLunella lateral, rather long and
straight.

Clausilium strongly curved throughout, the apex rounded,
straightened or slightly emarginate on the palatal side, near the
apex.

Length 10, diam. 24 to 24 mm.

Bachijo (or Hachijo) Island, prov. Izu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No.
638).

This species is about the size of the largest specimens of C.
Hirasei and C. hyperoptyz, but is a trifle wider. It differs from
both in wanting a parallel lamella, and the upper palatal plica is
extremely short, a mere dilation of the upper end of the lunella.
In C. Hirasei it stands free of the lunella, and in C. hyperoptyx is
united with it and is much longer. The principal plica is shorter
than in the other two species. The clausilium is much more
curved than in either of these species, and its apical end has a
somewhat different shape.

The specimens were sent with C. Tryoni, an Euphedusa much
resembling this species in size and color.

Bachijo or, as most charts spell it, Hachijo (or sometimes
Fatsizio) Island lies in the Pacific just above the 33d parallel N.
lat., and near 140° E. long. It is somewhat over 100 miles from
the nearest mainland, and is about twenty-one miles long by seyen

OO

~

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467

and a half wide. A chain of islets reaches northward to the
Sagami Sea; but I am disposed to believe that its molluscan fauna
has been derived chiefly from the islands south of Kiushiu by means
of drift, as it lies directly in the Kuro Shiwo, or ‘‘ Black Current,’’
and Zaptyx, the group to which C. Hachijoensis belongs, is dis-
tinctly a southern group, unknown in Hondo Island. Small islets
at wide intervals are scattered down to the Bonin (Ogasawara)
group, but they rise from a submarine ridge in the sea bed between
1,000 and 2,000 fathoms depth.

The two species of Clausilia here described and Clausilia
(Reinia) variegata var. nesiotica Pils. are the first land shells
known from the island.

Section EUPHZZDUSA Bottger.
Clausilia Tryoni n. sp. Pl. XXV, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell small, rimate, thin, fusiform, dark purplish brown, glossy.
finely striatulate, the last whorl more coarsely rib-striate. Whorls
8, rather convex, the apex obtuse, next three or four whorls
attenuated, the last whorl flattened on its last half. Aperture
piriform, the peristome rather thin, narrowly expanded and subre-
flexed, continuous, adnate or very shortly free above, deeply emar-
ginate at the position of the superior lamella. Superior lamella
thin but high, continuous with the spiral Jamella. Inferior lamella
rather small, weak below, though emerging nearly to the lip-edge,
rather abruptly becoming stronger and converging toward the
superior lamella within, strongly spiral. Subcolumedlar lamella
emerging. Principal plica short, its lower end visible from the
aperture, deep within the throat, the other end extending past the
palatal plicze to a lateral position. Upper and lower palatal plice
small, oblique and parallel, lateral in position, the lower one
smaller. There is no trace of a lunella. The inferior and spiral
lamellze are of equal length within, and reach to the middle of the
ventral side.

The clausilium is broad, strongly curved, a little pointed or
tapering toward the apex, and very- slightly thickened there.

Length 113, diam. 3 mm.

Bachijo (Hachijo) Island, prov. Izu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No.
638).

This pretty little Huphedusa was sent with Clausilia (Zaptyx)

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

hachijoensis, which it resembles in size and color. It will be
known by the unusually strong superior lamella, emerging sub-
columellar lamella and total absence of a lunella, the two palatal
folds being small, remote and parallel. The clausilium though
wide is a little tapering below, and less thickened at the apex than
in most of the related species.

There is some variation in sculpture, one specimen being densely
and rather sharply striate, while the others are smoother.

= Group of C. Hungerfordiana.

Shell with the ordinary slender contour and piriform aperture of
Euphedusa. Superior lamella wanting, or represented merely by
a slight thickening of the lip-edge. Inferior lamella rather
strongly developed. Liunella subobsolete or wanting; palatal plicze
2; the principal plica short. Shell usually variegated with white
streaks.

This new ‘* Formenkreis’’

contains two species, both Japanese.

Clausilia Hungerfordiana Mildff. Pl. XXV, fig. 4.

Von Mollendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, LI, Pt. 2, No. 1, p.
2, Pl. 1, fig. 1 (July, 1882).

The specimen figured is from Hungerford’s collection, and is
now in that of Mr. E. R. Sykes. It is slender, thin, conspicu-
ously streaked and maculate with buff-white on a brown ground. It
is finely, rather irregularly striatulate, the strie becoming coarser
and distinct on the back of the last whorl. ‘The superior lamella
is represented by a slight thickening of the lip-margin. Inferior
lamella strong. Subcolumellar lamella very deeply immersed.
The rather short principal plica is lateral, the lunella subobsolete,
upper and Jower palatal plicze being developed.

Length 12, diam. 2.5 mm.

Nara, Yamato.

Thus far known from the type locality only, a town lying east
from Osaka, in northern Yamato.

Clausilia monelasmus Pils. Pl. XXVII, fig. 5.

Pilsbry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, p. 674, Pl. 24, figs. 4-6; Pl. 25,
figs. 26-29.

The specimen here figured has the inferior lamella more receding
than in the type, and the shell is variegated with white.
It is evident that this is a northern species very closely related

a ee

.“4

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

to C. Hungerfordiana, from which it differs in being smaller and
more graceful, decidedly more attenuated above, with much
stronger striation. There is no trace of a lunella. It is from
Hokkaido Island, while C. Hungerfordiana is from southeastern
Hondo. Perhaps northern Hondo will supply specimens of inter-
mediate character.

The shell figured is 10 mm. long.

Group of C. euholostoma.

Shell shorter than in normal Eupheduse, the whorls reduced to
7-74; aperture broad, squarish-oval, scarcely narrower above than
below; peristome continuous, the broadly arched parietal margin
in part adnate, though distinct. No superior lamella. Inferior
lamella strong; spiral lamella and principal plica very short; no
lunella; upper and lower palatal plicze developed. Clausilium
Euphiedusoid.

The single species of this group approaches Reinia in contour,
but, like the preceding group, the superior lamella is obsolete and
the inferior ]amella strong.

Clausilia euholostoma Pils. Pl. XXYV, figs. 6, 7, 8.
Pilsbry, Nautilus, XIV, p. 108 (January 1, 1901).

Shell rimate, slenderly pupiform, brown, finely striate. Apex
rather acute; spire rapidly tapering above; whorls 7-74, quite
conyex, the last two forming much more than half the shell’s
length, and of about equal diameter. Aperture of a broad,
squarish-oval form, scarcely narrower above than below; peristome
white, reflexed, continuous, the strong parietal margin arcuate and
in part adnate. Superior lamella wanting. Spiral lamella reduced
to a short plate deeply immersed, developed in a lateral position.
Inferior lamella appearing in a front view as a strong triangular
plate, strongly spiral within. Subcolumellar lamella very deeply
immersed. Principal plica reduced to a short fold, lateral in posi-
tion and about twice as long as the small upper and lower palatal
plicee. No lunella. Clausilium very similar to that of C. comes,’
but the palatal margin is more straightened near the apex, and the
columellar margin is more strongly notched near the filament.

Length 8.6, diam. 2.4 mm.; length of aperture 2.3 mm.

Length 7.3, diam. 2.2 mm.; length of aperture 2 mm.

2 See these Proceedings for 1900, Pl. XXYV, figs. 35, 36.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Mikuriya, prov. Suruga (Y. Hirase). Types No. 79,724 Coll.
A. N.S. P., No. 563 of Mr: Hirase’s collection.

This species is one of the most extraordinary modifications of the
Euphzedusan stock yet known. The large aperture resembles in
form that of no other Clausilia known to me, and shows but one
lamella, the inferior; the superior lamella being wholly atrophied,
and the spiral lamella and principal plica reduced to short laminz
in the region where the clausilium lodges. There is no trace of a
lunella. The clausilium remains well developed, is slightly thick-
ened distally, and has all the characters of that of Euphedusa.

In the strong development cf the inferior lamella, C. ewholostoma
resembles C. Hungerfordiana Mlldff. and C. monelasmus Pils.,
which are likewise deficient in the superior lamella. C. ewholo-
stoma agrees with the typical forms of Reinia in having the aper-
ture wide above, not piriform as in the group of C. Hunger-
fordiana. It is intermediate between the two groups in number
of whorls and in general contour.

Section REINIA Kobelt.

Reinia Kob., Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., III, 1876, p. 34, proposed as a
section of Balea ; type Balea variegata A. Ad.

The type of Reinia is a small tapering-pupoid species, with
discontinuous peristome, the aperture being Buliminoid, deficient in
lamelle and without plice, lunella or clausilium. It was included
by Bottger next to Balea; but that group as usually constituted
consists of no less than three series of species, each totally dis-
tinct and unrelated.

It was Dr. O. von Méllendorff who with keen insight first
pointed out the fundamental distinction between Balea and
Reinia.® He recognized in the Chinese C. eastlakeana a less
modified form of Reinia, and after discussing the characters of the
group, declared it to be related to the eastern Asiatic group
Phedusa. The relation of Reinia to Phedusa, von Mollendorft
further held, is comparable to that of Alopia to the true Olausilia
of Europe: ‘‘ Phylogenetisch diirfte Reinia als der lebende Rest
der Vorfahren der heutigen Phedusa-Arten aufzufassen sein, wie

® Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., X, p. 262-265, 1883, under description of C.
eastlakeana, a species from Fu-dshow, on the island Nan-tai, province of
Fu-dshien, southern China.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

die Baleo-Clausilien die direkten nachkommen des Prototyps der
Europiiischen Clausilien sind.’’*

The conclusion that Reinia stands in close relationship with
Phedusa, and has nothing to do with Balea, was forced upon
me by the study of a series of Japanese species, before I knew
that von Mollendorff; nearly twenty years ago, had been led to
the same result by the structure of a Chinese form. Only in one
point of view the data before me seem to modify the ideas of the
German savant: the Japanese series establishes such a connection
between Reinia and Euphedusa that the descent of the former
from the latter is strongly indicated. Reinia is not a primitive
Pheedusa, but a degenerate one. I regard Reinia variegata as the
secondarily simplified end of a series leading from typically
Eupheedusoid ancestors, just as Balea perversa is a secondarily sim-
plified, and not a primitive, Clausilia. The east Asiatic series
Jeads from forms with many whorls, well-developed clausilium,
lamellze and folds, and continuous peristome, to those with few
whorls, no clausilium, the lamellee and plicze reduced and in part
lost, and the peristome adnate above and finally interrupted.
Bottger has demonstrated that the older tertiary Clausiliide of
Europe had a narrow clausilium and the superior lamella was
continuous with the spiral lamella; the widening of the clausilium
and separation of the superior and spiral lamelle being modern
characters. Now Reinia and its nearest allies have the spiral
and superior lamellz interrupted, and the clausilium when devel-
oped is of the very broad type. These considerations seem to
render the hypothesis that Reinia is a primitive Phedusa quite
inadmissible.

The chief characters of Reinia and the Euphedusoid forms
leading toward it, are stated in the following table:

“TL. c., p. 265.

&
°
a
A
&
(=)
a
iS)
4
a
ss]
a
&
(eo)
mn
o
va
Lol
Q
Q
io)
3)
fo}
64
Ay

472

94a[os

” a » qo. / tage ” » ” ” 6 | vunwpLofiabunty
yesiop yeryuaa [eaquea pur ae | ce
x3 Ke -0104V[ “4.1048 epon -0.1048 | ‘Su014s|[vr9}v | ‘Su0.48 a 21) 18 SUED UOT,
8 z groys A10A | aJoTOSqoqns |[v107v[‘Suosjs|[vraqvy “4aroys euou ajojduioa | Fz-1 |°-+* wwmozsojoyngy
plosnpaydne! Z% gr0ys a [e109], [er19}v| nr ass Fe L |tct* punayoysng
[etezeT ye19 Bian Wits siete mrass
” 23 ” ” -qus‘Burpasa,| -7x[qus-os10p ” ay 19 DOUOtEN:
euou ouou eu0u eu0u -10p hte [esiop ‘y1048 1 eeeese eqaqdmmoomt| 9g | °° wynhoww4
‘urnypsneyy | “Pld | -vord ound “B][OUN'T pypouey ‘yur |-eppoursy peaydg} “vppeurey dng | ‘ouoysprod |*SOULAN ‘sayoadg
[8d |

EE ee eee ee ee eee et

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

The interrelations of the above species are further illustrated in
the following diagram, the median portion of which shows the
probable phylogeny of the forms under consideration:

f Danae ae } No clausilium or
ne | EMD CG palatal plice.
incomplete
Aperture
pee’ | Bastlakeana—| )
Peristome |
[ complete, —euholostoma
EOIT ts | | Clausilium and
No superior { | monelasmus t mae phe de-
lamella. —Hungerfordiana | Be
Aperture
piriform. Superior la-
mella de- eros
veloped. uphedusa

It will be seen from the table and diagram that no sharp line
can be drawn between Reinia and Euphedusa. The number of
whorls varies, by easy stages; the form of the aperture is not cor-
related with other characters; and upon the whole, it is obvious
that we have to deal with forms in various stages of change and of
degeneration of the closing-apparatus, from an Euphzedusoid ances-
tor. In fact, it is not quite certain that they had a single common
progenitor; they may be descendants from three species of Euphe-
dusa ; but however this may be, it is obvious that the original
stock, whether one or three, belonged to the aculus group of
Euphedusa; and some apparently trivial features of the whole
series, such as the peculiar coloration, give me reason to believe
that the phylogeny indicated above is not far wrong.

Clausilia (Reinia) variegata (A. Ad.). Pl. XXV, figs. 11, 12.

Balea variegata A. Adams, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4), I, p.
469 (1868); Kobelt, Fauna Jap., p. 63, Pl. 9, fig. 20 (1879) ; Mar-
tens, Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1877, p. 105.

The shell is sinistral, rimate, thin, tapering-pupiform, the last
whorl widest; streaked with opaque buff on an olivaceous or
brownish corneous ground, and more or less marked with spiral
lines of the darker color. The surface is irregular striatulate, the
last half of the last whorl being striate. Whorls 6, convex and
regularly increasing. The aperture is broadly ovate, with white,

AT4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

reflexed peristome; the right and left margins scarcely converging
above, widely separated, connected by a thin, adnate parietal
callus. The superior lamella is minute, short and removed from
the edge of the parietal callus. It is widely separated from the
rather short, spiral lamella. Inferior lamella receding, small,
becoming higher inside, extending to a dorsal position. Sub-
columellar lamella very deeply immersed, a long pit between it
and the inferior lamella. There are no plice. Clausilium want-
ing. Length 8.3, diam. above aperture 2.6, length of aperture
2.8 mm.

Tago (A. Adams) (Tako, in western Shikoku, province of
Tyo); Uweno, near Tokyo, and Ujeno (Hilgendorf); Tokyo
(Dénitz); Takasaki, prov. Kozuke (Y. Hirase, No. 525).

This species was found by Hilgendorf under the bark of trees,
by Dénitz in hollow trees. It is viviparous, one specimen I
opened containing a young shell.

Clausilia Eastlakeana Mildft., of which I have specimens from
the original locality, is undoubtedly nearer variegata than any
Japanese species, having the same discontinuous peristome; but it
has longer, stronger lamelle, palatal plicee and an Euphedusoid
clausilium.

Clausilia (Reinia) variegata var. nesiotica nov. Pl. XXV, figs. 9, 10.

Whorls 64; striation stronger than in variegata, the last whorl
with fine incised spiral strie. Inferior and spiral lamellee de-
cidedly more strongly developed.

Length 8.3-9.5, diam. 2.7 mm.

Hachijo Island, off Izu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 5256).

This insular race has slightly less degenerate lamellee than the
typical form from Hondo. Some specimens from the outlying
Ogasawara (Bonin) Islands, Mr. Hirase’s No. 469, apparently
belong’ here, though as only young ones have been received, I am
not certain of them.

Section TYRANNOPHEDUSA Pilsbry.

This section is not allied to Euphedusa, as I formerly supposed,
but to Hemiphedusa, with which it agrees in the receding inferior
lamella, straightly ascending within, and remote from the superior
lamella. Whether it will stand as a separate section, or become a
subordinate group of Hemiphedusa, depends upon the emphasis

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475

placed upon the different form of the clausilium. Hemiphedusa
now comprises various shell-forms, especially among Chinese
species, and will probably require to be more or less subdivided.

As the figure of C. mikado Pils. was on too small a scale to
show the form of the spire well, I give here an enlarged outline,
Pl. XXVII, fig. 35.

‘Clausilia iotaptyx Pilsbry. Pl. XXVII, fig. 38.
These Proceedings for 1900, p. 674.

The reference to plate in my former paper should read Pl.
XXIV, not ‘Pl. XXV.’’ In the description, p. 675, eighth
line from top, the lunella was stated to be ‘‘ lateral,’’ whereas it
is, in fact, nearly ventral. The same correction should be made in
the third line from bottom of same page.

The systematic position of this species was left in doubt in my
former paper; but further study inclines me to place a good deal
of weight upon the characters of the clausilium in deciding on the
classification of any Phedusoid species; and this would throw
C. iotaptyx into my section Tyrannophedusa. The definition of
that group must then be extended to include species with fewer
whorls, but having the same type of closing apparatus. As in C.
mikado, the upper half of the shell is attenuated.

Clausilia iotaptyx, var. clava Pilsbry. Pl. XXVII, figs. 36, 37.
Pilsbry, Nautilus, XIV, p. 108 (January, 1901).

Much smaller than C. iotaptyx, but similar in form; whorls
114-12, the first globose, following 7 or 8 attenuated, last 3 swol-
len and forming more than half the length of the shell, the last
whorl tapering below, impressed at the position of the principal
plica, more or less distinctly ridged"behind a wide shallow constric-
tion behind the lip. Finely striate where not eroded; whitish or
dirty buff, and lustreless. Aperture as in C. iotaptyx, but the
subcolumellar lamella is sometimes wholly immersed. Closing
apparatus more lateral than in dotaptyx, the upper palatal plica
strong but short, lower plica shorter, connected with a rudimen-
tary, straight lunella, which does not reach the upper palatal fold.

Alt. 12, diam. 2.8 mm.

Alt. 11.5, diam. 2.5 mm.

Senzan, Awaji Island (Y. Hirase). Types No. 79,723 Coll.
A. N.S. P.; from No. 292 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

This insular subspecies has one-half to one whorl more than the
typical form from Omi province, although it is much smaller; the
spire is somewhat more slender, and the Junella is comparatively
degenerate.

Section HEMIPH-EDUSA Bttg.

Group of C. validiuseula.
Clausilia gracilispira Mlldif. Pl. XX VII, figs. 27-34.
Von Mollendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, LI, Pt. 2, No. 1, p.
5, Pl. 1, fig. 3 (July, 1882); LIV, Pt. 2, No. i, p. 63 (1885).

Two specimens labeled as this species were transmitted to me
by Mr. E. R. Sykes. They formed part of Brigade-Surgeon
Hungerford’s collection, and were taken by him near Kobi,
Japan, about twenty years ago.

One of the specimens is slightly stouter and reddish, the other
more slender and pale yellowish green. I shall refer to them as
the reddish and the green examples.

The green specimen (Pl. X XVII, figs. 27-29) is slender, much
attenuated above, and has 94 convex whorls. It is rather strongly,
regularly striate. The last whorl is somewhat cylindric, and on
its last half the space above the position of the principal plica is
distinctly swollen. The aperture is decidedly oblique and ovate; and
from its obliquity appears abnormally short in the figures, from
being foreshortened, The peristome is rather widely reflexed,
shortly free, a little emarginate above, and viewed from the base,
it is seen to be distinctly notched to the right of the superior lamella.
The superior Jamella is marginal and slightly projecting, rather
short, and distinctly flat-topped ; continuous with the spiral lamella.
The inferior lamella is very receding, hardly visible in a front
view. Within it ascends straightly, is rather stout, and terminates
below in a perceptible ‘‘ knot’’ or callous thickening. The
subcolumellar lamella is very deeply immersed, not visible within
the mouth. Both spiral and inferior lamellz ascend to a ventral
position, the former being higher in the region where the clausilium
lodges. The principal plica is visible within the aperture, and
penetrates to a lateral position, being thus fully a half-whorl long.
Below it there are four plice, the upper and lower well devel-
oped; two very short, indistinct, minute callous nodules or plice
lying between them.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

The clausilium (Pl. X XVII, figs. '30, 31) is parallel-sided,
acuminate below, abruptly and deeply emarginate above on the
columellar side of the filament.

Length 10, diam. 2 mm.

This specimen agrees with von Méllendorff’s description of C.
gracilispira in color and form, but differs in having fewer whorls,
94 instead of 10-11, and in haying two minute intermediate
palatal plicze instead of only one. Moreover, the lip is rather
broadly reflexed, not merely ‘‘ breviter expansum.’’

The reddish specimen (PI. XX VII, figs. 32-34) is wider than
the green, with the space above the principal plica very convex
(fig. 34). Whorls 94. The aperture is less oblique than in the
green specimen, but otherwise similar; the oblique flattening of
the top of the superior lamella, and the notch in the peristome to
the right of it being well marked. Internally it is similar to the
green specimen except in the following respects: the spiral and
inferior Jamelle are longer, ascending almost past the ventral
position; and between the upper and lower palatal plicz there is
one very low, nodule-like callus or intermediate plica.

Length 10, diam. 2.2 mm.

This specimen agrees with von Mollendorff’s description in
haying an identical palatal armature. In color and general
appearance it is a good deal like C. awrantiaca var. Erberi Bttg.
I did not examine the clausilium. The rather peculiar form of
the superior lamella, in a front view, is the same in the two speci-
mens; and when the intermediate palatal plice are so reduced as
in these shells, I am disposed to believe that the differences above
recorded are not of specific value.

Tt is obvious, however, that more material is needed to satisfac-
torily elucidate the characters of the species.

Group of C. sublunellata.

This group was defined by von Mollendorff in 1885. It is
characterized by the palatal armature, the species examined by
him haying ‘‘ below the principal plait, first an upper palatal, after
this a very short second one, and then a short, straight lunella,
which in some forms is somewhat obsolete, but always discernible.’’

In my opinion the group should be enlarged to include species
which have below the principal plica or plait, one upper palatal

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

plica, followed by a straight iunella, or a short, low callous nodule
representing the lunella. There is no lower palatal plica, nor
inward curve of the lower end of the lunella, representing such
plica.

Since the lunella is a secondary evolution-product, formed by
the coalescence of primitive palatal plice, it is natural that species
representing certain intermediate stages should occur.

Clausilia micropeas Mlldff. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 41, 42, 43.

Von Mdllendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Beng., LI, Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 12;
LIV, Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 64.

A specimen from Hungerford’s collection, doubtless one of the
original lot, was kindly lent me by Mr. E. R. Sykes. On account
of its relationship with the following species, figures and descrip-
tive notes are here given. It has not before been figured.

The pale buff, slender shel] is attenuated above, and consists of
nearly 9, moderately convex whorls. It is delicately costulate-
striate. The aperture is piriform-ovate, with moderately reflexed
lip, which is quite deeply emarginate above. The superior Jamella
is vertical, rather slender and high, marginal, and continuous with
the spiral lamella. The inferior lamella is deeply receding, not
visible from in front. Within it ascends straightly. The sub-
columellar lamella is wholly immersed. Within, the spiral and
inferior lamellie are of equal length, ascending to a point on the
ventral side just above the superior lamella. The principal plica
is rather short, not quite a half-whorl long, its lower end visible
deep within the throat, whence it extends almost past a strictly
lateral position. Below it there is a rather long upper palatal
plica, and then a very low, rather wide and straight Junella. No
lower palatal plica.

The long, narrow clausilium (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 44-46) is
parallel-sided, slightly acuminate below, and not emarginate pos-
teriorly.

Length 10.5, diam. 2 mm.

In this specimen the lunella is apparently better developed than
in that opened by Dr. yon Mollendorff, who in his first description
states that there is a short upper palatal plica and sometimes a
second punctiform one, the latter evidently being the vestige of a
lunella. In his second article he finds ‘‘ that there is an indica-
tion of a lunella below the second (generally punctiform) palatal

OO

—"e. ae

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

plait.’’ In the specimen before me, the structure is clearly as
described above and figured on my plate. When low, ill-developed
or ‘‘ punctiform,’’ these palatal structures are doubtless subject to a
somewhat wide range of variation, although the difference between
a ‘* punctiform plica with the indication of a lunella,’’? and a
** low, ill-defined lunella’’ occupying the same position, appears
greater in the statement than the structure itself.

Compared with C. perpallida, this species differs in having the
principal plica longer, and the superior lamella a little more
prominent. The striation is also a trifle coarser, and the form
more cylindric, less tapering. These differences do not seem to
me to be of specific importance.

Clausilia micropeas var. perpallida Pilsbry. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 50, 51, 52.
C. perpallida Pils., Nautilus, XIV, p. 108 (January, 1901).

Shel] rimate, slenderly fusiform, finely and distinctly striate,
pale corneous. Apex obtuse, the first whorl globose; spire some-
what attenuated above. Whorls 94, convex, the sutures impressed,
last whorl but slightly narrower than the penultimate, somewhat
compressed. Aperture piriform, slightly oblique, with rather
distinct, slightly retracted sinulus. Peristome somewhat thick-
ened, reflexed, continuous. Superior lamella vertical, continuous
with the spiral lamella, arising at the edge of the parietal lip.
Inferior lamella deeply receding, visible only in an oblique view,
within straightened and thickened below. Both the spiral and the
inferior Jamellze penetrate inwardly to a fully ventral position,
and are of about equal length; the former becoming very high
for a short distance, just within the position of the palatal arma-
ture. Subcolumellar lamella is deeply immersed and either not
visible within the aperture, or showing the end only in an oblique
view. Principal plica less than a half-whorl long, the end visible
within the aperture, inner end extending a little beyond a short,
slightly curved, or forwardly diverging lateral upper palatal plica;
below this, and not connected with it there is a low callous pad
representing the lunella; no lower palatal fold. Clausilium long,
siender and parallel-sided, somewhat acuminate toward the apex,
tapering to the filament, the sides and apex thin; in profile seen
to be curved, bow-like.

Length 11.4, diam. 2.6 mm.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Nishigo, province Uzen (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 79,725
Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 4606 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Distinguished by the pale color, subobsolete lunella, and absence
of any lower palatal plica. It is closely related to O. micropeas,
from which the shorter principal plica separates it.

Clausilia micropeas var. hokkaidoensis Pilsbry. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 47, 48, 49.
C. hokkaidoensis Pils., Nautilus, XIV, p. 108 (January, 1901).

Shell similar to var. perpallida except in the following charac-
ters: it is of a light brown color; the spire is a little less attenuated
above; the peristome and superior lamella are thinner; the spiral
and inferior lamellee penetrate somewhat deeper; and the lunella
is more distinctly developed, narrow and straight, extending down-
ward to the position of the (wanting) lower palatal fold. Whorls

1

Length 11.2, diam. 2.3 mm.

Length 10, diam. 2.2 mm.

Kayabe, Ojima, Hokkaido Island. Types No. 79,321 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 546) of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This is the Hemiphedusa referred to in these Proceedings for
1900, p. 674, as occurring with C. monelasmus. I at first consid-
ered it specifically distinct, but am now disposed to look upon it as
merely a northern race of C. micropeas of Hondo Island. It
tapers more than C. mieropeas which has a somewhat cylindric
contour.

Group of C. awajiensis.

Clausilia harimensis Pilsbry. Pl. X XVI, figs. 16, 17, 18.
Pilsbry, Nautilus, XIV, p. 108.

Shell rimate, slender, gradually tapering to a rather acute apex,
light brown, finely and weakly striate, more strongly and regu-
larly so on the last two whorls, especially the last one. Spire
gradually tapering, the last two whorls of about equal size.
Whorls slightly over 9, moderately convex. Aperture trapezoidal-
piriform, sinulus well developed; peristome thin, whitish, narrowly
reflexed, continuous, emarginate at the position of the superior
lamella. Superior lamella marginal, rather high but slender,
oblique, disconnected from or subcontinuous with the spiral lamella.
Spiral lamella ascending to a merely ventral position, very high
inside. Inferior lamella deeply immersed, visible in an objique

pe

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

view only, straightened inside, thickened below. Subcolumellar
lamella immersed, the end visible in an oblique view, but usually a
weak continuation reaches to the edge of the peristome. Princi-
pal plica a half-whorl long, the lower end visible within the aper-
ture; extending inward beyond the lunella. Upper palatal plica
short, joined in the middle to the narrow, well-developed lunella,
which descends obliquely, and curves backward below; the re-
curved lower end representing a lower palatal fold. Clausilium
(Pl. XXVII, figs. 19, 20, 21) narrow, parallel-sided, abruptly
curved where it passes into the wide filament, straightened toward
the rounded, hardly angular apex; columellar side emarginate at
the origin of the filament.

Length 11,5, diam. 2.8 mm.

Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 79,133 Coll.
FACE Sak.

Allied to ©. awajiensis Pils., but that species is far more obese,
with tapering, compressed last whorl.

Clausilia perignobilis n.sp. Pl. XXVI, figs. 13, 14, 15.

Shell rimate, fusiform, attenuated above, moderately swollen
below, pale brown, densely and finely striate. Whorls about 10,
moderately convex, the early ones corneous, forming a slender
apical portion, the last whorl somewhat compressed laterally. Aper-
ture trapezoidal-piriform, slightly oblique, the sinulus somewhat
retracted; peristome whitish, more or less emarginate above, very
narrowly reflexed. Superior lamella small, vertical, reaching the
margin, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella very
deeply receding, hardly visible from the mouth except in an
oblique view. Subcolumellar lamella emerging, usually distinct to
the lip-edge. Principal plica fully a half-whorl long, visible in
the aperture, and extending inward beyond the upper palatal
plica. Lunella lateral, oblique, shaped like the letter J, the lower
end curving inward, the upper end joining the middle of a rather
short upper palatal plica, which converges inwardly toward the
principal plica.

Length 14.5, diam. 3 mm.; longest axis of aperture 3.2 mm.

Length 12.3, diam. 2.7 mm,

Length 12.3, diam. 3 mm,

Okinoshima, Tosa, Shikoku Island (types No. 80,843 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 584 of Mr. Hirase’s collection),

31

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July,

I at first identified this species with C. ignobilis Sykes,® described
from Kinnayama, Shikoku Island, but upon requesting a com-
parison with the type of that species, Mr. Sykes noted several
important differences. The first two or three whorls in C. ignobilis
are much larger, notso slender and pointed asin C. perignobilis ;
and the lunella is bow-shaped, as in C. shikokuensis, not J-shaped.

In other words, the lunella in ignobilis and shikokuensis unites
with the lower, outer end of the upper palatal plica, curving
gradually and imperceptibly into it, the united plica and lunella
having the shape of a drawn bow, while in C. perignobilis the
lunella unites with the middle of the upper palatal plica, like the
letter J.

In C. perignobilis the spiral and inferior Jamelle are both high
and lamellar within, of equaf length, attaining barely a ventral
position. The inferior lamella ascends rather straightly, and is
not spiral. seen from the back in a broken specimen, but is rather
thick. It gives off a branch toward the superior lamella, on the
parietal wall.

Clausilia perignobilis var. kochiensis noy.

Similar to C. perignobdilis Pils., from which it differs in the more
robust, broader contour, more widely reflexed peristome and
coarser striation of the latter part of the last whorl.

Length 15.5, diam. 4 mm.

Length 13.6, diam, 3.8 mm.

Kochi, province of Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No.
6576).

The J-shaped lunella has the form of that of C. perignobilis.

Section STEREOPHJEDUSA Bttg.
Clausilia japonica var. perobscura noy.

Similar to japonica, but of a very dark, almost blackish, brown
color, and sculptured with much coarser, more widely spaced rib-
strie. Suture with a whitish margin below. Lower palatal fold
very small.

Length 25, diam. hardly 6mm. Whorls 11.

Shirono, Buzen (Mr. Y. Hirase).

It occurred with, or at least was sent with, a rather obese form

5 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., I, p. 261, and these Proceedings for 1900, p.
682, footnote.

a?

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

of C. japonica, having the usual fine, sharp striation of that
species.

Section MEGALOPH ZDUSA Boettger.

Clausilia Hiraseana Pilsbry. Pl. XXVI, figs. 24, 25, 26.

Shell rimate, strong, the last two whorls of about equal diameter.
and forming half the shell’s length, those above rapidly diminish-
ing, the lateral outlines becoming somewhat concave toward the
apex, the earlier three whorls being of about equal diameter; dark
reddish brown, with a pale band below the suture, the earliest
whorls white. Surface usually with a brilliant gloss, sculptured
with coarse, strong, slightly waved or uneven ribs, which occa-
sionally anastomose or branch, and become finer on the upper,
imperceptible on the earliest whorls. Whorls 114 to 12, but
several are self-amputated in old individuals; they are convex and
parted by well-impressed sutures. The last whorl, viewed dorsally,
is narrower than the swollen preceding whorl, and is rather com-
pressed, hardly convex. Aperture rhombic-oyate, vertical; peris-
tome continuous, reflexed, flesh-tinted, whitish at the edge. Supe-
rior lamella small, marginal, oblique, continuous with the spiral
lamella. Inferior lamella low and receding, within rather
straightly ascending and strongly thickened below. Subcolumellar
lamella deeply immersed, not visible in a front view, but its end
may be seen by looking obliquely into the aperture. Principal
plica short, its lower end visible deep within the aperture, upper
end scarcely extending inward beyond the palatal armature.
Palatal plicze or folds lying a little dorsal of a lateral position,
four in number, equidistant, all strongly developed though short;
the upper fold a little longer, diverging from the principal plica,
the lower (fourth) fold slightly longer than the two median, and a
little arched upward in the middle. No lunella.

Clausilium evenly and rather strongly arcuate, long and rather
narrow, parallel-sided. The apex is slightly acuminate on the
columellar side, being rounded and strongly thickened; on the
palatal side straightened, a little concave (Pl. XXVI, figs.
22, 23).

Length 27 to 294, diam. 6 mm.

Okinoshima, province Tosa (Y. Hirase).

A fine, handsome species, easily known by its strong sculpture,

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

which finds no parallel among known Japanese Clausiliide. It
is allied to C. Fultoni Sykes, described from Kinnayama, Shikoku
Island, a species with fine striation.

Family PUPIDZ.
Bifidaria armigerella var. luchuana noy. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 54.

Shell similar to B. armigerella (Reinh.), but with an infra-
parietal lamella developed. Length 2.25, diam. 1.2 mm.

Kunchan, Okinawa (types No. 80,992 Coll. A. N.S. P., from
No. 6196 of Mr. Hirase’s collection), and Yayeyama (No. 619 of
Mr. Hirase’s collection).

The type lot contains one sinistral specimen. B. armigerella
(Reinhardt) is described and figured as with but two teeth on the
parietal margin, evidently the angular and parietal lamellee. It is
from Misaki, in the province of Sagami.

Vertigo Hirasei Pilsbry. Pl. XXVUII, fig. 53.
Pilsbry, Nautilus, XIV, p. 128 (March 1, 1901).

Shell very minute, openly rimate, ovate, brown, glossy, some-
what transparent, faintly striatulate. Whorls 44, the last a little
contracted and straightened near the aperture. Aperture trun-
cate-ovate; peristome thin, hardly expanded, the outer margin
straightened but not inflexed to form a sinulus, although it pro-
jects forward in a slight point or angle, visible when viewed in
profile. Parietal wall bearing a rather strong lamella in the mid-
dle; columella with a somewhat smaller lamella; palatal plice
two, pear together, the lower larger, elongated, the upper tuber-
cular, sometimes obsolete.

Alt 12, diam. 1 mm.

Yanagawa, province Chikugo, Kiushiu Island (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Types No. 79,788 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 570 coll. Hirase.

Belonging to the V. modesta group, this species is smaller
than its allies. As in some forms of V. modesta, the upper‘palatal
fold is sometimes obsolete. The only other Japanese Vertigo
described, to my knowledge, is V. hydrophila (Reinh.), from the
opposite end of the empire, Hakodate, Hokkaido Island. Rein-
hardt's species belongs to the group of V. ovata, and has five or
six teeth. It is about the size of V. Hirasei, measuring 1} by
1 mm.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

REFERENCE TO PLATES XXV, XXVI, XXVIII, XXVIII.

PLATE XXV, Figs. 1, 2, 3.—Clausilia (Huphedusa) Tryoni. Hachijo
Island.

Fig. 4.— Clausilia (Euphedusa) Hungerfordiana. Nara. Yamato.

Fig. 5.— Clausilia (Luphedusa) monelasmus. Kayabe, Ojima.

Figs. 6, 7, 8.—Clausilia (Huphedusa) euholostoma. Mikuriya, Suruga.

Figs. 9, 10.—Clausilia (Reinia) variegata var. nesiotica. Hachijo
Island.

Figs. 11, 12.—Clausilia (Reinia) variegata A. Ad. Takasaki, Kozuke.

PLATE XXVI, Figs. 13, 14, 15.—Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) perignobilis.
Okinoshima, Tosa.

Figs. 16, 17, 18.—Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) harimensis. Kashima,
Harima.

Figs. 19, 20, 21.—Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) harimensis. Clausilium.
Fig. 19, profile view from columellar side ; fig. 20, view of interior face,
tilted to show shape of the apex ; fig. 21, the same, showing posterior
emargination, the apical end foreshortened.

Figs. 22, 23.—Clausilia (Megalophedusa) Hiraseana. Clausilium.
Fig. 22, showing shape of apex ; fig. 23, shape of posterior end, the apical
end foreshortened.

Figs. 24, 25, 26.—Clausilia (Megalophedusa) Hiraseana. Fig. 26, nat-
ural size.

PLATE XXVII, Figs. 27, 28, 29, 30, 31.—Clausilia (Hemiphedusa)
gracilispira, green specimen. Fig. 30, showing form of the apex of the
clausilium ; fig. 31, the posterior emargination.

Figs. 32, 33, 34.—Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) gracilispira, reddish speci-
men.

Fig. 35.— Clausilia (Tyrannophedusa) mikado.

Figs. 36, 37.— Clausilia (Tyrannophedusa) totaptyx var. clava.

Fig. 38.— Clausilia (Tyrannophedusa) iotaptyx.

Figs. 39, 40.— Clausilia (Zaptyx) hachijoensis.

PLATE XXVIII, Figs. 41, 42, 43.—Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) micropeas.

Figs. 44, 45, 46 —Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) micropeas, Clausilium.
Fig. 44 showing shape of apex ; fig. 45, profile from columellar side ; fig.
46, shape of posterior end, the distal end foreshortened.

Figs. 47, 48, 49.— Olausilia (Hemiphedusa) micropeas var. hokkaidoensis.

Figs. 50, 51, 52.—Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) mieropeas var. perpallida.

Fig. 53.— Vertigo Hirasei.

Fig. 54.—Bifidaria armigerella var. luchuana.

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE OF ROBERT HENRY LAMBORN.
BY CARRIE B. AARON.

At Hornblue Hill, Chester county, Pa., not far from the his-
toric Kennett, whose beauties have been the theme of Bayard
Taylor’s pen, Robert Henry Lamborn was born, October 29, 1835.

His boyhood was spent in the home of his fathers, and he was
thus surrounded by the advantages of inherited prosperity. His
father was a member of the Society of Friends, and was an intel-
ligent man of refined tastes, a close observer, a bright conversa-
tionalist and a wide reader. The son inherited his prepossessing
appearance, courteous manner, dignified bearing and agreeable
disposition.

Young Lamborn’s education was given a scientific turn by the
influence and patronage of his uncle, Jacob Pierce, who served as
Librarian of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia from
December, 1817, to December, 1826, and who, in the early days
of the institution, had, at one time, all its collections stored in
one of his spare back rooms. No doubt the youth received his
first inspiration for ‘‘ collecting ’’ while in such environment.

After receiving a common-school education and a special train-
ing at the Polytechnic College in Philadelphia, he determined to
continue his studies in civil engineering abroad. He secured means
to do so by the publication of original essays on the metallurgy of
copper, silver and lead,’ works which, although long superseded,
were considered ably written and used as text-books both here and
abroad. He became a student of the Royal Saxon Mining Acad-
emy of Freiberg, and the School of Mines in Paris, graduating
from the University of Giessen, from which he later received the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy.

Soon after the outbreak of the Civil War, Dr. Lamborn returned
from Europe and joined the army, serving with the Anderson

14 Treatise on the Metallurgy of Copper, J. Weale, London, 1860, and
A Treatise on the Metallurgy of Silver and Lead, J. Weale, London, 1861.

'Y.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

Cavalry at the Battle of Antietam, under Captain Palmer. He
became captain on the staff of Gen. John F. Reynolds in 1862.

After the war he was twice elected City Surveyor of Trenton,
N. J. He was engineer in charge of fuel and iron rails on the
Pennsylvania Railroad when coal was displacing wood as fuel for
engines, and steel was finally supplanting iron. He was Secretary
of the American Tron and Steel Association at the period of its
development into an institution of national importance, and when
the publication of iron and steel statistics became a necessity. He
was Secretary, Treasurer and Director of the first railroad to con-
nect the Mississippi river and Lake Superior, and founder, Treas-
urer and Director of the Western Land Association, which began
the building up of Duluth when tke town consisted of but seven
houses. He was made President and Director of the National
Land Improvement Company. He participated in founding the
towns of Colorado Springs and Manitou, and in colonizing the
country at the base of Pike’s Peak.

Early in his career, while residing in Pittsburg, where he was
appointed the first chemical expert for the Pennsylvania Railroad,
Dr. Lamborn became acquainted with Mr. Andrew Carnegie and
others who have done so much for the development of the indus-
trial resources of western Pennsylvania, with whom he maintained
a life-long friendship. Mr. Carnegie writes of him: ‘‘ As a
young man he was thoroughly practical, quiet, reserved, dignified,
eminently scientific. ... . He wore kid gloves, which were then
rare in western Pennsylvania; this fact rendered him somewhat
an object of suspicion at first, something rather effeminate ; one
had only to know him to see how he survived his kid gloves. Year
after year he gained more and more the respect and confidence of
all of us, and finally became a friend and one of the circle whose
loss was deeply deplored.”’

Dr. Lamborn, as General Manager of various Western rail-
ways, introduced the first coke blast furnaces and the first Besse-
mer steel ingot and rail works west of the Missouri river.

While engaged in extensive railroad and mining interests, he
lost no opportunity of studying the cliff dwellers and other primi-
tive inhabitants, making at the same time collections of pottery
and ethnological objects which he presented to various institutions.

While in Mexico he devoted much attention to the art of that

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

country, subsequently publishing his observations in 1891 under
the title, Mexican Paintings and Painters, Bouton, N. Y. The
Lamborn Collection in Memorial Hall, Philadelphia, contains the
material secured in Mexico, as well as many specimens gathered
in Europe to illustrate the history of civilization in the Italian
Peninsula, begiuning with relics from the prehistoric Terra Mane
period and from the almost prehistoric Etruscan times.

While engaged in building the Lake Superior Railroad, Dr.
Lamborn suffered so from the attacks of countless mosquitos, that
he became interested in extermination of the insect, and later
offered prizes for the three best essays on the subject. These were
published under the title Dragonflies vs. Mosquitos: The Lamborn
Prize Essays, D. Appleton, New York, 1890.

As a beekeeper Dr. Lamborn will long be remembered by many
friends who had received from him colonies of Italian bees. He
enjoyed the careful study of the social organization of a hive,
his special interest being the development of a stingless bee. While
intent upon these investigations his identity as a railroad magnate
would be quite lost under his bee hat and veil.

While the name of Robert H. Lamborn will not be found
recorded among those of the great scientists of the world, his
environments, the natural bent of his mind, his broad views of
life, together with an executive and business ability far beyond the
average, constituted a unique personality. His interests in mining
and metals and the demands of business made him a constant
trayeler over large areas. It was thus impossible for him to give
the sustained attention necessary to effectively cultivate the many
subjects of natural history which he loved, and in which he might
have become eminent if his interests had been more concentrated.

Philadelphia was his favorite city. During the last years of his
life he retained here a domicile, and would probably have made
his home here had his life been prolonged.

Dr. Lamborn expressed his opinions of the unequal distribution
of wealth in a manner which showed his altruistic notions as to
the power and influence of money when used productively. He
believed that great fortunes should be regarded as capital in trust
for the permanent benefit of society, and that the owner of a large
amount of money could erect no better monument to himself, than
by systematically employing a great number of persons with the

EE

we ee ee

» ee

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

aim of improving their social conditions. He was opposed to
indiscriminate charity, regarding it as one of the causes of
pauperism and the natural demoralization which is the usual
result of receiving something for nothing.

That Dr. Lamborn recognized the institutions which foster the
various branches of science as fitting beneficiaries of his wealth was
evidenced by the placing of his collections of archeological books,
ethnological objects, Etruscan relics, Mexican pottery, etc., where,
free to the public, they may be used for reference and instruction
as additions to the educational resources of the several repositories.
He advocated the opening of all museums, parks, art galleries
and places of healthful recreation to the public on Sunday, that
all might be brought in contact with the beautiful in nature and
with man’s best handiwork. He placed none of his collections in
any museum which exacted an admission fee.

Although Dr. Lamborn was a man of large means, he fre-
quently suggested money-making schemes to young people whom
he wished to employ, by offering work on a profit-sharing basis,
his object being to engage the earnest attention of students and
to develop a love of research, ends more likely to be secured by
copartnership than by patronage. As an incentive to study, he
frequently offered prizes of money for the investigation of yari-
ous scientific questions, his interest being especially in the direction
of the cultivation of bees and flowers,

Shortly before his death Dr. Lamborn placed a sum of money
with the President of Swarthmore College to be paid in prizes for
the two clearest and most useful essays upon the theme, ‘‘ What
important inventions, discoveries, observations, ideas or acts tend-
ing to advance civilization have been contributed by members of
the Society of Friends, or by persons descended from members of
that Society, or by persons guided or employed by such members,
with an estimate of the number of members composing the Society
each twenty years since its foundation.’’ Some essays were
written in response but have not been published.

During the greater part of his active life Dr. Lamborn was
conscious of the existence of organic cardiac weakness, which, it
is believed, deterred him from marrying, and resulted in his sud-
den death in New York, after a slight, apparently trivial, indispo-
sition, January 14, 1895.

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Dr. Lamborn’s success in life was due to his persistent efforts to
master difficulties, the possession of the loftiest aims and an invin-
cible purpose of acting for the right. ;

All knowledge which he acquired by personal research or through
his patronage of students he cheerfully gave to the world. Science
has been enriched by his benefactions to the several institutions in
which his library and collections have been placed.

His special interest in the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, his devotion to its objects and his approval of its
administration have been most practically indicated by the terms
of his Jast will which left to the Society without conditions his
entire estate for the advancement of its work in biology and
anthropology. Although, because of a legal technicality—a ques-
tion of domicile and a provision of New York law which seems to
have been framed solely for the benefit of lawyers—his benevo-
lent intention has not been entirely fulfilled, the portion of his
estate of which the Academy has become possessed by an agree-
ment with the heirs-at-law, forms a most important addition to its
resources and will enable the Society to effect such development in
the departments indicated as will constitute a lasting memorial of
its generous benefactor, who, by the magnitude of his gift, stands
first among the many earnest men devoted to the advancement of
knowledge who have substantially manifested their interest in its
well-being.

Miss Anna Wharton, in the following ode, has briefly given
expression to the feelings of many who hold Dr. Lamborn in
grateful and appreciative memory :

Esteem he won from many loyal friends,
To whom his well-stored mind and humor keen,
His generous heart, where kindly traits convene,
Had drawn him by that bond which nothing rends.
And now where his remembered image blends
With thronging shadows of the world unseen,

That honored figure of the stately mien
Ts crowned with light which grateful memory lends.

His life so full of thought and effort high,

Brought that success which is to sloth unknown,
But as he had not formed that dearer tie

Which makes a home and kindred of one’s own,
There at the last no helping hand was nigh,

No love to soothe him, and he died alone.

— €or

- la

1901. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

Aueust 6.
Mr. Bensamrn Surrae Lyman in the Chair.

Seven persons present.

A paper entitled ‘Notices of New Land Snails from the

Japanese Empire,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for pub-
lication.

The death of D. Calvin Mensch, M.D., Ph.D., a member,

July 30, and of Charles Mohr, a correspondent, July 17, 1901,
were announced.

Avuecusr 20.
Mr. ArtHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Seven persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:

“* A New Species of Coluber from Western Texas,”’ by Arthur
Erwin Brown.

‘* Peculiarities of the Terrestrial Larva of the Urodelous Batra-
chian Plethodon cinereus,’’ by Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr.

The death of Louis Schneider, a member, August 14, 1901, was
announced.

Aveusr 27.
Mr. Bensamin Suite Lyman in the Chair.
Seven persons present.

Thomas Lauder Brunton, of London, was elected a correspondent.
The following were ordered to be printed :

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August,

A NEW SPECIES OF COLUBER FROM WESTERN TEXAS.
BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN.

On June 18 a large and handsome Coluber was received at the
Zoological Gardéns from Mr. E. Mevenberg, a resident collector
of the Society at Pecos, Texas, which both in color and scutellation
differs greatly from any species of the genus previously collected in
the United States.

The locality of its capture was given by Mr. Meyenberg as the
Davis Mountains, fifty miles southwest of Pecos, near the head of
Toyah creek.

As it seemed unlikely that so large and striking a snake could
have hitherto escaped notice in a region comparatively well known
to collectors, description of the species was withheld and a liberal
reward was offered for additional specimens, the fortunate result of
which has been the receipt on August 13 of two younger, living
snakes from the same locality, presenting similar characters, and
a fourth specimen on August 16.

All doubt as to the fixed characters and the place of origin of
these snakes being removed, the species is here described :

Coluber subocularis sp. noy. Plate XXIX.

Specific characters: Head broad and flat on top. Body stout.
Tail short. Rostral broad and low. A row of small accessory
plates below the eye and preocular. Preocular in contact with
the frontal. Temporals small and numerous. Scales in 31-35
rows. Anal divided. Body color yellow, with a series of black
H-shaned dorsal blotches with pale cen-
tres, the lateral arms being continued
by a paler shade, and forming a pair
of longitudinal stripes. Head and belly
unmarked,

Type specimen. No. 13,733 Acad-
emy Collection, from the Davis Mountains, Jeff. Davis county,
Texas.

i?
e
~

9

1901. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

In the type specimen, which is adult, the head is broad, flat on
top and distinct from the neck, which is rather slender; the body
is stout and the tail a little less than one-eighth of the total
length.

Rostral nearly twice as broad as high, barely visible from above.
Internasals narrow in front, half the length of prefrontals. One
pair of prefrontals. Frontal rather broad behind, one-third longer
than its greatest breadth, the anterior corners cut off to form an
oblique suture with the preocular. Suture between the parietals
equals the length of the frontal, or the distance between the frontal
and rostral. Two large nasals, the nostril between them, situated
high up and directed rather upward. Loreal longer than high,
its upper border sloping downward and backward. One large
preocular, reaching the frontal. In each of the specimens a row
of two or three small accessory plates more or less completely sepa-
rates the eye, the preocular and the hinder end of the loreal from
tne labials, but they present variations in detail. The type has
9 upper labials on one side, and there are three accessory plates, the
first lying on the 3d and 4th, the second on the 4th and 5th, and
the third on the 5th labial; on the other side there are 11 labials,
the first accessory lying on the 4th and 5th, the second on the 5th
and 6th, and the third on the 6th, the labials being wholly ex-
cluded from the orbit on both sides. The largest of the smaller
specimens has 10 labials on each side, and the accessory plates are
as in the type. In the third specimen there are 11 labials on each
side, on one of which only the two anterior accessory plates are
present, and the sixth labial enters the orbit behind them; on the
other. side, the 6th labial also reaches the eye, and all three
accessory plates are present, but the two hinder are small and are
pushed forward. In the smallest specimen the labials on one side
are 10, the first and second accessory plates only are present,
permitting the fifth labial to enter the eye; on the other side, the
labials are 11, and the three plates completely shut out the
labials, as in the type and the second specimen. Three postocu-
lars, the inferior extending forward under the eye. The temporals
are small and irregular, from 3 to 5 in the first row. Bower
Jabials 14, the hinder ones small and seale-like. Five lower
labials in contact with the anterior chin shields; the hinder pair
shorter and widely separated.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August,

Scales in 33 rows, with two pits; the outer row very slightly
enlarged; 27 to 29 rows faintly keeled.

Ventrals 270; anal divided; subcaudals 70 pairs.

Total length 1,590 mm. (tail 190).

Color bright yellowish buff, with an orange tinge anteriorly;
head more ashy, without markings on top or sides. Two very dis-
tinct black stripes, two or three scales wide, separated by three and
two half rows, begin on the neck and run back to the tail, becom-
ing blackish brown posteriorly. At intervals of about eight scales
they are connected by narrow crossbars of the same color, the
first of which is about three inches behind the head. The stripes
are at first jet black, but after a short distance the portion mid-
way between the crossbars fades to maroon, leaving the black
sections outlined as a series of H-shaped dorsal blotches, the cen-
tres of both the crossbars and the lateral arms being paler. There
are 24 of these spots on the body and & on the tail, where they
lose much of their characteristic shape. On each side is a row of
ill-defined, cloudy spots, rather higher than long, extending to the
ends of the ventrals; they mostly alternate with the dorsal spots,
but an occasional one is opposite. Traces of a short, broken black
line on the sides of the neck suggest a second stripe parallel to
that on the back. Belly white with a faint yellowish tinge,
unmarked, except for a dusky shade on the suture between the
subcaudals, and a cloudy spot on the hinder margin of each scutum
on the anterior half of the tail. Chin and throat pure white.

The above color description was taken from the type in life,
when freshly caught, but much of the intensity has already faded,
after two weeks’ immersion in spirits.

The largest of the three specimens now living in the Zoological
Society’s collection measures 915 mm, (tail 125). It has 35 rows
of seales, of which about 15 are very faintly keeled. As
nearly as it is possible to count them in a living snake, the ven-
trals are about 240; subcaudals about 77. There are 25 dorsal
spots and 8 on the tail, and the body color is paler and more ashy
than in the type.

Tle third specimen is 684 mm. long (tail 98); the scales are in
31 rows, about 13 of which are faintly keeled; ventrals about
245; subcaudals about 68. The color is similar to the last
described, but there is a small dusky spot at each of the anterior

OT n

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

and lateral angles of the frontal plate. There is the same number
of dorsal spots as in the type.

The fourth example is 472 mm. long (tail 67); scales in 31
rows, of which 15 are keeled; ventrals about 240; subcaudals
about 63. The color is very similar to the type, but less intense,
and there are but 20 dorsal spots on the body, with 8 on the tail.

In all the young individuals the light portion of the dorsal
stripes, continuing the lateral arms of the H-shaped spots, is less
distinct than in the adult, and the whole under surface is pearly
white, with indications of the cloudy markings under the tail; the
carination of the dorsal scales is so indistinct that it is hard to
determine its exact extent.

The bright colors and the strong contrasts shown in life by the
adults, render this one of the most beautiful of North American
snakes. The pattern on the dorsal region is simply the extreme
development of the tendency toward longitudinal extension of the
corners of the spots, which is shown at times in some other species,
such as C. obsoletus confinis, which occasionally exhibits even the
neck-bands. It is also suggested on the forepart of the body in
C. lineaticollis Cope, but from these it differs widely in scutella-
tion, and its real relations are with the section of Coluber repre-
sented by the Mexican C. triaspis and C. mutabilis, which tend in
the direction of the nearly related genus Pityophis through P.
vertebralis, from which, however, it is abundantly distinguished by
the generic characters and by the curious fact that the color shading
is completely reversed, the spots in C. subocularis being black
anteriorly and fading toward the tail, while in all species of
Pityophis the exact opposite occurs.

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August,

NOTICES OF NEW LAND SNAILS FROM THE JAPANESE EMPIRE.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Continuing his zoological researches in the islands south of
Kiusiu, Mr. Hirase has had the two principal islands of the
‘*« Northeastern group’ of the Loo Choo chain explored for land
snails. These islands, Tane-ga-shima and Yaku-no-shima (Yaku-
shima), belong politically to the Province of Osumi, and hence in
Japan are not ordinarily included in the Loo Choo Islands. I
shall discuss-their faunal relations more fully at another time, but
it may be said here that while there is one species of land snail,
Trochomorpha Gouldiana Pils., identical with a species of Oshima,
the rest of the fauna, though composed almost wholly of endemic
species, is more nearly related to that of Kiusiu than to the Loo
Choo fauna proper.

CYCLOPHORID A.
Spiropoma Nakadai n. sp.

Shell discoidal, with very wide, bowl-shaped umbilicus, and
nearly flat spire, except that the first whorl projects when not worn;
solid, yellowish-brown, rather dull, sculptured with slight growth-
lines only. Whorls 43, convex, the last one very deeply descend-
ing in front. Aperture quite oblique, nearly circular, the peris-
tome built forward, becoming free from the preceding whorl, and a
little contracted. Diam. 10, alt. 4.8 mm.; diam. 9, alt.
4.7 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 658).

In the larger S. japonicum the last whorl descends much less in
front; the peristome is expanded and not so much, usually not at
all, built forward. It is named for Mr. Nakada, an earnest and
successful collector for Mr. Hirase.

Spiropoma is a new name recently substituted for Cwlopoma,
which was found to be preoccupied.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

Pupinella rufa var. tanegashime noy.

Smaller than P. rufa from Hondo, Awaji or Kiusiu, or the
Tsushima or Iki forms; whorls 6; peristome very heavy. Alt.
9.5, diam. above aperture 4.3 mm.; alt. 8.3, diam. 4 mm.

Pupinella Funatoi n. sp.

This species differs from P. rufa in being much smaller, with only
54 whorls, the spire more abruptly tapering above; more solid;
darker colored. The aperture is vertical, the lower margin not in
the least carried forward as it is in P. rufa. The whole peristome
is exceedingly thick and strong, with an inner elevated rim about
the orifice. The posterior orifice is not channel-like; and the
columellar orifice is a small slit, which does not deeply penetrate
the lip, as it does in P. rufa. A glossy callus spreads much fur-
ther up on the ventral face of the whorl than in P. rufa. Length
74, diam. above aperture 34 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 665a).

It seems curious that there should be a slightly differentiated
race of the widespread P. rufa, and a well-characterized species
of the same genus, on so small an island as Tane-ga-shima. This
species is named for Mr. Funato, one of the efficient assistants who
have enabled Mr. Hirase to make such notable additions to our
knowledge of Japanese mollusks.

Diplommatina tanegashime nN. sp.

Shell small, obese, pupiform, light red, composed of 54 convex
whorls, the penultimate whorl widest, those above tapering regu-
larly; last whorl much contracted. Sculpture of widely spaced,
delicate riblets on the spire, the last two whorls with very much
finer, tar closer rib-strise. Aperture circular, the peristome ex-
panded, thickened within, slightly duplicate. Columellar tooth
strong and acute; palatal plica short, distinct, situated above the
columella, Length 2.6, diam. 1.6 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No, 668).

Somewhat allied to D. saginata, of Oshima.

HELICINID A.
Helicina yaeyamensis nu. sp.

Shell very small for the genus, thin, rather pale red, dull,
faintly marked with growth-lines, and a few spiral strix -are
usually developed; shaped like H. verecunda. Whorls 44, con-

32

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,.

vex, the last rounded at the periphery, a little compressed above
and below. Aperture oblique, semicircular, the outer lip simple,
unexpanded, not thickened. Umbilical callus whitish, rather large
and densely pitted. Alt. 2.2, diam. 3.3 mm.

Yaeyama, in the southwestern group of the Loo Choo Islands
(Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 624). Types No. 80,967 Coll. A. N.S. P.

About half the dimensions of H. verecunda of Okinawa, but
with the same number of whorls, and a simple, unexpanded lip.
I at first supposed the specimens were young, but the receipt of a
second lot from Mr. Hirase, agreeing in size and other characters
with the first, indicates that they are full grown.

ZONITIDA.
Microcystina Hiraseana 2. sp.

Shell trochiform, with minute, nearly covered perforation;.
brown, glossy and smooth, slightly transparent. The periphery
has a narrow, acute, projecting keel, visible in the suture above.
Spire conic, the apex obtuse. Whorls 5}, quite convex; base con-
vex, narrowly impressed in the centre. Aperture shaped like a
crescent with truncate ends, slightly oblique; peristome simple and
acute, the columellar margin reflexed at the perforation, thickened
within with a white callus, sometimes sinuous. Alt. 3, diam.
3.9 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 667).

This species resembles M. ceratodes (Gude) in general features,
but is more elevated, with more exserted keel, a less varnish-like
gloss, and more closely coiled whorls.

Macrochlamys tanegashime nh. sp.

Shell smal], depressed, minutely perforate, smooth and glossy,
rich brown, somewhat translucent. Spire low-conoidal, obtuse at
the apex. Whorls 44, moderately convex, rather closely revolving,
appressed at the suture, which appears margined; the last whorl
nearly double the width of the preceding, rounded at the periphery,
moderately convex beneath. Aperture ecrescentic, slightly oblique,
the lip simple and thin, abruptly reflexed at the columellar inser-
tion. Alt. nearly 2, diam. 3.8 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 666).

About the size and general appearance of the shell I called
Vitrea harimensis, but which I subsequently decided to be young

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

Macrochlamys Doenitzi (Reinh.); but the species from Tane-ga-
shima has a narrower umbilical perforation, and the spire is more
developed, with an additional whorl.

CLAUSILIIDZA:.

Clausilia oscariana n. sp.

Shell fusiform, rather slender, not subject to truncation, brown,
finely striate, the last whorl more coarsely so. Whorls 104 to 114,
the upper part of the spire decidedly attenuated. Aperture pizi-
form, the peristome thickened and reflexed, with several more or
less distinct folds on its face, adjacent to the subcolumellar lamella.
Superior lamella rather small, oblique, not connected with the
spiral lamella. Inferior lamella deeply receding, straightened and
subvertically ascending within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging.
Principal plica long. Lunella curved inward above, straightened
and connected with a short palatal plica below, being thus shaped
like an inverted letter J. Length 12-14.5, diam. 2.8-3.3 mm.

Fukuregi, Province of Higo, Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 674).

This Hemiphedusa belongs to the group of C. plicilabris A.
Ad. (bilabrata Smith), but this is a much smaller species and
differs in various structural characters. It is named in honor
of Dr. Oscar Boettger, the acute and lucid master in the study of
Clausiliide.

Clausilia higoensis n. sp.

Shell fusiform, very much attenuated above, brown, finely
striate, the last whorl tapering. Whorls 10, the last more coarsely
striate dorsally, having a low, inconspicuous wave or prominence
behind the outer lip. Aperture piriform, the peristome slightly
reflexed, somewhat thickened. Superior lamella rather small,
oblique, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior
lamella deeply receding, rather straightly ascending inside. Sub-
columellar lamella immersed, or nearly emerging. Principal plica
extending beyond the lateral lunella. Lunella strongly curved
inward below, straightened above, where it joins the middle of a
short, oblique upper palatal plica. Length 14-15, diam. 3.7-
3.8 mm.

Midumate, Province of Higo, Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No.
677).

A species of the Hemiphedusan group of C. awajiensis, perig-

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August,

nobilis, ete., more attenuated above than any of the known species
except C. awajiensis, which is a more obese form with narrow lip
and emerging subcolumellar lamella.

Clausilia ischna n. sp.

A slender and elongate member of the group of C. awajiensis,
the length five times the greatest diameter; rather thin, brown,
with about 114 whorls; finely striate. Aperture small, the peri-
stome reflexed, rather narrow. Superior lamella compressed,
oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella very
deeply receding. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed. Lu-
nella curved inward below, straightened above, and connected with
a short, oblique upper palatal plica, being shaped like the letter
J. Length 16.5, diam. 3 to 3.3 mm.

Kochi, Tosa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 657a).

More slender than any other known species of the group of C.
awajiensis.

Clausilia ischna var. neptis nov.

Paler, nearly corneous or whitish; less slender, the last whorl
more coarsely striate; peristome broader; sinulus more retracted.
Whorls 11. Length 15.5 to 16.5, diam. 3.5 mm.

Occurred with the preceding.

Clausilia tanegashime Nn. sp.

Fusiform, rather slender, obsoletely marked with growth-lines,
the last whorl striate, pinched up in a rather acute strong wave
behind the peristome. Whorls 104. Aperture ovate, the peri-
stome well expanded. Superior lamella small, oblique, marginal.
Inferior lamella receding, not visible from in front. Sub-
columellar Jamella emerging. Lunella curved inward above,
straight below, its lower end joined to a lower palatal plica near
its inner end. Length 184, diam. 44 mm. or smaller, length
164 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 662).

The Hemipheduse of the northeastern Loo Choo Islands belong
to several groups special to those islands. The group of C. tane-
gashime has the internal structure of the plicilabris group, but
there is a strong wave or crest behind the outer lip parallel with it.
The shell is very solid and strong.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

Clausilia ptychocyma n. sp.

Obesely fusiform, nearly smooth except the last whorl, which
has a wave-like ridge and several strong wrinkles behind the lip.
Whorls about 84. Aperture squarish-ovate, the peristome thick,
narrowly reflexed. Superior lamella small and obtuse. Inferior
lamella very deeply receding. Subcolumellar lamella immersed.
Lunella very low, narrow, straight above, curved inward and
meeting the outer end of a short lower palatal plica below.
Length 11, diam. 3 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 664a).

Clausilia ptychocyma var. yakushime nov.

Wrinkles on the latter part of the Jast whorl more numerous
and less prominent; superior lamella often subobsolete; subcolu-
mellar lamella less deeply immersed, or emerging. Lunella more

distinct.
Yakushima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6640).

The following species belong to another group of Hemiphedusa,
characterized by the very strongly spiral inferior lamella.

Clausilia entospira u. sp.

Fusiform, rather slender, yellowish, smooth, the latter half of
last whorl coarsely striate, whorls about 84, moderately convex.
Aperture small; peristome narrowly reflexed, very much thick-
ened, flattened. Superior lamella small, remote from the spiral
lamella. Inferior Jamelia forming a prominent, heavy fold rather
deep within the mouth, strongly spiral within the last whorl.
Subcolumellar lamella immersed. Lunella very strong, strongly
curved inward below, straight above. No palatal plicse except the
principal plica. Length 10, diam. 24 mm.

Tane-ga-shima.

Clausilia pinto n. sp.

Shell small, fusiform, dull brownish-olive, nearly smooth.
Whorls 8, moderately convex. Aperture small, squarish-ovate;
peristome thick, expanded, subreflexed. Superior lamella small,
vertical, marginal, barely continuous with the spiral lamella. In-
ferior lamella very deeply receding, straightened within the last
whorl. Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Lunella connected
above with the middle of a short upper palatal plica, strongly

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August,

curving inward at its lower end, being shaped like the letter J.
Length ¥.3, diam. 2.4 mm.

Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 663).

This species looks like a Zaptyx, but wants the accessory lamellze
and plice of that group. Iam disposed to consider it a degener-
ate member of that subgenus. Otherwise, the receding inferior
lan.ella would cause it to be ranked as a Hemiphedusa.

Clausilia (Stereophedusa) stereoma 2. sp.

Excessively strong, glossy, olive-yellow, weakly striate; very
obese below, the upper third very much attenuated, latter half of
the last whorl compressed. Whorls about 84. Aperture piri-
form, the peristome thickened, narrowly reflexed. Superior
lamella rather small, continuous with the spiral lamella; inferior
lamella forming a strong, subhorizontal fold; subcolumellar
Jamella emerging. Principal plica rather short, lateral; upper
and lower palatal plicee of moderate length, oblique, two minute
palatal plicze between them. Length 214, diam. 6 mm.

Yaku-shima (No. 670 of Mr. Hirase’s collection).

Specimens from Tane-ga-shima, which may be called var. cog-
nata, are referable to the same species. They are a little larger,
reddish-brown, perceptibly thinner than the types though still very
strong, and with 94 whorls (No. 661 of Mr. Hirase’s collection).

There is also a well-marked variety found on Yaku-shima, much
smaller, length 144 to 17 mm., more slender, but the color of the
type. This may be called var. nugaz.

These forms closely resemble C. brevior v. Mart. in the obese
contour, very much attenuated above; but they are excessively
strong, while brevior is thin. One species of the brevior group
occurs in southeastern Kiusiu, C. Addisoni Pils. This was orig-
inally described as a variety of C. brevior, but on opening addi-
tional specimens I find that there is a more or less distinet, straight
lunella between the second and lower palatal plicse, not present in
C. brevior. Moreover, C. brevior seems to be widely separated
geographically from Addisoni. I think therefore that the latter
will stand as a distinct species.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

PECULIARITIES OF THE TERRESTRIAL LARVA OF THE URODELOUS
BATRACHIAN, PLETHODON CINEREUS Green.

BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR., PH.D.

To the writer’s knowledge no description has been published of
the larval stage of this strictly terrestrial species, which occurs
through the United States of America east of the Mississippi river.
Cope’ states: ‘‘ Its habits are entirely terrestrial, as it is never,
even in the larval stage, found in the water. It is abundant under
stones and logs in the forests everywhere, and does not occur in
open fields. The eggs are laid in a little package beneath a stone
in a damp place. When the young emerge they are provided with
branchiz, but these soon vanish, and they are often found in this
young stage apparently quite developed.’’ I have collected several
hundred individuals near West Chester, Pa., at all seasons of the
year, and have never found them in streams or boggy places, but
most generally in woods on hillsides at varying elevations above
water-courses, sometimes several hundred feet from any water, and
oceasionally in open fields and hillsides which in the summer season
become very dry. For the most part they are found beneath wood
and stones, and even in mid-winter may be found in these places,
though at that time generally deeper in the ground than in summer.

This being, then, such a strictly terrestrial species, it was to be
anticipated that its larval stage would show deviations from the
larvee of the other Urodelea which develop in the water. In July
of the present year I found five eggs of Plethodon cinereus under a
stone, and curled around them, on guard, an adult which dissection
proved to be a female; these ova were larval stages, and the exam-
ination of them showed many interesting modifications, as follows:

The eggs are relatively very large for the size of the species, and
each enclosed in gelatinous envelopes. Active movements of the
heads and tails of the larvee could be observed within the innermost
membrane. But the striking peculiarity, even to the naked eye,

1«The Batrachia of North America,’’ Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 34,
1889.

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,

is a large, nearly spherical yolk-mass around which the larva is
curled, or rather into which it is pressed by the tension of the
egg-envelopes. Plate XXX, fig. 1 shows a larva freed from its
envelopes before killing so that it had straightened out; and fig. 2,
an older larva, similarly treated, but which had still retained much
of its normal position. The surface of the yolk-sphere is well sup-
plied with blood-vessels, as shown in fig. 1, an antero-ventral one
being particularly prominent. The figures show that there are three
pairs of gills present (in fig. 2 only one gill is shown on the right
hand, for the sake of clearness); and in the older larva the gills
are of great size, much branched, the first the smallest, the second
largest, lamellar and richly vasculated. The fore and hind limbs
are already well marked, the toes on both faintly outlined; but
most remarkable is the fact that the posterior limbs are larger
than the anterior, which might indicate that the former develop
first, in conttadiction to what is known of other Urodelea. The
head, the limbs, and all the trunk region of the embryos, except
the end of the tail, are dorso-ventrally flattened, due undoubtedly
to pressure against the yolk-sphere, but become more cylindrical
after removal from the egg-envelopes. The head and trunk are
pigmented with dark-brown chromatophores, which in the trunk
region are arranged metamerically, while’ the yolk-sphere is not
pigmented and of a yellow color; and as the figures show, the eyes
are very large. A mouth was present in\both cases, but there
appeared to be no sucking disks upon the lower side of the head.

In fig. 8 is shown a camera drawing of a section through a
stage somewhat younger than that of fig. 1; this section was made
through an embryo curled closely around the yolk-sphere, in such
a manner that the anterior region of the head, shown on the
upper side, is cut medially, while a portion of the bend of the
trunk, seen on the right-hand lower side, is cut obliquely. This
figure is to illustrate the relations of the intestine to the yolk-mass.
The mouth (Mo..) leads through the pharynx (Ph.) and cesoph-
agus ( Cs.) to the stomach (Sf. ), and posteriorly to the latter is a
short diverticulum (D.). The small intestine (Jnt.) is seen to be
tubnlar in its proximal portion, but more distally to pass over
into the wall of the yolk-mass (Ys.). The yolk-mass of this
stage is seen to be composed of Jarge yolk-cells, the boundaries of
which are very distinct. In this fig. 3 the relative dimensions of

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCE3 OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

yolk-mass to the body are not shown, since the head hides a part
of the yolk-mass, and since the head is cut obliquely and so
appears larger than it would be in strictly median section.

But the relations of the intestine to the yolk-mass are more
clearly shown in the camera drawings 4 and 5, which are dorsal
portions of cross-sections of the larva shown in its entirety in
fig. 1. Fig. 4 is in a plane behind the gill region, and shows how
the intestine (Jnt.) is connected with the yolk-sphere (Yk.).
The epithelium of the intestine, the nuclei of which are shown as
black spots, expands ventrally into the yolk-sphere on the dorsal
aspect of the latter. The epithelium of the intestine ends abruptly
against the peripheral layer of the yolk-sphere, and does not pass
over into it gradually. The nuclei of the yolk-sphere are much
smaller and peripherally placed, and in places are found small
clusters of nucleated cells. The yolk-mass of this larva shows
that the cell boundaries of the yolk-cells have disappeared, and
consequently the latter are undergoing regressive changes; the
yolk appears as a mass of globules of different volumes suspended
in a structureless fluid and without nuclei. Fig. 5 represents the
dorsal half of a cross-section through the same larva, in a plane
about half-way between the anterior and posterior limbs. In
this region there is no tubular intestine, nor any open groove of
intestinal epithelium upon the yolk-sphere, the entoderm being
represented simply by the yolk-sphere ( Y&.), the small nuclei of
which are on its periphery.

These sections make clear the nature of the yolk-mass, and its
relation to the intestine. From the mouth to the commencement of
the small intestine the alimentary tract is tubular, and has the same
appearance in its epithelial lining as in like stages of other Ba-
trachia ; the same is true also for the rectal region of the alimen-
tary tract, which is likewise tubular. But the middle region of
the intestine is composed of the yolk-mass, which in the earlier
stage shown in fig. 3 is made up of large yolk-cells, and in the
latter stage of figs. 4 and 5 of a mass of yolk-globules with a
peripheral layer of small nucleated cells. Accordingly the large
yolk-sphere is not a yolk-sae, since it is an integral part of the
intestine.

The larva shown in fig. 1, of which figs. 4 and 5 represent sec-
tions, is in quite an advanced stage. Externally can be seen the

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,

gills and both pairs of limbs. The sections show that pronephroi
are present in the anterior trunk somites, and metanephroi (MV. 7.,
fig. 5) in the posterior somites. There is a cartilaginous brain
capsule, cartilaginous vertebral arches (V.C., figs. 4 and 5), and
cartilages for the bones of the limbs. The notochord (NV. C.) is
undergoing degeneration; the somatic mesoderm (So.J/.) is
divided into its various components—muscle somites, sclerotom,
ete. The segmental ducts (S,D.) extend posteriorly and open
into the rectum. The celom (C.) is large, the median mesenteries
well formed (Jf), the liver (Z.) and hepatic ducts present. The
epidermis (Ect.) is thick and glandular on the dorsal side of the
body, and the genital ridges (G.R., fig. 5) developed. All these
points show an advanced stage of developmeht, which makes it
the more remarkable that the middle intestine should be represented
by a large yolk-sphere.

The sides and ventral aspect of the yolk-sphere are covered with
a very thin envelope composed of three cell layers closely apposed,
the flattened ectoderm (Ect., figs. 4, 5), the somatic mesoderm
(So. M.) and the sphlanchinie mesoderm (Sp.M.). The fact that
the body wall is excessively thin upon the ventral side of the yolk-
sphere, would show perhaps that this wall had extended around
the yolk not until late in the development. The blood-vessels of
the yolk-sphere have their position in the mesodermal layers.

In conclusion, we find the principal modification of these larval
stages to consist in the presence of a large yolk-sphere, which is
an integral part of the mid-gut, while the anterior and posterior
portions of the gut are tubular. Peculiar also is the great size of
the posterior limbs and of the gills (fig. 2), and the continuance
within the egg-envelopes after a time when in other Urodelea the
larva has emerged from them. All these modifications must be
referred to the terrestrial life; and the great size and long continu-
ance of the yolk-sphere may be accredited the value of a source
of nourishment. A life under still dryer surroundings, and
longer life within the egg-envelopes necessitating a larger yolk-
sphere, might lead to the formation of a yolk-sac in the strict
sense by the holoblastic cleavage becoming mesoblastic. The case
of Plethodon cinereus is but another to show how readily develop-
mental processes become modified by change of the environment,
and how much care must be used in interpreting them in the
search for affinities.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

A number of cases are known in the Anura of terrestrial larvee
with a large yolk-sphere, which have been collected together in a
contribution by Miss L. V. Sampson,’ but terrestrial! development
in the Urodelea appears to be much less frequent. In the Czcilian
genus, Ichthyophis, the embryology of which has been carefully
studied by the Sarasins,* there is a large yolk-sphere, which at first
becomes segmented only peripherally and not until much later
through its entire mass, so that here the development is at first me-
soblastic much as in a Sauropsidan. That may perhaps be found
to be the case in Plethodon also when its early cleavage is studied.
In Ichthyophis the intestine lies at first as a straight open groove
upon the yolk (cf. the chapter in the Sarasins’ monograph, Das
Schicksal des Dotters) ; then the yolk bends into a number of
lobes, which later become elongated and entirely covered by the
body wall. The intestinal groove of Ichthyophis is supposed by
these investigators to become a closed tube without growing round
the yolk-mass, but they did not have the necessary stages to show
the final fate of the yolk. The Sarasins laid particular stress
upon the peculiar development of the Oweilia in discussing their
relationships, as, e.g., in allying them with Amphiuma, which
Hay‘ has shown to have quite a similar development. But the
fact that Amphiuma, the Cecilia and Plethodon show great simi-
larity in their development, might prove rather that the formation
of a large yolk-mass with the embryo curled around it may be
merely the consequence of terrestrial development, and the simi-
larity express rather a case of convergence than of phyletic
affinity. The relationships of the Amphibia must be shown from
comparative anatomical standpoints, and not from the larval
development which obviously may be easily modified by change in
environment, as is particularly well shown in the Anura.
Brauer, who studied the development of the Cxcilian genus
Hypogeophis from the Seychelles, where it lives wholly terrestrial,
concludes:® ‘* Wenn auch kein Zweifel dartiber aufkommen kann,

2 Unusual Modes of Breeding and Development Among Anura,’’ Ameri-
can Naturalist, 34, 1900.

5 “Ergebnisse naturwissenschaftlicher Forschungen auf Ceylon,’’ Wies-
baden, 1887-1890.
E ‘Observations on Amphiuma and Its Young,’’? American Naturaiist,
1888. ;

5«* Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Entwicklungsgeschichte und der Anatomie
der Gymnophionen,’’ Zool. Jahrb., 10, 1897.

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,

dass die grosse Dottermasse bei den untersuchten Gymnophionen
erst secundiir erworben ist, nachdem die Entwicklung nicht mehr
im Wasser ablief, sondern ganz auf dem Lande, .. . . so ist
deshalb auch die Annahme, dass die Entwicklung durch die
grossere Dottermasse derart modificirt sei, dass ein Vergleich mit
den tibrigen Amphibien nicht berichtigt sei, meiner Ansicht nach
nicht zutreffend. ... . Aus diesen Betrachtungen ergiebt sich
somit, dass der Keim der Cocilien im Wesentlichen denselben Bau
am Ende der Furchung hat wie der tibrigen Amphibien und dass
die scheinbar meroblastische Furchung in Wirklichkeit nur eine
durch den gréssern Dottergehalt bedingte Variation der iniqualen
Furchung anderer Amphibien ist.’’

The only other case known to me of a Urodele with terrestrial
development (except the European viviparous Salamandra macu-
losa) is that of the Californian Autodax lugubris, as described by
Ritter and Miller.° In this species the eggs are laid attached by
pedicels to stones on the land, there is a large yolk-sphere, large
gills, and apparently quite close similarity to the larval stages of
Plethodon.

6“ 4 Contribution to the Life History of Autodax lugubris Hallow.,”’
American Naturalist, 33, 1899.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

CYMBULIOPSIS VITREA, A NEW SPECIES OF PTEROPOD.
BY HAROLD HEATH AND M. H. SPAULDING.

On the 27th of December, 1900, a large number of individuals
of the species about to be described were taken at or near the sur-
face of Monterey Bay, California, and twice since that time great
shoals have been noted in the same locality. With the use of
formalin, formalin-alcohol and picro-formalin their natural appear-
ance and structure have been preserved with exquisite fidelity, and
will be more fully discussed in a later paper.

This species falls naturally into the genus Cymbuliopsis proposed
by Pelseneer’ which was made to embrace the two species C. ovata
and ©. calcola, but differs from these in several important respects.
The ‘‘ shell ’’ or casque (Peck),? slightly asymmetrical, possesses
the characteristic slipper form and bears on its external surface
numerous small rounded tubercles which become smaller and more
closely grouped together near the posterior-dorsal surface. Its
aperture is large, unarmed and much wider than in C. ovata, but
is almost identical with that of ©. calceola, and as in the latter,
its large cavity extends to the dorsal extremity. The maximum
length of the casque is 4 cm., with a width of 2.5 cm.

The broad, perfectly symmetrical flattened proboscis constituting
the head region is in contact with the upper surface of fin, yet
free from it to a point immediately in front of the central nervous
system. Its edges are grooved and lead into the wide funnel-
shaped mouth and cesophagus. Dorsal to the latter and symmet-
rically placed are the tentacles having the form of small knob-like
projections, each of which is supplied with a strong nerve from the
cerebral ganglia. Peck noted the occasional absence of these

? Report on the Pteropoda collected by H. M.S. Challenger during the
years 1873-1876, Part LXV, p. 96. Vide also The Nautilus, III, p. 30,
1889, where Dall shows Cymbuliopsis to be identical with his earlier genus
Corolla.

* Peck, J. I., ‘‘On the Anatomy and Histology of Cymbuliopsis calceola,’’
Studies from the Biological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, Vol.
IV, No. 6.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,

structures in C. calceola, but it was found to be present in each of
the fifty specimens of C. vitrea examined on this point. The
cesophagus leads directly backward into the visceral mass, where it
joins the relatively voluminous stomach provided with five large
and several small teeth. The intestine makes one turn on the
ventral surface of the stomach and opens into the mantle cavity
slightly to the left of the median line. The remainder of the
visceral mass is composed of the large Jiver and the gonad, which
has the form of a thin sheet investing the surface of the visceral
mass except at its forward extremity, where the albumen gland
and seminal receptacle are situated.

Cymbuliopsis vitrea, ventral view, natural size. C., casque or ‘‘shell ;”’
f., foot or fin ; &., kidney within mantle cavity represented by stippled line ;
n., nucleus or visceral mass, Showing termination of intestine and pigmented
cap ; p., pallial gland.

The mantle cavity is placed on the ventral side of Cymbuliopsis,
and anterior to the visceral mass a portion of the bounding epithe-
lium is modified into the pallial gland. This is erossed by one
complete and two incomplete transparent bands. Peck states that
the pallial gland is ‘‘ almost symmetrical in this genus, being
twisted somewhat to the right, but the asymmetry was not marked.”’

In C. vitrea the asymmetry is not especially apparent, but it is.

twisted in the reverse direction to that described and figured by

_—w me

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

Peck, and it also differs in being relatively larger and much nearer
the anterior margin of the casque. Beyond the pallial gland the
mantle cavity narrows and again enlarges to form the space
surrounding the visceral mass, kidney and heart. Peck’s figure of
C. calceola represents the foot as extending to the anterior border
of the casque, while in C. vitrea this organ is relatively much
larger and projects beyond the shell almost half its width. Three
sets of muscles operate it as in the other species of the genus, and
a large number of pigment spots, probably sensory in function, are
seattered along its margin.

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

SEPTEMBER 3.

Mr. Artaur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Eight persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ On the Probable Age of the Alabama White
Limestone,’’ by Thomas L. Casey, was presented for publication.

The death of Adolf Eric Nordenskiold, a correspondent, was
announced.

SEPTEMBER 10.
The President, SAamurnt G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Ten persons present.

SEPTEMBER 24.
Mr. Arraur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twelve persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ Further Study of an Ant,’’ by Adele M.
Fielde, was presented for publication.

The following was ordered to be printed :

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

ON THE PROBABLE AGE OF THE ALABAMA WHITE LIMESTONE.
BY THOMAS L. CASEY.

The Jackson stage of the marine Eocene may, and probably
does, offer several lithological characters in common with the Vicks-
burg, but in the nature of its fossils it differs so profoundly that
it is impossible to conceive of aught else than the lapse of a greatly
prolonged time interval between the two horizons. Among some
240 species of the Jackson group I collected at Moody’s
Branch and at Montgomery, La., and the bluffs below, I am
unable to recognize more than eight or ten which are unmis-
takably identical with any of a still larger series which 1 have
found in the Vicksburg beds during a residence of nearly two
years. It is true that there are quite a number of Vicksburg
species so closely related to analogues of the Jacksonian as to con-
clusively indicate a direct descent from the latter, but many of
these species belong to that class which, from the isolation of their
environment, are peculiarly slow in evolutionary changes, such, for
example, as Dentalium and Cadulus and some of the small
hivalves, which from their frailness must live very secluded lives.

The fact which most distinctly proclaims the revolution of
environmental conditions that must have been brought about
during the interval in question, and the probably great lapse of
intervening time, is that so many highly characteristic Eocene
forms, such as Venericardia plunicosta, Verticordia eocense, Calyp-
traphorus, Pseudoliva, Capulus, Volutilithes, Papillina, Lapparia,
and other mollusks, besides a number of very characteristic Tur-
binolid corals, completely disappear and leave no descendant in
any way related to them, for there are no species occurring in
the Vicksburg strata which recall any of these forms. And
again, there are many distinct types in the Vicksburgian, such
as Tritonopsis and Lyria costata, the ancestry of which cannot
be satisfactorily traced from the Jackson, and which must have
required a long time for their evolution. In addition to these

33

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

facts, there are several broad and striking differences between the
two faunas, such, for example, as the great abundance of Bryozoa
in the Jackson and the insignificant representation of this great
class of animal life in the Vicksburg.

Because of the existence of most of these Eocene forms in the
Red Bluff bed, I am inclined to consider that horizon more
closely related to the Jackson than to the Vicksburg, in spite of
the greater proportion of its species which haye been identified
with the Vicksburgian. It is possible, also, that many of these
supposedly identical forms may proye to be more or less well
marked subspecies, and not exactly the same as their Vicksburgian
successors. However, not having visited the Red Bluff deposit as
yet, it would be unreasonable to pass any definite opinion on this
point.

If my memory serves, Mr. Vaughan informed me some time
ago that he had found Alveinus minutus at Claiborne, Alabama.
This species literally swarmed throughout the Jackson stage, and,
in fact, is one of the most characteristic upper Eocene species, but
uo trace of it or of any allied species has occurred in either hori-
zon at Vicksburg, even upon diligent special search on the part of
the writer and careful washing of considerable quantities of marl
from various parts of the beds. The discovery of a species of
this genus in the Oligocene of Florida by Dr. Dall is therefore
the more surprising. i

Asa broad statement, therefore, it may be said that the diver-
gence of the Jackson and Vicksburg faunas is so radical as to
abundantly justify the assignment of them to different epochs of
the Tertiary—the Eocene and the Oligocene.

It is here necessary to discuss the distribution in time of the two
species, Orbitoides mantelli and Pecten poulsoni, before alluding
to the White Limestone of Alabama, for these two species seem to
have been regarded, especially by Hilgard, as the conclusive ear-
marks of the Vicksburg formation. This is an error which has
caused much misapprehension, for there is abundant testimony to
prove that they both persist through such an extended range in
time as to deprive them of any such value.

As for Orbitoides mantelli, I personally collected in two partial
days at Moody’s Branch, and a portion of a day at Montgomery,
La., with subsequent washing, of a_little marl, seventeen speci-

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

meus, some of which represented large and well-developed indi-
viduals. This species was therefore at least tolerably abundant
throughout the Jackson stage, and was probably in existence long
before.

At Vicksburg there are two distinct horizons, as recognized by
Meyer,’ but very inadequately and in part erroneously elucidated
by Hilgard. The lower Vicksburgian consists of alternate thin
strata of gray sands, sandy clays and variably, but usually loosely,
compacted white or gray limestone. The upper consists of a
much thinner bed of more or Jess red-brown marl, often indurated
into nodular masses, or subindurated, and without trace of lime-
stone, having rarely, however, thin layers of glauconitic sands
and comminuted shells, in which entire specimens when found are
generally much distorted by pressure.

The faunas of these two beds differ very markedly, and there
are probably not one-half of the species of either common to the
two. One of the chief points of distinction resides in the fact
that Orbitoides mantelli is virtually altogether wanting in the
lower or limestone bed and is abundant and fully developed in the
upper or marl bed. As this species existed in Jacksonian times,
however, it seems as though it must certainly occur in the lower
Vicksburg limestone, but at any rate it is so rare that I have
never observed a specimen. The incongruity, therefore, of call-
ing the Vicksburg limestone an Orbitoidal limestone is sufficiently
evident; possibly the error occurred by reason of the washing
down into the ravines of some material from the upper marls. It
is consequently certain, from the facts above mentioned, that
Orbitoides mantelli and its varieties existed through a considerable
portion of the entire duration of our early middle Tertiary, inclu-
ding and subsequent to the Jackson stage, and that it became alter-
nately abundant or semi-extinct according as surrounding condi-
tions favored or retarded its development.

In regard to Pecten poulsoni, it is only necessary to refer to the
report on the Coastal Plain of Alabama, by Dr. E. A. Smith, where,
on page 237, this species will be found listed with the Bashi fossils
of the Lignitic stage. As there is no more reason to doubt the
correctness of this identification than there is to doubt the identity

The two lower horizons of Meyer constitute, in my opinion, but one.

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

of the Vicksburg forms with the species in question, it will be
readily perceived that Pecten poulsoni, because of its extended
duration in time, is deprived of any decisive value as a criterion.
Besides this, however, I find that there are at Vicksburg two well-
defined subspecies, or perhaps closely allied distinct species, one
characterizing the lower and the other the upper horizon, which
have been indiscriminately alluded to as poulsoni for many years;
it is quite possible that neither of them is exactly the same as
that species, which was apparently described originally from the
White Limestone itself.

On the Tombighbee river, near St. Stephens, and on the Ala-
bama river, near Claiborne, there appear more or less conspicuous
bluffs composed of a white limestone, which has been designated
the Alabama White Limestone. The lower portion of the bluff at
St. Stephens has been considered to be Jacksonian, while the
upper part, which is apparently a conformable continuation,
although differing noticeably in lithological character, has been
identified as Vicksburgian, primarily because the limestone here
becomes orbitoidal, and, secondarily, because it also contains a
few fossils, especially Pecten poulsoni, which bear a strong resem-
blance to species occurring at Vicksburg. In accepting this as a
fact we are forced to admit that two horizons, diftering at least
quite as radically in their fauna as any other two consecutive stages
of the American Tertiary, are here conformably united in a con-
tinuous bluff of limestone. This would seem to be incongruous
and highly improbable on general reasoning, but in my opinion it
is not a correct statement of the case, and the above discussion of
Orbitoides and Pecten poulsoni renders it quite unnecessary to form
any such conclusion. It seems much more probable that the
entire White Limestone of Alabama, including the coral lime-
stone, is intermediate in age between the Claiborne and Jackson
stages.* I fee] the more confident in this statement on again con-

2 The examples of Orbitoides contained in a specimen of the White Lime-
stone from Clarke county, Ala., from the first bed above the Claiborne
sand, which I have before me, differ very much from those occurring at
either Jackson or Vicksburg in their much larger size; in fact they would
almost appear to constitute a distinct species, and in any event they repre-
sent the maximum development of the genus in the Southern Tertiary.
The Jackson and Vicksburg form is a degradational type derived from the
White Limestone, and, as the White Limestone form is the one which was
originally published under the name mantelli, it is the Vicksburg modifica-

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

sulting the report of Dr. Smith, where, on page 109, it is said that
Venericardia planicosta was found by Mr. Aldrich in the upper
part of the limestone near Claiborne, which is presumably the
orbitoidal part, and this at once proves that it cannot at least be
Vicksburgian. If this is not conclusive, however, it can be sup-
plemented by another significant remark, made by Mr. Cunning-
ham on page 254 of the same report, to the effect that the orbi-
toidal or upper portion of the White Limestone contains large
numbers of ‘‘ minute coralline branches.’’ These are exceedingly
abundant in the fauna of the Moody’s Branch beds of the Jack-
sonian, and constitute one of its conspicuous features, but they are
completely unknown from either the lower or upper horizons of the
Vicksburgian.

It is probable that the uplift of the true Vicksburg beds was
very limited in geographical extent, and confined to the vicinity
of the capes or elbows of the coast separating, on both sides, the
Bay of Mississippi from the ocean to the south, and that the
so-called Vicksburg localities in eastern Mississippi are to be viewed
with suspicion. It will require something more than Dentalium
mississippiense, Pecten poulsoni and Orbitoides mantelli to prove
them even approximately synchronous, as these classic species are
all noticeably extended in vertical range.

Mr. D. W. Langdon enumerates‘ the fossils collected by him at
Byram Station, on the Pearl river. They are all Vicksburgian
with the exception of Capulus americanus, which is Jacksonian.
As this species has never been found at Vicksburg, the presump-
tion is that the Byram beds are older than the true Vicksburg-
ian, and this is further borne out by the fact, which I have
noted from personal observation, that the Byram deposit con-
tains, besides the species quoted by Mr. Langdon, a consider-
able number peculiar to it and apparently occurring nowhere
else. The evidence adduced by Mr. Langdon would seem to
show that there is a notable thickness of marine, though
scarcely fossiliferous, deposits between the true Jackson and
Byram, and it is probable that during this interval the Red Bluft

tion which must be considered to be undescribed. In the Lower Claiborne
at Natchitoches, La., another form of Orbitoides occurs, which is smaller
and thicker than that of Jackson and Vicksburg and probably specifically
different.

3 Amer. Jour. Sci , XXXII, p. 205.

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

beds were formed. ‘I'he order of emergence of the various de-
posits—which were all more or less local—may therefore be stated
tobe: (1) Jackson stage, (2) Red Bluff substage, (3) Byram sub-
stage, and (4) Vicksburg stage. The Scobinella celata men-
tioned by Mr. Langdon among the Byram fossils, is not exactly
the same as the form described from Vicksburg under that name,
but is a very well-marked variety or subspecies, related, in fact,
more closely to the form occurring at Red Bluff. ‘The degenera-
tive Vicksburg modification, strangely enough, appears to be
entirely wanting in the lower—limestone—horizon, but is suffi-
ciently common in the upper marls, as in the case of Orbitoides
mantelli alluded to above.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

OcroBER 1.
Mr. ArrHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Nine persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

‘« A New Species of Clavilithes from the Eocene of Texas,’’ by
C. W. Johnson and A. W. Grabau.

‘New Mollusks of the Japanese Empire,’’? by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

‘© A Quick Method of Testing for Gold,’? by Edward Gold-
smith.

OcroBER 8.

The President, SAamurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Fourteen persons present.

OcroBER 15.
Mr. Arraur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirteen persons present.

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

OcToBER 22.

The President, SamueL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Miss Nichols requested permission, which was granted, to with-
draw her paper entitled ‘‘ The Spermatogenesis of Oniscus asellus.
Linn,’’ presented for publication July 16, 1901.

OcToOBER 29.

The President, SamuEeL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-one persons present.

Henry Fox and Howard Crawley were elected members.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

FURTHER STUDY OF AN ANT.

BY ADELE M, FIELDE.

Argument.—That Stenamma fuluum piceum' is the bearer of
three distinct odors, perceived through the three distal segments of
her antennze: (a) A scent deposited by her feet, forming an indi-
vidual trail, whereby she traces her own steps, discerned through
her tenth segment; (6) an inherent and inherited odor, manifested
over her whole body, identical in quality for queens and workers
of the same lineage, a means for the recognition of blood-relations,
discerned by contact of the eleventh segment; (c) a nest-smell,
consisting of the commingled odors of all animate members of
the colony, diffused by them in air or ether, constituting an aura
whereby they distinguish their nest from those of aliens and
discerned through the twelfth, the distal, segment.

That her behavior is influenced by a sensory memory; and that
while, without experience or instruction, she capably constructs
the dwellings of her species and tends the young, her criterion of a
nest-aura is established solely by association, and may be changed
many times during her life.

That her care of the young is a reflex from the eighth and ninth
segments of her antennze; and that she receives an immediate
reward for her labor in the sustenance thereby obtained.

That the gregarious habit of the ant is a conjoint result of the
reflexes from the five distal segments of her antenne.

An Oriental folk-story ascribes to the ant a keen sense of
smell,* and Occidental biologists grant its possession of this faculty.

I have recently carried on experiments,* using the maze herein
described, whereby I believe it to be shown that Stenamma fulvum
piceum, aided by a sensory memory, finds her way by means of an
individual scent deposited from her feet, and that her perception of
this scent is through the tenth segments of her antenne.

1 Stenamma (Aphenogaster) fuloum, Mayr; subspecies aguia, Buck-
ley ; variety picewm, Emery.

2“ The Origin of Ants,” in Chinese Nights’ Entertainment, by A. M.
Fielde: G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1894.

5 At the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass., May to Octo~
ber, 1901.

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

THE MAZE.

The floor of the maze was a pane of clear glass laid upon white cardboard,
upon which the runs were indicated by letters and figures. The runs were
twelve millimeters or a half inch wide, and were separated by walls twelve
millimeters high and twelve millimeters thick, built of strips of glass closely
joined to one ‘another and to the floor by LePage’s liquid glue, and dried
during several months before the maze was used in experiment. The walls
were topped by a layer of cotton wadding which was removed and renewed
whenever the maze was cleaned for a new experiment. The roof, laid upon
the wadding and closing the maze at the top, was a square of thin clear
glass diagonally divided across a’—)°, for convenience in uncovering only
half the maze at atime. Effort was made to secure the same degree of light,
warmth and humidity in every part of the maze.

At J a straight glass tube seven centimeters long communicated with a
small nest in which the ant household used in the experiment had been
long established. The tube J, as well as the nest, was completely darkened,
and was opposite the source of light.

At 7 a glass tube, bent upward at its outer end, gave ingress to the ants
from my hand and was stopped by a plug of cotton when not in use,

The distance from 7’to / was twenty-one centimeters, a little more than
eight inches.

9

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

I placed some hundreds of pups at the 7 corner, and taking
marked and unmarked ants from the nest J, introduced them to
the maze through the tube, 7. In no case, except when mani-
festly lost, did any ant carry‘ in a pupa without having first made
the journey without a burden. Sometimes an ant traversed more
than one run before she began the labor of carrying in, and if she
afterward used more than one of the runs she never used other
than those she had previously traversed, no matter how many of
her fellow burden-bearers were travelling the other routes. If the
glass floor was clean she apparently had greater difficulty in estab-
lishing her trail than when the floor was covered by wood or by
earth. In the first case, she would goa short distance, as from
T to a? or n, and return, and then would prolong her next jour-
ney as far as a® or n*, and she might make many excursions from
T over the same path before she discovered the entrance to the nest
at I. When the floor was covered with earth a single trip often
sufficed, and she began to carry in when on her second excursion
from 7. The structure of the ant’s feet adapts them to the partial
clasping of particles of earth, and it may be that pressure assists
in the deposit of the scent.

Having begun to carry in, an ant usually continued her work
incessantly, making from thirty-seven to seventy round journeys in
an hour. No burden-bearing ant ever made a loop in her own
trail. The shortest run, c-d, was not oftenest taken, but no ant
ever carried in by a route longer than a single run, a, m, c-d,
n or 0.

The c-d run virtually counted as but one, for when any ant
had made the ¢ or the d passage, she afterward used either side of
the central block ¢ with little hesitation.

There was no evidence that any ant was influenced by the fact
that the c-d run was shortest, and that there were certain ad-
vantages in following a straight line; but we should not therefore
hastily declare that ants have no reasoning power. The Chinese,
for reasons well known to themselves, generally make their roads
crooked.

The ingoings and returns of several marked ants during one

*The ants withdraw their young from currents of air even more quickly
than from light. If the ants huddled upon the pupx, making their own
bodies a screen from the light, they were impelled by my gently blowing
into the tube 7’ to search for a tranquil refuge in the nest.

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

hour were recorded. Dot One made seventy-two journeys, going
in and returning by the c-d run. Deviations, apparently caused
by pressure or by momentum, were sometimes made on departing
from 7 or from J, but she never deviated from her trail more than
four times her own length without discovering her error and retrac-
ing her path into the c-d run.

Dot Two made sixty-one round journeys by the c-d run. Other
ants were at the same time going in and returning by the same and
by other routes.

Dot Three made forty round trips. The first fourteen were all
by the n run. She was then carried, apparently by her own
momentum under a heavy burden, into the a run, and there
wandered to and fro, utterly lost, notwithstanding the frequent
passing of her comrades. She eventually made her way by the a
run into J. Somewhat later, under similar momentum, she like-
wise floundered through c-d, and then at intervals she afterward,
with no hesitation, four times tuok the c-d route to J. All her
other ingoings and all her returns were via the n run. A few
hours later, when I again set the ants to work, Dot Three again
took the n route, and in an hour made forty-eight round trips
thereby. A few times she made impetuous starts into other runs,
but she every time retraced her steps and followed her best-known
path. I then removed her to a Petri cell, closed the entrances to
all runs other than c-d and m, and put several unmarked ants to
the work of carrying in pup. During that afternoon and the
succeeding forenoon, these ants made over three hundred round
trips through m and c-d. When these two runs had thus been
thoroughly scented by other ants, and while their trails were yet
fresh, I unclosed all the runs and put Dot Three in through T.
After an absence of nineteen hours, she made her first trip, with-
out a burden, through n, and then resumed the carrying in of
pup, making fifty-four round journeys in an hour, going in forty-
eight times by the run and six times by the c-d run, and return-
ing fifty-two times by the n run and twice by the e-d run. Not
once did she enter the m run, which had during the previous hour
been traversed hundreds of times by her comrades.

The following day, no use having been made of the maze in the
interval, I again put Dot Three in at T. She at once went, with-
out a burden, through a, and returned through n. During the

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

next hour she made forty-six burden-bearing journeys through n,
returning forty-five times through n and once through ¢. She
undertook to carry ina larva larger than herself and, after pro-
tracted and ineffective effort, dropped it at n*, returned, and then
carried in a very small larva. On subsequent journeys she repeat-
edly passed over or close beside the dropped larva, but she seemed
to be aware that it had proven too heavy for her, and did not
renew her attempt to lift it.

I then, during her absence in the nest, removed the earth over
aspace of one centimeter from the floor at n’, and washed the
glass floor and the neighboring walls and roof. On her return she
crossed the space unhesitatingly to the pup pile at 7, made two
burden-bearing journeys, one via ¢, one via a, with both returns
via n. She then came and examined the cleaned space, burrowed
in the bank at its sides, went to and fro several times over it, and
resumed her carrying in through this n run.

Dot Four having first made without a burden excursions
through the 6, ¢c, n, m and a runs, made fifty-five consecutive
burden-bearing journeys, going in forty-five times by the a, twice
by the m, four times by the c-d, and four times by the m run.
Her returns were forty-nine times by the a, once by the m, twice
by the c, and three times by the m run. The 0 run was not again
entered. I then isolated her in a Petri cell, and two days later,
having stopped the a run with plugs of cotton, I returned her to
the maze through 7. She at once tried to enter a, pushing at the
cotton and endeavoring to creep under or over it. Finding it
impassible, she made several journeys through m. I then isolated
her two days more, unstopped a, and retuimed her to the maze
through J. She resumed her route through m, and made six
round trips by that run which she had used while a was stopped,
then she made a return through a, her older path, and from that
time all her ingoing journeys and returns were made by that route.

Dot Five made sixty round trips, of which twenty-eight ingoing
journeys were made by the m, thirty-one by the a, and two by the
ce-d run. Of her returns fifty-two were made by c-d and nine,
at intervals, by m. When she had passed thirty-seven times
through m, I laid across its floor, at m?, while she was at 7, a
strip of paper one centimeter wide. As soon as she reached it she
turned back with her burden and went in by c-d, returning as

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

usual by c-d. Twice more she likewise came to the paper, and
although several other ants had meantime passed over it, she
retraced her steps into c-d, and thereafter made no more excur-
sions into m, going always through c—d.

Dot Six entered the maze at 7, made her first round trip, with-
out a burden, through m, then took a false start into c-d, wan-
dered there, reached 2, returned to m‘ and followed the m run to
the nest. Thereafter she made nineteen journeys, going in fifteen
times through m and four times through n, and returning once
through n, and eighteen times through c-d. I then put a barrier
across 2, expecting her to turn back and take the m or n route,
but in returning on her trail she discovered what neither the ants
nor I had before observed, a small hole in the glass wall at h, and
through this hole she reached n. After that her journeys, made
with no hesitation, were as follows:

INGOING. | RETURNING.
1 via n | 1 via nN
2‘ d-h-n | Quer ce
3 oe “e | 3 “ec oe
4 te nN | 4 ce ae
5 “e “ec | 5 “e ae
6 “ d-h-n @ Be es
7 «“ | a a=
isi UY nN Sie oe
9 “ dh-n Grace “
Oass n aly bs
11 ‘6 d-h-n sr eae ne
NOY os n | LD se te
13 “© d-h-n | Ry Ge n
14 ins nN | 14 “oe o €¢
ence 15“ n-h-d
16 Ԥ d-h-n uy s
17 “oe at | 17 ‘ce ae
18 ce at 18 “e ae
19 “ce “ee | 19 “ee “ce
20 x a0
a1 ce ae | 21 ce ae
22 ‘© d-h-n 24S n
93 ce ce 93 ee ae
24 “ec ae | 94 ee oe
Bay 0 ES | 25 * n-h-d

After Dot Six had several tens of times passed through the hole
in the wall, I stopped the runs from e-d at 2 and at 3, enclosing
two burden-bearing ants and a dropped pupa. ‘The two ants had
trails directly to J, and when they found themselves unable to
proceed through 2 they turned back and repeatedly explored all

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527

parts of c-d. It was plain that the trail of Dot Six through the
hole gave them no guidance. At last one of the two ants found
the hole, passed through it, made her way in, returned and carried
in the dropped pupa, passing the hole the second and third times
with no hesitancy. The trail of this ant, added to that of Dot Siz,
apparently gave no clue to the remaining ant, for she continued to
hunt for an exit until she, too, finally found the hole for herself,
and went through it to I. During succeeding hours, after 2 and 3
were unstopped, no more than the three ants, including Dot Siz,
ever used the hole as a passageway.

While the ants were carrying in pups, one of the two queens in
the nest twice came out to the 7’ corner, examined the pupzx pile
and went back, but no worker changed her route to follow that of
the queen.

It is evident from the foregoing records, giving examples taken
from among many made, that the ant followea her own trail,
taking it in either direction with equal facility. She was doubtless
influenced in her course by the topography of the ground. Dot
Seven always went in through the 6 run, passing close to the outer
wall at 6°. On returning she usually mounted a corner of the
inner wall near 6° and scrambled down its vertical face. The
latter route was feasible for a return journey, but impracticable
for her when she carried a burden.

When the ants regularly took one route for the outgoing and
another for the ingoing trip, they appeared to follow the line of
least resistance, or to be influenced by convenience. I have repeat-
edly seen ants change their customary route when they found their
progress hindered by other ants that were taking the same or the
opposite course. When ants journey in numbers they go by one
route and return by another, as human throngs divide, for mutual
advantage, into two processions for crossing a bridge, one moving
to the right, the other to the left.

The ants cannot follow the trail of a foe. An intruder whose
aura has alarmed the colony may pass close to a resident, alert on
the warpath, and the resident will run to and fro with no clue
to the exact location of the enemy until the touch of an antenna
reveals it.

Bethe holds that there is a polarization of the scent,® showing

5 Albrecht Bethe, Diirfen wir den Ameisen und Bienen physchische Quali-
ldten zuschreiben. Pfluger’s Archiv, Vol. 70, Jan., 1898.

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

the ant the direction toward or away from the nest. He caused
ants to make a path across a board, a section of which could be
made to revolve 180°. When the section was reversed, an ant
reaching the section from either direction was unable to directly
proceed. If the section was not reversed until the ant was upon
it, the ant would continue its way across the section, but on
coming to the end of the section would stop and give evidence of
having lost its trail.

Perhaps by reversing the section the continuity of the indi-
vidual trail was broken, the ant being therefore unable to directly
proceed. My experiments show that the theory of polarization of
the scent is untenable. Dot Five, after establishing her trail,
made, in thirty minutes, twenty-eight round trips through a.
During her absence in the nest, at the end of every ingoing journey,
I changed the relative position of at least three centimeters of
earth forming her path, and I gradually extended the displace-
ments as far as from a’ to a°, being careful to make the road
level and quiet before her return. Not once did she hesitate or
wander during all these journeys, although in the twenty-eight
stirrings every millimeter of her trail had been displaced. Other
ants were equally able to follow their trail over displaced portions
of their path.

I also caused many marked ants to make trails over strips of
wood covering the floor of the runs, and after the trails were
established I turned the strips end for end, being careful to
replace them so exactly that the continuity of the individual trail
should not be broken. In no case did an ant give sign of haying
lost her trail. The advance of the ant over the reversed trail was
unhesitating even when the reversed strip was so much as eight
centimeters in length.

A layer of washed earth’ a millimeter or two in depth may be
sprinkled upon the trail without destroying it, as does a thicker
layer. The thin layer is doubtless pervious to the scent. The
trail may also be moistened for a distance of several centimeters
without destroying its continuity. But, as Bethe has pointed out,
the ant can be thrown off its trail by wiping the floor on which the
scent is Jaid, or by covering it with a strip of wood or of paper

® Earth taken from any Stenamma fuloum piceum nest, well washed in
running water and then dried.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

from five to ten millimeters wide. The action of the ant when
the scent is obscured proves that her trail is individual, and that
it is under foot. She does not more readily pass the point of
obscuration on account of it having been previously traversed by
her comrades. Her action is the same whether she be the first to
arrive at the newly-laid flooring or whether many ants have crossed
it before her.

The power of perceiving the individual trail lies in the tenth
segments of the antenne. When
deprived of this segment the ant
is no longer able to find her way
in with the pupze, but wanders
about helpless and bewildered.
Ants deprived of nearly all of
the eleventh and all of the
twelfth segments continued to
carry the pupe through the runs
of the maze, though with dimin-
ished physical vigor. The ant
could pick up her scent so long
as a tenth segment was intact,
and no longer. For experiments
in following the trail, I selected
ants that had been previously
distinguished by diligence in the
carrying in of pup:e and later on
set them to work with clipped
antenne.’

That memory plays a part in
the journeys as well as in other
proceedings of the amt, is shown
by experiments made by me in
gradually increasing the width of

LEFT ANTENNA OF STENAMMA
FULVUM PICEUM.

7For removing the whole or any part of the antennz of the ants used in
the experiments described in this paper, the antennze were clipped with
sharp scissors, {he wound was merged for five seconds in eighty per cent.
alcohol to coagulate the blood ; the ant was isolated upon a wet sponge ina
Petri cell, without food, for a day, and was thereafter daily placed upon some
acceptable food, such as moistened sponge cake, soft pie crust, or bread
touched with honey. No insect food was given, and the cell was kept very
clean. After fifteen days or longer about forty per cent. of the ants recoy-

34

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

strips of paper or of wood-shavings laid over the trail. When the
ant had well established her trail across the paper or shaving I could
sometimes in her absence change it, replacing it exactly by a new
one of the same color and material, and I have gradually increased
its width from five millimeters to fifteen, or from one to three times
her length, without causing the slightest distraction of the ant from
her steady journeys to and fro over it.* This proves that the ant
does not smell her way at every point, and that familiarity with
certain objects under her feet is gradually acquired. A dissimilar
object, or an old object in a different place, never failed to distract
the ant. The frequent placing of new objects upon her path, or
repeated interruptions of her work, always caused her to change
her route or to abandon her work.

Many ants, where records were kept, gained speed in the carry-
ing in of pup, the number of journeys accomplished during an
hour increasing always with experience of the runs, tmless special
hindrances occurred. If there be no greater stimulus in the greater
amount of scent laid down, the gain in speed must arise from
added familiarity with the road.

T occasioned one of my colonies to move from a Lubbock nest to
its annex over a bridge eight inches long, once or twice a*day
during ten days, and the colony gradually reduced the time
required for a complete change of location from over an hour to
twenty minutes.

When an ant discovers a barrier across one of the runs in the
maze, she does not more than two or three times follow her trail
to the barrier, but altogether changes her route. In the change
she does not merely cut off the loop in her own path, but she
frequently takes a different direction.

ered from shock-effect and by their activities indicated their readiness for use
in experiment. Before their recovery the ants were listless and abnormally
irritable ; and they attacked with self-destructive violence any moving thing
that touched them. One antenna performs all the functions of a pair. In
examining hundreds of ants, I found many with a single antenna, or with
one antenna and the long proximal joint of the other, and these ants, in-
cluding queens so maimed, were living normal lives. But I never found in
its native nest any antennaless ant. The sense of taste is not lost with the
antenne. Ants kept without food for three days lapped honeyed cake with
evident relish immediately after they were deprived of their antenne.
Their sensitivity to light, heat and humidity also remains unimpaired. No
part of an antenna that had been clipped was regenerated during three sub-
sequent months that I kept the clipped ants under my observation.

My best results were in using moistened brown blotting paper, care being
taken that its edges across the path should be exactly even with the surface
of the earth covering the floor.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

The aptness of these ants to seek a new domicile whenever their
nest is disturbed is perhaps correlated with the necessity of main-
taining associations which give efficiency to a sensory memory.

Three worker-ants, without kindred, have lived in one of my
Petri cells more than a year. They are perfectly at home in any
new similar cell to which I transfer them. This surely indicates
that they have become acquainted with their environment through
other senses than that of smell.

Beside the scent whereby the ant lays her individual trail, every
Stenamma fulvum piceum has an odor manifest in all parts of her ani-
mate body, and discerned by herself and by other ants through the
eleventh segments of the antenne.

It is improbable that the environment of the ants impart to
them their odor. I found beside an old stone fence a colony rear-
ing young under loose stones fifty yards apart. Workers taken
from the discovgred extremes of this colonial manor affiliated per-
fectly. From a space no larger than a quart-pot I took thirteen
deiilated queens in September, and eleven more the following June.
Queens and workers of this colony met one another amicably after
a full year of separation, although the one had spent that time in
native soil, while the other had endured vicissitudes of travel,
living in a glass house, feeding on human confections, and drink-
ing water containing unlike mineral ingredients. I am also
acquainted with two colonies whose swarming exits are but two
yards apart, and these two colonies evince the intensest hostility to
one another.

From among more than a hundred experiments that I have
made, all yielding corroborative results in a study of the ant-odor,
I give but a few examples:

The ant has an inherent odor. A callow five days old, that
had been isolated nine days before emergence from the pupa-stage,
was attacked and killed by the first ant it ever met, a callow of
another colony.

Ants reared all the way from the larval stage without ant-
nurses attract or repel other ants.

Ants were reared without ant-nurses, in sequestered groups,
from pup of the same colony. When these ants were twenty days
old the groups were united, and the ants at once affiliated.

Young ants, reared in an alien group, were returned to their

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

blood-relations. They were repeatedly dragged away from the
nursery and were kept on probation until their personal odor was
ascertained, and were within a day received into full association
with their kindred.

A queen of colony D with four workers that she had reared
from larvee of the C colony, together reared three callows from
pupe of the E colony. When the callows were twenty days old,
I put them in a Petri cell with adults of the E colony. The
callows attacked the adults as with intent to kill, but they met
with great toleration, and within a day all the inmates of the cell
were living together in unity. In every case where callows were
returned from among aliens to their own stock, the action of the
adults bore a strange similitude to patient and forbearing discipline
directed toward the reclamation of wayward offspring.

In a nest: containing a queen and workers of colony C, I put a
few young ants that had been reared in another section of the
C colony from pup of the E colony. The young ants showed no
fear of their new host, and were received with but slight sign of
suspicion. They were treated as are alien ants smeared with the
juices of kindred.’ But the superficial gloss did not long deceive,
and at the end of the second day the young ants had all been killed
and dismembered. Incorporation into one section of a colony
never gave permanent safety in another section of the same
colony that I had divided.

Workers of colony D alone reared four callows from pupe of
colony ©. I segregated these callows and introduced to their cell
four adults from another section of colony C. The adults imme-
diately attacked the callows, indicating that they were overlaid
with the odor of the workers that had fostered them; but the
inherent odor of the callows was also influential, for none were
killed, and the next day all the eight ants were clustered serenely
in one group.

The odor is inherited through the queen. Five queens of the C
colony, each sequestered with afew of her workers, reared from
her own eggs several young ants. I am uncertain whether the
five kings associated with these queens were of different colonies.
The issue of any one queen would live in amity with the issue of

moe Study ‘of an Ant,” A. M. Fielde, Proceedings of the he Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, September, 1901.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

any other one of these queens, and al) of the young ants would
congregate around any one of the sister-queens.

Queens of the same colony have the same odor. Two queens,
each having a similar mixed family made up of her own and a
different stock, were interchanged with no disturbance of the
domestic life in either nest.

Tsolated queens of colony D reared each a few workers from
pup of the C colony. The workers so reared would live amica-
bly with any sister of the queen that reared them and also with
one another.

A colony C queen and her issue reared two ants from pup: of
the E colony. When the two ants were a month old they were
removed from the fostering family and were introduced into a cell
containing a queen and adult workers of the C colony all deprived
of the smell-sense. The young ants at once snuggled the queen
and affiliated with the adults. They manifestly found in this
sister-queen and her workers the exact odor to which they were
accustomed.

I took two queens of the C colony and segregated each with
pupz of the E colony. After the pupz had become ants fifteen
days old, an exchange of queens caused no demonstration of sur-
prise or of hostility.

The inherent odor of the queens and that of the workers in the
same colony is of like quality, though the odor of a queen is prob-
ably stronger than that of a worker.

The behavior of kings in the nests proves them to be unable to
distinguish between queens and large workers.

Workers removed from the C colony and segregated when eight
days old received amicably, after nine months of separation, the
two sister-queens in whose nests they had spent the first few days
of active life. Unless their own odor was similar to that of these
queens they must have had a personal memory of them. These
workers rejected queens of another colony.

I isolated queens of the C colony and caused each to rear four
callows from pup of the E colony. When the callows were six-
teen days old I introduced into every queen’s cell two colony C
adults deprived of smell-sense. These adults were all received
amiably by the callows, indicating that they had tke same sort-of
odor as had the queen.

5384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Ants hatched and reared to the age of twenty days with no
association with any other ant received and affiliated with a queen
of their lineage, though with some tentative nabbing.

Into a cell containing eight workers, of which equal numbers
had been together reared from pup: of two colonies, C and H, I
introduced a © colony queen deprived of smell-sense. She was
dragged away from the larve pile, but was not injured, and in six
hours she was a fully accepted member of the mixed group.

Probably the odor discerned by the ants is something different
from any discovered by human nostrils.

The odor preferred by the individual ant is determined by associa-
tion, naturally during the first few days of its active life. Cal-
lows no more than three days old, having spent these days with a
queen alone, with workers alone, or with both queen and workers,
will thereafter withdraw from or fight any queen or worker belong-
ing to any-colony other than their own ancestral one, or those
represented in their earliest nurses.

Pupze of the E colony were isolated the last thirteen days of
their pupa-stage, and their first meeting with any ant was when
they were two days old, and was with a queen of the © colony.
Within an hour the queen and the callows had perfectly affiliated.
This queen had not been deprived of smell-sense; but during the
long isolation of the pups, the E colony odor that earlier overlaid
them had doubtless been dissipated, and they therefore presented
to her nothing stronger than their own inherent odor as callows.
Young callows from pup that have been isolated during the
whole or nearly the whole pupa-period are safe in any colony. The
immediate affiliation of these callows with an alien queen is the
point to be here observed.

I sequestered pupze from colony C and isolated the emerging
unlicked callows. When these unnursed callows were two days
old I put them into a Petri cell with a colony E queen and workers
deprived of the smell-sense. The callows made no attack on the
alien adults, but congregated beside the queen or workers as ami-
eably as if all were of their own lineage. But callows likewise
sequestered, isolated and reared to five days old with no association
with vther ants, could not be induced to affiliate with aliens. They
established for themselves a criterion of correct odor, and withdrew
from or seized any ant varying from their standard.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53)

Queens and workers will usually live peaceably with any ant
that they have reared from the pupa, and they may be caused to
rear successive broods of unlike lineage, or to rear at one time a
brood from eggs, larvze or pupz of diverse stock. But both queens
and workers appear to be less at ease and to filiate less closely
with such associates than with those of their own line, unless they
greatly outnumber the introduced members of their group. If
pup of alien stock are given to them in large numbers, shortly
before the pupz become callows, many of the callows are immedi-
ately killed. Isegregated three groups, each consisting of a colony
C queen and seven adult workers, and gave to each group eight
pup from colony E. In two of these groups the pup all became
eallows within four days and all were killed. In the third group
the pups were younger, none became active before the seventh day
after being introduced, and five were permitted to live. These
five callows had doubtless, during their longer residence in the
group fostering them, been overlaid with the odor of the C colony,
and therefore when they became active they bore an odor inoffen-
sive to their adult companions. They were doubtless smeared
with the odor of their hosts.

I have repeatedly seen a queen, with numerous workers of alien
stock, flee from the group of ants that I had induced her to rear
in her own nest. She had been unable to lick so many pup into
her own likeness.

Ants remember, or are for some time positively chemotropic to,
the odor to which they were earliest accustomed. An isolated queen
of the D colony first reared four workers from larve of the C
colony, and later on this mixed group reared three callows from
pup of the E colony. When these callows were fifteen days old
I removed them to the E colony, where they were happily domes-
ticated five days. I then sequestered them in a Petri cell, and
found that they instantly affiliated with either the D colony queen
or the C colony workers that had earliest fostered them. They also
affiliated with C colony adults deprived of the smell-sense.

Two queens of the C colony separately reared eight callows from
pup of the E colony. When the callows were from eight to fifteen
days old, I put the two queens into one Petri cell and the eight
callows into another, and kept the C and E ants thus apart for
thirty days. I then reunited the queens and the young ants and
they again filiated, with no sign of distrust er aversion.

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

An artificially mixed group, now in my possession, was created
partially by design and partially by incident, and it curiously
illustrates my theme. As mentioned by Dr. W. M. Wheeler,”
Stenamma fulvum piceum sometimes feed their laryze upon pieces of
the pupze of Cremastogaster lineolata, Desiring to know whether
these ants would, when without larve, themselyes devour the
Cremastogaster pupze, I gave a goodly number of such pup to
each of several groups of Stenammas living in Petri cells. In
every group of Stenammas some portion of the Cremastogaster pups
was adopted and taken care of, at least during several days. In
one group only, three of the Cremastogasters were brought to the
active stage, and continued to live with the Stenammas and to share
their labor of rearing a single introduced male pupa. Probably
these three Cremastogaster pupze were so long in the care of the
Stenammas that they were overlaid or smeared with the Stenamma
odor before they became animate, and that their inherent odor was
therefore obscured. Their own standard of congenial odor would,
by earliest impression, be that of the Stenamma group. These
Stenammas, which were of the C colony, had previously reared
four workers from pupz of the E colony, and I had removed these
workers from their cell before the Cremastogaster pup therein had
become active. The four workers had meantime been segregated
in another cell. When the Cremastogasters were about twelve
days old, I returned the E Stenammas, after an absence of twenty
days, to the C Stenamma cell. They were cordially received by,
and at once filiated with, their foster C queen and workers, and
they made no attack on the previously unknown Cremastogasters.
But the little Cremastogasters attacked them frequently, until, in the
course of a day or two, experience had shown them the futility of
attempts on the life of newcomers so much stronger than them-
selves. Cremastogaster lineolata introduced from outside were killed
under attacks from all the ants in this mixed group.

That there isa relationship between the inherent odor of the ant
and its color, which gradually deepens with age, and that the odor
of the queen is stronger than is that of her workers, is shown by
the following experiment. I brought a colony from the woods,
placed it in its native earth upon a Lubbock nest, and sequestered

10“ Habits of Ponera and Stigmatomma,’’ Biological Bulletin, Vol. 2,
No. 2.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537

many of its pup. I then segregated all callows that appeared
on the same day among the pup, and in my experiment used
none that had been nursed by any ant during the last three days
of the pupa-stage, or that had ever met any ant other than those of
her own age and lineage. When the callows were from sixteen
to twenty days old, I introduced into a Petri cel] containing several
of the segregated callows single ants from among their blood-
relations in the Lubbock nest. Ants of about their own age were
always received with little attention and no nabbing; older workers
with considerable attention and oceasional nabbing; and very old
workers or queens were attacked and pulled about by as many as
three or four callows at once. The amount of excitement produced
by the newcomer, and the number of attacks made upon her
person, bore a direct ratio to the depth of her color. When an
old worker had first been introduced and domiciled, the introduec-
tion of a second adult caused little excitement; but that of a queen
called forth all the usual demonstrations of interest or distrust.
If a queen was first introduced and domesticated, then the intro-
duction of an old worker was an unimportant event. A second
queen or a second adult was always received with lesser attention.
I therefore think that the ants discriminate not only in regard to
the quality of the odor presented, but also as to its intensity, and
that the queen presents the ancestral odor in a more concentrated
form than do her workers. None of these introduced ants
attacked the callows, and all callows affiliated with the introduced
ants within a day; but the fighting instinct of the callow is evi-
dently aroused, not only by ant-odors to which it is unaccustomed,
but by an intenser expression of its own inherent odor. If the
older ants bore an adventitious odor through association with aliens
reared in their nest, then the young ants would have borne the
same odor and would have oftered the same reason for attack.

With the purpose of ascertaining whether the odor of the ant
was perceptible to other ants when deposited upon inanimate objects,
I took a new unused maze and smeared the floor and walls of the
a and the n runs with the juices of kindred queens and workers,
and the m and 6 runs with the juices of aliens, leaving ihe ¢ and
d runs unsmeared. ‘This smearing did not manifestly influence the
ants in their choice of a route in carrying pupe from 7’ to J.

I then laid upon the floor of the a and n runs earth newly

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

taken from their own E nest, and upon the m and 6 runs earth
newly taken from the nest of aliens, making the earth from the
two nests to meet in the middle of the passages, 7, 2, 3, 4 Into
e-d I put washed earth. Immediately after such distribution of
the earth I put many ants from the E nest into the maze at T
upon the pup pile, and recorded the number of journeys made
through each run. Fully half the journeys were made upon the
earth from the alien nest.

I then closed the a and the m runs and sent many ants of colony
C over the m and 6 runs. While the trails were yet fresh, I
removed the © ants and their nest, and gave the maze over to the
E colony. The E ants in no wise avoided the m and } runs that
had just been used by the C ants, but they traversed them as often
as they traversed the runs through which no aliens had passed.
Variations and repetitions of this experiment gave results always
similar. I therefore think that the odor of the ant is discernible
to other ants only when it is either perceived upon or is immedi-
ately disseminated from the living body of the ant. This view is
sustained by the fact that alien pupse placed in the nest just before
they emerge from the pupa-stage are at first accepted by the ants,
and are nevertheless often killed as soon as they cease to be inert.

I have found that the ant’s power of perceiving this odor lies
in the eleventh segments of her antenne. ‘The contact of these
segments with any part of the body of another ant is followed
by reflexes denoting either satisfaction or repugnance. When the
ant is deprived of these segments by a cut across the tenth seg-
ment, she no longer discriminates between friend and foe. De-
prived of these segments, marked ants of two or of five colonies
lived peaceably together or fought one another with absolute
impartiality. Forel discovered that ants of alien colonies ceased
from hostile demonstration when deprived of the antenn; but in
my experiments this effect is as complete when no more than the
two distal segments are removed. ‘The removal of the twelfth
segment alone is not effective, and as the segments telescope each
into its proximal neighbor, the destruction of the tenth is necessary
forthe complete removal of the eleventh.

A healthy ant, with or without antenn:e, will fight a dead ant,
kindred{or alien, if the dead ant be made to simulate an attack
upon the live ant; and an ant will sometimes continue a battle

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

when all of its body except the head and one pair of legs has
been clipped off. I have seen an ant, deprived of the smell-sense,
continue through eighteen hours its grip upon an adversary’s
antenna. An antennaless ant will fight with energy and endur-
ance, the difference between its battles and those of a whole ant
being in that it fights indiscriminately the ants of its own and
other colonies. In the complete ant the odor appears to modify,
control or determine the fighting reflex.

In all cases of transfer from one kindred group to another there
are evidences that the whole ants discern differences in the indi-
viduality of their companions whether queens or workers. Every
newcomer is examined, sometimes from end to end, by touches of
the antennz; there is often much hesitating and tentative nabbing
of an ant that is ultimately received into full fellowship, and two
or three impetuous onsets often precede complete filiation.

In determining through their actions the affinities and repulsions
of the ants, I have considezed final relationships more important
than first behavior.

The removal of the antennz does not destroy the odor of the
ants so maimed, for neither their enemies nor their kindred
change on this account their usual behavior toward them. But
the excision of these prominent organs reduces greatly their
liability to seizure.

The commingled odors of all the ants in the nest constitutes what
Bethe calls the Neststoff, or what I shall call the aura of the nest.
It is diffused in air or ether from the animate occupants of the nest,
and it is discerned by the ant through the twelfth, the distal, segments
of her antenne.

By this aura every ant recognizes its own abode and distinguishes
it from the abode of other colonies. The aura of the nest may be
superadded to, but does not extirpate, the individual scent nor the
inherent body odor.

The creation of a new nest-aura is always possible through the
gradual admixture of different odors produced by and disseminated
from living ants reared from eggs, larvee or pupz of alien colonies.

Any ant bearing the preponderating odor is apt to gain easy
‘admission to the nest. The countless variations observed in the
treatment of newcomers are due to the infinitely variable propor-
tions in the odors borne by the ants. If an ant permanently bears

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

an odor which is a component of the aura, she may be eventually
accepted as an associate. If, ina group of ants reared in equal
numbers from the pupze of two colonies, C and H, I introduce an
ant, deprived of smell-sense, from either the C or the E colony,
the fearless newcomer is received with excitement and alarm and
may be attacked with violence. But the attack is never fatal,
and the blood-relative of half the group is eventually permitted to
remain peacefully in the nest. When a whole ant from either C
or E colony is introduced, the newcomer manifestly discerns an
unfamiliar aura and either flees or else fights to a fatal end.

The sensitivity of the normal ant to the aura of an alien nest
causes her to flee from it when escape is possible, and to endeayor to
hide herself when she cannot escape. I have deprived many ants
of the distal segments of the antennie, and have found that on
complete recovery from shock-effect their behavior was to be dis-
tinguished from that of normal ants by the absence of an exhibition
of alarm when introduced into the nest of aliens. Such maimed
ants do not flee, nor do they endeavor to hide, nor do they hesitate
in close approach to a dense swarm of aliens. Their conduct when
introduced into the nests of other colonies is strikingly different
from that of the whole ant. Their action, whether in their own or
an alien nest, evinces unconsciousness of the aura that determines
the advance or retreat of the whole ant, or causes it, with uplifted
and waying antennz, to pursue an object that is beyond its reach.
Callows reared from the third day of the pupa-stage with no asso-
ciation with other ants until the tenth day of active life, had then
established their own aura, without the presence of a queen, and
manifested alarm at the introduction of aliens.

If the subtile aura of the nest, imperceptible as it is to human
nostrils, is diffused by a vibration in the body of the living ant
which it envelops, the aura should be strongest where the greatest
number of ants have longest lived. Its allurement in the air
or ether may be what sometimes causes an ant to return to an old
and empty habitation, and to carry back pup that have already
been transported to a newly occupied nest.

The excitement occasioned by the intrusion of an alien among
ants that are a few millimeters from the point at which the alien
passes, indicates that the aura borne by the introduced ant extends
at least a few millimeters from its body. The behavior of the

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541

resident ants shows that the aura pervades the air or the ether, and
gives intimation of the presence of the intruder withott denoting
her exact location.

The aura of an ant of the same colony appears often to deter-
mine the route of a companion not within touch of the antennz,
when burdens are being carried into the nest.

The distance to which the nest-aura is diffused may depend upon
the number and quality of the living inmates.

Before an ant is five days old it has all its reflexes established, and
appears to have sprung as from the head of Jove, full grown and
completely accoutred, into active existence.

Callows that became such in the 7' corner of the maze straightway
found a way into the nest, and commenced the carrying in of the
inert young.

Callows less than five days old, that had never seen a queen,
nor adults, nor earth, were transferred from their Petri cell to a
handful of their ancestral soi], and they immediately built a nest
with runs and recesses such as are made by experienced workers of
their kind.

Prolonged captivity in a glass house does not diminish their
ability to use earth in nest-making. I transferred to the earth
on a Lubbock nest, when they were nine months old, some queen-
less ants that had always lived without earth in one of my artificial
nests, and gave them a few larvee and pupx. Within ten hours
they had made as perfect runs and recesses as any ever constructed
by their species, and had disposed the young in the same manner
as do their free congeners.

The unremitting attention habitually given by the workers to
the young is hardly demanded by the necessities of the latter. I
segregated eggs, larvee and pup, and found that eggs untouched
during several days bring forth normal larve; that with no atten-
tion from the ants the full-grown larva may successfully become a
pupa; and that the whole pupa-stage may be safely passed with
no more tending than such occasional changes of position as will
prevent the growth of mould. Penicillium crustaceum" grows to
ripeness, in either darkness or light, upon eggs, larvee or pup, if
left for a few days unattended in the humid atmosphere required by

The moulds here mentioned were identified for me by Dr. George T.
Moore, of Dartmouth College.

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

the ants, and its sprouting spores may be seen on their surfaces
under a magnification of about five hundred diameters. If the
spores are left undisturbed they cover the young with a delicate
dense white coat that becomes sage-green with the ripening of the
new spores. It appears probable that the ants find nutriment in
the new mycelium of the mould, from which they relieve the young
by licking them frequently and thoroughly. If the surfaces of
the ant-children be a kitchen-garden spontaneously supplying the
nurses with aliment, then these ants enjoy an economic indepen-
dence surpassed only by that of an ideal creature that could lay
egys sufficient for its own nourishment.

This delicate mould does not grow upon the bodies of dead
ants, but is there replaced by Rhyzopus nigricans, with long and
spreading hyphe, and in this may lie the cause for the carrying off
and casting away of all ants that die or are killed in the nest.

So long as the eighth and ninth segments of the antenne are unin-
jured, the ant may continue to lift and care for the eggs, larve or
pupe, but after the removal of these segments she loses all interest in
the young and performs no further work in the nursery. I proved
this to be true in several colonies. In my colony B, which had
been queenless during many months, the workers had been singu-
larly devoted to the Jarvee and pupz from their own eggs,” and from
among these ants I selected several that never failed to lift a larva
when the cover of their Petri cell was taken away. Some of these
assiduous nurses took all usual precaution for the safety of their
young so long as the eighth segments of the antennz were unin-
jured, but none lacking the eighth segment ever gave heed to
nursery duties of any sort. From none of the other ants could I
secure any attention to the young after the excision of the ninth
segment.

Marked ants of two hostile colonies, when clipped across the
tenth segment, associated freely and amiably with one another
during several days in the care of pupx belonging to one of the
two colonies. A whole queen resident in the small nest appeared
unable to tolerate the alien odor among the nurses, and often with-
drew from the eyer-alluring pup pile where they congregated.
When the callows appeared, the queen aggressively took her place

One of these worker’s-egg-larve, separately reared, was one hundred
and forty days in the larval stage.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

among the young, and drove the alien nurses out from the nursery
to the food-room, where they remained until I removed them.
The queen’s clipped workers continued to tend the young in the
manner of whole ants.

On clipping the antennz to the seventh segment, the middle of
the segmented portion below the elbow, the ants lose all com-
munity of interest. In one of my large nests,“ used as a hotel
des invalides, the ants never congregate, but stand separately and
sometimes almost equidistant throughout the three rooms. The
gregarious habit is probably a conjoint result of the reflexes from
the five distal segments.

The instinct of following or huddling, common in young ani-
mals, is manifest in this ant during the first hours of its activities,
when it keeps close to any accessible queen or worker.

The huddling instinct is apparently strong in its relation to ants
of the same or lesser age. I isolated pup during the whole pupa-
stage, thus freeing them, in their casting off of both the larval
and the pupal integument, from all except the inherent odor, and
I found that the callows huddled as soon as they were able to walk
toward one another. The isolation of such callows for twelve
days or longer did not diminish their tendency to huddle with ants
of their own age or with younger ones of the same lineage. But
from the twelfth to the twentieth day of isolation there was a
marked diminution of the disposition to follow the queen and to
huddle with adults. Dr. Edward Thorndike says“ that ‘‘ if
chicks do not havea chance to follow a hen in the first ten or
twelve days they will not go near one if they have a chance.’’ I
have found no limit to the age at which a worker will follow a
queen, but the attraction exercised by the queen is apparently due
solely to association. When she or her kind has not been known
during ant-infancy, her acquaintance is made with caution and
reserve, if not with signs of distrust or dislike.

The ants appear to exhibit personal likings, aversions, affinities
and antipathies. They seem to make and to keep individual
acquaintances. They exhibit true social proclivities, and they
manifest a possibility of surmounting race prejudices. Living
mainly in darkness, they receive impressions through the antenn:ze

18 «Portable Ant-Nests,’’ Biological Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 2.
4 “<The Human Nature Club,”’ p. 26, Chautauqua Press, 1901.

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

rather than through the eyes, and they suggest the idea that the
sense of smell may be as efficient as that of sight in appropriately
connecting a creature with its environment.

I have observed that these ants, like the Termites, are able to
carry water for domestic uses. They probably lap the water into
the pouch above the lower lip and eject it at its destination. A hun-
dred or two of ants that I brought in and left in a heap of dry
earth upon a Lubbock nest, during the ensuing night took water
from the surrounding moat, moistened a full pint of the earth, built
therein a proper nest, and were busy depositing their larvee in its
recesses when I saw them on the following morning.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

NEW LAND MOLLUSKS OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Eulota (Plectotropis) shikokuensis n. sp.

Shell openly umbilicate, rather thin, reddish-brown, low-conie
above, convex beneath, irregularly striate, and covered with short,
triangular cuticular scales, a series of longer ones along the per-
iphery. Whorls 5? to 6, slightly convex, the last carinated at the
periphery, more or less deflexed in front. Aperture very oblique,
subcircular, the peristome narrowly reflexed, dilated at the colu-
mella, the ends approaching.

Alt. 8, diam. 14 mm.

Alt. 7, diam. 124 mm.

Yoshida, Prov: Iyo. Type No. 81885, Coll. A. N.S. P..‘ from
No. 694 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Similar in contour to trochula, of Tsu-shima. The cuticular
scales are less densely crowded than in scepasma.

Eulota mercatoria var. demonorum nov.

Shell solid, with well-elevated spire and rounded periphery,
slightly plicatulate above, as in mercatoria, from which it differs in
the straighter, slightly bent forward, basal lip, with an impressed
line or two. behind it, as in E. caliginosa.

Alt. 27, diam. 36 mm.; whorls 64.

Alt. 203, diam. 29 mm.; whorls oF.

Kikai, Osumi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 683). It occurs fossil with
a form of Kulota luhuana, a large form of E. sieboldiana,
Cyclophorus turgidus, and fragments of a Clausilia, in a calcareous
deposit consisting largel y of foraminifera.

Eulota (Plectotropis) omiensis n. sp.

Shell small, openly umbilicate, low-conic above, convex beneath,
carinate at the periphery, brown. Surface of the last whorl
shaggy with triangular cuticular scales, large for so small a shell,
and longer at the periphery. Whorls 44, convex, those of the
spire roughly striate, the last slightly and slowly descending in

35

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

front. Aperture oblique, subcircular, the parietal wall excising
about one-fourth of the circle. Peristome thin, narrowly ex-
panded throughout, more dilated at-the columellar insertion.

Alt. 34, diam. 74 mm.

Ttanami, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 752).

Much like EF. Jlepidophora var. tenwis Gude, but with fewer
whorls and more shaggy, large-scaled cuticle.

Ganesella fausta 0. sp.

Shell resembling G. pagodula Ehrm. in contour; umbilicate,
very glossy, light chestnut colored. Sculpture of faint growth-
lines and excessively fine, subobsolete spiral strie. Spire high,
convexly conic. Whorls 54, convex, the last rounded at the
periphery, very slightly descending in front, a trifle constricted
behind the lip. Base convex, impressed in the middle. Aperture
less oblique than in G. pagodula, rounded, the parietal wall excis-
ing slightly less than a third of the circle; peristome narrowly
expanded, the outer lip hardly reflexed, columellar margin dilated
above, half covering the umbilicus. Columella subvertical above.

Alt. 134, diam. 124 mm.

Mikuriya, Suruga (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 754).

This form differs from G. pagodula in its smaller size, fewer
whor]s, dark color and glossy surface, the hollow axis and different
form of the columella. I do not think it directly related to G.
pagodula. The two species are apparently independent offshoots
from the G. japonica stock.

Ganesella Adeline n. sp.
Shell pyramidal, narrowly umbilicate, thin, pale yellow or rose-
whitish, with three equidistant blackish chestnut bands ; the first
above the middle of the upper surface of the last whorl, the
second at the periphery, the space between these two varying from
light red-brown to almost as dark as the bands themselves, which
are then confluent; the third band is wider, in the middle of the
basal surface; the interior of the umbilicus also dark. Surface
rather glossy but with a dull ‘‘ bloom’’ as in some forms of G.
Largillierti, having slight wrinkles of growth and fine, subobso-
lete, spiral strix. Spire straightly conic, the apex obtuse, whorls
6 to 64, slightly convex, the last angular at the periphery, mod-
erately convex beneath, but slightly descending in front. Aper-

A i

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

ture wide, semicircular, banded within, somewhat oblique; peris-
tome thin, narrowly expanded throughout, white-edged, the
columellar margin dilated, purple-black, partially covering the
umbilicus.

Alt. 264, diam. 25 mm.

Alt. 24, diam. 224-234 mm.

Oshima (Amani-Oshima), Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 352.

This charming species is closely related to @. Largillierti of
Okinawa, and has also some superficial resemblance to Eulota
callizona var. Dixoni. It differs from the former in the larger
umbilicus and the pyramidal rather than turbinate contour.

A specimen I dissected has the exceedingly long kidney and
characteristic genitalia of Ganesella. As its close relationship to
Largillierti is obvious, that species can no longer be placed in
Eulota, as some authors have done.

Trishoplita hilgendorfi var. tenuis nov.

Closely resembling 7. hilgendorfi (Kob.), this form differs in
being thinner with perceptibly larger aperture, and the surface is
seen under a lens to be finely decussate, the fine growth-wrinkles
being cut into spiral series of long granules. Pale corneous-
brown, with inconspicuous darker streaks.

Alt. 94, diam. 14-15 mm.

Ibuki, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 310c).

Trishoplita collinsoni var. okinoshime noy.

Similar to var. casta, but not papillose, distinctly decussate,
especially beneath, with a reddish-chestnut band at the slightly
angular periphery. Whorls 52 to 6,

Alt. 10%, diam. 15 mm.

Alt. 9, diam. 134 mm,

Okinoshima, Tosa. Type No. 81,884, Coll. A. N.S. P., from
No. 691 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Kaliella prealta n. sp.

Shell perforate, pyramidal, pale brown, the surface glossy and
smooth. Spire very high, straightly conic, the apex obtuse,
whorls 9, convex, the last angular at the periphery, convex
beneath. Aperture semicircular, the lip thin as usual, columella
vertical, triangularly dilated above. :

Alt. 4, diam. 24 mm.

Ryozen, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 743).

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

This species is distinguished among the crowd of Japanese
Kaliellas by its high, pyramidal contour and numerous whorls.
In outline it resembles Buliminopsis turrita (Gude). It has not the
minute vertical striation of most species of the genus.

Kaliella kyotoensis n. sp.

Shell imperforate, obtusely pyramidal, the apex obtuse ; thin,
yellowish brown, smooth but rather dull, more glossy beneath.
Whorls 6, very convex, the last rounded at the periphery and
beneath, impressed around the axis. Aperture lunate, chiefly
basal; peristome thin and acute, abruptly reflexed over the umbili-
eal perforation.

Alt. 3, diam. 3 mm.

Kyoto (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Much larger than nanodes, pagoduloides or harimensis, and well
rounded at the periphery.

Kaliella modesta n. sp.

Shell minutely perforate, similar to K. pagoduloides, but less
elevated and larger. Whorls 4%, very convex, the Jast rounded
at the periphery, impressed in the centre beneath. Sculpture of
excessively fine, close, subobsoJete strive, the base most minutely
striate spirally. Aperture lunate.

Alt. 2.4, diam. 2.7 mm.

Oshima, Prov. Higo (Mr. Y. Hirase).

Kaliella nahaensis (Gude).

Naha (or Nafa), in southern Okinawa, on the west side. A
new variety of this species is represented by specimens sent by Mr.
Hirase from Kunchan, the northern province of Okinawa. It
differs from nahaensis in being slightly smaller, with decidedly
sharper striation; and may be called var. kunchana.

Alyozus satsumana 0. sp.

Shell with the general form of A. melanopoma, red-brown
becoming pale-brown beneath. Whorls 33, the first smooth and
projecting nipple-like, the next spirally striate, the last 1} whorls
costulate, the riblets narrow, rather widely spaced and accompanied
by spiral strize on the first half of the last whorl, which then be-
comes more swollen and sculptured with crowded riblets. At the
end of the swollen portion the sutural process is given cff. This is

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

rather long and lies backward in the suture; the whorl is then
rather strongly constricted and almost smooth, the riblets reappear-
ing behind the lip. Aperture oblique, circular, peristome narrowly
reflexed and doubled. Operculum thin, reddish-corneous, smooth
externally,

Alt. 2.3, diam. 3.7 mm.

Kagoshima, Satsuma, Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 704).

The ‘‘ neck’’ is more constricted than in A. melanopoma, and
the operculum is thin. It differs in sculpture from the other
Japanese species of A/yceus, which are all a good deal alike in
form.

Cyclophorus turgidus var. angulatus nov.

Substance of the shell roseate; thick and strong, distinctly angu-
lar or carinated at the periphery; interior orange or orange-red.
Whorls 5.

Alt. 234, diam. 29 mm.

Alt. 16, diam. 20 mm.

Loo Choo (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 713).

or
or
=)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

A QUICK METHOD OF TESTING FOR GOLD.

BY E. GOLDSMITH.

The voleanic rocks of the crater in which the towns of Cripple
Creek ‘and Victor, Colo., are built, according to Mr. Moore, the
chief mining engineer of the district, all contain gold. The rock
mined, however, is thrown on the dump and many thousands of
tons, not worked for the gold at present, are piled up outside the
mines.

The vein gold, in the form of sylvanite, telluride, and prob-
ably calaverite, is separated by hand from the gangue or rock and
sent to the smelters for reduction. A specimen was secured from
a depth of about 800 feet below the surface. Its general appear-
ance was not very promising, inasmuch as the minerals were so
finely divided that a mechanical separation for a test seemed to
involve a waste of time. Separation, melting and cupellation are
practiced extensively and are well known. <A quicker and simpler
method for at least a qualitative determination of the gold in the
rock can, I think, be devised. Since these and other gold com-
pounds are very fusible, it seemed probable that the small particles
of the gold salts may be fused together before the blowpipe in the
rock, and by shaking and driving with the pointed flame larger
globules may be formed. This proves to be the case. During
the process the tellurium and selenium, if present along with
other volatile bodies, are roasted, 7. e., oxydized and expelled. The
flame is bluish green. After the volatile substances are thus
removed dark-colored globules project upward on the surface of
the rock-splinter, which was about one inch long and a quarter of
an inch thick. To clean these under the flame I covered the whole
surface with cyanide of potassium, a reducing fire finishing this
part of the work.

The rock-splinter was disintegrated; it broke easily and the
globules of dark metal could be picked up with the pointed pin-
cette or separated with a knife. These were put into the agate
mortar and pressed and rubbed with the pistil to thin plates. A

a,

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551

little nitric acid was added and rubbed, then poured into a capsule;
a second dose of nitrie acid was given and worked as before. The
gold appeared now, after washing with water, in its bright yellow
color. The acid solution, after settling, poured cleanly into a test-
tube, gave with a few drops of hydrochloric acid the well-known
white precipitate of chloride of silver soluble in ammonia.

The gold was, as may be expected, in very thin plates, and,
although not absolutely pure, showed the two distinct colors of the
metal—the fine yellow by reflected light, and the violet color
when a ray of ordinary light passed through it and was observed
under the microscope by sunlight. By artificial light the color is
modified to a greenish tint. The test of a gold-containing mineral
in a rock, as described above, can be made within ten minutes.
The microscopic part of the test is, of course, unnecessary, as the
gold can be seen as readily without it after the treatment with
nitric acid.

The ease and quickness of this blowpipe process and the little
preparation required may recommend it to prospectors for gold
ore, who, we are well aware, often overlook gold-containing min-
erals in the absence of an easy and simple test. The above-described
method, if followed, may be found helpful, inasmuch as no new
instrument or apparatus is required.

The finely and sparsely distributed gold compounds in the Crip-
ple Creek voleanic rock have a similarity in appearance to com-
mon pyrites. In volcanic rocks, therefore, wherein both minerals
may oceur, the gold and iron compounds present can only be deter-
mined by the application of the proper tests.

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

NovEMBER 5.
Mr. ArrHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-seven persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ An Ecological Sketch of the Flora of
Jamaica,’’ by John W. Harshberger, was presented for publica-
tion.

Fasciolaria gigantea, subsp. reevei.—Dr. H, A. Pitspry exhib-
ited specimens from Little Sarasota Bay and Clearwater Harbor,
Fla., the former collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill, the latter by
Dr. J. W. Velie, who in sending a specimen to the Academy had
directed attention to the peculiarities of the form. Dr. Pilshry
stated that the specimens are referable to the form described by
Philippi’ as Fusciolaria reevei Jonas. That form has been lost sight
of by later observers. Those authors who have noticed it have con-
sidered it to bea synonym of F. princeps, a species of the Panamic
zoological province, from which it differs in the gradual decrease in
prominence of the sculpture with age and the smooth operculum.

It seems to be a local subspecies of F. gigantea, differing from
that by its much smaller size, the obsolescence or absence of nodes
on the last whorl, the longer and narrower anterior portion, ete.
The shell reaches a length of 24 em., and is covered with a dark
cuticle, blackish-chestnut on the last whorl, yellowish-chestnut on
the spire. Under this cuticle and in the mouth the shell is pale
salmon-pink. Fine lirsee may usually be felt deep in the aperture,
but they are not coloredas in /. princeps.

NoveMBER 12.
Mr. ArtHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twelve persons present.

NoveMBER 19.
Mr. ArtHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-two persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘Some Arachnida from New Mexico,’’ by
Nathan Banks, was presented for publication.

» ‘ Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Con-
chylien, Il, p. [121], Fasciolaria, Pl. 3, fig. 2 (September, 1850).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553

NovEMBER 26.
The President, SamurL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-one persons present.

Papers under the following tiles were presented for publication:
“* Cockscomb Fasciation of Pineapples,’’ by John W. Harsh-
berger.

** Myctophum phengodes in the North Atlantic,’’ by H. W.
Fowler.

** New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Empire,’’ by Henry A.
Pilsbry. ,

The death of Tuomas Mrrnan, Vice-President of the Academy,
on the 19th inst., having been announced, the following minute
was unanimously adopted : |

Toe AcApEMy oF NATURAL ScreNnces OF PHILADELPHIA is
again called on to record its sense of loss in the death of one of its
oldest and most devoted associates. Since Mr. Meehan’s election to
membership forty-one years ago he never neglected an opportunity
to manifest his interest in the society, and for much the greater part
of that period he gave freely of his time, means and best thought
for the increase of its prosperity. His special care for the welfare
of the Botanical Department was manifested with singular devo-
tion until physical exertion was no longer possible, and the Academy
is well aware that the present prosperous condition of the herba-
rium is mainly due to his intelligent efforts.

While his extraordinary accuracy as an observer and his clear-
ness as a recorder of natural phenomena place a high value on his
scientific work, he was personally endeared to his fellow-members
by unfailing courtesy, integrity and generosity. Their regard
enables them to appreciate the more fully the loss sustained by his
wife and family, to whom they tender this assurance of their
heartfelt commiseration.

John M. Maefarlane, D.Sc., was requested to prepare a bio-
graphical notice of Mr. Meehan, to be read at a meeting of the
Academy and published in the Proceedings.

Messrs. Roswell C. Williams, Jr., Henry C. Savage, William
B. Davis and S. Harbert Hamilton were elected members.

T. D. A. Cockerell, of East Las Vegas, N. M., was elected a
correspondent.

The following were ordered to be printed:

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,.

AN ECOLOGICAL SKETCH OF THE FLORA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D.

The island of Santo Domingo (Hispafiola of Columbus) is:
politically divided into an eastern and a western portion. The
eastern section, by far the largest, comprises the Republic of
Santo Domingo, and the western area, the smallest, is dominated
by the blacks of the Haitian Republic. The island of Santo
Domingo is one of extreme fertility. Columbus, and travelers
since, speak in the highest terms of the rare beauty and natural
grandeur of the island, which has been called without exaggera-
tion ‘‘ The Queen of the Antilles.’’

TOPOGRAPHY.

Hispanola by nature is the geographic centre of the Greater
Antilles. Thomas Jefferys in 1760 said: ‘‘ Its situation with
respect to the rest of the Antilles is the most advantageous imag-
inable, as it stands, you may say, in the centre of this great cluster
of islands, and looks as if intended by nature to give laws to
them. The other three great Antilles lie in such a manner as to
prove its superiority, and their own dependence; for it has three
points of land corresponding respectively to each island’’ (Puerto
Rico, Cuba, Jamaica). Santo Domingo excels Puerto Rico, Cuba
and Jamaica in altitude, diversity of configuration, picturesque
aspect and natural fertility.’ It is continental in its topographic
make-up, being the radiating centre of the great, Antillean uplift.
The outline of Hispaiola is the most irregular of all the Greater
Antilles, its periphery being nearly a thousand miles, its length
400 miles, and its breadth 160 miles. The great Gulf of Gonaives
is enclosed by the western peninsulas, and is an immense semicireu-
lar bay with a coast line of two hundred miles. Samana Bay on
the northeast, Barahona Bay on the south coast aad Manzanilla
Bay on the north are also conspicuous indentations. Approached
from the ocean, the island presents a huge mass of mountains

if

1901.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555

rising precipitously from the sea, extending in alJ directions and
apparently jumbled up in hopeless confusion. The mountains
consist of lofty forest-covered peaks, resembling the Alleghenies,
the Alps or the Pyrenees, but with this difference, that they are
always without snow. There are four ranges of mountains which
run in a general east-and-west drection, as follows: The northern
fragment is the Monte Cristi Range; the main orographic section,
the Sierra Cibao, consists of lofty mountains, with the third range
as an outlier toward the southwest, and the fourth mass is formed
by the tall mountains of the southwestern peninsula. Between
these ranges lie extensive fertile valleys, threaded by streams of
limpid water. Many of these streams debouch on the plains which
fringe the sea-coast, and irrigate those coastal arees which are
more or less arid in condition, being shut off from the prevailing
winds and rains by lofty mountain summits. There are many
central valley plains in the island. The largest of these, lying
between the Monte Cristi Range and the Cordillera Cibao, extends
from the sea at the Haitian border to Samana Bay, its eastern
prolongation. The western portion, watered by the Yaqui, is an
arid region covered by chaparral, where arborescent opuntias and
cereuses abound. The windward area, or eastern division, watered
by the Yuna, is covered by beautiful deciduous plants. South of
the Cibao Range is the extensive plain of Seylo, covered in part by
open prairie and forest. The terraced Caribbean coast supports a
belt of forest averaging twelve miles in width. The tension line
between coastal forest and inland prairie is parklike in aspect,
carpeted by green grass and dotted by clumps of trees. At Azua,
the whole neighborhood is barren, dry and thorny. The only
lakes are salt, occupying the east-and-west depression which sep-
arates the southern peninsula of Haiti from the main portion of
the island. This basin, formerly an oceanic inlet, is said to be
inhabited still by sharks, porpoises and even crocodiles.

The configuration of the Haitian division of the island appears
an agglomeration of mountains, hills and valleys most irregular in
form. There are precipices, deep hollows, vales apparently with-
out outlet, but with water glistening below. The whole of the
Republic is more or Jess mountainous. The La Haute Mountains
are most noted and they form a continuation of the great axial
sierra of the island. There are many beautiful slopes and valleys.

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Those of Port-au-Prince, Gonaives, Artibonite, Arcahaie. Port
Margot, Léogane, Aux Cayes being the most famous. Three
large islands are attached to the Haitian coast—Tortuga on the north,
Gonave on the west are noted for their mahogany trees; L’Ie-a-
Vache on the south coast lies in a sound of the same name.

CLIMATE.

The dry season covers the period of the year from October to
April, when the temperature is some 10° lower than during the
so-called rainy season, which lasts from April to October, when
rains fall, as a rule, late in the afternoons or evenings. In gen-
eral, the climate of the island of Santo Domingo is most diversi-
fied, presenting wide extremes of moisture, aridity and tem-
perature. At the sea-level, in sheltered places, the heat is intense,
but as one ascends the mountains of the interior the heat of
the seaboard becomes moderated. At 1,600 feet, European and
American travelers complain of cold at night, although there the
mercury never falls below 45°. Rain is almost lacking on the
lower slopes of sheltered mountains, but above 2,000 feet rains and
dews are copious. The nights are from 10° to 20° cooler than the
days.

Ecouoey.

The information for the following ecologic sketch was obtained
from three sources: (1) The observations of the writer made
upon the flora of Haiti during July, 1901, when he visited the
island, stopping at four ports, viz., Cape Haitien, Port-au-Prince,
Aux Cayes and Jaemel; (2) The information gleaned by conversa-
tion with inhabitants of the island familiar with its vegetation ;
(3) A careful perusal of Tippenhauer’s book, Die Insel Haiti.
{t is impossible to give a detailed sketch of the phytogeography
of the island of Hispanola. It seems, therefore, best to assemble
the species in an ecologic manner as a basis for a future work
upon this rich and most luxuriant insular vegetation.

Hydrophytes. —Living along shore in the bays and shallow estua-
ries is found an abundant mangrove vegetation. In Port-au-Prince
Bay, at Cape Haitien, at Aux Cayes, are found extensive man-
grove swamps and islands. The three trees concerned in forming
the mangrove association are Rhizophora mangle L., Avicennia

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, DDT

officinalis L. and Laguncularia racemosa Gaertn. Pistia stratiotes
L. floats in the fresh-water streams of the island, or loosely
attached to the soil along their banks. Sagittaria lancifolia L.
may also be classed as a hydrophyte.

Mesophytes.—The plants composing the vegetation of a tropical
forest are in superimposed layers, or stories. The different levels
at which tropical plants grow is in direct response to the environ-
mental conditions of light and moisture. These storied layers
may be termed vegetal strata. It may be stated, in this econ-
nection, as axiomatic, that in a tropical forest, when one ascends
from the ground to the crown of the dominant forest trees, as the
light increases the moisture content ot the air decreases. On the
ground in the forest, mosses, ferns and fungi abound in the deep
shadow and growing in the mould arising from fallen leaves and
rotting wood. In the forests, on the trees, ferns, aroids and orchids
are found, while serpent-like Jianes clamber from limb to limb
and from tree to tree, until they reach abundant light in the
crowns of the trees above. Epiphytes and parasites, more or less
xerophytic in habit, are found in the tops of the dominant species
of trees.

Forest Vegetation.—The richness of the tropical flora and the
lush growth of the vegetation in general is most marked in those
situations that are exposed to the copious rains that fall during the
Summer months. The drenching rainfall, the richness of the soil
in the mountain valleys and coastal plains are such as to encour-
age to the highest degree a luxuriant fern and arboreal vegetation.
Along the banks of streams occur Bambusa vulgaris Schrad.,
Heliconia sp., Amomum sp., and of the palins, Oreodoza oleracea
Mart., Thrinazx argentea Lodd, 1. parviflora Sw., Acrocomia
sclerocarpa Mart., Euterpe oleracea Engelm.

The component vegetation of damp woods consists of Musa
sapientum L., M. coccinea Andr., Heliconia bihai L., H. psitta-
corum L., Arundo occidentalis Sieber, Canna edulis Ker-Gayl,
Swietenia mahagoni J. acq., Hematoxylon campechianum Iu., Maclura
tinctoria D. Don., Cedrela odorata L., Artocarpus incisa IDEs
Chrysophyllum cainito L., Catalpa longissima Sims, Sloanea dentata
L., Swartzia tomentosa D.C., Ilex obcordata Sw., Ceeropia peltata
L., and other arborescent species. The larger trees are draped
by lianes of the following species: Passiflora cerulea L., P. lauri-

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

folia L., P. perfoliata L., Aristolochia arborescens L., Entada
scandens Benth., Philodendron lacerum Schott. and Vitis caribaea
D.C.

Savanna Vegetation. —The green covering of the open park-
like areas, or savannas, consists of grasses and other herbaceous
plants. The grasses are of most interest from an economic stand-
point and should be mentioned first. The following seem to be
the chief components of the grassy stretches of savanna land:
Paspalum platycaule Poir, P. distichum Lina., P. virgatum Linn.,
P. paniculatum Linn., Chloris ciliata Sw., C. eruciata Sw., C.
barbata Sw., Panicum colonum Linn., P. maximum Jacq., P.
hirsutum Sw., Andropogon saccharoides Sw., A. gracilis Spreng.,
A, fastigiatus Sw., A. bicornis L., A. leucostachys H. B. and K.,
Eragrostis ciliata, with herbaceous plants, Desmodium azxillare
D. C. and Boerhaavia erecta Linn.

Epiphytes. —The large trees, such as the figs, the mahogany, the
silk cotton, are loaded down with a considerable number of
epiphytes belonging to the orchid, fern, cactus and aroid families.
Foremost among these air-dwellers are two members of the natural
order Cactacer, viz., Cereus triangularis Mill and Rhipsalis cas-
sytha Gaertn., which live in the crotches or attached to the upper
side of the limbs of tropical forest trees. Here are seen, also,
Philodendron lacerum Schott., Polypodium aureum L., Vittaria
lineata Swartz, species of Epidendrum, and the following plants of
the genus Tillandsia: T. angustifolia Sw., T. complanata Benth.,
T. bulbosa Hook., 7. compressa Bert., T. excelsa Griseb., T.
fasciculata Sw., T. flecuosa Sw., T. laxa Griseb., T. pruinosa Sw.,
T. setacea Sw., T. usneoides Linn.

The aerial life, therefore, seems to be of incontestible value to
these plants. Here they are installed in a position which offers the
largest amount of sunlight, and this advantage of increased
illumination seems to outweigh any disadvantage which the species
might have in running a constant risk of death by desiccation.

Parasites.—There are a number of true parasites to be found
attached to and living upon the trunk and limbs of various tropi-
cal forest trees. Parasites of the genus Phoradendron, with
rounded or four-cornered stems, opposite or whorled, palmately
veined, leathery leaves, are among the most prominent. The
following species of the genus have been recorded as occurring in

—

.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

the island: Phoradendron berterianum Nutt., P. flavescens Nutt.,
P. schottii Nutt., P. rubrum Nutt. The genus Dendrophthora
(formerly included in Arceuthobiwm) consists of parasites, that
are represented in the Santo Domingan flora by Dendrophthora
cupressoides Kichl., D. gracile Eichl., D. opuntioides Eichl.

Xerophytes.—The writer has briefly alluded to the stretches of
country that may be said to be of arid nature in referring to the
topography of Santo Domingo. ‘These desertic areas are usually
found on the slopes of mountains and in valleys that are sheltered
by their position from the prevalent summer rains. These rains
. may be denominated trade-wind rains, because they owe their
origin to the strong evaporation of water within the zone of the
trades. If the trade wind encounters a mountainous island, or a
bald continental coast, the ascent of air over such obstructions
cools it, and the water in the clouds, thus formed, descends as
rain. For this reason the windward slopes of Santo Domingo are
well watered, while the leeward slopes are comparatively dry.
Again, if the trade winds blow over a land of moderate elevation
no precipitation occurs, but the winds reduce its surface to a dry
desert by depriving it of moisture. In the Republic of Haiti, as
well as in that of Santo Domingo, there are many arid situations
which owe their barrenness to just such causes. Consequently in
such arid districts we naturally look for a xerophytic flora. The
species which exist in such situations are the following: Opuntia
tuna Mill., O. spinossissima Mill., Cereus moniliformis D.C., C.
grandiflorus Mill., Nopalea coccinellifera Salm Dyck, Mammillaria
simplex Haw., Melocactus communis Link and Otto, Pereskia
aculeata Mill. ‘To this list of succulents belonging to the cactus
order should be added several other fleshy plants, viz., Agave sobo-
lifera Salm Dyck and Aloe vulgaris Lam. The arid hillsides are
generally covered, in addition to the xerophytes mentioned above,
with thickets of Acacia farnesiana Willd., A. spherocephala Cham.
and Schlecht., the mezquite, Prosopis juliflora D. C., Yucca
aloifolia Linn. and Yucca gloriosa Linn.

The native flora has been undisturbed on the slopes of the higher
mountains inland. Some of the most valuable timber trees haye
been removed, but cutting them has rather improved the botanical
interest of the country, because the smaller plants have thus had
-a chance to grow. Around the dwellings, however, and in the

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF LNov. ,

cultivated valleys, great changes have been worked in the flora.
The indigenous plants have been slowly replaced by introductions
from tropical and temperate climes.

A typical valley which has been modified by human agency was:
visited by the writer near the town of Cape Haitien, on the north
coast of the island. A description of the flora of this valley will
serve to illustrate the influence of cultivation upon the primitive
surroundings. ‘The ravine in question is situated just back of the
town of Cape Haitien, between the mountain of the cape and the
main range to the south and southwest. A mountain stream of
limpid water runs down through the depression, and a bridle path
winds its way to the top of the hills overlooking the sea. Both
banks of the brook are covered with arborescent vegetation, except
where the gardens of houses are found, or where banana plantations
are made. ‘The following trees are met in the rich soil of the
valley: The bread-fruit, Artocarpus incisa Linn, ; the star-apple,
Chrysophyllum cainito Linn.; the mango, Mangifera indica Linn. ;
the banana, Musa sapientwn Linn.; the bamboo, Bambusa
vulgaris Schrad.; the coffee, Coffea arabica Linn.: the guava,
Psidium guajava Linn. ; the trumpet tree, Cecropia peltata Linn. ;
the chocolate, Theobroma cacao Linn. ; the alligator pear, Persea
gratissima Gaertn. The banana fields are planted on the steep
declivities and consist of a pure growth without the admixture of
coffee plants and chocolate shrubs. Along the roadside are found
the following: Adiantum pedatum Linn., Asplenium pellucidum (?),
Argemone mexicana Linn., Lepidium virginicum Linn., Mimosa
pudica Linn., Momordica charantia Linn., Hibiscus trilobus Aubl.

An oceasional small maize field is interspersed with banana
plantations. The gardens of the houses along these roads are not
rich in species or in showy plants. Most of them suffer from
neglect. There is an apparent poverty of decorative plants and a
great uniformity is noticeable in the garden plants of adjacent
properties. A list of a few garden plants may here be given:
Musa sapientum Linn., Hibiscus esculentus Linn., H. sabdariffa
Linn., Lycopersicum esculentum Mill., Solanwn melongena Linn.,
Cucurbita pepo Linn., Gynandropsis pentaphylla D. C., Capsiewm
annuum Linn., C. bacecatum Linn., Zingiber officinale Rosce.,
Dioscorea alata Linn., Punica granatum Linn., Fragaria vesea

Linn.

|
:
§

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

Near Port-au-Prince a hillside was visited which supported an
almost: pure growth of lignum vite, Guaiacum officinale Linn.; the
mezquite, Prosopis juliflora D. C., and the acacias, Acacia sphero-
cephala Cham. and Schlecht., Acacia farnesiana Willd., while on
rocky outcrops in open places in these woods was found a growth.
of yuccas, probably Yucca aloifolia Linn.

This brief sketch of the ecology of the flora of Santo Domingo
suffices to show that an interesting and profitable field’of investiga-
tion lies at the doors of the American botanist. The West Indies,
in their varied topographical configuration, are especially adapted
for philosophical inquiry into the causes which have influenced
the distribution of plants on the North American continent. The
writer believes, since his visit to Haiti and Jamaica, that;the solu-
tion of this phyto-geographic problem will follow a careful biologi-
cal survey of the fauna and flora of the Greater and Lesser Antilles.

36

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

NEW LAND MOLLUSKS OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Alyceus tanegashime 0. sp.

Shell similar in shape to A. harimensis. Pale brown, the early
whorls orange-red, or uniform whitish-corneous. Whorls 34, the
last slowly descending, moderately constricted, then swollen again.
Sculpture of crowded rib-strize, finer at the constriction; no spiral
strie. Aperture very oblique, circular, the peristome double.
Operculum nearly smooth, the edges of the whorls slightly pro-
jecting. ;

Alt. 1.7. diam. 3 mm.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 723).

Closely related to A. harimensis, but that is a much larger
species.

Carychium pessimum 0. sp.

Shell very minute, corneous-white, fusiform-conic, minutely
striate. Whorls 43. convex. Aperture ovate, the peristome well
expanded, very much thickened within, with a strong tooth-like
prominence just above the middle of the outer lip, marked by a
groove behind the lip. Columella truncate below, the columellar
lamella small, receding.

Length 1.8 mm.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 729).

This species is smaller and less conically tapering than C. nodu-
liferum Reinh. ~~ The columellar lamella is smaller, much less
prominent than in either C. noduliferum or C. cymatoplax.
Macrochlamys dulcis 0. sp.

Shell depressed, brownish-yellow, rather transparent, narrowly
perforate. Surface brilliantly glossy, weakly marked by growth-
lines, and under a strong lens seen to be engraved with excessively
fine, crowded spiral lines, which are obsolete on the upper and
peripheral portions of the last whorl. Spire a little convex, nar-
row. Whorls 44, slowly widening, the last very wide, concave at

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563

the suture, rounded peripherally and less so beneath, narrowly
impressed around the umbilical perforation. Aperture large, but
slightly oblique, very broadly lunate; peristome simple, a little
retracted at the upper insertion, basal margin straightened, the
columellar margin short, subvertical, dilated.

Ait. 6, greater diam. 114, lesser 10 mm.

Nachi, Prov. Kii (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 785).

Well marked by the narrow perforation, small spire, sculpture
and the shape of the aperture. M. perfragilis Pils. of Kunchan,
Okinawa, is a closely related species, differing in the much larger
size, smaller perforation, ete.

Eulota (Plectotropis) pannosa n. sp.

Shell similar to trochula A. Ad. in general shape; light brown,
somewhat translucent. Surface slightly shining, sculptured with
very minute spiral strize under sparsely scaly oblique cuticular
stri, with, at the periphery, a long, ragged fringe of flattened
filaments, triangular at their bases. Spire low-conic. Whorls
slightly over 6, slowly and regularly increasing, a little convex,
acutely carinate peripherally, convex beneath, being elevated and
subangular around the deep, broadly open umbilicus; the last
whorl very slightly descending in front. Aperture oblique, the
peristome hardly expanded above, thickened within and expanded
and somewhat reflexed below.

Alt. 834, diam. (exclusive of fringe) 17 mm.; width of umbili-
cus (from suture to suture) 44 mm.

Atsumi, Prov. Uzen (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. UE)

This species differs from E. trochula in being much more angular
around tke umbilicus, trochula being rounded there. E. vulgivaga
is a more solid shell, with the umbilicus wider and the base more
convex,

Enulota (Plectotropis) deflexa n. sp.

Shell small, biconvex, widely and openly umbilicate, brown.
Surface dull, sculptured with subobsolete, fine spiral strize and slight
spaced growth-wrinkles, bearing a few cuticular threads and scales
above, more numerous short scales beneath, with a peripheral fringe
of flattened, ragged filaments. Spire low-conic. Whorls 54, the -
first 14 convex, following whorls less so, the last whorl acutely
earinate, descending near the aperture for some distance and rather

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.,

deeply below the keel; the base convex, subangular around the
umbilicus. Aperture oblique, rounded, the peristome arcuate,
unexpanded and thin above, narrowly expanded and subreflexed
below the periphery, the margins approaching, separated by the
nearly straight parietal margin, which forms less than one-fourth
the total circumference of the peristome.

Alt. 5.5, diam. 10.8 mm.; width of umbilicus (from suture to
suture) 3 mm.

Tobishima, Prov. Ugo (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 774).

This species is related to Eulota (Plectotropis) emula Gude, but
it is smaller with fewer whorls, the last descending in front and
with a developed, though usually incomplete, peripheral fringe.
E. deflexa is also less conic above, and the nepionic 14 whorls pro-
ject somewhat.

Eulota (Zgista) aperta var. cavata noy.

Larger and more elevated than aperta, with 64 to 6} whorls, the
umbilicus larger, more widely open. Aperture more oblique, the
basal margin more deeply arcuate.

_ Alt. 9, diam. 16, width of umbilicus 6 mm.

Alt. 8, diam. 17, width of umbilicus 65 mm.

Tomisato, Kii (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 761).

This form approaches E. (vista) kobensis somewhat, but that
is still more open beneath, with the aperture more elliptic. Some
specimens from Gojo, Yamato (Mr. Hirase’s No. 567), are to some
extent intermediate between aperta and cavata in shape, as they
are in geographic position.

Trishoplita Hilgendorfi var. chikubashime nov.

Shell smaller and thinner than hilgendorfi from the top of Mt.
Tbuki, Omi; very densely and minutely but subobsoletely granu-
lose; angular at the periphery in front, the umbilicus smaller.
Spire conic; whorls-5 in small, 54 in large specimens. Aperture
rounded-lunate, the peristome thin, expanded. ;

Alt. 74, diam. 103 mm.

Alt. 7, diam. 94 mm.

Alt. 6, diam. 8} mm.

Chikubashima, an island in Lake Biwa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No.
746).

In describing 7. Hilgendorfi var. tenuis in these Proceedings, p.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565

547, I neglected to state that while Hilgendorfi occurs at the top of
Mt. Ibuki, the var. tenwis is found in a valley below.

Trishoplita tosana var. anozona noy.

Shell thin and glossy like tosana, and resembling that species in
shape and the size of the umbilicus, but differing from it in want-
ing a pale zone below the suture. It has a narrower umbilicus than
T. Hilgendorfi var. tenuis.

Alt. 84, diam. 13 mm.

Alt. 7, diam. 114 mm.

Akasaka, Mino (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 7510).

Still unother form of this terrible genus, which I will call 7.
tosana var. rufa, occurs at Kashima, Harima. It resembles ano-
zona, but is dull, russet-colored, densely striate spirally beneath,
subangular at the periphery in front. Whorls 54 to 53, the spire
conie,

Alt. 8, diam. 114 mm,

Chloritis Hirasei 0. sp.

Shell openly umbilicate, depressed, thin and fragile, flattened
above. the earlier whorls a trifle sunken; pale brown. Surface
lustreless, densely beset with delicate hairs arranged in oblique
sweeps. Whorls 44, the last wide, rounded at the periphery and
beneath, hardly descending in front. Aperture lunate, the peri-
stome thin, a little expanded, somewhat dilated at the columellar
insertion.

Alt. 83, greatest diam. 174, width of umbilicus 22

Kurozu, Prov. Kii (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 786).

This species is larger and flatter than ©. fragilis Gude, with
more densely placed hairs, and a much wider umbilicus. C. osci-
tans vy. Mart., a form of which Mr. Hirase sends from Mikuriya,
Prov. Suruga, is a smaller, almost imperforate species, the most
northern of its genus. No exact locality has hitherto been reported
for von Marten’s species. (C. eucharistus Pils., of Oshima, also
brought to light by Mr. Hirase, is the finest Ohloritis of the
Japanese Empire, these four species being all known from Japan
to this time.

mm.

Ganesella tanegashime var. dulcis n. var.
Similar to the type except in color. the shell being of a very
dark and beautiful chestnut color, with a blackish peripheral

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.,

band. The interior is purple witha bluish gleam, and the lip
purple. :

Alt. 184, diam. 26 mm.

Tane-ga-shima.

Only two living specimens of this superb variety were taken.
Dead shells are reddish rather than chestnut.

Ganesella selasia 0. sp.

Shell wmbilicate, trochiform, brown or corneous-brown, very
glossy, striatulate, finely malleate in places. Spire conic; whorls
53, convex, slowly increasing, the last depressed, subangular at
the periphery, somewhat convex below, slightly descending in
front, narrowly constricted behind the lip. Aperture oblique,
somewhat triangular, the peristome thin, arcuate and narrowly
expanded above and outwardly, the basal margin straight. or sinu-
ous, reflexed, thickened (like a low, wide tooth) within; columel-
lar margin short, dilated.

Alt. 114, diam. 16, width of umbilicus 14 mm.

Alt. 114, diam. 15, width of umbilicus 14 mm.

Nachi, Prov. Kii (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 788).

The glossy surface, narrow whorls and open umbilicus separate
this from all forms of G. japonica.*

Ganesella cristata n. sp.

Shell imperforate, globose-trochiform, pale russet, with a faint
brown line at the periphery, a pale line below it. Surface very
obsoletely and indistinctly papillose, somewhat dull. Spire a little
convesly conic. Whorls 5} to 64, convex, the last rounded per-
ipherally. Abruptly descending in front, expanding in a conspicuous
ridge or crest and then strongly contracted behind the lip. Aperture
oblique, somewhat triangular, the upper and outer margins ex-
panded, thickened within, basal margin straightened, reflexed,
indistinctly toothed or thickened within; columellar margin short,
abruptly expanded oyer and covering the umbilicus.

Alt. 14, diam. 16 inm.

Alt. 114, diam. 15 mm.

Nachi, Proy. Kii (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 7836).

The absence of spiral lines on the slightly dull, silken surface,
the clesure of the umbilicus, and the crest behind the lip all mark
this as a species distinct from the G. japonica series. The smaller
specimens are obtusely subangular in front.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567

Ganesella japonica var. granulosa noy.

In this race the shell is trochiform, umbilicate, strongly carinate
at the periphery, irregularly wrinkle-striate, minutely, very obso-
letely granulose, with some faint spiral lines or none. It is light
brown, not corneous or corneous-brown, as in japonica. Two
forms have been received, a larger and smaller.

Alt. 14, diam. 19 mm, (large form, No. 5136 of Mr. Hirase’s

Coll. ).

Alt. 13, diam. i144 mm. (small form, No. 513¢ of Mr. Hirase’s
Coll. ).

Alt. 11, diam. 15 mm. (small form, No. 513¢ of Mr. Hirase’s
Coll. ).

Tbuki Mountain, Proy. Omi. The small form occurs also at
Kyoto.

Ganesella japonica var. carinata Pilsbry and A. Gulick, noy.

This is a large, very strongly carinate shell, openly umbilicate,
yellowish-corneous, and finely striate spirally like G. japonica.
Whorls 54 to nearly 6.

Alt. 18, diam. 26 mm.

Alt. 16, diam. 23 mm,

Tbuki, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 513a). Types No. 79,202,
Goll VAS N.S. PB:

This is apparently the ‘‘ Helix patruelis Ad.,’’ ‘‘H. tabuensis
Ancey,’’ of authors; but after a careful examination of the
evidence, a year or two ago, Mr. Gulick and I concluded that it
could not be identical with the form described by Adams and
renamed by Ancey. It is apparently an independent local moun-
tain race of G. japonica.

The sculpture, paler color, and less trochiform shape separate it
from the large form of G. japonica granulosa, which is apparently
a parallel modification of the papillose or granular type of the G.
japonica stock.

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

SOME ARACHNIDA FROM NEW MEXICO.

BY NATHAN BANKS.

The following list of New Mexican Arachnida is based chiefly
on material collected during the past few years by Prof. T. D. A.
Cockerell. A few species were collected by his wife and son.
Prof. C. H. T. Townsend, when connected with the New Mexico
Agricultural Experiment Station, collected and sent to me a small
lot of spiders from the vicinity of Las Cruces. The late Mr.
Hugo Soltau sent me a very interesting collection from Albu-
querque, containing a number of forms not taken by others. I
have added the few species recorded by other writers from New
Mexico, but not seen by me.

The total sums up to 148 species, nineteen of which appear to
be new and are here described. The leading groups may be
tabulated as follows:

Araneiday sc a ay ctr ace Le
Phalangida,.~"S0ecs. cori oo Svea ee one 6
IEsendosconpionid devgan): «a ttt ee. <0n ae Seas 3
MCORPLOUIGA Bee ek cae et ory akin ee ne 2

ie paO PUP IOS. oe eek irae gets en gira s/o cen pee 3
ANCATING 20 yg Sie ye nk A och, eee home ee 11
Totals aes 18 5 ee aS

“The spiders are included in seventeen families; the leading
family in point of numbers is the Attidse with twenty-two species;
the others are: Thomisidse with sixteen, Theridiide with sixteen,
Epeiridze with thirteen, and the Lycosidee with ten species. Of
especial interest are the species of Pachylomerus, Meriola, Corinna,
Oxyopes, Fuentes and Taracus. The list shows many northern as
well as southern forms. The species of Northern distribution are
mostly from Beulah and Las ‘Vegas. The Southern forms come
mostly from Mesilla and Las Cruces. Of the species of northern
distribution, many of which occur across the northern part of
our country, attention may be drawn to the following forms:

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569

Drassodes robustus, Pocilochroa montana, Gnaphosa conspersa,
Titaneeca americana, Grammonota pictilis, Tetragnatha extensa,
Epeira aculeata, Xystieus montanensis, Lycosa modesta, Pardosa
glacialis, Icius similis, Habrocestum oregonense and Phalangium
einereum. These species ally the fauna very strongly to that of
Colorado.

The Southern element contains several species not previously
known from north of the Mexican boundary. The most charac-
teristic of these species are Physocyclus globosus, Gnaphosa distincta,
Syspira sp., Dictyna texana, Epeira nephiloides, Epeira oaxensis,
Ebo mexicana, Olios fasciculatus, Phidippus bicolor, Sadala distincta,
Ammotrecha peninsulana and Lithyphantes fuluus. There does not
appear to be any particular connection between this fauna and that
of Arizona, although, of course, there are a number of forms com-
mon to both. These forms are such as are rather widely distributed
in the West. Of the six harvest-nen, one is a northeastern form,
one a northwestern one, two are typical Colorado species, and two
are known chiefly from New Mexico. Of the three Pseudoscorpions,
one is a typical Colorado species and two are California forms.

The collection, as a whole, contains few bright-colored species,
and none are of very large size. In fact, many of the specimens
are smaller than those from more northerly regions.

Mr. Cockerell gives the following notes on localities:

(1) The Mesilla Valley, about 3,800 feet, includes Mesilla
Park and Mesilla (collections by Cockerell) and Las Cruces
(collections by Townsend; a few specimens by Cockerell). These
places are all close together, and are in the Middle Sonoran zone.

(2) Organ Mountains; collections at La Cueva and Fillmore
Canon by Townsend, and at Dripping Spring by Cockerell. These
mountains may be considered Upper Sonoran; they form the
eastern boundary of the Mesilla Valley.

(3) White Mountains; collections by Townsend. This includes
the localities cited as Ruidoso creek and Eagle creek. The moun-
tains form an isolated range of considerable altitude, and possess
some endemic mollusca, at least.

(4) Albuquerque; collections by Soltau. This is Upper Son-
oran.

(5) Las Vegas; collections by Cockerell. This has an altitude
of about 6,400 feet, and is Upper Sonoran, tinged with Transi-

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

tion. Las Vegas Hot Springs (collection by Cockerell) is more
decidedly Transition.

(6) Santa Fé (collections by Cockerell) is Transition. Altitude
7,000 feet.

(7) Beulah, Sapello Caiion (collections by Cockerell), is in the
Las Vegas range, and has an altitude of about 8,000 feet. This
belongs to the Canadian zone; the only other arachnids of this
zoue listed are some from the White Mountains.

(8) Top of range between the Sapello and Pecos rivers, about
11,000 feet; collection by Cockerell. This belongs to the Hud-
sonian zone.

THERAPHOSID 4s.
Eurypelma steindachneri Ausserer.
Rurupeling steindachnert Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1875,
p-

A male and young female, collected by Prof. Townsend, without
definite locality. Mr. Cockerell states that it is common in the
Mesilla Valley.

Pachylomerus modestus 0. sp. :

Cephalothorax and mandibles shining black; abdomen dull
black above, no markings; sternum and cox yellow-brown; legs
blackish, tarsi paler; tibia and tarsus of palpus pale; spinnerets
pale. Cephalothorax broad, truncate in front, surface finely and
uniformly granulate, from the eye-region backward there are two
submedian lines. Posterior eye-row procurved; the P.M.E. fully
three times their diameter apart, and touching the slightly larger
P.S.E.; anterior eye-row strongly procurved, the A.M.E. equal
to the P.M.E., rather more than their diameter apart, closer to
the much larger A.S.E. Dorsum of abdomen corrugate. Tibia
of male palpus about three and one-half times as long as broad,
somewhat swollen below at base, palpal organ of usual form, the
stylet very long, curved befors middle and again at tip. Eight
short spines in the inner row on the inner side of tibia I.

Length 12 mm.

One male, collected by Townsend, probably near Las Cruces.”

FILISTATIDZ:.
Filistata hibernalis Hentz.
Filistata hibernalis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., IV, p. 227 (1843).

Several females from Albuquerque (Soltau), and two males

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571

from Prof. Townsend, without definite locality. The male (as T.
capitata) is recorded by Dr. Marx.

SCYTODIDA.
Scytodes thoracica (Latreille),
Aranea thoracica Latreille, Tabl. Meth. des Ins., p. 134 (1804).
Dr. Marx identifies this among material sent him by Prof.
Townsend.
Loxosceles unicolor Keyserling. }
Loxosceles unicolor Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, 1887, p. 474.
Described from New Mexico, and I have one specimen collected
by Prof. Townsend; also recorded by Dr. Marx.

PHOLCIDZ:.
Psilochorus pullulus (Hentz).
Theridion pullulum Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., VI, p. 282 (1850).
Pholeus cornutus Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1887, p. 208.
Two males from Albuquerque; the species appears to be moder-
ately common in the Southwest.
Physocyclus globosus (Taczanowski).

Pholeus globosus Taczanowski, Hore Soc. Entom. Ross., Vol. X, p. 105
(1874).
Pholeus gibbosus Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1877, p. 208.

One female from Mesilla Park, April; young from Las Cruces.

DRASSIDA.
Prosthesima atra (Hentz),
Herpyllus atra Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 455 (1846).
Several examples from Albuquerque (Soltau) and from first
Ruidoso camp, Eagle creek, White Mountains, third week in
August.

Prosthesima cockerelli n. sp.

Cephalothorax nearly uniform pale yellowish-brown, a black
marginal line and around anterior eyes black; the mandibles and
sternum more red-brown; the legs pale yellow-brown, the tibiz
and beyond of anterior legs more red-brown; abdomen gray
above, blackish on sides and bebind, below more yellowish;
spinnerets pale; epigynum red-brown; the male with a yellow
shield on base of abdomen above. The cephalothorax is quite
narrow in front; posterior eye-row nearly straight; P.M.E.

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

round, fully diameter apart, about same distance from the equal
P.S.E.; A.M.E. much larger than P.M.E., much less than
diameter apart, and much closer to the rather smaller A.S.E.
Mandibles rather long. Legs of moderate length, tibize I and II
with one spine below at middle and a pair at tip, these metatarsi
with a pair near the base; tarsi and metatarsi slightly scopulate;
one spine above on base of tibia III. Sternum narrowed in front,
pointed behind. Abdomen quite large, depressed, nearly twice as
long as broad, with some stiff black hairs at base; the epigynum
shows a broad area divided in front, and bebind enclosing a trian-
gular septum. The tibia of male palpus shows on the outer side a
slender projection, the tip of which is slightly recurved,

Length 2 10 mm., & 8 mm.

Several specimens from Mesilla Park (Cockerell).
Prosthesima blanda Banks.

Prosthesiina blanda Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892, p. 18.

Two specimens (one immature) from Albuquerque. Previously

known from Ithaca, N. Y., and Colorado.

Drassodes robustus (Emerton).
Drassus robustus Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., VIII, p. 15 (1890).
Several specimens, none quite adult, from Albuquerque, also
Las Vegas, February. They agree with Colorado specimens, and
there is no probability that an adult would show a different vulva.
This species extends across the country from New Hampshire to
Washington.
Pecilochroa montana Emerton.

Pecilochroa montana Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., VIII, p. 11
(1890).

One female from first Ruidoso camp, White Mountains, latter
half of July. A sub-boreal species, known from New Hamp-
shire, northern New York, Colorado and Washington.

Gnaphosa conspersa Thorell.

Gnaphosa conspersa Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., III, No. 2,
p. 489 (1877).

One female from Beulah.

Gnaphosa distincta Banks.

Gnaphosa distincta Banks, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 3d Ser., Zool., Vol.
I, p. 222 (1898).

Two specimens from the White Mountains appear to belong to

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

this Mexican species, not previously recorded from the United
States.

Gnaphosa hirsutipes 0. sp.

Cephalothorax pale yellow-brown, darker around eyes, margin
black, at base of pars cephalica are two oblique blackish spots,
more or less distinct. Mandibles and sternum red-brown, the
latter with dark margin. Legs pale yellow-brown, the tarsi rather
darker. Abdomen uniform light brown above, below rather
paler, spinnerets yellowish; epigynum reddish. Posterior eye-row
slightly recurved, P.M.E. oval, oblique, at hind ends about their
short diameter apart, nearly twice as far from the slightly larger
P.S.E.; anterior eye-row shorter, straight; A.M.E. no larger
than P.M.E., about diameter apart, and plainly closer to the
slightly larger A.S.E. Legs short and stout, quite thickly
clothed with fine hairs, very few spines, none under tibia I, one at
tip under metatarsus I, a fine one at tip of tibia II, and one at tip
of metatarsus IJ. Sternum short and broad, truncate in front,
rounded behind; abdomen depressed, one and one-half times
longer than broad, truncate at base where there are many stiff
hairs. The epigynum shows a cavity, narrow behind; the anterior
part mostly filled by a broad, tapering septum.

Length 8 mm.

Two females from Albuquerque (Soltau).

Micaria albocincta n. sp.

Cephalothorax uniform dark red-brown; mandibles nearly black ;
sternum black; legs yellow-brown, tips of tarsi yellow, femora I
and IT dark brown, base of femur III also dark; abdomen black,
covered with iridescent scales, a narrow median white band extend-
ing well down on each side, and an indistinct one near base.
Cephalothorax moderately slender; P.M.E. round, nearly twice
their diameter apart, slightly more than the diameter from larger
P.S.E.; A.M.E. a little larger than P.M.E., scarcely the diam-
eter apart, closer to the equal A.S.E.; quadrangle of M.E.
higher than broad. Tibiz I and II each with a pair of spines at
base, a pair at middle, and a single one at tip, none on metatarsi;
metatarsi and tarsi beneath with scant scopula of clavate hairs.
Abdomen fully twice as long as broad, not constricted in middle.

Length 5.7 mm.

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.,

One specimen from Beulah (Cockerell); another from top of
Las Vegas range, 11,000 feet, last of June.

CLUBIONIDZ2.
Chiracanthium inclusum (Hentz).
Clubiona inclusa Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 451 (1846).

Some immature specimens from Mesilla Park (Cockerell).
Anyphena sp.

One immature specimen from Mesilla Park, January, and
another from Mesilla.

It has a black clypeus and biack mandibles, a brown stripe on
each side of the cephalothorax, broadest behind; and two rows of
connected spots on the dorsum of abdomen, united behind. It is
possibly A. futilis Banks, a Mexican species,

Gayenna marginalis n. sp.

Cephalothorax yellowish, margin black, two black stripes above,
not reaching hind margin, and two within these near eyes, eyes on
black spots; mandibles pale yellowish; legs yellowish, femora with
three incomplete narrow black rings, two on the tibize, and some
spots on the hind pairs of metatarsi. Sternum pale, margined
with brown; abdomen pale gray, quite densely marked above with
pale brown spots, those on the sides being oblique dashes; venter
with a dark stripe each side, and a broader median one, all ending
at the ventral furrow. P.M.E. scarcely their diameter apart,
barely closer to the rather smaller P.S.E.; A.M.E. much
smaller, not one-half their diameter apart, and fully as close to
the subequal A.S.E. Tibia I below with five spines in front and
four behind; tibia IT with four in front and three behind ; meta-
tarsi I and II with three pairs beneath.

Length 6 mm.

One female from near Beulah, March, 8,000 feet altitude
(Cockerell).

Meriola inornata n. sp

Cephalothorax, mandibles and sternum dark red-brown; legs
pale yellowish, fore pairs little, if any, darker; abdomen above
and below pale yellowish, a faint basal brown spear-mark. Cephalo-
thorax and sternum rugosely granulate; posterior eye-row nearly
straight, P.M.E. about their diameter apart, no closer to the
rather smaller P.S.E.: A.M.E. equal to P.M.E., nearly their

ote pa

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575

diameter apart, much closer to the nearly equal A.S.E.; quad-
rangle of M.E. a trifle broader than high. Mandibles large and
slightly porrect; sternum truncate in front; hind cox widely
separated. Legs quite long and slender, no spines, but with many
hairs; beneath on tibis, metatarsi and tarsi are rows of serrated,
semi-clavate hairs, each arising from a pointed granule; these are
most evident on anterior legs. Abdomen slightly depressed,
about one and one-half times as long as broad, nearly truncate at
base. The epigynum shows two elliptical approximate marks be-
neath the surface, in each outer posterior corner is a black circular
cavity, between them are two smaller black dots from which lines
extend to the furrow.

Length 3.5 mm.

One female from Albuquerque (Soltau).

Thargalia modesta Nn. sp.

Cephalothorax pale reddish yellow, black around the eyes; man-
dibles and femora like cephalothorax, rest of legs pale yellowish,
except the fourth pair, which have the tibisze and metatarsus brown,
the former pale on base and tip; sternum brown; venter black;
palpi pale yellow; abdomen black, with black hairs and scales, a
white band at base, a spot each side behind this band, and a nar-
row white band before the middle. Cephalothorax quite long and
slender, about the length of tibia plus patella IV; head not ele-
vated. Posterior eye-row procurved; P.M.E. round, nearly twice
their diameter apart, over diameter from equal P.S.E.; anterior
row shorter, nearly straight, A.M.E about their diameter apart,
closer to the equal A.S.E., S.E. about diameter apart and sub-
equal; quadrangle of M.E. much higher than broad, broader behind
than in front. Abdomen scarcely longer than the cephalothorax,
broadly rounded behind, with a horny shield at base.

Length 2 6 mm.

One female from Albuquerque (Soltau).

Thargalia sp.

One immature specimen from Dripping Springs, Organ Moun-
tains, in April. Probably represents an undescribed species.
‘Corinna bicalearata Simon.

Corinna bicalearata Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1896, p. 416.
One female from Las Cruces. It was described from Arizona.

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.;
Phrurolithus sp.

Two specimens, both females, from the White Mountains, first
Ruidoso camp, latter half of July. Very near P. pugnatus
Emer., and quite possibly identical; a male from Las Vegas,
February.

Syspira sp.
One immature specimen from a deep hole in the ground, Janu-
ary 24, at Mesilla Park. Like S. tigrina but paler, yet may be

identical; both of the described species come from Lower Cali-
fornia, and this is the first record of the genus in our country.

AGALENIDZ.
Agalena longistylus n. sp.

Cephalothorax pale yellowish, with a brown stripe each side,
broadest behind, leaving a pale median area, narrower behind; side
margins narrowly brown; eyes on black spots; mandibles yellowish
brown; sternuin yellowish, broadly margined with brown ; legs
pale yellowish, femora marked with oblique brown spots, tibiz
and metatarsi brown at tips; abdomen brown, a broad pale area
above, enclosing a brown basal spear-mark ; venter yellowish
brown, a brown line on each side; upper spinnerets brown, last
joint long and slender like that of A. nevia. Structure similar to
A. nevia, but the stylet of the male palpus is very much longer,
making two full circles, the outside process is proportionally larger
and sharper pointed, the tibia extends over the base of tarsus as
in A. nevia.

Length & 7 mm.

One male from first Ruidoso camp, White Mountains, August
10 (Townsend).

Agalena nevia Hentz.
Agalena nevia Hentz, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., Vol. V, p. 465 (1847).
One small male from Eagle creek, White Mountains, August.
The stylus is of the usual length, a trifle more than one circle; the
femora are unmarked.

Cicurina arcuata Keyserling. ;
Cicurina arcuata Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, p. 460.

One female from Las Vegas Hot Springs, January.

or
a |
~]

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

DICTYNIDZ.

Dictyna arundinacoides Keyserling.

Dictyna arundinacoides Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883,
p. 665.

Several specimens from Beulah. A pair from top of Las Vegas
range, 11,000 feet, last of June.

Dictyna texana Banks.

Dictyna tewana Banks, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. (3), Vol. I, p. 233
(1898).

Two immature specimens from Mesilla Park
Dictyna sp.

One female of a small species from Las Cruces, [tis much like
D. sublata, but different.

Titaneca americana Emerton.
Titaneca americana Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., VII, p. 453 (1888)

One broken specimen from Las Vegas, at the limestone ledges
by Gallinas river, January. Does not appear to differ from Eas-
tern form.

Lethia trivittata n. sp.

Cephalothorax dark red-brown, with three stripes of white hairs
on the head uniting behind at the dorsal groove; mandibles red-
brown; sternum and Jegs more yellow-brown, paler toward tips ;
abdomen grayish white above, with a broad median brown stripe
with serrated margins. Legs quite long and hairy, no spines;
mandibles of male long and slightly coneaye; palpus of male short,’
the tibia with a plate-like projection below near the tip, palpal
organ simple, a long stylet on outer side, bent over at tip; epigy-
num shows two transverse cavities in front, and two smaller
oblique cavities behind. Posterior eye-row straight, P.M.E.
fully their diameter apart, about as far from the equal P.S.E.;
A.M.E. equal to P.M.E., about their diameter apart, and closer
to the equal A.S.E.; quadrangle of M.E. broader than high.

Length ° 6 mm.; 3 4.2 mm.

One pair from Albuquerque (Soltau),

THERIDIID Zs.
Theridium neomexicanum uv. sp.
Cephalothorax pale yellowish, with a marginal black line, head
with four reddish brown lines, converging back from the eyes and
37

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Nov.,

uniting at dorsal groove; mandibles and sternum pale yellowish;
legs pale, tips of patellee and tibize, and sometimes of metatarsi,
reddish; abdomen white, a few scattered black dots on dorsum,
and two larger black spots above the spinnerets. Cephalothorax of
usual shape; P.M.E. rather large, a little Jess than diameter
apart; the A.M.E. smaller, fully diameter apart; quadrangle of
M.E. forming a square. Legs of moderate length, metatarsus
I a little longer than tibia I. Sternum triangular, the sides
slightly rounded. Abdomen (when full of eggs) globular, higher
than long; the epigynum shows as a simple median black opening.

Length 4 mm.

Two females from Las Cruces (Cockerell).
Theridium differens Emerton.

Theridium differens Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., VI, p. 9 (1882).

A young male from Mesilla Park, November 30, appears to

belong to this species (Cockerell).

Steatoda grandis n. sp.

Cephalothorax and mandibles uniform dark red-brown; legs a
brighter red-brown, still paler on the tarsi, tips of tibie plainly
darker; sternum black; abdomen black above, with a narrow white
line around base, extending back about one-third the distance to
tip; venter pale, with a black mark similar in shape to that of 8S.
borealis, but heavier. The posterior eye-row is straight, the
P.M.E. fully their diameter apart, rather closer to the slightly
larger P.S.E.; the A.M.E. much larger than the P.M.E., about
one-half their diameter apart, and still closer to the much smaller
A.S.E., the latter nearly touching the P.S.E. The epigynum
shows a nearly circular, depressed corneous lid, with a small trans-
verse opening behind. The legs are of moderate length, but
rather large and stout.

Length 7.5 mm.

One female from Albuquerque (Soltau). It has much resem-
blance to the common S. borealis, but is larger and heavier; this is
particularly noticeable in the size of the legs.

Steatoda borealis (Ientz),
Theridium borealis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., VI, p. 274 (1850).

One from first Ruidoso camp, White Mountains, latter half of
July.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579

Lithyphantes fulvus Keyserling.
Lithyphantes fulous Keys., Die Spinn. Amer., Theridiidze, p. 142,
1884.

One immature specimen from Las Cruces (Cockerell ).

Lithyphantes corollatus (Linné).
Aranea corollata Linné, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 621 (1758).
A female from Las Vegas (Cockerell), and a pair from Prof.
Townsend.

Lathrodectus mactans (Fabricius).}

Aranea mactans Fabricius, Entom. Syst., II, p. 410 (1793).
* “An adult female from Mesilla Park in April, also young from
Las Cruces (Cockerell); one female from Las Vegas Hot Springs,

January. It is also found commonly at Santa Fé (Cockerell,
Bull. 15, N. M. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 81).

Euryopis funebris (Hentz).
Theridium funebris Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., VI, p. 276 (1850). ’
Several specimens from Beulah.

Grammonota pictilis (Cambridge).
Erigone pictilis Cambridge, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1875, p. 396.
Three females and a male from Albuquerque; do not appear to
differ from Eastern specimens.

Ceratinella occidentalis n. sp.

Cephalothorax uniform dark red-brown, shining; abdomen dull
gray, with a dark red-brown” dorsal shield, containing four black
submedian impressions forming a trapeze ;. sternum red-brown;
mandibles paler red-brown, fang black in middle; legs pale red-
dish, the patellx paler, especially from beneath; abdomen with
many small dark pits from which arise hairs. Cephalothorax
rather short and broad; P.M.E. fully one and one-half their
diameter apart, and as far from the equal P.S.E.; A.M.E.
small, close together, farther from the larger A S.E. Sternum
broad, broadly truncate between hind coxze which are widely sepa-
rated. Abdomen with a large rounded dorsal shield, about one-
third longer than broad, and rather pointed behind; on the venter
there is a somewhat semicircular shield each side of the epigynum,
another in front of the spinnerets, and several corneous dots as
follows: Two behind epigynum, two in front of the anal plate,

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

and a series each side, of which the basal one is the largest. Legs
hairy, without spines.

Length 1.6 mm.
Two females from Beulah, March, 8,000 feet altitude (Cockerell).

Tmeticus sp.

One specimen, a male from Eagle creek camp, White Moun-
tains. In many respects similar to 7. perplewa, but different; not
in very good condition.

Tmeticus brevipalpus n. sp.

Cephalothorax yellowish brown, more or less mottled with dull
black, eyes on black spots; mandibles more red-brown; legs pale
yellowish; sternum dark brown; abdomen black, with some small
scattered white spots above. Cephalothorax rather broad, head
slightly elevated ; posterior eye-row nearly straight; P.M.E.
about their diameter apart, and about as far from the equal
P.S.E.; A.M.E. smaller, about diameter apart, and rather
farther from the larger A.S.E.; quadrangle of M.E. broader
behind than in front, and a little higher than broad: Mandibles
vertical, slightly diverging, unarmed. Sternum very broad,
rounded behind. Legs long, with many hairs, but few spines;
metatarsus I scarcely as long as tibia I. The tibia of palpus shows
above two projections, a long one at tip and a smaller one toward
base. Stylet long and curved once around the tip.

Length 2 mm.

One specimen from the White Mountains (Townsend).

Tmeticus perplexus (Keyserling).
Evrigone perplexa Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., Therid., IJ, p. 190,

1886.
Tmeticus pectinatus Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., LX, p. 409, 1894.

One male from Albuquerque.

Linyphia communis (Hentz).
Linyphia communis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., VI, p. 280 (1850).

One female from La Cueva, Organ Mountains, in August;
another from one-half mile below first Ruidoso camp, White
Mountains, August 8, by sweeping.

Linyphia phrygiana Koch.
Linyphia phrygiana Koch, Die Arach., II, p. 83, 1836.

Several specimens from top of Las Vegas range, 11,000 feet,
last of June.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581

Microneta soltaui n. sp.

Cephalothorax and legs yellowish, the mandibles and sternum
often more brownish, eyes on black spots, femora of male more
reddish; the abdomen is gray above and below, spinnerets yellow-
ish. Posterior eye-row is slightly procurved, P.M.E. about
diameter apart, rather closer to the equal P.S.E.; A.M.E.
small, close together, much farther from the much larger A.S.E.
which are some larger than the P.S.E. to which they are closely
approximated; quadrangle of M.E. much higher than broad,
broader behind than in front. Mandibles divergent, no teeth in
front. Tibia of male palpus swollen below, above, as well as the
patella tipped with several strong hairs; tarsus broad, rather angu-
lar above near base; the palpal organ broadest near tip; a dark piece
extending across the base, close to the surface, tapering and
twisted, but little curved; a large and prominent hook on inner
face, curved and twisted at the tip where it is bifid. The epi-
gynum is prominent and triangular in form, with a small median
finger behind.

Length @ 2.4mm.; 2 2.8 mm.

Several specimens from Albuquerque (Soltau).

TETRAGNATHID ZA.

Tetragnatha extensa (Linné).
Aranea extensa Linné, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, p. 621 (1767).

One pair from Beulah, and a male from the White Mountains,
Eagle creck camp, third week in August.
Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz.
Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., VI, p. 27 (1850).
Several specimens from Las Cruces ; one from one-half mile
below first Ruidoso camp, August 4, by sweeping.

Eugnatha pallida Banks.
Tetragnatha pallida Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892, p. 51.

One male from Beulah.

EPEIRIDA.

Argiope transversa Emerton.
Argiope transversa Emer., Trans. Conn. Acad., VI, p. 330, 1884.
Epeira fasciata Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 468 (1847). :
One fine specimen from Las Vegas, September (Miss Ada
Springer).

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Nov.,

Argiope aurantia Lucas.

Argiope aurantia Lucas, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, 1833, p. 86.
Epeira riparia Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 468 (1847).

‘“ One specimen collected by Prof. Townsend.
Gasteracantha cancriformis (Linné).

Aranea cancriformis Linné, Syst: Nat., Ed. XII, p. 1037 (1767).
“ Recorded from New Mexico by Dr. Marx, in his Catalogue.
Mr. Cockerell says he has never seen it, so far as he ean remember.
Epeira placida Hentz.

Epetra plactda Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 475 (1847).

Two females from one-haif mile below first Ruidoso camp,
White Mountains, August, by sweeping. They are not quite
adult, and differ considerably from the usual form. There are no
stripes on the cephalothorax; the abdomen is light chocolate-brown,
with some white marks in front and where the stripe should be,
behind there are two black spots each side. The spinnerets are
black, with the usual two spots each side. Structurally there are
no differences from the Eastern specimens, but the male might show :
differences in the palpus. E. placida has not previously been |
recorded from the West. |
Epeira oaxensis Keyserling.

Epetra oaxensis Keyserling, Sitzungsber. Isis, Dresden, 1863, p. 121.
Epetra vertebrata MeCook, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888, p. 196.

Several specimens from Las Cruces, September 6 (Cockerell),
and Eagle creek camp and Ruidoso creek, White Mountains,
third week in August. An abundant species in the extreme South-
west and in Mexico.

Epeira aculeata Emerton.

Epeira aculeata Emerton, Bull U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., ILI, No. 2,
p. 528 (1877).

A few specimens from Beulah (Cockerell). A species common
in the foothills of Colorado.
Epeira labyrinthea Henty.
Epeira labyrinthea Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 471 (1847).
Three specimens from Eagle creek camp, White Mountains,
August.
Epeira displicata Hentz.
Epetra displicata Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc..N. H., V, p. 476 (1847).
One specimen swept from Solidago patch on Ruidoso side of

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583

divide, about 200 feet below top of divide, White Mountains,
August 17.
Epeira trivittata Keyserling.
Epeira trivittata Keyserling, Sitzungsber. Isis, Dresden, 1863, p. 95.

Recorded by McCook from New Mexico; one specimen collected
by Prof. Townsend, and one each from Mesilla Park and Ruidoso
creek,
Epeira nephiloides Cambridge.

Epeira nephiloides Cambridge, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Arach.-Aran., I, p. 32
(1890).

Dr. Marx records a specimen from Fort Canby.
Epeira gemma McCook.
Epeira gemma McCook, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888, p. 193.
A female from Rio Ruidoso, 200 feet above first Ruidoso camp;
a large female from East Las Vegas.

Epeira trifolium Hentz.
Epeira trifolium Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 471 (1847).
Several from top of ridge near Eagle creek, White Mountains,
August, September.
Epeira mesta Keyserling.
Epeira mesta Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., IV, p. 108 (1892).
Dr. Marx had a specimen from New Mexico, without more
definite locality.

THOMISID 2.
Xysticus bicuspis Keyserling.
Xysticus bicuspis Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1887, p. 478.
One male from Dripping Springs, Organ Mountains, and a
female from Las Cruces, which probably belongs tothe male. The
epigynum consists of a simple transverse elliptical cavity without
any indentation.

Xysticus montanensis Keyserling.

Xysticus montanensis Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1887,
p. 479.
Xysticus pulverulentus Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., IX, p. 417, 1894.

One female from Beulah; it may possibly be a different species,
but the differences are so slight that, in the absence of males, I
refer it to thisspecies. The epigynum has the same general shape,
but is longer.

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Xysticus emertoni Keyserling.

Xysticus emertoni Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, Latr., p. 39 (1880).
Xysticus elegans Keyserling, ibid., p. 31.

A female from Beulah and a male from Las Vegas Hot Springs
appear to belong here. The male is like males from New England,
which both Emerton and myself consider X. elegans. The female
is not, however, so certain.

Xysticus cunctator Thorell.

Xysticus cunctator Thorell, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., ILI, No. 2,
p. 495 (1877).

Xysticus quinguepunctatus Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, Latr., p.
12 (1880).

Several specimens from Albuquerque (Soltau), and Beulah and

Mesilla Park (Cockerell). This gives the species a vertical
range from 3,800 feet to 8,000 feet.

Xysticus gulosus Keyserling.
Xysticus .gulosus Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, Latr., p. 43 (1880)
One young female from summit of range between the Peeos and
Sapello rivers, August (Cockerell); adult female from Las Vegas,
February.

Coriarachne versicolor Keyserling.
Coriarachne versicolor Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, p. 53 (1880)-
An immature male from Mesilla.
Misumena oblonga Keyserling
Misumena oblonga Keyserling, DieSpinn. Amer., I, Latr., p. 79 (1880).
One female from Mesilla Park.

Misumena vatia (Clerk).
Araneus vatia Clerk, Sven. Spindlar, p. 128 (1757).
A few from top of ridge near Eagle creek, White Mountains,
August and September; also from Eagle creek camp.

Misumena sp.

Three immature specimens of a species new to the United States,
but may be young of some Mexican form. It has the anterior legs
evenly sprinkled with red dots, and many similar dots on cephalo-
thorax and dorsum of abdomen ; the cephalothorax has a dark
stripe on each side.

Taken in White Mountains, one-half mile below forks, August 6,
sweeping ; another, nearly adult, from one-half mile below first
Ruidoso camp, August 4, by sweeping.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585

Ebo mexicana Banks.

Ebo mexicana Banks, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 3d Ser., Zool., Vol. I, p-
265 (1898).

Several specimens from Mesilla Park, January. Among them
is the male, not previously known; it is a little smaller than the
female, but marked like it. Previously recorded only from Her-
mosillo, Mex., but I have some specimens from El Paso, Tex.

Thanatus coloradensis Keyserling.

Thanatus coloradensis Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, Laterigrade,
p. 206 (1880),

A oe from Las Cruces (Townsend). Readily separated from
T. rubicundus by the fact that the eyes of the anterior row are of
equal size; in the latter species the side eyes are much larger than
the median ones.

Thanatus rubicundus Keyserling.
Thanatus rubicundus Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, p. 204 (1880).

Two specimens from Beulah.

Tibellus duttoni (Hentz).
Thomisus duttont Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V., p. 488 (1846).

Several specimens from Albuquerque (Soltan), ‘and, Mesilla Park
and Beulah (Cockerell) ; young from Las Vegas.

Philodromus alaskensis Keyserling.

Philodromus alaskensis Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883,

p. 674.
An immature specimen from Las Vegas (Cockerell).

Philodromus spectabilis Keyserling.

Philodromus spectabilis Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, p. 210 (1880).
P= Several specimens, mostly immature, from Mesilla Park, in
January.

Philodromus inquisitor Thorell.

Philodromus inguisitor Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., III, 2,
p. 502 (1877).

One female from top of Las Vegas range, 11,000 feet, last week
in June.
SPARASSIDA:.
Olios fasciculatus Simon.

Olios fasciculatus Simon, Act. Soc. Linn. Bord., XXXIV, p. 307 (1880).
Olios giganteus Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 681.

An immature specimen from La Cueva, Organ Mountains, Sep-
tember.

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.,
Olios abnormis Keyserling.
Olios abnormis Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 679. f
The species was described from Santa Fé, N. M.
Olios concolor Keyserling.
Olios concolor Keyserling Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 682.
This species was described from Punta del Aqua, N. M.

CTENIDA.

Ctenus hibernalis Hentz.
Ctenus hibernalis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., IV, p. 393 (1843).

This is recorded from New Mexico in Dr. Marx’s Catalogue.

ae

LYCOSID ZA.
Lycosa helluo Walckenaer.

Lycosa helluo Walckenaer, Ins. Apt., I, p. 337 (1837).

Lycosa babingtont Blackwall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 30,
(1846).

Lycosa nidcola Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., VI, 482 (1885).

One female and several young from Albuquerque; apparently
identical with Eastern specimens.

Lycosa modesta (Thorell).

Tarentula modesta Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr, III, No. 2,
p. 520 (1877).

Several specimens from Beulah.
Lycosa coloradensis Banks.
Lycosa coloradensis Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1894, p. 50.
Two specimens from Las Cruces, not quite adult.

Lycosa sp.

Two immature specimens from Las Vegas, limestone ledges by
Gallinas river. The cephalothorax is dark brown, with three
pale stripes, the median the broadest, and of nearly equal width
from eye-region to tip; sternum dark; cox pale, legs more or
less marmorate above with brown, the hind tibia broadly banded
at base and tip with black; abdomen discolored.

Lyoosa caroliniensis Hentz.

Lycosa caroliniensis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc., Nat. Hist., IV, p. 230
(1843).

One adult male, fully colored, from Eagle creek canon, White
Mountains, August 15; under a log.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587

Trochosa parva Banks.
Trochosa parva Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soe., 1894, p. 52.

Several examples from Albuquerque (Soltau), Beulah
(Cockerell), and Eagle creek camp, White Mountains, third week
in August.

Trochosa cinerea (Fabricius).
Araneus cinereus Fabricius, Entom. Syst. II, p. 423 (1793).

A female from Las Cruces, September 2; at light.
Trochosa sp.

One female of a pale species from Albuquerque. It is appar-
ently new, but does not show any marked characters in this sex.

Pardosa glacialis (Thorell).

Lycosa glacialis Thorell, Ofv. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Férh., 1872, p. 159.
Lycosa concinna Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., III, No. 2,
p. 506 (1877).

One male and several young from Albuquerque, and adults
from summit of range between the Pecos and Sapello rivers,
August, July.

Pardosa sternalis (Thorell).

Lycosa sternalis Thorell, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., III, No. 2, p.
504 (1877).
Pardosa luteola Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., IX, p. 427, 1894.

One male from the White Mountains.

OXYOPIDAs.
Oxyopes pictipes 0. sp.

Cephalothorax uniform gray-brown on sides and in front, eye-
region black, above a broad pale area, broader in front than
behind, with a narrow median extension forward to the eyes, and
each side at base of pars cephalica is a short extension, in front
on the clypeus is a small median pale spot; mandibles dark brown;
palpi pale, banded with black; legs pale, a longitudinal black
line beneath on the femora of anterior pairs, apical halves of all
femora mostly black, patellee mostly black, bands on middle and
apex of tibiz, and on base, middle and apex of metatarsi, black.
Sternum pale; cox dark; venter mostly black; dorsum of abdo-
men pale, nearly interrupted beyond middle by an extension
upward of the black sides. Head of the cephalothorax rather
high, sloping off gradually behind. Posterior eye-row procurved;
P.M.E. about twice their diameter apart and fully as far from

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

the equal P.S.E.; eyes of second row larger than P.M.E.,
about twice their diameter apart, closer to the P.S.E.; eyes of
first row very small, and directly below the second row. Abdo-
men rather short, and acute at tip. Legs of moderate length.
Length 7 mm. ‘
One specimen from Albuquerque (Soltau).
Hamalatiwa grisea Keyserling.
Hamalatiwa grisea Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1887, p. 458.
Dr. Marx determined this in the material Prof. Townsend sent
him.
ATTIDA.
Phidippus opifex McCook.
. Phidippus opifex McCook, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1878, p. 276.
One male from Las Cruces. Parnenus (?) griseus Peckham,
recently described from the same locality, is probably this species.
Phidippus bicolor Keyserling.

Phidippus bicolor Keyserling, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, p. 496.
Phidippus ardens Peckham, Trans, Wise. Acad. Sci., XIII, 288 (1901).
Phidippus californicus Peckham, ibid., p. 289.

A few specimens from Las Cruces, September 6; La Cueva,
August; Fillmore Canon (near the falls), Organ Mountains;
White Mountains, September 11; and limestone ledges by Gallinas
river near Las Vegas. I have also seen the species from Arizona
(Yuma). Peckham describes the sexes as separate species, although
noting the possibility of their identity. Keyserling’s specimen
came from Utah.

Phidippus comatus Peckham.

Phidippus comatus Peckham, Trans, Wisc. Acad. Sci., XIII, p. 291
(1901).

Described from Las Vegas.
Phidippus tyrellii Peckham.
Phidippus tyrelii Peckham, Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci., XIII, 296 (1901).
A few specimens froni Beulah, August, and Eagle creek, White
Mountains. A very pretty species in the male sex. I also have
it from Bear, Idaho.
Dendryphantes octavus (Hentz).
Attus octavus Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 365 (1846).
Several specimens from Las Cruces (Cockerell) and first Ruidoso
camp, White Mountains, latter half of July.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589

Dendryphantes nubilus (Hentz).
Attus nubilus Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soe. N. H., V, p. 358 (1846).

Several examples from under bands on apple and pear trees at
Mesilla Park, January (Cockere]l). The bands were those which
had been put on to catch the larvee of the Codling Moth.
Dendryphantes vitis Cockerell.

Dendryphantes vitis Cockerell, The Entomologist, 1894, p. 207.

Described from Las Cruces, April; also occurs at Mesilla Park,
under bands on apple and pear trees (Cockerell).

Philwus rimator (Walckenaer).

Attus rimator Walckenaer, Ins. Aptéres, I, p. 446 (1837).
Phidippus auctus Koch, Die Arachn., XIII, p. 148, 1845.

One female on Larrea at Mesilla Park, January 22.
Sadala distincta Peckham.
Sadala distincta Peckham, Trans. Wise. Acad., VII, p. 53 (1888).
Recorded from New Mexico in Dr. Marx’s Catalogue; described
from Mexico.
Plexippus paykulli (Aud. et Say.).

Attus paykulli Audouin et Savigny, Descrip. Egypte, XXII, p. 172
(1827).

I have seen a few specimens from New Mexico, without definite
locality.
Marptusa californica Peckham.
Marptusa californica Peckham, Trans. Wisc. Acad., VII, p. 81 (1888).
Young specimens from Mesilla Park (Cockerell), and also from
Prof. Townsend.

Icius neomexicanus 0. sp.

Cephalothorax reddish, eyes on a black band, two indistinct dark
spots in middle of eye-region, a white stripe each side below eye-
region and extending backward, lower sides black, some golden
hairs around the anterior eyes; mandibles reddish; sternum red-
brown; femora red-brown, rest of legs clear pale yellow, except
the patella, tibia and metatarsus of leg I, which are red-brown
like the femora; abdomen reddish brown above, with faint indica-
tions of a few black spots, the sides of the abdomen are distinctly
white, the venter nearly black, spinnerets black. Cephalothorax
low and rather long; the eye-region scarcely as broad behind as
in front, eyes of second row rather closer to laterals of first row

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

than to third row; the anterior row is curved, the top of laterals
being even with top of median eyes, the Jatter are very large,
close together and close to the anterior margin, so that the clypeus
is extremely narrow. The mandibles are small and vertical; leg I
much thickened, tibia and metatarsus I with two pairs of spines
below; tibia III with a spine near base below, and a pair at tip;
tibia IV with one at tip; metatarsi III and IV with several spines
grouped at tip. Anterior cox separated by more than width of
lip, hind coxze nearly touching, the sternum much longer than
broad. Abdomen about once and two-thirds as Jong as broad.
The tibia of male palpus has a stout curved hook on outer tip; the
palpal organ is tipped with three short black stylets, all of them
only visible directly from below.

Length @ 3.8 mm.

One male from Beulah, 8,000 feet (Cockerell ).

Icius peckhame Cockerell.
Icius peckhame Cockerell, Can. Entom., 1897, p. 223.

Several specimens from MesilJa Park. It is often found on fruit
trees In the orchards.

Icius similis Banks.

Icius similis Banks, Can. Entom., 1895, p. 100.
=. Some immature examples from under bands on apple and pear
trees, Mesilla Park (Cockerell).
Icius piraticus Peckham.

Icius piraticus Peckham, Trans. Wise. Acad., VII, p. 49 (1888).

One male from San Augustine (Cockerell).

Fuentes vittata n. sp.

Cephalothorax blackish in eye-region and on sides, red-brown in
thoracie part; sparsely clothed with white hair, and longer black
ones; clypeus densely clothed with hair; many Jong black hairs
above first row of eyes; dorsum of abdomen brown, rather
mottled, with a. whitish tapering stripe from base to tip, its sides
ragged but distinct; on lower posterior sides a few pale oblique
spots; venter pale brown; mandibles and sternum red-brown; leg
I mostly red-brown, metatarsi and tarsi paler, other legs pale
yellowish, all banded, especially above with blackish; these bands
principally at tips of femora, middle of patellse, base and middle
of tibiee and base and tip of metatarsi. Cephalothorax rather

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591

long and flat; first eye-row like that of F. pertinar, the second,
however, is full as near to the dorsal as to lateral eyes. Legs
moderately slender, and well spined; metatarsi ITI and IV spined
along their length; leg 1 much enlarged, except the metatarsi and
tarsi; three pairs of spines under tibia I, two pairs under metatar-
sus I; tibia and patella [ rather more hairy than the other joints;
coxee I separated by width of lip. Abdomen nearly twice as long
as broad, tapering behind, somewhat depressed. The epigynum
shows a broad tapering cavity, limited behind by two approaching
corneous pieces, leaving a median emargination.

Length 6 mm.

Two females from Albuquerque (Soltau). Readily known
from our two other species by its coloration as well as the structure
of the vulva.

Pellenes oregonense Peckham.
Habrocestum oregonense Peckham, Trans. Wise. Acad., VII, 1888, p. 66.

One male from Las Vegas Hot Springs. It is much rubbed,
but the male palpus agrees with Peckham’s figure.

Pellenes hirsutum Peckham.

Habrocestum hirsutum, Peckham, Trans. Wisc. Acad., VII, p. 64,
(1888).

Prof. Peckham so named a specimen sent him by Prof. Town-
send from Las Cruces.

Pellenes cockerelli n. sp.

Cephalothorax above black, with black hair, a narrow white
stripe each side arising above the lateral eyes and running just
below the dorsal eyes back and then down to the hind margin,
below this is a black stripe, and the lower sides are clothed with
white hair; between the M.E. and on the anterior part of the
eye-region is a median white line; the male shows a more distinct
pale V-mark connecting the dorsal eyes; clypeus with white hair;
mandibles reddish, with some white hair on basal part; all legs
pale in both sexes, dotted and mottled with dark brown, more
densely so on the hind pairs, all with black hairs and white scales;
patella I of male paler than the tibia, patella IIL not modified;
male palpus short, patella and base of tibia very pale, beyond
very dark. Abdomen gray above and on the sides, clothed with
white hair, with two broad black submedian stripes from base to

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.,

tip, in the male broader and nearly connected behind, in the
female interrupted behind by a prominent oblique white mark on
each side; venter dark, with two pale submedian lines on basal
part.

Length 2 7 mm.; of 5 mm.

One pair from top of Las Vegas range, 11,000 feet; last week
in June.

Pellenes klauserii Peckham.
Pellenes klauserti Peckham, Bull. Wisc. N. H. Soe., Oct., 1900,1 p. 216.

Peckham describes this from two males from New Mexico,
without more definite locality. The figure of the palpus looks
much like that of P. cockerelli, but the description does not apply.
Pellenes birgei Peckham.

Pellenes birget Peckham, Bull. Wise. N. H. Soc., Oct., 1900, p. 217.

Described from one male from Mesilla Park.

Pellenes politus Peckham.
Pellenes politus Peckham, Bull. Wisc. N. H. Soe., Oct., 1900, p, 223.

Described from two females from New Mexico, without more
definite locality; quite probably they are females of P. klauserii.
Pellenes cognatus Peckham.

Pellenes cognatus Peckham, Bull. Wise. N. H. Soe., Oct., 1900, p. 224.

Peckham records one female from New Mexico.

Pellenes sp.

A male, one moult from maturity, from Ruidoso creek, one-half
mile below forks, August 6, sweeping. It has black legs, with
the bases of all femora pale; the palpi pale, with a large black
spot on the patella; the abdomen is black, with a few small white
spots.

Sassacus popenei Peckham.

Sassacus papenhet Peckham, Occ. Pap. Wise. N. H. Soc., Vol. II,
No. 3, p. 177 (1895).

Two young specimens; one from Prof. Townsend, the other
under bands on apple and pear trees, Mesilla Park (Cockerell).

Homalattus cyaneus (Hentz).
Attus cyaneus Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 365 (1846).

One from Mesilla Park, January 23, on Larrea (Cockerell).

' Dated October, 1900, but not distributed till July, 1901; paper not com-
pleted till early in 1901.

oo

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

PHALANGIDA.

Homolophus biceps (Thorell).

Mitopus biceps Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., III, No. 2, p. 525
(1877).

Several specimens from Beulah, Eagle creek, White Mountains,
and ridge between Sapello and Pecos rivers, 11,000 feet. This is
a common species in Colorado. In New Mexico it appears to
belong to the Canadian and Hudsonian zones.

Trachyrhinus marmoratus Banks.
Trachyrhinus marmoratus Banks, Jour. N. Y. Entom. Soc., 1894, p. 145.
Described from Santa Fé; also found at Las Cruces, September
(Cockerell).

Liobunum townsendi Weed.
Liobunum townsendi Weed, Amer. Nat., 1893, p. 295.

Described from Las Cruces (Townsend). Specimens have been
examined from Las Cruces, Beulah, and various places in the
White Mountains, some under logs and rocks, July, August and
September. By far the most abundant Phalangid.

Taracus packardi Simon.
Taracus packardi Simon, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1879, p. Ixxiv.

A pair from Beulah (Cockerell). Described from Colorado, but
not taken by recent collectors. It is one of the rarest and most
interesting of our ‘‘ daddy-long-legs.”’

Phalangium cinereum Wood.
Phalangium cinereum Wood, Comm. Essex. Inst., VI, p. 25 (1868).

One specimen from Raton, Colfax county (Cockerell). Not
previously known from the West; a common species in the extreme
northeastern States. The specimen was taken on the railroad track
at Raton station, and may possibly have been introduced with
freight in some way.

Sclerobunus robustus (Packard).

Scotolemon robustus Packard, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sury. Terr., III, p. 164,
(1877).

Specimens come from Beulah (Cockerell), from Eagle creek
camp, White Mountains, August 21, in dead, rotten, wet pine log,
and ridge of Eagle creek camp, White Mountains, under log,
August. It belongs to the Canadian zone, both in New Mexico
and Colorado.

38

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

PSEUDOSCORPIONIDA.
Chelanops validus Banks.
Chelanops validus Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1895, p. 7.
Two specimens from Mesilla. They are larger, but differ little
in structure from the Lake Tahoe specimens.

Chelanops grossus Banks.
Chelanops grossus, Banks, Can. Entom. 1893, p. 65.
Two specimens from Eagle Creek, White Mountains; the fingers
are a trifle longer than in Colorado specimens.

Chelifer scabrisculis Simon.

Chelifer scabrisculis Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1878, p. 154.
Chelifer degeneratus Balzan, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1891, p. 532.

Three specimens from Eagle creek, White Mountains; they are
like specimens that I have seen from Utah.

SCORPIONIDA.
Vejovis punctipalpi Wood.
Vejovis punctipalpi Wood, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863, p. 109.
One from Mesilla, June, and a voung one from La Cueva,
Organ Mountains, August 30, under a rock.

Centrurus carolinianus (Beauvois).
Scorpio carolunvanus Beauv., Ins. rec. Afr. Amer., p. 190, 1805.
One immature specimen from Las Vegas (Cockerell).

SOLPUGIDA.
Eremobates sulphurea (Simon).
Datames sulphurea Simon, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, 1879, p. 142.
One male from San Augustine, eastern base of Organ Moun-
tains. Two females, one from Las Cruces, September 3, the other
from Las Vegas, June 29, 1899 (W. Porter and M. D. Cockerell).

Eremobates californicus (Simon).
Datames californica Simon, Ann, Soc. Entom. France, 1879, p. 143.
One male from Mesilla valley is probably this species.

Eremobates pallipes (Say).

Galeodes pallipes Say, Long’s Exped. Rocky Mts., Philad., 1823,
Vol. IL.

One specimen from Aztec, San Juan county, October (C. A.
Grommet), appears to be this species.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595

Ammotrecha peninsulana (Banks).

Cleobis peninsulana Banks, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (3), Zool., I, 290,
1898.

One specimen from La Cueva, Organ Mountains, September 2,
at light in tent running over the blanket ; another from Las
Vegas Hot Springs, January.

ACARINA.
Trombidium gemmosum 2. sp.

Body above densely clothed with short, thick, but scarcely
clavate, hairs; below with short, stiff, pointed bristles ; legs and
palpi with fine slender hairs. Body once and one-half as long as
broad, broadest in front, plainly constricted near middle above the
third legs, the dorsum with several small impressed spots. Legs
very short; leg I about as long as width of body, last joint but little
swollen, no longer than preceding joint; fourth legs not reaching
beyond tip of body. Palpi short; second joint much swollen
above, below with long hairs; third rather longer than broad and
plainly narrower at tip; fourth quite long, ending in a long stout
claw; fifth, or thumb, clavate, hardly reaching beyond the claw,
with short, simple hairs. Color red.

Length 2.4 mm.

Several specimens from Las Vegas in January (Cockerell), one
_ from Eagle creek, White Mountains (Townsend). Closely related

to T. scabrum, but with shorter legs, and shorter terminal joint to
leg I. Mr. Cockerell states that this species is extremely abundant
at Las Vegas.

Trombidium magnificum Le Conte.
Trombidium magnifiewm Le Conte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1853,
p- 145.
I have seen specimens from several ‘parts of southern New

Mexico.

Rhyncholophus sp.

Several specimens from Beulah. Very similar to R. simplex,
but, I think, different.
Tetranychus bimaculatus Harvey.

Tetranychus bimaculatus Harvey, Rept. Me. Exp. Sta., f. 1892 (1893),
p. 133.

Specimens from Mesilla Park on violet leaves (in cultivation)
appear to belong to this common species. They were found by

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Mr. Fabian Garcia, and the species was doubtless imported with
the violets.
Tetranychus desertorum Banks.

Tetranychus desertorum Banks, Bull No. 8, Tech. Ser., Div. Entom.,
U.S. Dept. Agric., p. 76 (1900).

Described from specimens from Mesilla Park on Larrea triden-
tata and Phacelia crenulata. The latter, at least, were probably
collected by Prof. J. D. Tinsley. Mr. Cockerell says the Phacelia
was doubtless P. intermedia Wooton, until recently confused with
P. crenulata.

Bryobia pratensis Garman.
Bryobia pratensis Garman, 14th Rept. State Entom. Ill, p. 73 (1885).

Prof. Cockerell has seen it from various parts of the Territory—
Mesilla, Mimbres, ete.

Argas sanchezi Neumann.
Argas sanchezi Neumann, Mém. Soe. Zool. France, 1896, p. 16.

I have seen specimens from Deming.

Ixodes diversifossus Neumann.
Ixodes diversifossus Neumann, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fiance, 1899, p. 136.
Described from two specimens taken from Procyon lotor from
New Mexico; I have not seen it.
Dermacentor reticulatus (Fabricius).
Acarus reticulatus Fabricius, Ent. Syst., IV, p. 428, 1794.
Recorded by Neumann from the Territory; it is moderately com-
mon in the Western States.
Boophilus annulatus Say.

Ixodes annulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., II, 1821, p. 75.
Trodes bovis Riley, Spec. Rept. U. S. Dept. Agric., 1869.

Neumann records the well-known cattle-tick from New Mexico.
Mr. Cockerell has not met with it.

Lelaps sp.

An undescribed species was taken under a rock at Las Vegas,
April 7, in company with Lasius interjectus.

te

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

1.—Pachylomerus modestus, palpus.
2.—Prosthesima cockerellt. vulva.
3.—Prosthesima cockerelli, palpus.
4.— Gnaphosa hirsutipes, vulva.
5.—Thargalia modesta, vulva.
6.—Meriola inornata, vulva.
7.—Tmeticus perplexus, palpus.
8.—Microneta soltaui, palpus.
9.—Lethia trivittata, vulva.
10.—Lethia trivittata, palpus.
11.— Ceratinella occidentalis, venter.
12.— Ceratinella occidentalis, vulva.
13.—Microneta soltaui, vulva.
14.—Tmeticus brevipalpus, palpus.
15.—Xysticus bicuspis, palpus and vulva.
16.—Fellenes cockerelli, palpus.
17.—Pellenes cockerelli, vulva.
18.—Phidippus tyrelli, palpus.
19.—Xysticus montanensis, vulva.
20.— Fuentes vittata, vulva.
21.—Icius neomexicanus, palpus.
22.— Gayenna marginalis, vulva.

597

598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

A PECULIAR CONDITION OF @DOGONIUM.
x BY IDA A. KELLER.

For several years I have kept a jar of water at my window, in
which I have found interesting things at different times. Last fall
there was a luxuriant growth of a dense green mat, which turned
out to be a species of Gidogonium. Juater on, as the color gradu-
ally disappeared, I took for granted that the plant was about to die,
and gave it no further attention. The next time I happened to
observe the jar the alga seemed to have been replaced by a heavy
growth of the mycelium of some fungus. This remained in a
thriving condition all winter, and proved on examination, to my
great surprise, not to be a fungus at all, but the Cdogoniwm
which had lost its chlorophyll. In all other respects the alga was
apparently in a perfectly healthy condition, its filaments were
rooted fast to pieces of rock which were in the bottom of the jar,
the cells showed’ absolutely no signs of decomposition—further-
more, they were remarkably well packed with granules which
turned out to be starch.

This phenomenon seemed to me an unusual one. I know of no
alga which continues to live after it loses its chlorophyll, nor can
I recall any parallel case among the higher plants—a water-plant
which ceases its assimilating activity, full of the most attractive
bait for bacteria, in nowise projected from them, and yet of suffi-
cient vitality to withstand al) attacks of these ever-present enemies.

The condition of the plant in May may be summed up as fol-
lows: The filaments are rooted to pieces of rock. To the naked
eye they seem perfectly colorless and form a dense tuft of white
threads. Fig. 1 represents a typical case. It shows absolutely no
sign of chlorophyll and is full of starch.

In fig. 2 I have represented what may be regarded as a transi-
tion stage. . It is also full of starch, but the cell has a faint green-
ish tinge. It is impossible to say whether the plant is just regain-
ing its chlorophyll or whether it is just losing it.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599

The condition of a dead cell is represented in fig. 5. Here the
protoplasm is contracted, and the starch granules are lumped
together in the centre of the cells, in striking contrast to the case
represented in fig. 1.

oat

PRT
SO

Microscopic examination further showed that green threads were
interspersed here and there among these white filaments ; one of
these is shown in fig. 4, the green color being indicated by shading.
I regret not having made the examination sooner, since it would
then have been possible, for me to say whether or not the green
color is newly acquired. It seems quite probable that some of the

600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.

threads remained green over the winter, but, being few, they were
not noticeable to the naked eye.

The quantity of starch in the bleached cells varied considerably.
The extreme condition, on the one hand, where the cells were
quite full of starch, as in fig. 1, is markedly different from the
rather starved condition of figs. 5 and 6. In the latter cases the
cells are doubtless still alive, but they contain comparatively little
starch and great vacuoles. The vacuoles are well brought out on
treating the cells with iodine (fig. 6).

The plant, as a whole, is certainly in a living and, I believe,
actively growing condition, and it looks as though it were regaining
its normal activity. Extremes and transitions, as regard the
quantity of chlorophyll present, can easily be observed. Com-
parisons of figs. 1, 7, 9 and 2 will illustrate this point. Fig. 1
shows the perfectly bleached cell, figs. 7 and 9 show cells contain-
ing a little chlorophyll, while fig. 4 represents the deep green
cell, which consists of one large mass of connected chromatophores.
Furthermore, such cases as that of fig. 2, which I mentioned above,
were to be found where the whole cell was colored, but the green
tinge a very faint one.

The filaments come singly or in groups from basal cells (figs. 8,
9 and 10). In many cases these basal cells are green, while the
remainder of the filament may be either green or bleached. Fig.
9 represents a case where the basal cell is white.

The normal state of affairs is the following: The vegetative
condition finally results in the formation of oédgonia. These are
the only portions of the plant which survive the winter, and are
protected from cold and moisture by their thick cell walls.* In
this instance the odgonia were not formed, and the food which the
plant had stored up for this normal function remained in the form
of starch. Naturally it will be of interest to find out if the plant
will again resume its assimilating activity. It would also be of
interest to determine if the plant behave similarly out of doors,
which it might well do under the conditions of a mild winter or in
protected places. At all events, the fact that the plant continues
to live in its present ghostlike condition seems an interesting reve-
lation, so far as the physiology of alge is concerned.

In Leunis’ Synopsis der Botanik’ I found the following state-

1Luerssen, Grundziige der Botanik, p. 191.
2Leunis, Synopsis der Botanik, Bd. III, pp. 163, 164.

a

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601

ment, which seems of interest in this connection. Of Mdogonium
capillare this author says: ‘‘ It is a form freauent in stagnant waters,
and forms when the water disappears a felt-like mass, the so-called
‘Meteor Papier’ (Meteor Paper). Such masses are also found
on meadows which have been submerged for some time, the so-
called Wiesentuch, Wiesenleder (meadow cloth, meadow leather).
The same formations have been repeatedly found on meadows
along the River Oder after floods and are called Oder Haut (Oder
skin). A piece which was examined in 1736 by Ehrenberg, and
one observed by Cohen in 1849, consisted principally of Olado-
phora fracta and diatoms.’’ In commenting on this phenomenon
Leunis makes the following statement : ‘‘ This comparatively rare
formation is the result of a number of conditions—appearance of
vigorous algoid growth, rapid evaporation of water in consequence
of sunshine and high temperature, and a soil which does not long
retain its moisture, so that the Confervze are not decomposed.”’

The condition described by Leunis resembles the one I have just
observed in the fact that in both cases the alga is bleached and not
decomposed. It differs from it, however, in the fact that in drying
all activity is forced to cease, while the plant under consideration
continues its existence in its normal medium ; and it is this, together
with the fact that decomposition does not set in, which makes this
condition of Cidogonium a very remarkable one.

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

A NEW SPECIES OF CLAVILITHES FROM THE EOCENE OF TEXAS.

BY C. W. JOHNSON AND A. W. GRABAU.

Clavilithes chamberlaini 0. sp.

The spire of this species is long and slender, as in C. kenne-
dyanus Harr., with which the early whorls of the shell agree
pretty well. Only a portion of the protoconch has been observed,
but it is apparently of the same character as that of the American
species of this genus generally, unless more slender than the
normal. ‘The spire contains about seven ribbed whorls; the suture
is moderately depressed; the ribs are swollen near the middle, but

become obsolete toward the suture; they are at first more than their
width apart, but later become broader and the interspaces corre-
spondingly narrower. ~A subsutural band occurs, and is quite
strongly marked on the later ribbed whorls, indicating a pro-
nounced posterior canal at this stage.

Spirals on the first five whorls, single, coarser in the centre, but
becoming finer toward the sutures; interspiral spaces broader than
the spirals. Intercalation of secondary spirals begins on the sixth
whorl. On the seventh whorl the ribs become broad and ill

>

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603

defined, tending toward obsolescence. Before they have quite dis-
appeared, a sutural shelf sloping somewhat outward and bordered by
a slightly outward projecting margin appears; this very soon de-
velops into a serrated flange. At the same time the whorls become
almost smooth, the spirals usually only occurring on the narrowed
antérior portion or canal of the body whorl. Length of the adult
specimen figure 39 mm., diameter 18 mm.

This is a parallel species to C. scalaris Lam. of the Paris Basin
(Caleaire Grossier) and C. longevus Sol. of the London Clays
(Barton Beds). Compared with C. humerosus variety texanus
Harris it has more ribs on the spire, which are more regular and
bulging, stronger spirals and the well-marked serrated flange. It
also differs somewhat in outline, the last whorl being broader than
the corresponding one of tevanus. It differs from its European
parallels in many features, chief of which are the protoconch, the
long-ribbed spire, the character of the sutural shelf and flange, and
other points readily seen on comparison.

From the Lower Claibornian Eocene, Bald Mound, nine miles
southeast of Jewett, Leon county, Tex.

Type No. 9,409, ‘‘ Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca,’’
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. This species is
respectfully dedicated to Rev. L. T. Chamberlain, D.D., Curator
of the Isaac Lea Collection.

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

DECEMBER 3.
The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Ten persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ A New Species of Ophibolus,’’ by Arthur
Erwin Brown, was presented for publication.

The death of Herman Strecker, a member, was announced.

Lodel Creek and Skippack Creek.—Mr. Brniamin SMITH
Lyman remarked that on October 26, 1901, the Mineralogical
and Geological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences made
an excursion to Fisher’s quarry, some twenty yards south of Lodel
creek (on the U. S. Geological Survey’s topographical sheet incor-
rectly called Landis brook, which is really the name of the next
stream to the north). The quarry is near asmall highway bridge,
one mile northwest of Grater’s ford, on the Perkiomen railroad.
The rockbeds of the quarry belong to the American New Red,
and, as observed in 1889, at the time of the State Geological Sur-
vey, show the following section from above downwards :

Dark red, rather soft shales, about . . . . . . . OO feet.
Dark dull red, rather hard, thin-leaved shales, with fossil
impressions and calcareous seams, about . . . . . 4 “
Tnjalll, aboutt.? Si, 76.6% 28 ee

The shales are close within the upper limit of the beds marked on
the State Geological map of Bucks and Montgomery counties as
the Lansdale shales. They dip here 13° N. 303° W. (true
bearing).

The excursion party was so fortunate as to find a large slab of
the stone of irregular shape, about five feet long by three feet wide
and perhaps five inches thick, that proved to be particularly rich
in interesting impressions. The whole of one side was covered
with unusually perfect ripple marks, of about three-quarters of
an.inch in amplitude. In spite of the ripples, somewhat indistinct
traces of two Dinosaur tracks, with three forward-pointing toes,
could be discerned, each track about six inches in extreme length
and about three inches in width. The two tracks are in line, and
about twenty inches apart, centre to centre, evidently formed by

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605

one animal moying forward. The hinder track seems to have, at
a couple of inches in front of it and a little to the right, a small
track, as if of the forefoot of the same animal. The forward
track is too near the edge of the slab to have that accompaniment.
At twenty inches back of the foremost toe-point of the hinder
track there appears at the other edge of the slab to be the toe-
point of another track, and a couple of inches in front of it per-
haps very indistinct traces of the small forefoot. Other less dis-
tinct footmarks can be perceived to the left of this principal line
of tracks. °

On lifting up the slab, however, it was found that the other side
bad, in the absence of ripple marks, the cast of a number of other
Dinosaur tracks of about the same size, and likewise two or three
in succession at the same distance apart, and more distinctly accom-
panied by the impression of the small forefoot. In addition there
are a number of smaller tracks, about half an inch across, that
appear to be the footmarks of Labyrinthodonts. A few other Jess
perfect impressions of ripple marks, raindrops and footmarks were
found by the party in other parts of the quarry.

At the meeting of the Section on October 28, Messrs. Woolman
and Lyman were appointed a Committee to revisit the quarry, and,
if possible, send the slab to the Academy for preservation, which
was accordingly done on the 2d of November, Mr. Uselma C.
Smith kindly aiding in the work. It was found, however, on
arriving at the quarry, that the ripple marks had in great part
been broken off from the slab by the members of the previous
excursion party, and the best of the tracks also removed from the
other side. Nevertheless, a number of tracks as well as a consid-
erable extent of the ripple marks were still left, and the slab was
taken. Another slab of equal surface and like shape was found,
and on turning over, proved to be the mate of the other, and to
have a complete and perfect cast of the ripple marks, as well as
some similar tracks on the other side. The uninjured slab was also
taken and sent to the Academy. Mr. Josiah H. Fisher, the
owner of the quarry, readily and freely made a gift of the speci-
mens, with admirable public spirit.

A couple of smaller slabs showed very good ripple marking.
One of them, of irregular shape, about eleven inches long by nine
wide, and half an inch thick, has, on one side, shallow ripple
marks of about two and a half inches in amplitude; and, on the
other side, ripple marks of about the same dimensions, but sur-
mounted by what seem to be smaller ripple marks of about half
an inch in amplitude, or perhaps rillmarks: but may possibly be
very confused impressions of Dendrophycus. It appears, how-
ever, to be an interesting example of more than usually compli-
cated ripple marking. The slab has also very perfect worm tracks,
and several sun cracks. At the original examination of the

606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

quarry, in 1889, all the above-mentioned kinds of impressions were
found, except the Dinosaur tracks; and, in addition, impressions
of a plant were collected that may be a Baiera.

The excursion party of October 26 also, on the way home, visited
a quarry on the roadside, on the southeast side of Skippack creek,
about three-eighths of a mile southwest of the main road between
Collegeville and Norristown, near a mill across the creek. The
quarry is in dark red, hard, shaly sandrock of what is marked on
the State Geological map of the two counties as Gwynedd shales,
some 900 feet geologically below their top. The dip here is about
12° northwesterly. Here a large fossil Cycad leaf was found,
about twenty-one inches long by eight inches wide. It is expected
that this block will also be brought to the Academy. It may be.
as Miss Walter suggests, Pter op hyllum spatulatum.

The party thence “proceeded southward to Eagleville, on the top
of a hill of the Gwynedd shales. These comparatively hard dark
shales all along their outerop make prominent hills, with the lower
lands formed on the southeast of them by the softer and in greater
part red, but further south gray, Norristown shales, and on the
northwest by the likewise softer and almost universally bright red
Lansdale shales, succeeded northward by the harder and in great
part greenish or blackish Perkasie shales, again with higher hills,
and yet further north by the softer red Pottstown shales. This
succession of beds of distinct character, with their outcrop of
special topographical character extending throughout the two coun-
ties, all conforming uniformly to several variations of structure,
with corresponding curves in the strike of the beds and everywhere
with correspondence in the dips, and with no evidence whatever of
any repetitions of the same sets of beds (except near the great
Buckingham Mountain fault), is convincing proof that there is no
overthrust fault parallel to the strike that could diminish the
apparent total thickness of the beds. Such a fault, indeed, would
have to be of wonderful shape, in conformity to a somewhat com-
plicated folding of the beds. It is, moreover, in the highest degree
improbable that such faults, the result of excessive horizontal pres-
sure, with beds of great stiffness and cohesion, necessarily causing
extremely steep and overturned dips, could occur in a region of
gentle dips and mainly soft beds.

The foot tracks, ripple marks, raindrop impressions and sun
eracks found at Fisher’s quarry, the Cycad leaves and the raindrop
impressions at the Skippack quarry, and other impressions and sun
cracks at many other points in the New Red of this region, show
clearly that the rocks were laid down in an estuary that was
shallow through a great part of the process, if not throughout.
There must have been submergence to correspond with the accumu-
Jating beds, and doubtless caused py their weight upon this portion
of the earth’s crust. As the sedimentary material has plainly

i

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607

come from both sides of the narrow estuary, the accumulated thick-
ness of the beds must have been far greater, perhaps six times
greater, than it would have been with equally far-reaching and
rapid drainage on the single shore of an ocean wheré the sediments
would be carried three times as far from Jand. This consideration
may make belief in the thoroughly demonstrated great thickness of
the New Red in Montgomery county a little easier to those, if any
there be, who still fondly cling to the old purely conjectural esti-
mates.

DECEMBER 10.
The President, SAamuEL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twelve persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:

“* Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, V,’’ by Henry
A. Pilsbry.

“Catalogue of the Clausiliidee of the Japanese Empire,’’ by
Henry A. Pilsbry.

DECEMBER 17.
Mr. CHARLES Morris in the Chair.

Twelve persons present.

The deaths of William F. Norris, M.D., and Rush S. Huide-
koper, M.D., members, were announced.

DECEMBER 24.
Mr. Cuarves Morris in the Chair.

Seven persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
“© On the Common Brown Bats of Peninsular Florida and
Southern California,’’ by S. N. Rhoads.

608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

‘« New Land Mollusca of the Japanese Empire,’’ by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

‘¢ Description of New Helicoid Land Shells from Japan,’’ by
G. K. Gude.

The death of Edward Lewis, a member, was announced.

DECEMBER 26.
The President, SamuEL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.
Twenty-three persons present.

New Year’s Eve (December 31) falling on Tuesday, the meet-
ing, under the By-Laws, was held on the preceding Thursday.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609

COCKSCOMB FASCIATION OF PINEAPPLES.
BY JOHN WwW. HARSHBERGER, PH.D.

A remarkable case of fasciation, probably one of the most strik-
ing of that teratological condition known to botanists, is one
recently found by the writer in the pineapple, Ananassa sativa.
The fruit of the pineapple plant is a multiple one, formed from
many spicately arranged flowers and their bracts consolidated inta
‘one mass upon a succulent, fleshy axis. Ordinarily, only a single,
conical fruit with its tuft of green, sterile, bract leaves is borne at
the summit of the plant, surrounded at the base by the large,
leathery, awl-pointed, spirally-arranged, sword-shaped, vegetative
leaves. In teratological specimens, shipped to Philadelphia from
Jamaica and displayed in the windows of prominent fruiterers,
several pineapples produced on a single plant were found united
by congenital growth into a fan-like mass, One of the most

39

6110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dees,

striking of these, presented to the writer by Henry Hallowell &
Son, was an almost completely open fan, the individual fruits
being arranged in a semicircular manner, as shown in the aeccom-
panying figure, reproduced from a photograph of one of the largest
fasciated specimens. These fasciated pineapples, known to the
trade as ‘‘ Freak ’’ or ‘‘ Cockscomb Pineapples,’’ seem to be not
at all uncommon. Henry Hallowell & Son had at least a dozen
or more specimens, besides the one presented to the writer. The
smallest of these consisted of two united pineapples, and the largest
(twenty inches across, twelve inches high) showed the union of a
dozen or more. The fasciated fruits in nearly all instances were
arranged regularly side by side; in some illustrations, however,
one or two fruits crowded out of the fan-shaped mass during growth
projected in several directions, so that the combined mass consisted
of an irregularly disposed row of united pineapples. A stem, one
to two inches in diameter, common to all of the united fruits, was
present in all the cases examined.

Apparently from a count of the more concave, flat side of the
monstrosity shown in the plate, there were ten pineapples united
together, as outlined by the deep grooves which ran between them.
On the other, more convex face, twelve united masses were
discernible, all arising from a common stalk one and a half inches
in diameter, with a number of lanceolate, involucral leaves about
six to eight inches long at the base of the clustered fruits. A
count, however, of the tufts of crown leaves would indicate, if
each fruit in the bunch had only one crown tuft, that many more
fruits than ten or twelve were aggregated together. The coronal
tufts of leaves form a continuous growth over the entire top of
the fasciation, as shown in the plate. It was difficult to count
the tufts therefore, on account of their massing together, but the
mosi careful count possible under the circumstances gave fifty tufts
as the result of the enumeration. It seemed hardly likely, how-
ever, that the fasciated mass consisted of that many fruits, and to
decide the matter a section was made through the monstrosity by
means of a saw, and such a section showed twenty distinct upward
projecting divisions of the fleshy fasciation. Whether each division
represented a fruit, it was not possible to determine by the exam-
ination.

The monstrosity, which had a pleasant pineapple aroma, was

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611

succulent, but very fibrous, with many fibres radiating from the
common stalk and running to the semicircular summit of the
edible mass. The flavor was quite good, although the specimens
tried lacked the juiciness of the finer Ripley pines, and reminded
one of the taste of the inferior grades of Cowboy pineapples
raised in Jamaica and consumed by the negroes of that island.

The ripened individual flowers of the fasciated pineapples were
apparently normal, consisting of the succulent inferior ovary, succu-
lent sepals and fleshy base of the subtending bract. The succulent,
diamond-shaped floral masses were flattened laterally, or became
mere vestigial structures, wherever they had been pressed together
by the union of the pineapples of which the monstrosity was com-
posed.

One is tempted to theorize with these unique specimens taken
into consideration, for fasciation appears in plants subjected to
conditions of nourishment above the normal, occasionally as a result
of disease or injury. Did these factors influence the production of
fasciated pineapples in Jamaica ? Who can say!

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

lr)
fear
bo

A NEW SPECIES OF OPHIBOLUS FROM WESTERN TEXAS.
BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN.

Ophibolus alternus sp. noy. Plate XXXIV.

Maxillary teeth 13; mandibular 14-15. Body moderately slen-
der; bead distinct, muzzle contracted; eye rather large. Rostral
low and broad, barely visible from above; internasals about half
the length of prefrontals; frontal a little longer than the suture
between parietals, longer than the snout; parietals large, wide in
front, narrow behind; nasals 2, the nostril between them; loreal
small, longer than high; preocular 1; postoculars, 2 on one side, 3
on the other; temporals, 2-3 on one side, 3-4 on the other; upper
labials 7, third and fourth in orbit; lower Jabials 11. Posterior
chin shields a little shorter than the anterior, not separated by
scales. Scales smooth, with two inconspicuous pits, in 25 rows.
Ventrals 217; anal entire; subcaudals 60 pairs. Total length 710
mm. (tail 115).

The ground color is slate gray, crossed on the back, at intervals
of 3 to 5 scales, by bands of black which are alternately wider
and narrower, the wide ones covering from 2 to 3 scales on the
middle of the back, and more or less divided transversely on their
centres with scarlet. The narrow bands are about one scale wide
and wholly black, occasionally broken through by the ground color.
On the neck the bands are narrower and less defined, while the red
is more pronounced on the posterior part of the body. There are
nineteen red and black bands on the body, and an equal number
of the intermediate black ones. On the tail there are 5 bands,
which form quite distinct rings, on the last two of which the red
is absent. The head, including the labials, is dark gray with
small dark mottlings, not well defined, and a narrow black streak
from the postoculars to the angle of the mouth. Ventral surface
grayish white, heavily blotched with black, into which the black
portion of the cross bands runs.

Type, No. 14,977 Academy Coll. From the Davis Mountains,
Jeff Davis county, Texas. Collected by E. Meyenberg.

1901.] = NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613

The snake here described was received alive at the Zoological
Gardens, on October 22, and came from the same locality and
collector as the lately described Coluber subocularis. In propor-
tions and scale formula it comes nearest to O. zonatus Blain.
(= O. pyrrhomelas Cope), but the head is narrower, the snout
more contracted and there are two more rows of scales, while the
peculiar disposition of the dorsal cross bands is quite unlike any
Ophibolus previously known. The species is perhaps intermediate
between O. zonatus and O. leonis Gunth., the type of which came
from Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec. ,

NEW LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Eulota (/#gista) aperta var. trachyderma Pils. and Gude, noy.

Resembling E. aperta in general characters, but smaller, more
depressed, less distinetly angular at the periphery in front; whorls
53 to 5%; base a little more widely umbilicate. Surface densely
clothed with short, crowded, thread-like cuticular processes,
visible only ‘under a lens, and in large part rubbed off of most
specimens. Peristome thin, expanded, porn reflexed below.

Alt. 63, diam. 12 mm,

Alt. 5, diam 10} mm.

Ikoma, Kii. Types No. 82,464, Coll. A. N.S. P, from No. 787
of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Eulota (Euhadra) luhuana var. pachya nov.

A fossil form characterized by the thickness of the large shell,
the somewhat swollen latter third of the base, which is also swollen
immediately around the umbilicus. The peristome is very thick
and heavy, especially along the columellar margin. ‘Traces of a
reddish band above the periphery, and copious opaque-white streaks
and flecks are visible on some specimens. The type measures, alt.
23, diam. 46 mm.

Kikai-ga-shima, Oshima group, Osumi. Types No. 81,921,
Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 682 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.
Eulota luhuana var. nesiotica nov.

In this race the shell is rather small, comparatively smooth and
glossy, with slightly flattened base, passing into the umbilicus in a
regular curve, not in the least angular. Umbilicus much smaller
than in any other known form of /uhuwana, rapidly contracting
within. Yellow, either uniform or with reddish-brown bands
according to the formulz 00300, 00340, 00345.

Alt. 224, diam. 35, diam. of umbilicus 3 mm.; whorls 64.

Alt. 204, diam. 304, diam. of umbilicus 23 mm.; whorls 6.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 736).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615

The absence of any trace of angulation around the umbilicus,
-and the small size of the latter, give this race an appearance of
distinctness.

Clausilia ducalis Kobelt.

This magnificent species was described from a specimen of un-
known locality further than the indefinite interior of Nippon ”’
which served as habitat for Rein’s Japanese collection. The type
is described as yellowish horn-colored, and 36 mm. long, 8 wide,
the aperture 9 mm. long. Mr. Hirase has lately sent specimens
from Miya-mura, in Hida Province, which agree with ducalis in
the brilliant gloss and large apex, but have the last two whorls
dark vinaceous-brown, with a yellow sutural border and sprinkled
with fine yellow dots; the two next earlier whorls are rather bright
yellow, still earlier ones are worn,

Length 324 to 344, diam. 8 mm.

It is a magnificent species,

At Kiyomi-mura, Hida, an interesting variety occurs, the
shell being longer and narrower, less glossy, the surface more
striate, last whorl more cylindric. Color light olivaceous yellow.

Length 35, diam. 61 mm.; whorls 114.

This race I call var. dorcas. Some specimens are shorter, length
283, diam. 64 mm. ; whorls 10.

Truncatella kiusiuensis n. sp.

Shell nearly cylindric, slightly tapering, pale red, composed of
4% whorls, the upper one truncate and plugged. Sculpture of
strong, regular, nearly straight ribs, about 20 on the last whorl.
There is a high, narrow rib behind the outer and basal lips, and
a rounded rib or prominence around the umbilical region. Aper-
ture oval; the inner lip covered with a heayy callus.

Alt. 7, diam. 2.6 mm.

Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 844a). Also Tane-ga-
shima (Hirase, No. 811c).

This is one of the few Old World species of Truncatella in
which there is a rib or crest behind the lip. It differs in this
respect from 7. valida Pfr., which is found in Okinawa or Riukiu
Island. The latter is also larger and has more numerous, smaller
ribs. :

Truneatella Pfeifferi Martens is the only species of the genus

616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

hitherto reported from Japan. It was described from a specimen
or specimens in the Leyden MACE collected by Siebold, and
bearing the locality ‘‘ Japan.’’ It has not been figured, but from
the description it differs from 7. kiusivensis in being shorter and
wider, with the ribs disappearing on the last whorl. No crest or
rib behind the lip is mentioned.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW HELICOID LAND SHELLS FROM JAPAN.
BY G. K. GUDE.

Chloritis (Trichochlorites) pumila n. sp.

Shell imperforate, depressed, dark corneous. Spire flat, apex
obtuse, suture impressed. Whorls 44, convex, increasing slowly
at first, the Jast widening rapidly; very densely covered with very
short bristles, arranged in oblique rows. Last whorl scarcely
descending in front, inflated below. Aperture a little oblique,
rounded lunate, peristome thin, straight; margins distant, united
by a thin callus on the parietal wall. Columellar margin dilated
above, completely covering the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 12, minor 10.5; alt. 9 mm.

Hab.—Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase, No. 735). Type in my
collection.

This makes the third species of Chloritis recorded from Japan.
It differs from both C. oscitans and C. fragilis by its smaller
size, by the completely covered umbilicus and by the bristles being
shorter, stiffer and much more crowded. In the shape of aperture
it is nearest to O. oscitans.

Eulota (#gista) mimuloides n sp.

’ Shell rather narrowly umbilicated, depressed conoid, ruddy
corneous, paler below. Spire depressed, apex obtuse, suture linear.
Whorls 5, closely coiled, increasing very slowly, somewhat flat-
tened above, rounded below, with a thin deciduous cuticle, which
is densely covered with short silky processes, like adnate hairs.
The last whorl angulated at the periphery, scarcely descending in
front. Aperture oblique, subcircular, peristome not thickened, a
little expanded; margins distant, columellar a little dilated above.
Umbilicus rather narrow.

Diam. 7.5, alt. 4.25 mm.

Hab.—Itanami, Omi (Hirase, No. 753).

Allied to Agista mimula, but it is smaller, the spire is more
depressed, the whorls are more closely coiled, the last is less ample,
the umbilicus narrower, and the cuticular processes are more
crowded and smaller.

618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~ [Dec.,

ON THE COMMON BROWN BATS OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA AND
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.

BY S. N. RHOADS.

Examination of a series of skins and skulls and alcoholic speci-
mens of the Florida Brown Bat, in the author's collection and in
the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
shows constant racial differences from typical Eptesicus fuscus of
Philadelphia county. These differences are similar and in the same
degree and direction as those separating the two forms of Red Bat
inhabiting the regions named. The Florida race may be distin-
guished as follows:

Eptesicus fuscus osceola subsp. nova.

Type No. 875, ad. o’, in Coll. of S. N. Rhoads. Taken April
29, 1892, at Tarpon Springs, Fla., by W. S. Dickinson.

Description.—Similar in size and cranial characters to fuseus ;
colors deeper and darker, being of slightly varying shades of cin-
namon brown as contrasted with the bistre and sepia of fuseus.
This character is uniform in a series of eight dry skins which have
never been immersed in a liquid preservative, and is peculiar to
them in a comparison with a similar series of fifteen topotypes of
fuscus.

Measurements of type, made by collector from fresh specimen:
Total length 101 mm.; tail 38 mm.; hind foot 9$ mm. Average
measurements of four topotypes, 113-44-10.6.

The skull of type indicates it to be an old adult, quite as large
as adult skulls of fuseus, but the measurements given by the
collector are less than a normal average. This average corresponds
closely with that of ten specimens of fuscus from Sing Sing, N. Y.,
as given in Miller’s monograph of North American Vespertilionide.

Whether this subspecies is found outside the limits of peninsular
Fjorida I am unable to state. As Miller classes the Eptesicus from
AJabama, Georgia and Mississippi examined by him under fuseus,
I conclude that V. caroliniensis of Geoffroy cannot apply to the
Florida race.

rw

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619

In Miller’s monograph, above cited, all the California Eptesicus
examined by him are classed under fuscus. A specimen in the
author’s collection from the San Bernardino Valley, near San Ber-
nardino, indicates a phase of coloration separating it from typical
fuscus, in a manner such as might be reasonably predicted by any
one having a knowledge of the climatic effect of this locality upon
other mammals thus living on the outskirts of the Mojave Desert
region. It is quite probable that Mr. Herron collected this speci-
men on his ranch, a few miles west of San Bernardino, or in one
of his eastern trips into the edge of the desert. The exact iocality
is not stated on the Jabel. The specimen may be thus charac-
terized:

Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus subsp. nuova.

Type No. 1,247, ad. o, Coll. of 8. N. Rhoads. Taken by R.
B. Herron, May 26, 1898, in the ‘‘ San Bernardino Valley ”’
(near San Bernardino), Cal.

Description.—Size and cranial characters as in Eptesieus fuscus
typicus.

Color.—Pallid bistre above, brownish drab below; the hairs
below being unicolor nearly to their roots, and those above darken-
ing slightly only in the basilar fourth of their length. In fusews
the upper body hairs are darkly sooty for more than half their
basilar length, the brown tips not concealing the dark under-fur.
Wing membranes and ears in bernardinus very dark.

Measurements of type: Total length 114 mm,; tail 51 mm.;
hind foot ?; alar extent 304 mm. These measurements were
made by the collector before skinning the specimen.

A series of four specimens from the same collector taken in
the ‘‘San Bernardino Mts.’’ in September, 1898, shows that the
mountain form is inseparable from fuscus ; one of these, however, is
a perfect intergrade. Bernardinus differs from peninsule, O.
Thomas, from southern Lower California, in its large size ; penin-
sule appearing to be a distinct species.

620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Deena

MYCTOPHUM PHENGODES IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Myctophum phengodes (Liitken).

S.[copelus] phengodes Liitken, Kongel. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift.
(K¢benhavyn), 6e Reke, VIL (1890-94), 1892, p. 253, fig. 11.

No. 7,987. From the Atlantic Ocean, in 60° N. Lat., between
Greenland and North America. Dr. I. I. Hayes.

Form of the body of the fish elongate and compressed, and
much as in Goode and Bean’s figure (No. 84) of Myctophum
remiger. The greatest depth of the body is about the pectoral
region, and it is contained in the body (excluding caudal) about
4 times.

The head is rather large and about 3? times in the body (with-
out caudal), blunt and compressed. Eyes large and anterior in
position, about 24 in the head, and while less than the greatest
posterior part of the interorbital region they are larger than the
least, or anterior, width of the same. Mouth large, the distal
expanded extremity of the maxillary posterior to the eye for nearly
the length of the snout, and the mouth-cleft itself occupies % the
length of the head. Margin of the preoperculum slopes slightly
posteriorly and forms a slightly convex curve which bulges poste-
riorly. Nostrils directly anterior to the eye and placed laterally
upon the blunt snout. Pseudobranchi large. Gill-rakers long
and slender upon the first arch, some longer than the gill-fila-
ments. Tongue narrow, knobbed, and free anteriorly. Minute
villose teeth upon the jaws.

Origin of the D. nearer the tip of the snout than the base of
the caudal. Base.of D. a little more than 4 the base of the A.
Base of last D. ray over the origin of the A. The P. are long
and pointed, and with their tips extending nearly to the anus and
almost to the medio-lateral photophores. Origin of the V. a little
anterior to the origin of the D. and the tips of the fin extending
to the origin of the A. Adipose D. a little nearer the base of the
caudal than the base of the last D. ray, though the posterior mar-
gin of its own posterior moiety is anterior to the base of the last

es

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 621

A. ray. The least depth of the caudal peduncle is equal to the
anterior interorbital region.

The photophores are as follows: 3 mandibulars on each side of
the mandibles; 2 operculars near the lower part of the margin of
the preoperculum ; 5 thoracic on each side; 4 ventrals on each
side; 8 anals, a gap, then 9 more, in all 17 on each side; 3 pec-
torals on each side; 1 antero-lateral on each side a little posterior,
though above, the bases of the V., but nearer to the latter than to
the lateral line; 3 medio-laterals on each side, forming an oblique
series on each side, the lower a little anterior to the last ventral
photophores, and the uppermost immediately below the lateral line
and in advance of the first anal photophore; a single photophore,
the postero-lateral, almost on the lateral line and above and ante-
rior to the eighth anal photophore; 2 caudals upon each side inferi-
orly, and a single supercaudal at the origin of the rudimentary
caudal rays. The caudal, though somewhat damaged, was forked,
the lobes most likely rounded, and the lower a trifle the larger. The
lateral line consists of a single well-developed pore on each scale of
its course, which is superior, and parallel with the dorsai profile of
the back. Scales 42 (?). Radii of D. 12. Radii of A. 22.

My first impression was to regard this specimen as Myctophum
remiger Goode and Bean, but a careful examination has revealed
the facts mentioned above ; and if, as Goode and Bean contended,
“the arrangement of the luminous spot is of the greatest value
in the classification of these fishes,’’ there can be no reasonable

doubt that it is Liitken’s Scopelus phengodes.

Although the localities where Liitken obtained his examples were
all in southern latitudes, and very remote from that where the
present example was taken, I identify it with the above species
without any hesitation, as it agrees perfectly with the essential
characters given. Specimens from widely remote localities in the
ease of deep-sea and oceanic fishes do not always necessarily form
a barrier to their identity as one and the same species.

That M. phengodes and M. remiger are allied is also evident by
their long P., the large eye and shape of the head, as seen on com-
parison with an example of the latter species.

The example described above is in the collection of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. It po ssesses a median
infero-caudal photophore.

622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee. ,

ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.—V.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The description of Japanese Clausiliide is resumed in the present —
paper. Enough material is now at hand to permit some work
looking beyond merely descriptive treatment, while every sending
from Mr. Hirase adds to the data on one or another of the prob-
lems presented by these intricately constructed creatures. I have
below considered the evolution of the ‘‘ lunella,’’ as shown in some
newly discovered species of Stereophedusa, in which young shells
show a series of distinct palatal folds, like the European tertiary
Clausiliide and the more primitive forms of Eastern Asia, while
old shells have a true lunella. A similar transformation has like-
wise been observed in a Megalophadusa just received. ‘The evi-
dence indicates that the lunella has been independently acquired,
in different phyla, by a process of parallel evolution.

10 1]

Diagrams showing chief modifications of the palatal armature in Hemi-
phedusa: Fig. 1, C. aulacophora ; fig. 2, C. crenilabium ; fig. 3, C. attrita ;
fig. 4, O. hakonensis ; fig. 5, C. hyperolia ; fig. 6, OC. shikokuensis ; fig.
7, C. perignobilis ; fig. 8, C. munus ; fig. 9, C. micropeas ; fig. 11, C.
gracilispira.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 625

I must again express my deep obligation for material to Mr. Y.
Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan. His tireless researches, critical eye for
detecting species, and exactness in recording localities are worthy
of high commendation. Without these qualities the new and
relatively exact literature of Japanese land mollusks would not
exist.

Section HEMIPHADUSA Boettger.

The system of groups set forth by Dr. Boettger in the Clau-
silienstudien, while sufficient at that time, is quite inadequate for
the classification of the great number of Chinese and Japanese
species now known. For Japanese species my studies lead me to
adopt the arrangement offered below. The clausilium in all the
groups is rounded or tapering at the end, and not thickened or
only slightly so.

«.—Inferior lamella spirally ascending within, visible in a front
view, receding less deeply than in other Hemipheduse ; shell
rather large ; superior lamella continuous with the spiral.
6.—Interlamellar space corrugated; lunella united to the mid-
dle of a lower palatal plica, contiguous to or united with
an upper palatal plica near the middle (fig. 2).
Clausilium pgp below, recurved and spoutlike at
the apex, . ._. Group of C. ptychochila.
*,—Interlamellar space smooth; lunella curving inward above,
united below to the middle of the lower palatal plica
(figs. 3, 4). Clausilium narrowly tongue-shaped,
Group of C. platyauchen.
«w.—Inferior lamella receding, inconspicuous or not visible in a
front view.
6.—Several palatal plicee; no lunella (fig. 11),
Group of C. validiuscula.
b'.—A short or rudimentary lunella below one or two palatal
plice; no lower palatal plica (figs. 9, 10),
Group of C. sublunellata.
b*.—A lunella developed.
c.—No palatal plice; plica principalis subobsolete or
wanting; superior lamella separated from the
spiral Jamella (fig. 5), . Group of C. hyperolia.
c'. —Superior continuous with the spiral lamella; principal
plica well developed ; an upper palatal plica present.
Clausilium eurved, concave on the inner face.
d.—Lunella bow-shaped (fig. 6) or J-shaped (fig. 7),
united to the upper palatal plica, curved in-
ward below; superior and spiral lamellie united,
Group of C. awajiensis.

624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

d°’,—Lunella slightly curving inward below, not united
above with the upper palatal plica (fig. 8).
Clausilium rapidly tapering to the mucronate

apex, . - Group of C. munus.
d‘',—Lunella straight, joined to the waTdals of the
upper and lower palatal plic, like the letter

I (fig. 1),. . . Group of C. aulacophora.
c,—Superior and spiral lamellee contiguous or separated ;
lunella curving inward below, joining the short
palatal plica above. Clausilium same straight
and flat, rounded at the apex, Group of C. Pinto.

A somewhat different sequence of groups would result from using
the characters of the clausilium for the primary divisions, but
while probably more natural, such an arrangement would be more
difficult in practical use. The clausilium is variously specialized
in the groups of C. ptychochila, C. munus and C. Pinto, much
alike in the other groups. The only species, so far as I know, not
provided for in the above key is C. platydera, which belongs with-
out doubt to the platyauchen group, but has the receding and
straightened inferior lamella of the other division; but there are
also some forms partially intermediate between the groups of C.
validiuscula, CO. sublunellata and C. aulaeophora, and further
knowledge will doubtless reveal various other intermediate species.
The group of C. validiuseula is probably a composite one.

Group of C. sublunellata.
Clausilia sericina var. rhopalia noy.

Shell rimate, fusiform, rather obese below, the upper half atten-
uated; pale yellow; very finely striate throughout, the sculpture not
coarser on the last whorl. Outlines concave above, the apex
obtuse.. Whorls 10, moderately convex, the last compressed Jater-
ally. Aperture ovate, somewhat oblique; peristome continuous,
white, reflexed and thickened, the upper margin in contact with
preceding whorl. - Superior lamella oblique, marginal, continuous
with the spiral lamella which ascends to the middle of the ventral
side. Inferior lamella thick and forming a rather conspicuous
fold deep in the aperture, straightly ascending within, and pene-
trating as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar Jamella deeply
immersed, terminating about a half whorl within. Principal plica
visible deep in the throat, ascending to a lateral position. Upper

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 625

palatal plica narrow, oblique, lateral, well separated from the
straight, oblique, low and narrow lunella. Lower palatal plica
subobsolete or wanting.

Length 18.3, diam. 4.3 mm.

Length 17, diam. 4.3 mm.

Clausilium very narrow, parallel-sided, a little excised on the
palatal side of the apex.

Mikuriya, Suruga. Types No. 82,298 Coll. A. N.S. P., from
No. 7866 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This somewhat club-shaped form is noticeable for its fine stria-
tion and pale color. The narrow lunella is longer than in other
species of the group which I have seen. C. sericina, which has
not been figured nor very fully described, seems to be its nearest
relative.

Group of C. awajiensis.

This group comprises Hemipheduse in which the lateral or
latero-dorsal Junella is J-shaped or bow-shaped, its upper end
being united to the middle, or sometimes to the lower end, of a
short upper palatal plica, the lower end curving inward. The
clausilium is typical of Hemiphedusa, being parallel-sided, not
oblique or thickened at the distal end, and usually it is emarginate
on the columellar side of the filament.

The species are numerous on Shikoku Island, and will probably
prove difficult to limit when more localities are explored and fur-
ther slightly differentiated races come to light. Others are known
from Awaji, western Nippon and Kiushiu. None have come to
my hands from middle or northern Nippon, or from Yesso.

Species with J-shaped lunella: C. awajiensis Pils., C. perigno-
bilis and var. kochiensis Pils., C. ischna and var. neptis Pils., C.
subaurantiaca Pils., C. harimensis Pils. and C. higoensis Pils.

Species with bow-shaped lunella: C. ignobilis Sykes, C. shiko-
kuensis Pils.

Clausilia higoensis Pilsbry. Pl. XXXV, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, p. 499 (October 2, 1901).

Distinct by its inflated shell, attenuated above, and with a more
or less developed wave or crest behind the outer lip. In some speci-
mens this is strongly developed (P]. XX XV, fig. 3), much as in

40

626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

C. oxyeyma; in others (fig. 4) it is hardly noticeable; but there
are intermediate specimens.

The type locality is not Midumate, as at first announced, but
Minamata, Higo. The specimens figured are from that place.
Perfectly similar forms have been sent from Togo, Satsuma, No.
760 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Clausilia ischna Pilsbry. Pl. XX XV, figs. 15, 16.

Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LIII, p. 500 (October 2,
1901).

Shell rimate, fusiform, very slender, the length about jive times
the diameter, attenuated above, brown or pale brown, somewhat
glossy, finely striate, more coarsely so behind the lip. Whorls
114, moderately convex, the last somewhat flattened above, having
a low swelling some distance behind the lip, a little produced for-
ward. Aperture piriform, small, slightly oblique. Superior
lamella rather strong, marginal, slightly oblique, continuous with
the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella receding, not visible in a
front view, but in oblique view seen to be quite strong; straightly
ascending within the last whorl, and giving off a distinct branch
toward the spiral lamella; its spiral portion weak, shorter and
much lower than the spiral lamella, reaching inward to a ventra
position. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed, its lower end
barely visible or not visible within the aperture. Principal plica
visible in the throat, extending inward a little past a lateral posi-
tion. Lunella lateral, straight and joining the middle of a very
short upper palatal plica above, curving strongly inward below.
Peristome reflexed, continuous, emarginate at the termination of
the superior lamella.

Clausilium long and parallel-sided, deeply emarginate on the
columellar side of the filament.

Length 16.5, diam. 3.3, length of aperture 3 mm.

Length 15.7, diam. 3 mm.

Kochi, Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 657a).
Types No. 81,580 Coll. A. N.S. P.

The somewhat stouter, paler var. neptis is similar to C. isehna
internally.

This species is more slender than any other knoayn member of
the group of C. awajiensis, and has more whorls. The closing
apparatus is similar to that of several other species of the group.
It differs from C. subaurantiaca from Deyai, Nagato, in the follow-

beeen Z

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 627

ing respects: The surface is more coarsely striate; the last whorl
does not have a convex belt above the position of the principal
plica, and has more of a swelling on its latter portion; the spire
has one more whorl. It remains to be seen whether intergrades
exist between this species from Shikoku and subawrantiaca from
the Province of Nagato in western Nippon. They are certainly
closely related.

troup of CO. Pinto.

Small, solid Hemipheduse with the clausilium unusually straight
and flat, rounded or a little tapering at the apex, abruptly bent
near the filament and emarginate or excised on the columellar side
thereof. Superior lamella contiguous to or separated from the
spiral lamella, which is short, barely reaching the ventral side.
Inferior lamella deeply receding, straightened and strong inside.

This group has some affinity to Zaptyx in both shell and claus-
ilium, but it has not the accessory lamellee and plicz of that sec-
tion. It is not closely related to other Hemiphzedusan groups.

Two species, from the islands Tane-ga-shima and Yaku-shima,
are known: C. Pinto, in which the last whorl is normal, and C.
ptychocyma, which has a wave or crest and several strong wrinkles
behind the outer lip.

Clausilia Pinto Pilsbry. Pl. XXXYV, figs. 12, 13, L1.
Pilsbry, these Proceedings, Vol. LILI, p. 501 (October 2, 1901).

Shell very small, fusiform, solid and strong, flesh-colored,
weakly marked with slight growth-wrinkles, eroded in irregular
spots. Spire regularly tapering to a rather small apex. Whorls
about 8, the last without crest or other conspicuous sculpture
behind the lip. Aperture small, squarish-ovate, the lip somewhat
reflexed, very thick, white, hardly free above. Superior lamella
marginal, contiguous to the spiral lamella, which penetrates barely
to the ventral side. Inferior lamella very deeply receding, high
and stout within the last whorl, subvertically ascending, a trifle
sinuous, extending inward as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolu-
mellar lamella emerging. Principal plica less than a half whorl
long, extending shortly beyond the lunella. Lunella lateral,
straight and joining a short upper palatal plica above, curving well
inward and ending in a slight nodule below.

Length 9.5, diam. 2.6 mm.

Length 8.5, diam. 2.3 mm.

628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Clausilium (PI. XX XV, fig. 13) remarkably straight, rounded
at the apex, abruptly bent near the filament, and very deeply ex-
cised on the columellar side of the latter.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi, in the northeastern group of the Riukiu
Islands. Types No. 82,553 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 663 of
Mr. Hirase’s collection.

A smaller species than C. ptychocyma, with the last whorl plain
and normal, not strongly sculptured, as C. ptychocyma is. The
solid, smoothish shell, short spiral and columellar lamellx, and
peculiarly flat clausilium are the same in both species.

At the time I wrote a preliminary account of the Tane-ga-shima
and Yaku-shima snails these points of relationship were not °
appreciated, and I took a wrong view of the affinities of C. pinta.
Clausilia ptychocyma Pilsbry. Pl. XXXYV, figs. 7, 8, 9.

Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LILI, p. 501 (October 2).

Shell obesely fusiform, rather acutely tapering above, buff or in
part pale reddish, extremely solid and thick, weakly striate,
almost smooth. Whorls 9, the latter part of the last whorl having
a strong wave or crest, accompanied by several smaller but strong
wrinkles, behind and parallel to the outer lip. Aperture small,
squarish-oyate, the peristome slightly expanded, thick, hardly
free above. Superior lamella Jow and small but stout, separated
from the spiral lamella, which runs inward barely to the ventral
side. Inferior lamella very deeply receding, strong and obliquely
ascending inside, penetrating as far as the spiral lamella. Sub-
columellar lamella immersed, its lower end visible in an oblique
view in the aperture, sometimes very weakly emerging. Principal
plica rather short, visible deep in the throat and extending shortly
past the lunella. Lunella lateral, weak, straight above, curving
inward below and joining or contiguous to a very short, nodule-
like lower palatal plica.

Length 11, diam. 5 mm.

Clausilium (Pl. XXXY, fig. 10) parallel-sided, remarkably
straight in profile, tapering on both sides and slightly acuminate
below, excised on the columellar side of the filament.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi. Types No. 81,932, Coll. A. N.S. P.,
from No. 664a of Mr Hirase’s collection.

An exceedingly solid little Clausilia, quite unlike C. tanega-
shime in its immersed or nearly immersed subcolumellar lamella,

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 629

and especially in the clausilium, which is unusually straight and
not in the least oblique at the apex.
Clausilia ptychocyma var. yakushime Filsbry. Pl. XXXV, fig. 11.
Pilsbry, J. ¢.
Yaku-shima, Osumi. Types No. 81,934 Coll. A. N. S. P.,
from No. 6646 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Section TYRANNOPHEDUSA Pilsbry.

Clausilium obliquely truncate distally, the columellar side of the
apex slanting, strongly thickened along the inner face. Shell
haying the superior and spiral Jamelle contiguous or separated,
the inferior lamella deeply receding, straight or obliquely ascend-
ing inside; spiral and columellar lamella usually continued within
past the ventral side; lunella united to both upper and lower
palatal plicee or separated from the upper plica, usually latero-ventral
or ventral in position. Type C. mikado Pils.

The characters of this section were only imperfectly perceived
when it was originally proposed last year. Further investigation
shows it to be quite distinct from Hemiphedusa (which resembles
it in the receding inferior lamella), by the oblique and thickened
end of the clausilium. Moreover, the lamelle extend further
inward, the closing apparatus retreats more deeply: there is often
a crest on the neck parallel to the outer lip, and in some species
the lip is plicate in the subcolumellar region, and there may be
interlamellar folds.

The section includes three groups of species, distinguished as
follows:

a.—A strong crest behind the outer lip, Group of C. tanegashime.
a’.—No distinct crest.

b.—Lunella curving inward above (conerescent with the outer

end of the upper palatal plica), Group of C. bilabrata.

6’. —Lunella straight; together with the palatal plicee forming

an I-shaped barrier, or separated from the upper pala-
talsplica iim) 0s co miGrouprof Os mukado.

Group of C. bilabrata.

Tyrannopheeduse of ordinary form, with the clausilium oblique
and thickened at the apex, excised on the columellar side of the fila-
ment. Superior and spiral lamellze separated or nearly so, the
spiral and inferior extending inward to or past the ventral side.

630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Inferior Jamella obliquely or somewhat spirally ascending within.
Subcolumellar lamella emerging, usually in a group of lip-folds.

Lunella ventral or lateral, rather straight above, united below to
a lower palatal plica. No upper palatal plica.

The oblique end of the clausilium, disconnected superior and
spiral lamellie, and frequent development of a group of lip-fold’
are the chief characters of this group. It differs from the mikado
group by the absence of an upper palatal plica and the discontinu-
ous superior and spiral lamellze. The plication of the lip in the
region of the inferior and subeolumellar Jamelle varies from
strongly developed to obsolete in each of the species known
among individuals from most localities.

a.—Peristome notched on the left side of the superior lamella.

Shell obese below, the upper, attenuated portion thick, api-

cal whorl large; length about 15 mm., . C. surugensis-

a’,—Peristome not notched or emarginate near the superior lamella.

b.--Early whorls almost always self-amputated in adults.

Length 17-25 mm., dependent upon the number of

whorls retained, as well as upon the size of the indi-

vidual; diam. 44-6 mm., . . . . C. bilabrata.

b*.—Apex entire; shell slender, acutely tapering above, the
first whorl minute; length 12-15, diam. 3-34 mm.,

C. Oscariana.

Clausilia bilabrata Smith. Pl. XXXVI, figs. 17-24.
Clausilia bilabrata E. A. Smith, Quarterly Journ. of Conchology, I,
p- 120. Boettger, Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 103, with var.
ptycholama, P1.4, fig. 6. Kobelt, t. ¢., p. 96, P1.9, fig. 12. Mdllen-
dorff, Nachr’bl. d. D. Malak. Ges., 1900, p. 109.

As no good illustration of this species has appeared, it is figured
here for comparison with the two new forms of the same group,
and to show the local variations.

The shell is strong, almost always truncate and plugged in
adults, 7 to 10 whorls usually remaining. It varies in. color from
straw-yellow to rather dark brown. It is very finely striate,
attenuated above, the last whorl laterally compressed. Aperture
ovate, the peristome reflexed and well thickened, very shortly free
above, usually but not always corrugated by several or many folds
grouped around the subcolumellar lamella. The superior lamella
is marginal, rather small, and separated from or sometimes almost
continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates past the ven-
tral side. The inferior lamella recedes very deeply, is not visible

1901. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 631

from the mouth, except for a slender continuation across the lip
parallel with the subcolumellar lamella in most specimens, but
often wanting. It ascends rather straightly but obliquely inside,
and continues inward as far as the spiral lamella. The principal
plica is almost-a whorl long, approaching the aperture, and con-
tinued within past the ventral side. The lunella is latero-ventral
or almost ventral, oblique, almost straight, but curved a trifle
inward above, and connected with a strong lower palatal plica very
near its inner end.

The clausilium (Pl. XXXVI, figs. 20, 21) is parallel-sided,
very obliquely cut off and thickened on the columellar side of the
apex. It is deeply emarginate or excised on the columellar side
of the filament.

I have received specimens from the following localities: Nippon
—Kobé, Setsu; Takaya, Bitchu; Toyonishikami, Nagato. Sen-
gan, Awaji. Shikoku: Ushirogawa and Okinoshima, Tosa.
Kiushiu: Fukuregi and Yatsushiro, Higo.

The distribution of C. bilabrata includes southwestern Nippon,
Awaji and Shikoku Islands, Kiushiu and the Iki Islands; the
latter locality on the authority of Dr. O. von Mollendorff, who
records specimens collected by Fruhstorfer,

While there is some variation from place to place, I do not see
grounds for the definition of any races or subspecies, except the
yariety defined by Boettger, which I have not seen. The degree
of plication of the right margin of the peristome is subject to wide
individual variation in @. bilabrata, C. Oscariana and CG. suru-
gensis.

Specimens from Kobé are pale colored, retain 74-9 whorls, and
either have the right margin plain, except for the emerging inferior
and subcolumellar lamelle (fig. 17), or many-folded (fig. 19).
They measure between, alt. 22.5, diam. 5.5 mm., whorls §, and
alt. 20, diam. 4.8 mm., whorls 8. At Takaya, Bitchu, the shells
are larger, and vary from a single emerging Jamella, the subcol-
umellar. to three or four folds. Alt. 25, diam. 5.8 mm., whorls
833 alt. 21, diam. 6 mm., whorls 73. They are corroded, and
more or less clothed with green algze on the back (figs. 23, 24).

Toyonishikami, Nagato. Dark reddish-brown, with the lunella
decidedly /atero-ventral, and the principal plica shorter; lip with
numerous folds. Alt. 23.5, diam. 5.6 mm., whorls 94,

632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Senzan, Awaji. Like Kobé shells, but sometimes smaller. Alt.
20, diam. 5 mm., whorls 8; alt. 17, diam. 4.5 mm., whorls 74.

Okinoshima, Tosa. Specimens like those from Kubé, but the
lip is sometimes appressed, not free above, and the superior lamella
searcely marginal. Plication of the subcolumellar region variable.

Ushirogawa, Tosa. Slightly smaller than Kobé shells and, like
the preceding lot, more opaque, the lunella not visible from the
outside.

One specimen, sent at a different time from this locality (PI.
XXXVI, fig. 22), retains the apex perfect, is reddish-brown,
slightly translucent, and has a much shorter principal plica, ex-
tending but a short distance beyond the lunella. There are 15
whorls, the earlier ones translucent-white. Length 25.5, diam.
5,9 mm.

Fukuregi, Higo, Kiushiu. Rather small, with few or many
subcolumellar plications. Alt. 19, diam. 5 mm., whorls 9.

Yatsushiro, Higo. Larger than the preceding; peristome often
somewhat more solute than in Kobé shells, and the mouth a little
narrower. Alt. 2.4, diam. 5 mm., whorls 104; alt. 21, diam.
5 mm., whorls 84.

Clausilia plicilabris var. ptycholema Boettger.

‘*Shell larger, more distinctly striate, the last whorl more
strongly rib-striate. Aperture longer, the peristome less calloused
and reflexed. Length (decollate) 203-274, diam. 53-6? mm.”’

‘* Seluchi, between Hiuga and Bugo’’ (Rein).

Clausilia Oscariana Pilsbry. Pl. XXXVI, figs. 30, 31.

Pilsbry, in these Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LILI, p. 499 (October 2,
1901).

Shell rimate, fusiform, rather acutely attenuated above, the
early whorls retained in adults; dingy brown; finely striate.
Whorls 104 to 114, slightly convex, the last perceptibly constricted
behind the lip. Aperture ovate-piriform, the sinulus a little
retracted; peristome very shortly free above, not emarginate at
the position of the superior lamella, reflexed and thickened, crossed
by several folds (sometimes subobsolete) in the vicinity of the sub-
columellar lamella. Superior lamella marginal, rather low,
slightly oblique, widely separated from the spiral lamella, the latter
reaching a ventral position within. Inferior lamella very deeply
receding, scarcely visibie from the mouth, extending inward nearly

a al

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635

as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to
the lip-edge, several folds usually grouped around it. Principal
plica strong, reaching from the dorsal to the ventral side.
Lunella lateral, strong, slightly curving inward above, united
below to the lower palatal fold near its inner end.

Length 14.7, diam. 3.5 mm.

Length 12, diam. 3 mm.

Fukuregi, Province Higo, Kiushiu. Types No. 81,930 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 674 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Related to C. bilabrata Smith, but only about half as large,
with fewer whorls, not subject to truncation, and more attenuated
above. The lunella is more lateral. In C. surugensis the spire
is much less slender. Named in honor of Dr. Oscar Boettger.
Clausilia surugensis u.sp. Pl. XXXVI, figs. 25, 26, 27.

Shell rimate, obese below, attenuated above, whitish under a pale
brownish-yellow cuticle, which is mainly eroded from the specimens
examined; finely striate. Whorls 10, the first rather large, next
three or four scarcely increasing in diameter, the last two or three
whorls quite swollen. Aperture piriform with rather distinct
sinulus, peristome narrowly reflexed and thickened, varying from
nearly smooth to densely plicate along the columellar margin ;
notched to the left of the superior lamella. Superior lamella rather
small, a more or less distinet groove on each side of it, and a very
small fold or lamella close to it on the left; not continuous with the
spiral lamella, the latter continued inward past the ventral side.
Inferior lamella very deeply receding, strongly spiral within, con-
tinuing inward as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella
emerging. Principal plica a half whorl long, extending from a
dorsal to a ventral position. The lunella is subventral, curves in-
ward above, and is weakly united with, or slightly separated from,
the middle of a rather Jong, oblique, lower palatal plica.

Length 15, diam. 3.7 mm.

Length 14.3, diam. 3.8 mm.

Clausilium (Pl. XXXVI, figs. 28, 29) oblique and somewha
thickened at the apex, a little excised or emarginate on the colu-
mellar side of the filament.

Mikuriya, Suruga. Types No. 81,902 Coll. A. N.S. P., from
Mr. Hirase’s No. 688.

This species is much smaller than C. bilabrata, which is not

~

634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

known from so far north or northeast. It is more attenuated
above, and the peristome is notched on the left side of the termi-
nation ot the superior lamella.

Group of C. tanegashime.

Solid and strong Tyrannopheduse with the clausilium oblique
and thickened distally, the superior lamella separated from the
spiral lamella, which penetrates past the ventral side, accompanied
by the inferior lamella; Junella subventral; subcolumellar lamella
strongly emerging. There is a strong vidge or crest behind the
outer lip, parallel with it.

Similar to the group of ©. bilabrata in internal structure, but
differing in the crest behind the lip. Species are known from the
northeastern group of Riukiu Islands, and from southern Kiushiu.
Species two: C. oxycyma, with a distinet upper palatal plica devel-
oped, length 14 mm., and C. tanegashime, which has the upper
palatal plica represented only by an inward bend of the upper end
of the Junella, length 16-183 mm.

Clausilia oxycyma u.sp. PI. XXXVII, figs. 35, 36, 37, 38.

Shell rimate, fusiform, rather slender, attenuated above, glossy,
rather dark red-brown when unworn; finely striate, a little more
coarsely so on the last whorl. Whorls 9% to nearly 11, moderately
convex, the last three whorls of almost equal diameter, last whorl
compressed laterally, tapering, rising into a strong, rather acute
ridge or crest a short distance behind the lip and parallel with it.
Aperture piriform, slightly oblique, brown within; peristome nar-
rowly reflexed, continuous, white, scarcely emarginate at the posi-
tion of the superior lamella. Superior lamella small, marginal,
slightly oblique, not continuous with the spiral lamella. Spiral
lamella very high within, of equal length with the inferior lamella,
both continuing past a ventral position. Inferior lamella very
deeply receding, twisted within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging
to the lip-edge, bounded by grooves. Principal plica strong,
reaching from the dorsal to the ventral side. Lunella latero-ven-
tral, oblique, joining the middle of strong, rather Jong, oblique,
upper and lower palatal plicze.

Length 14, diam. 3 to 34 mm.

Clausiliug (Pl. XXXVII, figs. 41, 42) moderately curved, the

1901. ] . NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635

distal end very oblique and thickened on the columellar side, the
proximal end emarginate on the columellar side of the filament.
The middle of the palatal margin projects.

Kagoshima, Satsuma, in southern Kiushiu. Types No. 81,925
Coll. A. N.S. P., from Mr. Y. Hirase’s No. 695.

Similar to C. tanegashime and C. ptychocyma in the strong crest
behind the outer lip, but different from both in palatal armature.
No other Japanese species has any similar structure of the last
whorl.

Clausilia tanegashime Pilsbry. Pl]. XXXVU, figs. 32, 33, 34.
Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LIII, p. 500 (October 2).

Shell fusiform, rather acutely tapering above, very solid, some-
what glossy, brown, very weakly striate except the last whorl.
Whorls about 104, moderately convex, the last having a strong,
acute ridge or crest a short distance behind the outer and basal
lips. Aperture ovate-piriform. the sinulus a trifle retracted; peris-
tome reflexed, somewhat thickened, very shortly free or almost
adnate above. Superior lamella small, vertical, marginal, widely
separated from the spiral lamella, the latter extending inward past
the ventral side. Inferior lamella emerging in a slender cord
parallel to the subcolumellar lamella, otherwise very deeply reced-
ing, within very strong and obliquely ascending, penetrating as far
as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-
edge, bounded by grooves. Principal plica about a half-whorl
long, extending from a dorsal position (visible within the throat)
to just past the lunella. Lunella well developed, subventral, some-
what curved inward above, connected below with the inner end of
a Jong oblique lower palatal plica.

Length 18.5, diam. 4.2 mm.

Length 16, diam. 4 mm.

Length 16.2, diam. 3.7 mm.

The eclausilium (Pl. XX XVII, figs. 39, 40) is similar to that of
C. bilabrata, being oblique and thickened at the apex, and excised
on the columellar side of the filament.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi, Northeastern Group of the Riukiu Islands.

Types No. 81,933 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 662 of Mr.
Hirase’s collection. Also occurs on Yakushima, No. 6620 of Mr.
Hirase’s collection.

This is a much larger species than C. ptychocyma, with emerging

636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

subeolumellar lamella and sharper, higher crest behind the outer
lip. ©. oxyeyma scarcely differs from tanegashime externally
except in its smaller size, but it has a well developed upper palatal
plica, which is represented in tanegashime by only a short inward
bend of the lunella. The palatal margin of the clausilium is
straight in C. tanegashime.

Specimens from Yaku-shima agree with those of Tane-ga-shima
in solidity and size. The lunella is low above and its inward bend
above, though low, is rather pliciform. I did not receive these
specimens until recently, or I would have named the species
differently, since it proves to extend beyond Tane-ga-shima.

Group of C. mikado.

This group is well developed in the provinces about the upper
(eastern) end of the Inland Sea. Probably ©. plicilabris A.
Ad., described from Tanabe, Kii, will prove to belong here, near
C. aurantiaca and the following species. I formerly thought it
might be identical with C. bilabrata Smith.

Clausilia orthatracta n.sp. Pl. XX XVII, figs. 44, 45, 46.

Shell rimate, slenderly and straightly fusiform, rather solid, of
a pale brown tint. Surface lusterless, finely striate, the strise per-
ceptibly coarser, though still fine and close, on the latter part of
the last whorl. The upper whorls are almost smooth from wear in
the specimens seen. Spire nearly straight-sided, attenuated and
nearly cylindric above, the apex rather large. Whorls 12, the
earlier convex, the later ones flattened, last whorl compressed later-
ally, noticeably constricted behind the lip, especially near and at
the base; and there is generally a stronger riblet where the expan-
sion of the lip begins (fig. 45). Aperture oblique, retracted at
the base and sinulus, piriform and small. The peristome is con-
tinuous and stands forward free from the preceding whorl; is white,
thickened, expanded and reflexed, weakly emarginate at the posi-
tion of the superior lamella or not noticeably so. Superior lamella
marginal, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella, which is low
at first, but rises high in the region of the closing apparatus, and
penetrates inward past the aperture to a lateral position on the
left side. The inferior lamella recedes deeply, though the lower
end continues to the lip-edge. It is straightened within, and pene-

—_——

{901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637

trates nearly or quite as deeply as the spiral lamella. The sub-
columellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge, is bounded by grooves,
and there is sometimes some weak crenation of the lip below it.
The principal plica approaches the lip, and is about one whorl
long. The narrow, straight lunella stands in a ventro-lateral
position, and is connected above and below with short but higher
upper and lower palatal plice (fig. 46).

Length 16, diam. nearly 3, length of aperture 3 mm.

Length 15, diam. 3, length of aperture 3.2 mm.

The clausilium (fig. 43) resembles that of C. oxycyma; the
palatal edge being a little swollen in the middle. The distal end
is oblique and strongly thickened, as usual.

Akasaka, Province Mino, Japan. Types No. 82,273 Coll.
A. N.S. P., from No. 748 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This Tyrannophedusa stands between C. aurantiaca Bttg. and C.
iotaptyx Pils. It is more slender than either, and differs from
them in the shape of the spire and the relatively smaller aperture.

Compared with C. aurantiaca var. hypoptychia Pils., the present
species is seen to differ in the straighter lateral outlines and larger

apex.
Section STEREOPH.EDUSA Bttg.

This section comprises four groups of species: The group of C.
valida, restricted to the middle Riukiu Islands;’ the group of C.
japonica, known from Nippon and Shikoku; the group of C.
brevior, now known from Nippon, Kiushiu and the Riukiu Islands,
and the group of C. entospira, containing a single species from
Tane-ga-shima,

The group of C. japonica includes the following large species :

1. C. japonica Crosse. Synonyms of the typical form are C.
kobensis Smith and C. nipponensis Kobelt. There cannot
be much doubt that C. ewrystoma v. Mart. is a pathologic
individual of the same.

A var. pallens has been distinguished by von Mollendorff,
and [ have defined var. interplicata. There remain several
other more or less well-marked races, which it seems to me
inadvisable to name until their distribution can be more fully
studied. In Idzumo Province a large, dark race occurs, which

1 These Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LIII, p. 410. elt piste

638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

agrees with C. Hilgendorfi v. Mart. in everything except
the sutura] plica which is said to characterize that species.
2. C. Hilgendorfi y. Mart. Probably a subspecies of C. japonica.
3. C. oostoma v. MOll. I have considered my C. japonica var.
suruge to be this species. The latter has a synonym, C-
eurystoma subsp. brachyptychia Mlldft.
4. C. subjaponica Pils.

The group of C. brevior consists of smaller species, of which the
first two, from the middle part of Nippon, have no lunella, while
in C. Stearnsii, Addisoni, Jacobiana and hondana a lunella is
developed, at least in some individuals.

. C. brevior v. Mart. Includes C. tetraptya Mlldff.
6. C. nikkoensis Mldft.

7. C. hondana Pils.

. Stearnsii Pils.

| Jacobiana Pils.

Addisoni Pils.

. stereoma Pils. with varieties nugax and cognata.

I have elsewhere described and figured C hondana and C.
Stearnsii. C. nikkoensis I have not yet seen. The other species of
the brevior group are described below.

In the typical Stereopheduse there are either several palatal
plice, or only the upper and lower. In C. hondana, Addisoni,
Stearnsti, Jacobiana and stereoma a low, straight lunella stands
between the upper and lower plic. This lunella, in fully adult
individuals, is a smooth ridge, without higher points or irregulari-
ties; but in some individuals, viewed from the outside, a row of
short light markings is seen,*as though a series of palatal plice
stood in place of the lunella. When this is not obvious from the
outside, it appears when the shell-wal! and lunella are viewed by
transmitted light. This indicates local differences in the substance
of the shell, affecting its refracting qualities; and it occurred to
me that a row of plicz is first formed, and subsequently the spaces
between them are filled in. Upon examining specimens of C.
Jacobiana not quite mature, in which the peristome was not fully
formed, I found that this was what actually takes place. Such
shells have no lunella whatever, but in its place a series of four or
five short plicee (P]. XX XIX, fig. 68).

These facts indicate that the ancestral Stereopheduse had a

on
Q

RAARQR

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639

palatal armature of short palatal plies, precisely similar to the
structure still extant in certain other groups, Megalophedusa for
instance. This became modified in two modes: (1) The interme-
diate plice degenerated, resulting in such forms as typical C.
japonica, in which only the upper and lower plice remain, or (2)
the intermediate plicze coalesced to form a Junella.

That the loss of an even series of plicze has been a very recent
one in Stereophedusa is indicated hy several facts. In species
which normally have but two palatal plie sometimes individuals
or races occur in which small intermediate plicze are developed ;’
and in species with a lunella, the earlier structure of a row of
plice is perfectly developed in the stage of growth immediately
preceding the adult stage.

Incidentally I may observe that the perplexing structural varia-
tion I formerly recorded in describing C. hondana is at least par-
tially explained by what I find to occur in the Stereopheduse of
Kiushiu and Tane-ga-shima. J was dealing with a small series of
shells, part of which were not absolutely mature.

Clausilia brevior v. Martens. Pl. XX XVIII, figs. 47, 48, 49, 50, 51.

Von Martens. Sitzungsberichte der Ges. Naturforsch. Freunde in Ber-
lin, 1877, p. 109. Kobelt, Fauna Moll. Extramar. Jap., p. 78, Pl. 9,
fig. 4 (bad).

C. tetraptyx v. Méllendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soe. Beng., LI, p. 7, Pl, 1, fig.
7 (1882); 1885, p. 61.

This species is not recognizably figured in Kobelt’s work. For
the purpose of more exact comparison with (©. Addisoni, a fuller
account of the species than has been published is given below.

The shell is thin, obesely fusiform, much attenuated and con-
cave-sided near the apex, the last three whorls inflated, the last
half of the last whorl more or less compressed, often conspicuously
narrower than the preceding whorl, as in the ‘‘ nipponensis’’ form
of C. japonica. Pale yellowish brown; sharply, very obliquely
striate or rib-striate. Whorls about 94, the apex minute, but the
following whorl disproportionately large; next few whorls very
slowly increasing. Aperture squarish-ovate, the peristome ex-
panded, somewhat reflexed, thickened and white, hardly free
above, the upper margin parallel to the sutures. Superior lamella
thin and high, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella which

? The evidence of this will be presented in a future paper dealing with the
C. japonica group of Stereophedusa.

640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dee...

penetrates to or past the middle of the ventral side. Inferior
lamella approaching the superior, forming a strong, subhorizontal
fold; inside it ascends with a broad spiral trend, and penetrates
nearly or quite as far as the superior lamella. The subcolumellar
lamella emerges to the lip-edge. The principal plica is visible
deep in the throat and ascends to a Jatero-ventral position. Pala-
tal plice three or four, the first and fourth long, oblique ; the
second shorter; third very small or wanting, leaving a space.

Length 14 to 17, diam. 4 mm. (Von Martens’ type).

Length 17.2, diam. 4.3 mm.; length 14, diam. 4 mm.; length
13.4, diam. 3.5 mm.; specimens from Tokyo.

Length 14.5, diam. 4.1 mm.; length 12, diam. 3.5 mm.;
specimens from Nikko.

Length 17, diam. 3.7 to 4 mm.; specimen from Numazu,
Suruga.

Clausilium (Pl. XX XVIII, figs. 52, 53) short and wide, broadest
below, strongly arcuate, a little tapering and thickened at the
apex, somewhat excised on the columellar side of the filament.

Misaki, Sagami, at the mouth of the Bay of Tokyo (Hilgen-
dorf, type locality); Ashima, Izu (Hirase); Yokohama (B.
Schmacker); Tokyo (F. Stearns); Nikko, Shimotsuke (Loomis);
Fujisawa (Hungerford, type locality of C. tetraptyx); Numazu,
Suruga (Hirase).

The small size for a Stereophedusa, strongly attenuated early
whorls, and thin shell are the more prominent differences between
C. brevior and other species of the group.

The area of distribution so far indicated is a rather restricted
district in middle Nippon. Mr. Hirase’s fruitful researches in the
southwestern half of Nippon and in Shikoku have not revealed the
species there; nor has it yet appeared from as far north as the
Province Uzen, whence a considerable number of small species
have been sent. It seems to be a very abundant shell in the region
about Tokyo Bay.

The variety tetraptyx Mlldff. is a little darker brown, the peri-
stome brown-tinted, at least in part, the palatal plice slightly
longer than in typical brevior; but in the lot of some hundreds of
specimens I have seen, these characters, except as to the tint of the
lip, vary by insensible degrees, so that I do not see that tetraptyx
has a valid claim to varietal distinction. One of the original

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 641

specimens of tetraptyx, collected by Hungerford, is before me,
kindly lent from the collection of Mr. E. R. Sykes.

Clausilia Addisoni Pilsbry. Pl. XXXVII, figs. 56, 57.

C. brevior var. Addisoni Pils., these Proceedings for 1900, p. 677
(January 28, 1901). ©. Addisoni Pils., t. c., p. 502, under C.. ster-
coma,

Shell obesely fusiform, much attenuated and with concave out-
lines above, inflated below, the last whorl narrower and tapering.
Light brown or ‘corneous. Rather strongly and coarsely striate,
more coarsely so on the last half whorl. Aperture squarish-oyate,
the lip reflexed, somewhat thickened, white. Lamelle about as
in C. brevior. The subcolumellar lamella barely emerges or is
continued to the lip-edge. The three palatal plicx are slightly
shorter than in C. brevior, and there is a very low, subobsolete,
straight lunella, or at least a low callous deposit between the second
and the lowest plicze, and connected with the latter.

Length 18, diam. 4.2 to 4.7 mm., whorls 94.

Length 16, diam. 4.5 mm., whorls 9.

Ari-mura, a village on the southern side of Sakura Island, in
Kagoshima Bay (Addison Gulick); Kagoshima and Kajima,
Satsuma (Mr. Hirase); Isshochi, Higo (Hirase); all in southern
Kiushiu.

This form is very much like ©. brevior, of which I at first con-
sidered it a variety, It is slightly stronger, larger than any but
the largest specimens of brevior, and differs in having a callous
pad or rudimentary lunella above the lower palatal fold, and in
the decidedly coarser striation. The clausilium is thicker at the
apex, and the palatal side is more convex (figs. 54, 55).

Geographically it is very widely separated from all parts of the
range of C. brevior; and as Mr. Hirase has not found either
species at any of the multitude of intermediate localities explored
by him or his collectors, it seems unlikely that there are any con-
necting forms in the intermediate territory—the southwestern half
of Nippon and northern Kiushiu.

It is named in compliment to Mr. Addison Gulick, formerly of
Osaka.

Clausilia Jacobiana n.sp. Pl. XXXIULI, figs. 58-62; Pl. XX XIX, figs. 66-69.

Shell thin, brown, rimate, fusiform, the upper half rapidly

tapering, several earlier whorls attenuated, the penultimate whorl
41

642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Dec.,

swollen, latter half of the last whorl compressed. Surface glossy,
sculptured with strong, threadlike oblique strix, 3 or 4 earlier
whorls smooth, usually worn or eroded. Whoris 9 to 94, quite
convex, and separated by deeply impressed sutures. Aperture
slightly oblique, ovate-piriform, the peristome very shortly free
above, expanded and reflexed, whitish, slightly emarginate at the
position of the superior lamella, the sinulus a little retracted.
Superior lamella slender, vertical, continuous with the spiral
lamella, which extends inward to the middle of the ventral side.
Inferior lamella forming a rather small but subherizontal fold, not
reaching out upon the lip, extending inward as far as the superior
Jamella. Subcolumellar Jamella varying from barely immersed to
rather weakly emerging. Principal plica a half-whorl long, ex-
tending from a dorsal position (visible deep in the throat) to a
latero-ventral position. Upper and lower palatal plicz rather
short, lateral. Below the upper palatal plica there is a delicate
second plica, from the outer end of which a low straight lunella
runs to the lower palatal plica.

Length 15.5, diam. 3.6 mm. ; length 13.6, diam. 3.5 mm.

The clausilium (Pl. XX XIII, figs. 61, 62) has the general
shape and curvature of that of C. drevior and Addisoni, but differs
from both in having the apex more pointed, and it is more concave
on the palatal side of the apex. The end is also more thickened
than in C. brevior.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi. Types No. 82,277 Coll. A. N.S. P.,
from No. 754 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Yaku-shima, No.
778 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This species is related to C. Stearnsii Pils. of Okinawa and C.
Addisoni Pils. of southern Kiushiu. It is much more slender than
the latter, with more convex whorls and a more pointed clausilium.
C. Stearnsii is a longer species, in which the early whorls are not so
attenuated. These three species have a low and more or less well-
developed lunella when adult, a structure occurring also in some
specimens of C. hondana, but otherwise unknown in the Stereophe-
duse of Nippon. In immature shells a row of short palatal plies
stands in place of the lunella (fig. 68).

This Clausilia has the thin shell of the other species of the
brevior group, while all other Clausilie known from Tane-ga-
shima are extremely thick and strong.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 643

Tt is named in honor of Dr. Arnold Jacobi, author of excellent
papers upon the soft anatomy of Japanese snails, the faunal rela-
tionships of Japan, ete.

The specimens from Yaku-shima are more solid than those from
Tane-ga-shima, and the palatal armature seems to be less devel-
oped, the Iunella being Jess distinct or absent. There are three
palatal plicse below the principal plica, the first, second and lowest.
The sculpture and shape are not noticeably different, the largest
and smallest sent measuring:

Length 13.8, diam. 3.3 mm.

Length 11.3, diam. 3 mm.

Clausilia stereoma Pilsbry. Pl. XXXIX, figs. 70, 71.

Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LIII, p. 502, with varieties
nugax and cognata (October 2, 1901).

Shell rimate, obesely fusiform, the spire tapering rapidly, its
upper fourth very slender ; thick and extremely strong ; olive yellow,
glossy; the spire distinctly striate, last two whorls smoother except
near the suture. Whorls about 84, convex, the penultimate whorl
swollen, latter half of the last whorl compressed, tapering.
Aperture ovate, vertical, flesh-tinted within; peristome white,
reflexed and thickened within, continuous, though almost in con-
tact with the preceding whorl above. Superior Jamella rather
slender, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior
Jamella strong, subhorizontal, approaching the superior lamella,
strongly spiral within, both spiral and inferior lameilz penetrating
to the middle of the ventral side. Subcolumellar lamella emerg-
ing but not extending to the lip-edge. Principal plica very short,
lateral; palatal plicee four, the upper one long, converging in-
wardly toward the principal plica, the lower plica shorter, strong,
a little curved; two intermediate plicee minute, punctiform, hardly
perceptible.

Length 214, diam. 6 mm.

Length 194, diam. 54 mm.

Clausilium yery short and broad, acuminate and thickened dis-
tally, very strongly arcuate (PI. XX XIX, figs. 63-65).

Yaku-shima, Osumi, in the Northeastern Group of the Riukiu
Islands. Types No. 81,737 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 670 of
Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This fine species is the most solid and strong Stereophedusa

644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

known. The obese lower whorls and strongly attenuated spire
show relationship to C. Addisoni Pils. of Kiushiu, and -C. brevior
y. Mart. of middle Nippon—both comparatively thin shells. The
two intermediate palatal plicze are likely to prove inconstant.

Clausilia stereoma var. nugax Pilsbry. Pl. XX XIX, figs. 78, 79.

Much smaller and more slender than the type, which it resem-
bles in color and sculpture. Very solid.

Length 133 to 144, diam. 4 mm.

Length 164, diam. 44+ mm.

Also from Yaku-shima, probably from a different locality.
Types No. 81,576 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 671 of Mr.
Hirase’s collection.

Clausilia stereoma var. cognata Pilsbry.

Rich reddish-brown, thinner than the types, though still very
strong, with about 9 whorls. Palatal plice four or five, the inter-
mediate ones very small.

Length 234, diam. 64 mm.

Length 22, diam. 64 mm.

Length 213, diam. 64 mm.

Tane-ga-shima. Types No. 81,578 Coll. A. N. S. P., from
No. 661 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

As in the type, the palatal plice are often visible through the
shell, and from the outside appear longer and more prominent
than they are found to be on opening the shell.

Group of C. entospira.

Shell thick, small, the inferior Jamella thick and squarish below
(not forming a spiral fold on the columella, as in other Stereo-
pheduse), very strongly spiral within; a stout, lunate lunella
developed, but-no paiatal plicx except the principal one. Clau-
silium very strongly arcuate, slowly and much tapering below to
the subacute, thickened apex, wide above, deeply emarginate on
the columellar side of the filament.

The single species known of this very distinct group has obvi-
ously arisen from the Stereophedusan stock; but it is more special-
ized than any other known member of Stereophedusa, both in
palatal armature and clausilium.,

a ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 645

Clausilia entospira Pilsbry. Pl. XXXIX, figs. 72-75.
Pilsbry, these Proceedings, Vol. LILI, p. 501 (October 2, 1901).

Sheil rather obesely fusiform, attenuated, with somewhat concave
outlines above, extremely thick and strong, nearly smooth, glossy,
the latter half of the last whorl becoming coarsely striate; flesh-
colored with buff patches and streaks, eroded in spots. Whorls
about 84, convex, the last tapering below. Aperture long-ovate,
the peristome slightly reflexed, very much thickened within, shortly
free above. Superior lamella small but rather stout, marginal,
very widely separated from the spiral lamella, which is quite small,
short and latero-ventral. Inferior lamella receding, in oblique
view (fig. 72) appearing very prominent and squarish; very
strongly spiral within, heavily thickened at the lower end, ascend-
ing merely to a lateral position. Subcolumellar Jamella immersed,
interrupted within. Principal plica slender, short and low, lateral.
Lunella latero-ventral, oblique, curved, running inward below,
tapering at the ends, excessively thick and strong in the middle. No
palatal plicze

Length scarcely 10, diam. 2.4 mm.

Clausilium (P]. XX XIX, figs. 76, 77) moderately long, but
being strongly curved near the middle, nearly at a right angle, it
appears short; distal half rapidly tapering, straight along the
palatal, convex at the columellar side, thickened at the apex.
Proximal half rather wide and parallel-sided; deeply excised on
the columellar side of the filament.

Tane-ga-shima, Osumi, one of the Northeastern Group of the
Riukiu Islands. Types No. 82,558 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No.
6634 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

A few examples were with the specimens of C. Pinto. Mr.
Hirase remarks that it is very rare. It is an excessively peculiar
species, and I was formerly at a loss as to its affinities. The broadly
spiral trend of the inferior lamella, which is moreover very short
within, the weak, short spiral lamella and principal plica and the
peculiar lunella are a combination of features unlike any Oriental
species known tome. The squarish lower end of the inferior lamella
is sometimes visible in a front view (fig. 74), but in other speci-
mens it recedes, and is seen only in oblique view (figs. 72, 73).
The clausilium is quite unlike that of any other known Japanese
species. The lunella might almost as well be considered a greatly

646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF. [Dec.,

developed lower palatal plica, as it is no doubt in part homologous
with that.

The shell is excessively solid and thick, stronger in fact than any
other species of such diminutive stature known to me; but unusual 4
solidity is a characteristic of the Clausilize of Tane-ga-shima and
Yaku-shima, common to the Stereopheduse, Hemipheduse and
Tyrannopheduse alike, and clearly to be correllated with some
factor in the environment acting upon the entire series.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXV-XXXIX.

PLATE XXXV (HemiIpuxpusa). Figs. 1-6.—Clausilia higoensis. Types.
Figs. 7-10.—Olausilia ptychocyma. Type.

Fig. 11.—Clausilia ptychocyma var. Yakushime. Type.

Figs. 12-14.—Clausilia Pinto. Type.

Figs. 15, 16.—Clausilia ischna. Type.

PLATE XXXVI (TyRANNOPHmpUSA). Figs. 17-21.—Clausilia bilabrata,
Specimens from Kobé, the type locality.

Fig. 22.—Clausilia bilabrata. Specimen retaining the apical whorls,
from Ushirogawa, Tosa, No. 81,926 Coll. A. N.S. P.

Figs. 23, 24.—Clausilia bilabrata. Specimens from Takaya, in which
the surface is corroded, covered with alge dorsally. No. 79,719 Coll.
INE INIg tse lee

Figs. 25-29.—Clausilia surugensis. Types.

Figs. 30-31.—Clausilia Oscariana. Types.

PLATE XXXVII (TYRANNOPHEDUSA). Figs. 32-34.—Clausilia tanega-
shime. Type.

Figs. 85-38.—Clausilia oxycyma. Types.

Figs. 39, 40.—Clausilia tanegashima. Clausilium.

Figs. 41, 42.—Clausilia oxyeyma. Clausilium.

Fig. 43.—Clausilia orthatracta. Clausilium.

Figs. 44-46.— Clausilia orthatracta. Type.

PLATE XXXVIII (SterEoPH«DUSA). Figs. 47, 48.—Clausilia brevior.
Specimen from Coll. E. R. Sykes

Figs. 49-53.—Olausilia brevior. Specimens from Tokyo. No. 18,801
Coll: A. N.S. P.

Figs. 54-57.— Clausilia Addisoni. Types.

Figs. 58-62.— Clausilia Jacobiana. Tanegashima, Osumi.

PLATE XXXIX (SreREoPHzDUSA). Figs. 63-65.—Clausilia stereoma.
Clausilium, Fig. 64, from the eolumellar edge.

Figs. 66 -69.—Clausilia jacobiana. Fig. 68 represents the palatal arma-
ture of an immature shell.

Figs. 70, 71.—Clausilia stereoma. Type.

Figs. 72. 73.—Clausilia entospira. Fig. 72 is an oblique view in the
aperture, from below and the left side.

Figs. 74-77.—Clausilia entospira. Type. Figs. 76, 77 reconstructed
from a broken clausilium.

Figs. 78, 79.—Clausilia stereoma var. nugaz. Type.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 647

CATALOGUE OF THE CLAUSILIIDEZ OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE.'
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The general sequence of species in the following list is from
primitive to specialized forms; but this end is only imperfectly
attained, as there are several highly specialized groups terminating
wholly independent phyla, making a serial arrangement quite
arbitrary. The forms with narrow clausilium and several palatal
plic in place of a lunella are the more primitive, retaining the
structure of early Tertiary groups. Megalophedusa and the typi-
cal Hemipheduse are of this kind. Zaptyx, Luchuphedusa and
Tyrannophedusa seem to be three independent specializations from
an early Hemiphdusan stock. Stereophedusa stands a little more
remote; while Pseudonenia, Euphedusa and Reinia probably
separated from the pro-Hemiphiedusan stock at a still earlier period.

The East Asiatic Clausiliide are much more closely related to
early Tertiary than to modern European groups. The evidence
indicates that, like the Belogonous Helicidw, a common stock of
Clausiliide spread over Asia and Europe, at least as early as the
Eocene. Subsequent evolution has been along independent lines
in the East and the West; and just as I have demonstrated in the
Helicide, the European stock has forged ahead, while the Oriental
looks backward, many a group retaining old characters.

Ninety-three well-established species of Clausilia are now known
from Japan, more than half of them first described in this journal,
_ Of this number forty-four were brought to light by Mr. Hirase.
The localities of many others, previously uncertain, have been
ascertained from specimens collected by him. In addition to these
species, thirty-five subspecies or varieties have been described.
The list of species is encumbered with eleven additional specific
names, standing for forms so inadequately described that their rela-
tionships with other species are not ascertainable from published

1 Exclusive of Formosa.

648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dec.

data, though part of them can be identified specifically when
specimens from the original localities come to competent hands.

Section MEGALOPH.EDUSA Bitg.

C. Marrenst ‘ Herklots’ vy. Mart. (= C. yokohamensis Crosse
and C. Reiniana var., Kob., Jahrb. iii, Pl. 5, f. 8).
Yokohama (Crosse); Hakone Mountains (Schmacker);
Mikuriya, Suruga; Gojo and Kambe, Yamato; Kobé,
Setsu; Kashima, Harima.

Form trycritasris Pils. Nachi and Tomisato, Kii (Hirase).
Var. Reryrana Kobelt. Ibuki, Omi (Hirase); Aichi (U.S.
Nat. Mus. ).

C. Mrrsuxuri Pils. Tomisato, Kii.?

C. pucatis Kob. ‘* Interior of Nippon’? (Rein); Miya-mura,
Hida (Hirase).

Var. porcas Pils. Kiyomi-mura, Hida (Hirase).

C. vasra Bttg. Nagasaki (Rein, Schmacker); Seluchi (Rein) +
Fukuregi, Higo (Hirase).

C. Fuuronr Sykes. Shikoku: Kinnayama, type locality; Ushi-
rogawa, Tosa; Nametoko, Iyo; Goto, Uzen (Hirase).

C. Hiraseana Pils. Okinoshima, Tosa, Shikoku (Hirase).

Section HEMIPH.EZDUSA Bttg.
Group of C. validiuscula.

C. prcussata y. Mart. Tsukuba-san, a mountain in Hitachi
Province, north of Tokyo (Hilgendorf). A species of
uncertain position in the system.

*. VALIDIUScULA y. Mart. Seluchi, Kiushiu (Rein).

Var. BILAMELLATA Bttg. ‘‘Seluchi, between Hiuga and
Bugo”’ (Rein).

C. INTERLAMELLARIS Vv. Mart. Kiushiu.

~

C. xararors Mildff. Near Nagasaki, Kiushiu.
C. virtpIrtAva Bttg. ‘‘ Interior of Japan,’’ ‘ Kiushiu”’
(Rein).

?Smaller than Martensi ; somewhat Buliminus-shaped. Whorls 94, the
upper ones not amputated. Aperture about as in Martensi. Length 29,
diam. 8 mm.

1961.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 649

C. nickonts Bttg “« Interior of Nippon ”’ (Rein).
Var. BrNoprrEerRA Bttg. ‘‘ Interior of Nippon ’’ (Rein).
C. Novant Pils. Fukura and Ikari, Awaji (Hirase).
C. eracruispira MUdff Near Kobé, Setsu.
C. caryostoma MIldff, Kobé, Setsu.
Var. Jayt Pilsbry. Jo, Kii (Hirase),
C. rosana Pils. Ushirohawa, Tosa, and Nametoko, Iyo,* Shikoku
Island.
C. Gractm Pils. Nachi, Kii (Hirase, No. 794).

Group of C. sublunellata.

- SUBLUNELLATA Mlldff. Nikko Mountains (Hungerford).
- HETEROPTYX Pilsbry. Tomisato and Nachi, Kii (Hirase).
. OPEAS Mildff. Nikko Mountains (Hungerford).
. MICROPEAS Mlldft. Nikko (Hungerford) ; Mikuriya, Suruga
(Hirase).
Var. PERPALLIDA Pils, Nishigo, Uzen.
Var. HOKKAIDOENSIS Pils. Kayabe, Ojima, Hokkaido.
C. susutina Mlldff. Nikko Mountains and Lake Chusenji,
Shimotsuke,
Var. LEUcoPEas Pilsbry. Ikoma and Samotonakamura, Kii
(Hirase ).
C. sEricrna Mlldff. Lake Chusenji, Shimotsuke and Yumagaai-
shi (Hungerford).
Var. RHOPALIA Pilsbry. Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase).

AOae

Group of C. hyperolia.

C. HYPEROLIA v. Mart. Uweno, near Yeddo (Hilgendorf, type
locality). Oshima, Izu ; Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase).
Var. RECTALUNA MIldff, Kamatokogiro.
Var. aprycura Mlldff. Hakone and Chusenji.
Var. PLANULATA Mildff, Kobé.

Group of C. awajiensis.
i} uy

C. AwAsrEnsis Pils. Fukura, Awaji.
C. HARTMENSIS Pils. Kashima, Harima; Shirono, Buzen.

*In the specimens of (. tosana from Nametoko, Iyo, the intermediate
palatal plice coalesce to form a somewhat T-shaped lunella. They are a
trausition form to the group of (. aulacophora.

650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

C. PERIGNOBILIS Pils. Okinoshima, Tosa; Dogo, Tyo.
C. xKocurensis Pils. Kochi, Tosa; Minamata and Yatsushiro,
Higo; Togo, Satsuma. (C. higoensis Pils. is a synonym. )
C. sUBAURANTIACA Pils. Deyai and Toyonishihami, Nagato.
C. iscuna Pils. Kochi, Tosa, Shikoku Island.
Var. NeptTis Pils. Kochi, Tosa.
C. 1a@NoBrLis Sykes. Kinnayama, Shikoku.
C. sutxokuensts Pils. Ushirohawa, Tosa, Tairiuji, Awa, and
Nametoko, Lyo, Shikeku Island.
C, strRIicTALUNA Bttg. Nagasaki (Lischke).
Var. Masor Bttg. Seluchi, between Hiuga and Bugo (Rein).
Var. Nand Mildff. Nagasaki.

Group of C. aulacophora.

C. auLAcopHora Pils. Fukura, Awaji (C. breviluna Mlldtf. ).
C. picra Pils. Kashima, Harima (Hirase).

Group of C. platyauchen.

C. PLATYAUCHEN v. Mart. (C. fusangensis Mlldff.). Tsukuba-
san, a mountain north of Tokyo (Hilgendorf, type local-
ity); Lake Cnusenji (Schmacker); Nishigo, Uzen;
Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase) ; Prov. Suruga (F. Stearns) ;
Prov. Yamato (Rein).

Arrrita Bttg. Japan (Rein); Ibuki, Omi, and Kiyomi-
mura, Hida (Hirase).

Var. Inrausta Pils. Nachi, Ikoma, and Jo, Prov. Kii
( Hirase).*

C. wakonensts Pils. Hakone Mountains (B. Schmacker);

Oshima, Izu (Hirase).

C. scumMackert Sykes. Kinnayama (Sykes); Kochi, Tosa
(Hirase); Shikoku Island.

C. suscuit Kiister. Japan (Siebold). Position uncertain.

C. PLATYDERA v. Mart. Kobé (Schmacker); Prov. Yamato, at
Gose, Matsunotoge, Kambe and Nara, and Hieisan, west
of Lake Biwa (A. Gulick!).

Var. LAMBDA Bttg. Japan (Rein); Nohara, Yamato (Hirase).

‘

ao

*Somewhat smaller than aitrita ; the subcolumellar lamella immersed,
inferior lamella continued inward decidedly farther than the spiral Jamella.
Other characters substantially as in attrita.

.

.

1901. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 651

Var. KIIENSIS Pils. Kurozu, Nachi and Tomisato, Proy. Kii
(Hirase).°

Group of C. ptychochila.

C. BerNnARDI Pfr. [Siam ? Riukiu Islands ?]

C. creNILABIUM Pils. Proy. Kunchan, Okinawa (Hirase ).

C. prycnocuita Bttg. [China? Riukiu Islands ?]

C. EXcCELLENS Pfr. (C. preelara Gld. preoc.). Okinawa
CUS SiN Psbixps)s

Group of C. Pinto.
C. Pinto Pils. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Hirase).

C. prycHocyMA Pils. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Hirase).
Var. YAKUSHIM# Pils. Yaku-shima, Osumi (Hirase).

Group of C. munus.

C. munus Pils. Oshima, in the Riukiu Islands (Hirase).

Section ZAPTYX Pilsbry.

C. Hrraser Pils. Kagoshima and Sakura Island, Satsuma
(Hirase).
Var. KIKATENSIs Pils. Kikaigashima, Osumi (Hirase, Nos. 557,
5576).
C. HyPEROpTYX Pils. Okinawa; Yaeyama (Hirase).
C. wAcuiysornsts Pils. Hachijo Island, Izu.

Section TYRANNOPH-EDUSA Pilsbry.
Group of C. mikado.

C. miKAvo Pils. (C. omiensis Mlldff.). Ibuki, Omi, and Akas-
aku, Mino (Hirase).
C. rorarryx Pils. Ibuki and Ryozen,*® Omi (Hirase).
Var. cLAvA Pils. Senzan, Awaji; Ikoma, Kii (Hirase).
C. orntHarracta Pils. Akasaka, Mino (Hirase).

5 Smaller than platydera ; more swollen below and more attenuate above-
Whoris 83-10. Length 16- 17, diam. 44 mm.

® Specimens of C. lotaptyz from Ryozen, Omi, have 12 to 13 whorls, but
otherwise are like the types from Ibuki, Omi. The shells from Ikoma, Kii,
are somewhat intermediate between iotaptyx and clawa, but nearer the latter.

652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

C. aurAnTiaca Bttg. ‘‘ Interior of Nippon’’ (Rein); Kobé
(Schmacker); Nachi, Kii, Ikari, Awaji, and Suimura,
Awa (Hirase).
Var. HypoprycHiA Pils. Kashima, an island near Tanabe,
Kii (Hirase).’
Var. Expert Bttg. (minor Mildff.). Nara, Nohara and Gojo,
Yamato; Chikubushima, in Lake Biwa; Kashima, Harima;
Tomisato, Aiga, and Kurozu, Kii (Hirase).

Groun of C. bilabrata.

C. priicrnapris A. Ad. Tanabe, Kii. (Subgeneric position
doubtful. )

C. BrnaBraTa Smith. Kobé, type locality; southern half of
Nippon; Shikoku, Kiushiu and Iki Islands.

Var. prycHoLa{Mma Bttg. ‘‘Seluchi, between Hinga and

Bugo”’ (Rein).

C. Oscartana Pils. Fukuregi, Higo, Kiushiu (Hirase).

C. sunuGeExsis Pils. Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase).

Group of C. tanegashime.

C. oxycyma Pils. Kagoshima, Satsuma, in southern Kiushiu
(Hirase).

C. TANEGASHIM Pils. Tane-ga-shima and Yaku-shima, Osumi
( Hirase).

Section LUCHUPHEDUSA Pilsbry.

C. cauurstocaiLa Pils. Proy. Kunchan, Okinawa (Hirase).

C. mora Pils. Oshima, Riukiu Islands ( Hirase).

C. nestorHauMA Pils. Oshima, Riukiu Islands (Hirase).

C. osuim Pils. Nase, Oshima (Hirase).

C. psruposuim Pils. Furuniya, Oshima (Hirase).

Section STEREOPH.EDUSA Bttg.
Group of C. valida.

. VALIDA Pfr. Okinawa.

Var. rascrara Sykes. Okinawa.

Var. PERFASCIATA Pils Proy. Kunchan, Okinawa. -
Var. STRIATELLA Pils. Okinawa.

Q

‘Larger than aurantiaca, with narrower, less developed lip, more whorls,
and several plica in the subcolumellar region.

for)
or
oo

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
Group of C. japonica.

C. saponica Crosse. Middle and southern Nippon; Awaji and
Shikoku Islands. (Includes C. kobensis Smith, type loc.
Kobé; C. nipponensis Kobelt; and C. ewrystoma v. Mart.,
type loc., Tsukuba-san, a mountain north of Yeddo, in
Hitachi Province, Hilgendorf. )

Var. PALLENS Mildff. ‘* Koma-kasunga.”’

Var. perogscura Pils. Shirono, Buzen (Hirase).

Var. inTeRPLICATA Pils. Nishigo, Uzen; Takeya, Idzumo;
Ryozen, Omi (Hirase).

C. Hicenporrt v. Mart. Proy. Idzumo (Hilgendorf).

C. oosroma Mildff. Hakone (? C. japonica var suruge Pils. +
C. eurystoma subsp. brachyptychia Mlldif., both from
Mikuriya, Suruga; also occurs at Kashiwa, Awaji).

C. supsaponica Pils. (= C. fultoni subsp. elavula Mlldff. ).
Tbuki, Omi; Tomisato, Iii (Hirase).

Group of C. brevior.

C. BREVIOR y. Mart. (C. tetraptyxz Mlldiff.). Misaki, Sagami
(Hilgendorf); Yokohama (Schmacker}; Tokyo (Stearns) ;
Nikko, Shimotsuke (Loomis); Oshima, Izu, and Goto,
Uzen (Hirase ).

C. nrkKoeEnsis Mildff. Near Nikko (Eastlake).

C. HONDANA Pils. Coast of Prov. Suruga (F. Stearns).

C. JAcoprana Pils. Tane-ga-shima and Yaku-shima, Osumi
( Hirase).

C. Apprisonr Pils. Provinces Satsuma and Higo, Kiushiu.

C. S narnsu Pils. Okinawa; Yayama (Hirase, Stearns).

C. srrrREoMA Pils. Yakushima, Osumi, south of Kiushiu.

Var. cocnaTA Pils. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi, south of Kiushiu.
Var. nucAx Pils. Yaku shima.

Group of C. entospira.
C. en:osprra Pils. Tane-ga-shima (Hirase).
Section PSEUDONENIA Boettger.

C. stepotpr Pfr. Kashiwashima, Tosa; Toyonishikami, Nagato;
Sasebo, Hizen; Yatsushiro, Higo (Hirase).

654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dee. ,

Section EUPH/AZDUSA Boettger.
Group of C. jos.

C, suBGIBBERA Bttg. Japan.

C, EXPANSILABRIS Bttg.
Var srropHosroma Bttg. Interior of Nippon (Rein).
Var. NANA Bttg. Interior of Nippon (Rein).

C, oncaucnen Mildft. Tsu-shima (Fruhstorfer).

Group of C. shanghaiensis.

C. acotus Bens. Nagasaki (Rein) ; also China.

C. prconopryx Bttg. ‘‘ Interior of Nippon’’ (Rein); Manabe,
Hitachi; Takasaki, Kozuke; Yamaguchi, Tajima; Nishigo,
Uzen:

C. rau Bttg. (C. proba Mildif., 1885, not A. Ad.). Kyoto
(Rein, Hirase); Nohara and Gojo, Yamato; Takasaki,
Kozuke (Hirase); Tokyo ; Yokohama.

C. comes Pils. Kashima, Harima (Hirase).

C. Tryont Pils. Hachijo Island, Izu (Hirase).

Group of C. Hungerfordiana.
C. HuncerrorpraNna Mlldff. Nara, Yamato.
C. MONELASMOs Pils. Kayabe, Ojima, Hokkaido.
Group of C. euholostoma.
C. nunoxosroma Pils. Mikuriya, Suriga (Hirase).
C. nototreMA Pils. Nachi, Kii (Hirase).* F

Section REINIA Kobelt.

C. vartecata (A, Ad.). ‘* Tago’? (A. Ad.); Uweno, near
Tokyo; Tokyo; Takasaki, Proy. Kozuke; Hirado,* Hizen.
Var. NestoricA Pils. Hachijo Island, Izu.

5. holotrema resembles (. euholostoma, but is larger, purplish-brown
with a yellow belt below the sutures, the base yellowish. Principal and
palatal plice longer. Whorls 8}.. Alt. 12, diam. 3.2 mm.

ey ee ee

ty «

=r)
or
or

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 6
Species of unknown subgenerie position.

The following forms have been too imperfectly characterized to
permit their reference to subgeneric groups:

. CINCTICOLLIS Ehrmann. Province Tosa, Shikoku.

. CRASSILAMELLATA Ehrmann. Province Tosa, Shikoku.

. GouLtput A. Adams. Tago.

. IgiIMa Ehrmann. Province Tosa, Shikoku.

- LirutaTA A. Adams. Mososeki.

NODULIFERA y. Mart. Nippon, probably from near Yeddo
(Dénitz). Based upon a single, perhaps abnormal,
specimen. ;

. Pincuis A. Adams. Kino-o-sima.

. PROBA A, Adams. Kino-o-sima.

. SPRETA A. Adams. ‘Tago.

_ sTENosprra A. Adams. Kino-o-sima.

. Stimpsont A. Adams. Tsu-sima and Awa-sima.

Ceo age

ey Vie) Glie!

APPENDIX.

The following species have been received since the preparation
of the foregoing list, bringing the number of recognized species to
99, with 37 subspecies or varieties ; exclusive of 11 species of inde-
terminate position, enumerated above.

Section HEMIPHADUSA Bttg.

C. supicNosiuis Pils. Hirado, Hizen (Y. Hirase).
C. ranTILua Pils.’’ Goto, Uzen (Y. Hirase).

°C. subignobilis n.sp. Rather stout, fusiform, light brown, lightly
striate, composed of 95 whorls. Spire strongly attenuated above, the apex
small. Aperture subtrapezoidal, the lip reflexed and thickened. Superior
lamella rather small, inferior very deeply receding, subcolumellar emerging.
Principal plica rather short. Lunella lateral, arcuate or bow-shaped.
Length 15, diam. 3.3 mm. Like C. ignobilis Sykes, but with smaller
early whorls.

10 (@, tantilla n.sp. Small, brownish, fusiform, striatulate, the last
whorl distinctly striate ; whorls 8, the second rather large. Aperture
small, squarish-ovate, the lip well reflexed, somewhat thickened. Superior
lamella small, inferior deeply receding, subcolumellar either immersed or
emerging. Lunella oblique, united above with the middle of a short upper
palatal plica. Length 9.5, diam. 2.5 mm.

656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,
C. auLtacopoma Pils."* Hirado, Hizen (Y. Hirase).
C. BIGENERIS Pils.” Goto, Uzen (Y. Hirase).
Section TYRANNOPHEDUSA Pils.
C. pau Pils.’ Tairiuji, Awa, Shikoku Island (Y. Hirase).

Section STEREOPHASDUSA Bittg.
C. una Pils. Goto, Uzen (Y. Hirase.)

11 (, aulacopoma u.sp. Fusiform, slowly tapering above to a subacute
apex, light reddish-brown, weakly striatulate, the last whorl somewhat pro-
duced forward. Whorls 94. Aperture piriform, the lip well reflexed, thick-
ened. Superior lamella low; inferior deeply receding; subcolumellar
emerging to the lip-edge. Principal plica long. Upper palatal plica short,
joined in the middle to the lunella, which is curved inward below (j-like),
with a nodule at its inner termination. Clausilium somewhat spout-like
distally, but wider there than in species of the ptychochila group.

12 (. bigeneris n.sp. About the size and shape of C. ignobilis ; pale-
brownish, faintly striate. Subcolumellar lamella immersed ; lip broadly re-
flexed. Principal plica rather short, dorsal and lateral; upper palatal
plica oblique, almost joined in the middle to a long, slender lunella, the
lower end of which curves far inward. Length 14.3, diam. 3.5 mm.

8, Dalli n.sp. With the general form of CV. mikado, the aperture is
much as in C. iotaptyz. Whorls 14 to 16. The subcolumellar lamella
emerges strongly, and sometimes the lip is puckered above it. Lunella as
in C. bilabrata. Length 18.5, diam. 4 mm. This exceedingly peculiar
many-whorled Clausilia belongs to the group of (. bilabrata by its palatal
armature, but in contour it resembles species of the group of C. mikado.

14 QO. una n.sp. General contour.of C. oostoma Mildff., pale yellowish-
corneous, striate. Whorls 113. Entire interlamellar margin of the lip
closely and deeply plicate. Upper palatal plica short, oblique ; lower lony
and areuate, a short, rudimentary lunella rising from it. An extraordinary
Stereophadusa, with interlamellar p ication like Luchuphedusa callisto-
chila.

a Na, i et

we
or
ba |

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. f

ZYGEUPOLIA LITORALIS, A NEW HETERONEMERTEAN.'
BY CAROLINE BURLING THOMPSON, PH.D.

I. Iyrropuction.
1. Methods.
2. Habitat.
3. The living worm.
II. Anatomy.
1. Body wall.
a. Epithelium.
6. Cutis.
c. Musculature.
2. Nervous system.
3. Sense organs.
a, Cerebral organs.
6. Lateral grooves.
Rhynchod:eum.
Rhynchoccel and proboscis sheath.
Proboscis.
Blood vascular system.
Excretory system.
Alimentary system.
10. Reproductive system.
11. The caudicle.
III. Parastres.
IV. GENERAL CoNncLusIONsS.
V. Lirerature List.
VI. ExpLaNATION OF PLATES.
Prates XL—-XLIV.

C0 VD OT ye

I. Iyrropucrion.

At the end of August, 1899, four specimens of Zygeupolia litor-
alis were discovered by the writer at Wood’s Hole, Mass. The
following summer the worms were found in great abundance in the
same locality, and from fifty to one hundred specimens were
obtained.

The work on this paper has been mostly done in the Zoological
Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania, under the direction
of Prof. E. G. Conklin and Asst. Prot. T. H. Montgomery, Jr.,
and it is a pleasure to express my thanks to both for their interest

1 Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of
Pennsylvania.

42

658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dee.,

and generous assistance. To Dr. Montgomery, who has more di-
rectly supervised my work and kindly helped me in many ways, I
am especially grateful. I would also thank Dr. C. O. Whitman for
the courtesies extended me at the Marine Biological Laboratory at
Wood’s Hole, and I am indebted to Dr. Wesley R. Coe for many
kindnesses.

Meruops.—Owing to the great contractility of the Nemerteans,
it is best to use some stupefying agent before fixation, otherwise
the specimen becomes so twisted that it is unfavorable for section-
ing. After removing the slime sheaths with a needle, the worms
were usually placed in a shallow dish of sea-water, and crystals of
magnesium sulphate were slowiy added. If dropped in too quickly
they will irritate the worms and fragmentation will occur. In this
solution the worms were left until they ceased to respond when
touched, the time varying from one and a half to three hours,
according to the amount of the sulphate. When the worms were
sufficiently relaxed the water was drawn off, and the killing fluid
added; or they were lifted out of the water with brushes and
placed in the fixative.

The fixatives used are (1) corrosive sublimate, a concentrated
solution in fifty per cent. alcohol, for thirty minutes; an excellent
general fixative, and one that has been extensively used in this
work. (2) Gilson’s mercuro-nitrie mixture, formula according
to Lee (1896), for about half an hour; to be highly recom-
mended, especially for the structure of gland cells and connective
tissue. (3) Flemming’s fluid (chromo-aceto-osmie acid), for
twenty-four to sixty hours; especially good for nerve tissue and
cilia. (4) Flemming’s fluid (stronger mixture), for forty-eight
hours, followed by pyroligneous acid for twenty-four hours. After
employing this method the material may be sectioned and mounted
without staining. It is excellent for tracing nerves, and for the
gross anatomy of most parts, but it is not adapted for histological
or cytological details, except for cilia. Specimens fixed in this way
may afterward be stained with iron-hematoxylin, but the results
are not so good as when Flemming’s fluid alone is used. (5)
Ninety-five per cent. aleohol ; a good fixative, except for the body
epithelium.

The stains used are Ehrlich’s hematoxylin, undiluted, fifteen
minutes to one hour, washed with alcohol containing a few drops

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 659

of ammonia and followed by eosin in concentrated aqueous solu-
tion, three to five minutes. This is the stain that has been most used,
and isa very satisfactory one. The longer time in hematoxylin
is best for nerve fibrous tissue and epithelial structures. The
Biondi-Ehrlich mixture, three hours, has been employed, but is
not very satisfactory except for connective tissue. The iron-
hematoxylin method together with Bordeaux red is an excellent
stain after a Flemming fixation, and the Hermann triple stain—
saffronin twenty-four hours, gentian violet six minutes, iodine
three hours—has also been used. :

Hasrrar.—Zygeupolia was found at Wood’s Hole, in a sandy
beach of limited extent, bordering on a little arm of Buzzard’s Bay
that is separated from the main bay by the point of land known
as Penzance. Here, just in the angle made by the bay shore and
Penzance, the sand has drifted in, replacing the usual stony or peb-
bly beach; and in this small area, which is uncovered at low tide,
are found, together with many other marine worms, especially
Annelids, several genera and species of Nemerteans. Both Cere-
bratulus leidyi Verr. and C. lacteus Verr. occur there, but the
latter not abundantly; Micrura eeca Verr., Cephalothrix linearis
Oers. and Carinoma tremaphoros Thomp. With such a rich supply
of material in a spot very convenient to the Marine Biological
Laboratory, it seemed unprofitable at that time to work over any
other localities, so I am unable to say anything in regard to the
distribution of Zygeupolia. Dr. Coe found this genus last sum-
mer in Quisset Harbor, about two miles farther north on Buzzard’s
Bay, in a very similar habitat.

When the sand, either above or below the low-water mark, is
turned over, Zygeupolia may be found, usually about a foot below
the surface. The turning up of the sand frequently breaks the
worm, but a number of perfect specimens have been preserved.

Tue Livinc Worm.—In life the worms vary considerably in
length, chiefly owing to different states of contraction, so that it is
difficult to say accurately what the true length is. The same worm
seems to have two normal states, beside that of actual contraction.
The first is that of comparative rest, seen in Pl. XL, figs. 5,
6, which are sketches from living worms. In this condition, as
when lying undisturbed in a dish of water, the average length is
from 6-8 em. But when in motion, crawling along the sides of
the dish, the worm becomes greatly extended, so that the indi-

660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

vidual that in rest measured 6-8 em. may now be 10-12 cm. or
longer.

A change in color accompanies the elongation. At rest
the body has a decidedly pink color ; in extension the body is more
transparent and dull brownish. This may be seen by comparing
the extended worm in fig. 4 with figs. 5 and 6. As the pink color
is most pronounced in the contracted condition, becomes less so at
rest and disappears in extension, it is probably due to muscular
contraction. The width varies in different specimens from
14-3 mm.; it also varies in the same specimen according to the
state of contraction. f

In the living worm, Pl. XL, figs. 4, 5, 6, four different re-
gions may be distinguished: (1) the head, (2) the anterior part
of the body, (3) the posterior part of the body, and (4) the
eaudicle.

The head is about 6 mm. long, not separated from the body,
pure white and tapering to a very fine point. There are no lateral
slits, the ciliated pits of the cerebral organs opening directly to the
exterior. The mouth is a very small round opening on the ven-
tral surface. The shape and color of the head, together with the
absence of lateral slits, are good criteria for determining the genus.

The anterior part of the body is the region extending from the
mouth to the beginning of the lobed middle intestine. The length
is from 14-34 em., and the color varies from pale yellow to pink-
ish. It is rounded and more or less swollen, owing to the presence
there of the greater part of the proboscis.

The posterior part of the body is the most extensive. It is
somewhat flattened in life but is always rounded in preserved speci-
mens. The color varies from rose color to pale yellow, light
brown and chocolate brewn. <A pinkish median line on the dorsal
surface represents the rhynchoceel ; the alternating cross lines of
light and dark on each side of the median line, fig. 5, are the
gonads and intestinal cca respectively.

A series of observations were made to ascertain if there are
any appreciable color variations corresponding with sexual ma-
turity or difference of sex. The conclusions reached are (1) that
there is no difference in the color of sexually mature and immature
individuals, except that the increased size of the gonads in the
mature specimen causes the cross lines mentioned above to be more
pronounced; (2) that the general color of the body is the same for

a
«

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 661

males and females; (3) that the color of the intestinal exca is de-
pendent upon the amount and character of the food contents. The
intestine in freshly taken worms is much darker in color than in
specimens that have been kept in an aquarium for several days
without food.

The caudicle in life appears as a slender white thread at the
posterior end of the body, figs. 4, 5, 6. It is usually much
twisted and is easily broken off. It should be mentioned here that
in none of the four specimens that were first obtained in 1899 was
the caudicle preserved, so that the presence of this appendage is
not mentioned in my preliminary note, Thompson (1900 a).

The white spots in the posterior part of the worm, slightly exag-
gerated in fig. 6, are parasites and will be described under that
heading.

On account of its transparency the living worm is a most favor-
able and interesting object for study with the Jow powers of the
microscope. It should first be slightly stupefied to prevent exces-
sive movements and contractions, so that when it is placed on the
slide with a few drops of sea-water and covered, the muscles
relax and it lies quietly there, fully extended. With a magnifica-
tion of about 70 diameters, it is possible to study the brain lobes and
commissures, the cerebral organs, the blood vessels of the head,
the proboscis and rhynchodeum, the alimentary system and the
gonads. In only two cases could the nephridia be distinguished,
but nothing was determined as to their structure. Several attempts
were made to study the worm by treatment with methylen blue,
after the method of Biirger (1891, p. 327, footnote), but without
success.

The results obtained from the study of the organs in life will be
incorporated in the several sections relating to the different organ
systems.

II. Anatomy.

Bopy WaAtu.— «a. Body Epithelium.—The body epithelium, fig.
2, is a high one-celled layer, consisting of ciliated supporting cells,
S.C., and gland cells, G/.,, GJ.,, resting upon a basement layer,
B.L. Interstitial connective tissue cells are always present in
varying numbers between the bases of the epithelial elements.

The supporting cells, fig. 14, are about .035 mm. in height,

662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec.,

broad at the free distal ends where the cilia are borne, and taper-
ing proximally to a slender stalk, sf., which constitutes about two-
thirds of the length. In fig. 15, drawn from a sublimate prepara-
tion, the stalk is somewhat shrunken and appears less than half
the length of the expanded distal part; in fig. 14, a Flemming’s
fluid preparation, the stalks are relatively longer, and probably
more as they appear in life. The oval nucleus, WV., lies in the
tapering part of the cell, just above the stalk. The chromatin
forms a prominent reticulum.

The cilia, Ci/., are about as long as the expanded distal part of
the cell. Each cilium is composed of several parts. T’he basal
knob, fig. 14, b.%., rests on the distal surface of the cell, and is
connected by a fine thread with a second smaller granule, the
upper knob, u.k%., which bears the terminal hair of the cilium.
The cilium is continued into the cytoplasm by a line of very fine
granules, fig. 14, x., which seem to reach the nucleus. This,
however, can only be seen with a very high magnification.

The gland cells are abundant in the body epithelium, and are
uniformly distributed throughout the body. Two types may be
distinguished, in the first the secretion stains with eosin, fig. 2,
Gi.,, in the second with hematoxylin, fig. 2, Gi... In both types
a delicate cell membrane is present, the nucleus is smal] and lies at
the base of the cell embedded in cytoplasm. The relative amounts
of cytoplasm and secretion depend upon the phase of the cell.
In fig. 2 the blue-staining cell on the left contains less secretion
and more cytoplasm, and is therefore in an earlier phase than the
blue-staining cell to the right. In like manner, the red-staining
cell on the right of the figure contains less secretion and is in an
earlier stage than the red-staining cell on the left. The red-staining
secretion is homogeneous, evidently fluid or viscous; the blue-
staining secretion apparently contains flaky masses within a fluid,
The latter cells are more apt to assume the flask-like shape. the
former are oftener rod-shaped. Cells are frequently found with
the secretion entirely discharged from the delicate cell membrane,
the nucleus remaining at the base.

The basement layer, fig. 2, B.L., separates the epithelial cells
from the underlying musculature. It is not a true basement mem-
brane, being not the product of the bases of the epithelial cells,
but a formation from the interlacing fibres of connective tissue

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

cells. The nuclei of the component connective tissue cells are seen
with difficulty, but occur here and there embedded in the fibres.
With a low power the basement layer has a homogeneous, rather
gelatinous appearance, but with higher magnification its true fibrous
structure is seen. The average height of the basement layer in the
head region is about .006 mm., but it is not a layer of uniform
thickness, for its outer surface is thrown into a series of small eleya-
tions and depressions. The ridges on the surface bear the stalks
of the supporting cells, while the gland cells are inserted into the
pits or depressions. The basement layer does not stain with
hematoxylin-eosin, but takes a faint pink with the Biondi-Ehrlich
stain.

An epithelial musculature of circular muscle fibres. fig. 2,
Ep.m., is present immediately beneath the basement layer. It is
especially well developed in the head region, consisting of a num-
ber of fibres like those of the body wall. Posterior to the wsopha-
geal region the epithelial muscle layer becomes very thin and finally
disappears, but reappears at the posterior end of the body.

b. The Cutis.—The cutis is defined by Biirger (1895) as the
subepithelial glandular layer, usually containing numerous muscle
fibres, which is found in the Heteronemerteans.

In Zygeupolia any distinction between the outer longitudinal
muscle layer and the cutis would be merely an artificial one. The
fibres of the outer longitudinal muscle layer extend from the cir-
cular layer out to the epithelium uf the body wall, and although
subepithelial gland cells are present, frequently in great numbers,
they are not restricted to the peripheral portion of the layer, but
often extend in as far as the circular muscle. It is thus evident
that in Zygeupolia the term cutis is synonymous with outer longi-
tudinal muscle layer. In this respect Zygeupolia diflers greatly
from the genus Eupolia, in which a cutis distinct from the outer
longitudinal muscle layer is present.

The finer structure of the cutis, or of the outer longitudinal
muscle layer, may be seen in fig. 2. . Each longitudinal muscle
fibre, LZ. M.f., is surrounded by a sheath of connective tissue, com-
posed of the slender processes of the connective tissue cells which
are present between the muscle fibres. These cells are greatly
branched, their nuclei, On.7.N., are oval, and contain a small
amount of chromatin. Slender radial muscle fibres, r.m-.f., tray-

664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

erse the cutis, and here and there detached circularly running
fibres, M.s., occur.

The subepithelial gland cells, or, as Biirger terms them, the cutis
gland cells, are present throughout the body in the outer longitu-
dinal muscle layer. Two, and possibly three, types of glands may
be distinguished.

The first type is a multinucleate structure, fig. 2, Ow. Gl.., stain-
ing with hematoxylin. Such a gland is the probable result of the
fusion, phylogenetically, of several simple cells. The proximal
portion resembles a bunch of grapes, each grape representing a cell
with its nucleus ; the distal part is a long, slender duct, opening to
the exterior between the epidermal cells. The length of the blue-
staining cells varies in different parts of the body. In the head
region, fig. 2, they are very long, extending in from the epithe-
lium nearly. to the rhynchodeum. In the posterior part of the
body, fig. 15, Cu.Gl.., their length has diminished more than
one-half.

The second type is a cell, staining red with eosin, having the
shape of a very slender flask with a long neck, figs. 2, 15,
CuGi.,. Only one nucleus is present, at the basal end of the cell,
and a delicate cell membrane may be distinguished.

Two quite distinct appearances haye been observed in the red-
staining cells. These may be morphologically different cells, or
merely phases of the one type. In the one, figs. 2, 15, Cu. G/.,,
the granules are very fine, close together, and stain a rose red; in
the other, fig. 15, Cu. GJ..,, the granules are Jarge, rounded and a
brighter, more metallic red. The facts that no transition stages
have been observed, and that the two varieties have a slightly
different distribution, may indicate that they are morphologically
different.

‘The distribution of the cutis gland cells is a point of some in-
terest and, so far as I am aware, has not been worked out in any
detail among the other Nemerteans. In certain parts of the body
the gland cells are aggregated into very prominent zones, and it
seems probable that these glandular areas have some important
physiological function, which is as yet undetermined, aside from
the usual one of producing the slime sheath for the body.

Diagram 1 illustrates the distribution of the cutis gland cells.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES O

It is seen here that the most
anterior part of the head is
entirely free from cutis gland cells,
but that about 0.5 mm. behind
the tip the blue-staining cells
are very abundant, distributed
uniformly on all surfaces of
the body. The red-staining
cells occur in small numbers
and are mostly on the ventral
surface; they are of the finely
granular variety. From the
mouth back to some distance be-
hind the nephridia the blue-
staining cells are quite numer-
ous, interspersed with the red-
staining cells. Just behind the
great rhynchocelomie expansion,
where the circular muscle of the
body wall is considerably thick-
ened, comes a region that might
properly be called a glandular
zone, Gl.Z., owing to the enorm-
ous increase in the number of;
the cutis gland cells. The |
whole outer longitudinal muscle
layer is so crowded with them
that in a cross section the muscle
fibres seem nearly obliterated.
The cells increase also in size,
or perhaps are more distended
with secretion. The blue-stain-
ing cells are more abundant
than the red. This zone ex-
tends backward for about 3 mm.,
then suddenly ends, just in front
of the two lateral grooves, L. G.
In the lateral groove region, fig.
23, Cu.Gil.,, Cu.Gl.,, the blue
cells are confined to two tracts, one
on each side of the body, above
the lateral nerves. The red-stain-
ing cells are in four tracts, dorsal

F PHILADELPHIA. 665
M ..

| a

= } \

eek 4

ie |

] |

° A

| |

4, Wed eile

Gl et |

| |

|| ut

=)

|

‘|

Gy Ze
|e. =
PERE Ss
|e 2]
\o | LE
|

AAA E

E
2
lee
3°)

sei

Diagram 1. _The head aaa part of
the body of Zygeupolia, illustrating
the distribution of the cutis gland
cells.—The outline of the alimen-
tary tract is given as a means of
orientation. GJ.,, red-staining cu-
tis gland cell; G/.,, blue-staining
cutis gland cell; G/.Z., glandular
zone; L.G., lateral groove; .,
mouth.

666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

and ventral to the blue tracts. The red-staining cells in this
region and in the preceding glandular zone are of the coarse granu-
lar variety. ;

After the beginning of the middle intestine and its pouches, the
blue-staining cells are no longer present, except at the most poste-
rior end of the body.’ The four tracts of red-staining cells, how-
ever, continue along the entire length of the intestine. Owing to
the increased size of the intestinal cxeca and the gonads, the body
wall is stretched and the muscular layers are thin, so that the red
gland cells can reach down only a short distance, and are conse-
quently short, often appearing more like epithelial cells.

At the extreme posterior end of the body both red and blue
cells are present in great numbers all around the body. The red
cells are the more abundant, and are considerably larger than the
blue (see fig. 15). Both fine and coarse varieties occur.

There is no cutis in the caudicle, so that cutis gland cells are
necessarily absent.

c. The Body Musculatwre.—The entire region of the head in
front of the brain, Plate XLI, fig. 18, from the epithelium, Zp., in
to the rhynchodeeum, Rd., is made up of longitudinal muscle fibres,
L.M., with interlacing radial muscle fibres, 7.m.f. Except for the
cerebral nerves, O.., and the cutis gland cells, Cu. G/.., and
probably some very fine blood lacunz, no other organs are present.
The wall of the rhynchodseum, which will be described under that
heading, contains four stout bundles of longitudinal muscle, Rd. M.

Just anterior to the attachment of the proboscis to the body
wall, the inner ends of the radial fibres interlace more
closely about the rhyuchodeum, unti) a ring of circular muscle,
fic, 18, C.J, is formed, which becomes the circular mus-
cle of the proboscis sheath. Behind the attachment of the
proboscis, fig. 19, y., the outermost circular fibres separate off
from the rest, thus forming the circular muscle of the body
wall, fig. 19, C.M., outside the proboscis sheath. The longitu-
dinal fibres lying between, fig. 20, i.L.J., represent the be-
ginning of the inner longitudinal muscle.

Both dorsal and ventral brain lobes, fig. 19, D.Z. and V.L., lie
outside the circular muscle, C.J/., in the outer longitudinal layer;
but the cerebral organs, fig. 21, C. Org., which are directly behind
the dorsal lobes and receive their nerve supply from them, lie within

I a

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 667

the circular muscle, in the inner longitudinal layer. At the pos-
terior end of the dorsal lobes the following changes may be noted.
The circular fibres, figs. 19, 20, O.1/., at first all run along the
inner surface of the end of the dorsal ganglion and beginning of
the cerebral organ, then a few fibres bend out and curve around
the sense organ on its outer side, until finally all the muscle fibres
lie on the outside of the cerebral organ, fig. 2!, O.M. The ven-
tral ganglia lie as before, outside the circular muscle.

Just in front of the mouth a strong band of muscle, fig. 21,
H.M., runs from side to side, beneath the rhynchoccel and above
the median blood vessel.

In the cesophageal region, fig. 22, there is nothing unusual in
the structure of the muscle Jayers; the outer Jongitudinal, 0. L.M.,
is the thickest, and next the circular, C.M. This arrangement
continues past the nephridia into the region of the expanded rhyn-
choceel, where all layers of the body wall are greatly stretched,
and consequently very thin.

A short distance anterior to the middle intestine the rhyncho-
ccelomie dilation ceases and the diameter of the rhynchoccel is about
equal to that of the cesophageal region, while its walls are fre-
quently folded and constricted. In this part of the body the cir-
cular muscle of the body wall becomes greatly thickened (see Plate
XLIV, fig. 62, C.IL).

Inner Circular Muscle. —Fig. 23, Plate XLI, is a cross section
of the body just anterior to the beginning of the middle intestine.
The diameter of the body is less than in the cesophageal region
(ef. fig. 22), and much less than in the great expanded portion
which is not figured. ‘The outer longitudinal muscle in fig. 23
needs no description ; the circular muscle is relatively thicker than
in the anterior part of the body, but not greatly enlarged. The
circular muscle of the proboscis sheath has increased greatly in
size and some of its outer fibres run ventrally, making a band of
circular muscle, i.C.M., that encircles the stomach, S. Other
fibres, apparently from the circular muscle of the body wall, join
with these, running dorso-yventrally, and crossing the inner longi-
tudinal layer dorsally and ventrally. In short, an inner circular
muscle layer is here present; and muscular crosses occur between
it and the outer circular layer, both dorsally and ventrally (see
fig. 23, D.m.er., V.m.er.). A few sections posterior to the one

668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

figured in fig. 23, the inner circular muscle layer suddenly ends
and the first pair of ceca of the middle intestine appear. On
examining the sections anterior to fig, 23, it is found that the
inner circular muscle extends forward for about 1.8 mm. as a very
thin layer of a few fibres (see Plate XLII, fig. 30, 7.C.I.),
the thickened region, as in fig. 23, only extending over a few sec-
tions.

At its beginning the inner circular muscle, as seen in cross sec-
tions, measures about .006 mm. dorso-ventrally; over the greater
part of its extent the measurements range from .012—.017 mm. ;
then suddenly increase from .023 to .06 in about five sections of
6 each; finally just before the end, fig. 23, the layer is .087 mm.
thick.

The inner circular muscle encloses a band of Jongitudinal muscle
fibres on the dorsal side of the stomach, below the rhynchoccel, Plate
XLII, figs. 23, 30, 1...

The fibres of the inner circular muscle layer are direct continua-
tions of fibres from the circular layer of the proboscis sheath.
Furthermore, in the anterior part of the layer, the fibres come
from the inner surface of the proboscis sheath, bend out, cross the
outer fibres and then continue down around the stomach. This
bending out and crossing is shown in fig. 30, z. In a more poste-
rior position, the inner circular layer becomes thicker and consists
of fibres from the outermost part of the proboscis sheath, together
with fibres from the circular muscle of the body wall. It is thus
seen that the partial origin of the inner circular muscle layer of
Zygeupolia from the proboscis sheath circular muscle is beyond a
doubt.

An inner circular muscle layer has not been heretofore described,
as such, for any Heteronemertean. I have found a very similar
layer in Micrura ceca, with a considerable thickening at the poste-
rior end, but this has not been mentioned in any published work,
so far as [am aware. Coe (1901) deseribes in Wieruwra alaskensis
a structure that might properly be called an inner circular
muscle layer. He says, p. 72: ‘‘ The delicate layer of circu-
lar and longitudinal muscular fibers which surrounds the epi-
thelial lining of the esophagus in most of the Heteronemer-
teans becomes remarkably developed in this species. At the
very posterior end of the esophagus—just anterior to the

es

1901.] NATURAL SC{ENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 669

first intestinal pouches—the circular muscles of the esophagus
increase so greatly in number that they form a most conspicuous
layer. In the region of its maximum development this layer
becomes nearly half as thick as the circular layer of the body walls in
the same section. In no other species of the Lineidz has this
muscle been found of even approximately this thickness. Its fibers
connect in part with the circular layer of the body walls and to a
lesser degree with the circular muscles of the proboscis sheath.
But few fibers lie on the dorsal wall of the esophagus, so that this
organ is largely bound up with the proboscis sheath in a continu-
ous layer of muscles, and one cannot fail to see the striking resem-
blance between this circular layer and the inner circular muscles
that are so highly developed in precisely the same region in
Carinoma.”’

Since, as Dr. Coe says, the resemblance between this mus-
cular Jayer and the inner circular layer of Carinomais so striking,
why should we not regard them as one and the same structure, that
is, as homologous? In what particulars do they differ ?

Biirger (1895), p. 234, gives the following definition for the
inner circular muscle layer of the Protonemerteans and Carinoma.
‘« Die Leibesmusculatur. Zu dieser rechne ich einen aus Ringfibril-
len zusammengesetzten Muskelschlauch, welcher bei den Protone-
mertinen, vor allem bei Carinina grata und Carinella polymorpha,
superba und linearis, und unter den Mesonemertinen bei Carinoma
armandi um Vorderdarm und Rhynchocélom entwickelt ist, diese
beiden Hohleylinder einschliessend. Diesen Muskelschlauch nenne
ich die innere Ringmuskelschicht.’’ Btirger also states that the
fibres of the inner circular muscle differ in no way from those of
the body wall.

Biirger further speaks, p. 235, of the crossing of fibres that
frequently occurs in the dorsal and ventral median line of the
body, between the inner circular and the outer circular layer of
the body wall. ‘‘ Eine sehr merkwiirdige Erscheinung wird
dadureh hervorgerufen, dass die innere Ringmuskelschicht in
Beziebung zur dusseren Ringmuskelschicht, also der Ringmuskel-
schicht des Hautmuskelschlauchs tritt. Das geschieht, indem
dorsal und ventral in der Medianebene des Thierkérpers von links
und rechts Muskelfasern aus dem Verbande beider Ringmuskel-
schichten heraustreten, und, die Liingsmuskelschicht des Haut-

67 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dec.,

muskelschlauchs durchdringend, die von der einen Ringmuskel-
schicht kommenden tiber Kreuz an die andere hinantreten.’’

The definition, then, of the inner circular muscle is a layer of
circular muscle fibres that encloses the rhynchoccel and anterior
intestine, the individual fibres being just like those of the body
wall.

Since there is a common agreement with Biirger’s definition
among the three muscle layers under discussion, namely, that in
Mierura alaskensis, that in Zygeupolia, fig. 23, i1.C.M., and that in
Micrura ceca; and furthermore, since ail three layers have muscu-
lar crosses between themselves and the circular muscle of the body
wall, I can see no reason why each should not with all propriety
be termed an inner circular muscle layer, homologous with that of
the Proto- and Mesonemerteans.

The only difference between the inner circular muscle layer of
Zygeupolia and that of the Carinellas and Carinoma is in the
amount of surrounding connective tissue, the body ‘‘ parenchym ”’
of Birger. In Zygeupolia this tissue is present only around the
blood vessels, so that the inner circular muscle Jayer adjoins the
inner longitudinal muscle layer, except where the blood vessels
intervene. In this particular Zygeupolia resembles Carinina, for
in Carinina the inner circular muscle borders directly on the longi-
tudinal muscle, and there is no intervening layer of ‘‘ Leibes-
parenchym.’”

The presence of the inner circular muscle layer and the muscular
crosses in Zygeupolia and Micrura is important when viewed from
a phylogenetic standpoint. This peculiar region of the body, just
in front of the middle intestine, is by far the most interesting part
of the whole trunk, for it has unaccountably remained in a primi-
tive condition, as comparison with other Nemerteans will show.

Diagram 2 is a representation of the stages, illustrated by
living, more primitive genera, through which the inner circular
muscle of Zygeupolia and Mierura may haye passed. <A, represents
the most primitive condition, found in Carinella annulata, in
which the inner circular muscle is a thin layer of uniform thick-
ness, extending throughout the body; in B, Carinella polymorpha,
the muscle is co-extensive with the body, but is thickened in a
certain region; in C, Cuarinella linearis, the muscle ends shortly
behind the thickened region; in D, Carinoma, the muscle ends

Pit; wy

1961.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 671

Diagram 2.—Showing the comparative extent of the inner circular muscle
layer in certain Nemerteans.—A, Carinella annulata ; B, Carinella poly-
morpha; C, Carinella linearis ; D, Carinoma; E, Zygeupolia and Mi-
crura ceca. The heavy lines represent the extent of the inner circular
muscle, the broken lines the outline of the alimentary tract.

672 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

with an enormous thickening just in front of the middle intestine ;
E, shows the condition in Zygeupolia and Micrura. In the last two
forms the inner circular layer is absent from the entire cesophageal
region, and is represented merely by the thickened part in front of
the middle intestine, and a short, thin, anterior extension of this.’

Tn this connection it is interesting to note that in Cephalothrix
aliena, a new species from the Maldive Islands recently described
by Punnett (1901 a), a very delicate inner circular muscle layer is
present in the cesophageal region.

From the facts just enumerated it is evident that the inner cir-
cular muscle of the Heteronemerteans may be regarded as the rem-
nant of a layer once continuous throughout the body.

The accompanying table shows the comparative extent of the
inner circular muscle layer in the different genera in which it
occurs.

The second part, relating to the muscular crosses between inner
and outer circular layers, shows that there is great variation in
this respect in the genus Carinella.

* The facts in regard to the distribution and structure of the inner cirecu-
lar muscle in the genus Carinellaw have been obtained from Birger’s mono-
graph.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673
1
Inner Circular Muscle. Crosses between | Position
|. Inner Cire. | of
|Muscle and Outer Crosses.
Structure. Extent. | Cire. Muscle. |
}— |- =
Carinina grata, |thicker in ne-|throughout body ventral cross only in region posteri-
phridial region (2) or to nephridia
Carinella— |
a. superba, (uniform thick-/throughout body| dorsal and ven- throughout body
| mess tra.
b. annulata, juniform thick-|throughout body} |dorsal only throughout body
ness
|
Carinella thinner in ne-|throughout body||dorsal cross only in nephridial re-
banyulensis,, phridial region gion
Carinella jthinner posterior throughout body|| wanting
rubicunda,, to nephridial
| region |
Oarinella jthicker in ne-|throughout body||dorsal cross faint, throughout body
polymorpha, | phridial region, | ventral cross
very thin poste-| | wanting
rior to nephri-
dia
Carinella thicker in ne-/from the mouth wanting
linearis,| phridialregion,| to nephridia,||
thin posterior) and a short dis-,|
to nephridia tance behind) |
them |
Callinera thinner behind|from the mouth) wanting

biirgeri Berg.,

Hubrechtia,
°
Carinoma,

Cephalothriz ali-
ena Punnett,

Zygeupolia,

Micrura,

| “rhynchoceel
muscle sack ”’

uniformly thin

great thickening
at nephridia

very thin, deli-
cate layer

absent in cesopha-
geal region, ap-
pears as a thin
layer about 2
mm. anterior to
middle _intes-
tine, very thick
at posterior end

absentin cesopha-
geal region, ap-
ears as a thin
ayer a short
distance in
front of the
middle __intes-

| tine,quite thick

at posterior end

to close behind
the ‘‘rhyncho-|)
cel muscle)
sack”’ |

throughout body! wanting
(?)

end of nephrid- tral
ial region

cesophageal re-|| (2)
gion only

extends forward dorsal and ven-
for 2mm. just) tral
anterior to mid-
dle intestine

extends forward laeeeat and ven-
ashortdistance tral
in front of mid-|)
dle intestine |

from mouth to dorsal and yen-

from the mouth
to end of ne-
phridial region

osterior end
of the inner cir-
cular muscle

lat

sterior end
of the inner cir-
pala muscle

at

The question now arises, can the so-called ‘‘ cesophageal mus=

ele’’

the inner circular muscle ?

43

(Darmmusculatur, Biirger) be correlated in any way with

674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Biirger (1895), p. 257, speaks of a musculature (‘* Darmmuscu-
latur’’) that is developed in the Meso-, Meta- and Heteronemer-
teans around the posterior part of the esophagus, consisting of both
longitudinal and circular fibres, the fibres being more slender than
those of the body wall.

On p. 237 the same writer says that the dorso-ventral fibres that
oceur so frequently between the intestinal ceca, and also in the an-
terior part of the body, may be regarded as parts of a formerly con-
tinuous inner circular muscle layer. ‘‘ Wir kénnen die dorsoven-
trale Musculatur als eine innere Ringmuskelschicht, welche in
lauter, in gewissen Abstiinden aufeinanderfolgende Ringe zerlegt
wurde, vorstellen.’’ He adds that sections of Hupolia and Lineus
geniculatus, the latter figured on Taf. 20, Fig. 7, strengthen this
opinion, In JL. geniculatus the dorso-ventral fibres have bent
around the intestine, on its dorsal as well as on its ventral face,
making a continuous ring of circular muscle, and a crossing be-
tween these fibres and the circular muscle of the body wall takes
place in the median ventral line.

IOS

ms
———o

iCM

int C

Diagram 3.—Cross seetion through the body of Cerebratulus lacteus,
illustrating the deflection of the dorso-ventral muscle fibres into the inner
circular muscle layer around the intestine.—P. S., proboscis sheath ; 0. 0.I.,
outer circular muscle ; Jnt., intestine ; 7. C.I., inner circular muscle ; Do,f.,
dorso-ventral muscle fibres.

From my own observations upon Cerebratulus lucteus, Lineus
lacteus and a Lineus sp., all preparations kindly lent by Dr. Mont-
gomery, I find there is frequently quite a considerable layer of
circular muscle fibres beneath the intestine, and also on its dorsal

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 675

side. These fibres may be almost invariably traced out of the
circular sheath around the intestine into dorso-ventral fibres coming
from the circular muscle of the body wall, or else into the circular
muscle of the proboscis sheath. This is illustrated by Diagrams 3
and 4, The same is true in regard to the scattered fibres occa-

- “2CM

B ‘Int

Diagram 4.—Cross section through the body of Lineus sp.; illustrating
the deflection of the dorso-ventral muscle fibres into the inner circular mus-
cle layer around the intestine.—P.8., proboscis sheath ; 0.C.M., outer
circular muscle ; Int., intestine; 7. C.M., inner circular muscle ; Do.f.,
dorso-ventral muscle fibres.
sionally found above or below the cesophagus in Zyyeupolia, which
come from the body wall or the proboscis sheath, see Diagram 5.

Jt therefore seems that, if we accept the view of Biirger that the
dorso-ventral fibres are derived from an original inner circular
muscle layer, we may profitably go a step farther and say that
the ‘“‘ Darmmusculatur ”’ or ‘“ esophageal muscle,’’ found around
the dorsal as well as the ventral side of the cesophagus, is derived
from the dorso-ventral fibres which have turned aside from their
dorso-ventral course and have curved around the esophagus so as
to partially encircle it. If this is accepted we may then say that
the ‘‘ esophageal muscle’? is secondarily derived from the inner

676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

circular muscle, two steps being involved in the phylogeny: first,
the inner circular Jayer breaks up into detached groups of dorso-
ventral fibres, then the latter turn out of their course and bend
around the intestine to form the encircling ‘‘ cesophageal muscle.’

‘Int

Diagram 5.—Cross section through the body of Zygeupolia, illustrating
the deflection of the dorso-ventral muscle fibres into the inner circular
muscle layer around the intestine —P.S., proboscis sheath; 0.C.M., outer
circular muscle; Jnt., intestine ; 7.@.4/, inner circular muscle; Do/.,
dorso-ventral muscle fibres.

This view is foreshadowed by Hubrecht (1887), p. 71, where
he says: ‘‘ I will not at present attempt to decide whether any of
the muscular layers of the cesophagus, noticed both in Eupolia and
Cerebratulus® (Pl. VI, fig. 9, wm.; Pl. XIII, fig. 6, mto.), may
also be looked upon as derivatives of this inner circular
layer . . . .;’’ and ‘‘Here, too [alluding to the Schizonemerteans] ,
I would be tempted to hazard a comparison between the absent
inner circular layer and the musculature of the proboscis sheath.”’

To briefly summarize my views in regard to the presence and

3The Cerebratulus here alluded to is C. corrugatus = Lineus corrugatus,
described by M’Intosh (1879).

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677

origin of the inner circular muscle layers in the Heteronemerteans:
(1) the more or less delicate layer of circular muscle fibres encir-
cling the alimentary tract in the esophageal region of Zygeupolia
and Micrura is a primitive structure, the remnant of a once
extensive layer; (2) further investigation will probably demon-
strate the presence of similar primitive remnants of an inner
circular muscle layer in other Heteronemertean genera; (3) the
“* esophageal muscle ’’ fibres that frequently encircle the alimen-
tary tract in the higher Lineide are continuations of deflected
dorso-ventral muscle fibres. They are not primitive but of more
recent structure, secondarily derived from the inner circular mus-
cle layer by a breaking down of the latter into groups of dorso-
ventral fibres.

The inner circular muscle layer ends with its great thickening
just in front of the beginning of the middle intestine, so that
posterior to this region the body muscylature consists of the usual
three layers—outer longitudinal, circular and inner longitudinal
(see figs. 24, 25, 26)—which are very thin in the region of the
gonads.

Histology of Muscular System. —Very little need be said in regard
to the histology of the muscle. Each muscle fibre, as Biirger first
demonstrated in 1890, is a single cell. The nuclei are long and
stain deeply.

In Plate XL, fig. 13 is shown a portion of the circular muscle
layer from the posterior end of the body, drawn from a section
stained with iron-hematoxylin. At regular intervals, dark areas,
contr., are seen, alternating. with light areas. ‘The dark portions
represent the most contracted part of the layer, the light a region
of Jess contraction, or of rest. In the middle of the light areas,
very faint indications may be seen of a smaller region of contrac-
tion. The contraction caused by fixation has evidently occurred in
waves, as the regular intervals show. These contracted areas were
first noticed in the Nemerteans by Hubrecht (1887).

Wagener (1863) describes ‘‘ striated’’ muscle from a Nemer-
tean, the genus of which is not mentioned. He says the striated
areas (‘‘ Querstreifungen’’) alternate with thinner, lighter parts,
and that the cross-striping merges into a non-striated portion.
A fibre separated from the bundle has a series of swellings
(‘‘ Anschwellungen’’) on its surface. Wagener’s Fig. 1, Taf.

678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee. ,

TV, shows that what he regards as cross striations are evidently
merely swollen, i.e., contracted areas of the fibres.

2. THe Nervous System.—a. Anatomy. — Birger (1890)
divides the nervous system of the Nemerteans into a central and a
peripheral system. The former comprises the brain and lateral
nerve chords, which have a thick investing layer of ganglion cells;
the Jatter, all other nerves and nerve layers, provided with a thick
ganglion cell envelope. Montgomery (1897 6), p. 382, includes
in the central nervous system all parts provided with ganglion
cells, namely: ‘‘ (1) the dorsai and ventral brain lobes and com-
missures; (2) the lateral nerve chords... ; (3) the paired
cesophageal nerves; (4) the longitudinal nerves of the probos-
cis . . . ; (5) the dorsal, unpaired, larger median nerve of the
body wall; and probably also (6) the lesser, unpaired median
nerve.”’

The anatomy of the brain of Zygeuwpolia may be readily studied
in life from a specimen compressed beneath a cover glass, for the
head is so transparent that the parts are easily distinguished (see
figs. 1, 16). The brain lies about 4 mm. behind the tip of the
head, directly in front of the month, encircling the rhynchoceel,
and consists of four lobes or ganglia of about equal size, two dorsal
and two ventral. Viewed from the dorsal surface, the dorsal
lobes, fig. 16, D.L., are most prominent, and at their posterior
ends are situated the pear-shaped cerebral organs, C. Org., which
are about one-third the length of the dorsal lobes and about one-
half their width. The dorsal lobes are connected above the rhyn
choceel by a slender commissure, which is very difficult to see in
life, figs. 1, 16, D.Comm., but is easily made out from sections.
Its dorso-ventral measurements vary in different specimens from
.04—.07 mm., probably owing to different states of contraction,
or to the plane of the section. In the sections of one specimen,
fig. 19, the dorsal commissure appeared to be composed of fibres
coming from both dorsal and ventral lobes, an unusual condition,
and one not previously described in Nemerteans, so far as I am
aware. The ventral lobes are united by a stout commissure, about
14 mm. measured dorso-ventrally, that in life may be plainly seen,
figs. 1, 16, shining through the rhynchocel, which lies above it,
and extending backward posterior to the dorsal commissure. Meas-
ured from side to side, both commissures are short, owing to the

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 679

close proximity of the brain lobes. The dorsal and ventral lobes of
each side are connected anteriorly, as may be seen from sections, but
the connection ends just posterior to the end of the ventral com-
missure, and from this point backward the dorsal and ventral lobes
are quite separate. In life the ganglion cell layer appears distinct
from the fibrous core of the brain and lateral chords, the former
as a greenish-yellow investing layer, the latter asa clear silvery-
gray central mass.

From sections it may be seen that both dorsal and ventral lobes
are continued forward into the tip of the head as numerous slen-
der nerves, which are approximately represented in Plate XL, fig.
1. No especial nerve endings have been observed. The dorsal
lobes terminate as such just in front of the cerebral organs, and from
their posterior ends arise the nerves that supply the cerebral
organs. Immediately in front of the cerebral organ, the dorsal
lobe gives off on its dorsal side a horn or prolongation of the
fibrous core surrounded by ganglion cells. This horn ends shortly
and is replaced posteriorly by the cerebral organ, but there is no
connection between the two structures, for the cerebral organ derives
its nervous matter from the ventral part of the dorsal lobe. The
cerebral organ nerve enters the cerebral organ on the ventral side
and afterward branches and ramifies, so that the nervous material
is well distributed throughout this sensory organ.

The ventral lobes are continued backward throughout the body
and caudicle as the lateral nerve chords (‘‘ Seitenstiimme’’), fig. 1,
I.N., but do not unite posteriorly in an anal commissure.

The paired cesophageai nerves, fig. 16, Oe. N., arise from the ven-
tral lobes in the same frontal plane as the cerebral organs, but con-
siderably ventral to them. A slender commissure, fig. 16, Oe. N.
Comm., is formed between them, .03 mm. behind their origin, out-
side the circular muscle layer, just anterior to the mouth, M.
Behind the commissure the nerves pass through the circular and
inner longitudinal muscle into the tissue around the mouth, occa-
sionally giving off branches, and continue backward into the
cesophageal region. Here they break up into numerous fine
branches which ramify ia the walls of the esophagus, not only on
the ventral side but also laterally, and which are very abundant
on the dorsal side. :

From the dorsal commissure arises the median unpaired upper

680 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

dorsal nerve, first termed by Hubrecht the ‘‘ Rtisselscheidennervy,”’
later the ‘‘ medullary nerve;’’ by Btirger denominated the ‘‘ oberen
Riickennerv.’’ The dorsal nerve extends throughout the body
and ends about .06 mm. in front of the anal opening. No con-
nection could be traced between the end of the dorsal nerve and
the lateral nerves, but it is probable that a delicate plexus exists.
The position of the dorsal nerve is constant, just above the circu-
lar muscle in the median plane of the body. A second dorsal
nerve (‘‘ Riisselscheidennerv,’’ Hubrecht; ‘‘ unterer Rickennerv,”’
Burger), separates off from the first shortly after its origin, passes
inside the circular muscle of the body wall and lies just above the
proboscis sheath. Both nerves are of fair size, about .017 mm.
in diameter in the anterior part of the bedy, but both become
much enlarged in the region of the muscular crosses between the
greatly thickened inner circular muscle and that of the body wall,
Plate XLI, fig. 23. Here for a short distance the diameter of the
inner nerve reaches a thickness of .03—.06 mm. ‘There is consider-
able variation in the respective sizes of the two nerves in different
specimens. Sometimes the upper nerve is the larger one, but more
often the lower nerve attains the greate size. The greatest size
observed was in a specimen whose lower dorsal nerve measured
.117 mm. dorso-ventrally and .058 mm. across; the upper dorsal
nerve measuring .017 mm. in both directions. This enlarged con-
dition coincided with the thickest part of the inner cireular muscle
layer. The same coincidence has been noted in the Protonemerteans
and Carinoma by Hubrecht (1887), who says, p. 80; ‘* The fact that
in this (cesophageal) region of Carinoma the proboscidian sheath-
nerve comes into the foreground so strongly that it might easily be
mistaken for the medulla, may probably be ascribed to the mas-
sive development of the inner circular muscular layer 6, which in
Carinina, Carinella and Carinoma acts at the same time as part of
the wall of the proboscidian sheath. The fact was already noticed
as a peculiar feature of the species by M’Intosh (1875), when he
first described Carinoma (under the name of Valencinia armandi).’’
Posterior to the region of the inner cireular muscle the two dorsal
nerves resume their normal size, and then gradually decrease until
they terminate near the end of the body.

Throughout the greater part of the body the lateral nerves are
connected with each other and with the upper dorsal nerve by a

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 681

nervous layer of fibrous substance (‘‘ plexus’’ of Hubrecht, ‘‘ Ner-
venschicht ’’ of Biirger), situated outside the circular muscle. It
is especially strong in the oesophageal part of the body, and in the
inner circular muscle region, fig. 23, n.p. Posteriorly the layer
is very thin, or may be entirely absent.

In one specimen a peculiar condition of the lateral chords was
observed, Plate XLIV, fig. 62, Z.N. A part of the fibrous sub-
stance extends toward the centre of the section in between the fibres
of the circular muscle, O./.; the fibres in the same radial line as
the nerve are bent out of their course, and in the space thus
formed is the apparent branch of the nerve, running inward. This
condition was not confined to a few sections, but extended over
several slides, a distance of at least 1.5 mm. It at first seemed
as if a series of nerves was being given off from the inner lateral
face of the nerve chord, instead of from the dorsal and ventral
sides, the usual method in Nemerteans (Biirger). Several other
specimens were examined, but this peculiarity was not found in
them, and I am unable to account for it.

The proboscis is innervated by two slender branches that arise
from the dorsal surface of the ventral commissure and immedi-
ately run dorsally into the proboscis, which is attached at this point
to the body wall. The two proboscis nerves, Plate XLII, fig. 35,
P.N., are distinct in the anterior part of the proboscis, but in the
‘middle region,’’ as will be described in that section, they become
a continuous nervous layer, fig. 40, n.p., separating again near
the end of the proboscis into two distinct nerves, fies 41, P.N.

b. Histology of Nervous System. —The brain lobes, as described by
Birger (1895) and Montgomery (1897 6b), consist of (1) the
fibrous core, (2) the inner neurilemma, (3) the ganglion cell layer,
and (4) the outer neurilemma.

There is little to be said in regard to (1) and (2), as these
structures in Zygeupolia conform to the usual Nemertean type.

In the ganglion cell layer of the brain occur the three types of
nerve cells, the small, the medium-sized and the large, described
by Birger and Montgomery and denoted as I, If and III. Mont-
gomery describes the cells of the first type, p. 385, as ‘‘ densely
massed together and of a shortened pyriform shape. The nucleus
is very large in proportion to the cell body, in fact, nearly filling
it... .’’ This description may also be applied to the cells of

682 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

the first type in Zygeupolia, figs. 20, 9, G.C.,, which are found
abundantly on the dorsal and outer lateral sides of the dorsal
lobes, and on the outer lateral sides of the ventral lobes. They
are very numerous around and in the cerebral organs.

The cells of the second type, figs. 20, 10, G.C.,, are elongated
and pear-shaped. The cytoplasm is more abundant than in I,
the nucleus is oval and centrally placed, containing relatively less
chromatin than that of I. These ceils are arranged usually in
radiate clusters, and their distribution in Zygeupolia agrees with
that described for other Nemerteans by Birger and Montgomery,
namely, on the ventral Jobes and along the lateral chords, never
in the dorsal lobes.

The cells of the third type, figs. 20, 8, G.C..,, are much larger
than either I or II, but vary considerably in size. They are
long, pear-shaped cells, with the greatest diameter proximally.
The nucleus is large, round, and centrally placed, with a large
nucleolus, and the chromatin distributed throughout the nucleus.
Montgomery states that ‘‘ while the cell bodies vary considerably
in size, their nuclei remain of nearly uniform dimensions.’
These cells are found in both dorsal and ventral lobes and along
the lateral chords.

A fourth type of cell has been discovered and named by Birger
(1894), namely, the colossal neurochord cells. Biirger (1899),
p. 105, states: ‘‘ Neurochordzellen fand ich bei allen von mir unter-
suchten Cerebratulen, ferner bei Langia formosa. Das Gehirn
besitzt stets nur ein einziges Paar von Neurochordzellen, welches
an der medialen Fliche der ventralen Ganglien dort gelagert ist,
wo die Schlundnerven entspringen. Zahlreiche Neurochordzellen
befinden sich indessen im Ganglienzellbelag der Seitenstiimme. . . .”’
Birger also found in the Metanemerteans Drepanophorus and
Prosadenoporus one pair of neurochord cells in the brain, but
none along the lateral chords. The presence of neurochord cells

in Cerebratulus -lacleus has been demonstrated by Montgomery -

(1897 6), who found that ‘‘ the colossal ganglion cells (IV) of
Cerebratulus are present in three pairs in the ventral brain lobes,
and are distributed irregularly along the lateral chords, but are
wholly absent in both ends of the latter (namely, in the cesopha-
geal region and in the caudicle).’’

In Zygeupolia a pair of large cells is found on the median sides

jinn.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 685

of the ventral brain lobes, about .06 mm. behind the ventral com-
missure. Both cells lie in the same transverse plane. In one
very favorable specimen the nerve tubule of one cell could be
traced into the fibrous core of the ventral lobe. These cells are
elongated, with the greatest diameter at the rounded proximal
end, and surrounded by a sheath of connective tissue fibres,
Plate XL, fig. 8, Cn.T.S. The length of the cell body is about
-058 mm., the greatest width about .029 mm., the diameter of the
nucleus .012 mm. The cytoplasm stains a pale violet, hematoxy-
lin and eosin stain, and has a slightly granular appearance. The
somewhat oval nucleus is proximally placed, the chromatin is dis-
tributed around the periphery, and one large nucleolus is present.

From the position, size and structure of these cells it seems not
unfitting to term them neurochord cells.

Birger has observed that neurochord cells occur in those forms
that swim freely, and he thinks there may be some correlation
between the occurrence of neurochords and the swimming habit.
While it would be hasty to say that Zygeupolia has not the power
of free swimming, it has not been observed swimming. either in
nature or in captivity. In its native habitat it is always found
below the surface of the sand, and while in an aquarium it never
rises to the surface, but remains on the bottom, burrowing in the
sand, if there is any present, and surrounds itself as soon as possi-
ble with a slime sheath to which particles of sand adhere. When
placed in a shallow dish of water the head is usually kept erect
and continually swaying about, but there is little or no movement
of the body as a whole.

It should be mentioned here that one pair of large ganglion
cells, from their structure and position evidently neurochord cells,
has lately been observed by the writer in Micrura eeca. It is not
improbable that the occurrence of these cells among the Nemer-
teans is more common than is generally supposed.

The outer neurilemma is but slightly developed in Zygeupolia.
It is found around the ventral lobes, but does not occur to any
extent around the dorsal lobes or along the lateral chords.

3. SENSE OrGANS.—a. The Cerebral Organs.—The cerebral
organs appear in life, Plate XL, figs. 1, 16, C. Org., as rather pear-
shaped bodies situated at the posterior ends of the dorsal brain lobes,
above the ventral lobes. They are silvery gray, except the poste-

684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dec.,

rior ends, which are dark greenish and contain large globules that
haye an oily appearance, the secretion from the posterior gland
cells. The large blood vessels, in which the posterior ends of the
cerebral organs lie, are very noticeable in life, fig. 16, C. Org. V.
They are usually expanded, and the floating blood corpuscles may
be seen even with a low power.

Each cerebral organ consists of the following parts: (1) the
ciliated pit, opening directly to the exterior; (2) the ciliated canal,
leading from the pit to the anterior end of (3) the cerebral organ
proper.

The ciliated pit is the most anterior part of the cerebral organ.
It is a flask-shaped cavity, lined with a ciliated epithelium that is
differentiated histologically into several regions which will be de-
scribed below. The pit opens directly on the surface of the head,
there being no lateral slits, and in life is usually widely expanded,
the long cilia beating vigorously. In fixed preparations the pit
has a small external aperture, a narrow neck and the inner flask-
shaped portion, Plate XLI, fig. 21, Cil.P.

The ciliated canal, Ci/.C., is a narrow duct, a continuation of
the inner end of the ciliated pit. It extends in the transverse
plane of the body from the ciliated pit to the anterior end of the
cerebral organ proper, then, making a sharp turn at right angles to
itself, it enters the cerebral organ and continues backward to the
posterior end, where it terminates blindly.

The cerebral organ proper is a pear-shaped structure, wide at
the anterior end and gradually becoming narrower at the posterior
extremity. The cerebral organ nerve, which arises ventrally from
the posterior end of the dorsal brain lobe, enters the anterior end
of the cerebral organ on the dorsal surface, just in front of the
entrance of the ciliated canal, and then ramifies throughout the
organ.

The basement layer of the body epithelium is continued beneath
the epithelium-of the ciliated pit and forms around the cerebral
organ an envelope of connective tissue, fig. 21, On.7.S., of a
thickness about equal to that of the inner neurilemma of the brain
lobes. In fig. 21 the thickness of the basement layer and cerebral
organ sheath is slightly exaggerated. The most anterior part of
the cerebral organ is completely surrounded by muscular tissue—
the inner longitudinal muscle on the inner surface, the circular
muscle on the outer side.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 685

The change in the relative position of the circular muscle in
respect to the dorsal brain lobes and the cerebral organs has
already been described, the circular muscle lying on the inner side
of the dorsal lobe, but, with the beginning of the cerebral organs,
bending out so as to adjoin their outer surfaces (cf. figs. 19 and
21).

From fig. 16 it may be seen that the cerebral organ vessels,
C.org. V., lateral branches from the median vessel, MW. V., run for-
ward, partly encircling the cerebral organs and ending blindly near
their anterior ends. The anterior part of the cerebral organ (see
fig. 21, right side) is but partly surrounded by the blood vessel,
while the posterior end,* fig. 21, left side, lies nearly free in the
blood vessel, being attached at the extreme tip to the body wall. A
noticeable thinning of the connective tissue envelope accompanies
the increase of the surface in contact with the blood vessel, and at
its posterior end the cerebral organ is covered only by a low
epithelium of square flattened cells, except at the point of attach-
ment to the muscular wall, where a small portion of the connective
tissue sheath persists, fig. 21, left side.

Histology.—The epithelium of the ciliated pit consists of three
sharply differentiated regions: (1) the epithelium of the outer
part, or the neck of the pit; (2) the epithelium lining the median
part of the pit; (3) the innermost epithelium, “adjoining that of
the ciliated canal. These three regions may be seen in fig. 21,
Cil.P. The epithelial cells have the same general structure in all
three regions, except that the cilia of the cells in the median part
(2) are much longer. A cell from the median part (2) is shown
in fig. 7. It is a slender cell, with an expanded distal end on
which the long cilia, Cil., are borne, and tapering into a fine stalk
at the proximal basal end; the small nucleus, N., lies just above
the stalk. Each cilium consists of a basal knob, an upper knob
and a ciliary thread.

Between the ciliated supporting cells of the outer (1) and inner
(3) regions, numerous large interstitial connective tissue cells are
present, and their nuclei, fig. 21, On. 7T.N., are very noticeable in
sections. The median (2) region is characterized by its longer

‘The section drawn in fig. 21 is rather obliquely cut, so that on the
right the plane of the section passes through the ciliated pit and the begin-
ning of the cerebral organ, while on the left only the posterior part of the
cerebral organ is seen.

’

686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

cilia and the complete absence of the interstitial connective tissue
cells. In a horizontal section of the ciliated pit the contrast
between the three regions is very marked. In a preparation
stained with hematoxylin-eosin, the outer and inner regions are
studded with the deep-blue nuclei of the connective tissue cells.
whiie the median region appears pink, from the cytoplasm of the
supporting cells, their small nuclei being very inconspicuous.

The epithelium of the ciliated canal is a one-celled layer. The
cells are much lower and wider than those of the pit and bear
shorter cilia.

The anterior part of the cerebral organ proper, fig. 21, right
side, is richly provided with gland cells, Gi.,;. These are large
pear-shaped bodies with long slender ducts that open into the
ciliated canal. The cytoplasm is abundant, especially at the base
of the cell where the large spherical nucleus is situated. The
secretion is homogeneous and stains red, hematoxylin-eosin stain.

The posterior part of the cerebral organ, fig. 21, left side, con-
tains other gland cells of a different character, GJ... The eyto-
plasm is inconspicuous, the nucleus is small, and the secretion has
the form of large globules that stain a faint bluish-gray. These
cells are prominent in life, evidently containing oily globules.

The cerebral organs are well supplied with nervous substance.
Ganglion cells of the first type, fig. 21, G.C.,, are very numerous.

b. The Lateral Grooves.—The lateral grooves are two shallow
elongated pits extending horizontally, one on each side of the
body, above the lateral nerve chords. Each hasa length of about
1.5 mm.

The grooves are constant in position in the different specimens
examined, always beginning at the posterior end of the glandular
zone, Diagram 1, GU.Z. and Z.G., and ending about 1.5 mm. in
front of the great thickening of the inner circular muscle and the
beginning of the middle intestine.

The lateral grooves are distinctly seen in cross sections of this
region of the body, appearing as small pits or depressions in the
epithelium external to each lateral nerve chord, but they are not
macroscopically distinguishable in either living or preserved speci-
mens, although they have been repeatedly sought. The shallowness
of the grooves has probably rendered them indistinguishable
except by the microscope.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 687

The lateral areas of sections of the entire body have been care-
fully examined, but no indication of any constantly recurring de-
pressions could be found in any other region of the body, either
anteriorly or posteriorly. Here and there, of course, as in most
Nemerteans, are small depressions of the surface due to contrac-
tion and shrinkage, but their extent is very limited, and they may
occur in any position, dorsal, ventral or lateral.

Fig. 62 is a cross section of a portion of the body wall through
one of the lateral grooves. It shows that the lateral groove,
L.G., is a depression both of the body epithelium, Hp., and of
the outer longitudinal muscle layer, 0.L£.M. The epithelial cells
in the groove are rather closely crowded together, and the indi-
vidual cells are not distinguishable with the magnification used.
With a higher magnification, it may be seen that the epithelium is
composed of supporting cells, gland cells and interstitial connee-
tive tissue cells, just like the rest of the body epithelium. There
is no differentiation of the epithelial cells in the groove. Cutis
gland cells of the blue-staining type, Cu. G/.., are present in the
outer longitudinal muscle layer around the lateral nerve chord
below the groove, and their ducts open between the epithelial
cells of the groove.

The peculiar appearance of the lateral nerve, as shown in fig.
62, has already been discussed.

The question now to be considered is, What are the lateral
grooves? Are they the result of contraction—i.e., artifacts—or
are they organs of the body ?

The question whether the lateral grooves are merely contractions
seems to me to be disposed of by the facts of their constant posi-
tion, extent and regular occurrence in several individuals. The
alternative, then, is that they are paired organs of the body ; but
with what function ?

When these grooves were first observed, I believed that they
were sense pits, comparable to the lateral sense organs ( ‘‘ Seiten-
organe’’) of the Protonemerteans, and I hoped that further study,
both upon living worms and sections, would demonstrate the pres-
ence of sensory cells and possibly of nerves.

The careful study of sections has not revealed any differentia-
tions of the epithelial cells of the lateral groove, although no
especial nerve technique, such as the Golgi or methylen blue

688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

methods, has been employed. The possibility remains that under
such treatment nerves and sensory cells may yet be demonstrated.

The strongest evidence in faYor of considering the lateral grooves
as sense organs is the fact that dermal sense organs—aside from
the well-known lateral sense organs (‘‘Seitenorgane’’) of the Pro-
tonemerteans, and the frontal organs of other forms—have lately
been discovered in certain Nemerteans.

In the anterior part of the body of Purapolia awrantiaca Coe®
there occur paired structures, resembling the lateral grooves of
Zygeupolia, and in the same relative position—that is, in the sides
of the body posterior to the nephridia and anterior to the middle
intestine. Plate XLIV, fig. 63, represents a transverse section of
a part of the body wall of Parapolia through one of the lateral
grooves. From this it may be seen that the outer longitudinal
muscle, just outside the lateral nerve chord, contains an abundance
of large swollen cutis gland cells, Cu. Gl... These cells stain blue
with hematoxylin and are present only in the vicinity of the lat-
eral nerves, being absent from the rest of the cutis. The section
figured shows that the ‘‘ lateral groove’’ is elevated above the
general surface level, but in other sections it is depressed into a
groove.

This elevation and depression of the ‘‘ groove’’ is interesting
when one recalls that, aceording to Birger (1895), the Protone-
mertean Jateral sense organs and the Metanemertean frontal organs
may be both invaginated and everted. No differentiated sense
cells or nerves are distinguishable in the ‘‘ grooves’’ of Parapolia.

The length of the groove of Purapolia is about the same as
that of Zygeupolia, and they are probably homologous structures,

In the twelve dermal sense organs of the head, lately described
by me (1900 6) for Carinoma tremaphoros, although undoubted
sensory cells are present, only in one case could a nerve, running
to the pit, be demonstrated.

The recent discovery of a pair of lateral sense organs in the
new Heteronemertean Micrella rufa Punnett (1901 b) is of great
interest and value. Punnett describes ‘‘ a lateral sense organ on
either side (fig. 2) shortly behind the excretory pore. In the pre-

5 Dr. Coe has very kindly allowed me to examine the slides of his type
specimen of Parapolia and to make drawings of the sense organs. One of
these is shown on Pl. XLIV, fig. 63.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689

served animal it is conspicuous as a small longitudinal slit (fig. 5)
about .75 mm. long on either side. It is lined with characteristic
glandular epithelium, resembling that found in the head slits
(fig. 6).”’

These facts suggest the possibility that the lateral grooves of
Zygeupolia may be sense organs that are either in process of forma-
tion, or that have degenerated and lost their sensory character.

There remains one other interpretation of the lateral grooves,
which has been suggested by the presence of the great glandular
zone in front of the grooves and the situation of the gonads poste-
rior to them. The glandular zone may have a function like the
clitellum of the Annelids, and the lateral grooves may be like the
grooves found along the sides of the body of an earthworm, and
serve to conduct the mucous secretion to the egg cells. This last
hypothesis could be substantiated only by a careful study of the
habits of Zygeupolia.

4. Tar RayncnopaumM.—Immediately behind the tip of the
head on the ventral surface may be found a very small opening,
the proboscis pore (‘‘ Riisseloffnung’’), which is the external open-
ing of the rhynchodeum.

The rhynchodzeum is the rather cylindrical cayity that extends
through the head from the point of attachment of the proboscis
with the body wall, Plate XL, fig. 1, y, forward to the proboscis
pore, P.p., at the tip of the head. It is the path of exit for the
evaginated proboscis.

A transverse section through the rhynchodseum shows that its
walls are provided with four strong bundles of longitudinal muscle,
seen in Plate XLI, fig. 18, Rd.M., and that it is lined with a cili-
ated epithelium. This lining is very delicate and liable to be torn
away, and usually can be seen only at the most anterior part of the
rhynchodeeum. It may persist farther back, but the cilia are
mostly broken off in the preparations that have been sectioned.
The cilia of this epithelial lining are considerably longer than those
of the body epithelium.

5. Rayncnocat AnD Progoscis SHEATH.—The proboscis, fig.
1, P., lies in a spacious cavity, the rhynehocel, Re., the muscular
walls of which form the so-called ‘‘ proboscis sheath.” The rhyn-
choceel is closed anteriorly by the attachment of the proboscis to

44

690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

the body wall, figs. 1, 16, y, and posteriorly ends blindly about
.8 mm. in front of the anus, fig. 17, Re.

In the brain region the rhynchoccl is very narrow, passing
between the dorsal and ventral commissures, fig. 20, Fe. A con-
stant widening of the rhynchoce] takes place in the csophageal
region, fig. 22, and the widest, most expanded part usually lies above
that portion of the body extending from the nephridia to the
beginning of the middle intestine (see fig. 1). At the latter
point the great increase of the circular muscle layer of the probos-
cis sheath and of the inner circular layer causes a sudden con-
striction of the rhynchoccel, fig. 23. Posterior to this narrowed
region, which is quite short, the rhynchoccel again widens, then
gradually narrows more and more until near the end of the body
the cavity is scarcely demonstrable.

The rhynchoceel is filled with a fluid in which float numerous
long narrow cells, fig. 43, the ‘‘ rhynehoccel corpuscles’? of Biir-
ger, ‘‘ Navicula’’ of Quatrefages (1846) and Keferstein (1862).
These cells are long and spindle-shaped, larger in the middle
where the nucleus lies, and tapering to a fine point at each end.
They are flattened and ribbonlike, as may be seen when the cell is
twisted. Buiirger (1892) has described an ‘‘ attraction sphere ”’
in the cytoplasm by the side of the nucleus. These do not appear
in my preparations and, unfortunately, the rhynchoccel corpuscles
were not studied in life. In one cell, however, the nuclear mem-
brane curves in on one side, and a lighter zone in the adjoining
cytoplasm may be seen, but there are no astral radiations. In
another cell, fig. 48, .V,, two nuclei are present, probably the
result of amitosis.

A second, smaller type of cell, fig. 42, is also found in the
rhynehoccel, resembling the free corpuscles in the blood vessels.
These cells are rounded, with finely granular cytoplasm and
prominent nuclei.

The layers of the proboscis sheath are as follows (see figs. 20,
50):

1. The cireular muscle layer, C.J p.s.

2. The longitudinal muscle layer, 1. .M.p.s.

3. The basement layer, B.L.

4. The epithelium, Le. Ep.

The muscular layers are rather thin in the head region, except

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 691

when especially contracted. The basement layer is a homoge-
neous, gelatinous-looking, fibrous connective tissue layer, resem-
bling that of the proboscis and body epithelia. The epithelial cells
in the anterior part of the rhynchoccel, Plate XLIII, fig. 50, are
not in close contact with each other and do not form a flattened
endothelium. They are small, slender, pear-shaped cells, attached
by their proximal ends to the basement membrane, with the nuclei
at their distal ends, which project freely into the rhynchoceel.
Farther back these cells become a flattened endothelium.

The dorsal blood vessel in this region is bordered on its ventral
surface by numerous bundles of longitudinal muscle, evidently
_ derived from the longitudinal muscle of the proboscis sheath,

From the end of the cesophageal region to the beginning of the
middle intestine the rhynchoccel is usually greatly dilated, the pro-
hoscis is intricately coiled and much of the rhynchoccelomie fiuid is
centred here. Frequently the entire proboscis is drawn forward
into this region, leaving the posterior part of the rhynchoecl quite
empty.

The proboscis sheath in the expanded region is stretched to its
greatest extent, so that it appears in cross section as an extremely
thin sheet of tissue, and its component layers are scarcely distin-
guishable.

In the posterior part of the rhynchoccel—i.e., in the part lying
above the middle intestine—the circular muscle is the predominating
layer in the proboscis sheath, the longitudinal muscle being repre-
sented by a very small number of fibres.

A word may be said here in regard to the comparative extent
and character of the rhynchoccel and proboscis sheath in the difter-
ent groups of Nemerteans, and of its position in respect to other
organs.

In the Protonemerteans the rhynchoccel is short, its extent being
only about one-third that of the body. It is widest in the ne-
phridial region, then becomes constricted, owing to the thickening
of the inner circular muscle, but again widens somewhat before its
termination, just in front of the beginning of the middle intestine.
In the words of Birger (1895), p. 95: ‘‘ Das Rhynchocdlom
ist vor der Nephridialregion am geriumigsten, in derselben wird
es durch die miichtig angeschwollene innere Ringmuskelschicht
sehr betriichtlich eingeengt und erweitert sich wieder etwas, nach-

692 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

dem jene abgenommen hat, hinter den Nephridien.’? In Hu-
brechtia the rhynchoccel is short, ending just in front of the begin-
ning of the middle intestine. To quote Birger again, p. 106:
‘«Der Mitteldarm von H, beginnt in der hinteren Region des
Rhynchocdioms. In diesem vordersten Abschnitt des Mitteldarms
erscheinen die Taschen nur als flache seitliche Aushuchtungen des
sehr geriiumigen centralen Darmrohres. Sobald das Rhyn-
chocélom aufhért, verengt sich aber das centrale Rohr, und nun-
mehr werden die Taschen sehr umfangreich, sie erfiillen die K6rper
fast vollig.”’

Carinoma has the rhynchoceel extending throughout the body,

but the character of the proboscis sheath is very diverse. In no ©

other Nemertean is the inner circular muscle so highly developed,
and as this muscle layer increases in thickness, the muscle of the
proboscis sheath becomes thinner and finally disappears altogether.
But with the ending of the inner circular muscle in the
nephridial region, the proboscis sheath again acquires a muscula-
ture of its own. This region is also the beginning of the middle
intestine—‘‘ Sowie der Vorderdarm aus dem inneren Ringmuskel-
schlauch herausgetreten ist, beginnt der Mitteldarm,’’ Birger
(1895), p. 113. In Callinera biirgeri, Bergendal (1900 a), the
rhynchoccel ends in the anterior part of the middle intestinal region
by a great muscular swelling of its lateral and ventral walls.
Bergendal, p. 314, describes this as follows: ‘‘ Das Rhyncho-
ccelom besitzt schwache Winde, bis dasselbe sich dem zweiten
Drittel des K6rpers niihert. Da erhiilt es zuerst eine sehr starke
Grundschicht, die bald weiter nach hinten wieder verdtinnt wird
und in einen miichtigen Muskelsack eindringt. ... . Die dor-
sale Wand des Rhynchoceloms schwindet und besteht nur in einer
etwas verstiirkten Grundschicht. Die seitliche und ventrale Wand
wird um so dicker und besteht aus sehr schénen bogenférmigen
Muskelbindern . . . . diese Schicht ist beinahe so miichtig wie
die halbe Dicke des K6rpers.”’

From these data it is seen that in Nemerteans with a short rhyn-
choceel, the termination of the latter is near the end of the nephri-
dial region and the beginning of the middle intestine, and usually
coinciding with the thickening, when present, of the inner circular
muscle. Carinoma is no exception to this, for we may regard its
long rhynehoceel as merely a secondary development backward

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 693

behind the usual point of termination, The same may be said of
Zygeupolia. The expanded rhynchoceel is constricted in the region
of the inner circular muscle at the beginning of the middle intes-
tine, and instead of ending here, as may have been the case primi-
tively, has secondarily developed backward through the whole
length of the body.

6. Tur Propozcis.—The proboscis, Plate XL, figs. 1, 16, P.,
is attached to the body wall in the brain region, just anterior to
the dorsal commissure. It lies in the rhynchoccel, Re., bathed by
the rhynchoccelomie fluid. The posterior end is not attached to the
wall of the rhynchoccel but is entirely free, there being no retractor
muscle.

In regard to its histology the proboscis may be divided into
three regions, which, however, pass very gradually into one an-
other. These parts are (1) the anterior region, which is compara-
tively short, being of about the same length as the cesophagus,
above which it lies; (2) the middle region, comprising the greater
part of the proboscis; and (3) the extreme posterior region, only
a few millimeters in length.

In the following description the nomenclature of Birger (1895)
will be followed, by which in the unevaginated proboscis the layers
nearest the central cavity are termed the inner layers, those toward
the periphery the outer.

The Anterior Region.—This part of the proboscis is usually
straight and the average diameter is 0.116 mm. A cross section,
Plate XLII, fig. 35, has the following layers:

1. The outer epithelium, o. Ep.

2. The subepithelial layer of circular muscle fibrils, Ep. Mf.

3. The outer basement layer, 0. B.L.

4. The longitudinal muscle iayer, J.M.

5. The iateral nerves, P.N.

6. The inner basement layer, i.B.L.

7. The inner epithelium, 7. Zp.

The outer epithelium, fig. 44, 0.Ep., in the most anterior part
of the anterior region, consists of low, rather brick-shaped cells,
in which the cytoplasm is quite abundant, and whose nuclei are
large and prominent. Farther back the cells are lower and
finally form a flattened endothelium, that is frequently torn away
in my preparations.

694 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [{Dec.,

Just beneath the outer epithelium is a layer of very fine muscle
fibres, Ep.m.f., running circularly around the proboscis. These
may be termed the subepithelial circular muscle layer’ of the pro-
boscis. In a cross section of the proboscis, fig. 35, these fibrils
are in longitudinal section, but in a longitudinal section of the
proboscis, fig. 38, they are cut transversely, anu it may be seen
that the layer is only one fibril thick.

The basement layer, or ground substance, is a homogeneous,
gelatinous-looking structure of considerable thickness. It is a pro-
duct of the fibres of connective tissue cells, and their nuclei may
be found scattered here and there among the fibres. The thick-
ness varies considerably in different specimens. It may be most
favorably studied in a specimen fixed with Gilson’s fluid, one of
the best fixatives for connective tissue. The region of the greatest
thickness is always in the anterior part of the proboscis and rapidly
diminishes toward the middle region.

The longitudinal muscle layer, L. JL, consists of bundles of fibres,
about eight to ten fibres in each.

The two proboscis nerves, P..V., are distinct from one another,
each surrounded by a sheath of connective tissue.

The structure of the inner basement layer, i. 6.L., is similar to
that of the outer layer but is only about one-third as thick. The
inner epithelium, 7. y., is a one-celled layer. The cells are square
in cross section, the cell-membranes distinct and the nuclei large
and rounded. Between the epithelial cells are numerous gland
cells, GZ.,, the contents of which stain dark blue with heematoxy-
lin. The central cavity of the proboscis is quite large in this
region.

The transition stages between the anterior and middle regions
are characterized by the decrease in thickness and the almost total
disappearance of the outer basement layer. Its diminution is
coincident with the cstablishment of a circular muscle layer on
the axial side of the longitudinal muscle. A considerable amount
of connective tissue appears within the new circular muscle Jayer,
forming the core of the papille into which the inner surface
of the proboscis is now raised. A considerable increase in the

® The subepithelial muscle fibrils are not seen in fig. 44, which represents
a portion of the proboscis only a few sections behind its point of attach-
ment, but they begin a short distance farther back and form a continuous
layer to the posterior tip of the proboscis.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 695

height of the inner epithelial cells may be noticed, and gland cells
are becoming more numerous.

The Middle Region.—The proboscis is usually greatly twisted
and coiled, and the maximum diameter is found here, about
0.4mm. The layers are as follows (see figs, 38, 40):

1. The outer epithelium, o. Hp.

2. The subepithelial layer of circular muscle fibrils, Ep.m.f.

3. The outer basement layer, 0. B. L.

4, The longitudinal muscle layer, L..M.

5. The circular muscle layer, C.J.

6. The nervous plexus, n.p.

7. The connective tissue of the papille, Cn. T.

8. The inner epithelium, 7. Zp.

1, 2, 3, 4 and 7 have essentially the same structure as in the
transition stages. The notable features of this region are found in
the circular muscle and the inner epithelium. Shortly after the
appearance of the circular muscle layer, there is a crossing of the
circular ‘fibres at one point out through the longitudinal layer.

es eo08

:
5
°
ig

eek

oe

2 ol

emeara
fo9035

fae
fae

Diagram 6.— Zygeupolia, cross Diagram 7.—Zygeupolia, cross
section of ‘‘middle region’’ of pro- section of ‘‘middle region’’ of pro-
boscis, with one muscular eross— boscis, with strong dorsal and faint
D.X., dorsal muscular cross; 7.#p., | ventral muscular cross—D.X., dor-
inner epithelium. sal museular cross; V.X., arm of

ventral cross; 7.#p., inner epithe-
lium ; A., abnormal, enlarged region
of longitudinal muscle. :

The fibres of the cross are very thin, and after crossing are appar-
ently continued as the subepithelial circular layer of fibrils before

696 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

described. It is a fact. worthy of note that although the crossing
of the circular fibres takes place first in the middle region, the
subepithelial layer of circular fibrils extends almost to the anterior
end of the proboscis.

In some specimens the muscular cross is present on the dorsal
surface only (see Diagram 6, D.Y.), in others there is a weaker
cross on the ventral side, fig. 40, and in still other specimens the
two arms of the ventral cross are very faint, and lie about 120°
apart (see Diagram 7, V.X.). In this latter case there is an
exceptional arrangement of the longitudinal muscle fibres of the
proboscis. The dorso-ventral diameter is about .145 mm., and
almost one-half of the area of the proboscis is occupied by the
circular muscle of the ventral side, Diagram 7, AK. The muscle
fibres have inereased enormously on tbis side, and spaces filled
with a connective tissue reticulum separate the wide part of the
layer from the narrower, normal part. Through these connective
tissue areas run the fibres of the ventral cross.

The lateral nerves are separate at the beginning of the middle
region, but farther back they spread out into a thin nervous layer,
fig. 40, n.p., which forms a continuous ring around the proboscis,
along the inner surface of the circular muscle.

The glandular inner epithelium of the middle region is charac-
terized by a structure that will be termed the glandular ridge,
Plate XLII, fig. 40, Gl.R. The dorsal surface bears an eleva-
tion consisting of a core of connective tissue, Cn. 7., which is con-
tinued throughout the middle region. The epithelium clothing the
ridge is very specialized. The entire surface of the ridge is thrown
into a series of lesser elevations, or knobs, covered by masses of rod-
shaped bodies that are aggregated in clusters, each cluster on a small
papilJa. With hematoxylin-eosin these rods stain a bright red,
and are evidently glandular secretions. Birger (1895) has
described and figured, from the probosces of living worms, very
similar structures, which he has termed rhabdites. Biirger con-
siders each rhabdite as the product of a single cell. As the red-
staining bodies in Zygeupolia bear a close resemblance to the rhab-
dites of Burger, they will receive the same term. Unfortunately
the proboscis of Zygeupolia was not studied in life, so that tke de-
scriptions here given are based wholly on sections.’

7 The best fixation for the rhabdites is 95 per cent. alcohol ; their structure
is also shown, but not so well, with corrosive sublimate and 50 per cent.

opt

a ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 697

Fig. 36 shows a small branch of the glandular ridge, on the sur-
face of which are several clusters of rhabdites. The section has
passed through the centre of the branch, exposing the central
connective tissue core, the lightly shaded area, Cn.7. No nuclei
have been seen in the rhabdite cells, probably owing to the great
number and the close proximity of the glandular secretions.

The inner epithelium of the ventral surface is of quite a different
character. A certain amount of interstitial connective tissue is
present at the base, but there are no elevations. The most promi-
nent constituents of the epithelium are the large pink-staining
(hematoxylin-eosin) gland cells, fig. 40, Gi... These cells are
quite elongated, the distal ends are large, and the proximal ends
are narrowed into a slender stalk. The cell body is entirely filled
with the granular secretion, and the nucleus lies just above the
stalk. Between the gland cells are very slender cells, somewhat
resembling epithelial supporting cells in shape. The nucleus is at
the base of the slender cell body, and in the distal cytoplasm may
be found one, or sometimes two, rods shaped like a thorn, with
flat base and pointed end. The base is embedded in the cyto-
plasm, the pointed ends project beyond the cell. These structures,
fig. 40, Th., stain a deep blue, hematoxylin-eosin; brownish with
the Ehrlich-Biondi stain.

The Posterior Region.-—The diameter of the proboscis in the
posterior region, fig. 41, is constantly decreasing, until at the
extreme tip it measures only .04 mm.

The outer epithelial cells, fig. 39, 0. Ep., like those of the ex-
treme anterior region, are rather brick-shaped cells with abundant
cytoplasm, and do not form a flattened endothelium. The muscle
layers have decreased relatively to the other tissues; and instead of
the nervous plexus of the middle region, there are, again, two
separate lateral nerves, P.N. The amount of connective tissue,
Cn. T.N., has increased, and as the nuclei of these cells are large,
with but little cytoplasm, the effect produced is that of a layer of
undifferentiated tissue. The glandular ridge has disappeared, and
the inner epithelium is of a uniform character, consisting of pink-
staining gland cells, G/.,, like those in the ventral epithelium of
the middle region.

alcohol ; while they are swollen and quite unrecognizable with Flemming’s
fluid.

698 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

At the extreme tip of the proboscis the muscular layers almost
disappear, the connective tissue cells become even more abundant,
and the gland cells of the inner epithelium are replaced by low,
flattened endothelial cells.

7. Tur BLoop VascuLtar Syssrem.—The anterior part of the
head of Zygeupolia differs from that of most Nemerteans in being
quite devoid of blood vessels, and even of blood spaces that are
large enough to be seen, although there is no doubt a network of
capillaries too fine to be distinguishable either in life or in fixed
preparations.

The blood system makes its first appearance in the brain region,
just behind the insertion of the proboscis, Plate XL, fig. 16.

In the blood system the following parts oiay be found (see figs.
ss IAS

(1) The fine paired head vessels, H.V.,* which unite to form
(2) the unpaired median vessel, M.V.; (5) the paired cerebral
organ vessels, C. Org. V.; (4) the unpaired dorsal vessel, D. V.;
(5) the paired Jateral vessels of the body, LZ. V.; (6) the ventral
connectives of the lateral vessels (fig. 22), V.bl.con.; (7) the
paired dorso-lateral vessels at the posterior end of the body, derived
from the forking of the unpaired dorsal vessel, D/. V., and (8) the
central blood lacuna in the caudicle, Bi. L.

In sections of the brain region, fig. 19, H.V., the head vessels
appear as two irregular clefts running dorso-ventrally, one on each
side of the proboscis, just behind its insertion. These narrow slits
lie in the limited area between the proboscis sheath and the circular
muscle of the body wall, and in the vicinity of the ventral brain
commissure their ventral ends coalesce, forming an unpaired cres-
cent-shaped vessel, the median vessel, which encircles the lower
half of the proboscis sheath, fig. 20, JL V.

‘The median blood vessel extends from this point backward-as far
as the mouth. Jn its course it becomes considerably deeper dorso-
ventrally, and is very noticeable in sections of “this region. It
assumes a horseshoe shape, with the apex pointing ventrally and
the two long slender arms prolonged dorsally. In the vicinity of
the cerebral organs, fig. 21, the arms are cut off by a horizontal
band of muscle fibres, H.W., that lies beneath the cerebral organs

® The reference line from /Z. J”, in fig. 16, should extend in as far a3 the
red lines indicating the head vessel.

+)

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 699

and the rhynchocel, so that only the triangular middle part of
the median vessel now remains.

Immediately behind the ventral brain commissure the unpaired
dorsal blood vessel arises from the median vessel, figs. 16, 21, D. V.
It passes up through the muscle layers of the proboscis sheath into
the rhynehoce], and continues in this position —on the floor of the
thynchoce!l in the median line, but bounded dorsally by the rhyn-
choceelomie epithelium—until about the middle of the nephridiay
region, fig. 22. Here the dorsal vessel passes down through the
proboscis sheath and out again into the tissue that is just beneath
the rhynchoccel and above the alimentary canal; and this position
is retained throughout the remainder of its course, figs. 23, 24.

In the anterior cesophagea] region the lateral blood vessels are
united beneath the esophagus by ventral connectives. In one speci-
men the connectives are brozd and dilated, fig. 22, V.bi.con., in
others they are almost entirely shrunken tegether. The ventral con-
nection of the lateral trunks is continued throughout the cesopha-
geal region, forming a network of fine anastomosing branches. It
is probably further continued, in the remainder of the body, but
T have been unable to follow it in my specimens.

In the cesophageal region the lateral trunks lie on the dorso- lateral
side of the alimentary canal; in the middle intestinal region they
have moved ventrally and lie on the ventral side of the intestine.

No connection between the dorsal vessel and the lateral trunks
has been observed, except at the extreme posterior end of the
body. Some little distance in: front of the end of the body
proper (see fig. 17) the dorsal vessel divides into two, which for a
time lie side by side, their walls adjoining. They then move apart,
and lie in about the same relative distance from one another as do
the two ventral lateral trunks, so that in a section of this region,
fig. 26, four vessels are present, symmetrically placed.

Just anterior to the anal opening the two dorsal vessels, or rather
the dorso-lateral vessels, descend and unite with their ventral fellows
in a large blood lacuna, fig. 27, BLL. This lacuna now occupies
most of the area inside the body musculature, for the intestine curves
dorsally and shortly opens to the exterior on the dorsal surface
of the body. The large Jacuna passes on into the caudicle,. fig.
17, Bl.L., and continues throughout its length. It has no definite
walls, but is bounded by the muscular wall of the candicle, on the

700 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dec.

inner surface of which are irregular groups of large mesenchym
cells, figs. 27, 28, mes., many of which become detached and float
freely in the lacuna.

Histology.—The wall of the median blood vessel is a one-celled
layer, fig. 29, of low, somewhat flattened cells that are wider than
high. The nuclei are oval and rather prominent and the cyto-
plasm clear and hyaline. In places the wall becomes a flattened
endothelium, often appearing in crbdss section like a thin membrane,
along which the nuclei lie. '

The lining of the cerebral organ blood vessels is of a similar
character.

The dorsal blood vessel, as already mentioned, lies, in the ante-
rior part of its course, in the mid-yentral wall of the rhynchoccel,
and posteriorly, beneath the rhynchoccel.

Fig. 50, a section through the dorsal blood vessel shortly behind
its origin, shows that the vessel is surrounded ventrally and later-
ally by bundles of longitudinal fibres, which are more numerous
here than on the other surfaces of the rhynchoccel wall, and proba-
bly take part in the contractions of the vessel, while the dorsal
surface of the vessel is bounded by the epithelial lining of the rhyn-
chocel, Re. Ep.

The wall of the dorsal vessel consists of an enduthelium, End.,
of low, rather brick-shaped cells with large nuclei. The cells of
the ventral part of the wall are very regularly arranged, Plate
XLILI, fig. 50, but the regularity of the dorsal wall is interrupted
by the proliferation of numerous blood-forming cells, Bl.f.C., that
project into the Jumen of the vessel and remain for some time at-
tached to the dorsal wall by their slender stalks.

The boundary between the dorsal wall of the blood vessel and
the epithelium of the rhynchoecel is marked by a fine Jine, B/. I,
that varies in distinctness in different preparations. After the
hematoxylin-eosin stain it appears pink, after iron-hematoxylin,
black, so that it-is probable that a few muscle fibres are present
here, forming a very delicate circular layer around the dorsal side
of the vessel. This line might also represent a deeply stained
connective tissue layer, but, since the dorsal vessel after leaving the
rhynchoccel has a well-defined muscle sheath, it seems more likely
that this is the beginning of a muscle layer.

The blood-forming cells are evidently enlarged endothelial cells,

a

oe

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 701

that gradually separate off and become free. At first pear-shaped,
with a slender stalk, they later become rounded and are frequently
ameeboid in outline, fig. 51, B/.f.C. The cytoplasm is finely granu-
lar in appearance and quite prominent. In the anterior (rhyn-
choceelomie) part of the dorsal vessel the blood-forming cells arise
only from the dorsal side, but posteriorly from all sides of the
dorsal vessel (ef. figs. 50, 51).

The dorsal blood vessel after leaving the rhynchocel lies beneath
it and above the intestine, figs. 22, 23, immediately surrounded by
a network of connective tissue cells. The wall, fig. 51, consists of
an inner endothelium, Hnd., and an outer circular muscle layer,
Bl.M., that in this region is continued around the entire vessel,
and is not confined to the dorso-lateral surface, as in the anterior
region. The muscle fibres are very fine, but are clear and distinct,
and are especially well seen in tangential sections of the vessel.
The endothelium, Hnd., is very irregular, being interrupted by the
proliferation of cells from all sides of the vessel. In places, many
consecutive sections of the vessel may be examined without finding
a single true endothelial cell, while numerous blood-forming cells
are present in each section. Two explanations for this are possible:
either all the endothelial cells have been changed into blood-
forming cells, or the endothelium has been rubbed or torn off. The
latter is supported by the fact that a thin lining of cytoplasm may
nearly always be seen on the inner side of the muscular layer, even
though no nuclei are present.

The two dorso-lateral vessels at the posterior end of the body,
figs. 26, 49, have the same histological structure as the dorsal ves-
sel—the outer, circular muscle layer, and the inner, more or less
interrupted endothelium and numerous blood-forming cells.

The lateral vessels, figs. 46, 47, L.V., and their ventral con-
nectives, V.b/.con., are lined anteriorly by low, brick-shaped cells
like those of the median vessel, with prominent nuclei and hyaline
cytoplasm. This endothelium soon becomes more flattened and
membraneous. Here and there a blood-forming cell is given off,
fig. 46, Bl.f.C., but there is no abundant proliferation. of these
cells as in the dorsal vessel. In the nephridial region the endo-
thelium of the lateral blood yessels is discontinuous, being absent
from the surfaces of the terminal bulbs. No muscular layer is
present in the anterior part of the lateral vessels, the wall consist-

702 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [{Deec. ,

ing merely of the endothelium. Outside of the membraneous en-
dothelium, in the more posterior part of the lateral vessels, fine

fibrils are seen. These may he either fine muscular fibrils, or the

end processes of the branched connective tissue cells that are so
numerous around the blood yessels. From their general appear-
ance, and from the absence of muscle fibres in the more anterior
part of the lateral vessels, I am inclined to regard them rather as
connective tissue fibres.

8. Tur Excrerory Sysrpm.—The paired nephridia,? fig. 1,
Nph., lie in the anterior part of the body, about 6-7 mm. behind
the mouth, bordering on the ventral surface of the lateral blood
vessels and running parallel with them; they are about 2.5 mm.
in length, and there is no communication between the two nephri-
dia. Each nephridium may be briefly described as a slightly con-
voluted tube. (the main duct) that opens to the exterior by a nar-
row duct (exeretory duct) at its posterior end, and which ante-
riorly gives off a number of slender, thin-walled branches (the
ductules), each of these ending blindly in a group of specialized
cells, known as a terminal bulb (‘‘ Endkélbehen,’’ Birger).

The most anterior part of the nephridial system, consisting of
the terminal bulbs, fig. 47, 7.B., and their ductules, Nph.d., is
found along the ventral surface of the lateral blood vessels, Z. V.,
and their ventral connectives, Plate XLI, fig. 22, I b/.con. No
main duct is present in this region, and the irreeular network of
the fine ductules and their blind ends at first seemed a hopelessly
confused mass of tissue, but by the careful study of serial sections
the relative arrangement of the parts has been made out.

The terminal bulb, Plate XLIII, fig. 47, 7. B., is the blind en-
larged end of the fine ductule, Nph.d., coming from the main duct.
fig. 46, Nph.D. Each bulb consists of a number of cells, probably
eight to ten or more, but it is diffieult to determine this exactly as a
bulb does not always lie wholly in one section. The cells of the bulb
are placed side to side about a central lumen, so that the walls of
the bulb are one cell thick. The height of the cells——that is, the

“Several attempts were made to study the nephridia in life, but they
could be seen in two specimens only. In these, merely the presence of the
main duct was made out, and in one case the excretory duct. The methy-
len blue method, employed by Biirger (1892, p. 327, footnote) for the study
of the nephridia of Lupolia and various Metanemerteans, was tried but
without success, so that the following description is based entirely upon the
study of sections.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 705
distance from the lumen to the periphery of the bulb—is greater
than their width. The peripheral ends are considerably enlarged
and often irregular in outline; the luminal ends are frequently
produced into long slender processes that seem to take some part in
the formation of the stem of the bulb. The cytoplasm of the
peripheral (proximal) end takes a bright pink, hematoxylin-eosin
stain; the distal processes, however, stain very faintly. The nu-
cleus is large and fusiform, but appears round in cross section, and
is situated in the expanded proximal end of the cell.

After finding the terminal bulb cells so well preserved in see-
tions, it seemed most probable that the long branches of vibratile
cilia, the ‘‘ ciliary flames ’’ (‘‘ Wimperflammen,’’ Biirger), present
in the terminal bulbs of other Nemerteans, might also be found;
but although they have been carefully looked for, they have
net been seen. Cilia, fig. 46, Cil., are found on the cells of
the nephridial duct and of the ductules, and generally in a good
state of preservation, so that it seems improbable that the cilia of
the bulbs should have been destroyed by fixation. On the other
hand, the analogy with the termina) bulbs of those Nemerteans that
have been exhaustively studied is in favor of their presence in Zy-
geupolia also.

The bulbs project freely into the blood vessel all along its ven-
tral surface, and in one case a ductule was observed that passed
through the vessel, so that its bulb came to lie on the opposite,
dorsal, surface. The epithelial lining of the blood vessel is fre-
quently broken and discontinuous in the region of the bulbs, figs.
46, 47, and in no place are the bulbs covered by it, so that the
ends of the bulbs are directly bathed by the blood. The absence
of the blood vessel epithelium from the ends of the bulbs may fa-
cilitate the absorption of waste substance from the blood, and this
may account for the disappearance of the lining from around the
bulbs of the nephridia.

No internal openings between the nephridium and the blood
vessel, such as Oudemans describes in Carinoma armandi, have
been seen.

The nephridial ductules, figs. 46, 47, Nph.d., the slender tubes
that connect the terminal bulbs and the main duct, are very sinu-
ous, and it is probable that several terminal bulbs may connect
with one ductule. Some duetules are quite long, especially those

704 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dee.,

that run along the ventral blood connectives. The wall of the
ductule is a one-celled layer and encloses a narrow lumen. The
cells are wider than high, with but little cytoplasm and elongated
nuclei. The cell surface turned toward the lumen bears cilia. No
basement membrane is present.

About 3-4 mm. behind the first appearance of the terminal bulbs
the main nephridial duct begins, fig. 46, Nph.D. It is situated on
the ventral side of the lateral blood vessel, in the angle made by
the junction of the ventral connective with the lateral vessel; the
main duct does not project into the blood vessel, but merely-adjoins
it with one surface, the other surfaces being surrounded by the fibres
of the inner longitudinal muscle layer. The main duct is about 2
mm. long and composes the greater part of the nephridium. Into its
anterior end for some little distance the ductules open, but behind
that there are no diverticula until the excretory duct at the pos-
terior end is reached. The main duct is thick-walled, fig. 46, and
slightly convoluted throughout its length. The cells of the wall
are considerably higher than wide, with quite sharply defined cell
membranes. The nuclei are prominent and are situated near the
outer or basal side of the cell, i.e., away from the lumen of
the duct. The outer surfaces of the cells are usually irregular,
and often bear amceboid processes, no basement membrane being
present. The surface bordering on the lumen is ciliated, and the
basal knobs of the cilia are very distinct.

In the cells of the main duct and ductules of one specimen
that had been fixed in a solution of sublimate in 50 per cent.
aleohol, and stained with hematoxylin and eosin, were found
numerous prominent red-staining bodies of the same size as the
nucleus, but neither larger nor smaller ones. Wherever these red
bodies occurred they were found one to a cell, and at first it seemed
as if they were degenerating nuclei. Careful examination, how-
ever, detected the nucleus in each cell, of normal size, but
staining less deeply than usual. It is possible that these bodies
may be excretory masses, but their absence from the lumen
of the duct and the fact that no intermediate stages in their for-
mation have been seen would discredit this view. Burger (1890),
p. 93, describes in the nephridia of Carinella what may be simi-
lar masses: ‘‘ Schon in den Zellen der . . . . Endkanialchen und
Endkolben, fielen mir bis kerngrosse gliinzende griine Konkremente

ee

1301.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 705

auf. Ueber ihre Natur musste ich im Unklaren bleiben; niemals
beobachtete ich solehe im Excretionsgefiisslumen selbst.’’

The excretory duct, figs. 1, 45, Eve.d., is the small, thin-walled
tube that connects the main duct with the exterior. Its course is
in a plane at right angles to the plane of the main duct, and it
opens to the exterior just dorsal to the lateral nerve chord. Since
the excretory duct runs in a direct line to the epidermis with but
little turning or twisting, its length is merely the distance from the
main duct to the surface of the body wall. The cells composing
the wall are much lower than those of the main duct, and are
wider than high, the height being about .006 mm. Cilia are
borne on the inner surface. No basement membrane is present.
The cells of the excretory duct meet those of the body epithelium
at the surface of the body, there being little or no invagination of
the epidermis.

A good deal of evidently foreign matter from the exterior is
usually found in the excretory duct.

9. Toe AtowEntARY Sysrem.—The alimentary canal of the
Heteronemerteans is usually divided into the following regions:
(1) The mouth; (2) the csophagus, or anterior intestine (‘‘ Vor-
derdarm,’’ Biirger), a straight tube without lateral diverticula; (3)
the middle intestine (‘‘ Mitteldarm,’’ Birger), with lateral out-
growths or ceca throughout its length; (4) the anal portion of the
intestine (‘‘ Enddarm’’), a short region where the Jateral czeca ar
no longer present, terminating in (5) the anal opening. Biirger
(1895), p. 240, says: ‘*‘ Wir nennen den ungegliederten vorderen
Darmabsehnitt Vorderdarm, den gegliederten, welcher der mittleren
und hinteren K6rperregion characteristisch ist, den Mitteldarm.
Wir bezeichnen ferner am Mitteldarm den réhrenformigen Theil
als axiales Rohr, die peripheren Ausstiilpungen desselben als Darm-
taschen.’’

According to Birger, the csophagus (Vorderdarm) has fre-
quently two regions, an anterior and a posterior, that differ histo-
logically from one another. In Carinella Birger finds the epithelium
of the anterior part of the ‘* Vorderdarm’’ very rich in gland
cells, while the posterior part consists mostly of supporting cells
with a few scattered gland cells; and in Cerebratulus marginatus
he finds the same differentiation of anterior and posterior parts,

45

706 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

only in this genus the anterior glandular part is more extensive
than the posterior part. Biirger’s own words, p. 250, are: ‘“‘ Im
Vergleich mit Carinella setzt sich das Driisenepithel der Mund-
hohle, welches dort ja ganz iihnlich wie bei Cerebratulus marginatus
beschaffen ist, aber nur die Mundhohle und den allervordersten
Abschnitt des Vorderdarms auskleidet, bei den Cerebratulen weit
mach hinten fort... .. Aber es fehlt auch nicht jener zweite
Abschnitt des Vorderdarms bei Cerebratulus, welcher sich durch
seine Driisenzellen wesentlich yon dem ersten unterscheidet und den ~
Uebergang in den bei den héheren Formen durch die Darmtaschen
auch morphologisch von dem vorderen Darmabschnitt differenzirten
Mitteldarm bildet. . .. . Ks giebt also bei Cerebratulus, just wie
bei Carinella, einen iiusserst driisenreichen yorderen und einen
auffallend driisenarmen hinteren Vorderdarmabschunitt.’’

In Zygeupolia the differences between the anterior and the pos-
terior parts of the tube-like portion of the alimentary canal
(Vorderdarm) are so great that in this description the two parts
will be termed respectively the cesophagus and the stomach. My
reasons for this are partly for the sake of brevity and clearness,
since the expressions ‘‘ anterior part of anterior intestine’’ and
‘* posterior part of antericr intestine’’ are lengthy and awkward
to use; and partly to emphasize the very considerable differences in
the structuré of the two regions. It is my belief that while the
cesophagus is evidently derived from the ectoderm, the stomach,
together with the middle intestine, owes its origin to the entoderm.
The term stomach is not altogether a happy one, since it at once
suggests the ‘‘ Magendarm’’ or stomach intestine of the Metanemer-
teans, which may have a different embryologieal history; and yet,
on the other hand, the function of both is evidently digestive,
and the resemblances in the histology very striking. Both have a
truly glandular epithelium, as will be seen by comparing the sec-
tion of the epithelium of the ‘‘ Magendarm’’ of Drepanophorus latus,
figured by Biirger (1895), Taf. 27, Fig. 17, with the epithelium
of the stomach of Zygeupolia, Plate XLII, figs. 32, 33.

Therefore, in Zygeupolia the alimentary canal will be subdivided
into the following regions (see fig. 1): (1) The mouth, M.; (2)
the cesophagus, Qes.; (3) the stomach, S.; (4) the middle intes-
tine, M.I.; (5) the end intestine, E.J. (Enddarm), and (6) the

anus, fig. 17, A.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 707

The mouth, figs. 1, 16, JZ, is situated on the ventral surface of
the body, shortly behind the brain, and about 5 mm. from the tip
of the head. Ina passive condition the mouth is a small round
opening, with crinkled edges forming a kind of circular Jip, but
it is capable of great expansion, enabling the worm to swallow prey
nearly as Jarge as itself. The tissue immediately encircling the
mouth is conspicuous in life by its greenish hue, caused by the secre-
tions of the numerous gland cells, figs. 16, 31, w., that are situated
in the subepithelial tissue of the anterior cesophageal region.

A cross section of the body through the mouth opening shows
that the mouth is lined with an epithelium of ciliated supporting
cells resembling those of the body epithelium, but with longer
cilia. No gland cells could be distinguished in the epithelium of
the mouth-opening proper, nor in the cutis beneath it.

In the semi-transparent living Zygeupolia the esophagus and the
stomach may be easily seen under a low power in a slightly com-
pressed specimen. The different degrees of refraction of the two
parts makes them easily distinguishable. The cesophagus, fig. 1,
Oes , appears rather light, while the stomach, S., is darker,
denser and of a more granular appearance. It will be seen from
fig. 1 that the cesophagus is rather shorter than the stomach. These
two regions do not pass gradually into one another, but there is a
sudden transition which might be indicated by a straight line
drawn at right angles to the long axis of the alimentary canal (see
fig. 1), and sections show that there is an abrupt change in the
cell elements. In life there is an appearance of a fold at the be-
ginning of the stomach, which probably serves as a valve.

Fig. 35 is a somewhat oblique cross section of the alimentary
canal through the line of division of cesophagus and stomach. The
slight obliquity takes the section through both cesophagus and
stomach; the cesophageal epithelium, Oe. Ep., being present on the
ventral surface, the stomach epithelium, S. £p., on the dorsal sur-
face. In the upper right hand part of the figure indications of a
fold, f., are seen, where the cwsophageal epithelium apparently
passes over the stomach epithelium.

The beginning of the stomach has a constant relative position,
occurring always in the same frontal plane with the anterior neph-
ridial region (see fig. 1). This fact is helpful in trying to find
the nephridia in life.

708 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

The cesophagus extends backward from the mouth a distance of
about 9-12 mm., according to the size of the worm. The wall
of the cesophagus, figs. 31, 33, consists of an epithelium of ciliated
supporting cells, §.C., and gland cells, GZ.,, about .023 mm. in
height, very similar to that of the epidermis (cf. figs. 2 and 31).
The supporting cells are like those of the epidermis, only more
slender. ‘The gland cells are flask-shaped, with finely granular
contents that stain a bright pink, heematoxylin-eosin stain. Blue-
staining gland cells are entirely absent. Both supporting and
gland cells rest on a delicate basement membrane, B.M., and
some interstitial connective tissue cells are found between the
bases of the epithelial cells.

At the extreme posterior end of the csophagus some of the epi-
thelial cells become much higher, but otherwise their structure is
the same. |

The subepithelial gland cells, that have been described above as
giving the greenish color in life to the circular ‘‘lip’’ of the
mouth, are present in great numbers immediately around the mouth,
and less abundantly throughout the greater part of the cesophagus.
A group of these cells, w., is shown in fig. 31, from the anterior
part of the esophagus. The gland cells are large, the cell body
containing a secretion that is probably fluid in life, but appears
finely granular in the fixed preparations and stains rose red,
hzematoxylin-eosin stain. Some cells seem to have but one nucleus,
others more than one, but the latter case may be due to the erowd-
ing together of the cells or to the presence of the adjacent connec-
tive tissue nuclei, so that this point has not been definitely settled.
The duets, dt., are long and slender, and open into the cesophagus
between the epithelial cells. Farther back in the esophagus these
subepithelial gland cells entirely disappear.

The inner surface of the csophagus is usually thrown into
numerous high papille, especially the ventral surface (see fig. 33).
The papille are formed chiefly of longitudinal muscle fibres, but
contain also connective tissue cells and the subepithelial gland
cells, when they are present. The papillze come to an end together
with the cesophagus (ef. the dorsal and ventral surfaces of fig. 33).

A few isolated strands of circularly running muscle fibres, fig.
33, JLS., are frequently found beneath the papille, partly encir-
cling the esophagus, but no continuous ‘‘ cesophageal’’ muscle

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 709

layer is formed. The origin of these strands has been traced in
some cases to the circular muscle of the proboscis sheath, in other
cases to dorso-ventral fibres coming from the outer circular muscle
of the body wall.

The change between the esophagus and stomach is not only a
sudden but a very marked one (see fig. 33). Instead of the cesoph-
agus, with its low epithelium and its great extent of surface
caused by the high papillie, there is the stomach, without folds or
papillae and consisting of a very high epithelium, about four
times higher than that of the wsophagus, in which the large gland
cells are the principal element. The ciliated supporting cells,
S.C., are present, apparently in equal numbers with the gland
cells, but are so small and inconspicuous that they are easily over-
looked. In fact, four specimens were studied before their presence
was detected, and they were seen for the first time in an over-
stained specimen, where the deep blue stain taken by their cyto-
plasm and their ciliary bases was in strong contrast to the pink of
the adjacent gland cells.

The gland cells of the stomach, fig. 32, G/.,, are large, measur-
ing .087 mm. in height and .011 mm. in width. The distal end
is slightly narrowed into a neck, and the basal end into a slender
process that is inserted into the basement membrane, B.M. The
cell membrane is very distinct, and the cell body is filled with a
network of cytoplasm, in which are embedded large homogeneous
secretion globules that stain pink with eosin. Some slight color
differences seem to indicate different phases in the secretion, and a
few cells appearing lighter in color had evidently discharged
most of their secretion. The rather small oval nucleus, N., lies
near the base of the cell, not far above the basal process.

Alternating with the gland cells are the small ciliated supporting
cells, fig. 32, S.C. They have a small cell body, about .004 mm.
in width, on a very long stalk, St., the basal ends of which are
inserted into the basement membrane. The cilia are short and
their structure could not be determined. A surface view of these
cells shows tbat there is one stout cilium in the middle of the cell,
while the other more slender ones are arranged in a ring around
the periphery of the upper surface. The stouter cilium may occa-
sionally be seen in sections, and then appears slightly longer than
the peripheral ones. A few small interstitial connective tissue

710 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF , Deer:

cells are present among the bases of the gland and supporting
cells, and are demonstrable chiefly by their nuclei.

The basement membrane of the stomach rests directly upon the
inner longitudinal muscle of the body wall. The stomach is fre-
quently greatly flattened by the pressure exerted by the expanded
rhynchoceel. For the study of this region, a specimen from which
the proboscis has been cast out is the most favorable.

The middle intestine, M./., according to definition, begins with
the first pair of lateral intestinal cxeca, but the cells that are pecu-
liarly characteristic of the middle intestine are not found in the
most anterior ceca or pouches, which are lined by cells similar to
those of the stomach. In other words, the most anterior pouches
of the middle intestine belong histologically to the stomach.

The transition from the gland cells and ciliated supporting cells,
exactly similar to those of the stomach, that are found in the
most anterior pouches, to the absorptive cells characteristic of the
middle intestine is a very gradual one, and varies in different in-
dividuals. In some specimens the transition begins in the second
pair of ceca, in others it takes place farther back. There is no
abrupt line where gland cells end and absorptive cells begin, like
the sharp line between the end of the wsophagus and the beginning
of the stomach, but the gland cells and their companion support-
ing cells gradually become less numerous and are replaced by the
absorptive cells that belong to the middle intestine. Throughout
the course of the middle intestine, here and there are found gland
cells, fig. 34, G/.,,, just like those of the stomach and the anterior
pouches.

It is the presence of these gland cells, characteristic of the
stomach, in the anterior pouches and scattered through the rest of
the middle intestine, that has led me to believe that probably the
stomach and the middle intestine haye a common origin from the
entoderm, The fact that there is not a well-defined histological
dividing line between the cell elements of the two regions, but a
gradual replacement of the gland cells by the absorptive cells, is in
confirmation of this opinion. And furthermore, to return to the
differences between cesophagus and stomach, here we do find a
sharply defined and sudden transition from an epithelium resem-
bling that of the outside of the body to a truly glandular epithe-
lium; also, the opening to the stomach provided with a primitive

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 711

valvular fold. Here is certainly the division line between ectoder-
mal and entodermal derivatives.

The characteristic absorptive cells of the middle intestine, fig.
34, Abs.C., are long slender cells, about .14 mm. high, rather
flattened at the base and inserted by slender lateral processes into
the basement membrane, B. JL, and bearing several very long cilia,
Cil., on the distal surface. The cilia are about as long as the cell,
and are inserted on a basal knob. The nucleus is rather elon-
gate, and is situated near the base of the cell. The cell contents
are of a variable nature; usually the celi is filled with a finely
granular pink-staining substance, hematoxylin-eosin stain, in
which are numerous spherical masses that stain a dark red. Other
cells present a vacuolated appearance, as if filled with a foamy
fluid substance. Since the function of these cells is absorption,
the different appearance of the contents should correspond to the
different stages in the absorptive precess. Throughout the greater
part of the middle intestine the cells are swollen with the food con-
tents, and so closely pressed together that it is impossible to make
out the details of a single cell. All cell walls have apparently
disappeared, and the result is a chaotic mass of cytoplasm filled
with globules and granules of food, bordered by cilia on the side
toward the intestinal Jumen, and with a row of nuclei along the
base, above the basement membrane.

The gland cells that have been mentioned as occurring occa-
sionally in the middle intestine, fig. 34, G/.,, cannot be distin-
guished from the absorptive cells—except by their absence of cilia—
in preparations stained with iron-hematoxylin, since with this stain
both the secretion globules and the absorptive particles stain black.
With the hematoxylin-eosin stain, however, the difterences are
strongly brought out, the food granules staining a brighter red,
and having a different degree of refraction from that of the gland-
ular secretion globules.

It has already been mentioned that the "two anterior pouches
consist of different histological elements from the subsequent ones.
They are also somewhat smaller and are deflected slighily forward
(see fig’ 1). In the more anterior part of the middle intestine, the
cxca are but little deeper than the axial part of the canal, but
farther back the czeca increase in depth at the expense of the axial
portion.

712 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

In the breeding season, when the gonads are swollen and en-
larged, the intestinal ceca are under such pressure that their
opposite walls are frequently in contact. Wilson (1900) believes
that the lateral ceca do not function under these conditions, and
quotes the statement of M’Intosh (1873), that ‘‘ the glandular
elements in the wall of the digestive tract undergo a certain
amount of atrophy during the period of reproductive perfection.”’
Wilson adds, in respect to Cerebratulus lacteus, p. 115: ‘‘ For a
long time, therefore, these intestinal pouches can function very
little, if at all, and so they contribute nothing to the nourishment
of the body.’’ I should be unwilling to state that the lateral
pouches in Zygeupolia take no part in the absorption of food, for
I have found some cells of the lateral cca that evidently con-
tained food vacuoles, in spite of the fact that the cxecum was
greatly pressed by the adjoining gonads; but the cells of the cca
are certainly under great disadvantages at this period.

Toward the posterior end of the body (see fig. 17), the lateral
ceeca decrease more and more in size, until finally the intestine is
once more a simple tube, Plate XLI, fig. 26, E.L. This portion
of the alimentary tract is variously termed the ‘‘ anal portion of
the intestine,’’ the ‘‘ end intestine’’ (‘‘ Enddarm,’’ Biirger) and
the ‘‘rectum’’ (Coe, 1895 a).

The end intestine, as it will here be termed, in Zygeupolia is
about .8 mm. long. The cells are the same absorptive cells that
are found in the middle intestine, with an occasional gland cell, so
that histologically the end intestine is the same as the middle intes-
tine, and may be regarded as merely the terminal portion of that
region. :

At the junction of the caudicle and body, fig. 27, the intestine
curves dorsally and opens, by the anus, to the exterior on the dor-
sal surface of the body. ‘The anal opening, fig. 17, A., is small,
and the edges are clothed with cilia.

10. Tar Repropuctive System. — Zygeupolia is diccious.
The gonads, figs. 1, 24, 25, are found between the pouches of
the middle intestine, metamerically arranged, throughout its
length, the first pair of gonads occurring between the first and

second pairs of intestinal execa, and so on regularly, the gonad of”

one side lying between two consecutive intestinal ceca, and oppo-
site to its fellow of the other side. Near the end of the middle

—

=

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 715

intestine, about 7 mm. anterior to the anus (see fig. 17), where
the cxea become more and more shallow and finally disappear
altogther, leaving the simple tube of the end intestine, the gonads
terminate (cf. fig. 26).

The Testis. —The testis is a simple sac, the wall consisting of a
one-celled layer of large, rather flattened cells with prominent
nuclei. In cross section, Plate XLI, fig. 24, the wall of the gonad
appears like a membrane, along which the nuclei are placed; in tan-
gential section, Plate XLIII, fig. 53, the cells appear elongated,
dovetailing into one another, with strong cell walls which are wavy
in outline, and granular cytoplasm that stains pink with the hema-
toxylin-eosin stain. Each testis has a single duet, figs. 24, 55, 7.d.,
opening on the dorsal surface of the body, very near the side of the
rhynchocee]. The duct passes dorsally from the testis through the
inner Jongitudinal and circular muscle layers, and then expands into
a bulb-like portion with slightly thickened walls, fig. 55, b, and again
narrows befcre opening to the exterior. The duct meets the body
epithelium at the surface, and no bending in of the latter has been
observed.

The youngest male cells are found at the margin of the testis,
attached by their bases to the gonad walls, figs. 24, 57. The
youngest cells are the largest—.023 mm. long, .005 mm, wide.
They are rather pear-shaped cells, fig. 57, with the distal end rounded
and the basal end prolonged into a slender stalk. The nuclei,
V., are large, with a prominent chromatin reticulum and one
nucleolus, n. The cytoplasm is finely granular and no cell mem-
branes are present. From their size it is probable that these cells
are spermatogonia. They form a layer, one or two deep, around
the periphery of the testis, and are occasionally found far in toward
the middle.

On the median side of the spermatogonia comes a zone of smaller
cells, arranged in radial rows. These are probably spermatocytes.
Many of them are in division stages, and the tiny spindles are very
distinct, but are too minute for any exact study.

In the innermost part of the testis the spermatozoa, Plate XLI,
fig. 24, Spz., are found, and near them very small cells that are no
doubt the spermatids. The spermatozoa are about .06 mm, long,
and three parts may be distinguished in them, the head, the middle
piece and the tail, Plate XLIII, figs. 58, 59. The head is longer

714 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

than wide, and is slightly broader at its posterior end. It stains
deep black with iron-heematoxylin, and blue with heematoxylin-eosin.
In some iron-hematoxylin preparations that had been strongly de-
stained, the head appeared ashy gray with a minute black point at
the tip, fig. 58. The middle piece, m.b., is a four-lobed structure.
In fig. 59 there is a middle piece that has been detached from a
spermatozoan and which resembles four small spheres. In side view
only two of the lobes are seen. The middle piece stains black with
iron-hematoxylin, and red with hematoxylin-eosin. ‘The tail is a
slender filament, in which no structure could be made out, many
times longer than the head.

The Ovary.—The wall of the ovary, like that of the testis, is a
flattened epithelium, fig. 54, Gon. W.

No ovarian duct has been found, although several specimens of
different ages. have been examined. It is possible that a duct may
form in an older stage than those studied, but it seems more prob-
able that the eggs are discharged by rupture of the wall. The
latter view is supported by the fact of the difficulty in keeping
the body wall intaet while studying living females with large
ova. Whena perfect specimen was placed on a slide with sea
water and covered, a method that was repeatedly used without
difficulty for males, and for females with smaller ova, the posterior
part of the body would almost invariably fragment. It was also
difficult to fix and harden a mature female without rupturing the
body wall. No especial importance was attached to these facts at
the time, but since finding from the study of sections that there is
no preformed ovarian duct, I am inclined to believe that the
fragmentation observed in the female specimers was caused by the
rupture of the body wall above the gonads, the break then extend-
ing farther around the body wall.

Closely pressed against the wall of the ovary and attached to it
by their broad bases are the youngest egg cells.” Fig. 54 is a cross
section of a portion of the wall of one of the youngest ovaries,
Although most of the smallest ova are distinct cells, here and there
several are seen, so close together that their boundaries cannot be
distinguished, and it is therefore probable that the ova arise from a

0 As all the material examined was quite advanced in age, I have had no
opportunity to study the youngest stages of the ova, so that therefore the

cells that are here describei as the youngest are probably well on in their
development.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 715

cell syncytium. The smallest separate egg cells, O.,, are rather
square, having as yet no stalk. The cytoplasm is clear and slightly
granular, with no yolk granules, and there is a delicate cell mem-
brane. The nucleus is round, about .0058 mm. in diameter; a
small nucleolus is present, but no chromatin is demonstrable, proba-
bly on account of admixture with plastin, and the whole nucleus
takes a plasma stain, pink with hematoxylin-eosin.

In the next stage, the young ovum, 0.., has lengthened, the
distal end is somewhat rounded and the proximal end more
slender, so that the whole cell is now pear-shaped. The proximal
end constricts more and more until it becomes a slender stalk, by
which the rounded distal end or cell body remains attached to the
gonad wall. The nucleus has enlarged, measuring about .025 mm.
in diameter, likewise the nucleolus, in which scattered vacuoles are
forming. Yolk granules are beginning to appear in the cytoplasm.

After the appearance of the yolk the cytoplasm has quite a
different look, being denser with the fine yolk granules scattered
throughout. The nucleus of this stage, O.,, is much larger, .035
mm. ‘The nucleolus has not increased much in size, but the small
seattered vacuoles have fused into one large disk-shaped vacuole,
n.vac., at the periphery of the nucleolus.

The ovum is now surrounded by two egg membranes, the outer
of which, 0. O.mb., is considerably thicker than the inner and
stains blue, while the inner takes a faint pink, haematoxylin-eosin
stain. The formation of the egg membranes has not been fol-
lowed with any exactness, but I believe that both membranes are
formed by the egg. Bohmig (1898) believes this is the case in
Stichostemma grecense. Montgomery (1595) states that in S.
eilhardi only the inner egg membrane is a ‘‘ yolk membrane,’’ the
outer being derived from the germinal epithelium and is therefore
a true chorion.

The oldest stage found, figs. 25, 52, is that of a free ovum in
the centre of the gonad, no longer attached to the wall by its
stalk. Both membranes are present, the outer one, fig. 52,
o. O.mb., being often broken and discontinuous, as if it were about
to be sloughed off. This appearance, however, may be an artifact,
as the specimen from which it is drawn was badly shrunken. - At
this stage the gonad contains twenty or more ova of equal size, in
such close contact with each other that they assume a polygonal

716 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

form. This is seen in fig. 56, a slightly younger stage, drawn
from life. It is likely that several or many ova ripen in one gonad
at once, and not one at a time as in many Nemerteans.

The cytoplasm of this oldest stage stains a bright pink with the
hematoxylin-eosin stain, and is charged with yolk; the nucleus is
very large, its diameter being about half that of the cell, the greater
part of its contents still taking the plasma stain. The nucleolus is
either one large rounded body, usually placed peripherally, or it is
broken up into numerous small fragments, which lie around the
periphery near the nuclear membrane, fig. 61, m. Several vacuoles
of varying size are present in the nucleolus.

The attempt has been made to determine whether there is any
priority in the ripening of the sexual products of either end of
the body. No difference in the respective ages of the gonads of the
two ends has been observed in the specimens studied. In any one
immature gonad different stages may be found, the youngest cells
lying peripherally, attached to the gonad wall, the older cells
toward the centre and free.

11. Tar Caupicie.—The caudicle, a term suggested by Mont-
gomery (1897 a) asa translation of Biirger’s ‘‘Schwinzchen,’’ may
be defined as the slender, thread-like process at the posterior end of
the body of certain Heteronemerteans.™

The caudicle of Zygewpolia in life, figs. 4, 5, 6, appears as a
slender white filament, and a low magnification reveals a ciliated
surface and what seems to be a quite regular segmentation. A
closer examination, however, shows that the apparent annular
constrictions are merely the result of muscular contractions, and
are constantly varying in size and position. A light area along
the mid-line, bordered by denser areas, indicates the presence of a
central cavity—the blood lacuna.

In connection with the caudicle, a description of the position of
the organs in the extreme posterior end of the body may be of
interest. The division of the dorsal blood vessel into two has
already been mentioned, and the subsequent fusion of the four
vessels into a central blood space; the termination of the rhyn-
choceel; the disappearance of the gonads and the dorsal opening of
the anus. A short distance in front of the anus the lateral nerves

11 Tt will be shown in the historical review of the literature of the caudicle,
tat the structure described as a caudicle by Montgomery (1897 @) is in
reality a regenerating posterior end.

“es

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 717

assume a more ventral position, finally lying on the ventral surface
of the body, Plate XLI, fig. 27. In this position they pass over
into the caudicle. In the caudicle, fig. 28, C.L..NV., the nerves lie
latero-ventrally, and extend to the posterior end.

The transition from the end of the body to the caudicle is also
marked by the sudden disappearance of the cutis and outer longi-
tudinal muscle layer. This is seen in fig. 27, a slightly oblique
cross section, that passes through the wall of the body dorsally and
the wall of the caudiele ventrally.

A cross section through the caudicle, fig. 28, shows that it is
a hollow tube with the following structure: (1) the epithelium,
(2) the two lateral nerves in the epithelium, (3) the circular mus-
cle, (4) the inner longitudinal muscle, and (5) mesenchyme cells
bordering on the central blood space.

The epithelium is composed of ciliated supporting cells, fig. 12,
S.C., very similar to those of the body, but with a smaller cell body
and longer stalk (ef. figs. 2 and 12); large gland cells, fig. 11, lying
mostly on the dorsal surface, the secretion staining red with eosin,
with very large nuclei at the base and abundant cytoplasm enclosing
the secretion; and very numerous interstitial connective tissue cells
between the bases of the epithelial cells, above the basement
membrane. The epithelium of the caudicle as a whole is slightly
higher than that of the body, measuring about .04 mm. in height.
The nuclei of the connective tissue cells, fig. 28, Cn.T..N., are so
prominent and the cells so numerous that the effect is like that of
undifferentiated tissue. Biirger” (1895), p. 239, says in this con-
nection: ‘* Hs liisst der Reichthum an Kernen wohl keinen an-
deren Schluss zu, als dass die Zellelemente der Gewebsschichten
und des Parenchyms des Schwiinzchens im Vergleich zu denen des
K6rpers ganz ausserordentlich klein sind.”’

The lateral nerves, fig. 28, C.Z.N., lie in the epithelium outside
the circular muscle layer, latero-ventral in position. No ganglion
cells could be detected around the fibrous core. The circular muscle
layer, C.M., is reduced to a very thin layer of two or three fibres;
the longitudinal muscle, 7. Z.1£., is also a layer of but little thick-
ness. The central blood space, B/.L., is bordered by scattered
mesenchym cells, mes., large pear-shaped cells, attached at first to
the muscular wall, but later floating freely in the lacuna. '

! For the sake of clearness the great numbers of the connective tissue cells
in the epidermis are not represented in fig. 28.

718 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

It is thus seen that the caudicle of Zygeupolia is a structure
from which many organs of the body are absent, namely: the ali-
mentary canal, the gonads, the rhynchoceel, the outer longitudinal
muscle layer and the cutis.

The significance of the caudicle, however, is not clear, and
several explanations may be suggested: (1) The caudicle has
remained in a simple, primitive or embryonie condition, while the
rest of the body has become differentiated.

(2) The caudicle is a degenerate structure, the degeneration of
certain organs having begun at the posterior end and continued
gradually forward.

(3) The caudicle is a ccenogenetie structure, with a certain
physiological function.

Of these views, no positive proof can be brought forward in
regard to the first two. The varying complexity of the caudicles
of different genera—for example, that of Zygeupolia and the caudi-
cle described by Biirger (1895) for Cerebratulus marginatus, con-
taining all the organs of the posterior end of the body—might sup-
port the view of degeneracy, but this argument may hardly be
used until we know more of the origin and phylogeny of the cau-
dicle.

It seems much more probable that the caudicle of the Nemer-
teans has arisen ccenogenetically, and an explanation of its mode
of origin has been suggested by the comparison with a Rhabdoceel
Turbellarian, Macrostoma hystrix Oe., described by Graff (1882),
and figured on Taf. IV, Fig. 1. In this worm the posterior end is
expanded Jaterally and provided with abundant gland cells, making
an adhesive surface. Graff says, p. 240, the body is ‘‘ hinten in
einen platten spatelférmig erweiterten Schwanz ausgezogen.’’ It
would not be difficult to imagine this posterior end becoming elon-
gated and more slender, until it is finally a thin filament. Ina
similar way the Nemertean caudicle may have arisen from a pos-
terior end, originally differentiated as an adhesive surface. The
observations of Johannes Miiller (1854) and M’Intosh (1869)
show that at the present time the end of the caudicle frequently
acts as a sucker.

M’Intosh (1869) believes that the central space in. the caudicle
of Micrura purpurea is connected with the circulatory system.
This, as stated above, is certainly true in Zygeupolia. The fact

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 719

that the large blood lacuna occupies the entire space within the
muscular wall of the caudicle of Zygeupolia, and that the mesen-
chym—blood-forming—cells are very abundant, suggests that one
function of the caudicle may be the formation of new blood cells.
This, however, also takes place throughout the blood vessels of the
body. The large blood lacuna of the caudicle is probably a
means of aerating the blood, making respiration another possible
function of this problematical structure.

Literature of the Caudicle.—The caudicle has been known in
literature under various other names, and considerable confusion
has arisen from the multiplication of terms, and from the fact that
the caudicle, which is an adult structure, has been confounded
with the regenerating ‘‘ papilla’’ so frequently found at the poste-
rior end of Nemerteans that have been broken.

For this reason an account of the history and synonymy of the
caudicle and the differences between the true caudicle and the
regenerating posterior end will be given, at perhaps greater length
than the importance of this small structure demands.

The following papers will be separated under two headings I,
those describing the true caudicle; II, those in which other struc-
tures have been mistaken for the true caudicle.”*

I. Ehrenberg and Hemprich (1831) describe the new genus
Micrura with ‘‘ anus sub cauda,’’ and Micrura fasciolata nov.
sp., ‘. . . . anus terminalis sub processu caudali parvo, albo.”’

Busch (1851) (cited by J. Miller, 1854) mentions and figures,
Taf. I, Fig. 8, a Nemertean with a caudicle (‘‘ Schwanzan-
hang’’). The worm is described under the name of Alardus
caudatus.

Diesing (1851) refers to Micrura Hemp. et Ehr. = Nemertes
Oersted, as with a ‘‘ processu terminali postico filiformi brevis-
simo.’? He describes the new species Meckelia Knerii Diesing,
“< corpus depressum retrorsum parum augustatum processu breyis-
simo filiformi.”’

Dalyell (1853), Vol. II, (cited by Krohn, 1858), describes
under the name Gordius four Nemerteans that would now be

13 Tn this review of the history of the caudicle some of the earliest and
some of the most important papers in Nemertean literature are referred to,
but no attempt has been made to give a complete list of all the observations
on the subject.

720 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

recognized as Micrure. They are G. viridis spinifer, G. purpureus
spinifer, G. fragilis spinifer and G'. fasciatus spinifer.

Johannes Miiller (1854) reports finding a young worm within
the larva Pilidium gyrans, and also others in the water which
have a ‘‘ Schwanzanhang,’’ and resemble the Alardus caudatus
Busch. The latter is figured, after Busch, on Taf. IV, Fig. 2.
Miller says ‘‘ Mit dem Schwanzanhang kann sich das Thierchen
auf dem Glase anhalten und wie festleimen und ist dann schwer
von der Stelle zu bringen.’’ He believes that the young worm
within the larva, resembling the A/ardus of Busch, is the same as
Mierura fasciolata Ehr. et Hemp. Miiller also quotes a letter
from A. Krohn, dated November 19, 1851, in which Krohn speaks
of finding at Naples a young worm within the Pilidiwm gyrans:
** Der Leib desselben ist Jinglich oval, nach vorn zu etwas ver-
schmiichtigt.. Mitten am hinteren Ende findet sich ein ganz kurzer
eylindrischer Anhang, der durch wenige aufeinander folgende
Querwiilste wie gegliedert erscheint. Die Oberfliiche des Leibes,
so wie auch die des Anhanges ist wie bei den Turbellarien dicht
mit schwingenden Cilien besetzt.’’

Krohn (1858), referring to the young worm within the Pilidium
gyrans, says: ‘‘In Helgoland sah ich 1854 mehrere arten von
Pilidium. . . . . Der Schwanzanhang wird an den mehrsten
Nemertinen von Pilidien beobachtet, und wird nur selten ver-
MISSOs C5 cm eoe Die Nemertinen mit Schwanzanhang gehéren zu
der Gattung Micrura Ehbr., womit Alardus Busch identisch ist.’’
On p. 300, Krohn gives a list of the Micrwre found in the North
Sea, and an account of the synonymy of the genus.

Leuckart (1858) summarizes the work done on Nemerteans.
On p. 186 he mentions the ‘‘ Anwesenheit eines retractilen Schwanz-
fadens’’ in a Nemertean.

Leuckart and Pagenstecher (1858) describe a new Pilidium,
P. auriculatum: ‘* Kin Schwanzfortsatz, wie er so hiufig bei den
in Pilidien gebildeten Nemertinen gefunden wird und nach J.
Miller auch bei dem Sprésslinge eines Helgolinder Pilidium
vorkommt, fehlt unserm Thier.’’

Metschnikoff (1869) mentions the presence of a caudicle on the
young worm within the pilidium. This is figured on Taf. X,
Fig. 15. On p. 55 he says: ‘‘ Es bildet sich am Hinterrande der
jungen Nemertine ein kleines konisches Schwiinzchen, welches

«

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 721

einen einfachen Auswuchs der Koérperwand darstellt, und wie
diese mit Flimmerhaaren bedeckt erscheint.’’

M’Intosh (1869) describes the following structure: ‘‘ The pos-
terior end of the body in Micrwra (Stylus) requires special mention,
since there is superadded a peculiar elongated and contractile style.
- This appendage seems to be formed by a prolongation of the cuta-
neous and part of the muscular (longitudinal and circular) textures
of the body wall of the animal. The entire organ in contraction
has a granular appearance, the coarsest granules and occasionally
a few circular masses of brownish pigment, being at the tip.
Within these coats is a circular chamber, which undergoes various
alterations, in size, and contains a transparent fluid. This cavity
is not connected with the digestive tract, which opens by a termi-
nal pore at the base of the process, nor can proboscidian discs be
seen therein. ... . its connection with the circulatory [system]
appears most probable.”’

M’Intosh (1874) says that the genus Micrura has ‘‘ a soft fili-
form caudal process, capable of attachment.’’ He further alludes
to ‘‘a pale caudal filament’’ and ‘‘a slender styliform process
attached to the tail’’ which ‘‘ can be elongated to an extreme
degree.’’

Hubrecht (1887) used the term ‘‘ caudal papilla’’ throughout
his description of the caudicle.

Verrill (1893), in defining the genus Micrura, says: ‘‘ Poste-
rior end of the body provided with a median slender cirrus, above
the anus. This genus, as here defined, differs from Lineus in little
else than the presence of a well-marked contractile anal cirrus,
which may often be distinguished even in alcoholic specimens.
From Cerebratulus, which also has the anal cirrus, it differs in the
form and muscular structure of the body posteriorly.’’ In other
parts of this work the terms ‘‘ anal papilla,’’ ‘‘ caudal papilla ’’
and ‘‘ caudal filament ’’ are indiscriminately used.

Verrill (1895) employs the expression ‘‘ caudal cirrus.’’

Biirger (1895) describes ‘‘ ein diinnes 5-15 mm. langes, meist
borstenartig starres, weissliches Anhingsel,’’ which he terms ‘‘ das
Schwauzchen.’’ On p, 24, in reviewing the work of Dalyell,
Biirger employs another term, saying that Dalyell ‘‘ den Appendix

beobachtet und gut gezeichnet hat.’’ |
‘ 46

722 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | Dec.,

Coe (1895 a), in regard to Cerebratulus lacteus, says: ‘‘ The anus
is at the end of the body, just beneath the caudal papilla.’’

Coe (1901) gives as one of the generic characters of Cerebratu-
lus, ‘‘. . . . the posterior end extremely flattened and provided
with a delicate caudal cirrus, which extends beyond the opening
of the intestine.’’

Wilson C.B. (1900) uses Hubrecht’s term ‘‘ anal papilla’’
for the caudicle of Cerebratulus lacteus.

Punnett (1900) speaks of a ‘‘ caudal appendage.’’

II. O. F. Miiller (1788) describes and figures, p. 38, tab. 68,
figs. 18, 20, a Planaria filaris: ‘‘ Planaria linearis cauda filiformi
contractili.’’ The length of the ‘‘ cauda filiformis contractilis ’’
in fig. 20, equal to the length of the body, suggests the thought
that it may be the evaginated proboscis. Biirger (1895), p. 8,
says that this worm is probably a Tetrastemma.

Grube (1855) describes two new species of Meckelia. The
first, I. annulata, resembles the M. Knerii Diesing. Grube
thinks that the ‘‘ processus terminalis ’’ described by Diesing is more
probably a regenerating end; he says: ‘‘ Der processus brevissimus
filiformis kénnte ein reproducirtes noch junges Schwanzende sein.”’
The second species, J. aurantiaca, has the following character-
istics: ‘‘ Der Ko6rper verschmiilert sich nach hinten sehr allmih-
lich, und endete bei einem Exemplare in ein viel diinneres, war-
scheinlich vor kurzem reproducirtes Schwiinzchen.”’

Montgomery (1897 a), Taf. 2, Fig. 16, has described as a cau-
dicle what is evidently a regenerating posterior end.“ The char-
acters that make the structure described by Dr. Montgomery in
Cerebratulus lacteus, and figured by him on Taf. 2, Fig. 16, a
regenerating posterior end rather than a true caudicle are (1) the
size, (2) the presence of the alimentary canal, (3) the presence
of the outer longitudinal muscle layer, and (4) the presence of the
three distinct blood vessels with definite walls.

The chief external differences between the true caudicle and the
regenerating papilla of Cerebratulus lacteus are in size and general

™ My attention was called to this error by Dr. Montgomery himself, who
has suggested that it be rectified. Dr. Montgomery has kindly lent me his
own preparations upon which the observations were made, so that I have
been able to compare them with slides of my own, made from a Cerebratu-
lus lacteus found in life with a good-sized regenerating papilla, which bore a
short caudicle at its posterior end.

ae :

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 723

appearance. ‘The true caudicle is slender and thread-like, contrac-
tile and usually twisted; the regenerating papilla is stouter and
rod-like, and does not twist and contract like the caudicle. C. B.
Wilson (1900) contrasts the two structures as follows. On p.
116, alluding to the regenerating end, he says: ‘‘ Such a papilla
is slender and almost pure white in colour. At first it it is difficult
to distinguish it from the true anal papilla with which the body
normally terminates, but it may be recognized by the fact that it
always possesses a very broad base which fades gradually into the
body wall, while the anal papilla is narrow and ends abruptly at
the emargination.’’

The papilla on the Cerebratulus found by the writer was about 7
mm. long, light in color and rather rounded, not yet having assumed
the typical flattened shape of the body. At its posterior end a
short, but in all respects a true caudicle was borne. A cross sec-
tion through this true caudicle shows that it consists merely of a
thin body wall enclosing a central blood space. The body wall is
composed of the epidermis, in which the two lateral nerves lie, and
of the circular and inner longitudinal muscle layers. The blood
lacuna has no definite lining, but is bordered by numerous mesen-
chym cells. From the caudicle of Cerebratulus lacteus, like that
of Zygeupolia, the alimentary canal, the gonads and the rhyn-
choceel are absent.

A cross section through the regenerating papilla of my Cerebra-
tulus has the same structure that is found in the section figured by
Dr. Montgomery. The outer longitudinal muscle layer and the

_alimentary canal are present, and three blood vessels—one dorsal

and two lateral—-instead of the central blood lacuna. This proves
finally that the structure observed by Dr. Montgomery is a regen-
erating posterior end and not a caudicle.

In both worms the end of the body tapers quite gradually into
the regenerating portion, and it would be difficult to say where the
old tissue ends and the new begins, as differentiation has evidently
gone on for some time in the anterior part of the new tissue. The
most posterior sections of Dr. Montgomery’s worm show that a
true caudicle had likewise begun to form there, but had subse-
quently been broken off just at its base. It is seen from the meas-
urements of the two worms that there is an abrupt change in size
between the end of the body proper and the caudicle, the caudicle

724 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

measuring less than half the width of the body. The diminution
in size is due to the sudden disappearance of the outer longitudinal
muscle layer, and to the ending of the alimentary canal with the
body.

A word must be said here in regard to the relative position of
the anus and the caudicle.

Verrill (1893) states that the caudicle of the genus Micrura is
above the anus, and Coe (1895) says the same in regard to Cere-
bratulus lacteus. From my study of sections of Micrwra ceca and
Cerebratulus lacteus I find that the anus undoubtedly opens dor-
sally above the caudicle. Nothing is easier than to confuse the
dorsal and ventral surfaces of a living worm, but in serial sections,
with definite structures for orientation, there can be no such diffi-
culty. The anus in Zygeupolia likewise opens dorsally above the
caudicle, and Biirger (1895) states that the dorsal position of the
anus is usual in Nemerteans. From these data it seems likely that
a thorough investigation of all species with caudicles will prove that
the dorsal position of the anus is of general occurrence.

Biirger (1895), p. 238, says in regard to the caudicle of Cerebra-
tulus, Micrura and Langia: ‘‘ Morphologisch stellt das Schwiinz-
chen nichts anderes dar als das stark und meist plétzlich verjiingte
hintere K6rperende, in das sich von Organen der Darmtractus,
die drei Blutgefiissstimme, die Genitaltaschen und die Seiten-
stimme fortsetzten, und in welchem wir auch alle Schichten der
Kérperwand bis auf die Cutis, welche giinzlich verschwunden oder
in ihrer Ausbildung fast unterdriickt ist, antreffen.’’ According
to this all the organs of the posterior part of the body are repre-
sented in the ‘‘ Schwiinzchen,’’ except the rhynchocel, and even
this organ, Biirger states, is present in the anterior part of the
caudicle of Cerebratulus marginatus.

The observations of M’Intosh (1869) in regard to Mierura
purpurea, those of Verrill (1893) on the whole genus Micrura,
and my own upon M. eeca are contradictory to the above state-
ment of Biirger. In like manner Coe’s work upon the American
species of Cerebratulus and my own upon the one species Cerebra-
tulus lacteus show that the caudicles of these forms cannot be
regarded as merely ‘‘ yerjiingte hintere Kérperenden.’’ From the
very limited space devoted to the subject of the caudicle in Biirger’s
great monograph, it is likely that his study of this structure was

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 725

hasty, and the question has arisen in my mind, could Biirger have
mistaken a regenerating posterior end for a true caudicle ?

Without wishing to criticise the statement of this distinguished
investigator, it seems probable that a further investigation of the
eandicles of the European species of Micrura and Cerebratulus
will result in an agreement with the structure of the American
species.

III. PaRasires.

A monocystid Gregarine in its adult form is frequently present
in the middle intestine of Zygeupolia. Large cysts, surrounded
by a thick cuticle and containing various developing stages, are also
found in the intestine. From their proximity to the adult Grega-
rines, and from their resemblance to the stages figured by different
authors, it seems likely that these are Gregarine cysts. Outside
of the cyst, in the lumen of the intestine, are small amceboid
masses, resembling some of the stages within the cyst. These
ameeboid masses also penetrate between or into the cells of the
intestinal wall and probably into the gonads.

In some living specimens large white spots may be noticed
among the gonads, fig. 6. They are so large that they are easily
seen with the unaided eye. They appear stalked, like the ova, and
have a large nucleus with one or more nucleoli. Fig. 56, a hori-
zontal optical section drawn from life, shows one of these structures
in a gonad together with several ova. In life the cytoplasm appears

_ denser and darker than that of the small ova, and the conclusion

first reached after studying these living bodies was that they were
the oldest, nearly mature ova.

The examination of sections in which these large bodies are
present has shown that the first conclusion was erroneous and
has proved that they are the encysted stages of some parasites
within the cytoplasm of the ovum. Fig. 60 is a transverse section
through the body wall and the wall of the gonad, showing the
eyst, surrounded by egg cytoplasm, cy., and attached to the
gonad wall, Gon. W. The cyst is surrounded by a striated cuticle, *
Ctl., and outside the cuticle is a delicate membrane staining like
the cell membrane. In the cytoplasm of the base are two egg

1° The reference line from Ctl., fig. 60, only extends as far as the egg mem-
brane, instead of to the cuticle within.

726 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

nuclei, N. The cytoplasm of the cyst has a very different staining
reaction from that of the egg, staining a faint violet with hema-
toxylin-eosin, and having a finely granular appearance: The
nucleus of the cyst, N.par., is irregular in outline, in some speci-
mens with amceboid processes. It stains homogeneously a bright
red, hematoxylin-eosin, while the nucleoli are darker and fre-
quently vacuolated.

The presence of the additional egg nuclei in the cytoplasm at
the base of the cyst render it probable that the parasite entered
the cytoplasm when the ovum was in a syncytium. The presence
of the parasite may have caused an abnormal growth of the egg
cytoplasm, or the latter may haye merely expanded with the growth
of the cyst. In its appearance the cytoplasm around the cyst is
like that of the normal, uninfected eggs.

Figs. 48, 61, show two infected egg cells from a different indi-
vidual, with amceboid, probably earlier stages of the parasite,
Par. In this particular worm almost every egg has been infected.

As arule, the gonads of the male specimens that were studied
were not infected, but in a few worms the testes contained large
bodies that were evidently parasites, and that resembled some of
the stages found in the ovaries.

The relation, if any exists, between the amceboid masses found
in the intestine and those within the egg cells has not as yet been
worked out, as it is not within the scope of the present paper,
but in consideration of the prominence of these parasites and of
their position in the oya, this brief description has been given. If
sufficient material can be obtained for the intermediate stages, this
subject may later be studied in detail.

The presence of adult Gregarines in Nemerteans has been
known for a long time, and they are mentioned and described by
several of the earlier Nemertean writers—Frey and Leuckart
(1847), Kolliker (1848) and Johnston (1865), Appendix, p. 290.

I have found no references in literature to any structures quite
similar to those found in the ova of Zygeupolia. M’ Intosh (1867)
and Wheeler (1896) describe parasites that have a certain degree
of likeness.

M’Intosh found adult Gregarines in Borlasia octoculata = Lineus
sanguineus and Borlasia olivacea = Lineus gesserensis. Besides
the adult Gregarines, M’Intosh found what he called ‘ certain

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 727

ova that accompany the Gregarines.’’ The ‘‘ova’’ measured
about zoo inch in diameter and each contained an ‘‘ embryo”’
that made evident movements. They have two coats, an inner
faintly striated and an external without markings. The con-
tained ‘‘ embryo’? is finely granular and has a large pale nucleus.
M’Intosh regards these ‘‘ ova’’ as altogether different from the
true ova of the Borlasia.

Wheeler found in the body cavity of the Annelid Myzostoma
glabrum great numbers of amoeboid masses that he regards as pos-
sibly the young stages of some Gregarine. The body cavity was
distended with ova, and among them occurred the parasites. He
says: ‘‘ In most cases the uniformly staining and rather shrunken
body of the parasite was produced into a long fine point which
had penetrated the cytoplasm of an ovum. In a few instances a
single amoeba had two points, each entering the body of an adja-
cent ovum (fig. 54). The cytoplasm of the ova thus attached
contained large granules which took up the hematoxylin with
avidity. These granules were larger and more numerous than
those which occur in normal ova of about the same size.’’ The
amcebze are also found outside the ova.

IV. GENERAL CoNncLUSIONS.

The description of the organs of Zygewpolia given in the ana-
tomical section of this paper makes it evident that this genus is a
primitive one and that it has affinities with both Proto- and Hetero-
nemerteans.

The questions now to be discussed are (1) the relationship of
Zygeupolia to other orders, especially the Protonemerteans ;
(2) the position of Zygeupolia within its own order.

The following characters undoubtedly entitle Zygeupolia to a
place in the order of the Heteronemerteans: the position of the
lateral nerves, outside the circular muscle layer; the presence of
the cutis and outer longitudinal muscle layer; the situation of the
mouth behind the brain; the absence of stilets in the proboscis
and of a blind intestine.

The alimentary system of Zygeupolia conforms with the general
Heteronemertean plan, which, however, is essentially the same as
that of the Mesonemerteans and such Protonemerteans as Cuari-
nina and Hubrechtia.

728 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

The blood system of Zygeupolia is of the Heteronemertean type,
Hubrechtia being the only Protonemertean that approaches it in
any way, namely, in the presence of a dorsal blood vessel.

In the structure of the nervous system and the cerebral sense
organs Zygeupolia is again a Heteronemertean; but by no means
the highest type of brain or sense organ is represented, Zygeupolia
having a very simple Heteronemertean brain and cerebral sense
organ.

The presence of muscular crosses in the proboscis and its general
structure are further characters in common with certain Hetero-
nemerteans.

The absence of lateral slits is a primitive character, and one
common to all the Protonemerteans and to the more primitive
Heteronemerteans. This character, as we know, is possessed
by Zygeupolia. The inner circular muscle layer of Zygeupolia is,
in my belief, a primitive character, and the short extent of the
layer is explicable on the grounds that the thickened region in
front of the middle intestine is only the remnant of a layer that
was once continuous throughout the body.

The presence of this muscle layer in a limited region in Micrura
ceca, and of a similar layer in M. alaskensis, Coe (1901), shows
that an inner circular muscle layer exists in two genera of the
Heteronemerteans. The dorso-ventral fibres of the Hetero-
nemerteans, regarded by Biirger as derived from an inner circular
layer, and the so-called ‘‘ cesophageal muscles ’’ (‘‘ Darmmuscu-
latur’’) which, according to my view, are derived from the deflec-
tion and bending around of dorso-ventral fibres, are other evi-
dences of the remains of an inner circular muscle among the
Heteronemerteans.

The lateral grooves of Zygeupolia, if they are sense organs, may
possibly be homologized with the side organs of Carinella. Their
position in the median lateral line of the body, and their charac-
ter as epithelial grooves, both agree with the side organs; but
until their undoubted sensory character is proved, the comparison
should not be emphasized.

A brief summary of the structure of Zygeupolia shows that it is
a Heteronemertean, on account of the presence of the outer longi-
tudinal muscle layer, the position of the lateral nerves, the struc-
ture of the alimentary system, of the blood system, of the nervous

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 729

system and cerebral sense organs, and of the proboscis; while the
affinities with the Protonemerteans—and certain Heteronemerteans
—are in the absence of Jateral slits, in the presence of an inner cir-
cular muscle layer and of crosses between this layer and the outer
circular, and in the lateral grooves, if sense organs.

The general simplicity of its Heteronemertean structure and the
several Protonemertean characters bring Zygeupolia very near to
the Protonemerteans, and through Zygeupolia the whole Hetero-
nemertean order is more closely connected with the Protonemer-
teans.

The question now arises, To which of the families of the Hetero-
nemerteans does Zygeupolia belong—to the Eupoliidz, or to the
Lineid: ?”*

The chief characteristics of the two families will now be given,
according to Biirger (1895):

The Eupoliide.—(1) No lateral slits in the head, the cerebral
canal opening directly outward or into shallow ventral furrows.

(2) No muscular crosses in the proboscis.

(3) The proboscis musculature consists of two layers, an outer
circular and an inner longitudinal muscle layer.

(4) A head gland is prominent, the gland cells reaching back
into the cesophageal region.

The Lineide.—(1) The canal of the cerebral] organ opens
usually, not directly outward, but into deep, or sometimes shallow,
lateral slits in the head.”

(2) Two muscular crosses in the proboscis.

(3) The proboscis musculatur consists of three layers—longitu-
dinal, circular and longitudinal muscle layers; if any one of these
layers is absent it is the inner longitudinal one.

(4) The head gland is represented by a few gland cells, and
does not extend posterior to the brain.

16Tn my preliminary note upon Zygeupolia (1900 a) this genus is placed
in the Enpoliidze, on account of the absence of lateral slits and the supposed
absence of muscular crosses in the proboscis. As I have since found muscu-
lar crosses in the proboscis, I wish to correct this error.

“ Birger’s own words in regard to the lateral slits are here given (1895,
p. 613): ‘‘ Der Canal des Cerebralorgans miindet in der Regel nicht direct
nach aussen, sondern in tiefe laterale horizontale Taschen, welche durch die
Kopfspalten gebildetsind. Die Kopfspalten sind wechselnd tief : sie-schnei-
den haufig bis auf das Hirn ein, aber sie sind auch, obwohl in seltenen
Fallen, nur durch flache laterale Langsbuchten angedeutet.’’

730 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ._ Dec

The Lineids are subdivided into the Amicrurz, forms without
a caudicle, and the Micrurs, forms with a caudicle.

Zygeupolia agrees with the above description of the Eupoliide in
one point only, i.e., in the absence of lateral slits in the head.
The number of the muscle layers of the proboscis is the same in
both, but the position of the layers is reversed in Zygeupolia, the
longitudinal muscle being the outer; the circular, when present,
the inner. It will be recalled that the circular layer is absent
from the ‘‘ anterior region ’’ of the proboscis of Zygewpolia.

The structure of the proboscis musculature of the ‘‘ middle
region ’’’ in Zygeupolia agrees with what Biirger evidently regards
as the less common condition in the Lineidse, namely, in the
absence of the innermost of the three muscle layers.

Muscular crosses are found in the proboscis of Zygeupolia; but
this is a very variable character, for different individuals may
have a dorsal and ventral cross of equal size, a strong dorsal with
a faint ventral cross, or a dorsal cross only.

The absence of a definite head gland and the presence of a cau-
dicle are common to both Zygeupolia and the Micruran Lineide.

The neurochord cells of Zygeupolia are an evidence of speciali-
zation, for hitherto these cells have been found only in highly
organized genera.

It is evident that Zygeupolia agrees best with the exceptional
members of the Lineidee—i.e., with those Lineide whose cerebral
canals open directly to the exterior, and from whose probosces
the inner longitudinal muscle layer is absent.

When we therefore consider the position of Zygeupolia in
respect to the Eupoliide and the Lineidw, it seems to belong
entirely to neither, but to have affinities with both. It possesses
the leading characteristic of the Eupoliide, but all the other attri-
butes of that family are greatly modified. In general structure
Zygeupolia comes nearest to the Micruran Lineide, although it is
evident that it must be regarded as an aberrant member of that
family.

But is Zygeupolia a retrograde member of the Lineidx, or
merely a more simple, primitive form in process of becoming more
complex ?

It is generally accepted that the Eupoliide are more primitive
than the Lineide. Now Zygeupolia, in the absence of the lateral

|
j

« a,

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 731

slits, possesses a character that is general in the Eupoliide and
exceptional in the Lineide; the number and arrangement of the
muscular layers of the proboscis make a second character only
occasional in the Lineids, and, finally, variations occur in the num-
ber of the proboscis crosses in Zygeupolia, a character that is con-
stant in the Lineide. Therefore Zygeupolia, with one primitive
character, a second corresponding to a reduced number of parts
in the Lineide, and a third that varies in different individuals,
is undoubtedly a form in transition from a more simple and primi-
tive condition to a complex state. It may be regarded as the
most primitive member of the Lineidse yet described."

In general external characters, Zygewpolia comes nearer to the
genus Micrwra than to any of the other genera of the Lineide.
The generally small size, the body more or less rounded poste-
riorly and the presence of a caudicle are characters common to
both. To Micrura ceca, Zygeupolia bears a most striking resem-
blance in size, shape and color, and the two can searcely be distin-
guished except with a hand lens, which reveals the presence of
lateral slits in the former and their absence in the latter.

The relation of the Heteronemerteans to the Protonemerteans
is an interesting question. The position of the lateral nerve
chords is relatively the same in both, the outer Jongitudinal muscle
layer of the Heteronemerteans being merely a later formation from
the ectoderm (Biirger, 1894), and the cutis glands being formed
by the sinking beneath the surface of certain epithelial gland cells.
Lateral slits are absent among the more simple Eupoliide, and I
hope to have shown in this paper that an inner circular muscle
layer, or its derivatives, is quite common among the Heterone-
merteans.

Tt seems to me that the Heteronemerteans are very closely related
to the Protonemerteans, the Lineidze being connected by forms like
Zygeupolia, the Eupoliidee and Hubrechtia, and that the Metane-
merteans and the Mesonemertean Cephalothrix are widely divergent
forms.

18Since the above was written the new Heteronemertean, Micrella rufa
Punnett (1901 }), has been described as the most primitive member of the
Lineide. But Zygeupolia, in entering the family of the Lineids, must
assume the lowest position until an even more primitive form is discovered.
Within the last few years so many new Nemertean genera have been found
that we may look confidently for further additions to the group.

732 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee. ,

In regard to Carinoma, I agree with the view recently advanced
by Bergendal (1900 5) that it is more of a Protonemertean than
a Mesonemertean, for its points of agreement with the Protone-
merteans are far more numerous than with Cephalothriz. Bergen-
dal’s suggestion to retain Hubrecht’s broader order of the Palzo-
nemertini, including the four families of the Carinellide, Carino-
mide, Hubrechtide and Cephalothricide, seems a very excellent
one. This suggestion is based upon a comparative study of Carinoma
and upon the discovery of the interesting form Callinera biirgeri,
a true Protonemertean, in which the cerebral organs are absent.

In all zodlogy, as our knowledge advances and more and more
new forms are discovered, the gaps between old and once widely
separated families and groups are gradually filled and the results
tend toward a more elastic and broader classification.

The view is held by some zodlogists that the Nemerteans, on
account of their general uniformity, are a comparatively recent
group, so that a large number of the members are probably still in
existence. If this is true, we may expect some day, when our
present species are better known and all the intermediate forms
have been added to them, to see our existing lines of classification
laid aside, and in their place one broad comprehensive group.

LITERATURE.
[The papers not seen by the writer are marked with an asterisk. ]

1900a. BERGENDAL, D. Ueber ein Paar sehr eigenthiimliche nordische
Nemertinen. Zool. Anz. Bd. 23, No. 617.

1900). BERGENDAL, D. Bor ordingen Palwonemertini Hubreclit uppdelas i
tvinne ordningar Protonemertini och Mesonemertini? Kongl.
Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar, No. 6. Stockholm.

1900c. BeRGENDAL, D. Till kinnedomen om de nordiska Nemertinerna.
Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar, No. 5. Stockholm.

1898. Boumiac, L. Beitiage zur Anatomie und Histologie der Nemertinerna
(Stichostemma grecense [Béhmig], Geonemertes chalicophora
[Graft]). Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. 64.

1890. BUrcer, O. Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie und Histologie der
Nemertinen, nebst Beitriigen zur Systematik. Zeit. f. Wiss.
Zool. Bd. 50.

1891. BUrecer, O. Die Enden des excretorischen Apparates bei den Ne-
mertinen. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. 53.

1892. BUrGer,O. Wassind die Attractionsphiiren und ihre Centralkérper ?
Anat. Anz. Bad. 7.

1894. Buroer, O. Studien zu einer Revision der Entwicklungsgeschichte
der Nemertinen. Ber. d. Nat. Ges. Freiburg. Bd. 8.

1895. Btreer, O. Die Nemertinen des Golfes von Neapel. Flora u.
Fauna des Golfes von Neapel. XXII. Monographie.

—

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

9

1897-99. Bircrr, O. Nemertini. Bronn’s Klassenu. Ordnungen. Bd.

*1851.

1895¢.

18956.
1y01.

*1853.
1851.
*1847.
1882.
1855.
1831.

1887.

1865.
1862.
1848.
1858.
1896.
1858.
1858.
1869.

1867.
1869.

1874.
1875.
1879.
1894.

1897a.

IV, Suppl.

Buscu. Beobachtungen iiber Anatomie und Entwicklung einiger
wirbellosen Seethiere. Berlin.

Cor, W. R. On the Anatomy of a Species of Nemertean ( Cerebra-
tulus lacteuws Verrill), with Remarks on certain other Species.
Trans. Connect. Acad, Vol. 9.

Cor, W. R. Description of Three New Species of New England
Paleonemerteans. Jb¢d.

Cor, W. R. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, XX.
The Nemerteans. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. Vol. 3.

DALYELL, J. G. The Powers of the Creator. London.

Diesine, C. M. Systema Helminthum. Vol. 1. Vindobone.

Frey, H., and R. Leuckarr. Beitrage zur Kenntniss wirbelloser
Thiere. Braunschweig.

vy. GRAFF, L. Monographie der Turbellarien. 1. Rhabdoccelida.
Leipzig.

GRuBE, E. Bemerkungen iiber einige Helminthen und Meerwurmer.
Arch. f. Naturges. Jahrg. 21.

HEMPRICH et EHRENBERG. Symbole Physic. Animalia everte-
brata exclusis Insecta percensuit Dr. C. G. Ehrenberg. Berolini.

Huprecut, A. A. W. Report on the Nemertea collected by H. M.S.
‘‘Challenger’’ during the years 1873-1876. ‘‘Uhallenger’’ Re-
port, Vol. 19.

Jounston, G. A Catalogue of the British Non-Parasitical Worms in
the Collection of the British Museum.

KEFERSTEIN, W. Untersuchungen iiber niedere Seethiere. Zezt. f.
Wiss. Zool. Bd. 12.

KOLuiker, A. Beitrige zur Kenntniss niederer Thiere. Zevt. f.
Wiss. Zool. Bd. 1.

Kroun, A. Ueber Pilidium und Actinotrocha. Arch. f. Anat.,
Physiol. und wiss. Med. Jahrg. 25

Ler, A. B. The Microtomist’s Vade-Mecum. London, 4th ed.

LeucKAr?, R. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte
der Niederen Thiere wiihrend des Jahres 1858. Arch. f. Naturges.
Jabrg. 25, Bd. 2.

LEUCKART und PAGENSTECHER. Untersuchungen tiber niedere See-
thiere. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol. wu. wiss. Med. Jahrg. 25.

MeETSCHNIKOF®, E. Studien tiber die Entwicklung der Echinodermen
und Nemertinen. Mém. de lV Acad. Imp. des Sci. de St. Péters-
bourg. VII° Sér., T. 14. :

M’InrosH, W. C. On the Gregariniform Parasite of Borlasia.
Trans. R. Mier. Soc. London. Vol. 15.

M’Intosu, W. C. On the Structure of the British Nemerteans and
some new British Annelids. TZyrans. R. Soc. Hdinburgh. Vol.
25.

M’Intosu, W. C. A Monograph of the British Annelids. Pt. 1 con-
tinued. The Nemerteans. London. Ray Society.

M’IntosH, W. C. On Valencinia Armandi, a new Nemertean.
Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2). Vol. 1.

M’Intosu, W. C. Marine Annelids from Kerguelen Land. Phil.
Trans. Roy. Soc. London. Yol. 168.

MontcomMery, T. H. Stichostemma eilhardi nov. gen., nov. spec.
Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Nemertinen. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool.
Ba. 59.

MontcomMery, T. H. On the Connective Tissue and Body Cavities of
the Nemerteans, with Notes on Classification. Spengel’s Zool.
Jahrt. Vol. 10.

734 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

1897. MontGoMeERY, T. H. Studies on the Elements of the Central Nervous
System of the Heteronemertini. Jowrn. Morph. Vol. 13.
1854. Muxrier, J. Ueber verschiedene Formen von Seethieren. Arch. f.
Anat., Physiol. u. wiss. Med. Jahrg. 21.
1788. MULurr, 0. F. Zoologica Danica. Haynie.
1855. OupemaANs, A.C. The Circulatory and Nephridial Apparatus of the
Nemertea. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. Vol. 25.
1900. PuNNeETT, R. C. On a Collection of Nemerteans from Singapore.
Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. Vol. 44.
1901la. PuNNeTT, R. C. Nemerteans. Fauna and Geog. of Maldive and
Laccadive Archipelagoes. Vol. I, Pt. 1.
19016. Punnett, R. C. On Two New British Nemerteans. Quart. Jour.
Micr. Sci. Vol. 44.
1846. QUATREFAGES, A. de. Etudes sur les types inférieurs de l’embran-
chement des Annelés. Ann. des. Sci. Nat. (3) T. 6.
1900a. THompson, C. B. Preliminary Description of Zygeupolia litoralis,
a new Genus and new Species of Heteronemertean. Zool. Anz.
Bad. 23, No. 610.
19002. THompson, C. B. Carinoma tremaphoros, a new Mesonemertean
Species. Zool. Anz. Bd. 23, No. 631.
1893. VeERRILL, A. E. The Marine Nemerteans of New England and
Adjacent Waters. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Vol. 8.
1895. VERRILL, A. E. Supplement to the Marine Nemerteans and Planar-
ians of New England. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Vol. 9.
1863. WaAGENER,G.R. Ueber die Muskelfaser der Evertebraten. Arch. f.
Anat., Physiol. wu. wiss. Med. Jahrg. 30.
1896. WHEELER, W. M. The Sexual Phases of Myzostoma. Mitt. aus
der Zool. Stat. zu Neapel. Bd. 12.
1900. Wutson, C. B. The Habits and Early Development of Cerebratulus
lacteus (Verrill). Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. Vol. 43.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XL-XLIV.

All figures, except fig. 63, refer to Zygeupolia. The outlines cf all
figures, except figs. 1, 4, 5, 6, have been drawn with the camera lucida of
Zeiss.

The following reference letters are used in the figures :

A,, anus. Cu.Gl.,, red-staining cutis gland
Abs. C., absorptive cell. cell—coarse type.

b., swollen portion of testis duct. Cu.Gl..,, red-staining cutis gland
B.L., basement layer. cell—tine type.

B.M., basement membrane. Cu. Gl... blue-staining cutis gland
Bi.M.. muscle of blood vessels. cell.

B.W., body wall. Cy., cytoplasm.

b.k., basal knob. C.N., cerebral nerve.

Bif.C., blood-forming cell. | @.Org., cerebral organ. ‘
Bt.L., blood lacuna. | 0. Org. V., cerebral organ blood ves-
C., eaudicle. ; sel.

C.W., caudicle wall. O.M., circular muscle.

C.L.N., caudicle nerve. O.M.p.s., circular muscle of probos-
On.T., connective tissue. cis sheath.

On.T.N., connective tissue nucleus. | (il. C., ciliated canal.

Cn.T.8., connective tissue sheath. | Cil.P., ciliated pit.

Contr., contracted area. | D.Comm., dorsal commissure.
Chr., chromatin. D.L., dorsal lobe.

Cil., cilia. | D.N., dorsal nerve.

Ctl., cuticle. D.V., dorsal blood vessel.

1901.]

D.m.cr., dorsal muscular cross.

Di. V., dorso-lateral blood vessel.

dt., duct.

£.I., end intestine.

Ep., epithelium.

Ep.M., epithelial muscle.

Hip.p.s., epithelium of proboscis
sheath.

Ep.m.f., epithelial muscle fibrils.

End., endothelium.

Fxe.d., excretory duct.

G.@., ganglion cell.

G.@.1, ganglion cell I.

G.C.11, ganglion cell II.

G. C.m, ganglion cell III.

Gl.,, red staining gland cell.

G1.,, blue-staining gland cell.

GI.R., glandular ridge.

Gon., gonad.

Gon. W., gonad wall.

H.M., horizontal muscle.

H. V., head blood vessel.

i. C.M., inner circular muscle.

i.L.M., inner longitudinal muscle.

t.B.L., inner basement layer.

t. Hp., inner epithelium.

t.0.mb., inner egg membrane.

I. Ce., intestinal cecum.

L.G., lateral groove.

L.M., longitudinal muscle.

L.M f., \ongitudinal muscle fibre.

L.M.p.s., \ongitudinal muscle of
proboscis sheath.

I.N., lateral nerve.

LI. V., lateral blood vessel.

1.D.N., lower dorsal nerve.

mes., mesenchym.

M., mouth.

m.b., middle piece.

M.V., median blood vessel.

M.I., middle intestine.

WM.s., muscle strand.

N., nucleus.

JV.,, nucleus that has divided ami-
totically.

NV. Par., nucleus of parasite.

n., nucleolus.

n.vac., nucleolar vacuole,

n.p., nerve plexus.

Nph., nephridia.

Nph.D., nepbridial main duct.

Nph.d., nephridial ductule.

Oes., esophagus.

Oe.N., esophageal nerve.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

735
Oe.N. Comm.,

commissure.

Oe. Ep., esophageal epithelium.

Oov., ovary.

O., ovarian egg.

O.,, youngest ovarian egg figured.

O.,, slightly older than O,.

O.,, slightly older than O,.

0. O.mb., outer egg membrane.

o.Hp., outer epithelium.

o.C.M., outer circular muscle.

o.B.L., outer basement layer.

P., proboscis.

P.N., proboscis nerve.

P.S., proboscis sheath.

P.p., proboscis pore.

Par., parasite.

Re., rhynehoceel.

Rd., rbynchodzeum.

Rd.m., rhynchodzeum muscle.

Re.Ep., rhynchoceel epithelium.

Lhb., rhabdites.

r.m.f., radial muscle fibres.

S., stomach.

S.Ep., stomach epithelium.

S.C., supporting cell.

Sec., secretion.

st., stalk.

Spg., spermatogonia.

Spz., spermatozoa.

T., testis.

T.d., testis duct.

Th., secretions (?) of proboscis epi-
thelial cells.

T.B., terminal bulb.

u.D.N., upper dorsal nerve.

u.k., upper knob.

V. Comm., ventral commissure.

V.L., ventral lobe.

V.bl.con., ventral blood connective.

V.m.cr., ventral muscular cross.

w., subepithelial cesophageal gland
cells.

x., intracellular ciliary prolongations.

Xd., dorsal muscular cross of probos-
cis.

Xv., ventral muscular cross of pro-
boscis.

y., attachment of proboscis to body
wall.

yk., yolk.

z., bending out of fibres from inner
part of proboscis sheath.

cesophageal nerve

PuLaTE XL, Fig. 1.—Diagrammatic horizontal optical section of the

anterior part of the body.

Fig. 2.—Combined drawing of parts of a cross section of the body epi-

736 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

thelium and the outer longitudinal muscle layer, from the brain region.
Gilson’s fluid. X 604.

Fig. 8.—Ganglion cell IV (neurochord cell), from the ventral brain lobe.
X 1120.

Fig. 4.—Sketch of living worm, natural size and color. This represents
the appearance of the worm in extension; the posterior end is thin and
flattened and the colors are dull. The light colored median line represents
the rhynchoceel.

Fig. 5.—Sketch of living worm, natural size. The worm is at rest, but
not contracted, and the colors are brighter than in the extended state. The
cross lines in the posterior part indicate the intestinal caca and the gonads.

Fig. 6.—Sketch of living worm, natural size, at rest. The white spots in
the posterior part represent parasites.

Fig. 7.—Supporting cell from the epithelium of the ciliated pit of the
cerebral organ. X 1120.

Fig. 8.—Ganglion cell ILI, from the brain. X 1120.

Fig. 9.—Ganglion cell I, from the brain. X 1120.

Fig. 10.—A cluster of ganglion cells of type II, from the ventral brain
lobe. X 1120.

Fig. 11.—Two gland cells from the epidermis of the caudicle, in an early
phase of secretion. X 1120.

Fig. 12.—Portion of a cross section of the caudicle epidermis. X 604.

Fig. 13.—A part of the circular muscle layer from the posterior end of the
body, in longitudinal section. Flemming’s fiuid, iron-haematoxylin.
Contr. represents the contracted fibrillar areas which oceur at regular inter-
vals, with light non-contracted regions between. Smaller contracted streaks
may be seen half-way between the larger ones. X 320.

Fig. 14.—Two supporting cells from a cross section of the body epithe-
lium. Fiemming’s fluid, saffronin, gentian violet and iodine. ‘The stalks
are relatively longer than in preparations from different fixatives. @. indi-
cates the intracellular ciliary prolongations. x 2200 cire.

Fig. 15.—Cells of the body epithelium and cutis gland cells, from poster-
ior end of the body. The blue-staining cutis glands of this region are much
shorter than the red-staining glands, and both are smaller than the similar
glands of the anterior end. Gilson’s fluid. X 604.

Fig. 16.—Optical horizontal section of the brain and mouth region. The
main outlines drawn from life and diagrammatized. The blood system (in
red) and the cesophageal nerve commissure are reconstructed from sections.
X 29.

Fig. 17.—Optical horizontal section of the posterior end of the body and
the caudicle. The main outlines drawn from life and diagrammatized.
The blood system (in red) is reconstructed from sections. 29.

PLATE XLI, Fig. 18.—Part of a cross section through the head, anterior to
the brain. The rhynchodeum, fd., surrounded by four bundles of longi-
tudinal muscle, Rd.m., occupies the centre of the section. From the interlac-
ing of the radial muscle fibres, 7.m 7., a layer of circular muscle, C.J/., is
formed, which becomes the circular muscle of the proboscis sheath. X 70.

Fig. 19.—Part of a cross section of the brain through the dorsal commis-
sure, showing that the dorsal commissure in this specimen is composed of
fibres coming from both dorsal and ventral lobes. The attachment of the
proboscis to the body wall is also shown. x 70.

Fig. 20.—Part of a cross section of the body through the ventral brain
commissure. ‘The section is rather obliquely cut, so that the right and left
sides are not quite similar. X 70.

Fig. 21.—Part of a cross section of the body through the cerebral organs.
The section is quite oblique, so that its plane passes through the anterior
part of the cerebral organ and the ciliated pit, Ci. P., but through the pos-
terior end of the left cerebral organ. 70.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 737

Fig. 22.—Part of a cross section of the body through the cesophageal
region. The anterior end of the nephridial main duct, Vph.D., is shown,
and the large expanded ventral blood connectives, V.b/.con., are very prom-
inent. XX 70.

Fig. 23.—Part of a cross section of the body immediately in front of the
beginning of the middle intestine, showing the inner circular muscle layer,
2.C.M., and the dorsal and ventral muscular crosses, D.m.cr., V.m.cr.,
between the inner and outer circular muscle Jayers. The much enlarged
upper and lower dorsal nerves, u.D.N., 1.D.N., are very prominent.
x 70.

Fig. 24.—Part of a cross section of the body of a male in the region of the
gonads. The plane of the section passes through one of the intestinal ceca,
I.Cae., and the narrower part of the testis. The duct of the right band
testis is shown, 7.d. Thesexual products of this individual are only partly
mature, most of the cells being in the spermatogonic stage, Spg. X 70.

Fig. 25.—Part of a cross section of the body of a female in the region of
the gonads. The oldest ova, O., are free in the centre, the youngest are
attached to the wall of the gonad. Two encysted parasitic bodies, Par., are
present in the left-hand ovary. X 70.

Fig. 26.—Cross section through the posterior region of the body, showing
the simple end intestine, #./., without lateral caeca, and the two dorso-
lateral blood vessels, D/. V., that have resulted from a forking of the dorsal
vessel. The gonads are absent from this region. X 70.

Fig. 27.—Cross section through the junction of the caudicle with the body;
the upper part of the figure belongs to the body, the lower part to the cau-
dicle. The different character of the walls of the two parts is very evident.
The end intestine, #./., has a dorsal position, and is about to open into the
anus.

Fig. 28.—Cross section through the caudicle, showing the caudicle wall
and the central blood lacuna, B/.L. The great numbers of connective tissne
cells, Cn.T.NV., actually present are, for the sake of clearness, only approx-
imately represented. X 320.

PLATE XLII, Fig. 29.—Portion of a cross section of the epithelium of the
median blood vessel. x 604.

Fig. 30.—Part of a cross section of the proboscis sheath, about 1.8 mm. in
front of the beginning of the middle intestine, showing the origin of the in-
ner circular muscle layer from circular fibres of the proboscis sheath. The
innermost circular fibres of the proboscis sheath bend outward at z. and run
beneath the stomach, thus forming the inner circular muscle layer. 240.

Fig. 31.— Part of a cross section of the epithelium of the esophagus, from
the anterior region, showing the subepithelial gland cells, w. X 604.

Fig. 32.—Portion of the epithelium of the stomach, from a cross section.
X 604.

Fig. 33.—Half of across secetion of the alimentary tract through the
junction of the cesophagus and the stomach. The upper part of the figure
shows the epithelium of the stomach, S./p.; the lower part that of the
esophagus, Ve.Hp. A fold, f., probably represents a primitive valve.
X 320.

Fig. 34.—Part of a cross section of the epithelium of the middle intestine
from the posterior region. The cilia are slightly diagrammatic, being
usually massed together in fixed preparations. X 604.

Fig. 35.—Cross section through the ‘‘anterior region’’ of the proboscis.
X 320.

Fig. 36.—Cross section through a portion of the ‘‘ glandular ridge’? of. the
proboscis, showiug several aggregations of rhabdites, Rib. xX 604,

Fig. 37.—Tangential section of a portion of the proboscis from the “ mid-

AT

738 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

dle region,’’ showing the longitudinal muscle, Z. J, with the subepithelial
muscle fibrils above, running transversely. Xx 604

Fig. 38.—Part of a longitudinal section of the proboscis, from the “‘ mid-
dle region,’’ showing the subepithelial muscle fibrils in transverse section.
The outer flattened epithelium is extremely thin. X 1120.

Fig. 39.—Part of a longitudinal section of the proboscis, from the ‘‘ poster-
ior region.’? The outer epithelium, 0. /p., is composed of cells of consider-
able height, with abundant cytoplasm. The subepithelial muscle fibres,
EHp.mf., are thickened in this region. X 1120.

Fig. 40.—Cross section through the ‘‘ middle region’’ of the proboscis,
showing both dorsal and ventral muscular crosses, Xd., Xv. The lateral
nerves form a continuous plexus, v.p. The glandular ridge of the dorsal
surface is very prominent, Gl.R. X 320.

Fig. 41.—Cross section through the ‘‘ posterior region ’’ of the proboscis,
some distance anterior to its termination. The proboscis nerves are again
separate, PV. X 320.

Fig. 42.—Small ‘‘rhynchoceel corpuscles.’? x 1120.

Fig. 43.—Large cells from the fluid of the rhynchoceel, ‘‘ rhynchocecel cor-
puscles.”’ The two nuclei, V., are probably the result of amitosis.
X< 1120.

Fig. 44.—Portion of a cross section of the proboscis immediately poster-
ior to its insertion, showing the regular brick-shaped cells of the outer
epithelium, 0. p. The subepithelial muscle fibrils are absent from this, the
most anterior, region. X 6(4.

PLATE XLIII, Fig. 45.—Portion of a cross section through the body wall,
showing the excretory duct of the left nephridium, Mzre.d. x 128.

Fig. 46.—Portion of a cross section of the body, showing the left lateral
blood vessel, L. V., with the adjacent nephridial main duct, Vpi.D., and a
ductule, Vph.d. X 320.

Fig. 47.—Portion of a cross section of the body, showing the'right lateral
blood vessel, Z. V., into which project two terminal bulbs of the nepbridia,
T.B. The epithelium of the blood vessel is not continued around the ends
of the terminal bulbs. x 604.

Fig. 48.—Cross section of an ovum infected with a stage of a parasite
older (?) than that shown in fig. 61. xX 604.

Fig. 49.—Cross section of one of the dorso-lateral blood vessels. X 604.

Fig. 50.—Portion of a cross section through the anterior part of the
rhynchoceel, showing the dorsal blood vessel. The endothelium, nd., of
the ventral wall of the vessel is very distinct, but that of the dorsal wall is
interrupted by the proliferation of blood-forming cells, BLZ.C. X 604.

Fig. 51.—Cross section of the dorsal blood vessel after it has left the
rhynchocesl. A network of connective tissue cells, Cn. 7.V., surrounds the
_blood vessel. x 604.

Fig. 52.—Cross section of the oldest stage of an immature ovum, free in
the centre of the gonad. The thick outer, 0. O.mb., and the thin inner,
%.O.mb., egg membranes are shown. X 604.

Fig. 53.—Surface view of the gonad epithelium. X 604.

Fig. 54.—Portion of a cross section through an ovary, containing only
young stages. 0., represent the youngest ova figured, O., and OQ. older
forms. xX 240.

Fig. 55.—Portion of a cross section of the body wall, showing a testis
duct, 7.d., with an expanded distal portion, 4. The longitudinal muscle
layers of the body wall are not indicated. X 320.

Fig, 56.—Horizontal optical section of a portion of the posterior body
region. Drawn from life, showing gonads filled with ova between the
intestinal ceca. The large body, Par., in the middle gonad is the cyst of a
parasite. xX 70.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 739

Fig. 57.—Portion of a cross section through the testis, showing the mar-
ginal spermatogonia. X 604.

Fig. 58.—Spermatozoa, the middle piece seen in side view and appearing
bilobed. A minute point is present at the tip of the head. Iron-hwema-
toxylin, strongly destained. X 1120.

Fig. 59.—Spermatozoan, and a detached middle piece, ™.., which is four-
lobed. Iron-hematoxylin, not strongly destained. >< 1120.

Fig. 60.—Portion of a cross section through the body wall and ovary,
showing an encysted stage of a parasite,Par. The stiiated cuticle, Cfl., is
surrounded by a delicate membrane. Two egg nuclei, JV., are to be seen in
the cytoplasm at the base of the cyst.'!? The nucleus within the cyst, V.Par.,
isameboid. Xx 320.

Fig. 61.—Cross section of an ovum infected with a young (?) stage of a
parasite, Par. x 604.

PLATE XLIV, Fig. 62.—Part of a cross section of the body wall through
one of the “‘lateral grooves,”’ 1.G. The individual cells of the groove are
not clearly distinguishable with this magnification. 95 per cent. alcohol.
X 320.

Fig. 63.—Portion of a cross section through the body wall of Parapolia
aurantiaca Coe, showing the ‘‘lateral groove.’’ The ‘lateral groove”’ is
here everted, and appears as an elevation above the general surface level.
The cutis glands, Cu. Gl., of the ‘‘groove’’ are large and are not found in
other parts of the section. X 40. 3

The reference line from Ct!. only extends as far as the egg membrane,
instead of to the cuticle within.

aN See hae

Dec., 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 741

The following reports were ordered to be printed:

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT.

Upon the removal of the Academy to its present location in
1876, the President, Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, prepared a
brief history of the institution, with a summary of its collections
and publications, which appeared in the popular guide to the
Museum in that year.

Subsequently throughout his term of office, Dr. Ruschenberger
presented a President’s annual report, the last appearing in the
Proceedings for 1881.

His successors having discontinued this practice, there has been
no summarized account of the operations of the Academy during
the past twenty years, and it is my purpose to present such a
résumé in the following pages.

During this period three members have occupied the President’s
chair, Dr. Joseph Leidy, Gen. Isaac J. Wistar and Dr. Samuel G.
Dixon. William S. Vaux, Thomas Meehan, Henry C. McCook
and Arthur Erwin Brown have served as Vice-Presidents ; William
€. Henzey, Isaac C. Martindale, Charles P. Perot and George
Vaux, Jr., as Treasurers; George H. Horn and Benjamin Sharp
as Corresponding Secretaries, while Edward J. Nolan has contin-
ued as Recording Secretary and Librarian throughout the entire
period.

To the membership there have been added 505 names, while 374
have been lost by resignation or death. Among the latter are
many of the Academy’s staunchest supporters, to whom her present
prosperous condition is largely due, and many of her most brilliant
students, who by their labors have spread her reputation to all
parts of the world.

During this period the regular weekly meetings of the Academy
have been held, the attendance decreasing as natural history
became more and more specialized. Verbal communications of
importance have been made both by members and visitors, and
various explorers have by request presented reports of their expedi-

742 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [Dec.,

tions before the society. The specialists have continued to hold
their independent meetings with most satisfactory results. Of
late years, by a mutual arrangement, the several Sections have been
given precedence at certain specified meetings of the Academy,
with the object of bringing before the general meetings the more
important communications presented at the less formal Section
meetings.

With the object of fostering and encouraging smal] scientific
organizations, especially those composed of younger students, the
Academy has freely granted the use of its halls for meetings, and
during the past decade the Geographical Society, Delaware Valley
Ornithological Club, Philadelphia Botanical Club, Students’ Min-
eralogical Club, Students’ Entomological Society, Mycological
Club, Leidy Association, Philadelphia Moss Chapter, Wood’s Hole
Biological Association, Odontographical and Anti-Tuberculosis
Societies and Pennsylvania Audubon Society have availed themselves
of this privilege, thus bringing many people in touch with the
Academy and eventually adding to its membership.

Besides these organizations, a number of State and National
societies have, during this period, been invited to hold their con-
ventions in the building, notably the American Society of Natural-
ists, in 1891; the Pennsylvania Veterinarian Society, in 1894;
and the American Ornithologists’ Union, in 1899.

The Proceedings and Journal of the Academy have been issued
continuously since 1881, as previously. Twenty-one volumes of the
former and four of the latter have appeared, comprising in all
12,100 pages. These contain contributions not only from the
members of the Academy, but from eminent scientists from various
parts of America and Europe.

During the past twenty years the Proceedings have been sent in
exchange to a constantly increasing list of scientific societies
throughout the world. Beginning with the year 1900 the Acad-
emy, through its increased endowment, has been enabled to distrib-
ute the volumes to its members, a course that had Jong been
desired. There have also been issued from the Academy and
allied societies the Yransactions of the American Entomological
Society, the Entomological News, and the Manual of Conchology,
while the Nautilus has been edited by the Conservator of the Con-
chological Section.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 743

In 1885 the Committee on Lectures and Instruction established
an annual series of lectures by men of eminence in various
branches of science, as well as afternoon classes conducted by the
Academy’s professors. For both series a charge was made to cover
expenses. These courses were held annually until the winter of
1896-7, when a proposition was made by the Ludwick Institute,
whereby the Committee of the Academy should codperate with the
Institute in arranging courses of lectures on natural science and
allied subjects, to be given in the Academy’s Lecture Hall and to be
free to the public, though primarily for the benefit of publie school
teachers, the Ludwick Institute bearing all the expenses.

Under this arrangement six to eight courses of five lectures each
have been given annually by members of the Academy.

The Jessup Fund, originally established in 1860 for the assistance
of young men fitting themselves for scientific work, has during
the past twenty years aided many students, who have in turn ren-
dered most important assistance to the Academy in the care and
arrangement of collections. In 1888, Mrs. Clara Jessup Moore
established a similar fund of $5,000 for the assistance of young
women, three having up to this time profited by this endowment.

From 1890 to 1899 a medal and cash payment were annually
bestowed by the Academy upon the geologist who had accom-
plished the most meritorious work during the year. Since then
a gold medal has been awarded triennially. This award, known
as the Hayden Memorial, is secured by a fund given by Mrs.
Hayden in memory of her husband, Dr, F. VY, Hayden.

Up to the year 1900 the Academy’s growth had far exceeded its
endowment. The funds at the disposal of the institution were
entirely consumed in the expenses incident to supporting the
museum, the publications and the library. The salaried assistance
was wholly inadequate to the needs of the institution, and, as pre-
viously, most of the work of arranging and caring for the collec-
tions was performed voluntarily or by students of the Jessup Fund.
Members had always been most liberal in contributing to special
funds for the purchase of collections, but the Endowment Fund,
owing to the broadening of the work of the Academy, became
yearly less adequate. :

Since 1890, however, the Academy has received liberal bequests,

744 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

which have been of the utmost importance in the consummation of
plans for future development.

George S. Pepper, in 1900, bequeathed to the Academy $25,000
and a percentage of his residuary estate, the amounts to be held in
trust, the income only to be applied to the uses of the institution.

The James Aitken Meigs Fund was erected on the legacy of
John G. Meigs, of $20,000, and the iibrary of his sov, James
Aitken Meigs, M.D., a former Librarian of the Academy. Ten
thousand dollars of this was left for the care and increase of the
library and the remainder without condition.

From Miss Anna T. Jeanes was received the gift of $20,000, to
be known as the Mary Jeanes Fund, the interest to be used for the
care and increase of the museum.

In addition to amounts noted in earlier reports, $16,650 have
been received from the Henry N. Johnson estate for the general
purposes of the Academy.

Robert T. Lamborn, M.D., who died in 1895, bequeathed his
estate to the Academy, ‘‘ to be used in biological and anthropological]
researches, the income only to be used and the principal reinvested.”’
A question as to the validity of the will under the New York State
law haying been raised by the heirs-at-law, a compromise was
effected on the basis of one-half the estate coming to the Academy
and the balance to them. Up to the present time $365,000 have
been realized for the society. A conservative estimate places the
value of the Academy’s portion of the estate at half a million.

Charles E. Smith, in 1900, bequeathed his botanical books,
maps, collections and one-sixth part of the sum realized from the
sale of real and personal property, the interest accruing from such
sum to be applied to and expended on maintenance and for no other
purpose whatever. Twenty-five thousand dollars have been realized
from this source to date, with the certainty of important additions
in the future.

As soon as the earlier of these legacies became available, steps
were at once taken to broaden the work of the institution in vari-
ous directions. The Proceedings were distributed to members; the
salaries of the scientific staff were increased; three new assistants
engaged; improvements were made to the buildings; new cases
were substituted for those originally erected in the museum, and
important additions to the shelving capacity of the library were

eS oa

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 745

provided. The work of expansion is still in progress, and to
understand properly the advance that has been made it is necessary
to revert again to the removal of the Academy to its present quar-
ters in 1876.

At that time only a part of the building as originally planned
had been completed, and the collections and library of the Academy
even then practically filled all the available space. The constant
increase during the subsequent ten years caused such overcrowding
that the systematic arrangement of the museum became an impos-
sibility, and much valuable material was practically inaccessible.

In 1889 and 1891 two appropriations of $50,000 each were
secured from the State Legislature. These sums, together with
private subscriptions, made possible the much-needed additions to
the premises. The Lecture Hall was completed the following year,
and formally opened on February 22, 1892. Lectures previously
given in the Library have since then been delivered in the new
Hall, which has been furnished with a Jantern and screen and
seating accommodations for 350 persons.

The new wing of the museum was not completed until some
years later and was finally opened on October 20, 1896.

Owing to the lack of funds only two floors could then be
opened, and only a part of one of them was furnished with new
eases. Since then, however, new cases of plate glass with oak or
mahogany woodwork have almost entirely replaced the old ones on
these floors, as well as in portions of the old building, and the
furnishing of the third floor of the new Museum is so far advanced
that it will be opened during the coming vear.

In the character and care of the various collections the greatest
changes have taken place, mainly since the recent increase in our
endowment, though in several departments the plans were laid
and work begun several years ago. The old idea of exhibiting
every specimen has been dispensed with, and the need of study
collections of large series of specimens has been recognized.

Large numbers of birds and mammals, especially types and
unique specimens, have been unmounted and stored in moth-proof
eabinets, free from light and dust, and their preservation insured.
These have been arranged in the study rooms, where they can be
easily examined, while still larger numbers of similar study speci-
mens have been added by purchase and gift. A corresponding

746 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

arrangement of the mollusca has also been instituted. The entire
series of alcoholics has been removed from ihe exhibition rooms
and placed in compactly arranged cases in the basement, where
some 100,000 specimens are within easy reach of the student who
desires to consult them, being at the same time largely shielded
from the light, the great destroyer of pigment. For exhibition
there is being installed by the liberality of Mr. Clarence B. Moore
a series of plaster casts of snakes, colored and mounted amid
natural surroundings, which are far more instructive to the general
public than the alcoholics that have been removed.

Tn the Botanica] departmént the modern plan of mounting the
specimens upon uniform standard herbarium sheets, begun some time
ago, has been finished during the present year, with the exception
of certain special collections.

The museum catalogues are the work of recent years. In 1893
uniform catalogues were provided for all departments, except En-
tomology and Botany. In some only the accessions since that date
have been entered, but in the cases of the mammals, birds, rep-
tiles, fishes and minerals every specimen has been numbered and
entered in its respective catalogue. In the case of disarticulated
skeletons every bone has been numbered.

These catalogues are necessarily only accession lists, but a sys-
tematic card catalogue of the mammals has been prepared, showing
ata glance exactly what the Academy possesses in this department
of the museum.

The character of the exhibition specimens has also been much im-
proved. In 1892, a taxidermist was employed and all mammals
and birds since prepared for exhibition have been mounted in the
most approved manner. A large number of mammals have been
prepared during the past ten years, and so far as the larger forms
are concerned, they have replaced the grotesque and faded stuffed
specimens of earlier years, while a local collection of birds,
mounted in groups, with nests and eggs, has replaced the old
series.

The Academy’s efforts of late years have been mainly devoted
to the renovation of the museum, the increase of the collections
and library, and the expansion of the publications. Nevertheless,
a number of expeditions have been sent out in its interest through

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. T47

special subscriptions, while many private individuals have con-
tributed results of their explorations to the institution.

Under the former head may be mentioned the expeditions to
Bermuda in 1888, Mexico in 1890, under the leadership of Angelo
Heilprin; the Greenland Expeditions of 1891 and 1892; Prof.
Cope’s trip through the fossil beds of the West in 1893, and many
minor collecting trips.

Among private expeditions may be mentioned those of Dr. Ben-
jamin Sharp to Hawaii and Alaska, Dr. W. L. Abbott to Africa,
Dr. A. Donaldson Smith to Somaliland and Lake Rudolf, the
Messrs. Farnum to Mongolia, while Mr. Alfred C. Harrison and
Dr. H. M. Hiller are at present exploring Sumatra, partially in the
Academy’s interest.

Mr. Clarence B. Moore’s archeological explorations in Florida
and Georgia ; the exploration of the Port Kennedy fossil deposit,
in the years 1894-96, under the direction of Dr. Samuel G.
Dixon, assisted by Mr. H. C. Mercer; Mr. C. W. Johnson’s expe-
ditions to the Southern fossil beds, under the direction of Dr. L. T.
Chamberlain, and Mr. Henry G. Bryant’s expeditions to Labra-
dor, Greenland and Alaska have also been productive of important
results.

The increase in collections, especially since modern methods have
been instituted in the Museum, has been so continuous and impor-
tant that it is impossible even to summarize it in this brief space.
Some idea, however, may be gained from the statements furnished
by several special departments.

The Ornithological collection, which was formerly regarded as
the Academy’s most notable department, contained at the time of
Dr. Ruscherberger’s last report 24,000 specimens; to-day it num-
bers 46,000. The Conchological department since 1887 alone has
added 30,000 lots to what was before regarded as the leading col-
lection in the world. Other collections have increased at nearly
the same rate, as illustrated by 6,000 additions to the department
of reptiles, mainly the private collection of Prof. Edward D.
Cope, and one prepared by Mr. A. E. Brown; 14,000 to the col-
lection of butterflies; the William S. Vaux Collection of Minerals;
the Isaac Lea Collection of eocene fossils, for which we are
indebted to the Rev. Leander Trowbridge Chamberlain, D.D., and
the Clarence B. Moore Archeological Collection.

748 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Only passing mention has been made of the growth of the
library, not because of any lack of development in this depart-
ment, but because the Librarian purposes, in his aunual report, to
review the history of the library since the organization of the
society. The development of this important section of the Acad-
emy, it will be seen, has kept pace with that of its other depart-
ments.

The present condition of the society, in its museum, its library
and the work of its Publication Committee, is most encouraging,
and gives every assurance of future success in maintaining the high
standards established by the devoted men who have contributed
so much intellectually and financially to the advancement of
science.

SAMUEL G. Drxon,
President.

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

The meetings of the Academy have been held during the year
with three intermissions, due to the lack of a quorum on July 30,
August 13 and September 17. The average of attendance at the
sessions that were held was sixteen. Verbal communications were
made by Messrs. Rand, Rhoads, Pilsbry, Arthur E. Brown,
Harshberger, Woolman, MacElwee, Sharp, Chapman, Dixon,
Roseberger, U. C. Smith, Skinner, J. Cheston Morris, T. H. Mont-
gomery, Calvert, Conklin, Seiss, Gerson, Keeley, J. P. Moore,
Goldsmith, Lyman, Keller, Murlin, Stone, Palmer, Kraemer,
Crawley, S. Brown, Ravenel and McCarthy. Interesting discus-
sion occasionally followed these communications, the substance of
which was frequently embodied in the more formal papers pre-
sented later for publication, hence but few of the verbal contribu-
tions to the meetings have been prepared for the published Pro-
ceedings.

Seven hundred and thirty pages of the Proceedings, with thirty-
four plates, have been issued since the last report. The fourth
number, or the conclusion of the eleventh volume of the Journal,
consisting of ninety-eight pages, copiously illustrated by text
figures, was also published, the expense of printing and illustra-

2a ee eee

ee | ee

1901. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 749

tions being defrayed by Mr. Clarence B. Moore, to whom the
Academy is again indebted for this proof of his continued interest.

The Entomological Section (American Entomological Society)
has published two hundred and seventy-six pages of the Trans-
actions with ten plates and three hundred and twenty-eight pages
of the Entomological News with thirteen plates.

The Manual of Conchology has been continued under the auspices
of the Conchological Section, two hundred and seventy-one pages
and sixty plates having been issued during the year.

The published contributions to science by the Academy and its
Sections during the year amount, therefore, to 1703 pages and 117
plates.

The statistics of distribution are as follows:

Proceedings, delivered to members, . . . . . . . . 548
s exchanged for other publications,- . . . . 574
ee sent to subseribers, . . ee ee ee

1,162

FREE REXCUBNGCS: MERON kee Ma bes ul 2 cl ele ee G8
ee BUDBCLIDELS em ane ee ee re eee ese AS eae Aghe P OA
102

The published edition of the Proceedings is 1,500; of the Jour-
nal, 500.

Fifty-six papers have been presented for publication during the
year, as follows: Henry A. Pilsbry, 10; Henry W. Fowler, 6;
James A. G. Rehn, 4; John W. Harshberger, 4; Thomas H.
Montgomery, Jr., 3; Clarence B. Moore, 2; T. D. A. Cockerell,
2; Arthur E. Brown, 2; Adele M. Fielde, 2; S. N. Rhoads, 1;
Helen T. Higgins, 1; A. E. Ortmann, 1; Walter M. Rankin, 1;
Edward G. Vanatta, 1; Henry Fox, 1; George and William S.
Vaux, 1: Thomas Meehan, 1; Henry C. Chapman, 1; Caroline
B. Thompson, 1; Ida A. Keller, 1; Henry Kraemer, 1; Benja-
min H. Smith, 1; A. M. Reese, 1; M. Louise Nichols, 1; Harold
Heath and M. H. Spaulding, 1; Carrie B. Aaron, 1; Thomas L.
Casey, 1; C. W. Johnson and A. W. Grabau, 1; E. Goldsmith,
1; Nathan Banks, 1. Forty-seven of these have been printed in
the Proceedings, two in the Journal, three were withdrawn by the

750 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

authors, one was returned to the author, one was transferred to the
Entomological Section, and two await action. A communication
from F. Rynchowski, of Lemberg, embodying his researches on the
«« Electroid (Hieroid) ’’ was, with the author’s consent, referred
to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

The first year of the new century sees the completion of the
fifty-third volume of the Proceedings and the eleventh volume of
the quarto or second series of the Journal. The first series in
octavo, in eight volumes, extended from 1817 to 1842. The
Academy’s entire serial contributions to science, therefore, now
consists of seventy-two volumes. The earlier issues, especially,
formed almost the only means by which the working naturalists of
America could communicate with those of kindred interests else-
where, and much of the results of the original investigations of
Say, Ord, LeSeuer, Nuttall, Maclure, Horner, Mitchell, Rafin-
esque, Lea, ‘Hentz, Troost, Vanuxem, De Schweinitz and many
others of the leading naturalists of America are to be found in
these volumes. An index to this collection of scientific papers is
manifestly desirable, and would probably be regarded by students
as a valuable aid in their work. The present time is especially ap-
propriate for its publication, because it would not only form a
guide to all that the Academy has given to the world during the
last century, but it would be continued without break or repetition
by the proposed index to scientific literature which is about to be
prepared under the auspices of the Royal Society of London, as
the result of international codperation. The compilation is recom-
mended of an index that will be a complete and reliable guide to
the contents of the Academy’s serial publications, consisting of
perhaps three sections devoted to author, subject and species
entries. It does not seem desirable in the course of the work to
attempt the decision of questions of priority or the determination of
synonymy.

Fourteen members and five correspondents have been elected.
The deaths of five members and six correspondents have been
announced and the following members have resigned: Edw. H.
Coates, Robert S Davis, Edw. Gideon, William DeCou, Vickers
Oberholzer, A. H. Stewart, W. E. Barrows and Thomas Stew-
ardson.

A severe loss was sustained in the death, November 19, of Mr.

ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Tol

Thomas Meehan, whose conscientious devotion to the welfare of
the Academy, and especially of its Botanical department, during
more than forty years of membership, is warmly appreciated by
his associates. A minute embodying the Academy’s sense of its
loss has been published in the Proceedings and a biographical
notice, to be read at an early meeting, is in course of preparation by
Dr. John MacFarlane.

A reception was tendered to Dr. A. Donaldson Smith, to whom
the Academy is indebted for valuable additions to the Museum, on
his last return from Africa. The occasion was enjoyed by many
who were interested in Dr. Smith’s work as an explorer.

The President has appointed Mr. Clarence B. Moore as a repre-
sentative of the Academy to serve on the General Committee of
Arrangements for the International Congress of Americanists to be
held in New York next year.

Messrs. Vaux, Nolan, Wistar, Roberts and Schaeffer have been
appointed a committee to consider and report on the subject of
memorial tablets to contain the names of benefactors of the Acad-
emy, and to be placed at the entrance to the Museum.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Epwarp J. NoLay,
Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

During the past year, there have been received from ninety-five
societies, museums, libraries, etc., one hundred and sixty-three
acknowledgments of the publications of the Academy, and from
thirty-seven societies, libraries, etc., fifty-two notices of transmis-
sion of their publications.

Fourteen applications for exchange of publications and for sup-
plies of deficiencies, together with six circulars and invitations for
the Academy to participate in congresses, etc.. and five announce-
ments of the deaths of scientific men, have also been received.

‘ Four correspondents have been elected during the year, and
the deaths of six have been recorded.

Six letters on miscellaneous subjects have been received -and
eleven written.

752

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.,

Seven hundred and one acknowledgments of gifts to the library
and museum and three diplomas to correspondents haye been

mailed.

Respectfully submitted,

Bens. SHARP,

Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

The growth of the Library, as far as the ordinary current acces-
sions are concerned, has been unprecedented during the past year.
A total of 6,184 additions have been received, classified and cata-
logued; 4,678 of these are pamphlets and parts of periodicals,
1,380 are complete volumes, 124 maps, and one photograph.

They have been received from the following sources:

Societies, 2,298 |
I. V. Williamson Fund, 1,309 |
Editors, . E 861 |
General Fund, . 846
Authors, 169
U. 8. Department of the

Interior, 160
Meigs Fund, 145
U.S. Department of Agri-

culture, Se fare Le
Wilson Fund, P 37
U.S. Department of State, 1
Special Exchange, 2
Geological Survey of New

Jersey, or ae er PLL
Ministtre des Travaux

Publies, France, 11
Albert I, Prince of Mo-

naco,
Pennsylvania State ee

brary, . :
Royal Geserap tread Society ‘

London, a

9 |

8 |

Geological and Natural
History Survey of Can-
ada, iy

| Library of Gane

H. C. Chapman,

_ Thomas Meehan,

| Heury G. Bryant,

Comité Géologique Russe,

Kommission zur wissen-
schaftlichen Untersuch-
ungen der deutschen
Meere in Kiel und der
Biologischen Anstalt
auf Helgoland,

| Pauline L. Neidhard,

| Geological Survey of India,

William J. Fox,

Department of Mines
(Geological Survey),
Victoria, . ws

| H. A. Pilsbry,
| Biuroului Geologicu, Rou-
mania,

Ino Kem

>) or or |

1901.]

Maryland Geological Sur-
vey, :

Trustees of British fps
seum, ahr Tes

Department of Mines,
New South Wales, .

U. §S. Treasury Depart-
ment,

U.S. Commission of Fish
and Fisheries,

Conchological Seiationt
Academy,

Geological and Natural
History Survey, Min-
nesota, 5

U.S. War Mecarateare

U.S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey,

U. 8. Board on fecrearae
ical Names,

Royal Swedish Aaderay.
of Sciences,

’sLands Plantentuin, Jara,

Department of
Nova Scotia, .
Bentham ‘Trustees,

Gardens, .
Comission Geologica, Mee:
ico, 5 ee
sideforsthende Gesell-
schaft, Basel (special),
Académie des Science de
Cracovie (special),
Trustees of Indian Mu-
seum, ;
Botanical Survey of ites
Geological and Natural
History pane Wis-
consin,
84

Mines,

Kew

NATURAL SCIENCES

bo co

bo

OF PHILADELPHIA,

Mrs. Jonas Gilman Clark,
Government of Uruguay,

Geological Survey of
Michigan, iin

Commissioners of Inland
Fisheries and Game,
Massachusetts,

Department of Agricul-
ture, Cape of Good
Hope, .

Samuel G. Dixon,

Smithsonian Institution,
Financial Publishing Co.,

Philadelphia,
Geological Survey of
Georgia, :

Government, of Tita

R. Academia di Cien-
cias, ete., Barcelona,

E. R. Sykes, -

Council of the Fridtjof
Nansen Fund for the
Advancement of Sci-
ence, gt ens

Geological Survey of Mis-
souri, ay

Bergen’s Museum, .

A. W. Vogdes,

California State inne
Bureau,

K. Akademie der wee
schaften, Wien (special),

Department of Geology,
etc., Indiana,

W. N. Newton,

Illinois State Board of
Labor,

Messrs. Werner and Svaeey,

“Al
1

Madras Government Mu-
seum, .

Home eoeena s ‘Office,
Queensland, .

Hungarian Central Bureau
for Ornithology,

Geological Survey of Iowa,

Commission des Travaux
Géologiques, Portugal,

Bernice Pauahi

754 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,
| Edward J. Nolan, 1
1 Société Hollandaise des '
| Sciences (special), . 1
| | Magyar Tudomanyos Aka-
“| demia (special), 1
1 Royal Society of Denmark
1 (special) , 1
| Geological Survey of Ales
il | bama, . i
Bishop | Department un Mant
aa tt 1 | and Fisheries, Canada, a

Museum, .

They were distributed to the several departments of the library,
as follows:

Journals, 4,866 | Geography,. . . . . 28
Geology, s45 | Ichthyolozy, “)- 9). aeeemoe
Botany,. . ry cs 282) Medicine; 2 = a= eee
General Natural History, 146] Mammalogy, . . . . 14
Voyages and Travels, . 176 Physical Science, . . . 13
Acriculture, . 5. . 2) 6% | Bibliography; | 0) sents
Encyclopedias, . . . 47/| Helminthology, . . . 1
Entomology, . . 44| Mineralogy, . . . . 10
Anatomy and Phy ology, 41 }\\Chemistry;=. <0 eee 7
Ornithology, . . . 39.| Herpetology, - . . . 6
Conchology, =. - =| - 34 | Mathematics, . . . . 1
Anthropology,. . . . 28) Miscellaneous. . . . 28

Fourteen hundred and seventy-two volumes have been bound,
making a noticeable improvement in the library, especially in the
department of periodicals. Only those who have been compelled
to consult unbound sets of journals, the numbers unavoidably mixed
and the indexes probably misplaced, can appreciate the comfort of
working with volumes bound to date. Large appropriations for —
the work are still required, nearly three thousand volumes in the
department of periodicals alone still requiring binding, but it is a
cause of sincere congratulation that they will now be handled as
rapidly as the necessary collation will permit. An important —
addition to the cases has been provided in the central entresol

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 755

room, relieving for the present the pressure on some of the more

~ crowded sections of the periodicals. The growth of the library
in this department, as indeed in all the others, is likely to be so
rapid in the future, in view of the comparatively liberal appro-
priations which can now be made, that the question of additional
shelving and room for its accommodation will soon become a press-
ing one. Another important need is a case for the arrangement
and storage of maps, the necessity of which was brought to the
attention of the Academy as early as 1889.

Among the more important accessions of the past year have been
a number of early sets of journals secured from the catalogues of
second-hand dealers. As the Academy has special reason to set
store by what is believed to be its well-nigh unequaled collection of
journals and transactions, it is desirable that desiderata be secured
as promptly as possible, as the opportunities of doing so are yearly
becoming fewer because of the very liberal means at the disposal
of many scientific libraries recently started and the vigor of their
administration. The Academy has had the advantage of being
early in the field, and, though having no means of its own for many
years, the devotion of William Maclure and Thomas B. Wilson
secured for it bibliographical treasures which can no Jonger be
bought.

A list of the serials now received in exchange or subscribed for
is appended.

The works on Philology have been selected from the Meigs
Library and from the department of Anthropology, and now form
a separate section containing 296 volumes.

The card catalogue is being carefully revised and certain un-
avoidable duplications and irregularities are being corrected.

A portrait of the late Thomas Meehan, in oil, by James L.
Wood, was presented by Mr. Charles Roberts in May. While it
has distinct value as a work of art, it forms a most desirable

¥ memorial of the senior Vice-President, whose recent death is
referred to elsewhere.
2 Dr. John G. LeConte presented a crayon portrait of Mr. Charles
Z E. Smith, a benefactor whose death was announced last year.
The picture has been placed in the herbarium.
The present extent of the library, determined by a careful
count, is as follows:

756 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Journals: rinse e eee 23,007 Ichthyology ahebay Acenete vee) oe3
Geology ceisssecce reer cen 3,039 | Mammalogy ............... 304
General Natural History .... 2,860 | Miscellaneous.............. 299
Botany cere eee 2,429 | Philology ..........--.00++ 296
Voyages and Travels........ 1,870 | Helminthology ............. 295
Anatomy and Physiology.... 1,719 | Chemistry ..........-...-.- 275
Entomolopy 0 sels ck nescence 1,207 | Herpetology ............-+- 186
Anthropology .............. 1,120 | Meigs Library (miscellane-

Concholopyyec seep rrace cae 1,073 OUS isk aisaais ssc oemleetes 1,916
Medicine, <7... <7. «sre Meitrare 903 | Warner Library (miscellane-

Ornitholopy seinen ae eer 863 | OUS) irom eee eee 128
Encyclopedias, Dictionaries, American Entomological So-

COM SAS oS SiR SOB a eoe 816 ciety Library (Entomologi-
Physical Sciences........... 630 cal Section).......-... ols o OLED
Mineralogy sic.c. <ctc<icineleleles 554 | Unbound pamphlets, 2524,
Mathematics ............... 5d1 forming volumes.......... 170
Bibliopraphy .~ 2.0... 2. cee ce0c 428
Geography. 22. ssc seahentete «. ~—421 51,249
AS TAGULETNE!-t-tereleteiereieaietel ete 407

In considering the growth of the library since the last enumera-
tion, it must be remembered that about 450 volumes, bibliographical
and non-scientific, have been, by direction of the Council and the
Library Committee, transferred to the Free Library.

Many of the works in the library of the Entomological Section
(American Entomological Society) are duplicates, while those in
the James Aitken Meigs Library are foreign to the purposes of
the Academy, being retained under an agreement with the legatee.

It may not be out of place, at the beginning of the new cen-
tury, to review briefly the history of the library, so as to deter-
mine with some degree of clearness what has been accomplished by
this department of the Academy during its niuety years of existence.

It will be remembered that on the evening of January 25, 1812,
““a meeting of gentlemen, friends of science and of rational dis-
posal of leisure moments,’’ was held to consider the advisability
of forming a scientific society. After mature deliberation it was
decided that such a society was desirable, and preliminary steps
were taken toward its organization. ‘The men who met on that
occasion took themselves with entire seriousness, as is evidenced by
the dignified wording of the minutes and the care with which they
were kept by the first Recording Secretary, Dr. Camillus McMahan
Mann. They evidently attached due importance to the formation

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 757

of a library, for a committee consisting of Messrs. Troost and
Shinn was appointed to consider, among other weighty matters,
“« which are the fittest periodical works to engage in the first in-
stance for the accommodation of the society.”’

No report seems to have been received from this, the first Library
Committee, but under date of March 17 of the same year, a mem-
orandum records that ‘‘ Mr. Shinn will accommodate the society
with the Mineralogical Journal of Dr. Bruce; Mr. Speakman
will furnish the National Intelligencer ; Dr. Parmentier, the Awrora
and a map of Switzerland; Dr. Mann, the Monthly Magazine for
1807. Drs. Troost and Parmentier have engaged for account of
the society the Annales de Chymie and the Annales des Arts et de
Commerce. Mr. Shinn is commissioned to procure for account of
the society the Archives of Useful Knowledge of Dr. Mears, and
the Medical Museum of Drs. Mitchell and Millar. Agreed to pro-
cure the Repertory of Arts from London.”’

On April 18, ‘‘ the Secretary makes homage to the Academy of
The Bureau, weekly newspaper recently commenced, which he has
subscribed for.’’ At the same meeting it was ‘‘ referred to the
Committee to purchase at least one portfolio, for the purpose of
depositing extracts from newspapers announcing recent discoveries
and extraordinary facts, with a view to have them afterward
arranged in a proper book and inquiries instituted thereupon.’’
The Secretary was requested ‘‘ to procure a report of Prof. Davy
of the London Institution’s lectures lately delivered on the subject
of Zoology.’’ He was also requested ‘‘ to procure report on Prof.
Davy’s experiments and conclusions on the subject of the oxymuri-
atic acid, and to require report from Dr. Mitchell at time of
writing to that gentleman his letter of notification.’’ It was
ordered, Mr. Troost seeming to have dropped out, ‘‘ that Mr.
Shinn be requested to make his report on the periodical works
eligible for the Academy, and if possible to procure the latest
number of Nicholson’s Journal.”

Then more definitely, on August 15, the Secretary was ‘‘ re-
quired to obtain the following works on science: Nicholson’ s Journal
from the commencement of the year 1810; a periodical work said
to be conducted by Dr. Thompson, of London, from its com-
mencement; Repertory of Arts from the beginning of 1810; Mur-
ray’s Chemistry, last edition; Thompson’s Chemistry, edition of

758 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

1810, if none since published; Davies’ Hlements of Chemistry ;
Tilloch’s Magazine from the beginning of 1810; best comparative
statement of the experiments relative to the oxymuriatic acid.’ .

These are the brief records concerning the library in the earliest
minutes of the Academy. It will be seen that they all relate to
intentions for the future, except in the one case where the Secre-
tary ‘‘ makes homage’’ or presents The Bureau, a periodical for
which he had recently subscribed, and of this, curiously enough,
no record is to be found in the earliest published catalogue of the
library. The list of desiderata indicates how largely the first
members were concerned with physics and chemistry, subjects
which now receive little or no attention in the Academy.

The growth of the library was slow until 1816, when Mr.
William Maclure, who was elected President the following year,.
began his liberal donations, which in 1819 had reached nearly
1,500 volumes. A contemporary notice of the Academy says:
“« The value of these acquisitions was enhanced by the fact that
they were possessed by no other institution on this side of the
Atlantic. The Academy, therefore, derived from this source a
prosperity and prominence which, under other circumstances, must
have been extremely slow and uncertain; while science at the
same time received an impulse which has never faltered and which
has been subsequently imparted to every section of our country.”
Mr. Maclure transferred his library at New Harmony to the
Academy in 1834. Dr. Pickering, then Librarian, the following
year superintended the conveyance of the collection, embracing
2,259 volumes on science, literature and art, to the Academy.

A catalogue of the library was begun in the first issue of the
Journal in 1817, and was completed in the fourth volume, pub-
lished in 1824. The collection then seems to have consisted of
1,675 volumes, embracing 672 titles.

Another catalogue, published in 1836, gives the number of vol-
umes then in the library, excluding a collection of historical
documents, at 6,890, of which no less than 5,232 are thankfully
credited to Mr. Maclure. The classification was practically that
which is still maintained, but the collection embraced hundreds of
volumes on finance, Jaw, morals, literature, religion, amusements,
military art and other subjects not at all pertinent to the Academy,
and which have long since been disposed of by sale or exchange.

|

——

SO

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 759

In a note to Morton’s biographical notice of William Maclure,
prepared in 1841, it is stated that the library then consisted of
7,000 volumes.

At this time certain designated books were permitted to be bor-
rowed, but the Committee expresses grave doubt as to the advis-
ability of continuing the practice, as serious loss of works which
could not be replaced had been detected during the preparation of
the catalogue of 1836. It was strongly recommended, in harmony
with the desire of Mr. Maclure, that the library should be exclu-
sively for use within the building, It was considered, however,
that this was scarcely practicable until the services of a salaried
Librarian could be secured.

In May, 1845, Dr. Thomas B. Wilson presented Owen’s His-
tory of British Fossil Mammalia and Birds, and from that date
until bis death, March 15, 1865, ‘more than 10,000 volumes in
all branches of natural history were received from this liberal
patron of the Academy. These formed the rarest and most expen-
sive portions of the library—complete sets of early transactions
and superbly illustrated monographs. Week after week the Wil-
son package was examined with delight, as it was sure to contain
not only contributions indispensable to the workers, but also gifts
of the highest artistic value, such as Gould’s Monographs, Wolf's
Zoological Sketches, Chenu’s Illustrations Conchyliologiques, Reich-
enbach’s Xenia Orchidacea, Lindley and Moore’s Ferns of Great
Britain, ete. Dr. Wilson’s earlier contributions were placed with
the society on deposit, but were given qutright in 1850 on condi-
tion that they should not be removed from the building, a rule
which was then extended to the entire library.

Dr. Thomas B. Wilson was not the only member of his family
who took an active interest in the Academy. Between the years
1850 and 1857 his brother, Mr. Edward Wilson, residing in
England, presented to the society 4,184 rare volumes and pam-
phlets of the last century, and after Dr. Wilson’s death a valuable
selection from his library was received from another brother, Mr.
Rathmell Wilson. Nor did the benefit derived by the Academy
from the liberality of Dr. Wilson cease at his death. He be-
queathed to the society $10,000, directing that $300 of the annual

income should be contributed toward the payment of the salary of

the Librarian, the balance to be expended for the continuation of his

760 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dee. ,

subscriptions and for the purchase and binding of kindred books.
By means of this fund the Academy has been enabled from time to
time to add to the library many costly monographs which, until
quite recently, it would otherwise have been unable to procure.

In 1850 the collection had increased to 12,057 volumes.

Apart from these gifts and others from friends of the society,
the growth of the library had depended on a system of exchange
with other scientific societies, begun in 1817 when the Journal of
the Academy was first issued. This important source of supply
has since been maintained, with the result of securing the earliest
information regarding original research from all parts of the world.
Very inadequate sums for the purchase of books were secured
from time to time by subscriptions or sales of material not germane
to the Academy. The historical documents received from Mr.
Maclure were sold to the Historical Society of Pennsylvania in
1861 for $500. This was known as the Maclure Fund. A mo-
tion to invest the amount and expend the interest only was voted
down and the entire sum was placed at the disposal of the Library
Committee for the purchase of books.

The Conarroe Fund was a small amount arising from the sale of
books presented by George M. Conarroe. Sums of money for
special needs were frequently contributed by Mr. Joseph Jeanes and
a Library Fund was started in 1860, to which twenty-seven sub-
scribers contributed $25 each annually until 1868. Some dupli-
cates were sold in 1870 for $100, and others were exchanged for a
copy of Elliott’s Birds of North America.

These were all helps, but a permanent endowment was sadly
needed, for the income from the Wilson Bequest, after the sunz
toward the salary of the Librarian had been deducted, did not
always yield a sufficient balance to pay the subscriptions. It cam
therefore be readily understood with what joy Mr. Isaiah V.
Williamson’s gift in 1875 of $25,000 in ground rents was re-
ceived. The income only was to be expended on the purchase of
scientific books, and the I. V. Williamson Fund, inaugurating a
period of prosperity up to that time unknown, continues to yield
an important part of the resources at the disposal of the Library
Committee.

In 1882 eighteen hundred and ninety-seven volumes—1,272 on
religion, history, politics, general literature, 422 duplicates and 201

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 761

on fine arts and architecture—were ‘sold for $1,325.14 By an ar-
rangement with Mr. George W. Tryon, Jr., one-half this sum was
devoted to the Conchological Section, and the other was appro-
priated for binding.

The Warner Library, consisting of 1,045 volumes and 1,200
pamphlets, mostly on mathematics, came into the possession of the
society in 1892, on the coming of age of Mr. Warner’s daughter
and heiress.

The library of James Aitken Meigs, consisting of 5,089
volumes, 1,916 of which were on other than scientific subjects, was
bequeathed to the Academy by his father, John G. Meigs, who
also left to the society $20,000, one-half for the exclusive use of
the library. Before his death Mr. Meigs intimated his desire
that even the volumes not pertinent to the Academy should be
kept together as the James Aitken Meigs Library, and this desire
has been so far complied with.

The first catalogue of the library was published, it will be
remembered, at irregular intervals in the first four volumes of the
Journal from 1817 to 1824. No classification is indicated in this
list. The carefully compiled catalogue of 1836 is divided into broad
subject sections. Dr. Fisher reports the beginning of a new cata-
logue in 1859, but the intention, it would appear, was uot carried
out. The catalogues then in use were manuscript hand-lists,
arranged alphabetically for each separate department. They were
not kept strictly up to date. They were added to and copied by a
special clerical assistant in 1863 and 1864, and were again tran-
scribed in 1878. They remained in use until 1885, when they
were finally replaced by a card catalogue which, in a very crude
form, had been begun in 1874 and completed in 1880. The num-
bering of the library was begun with the Conchological Department
in 1869, and gradually extended, as a matter of convenience, to
the other sections of the library in connection with the prepara-
tion of the card catalogue. Shelf lists of the several departments,
indispensable for the proper placing of the books and in accounting
for missing volumes, were also prepared.

From 1883 to 1894 much-needed clerical assistance was secured
in a more or less intermittent way. The expenses were defrayed
by subscriptions secured by Mrs. Annis Lea Wister and Dr.
Henry M. Fisher. The old card catalogue was transcribed on

762 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

regulation library cards, arranged in drawers in three sections
devoted to authors, subjects and periodicals. It was begun in
1885, is the basis of the catalogue now in use and meets measur-
ably the requirements of modern library administration. The
clerk also did much good work in the endeavor to secure supplies of
deficiencies from corresponding societies.

Mr. William J. Fox was appointed messenger March 26, 1888.
Proving himself intelligent and trustworthy in the performance
of such work as was assigned him, he was promoted to the position
of Assistant Librarian in 1890, and has since been efficient in

. forwarding the interests of the Academy.

To provide for the supposed wants of students the experiment
of keeping the library open until 10 P.M. was begun in 1873 and
continued until 1876, when it was abandoned as not serving any
useful end on account of the extremely limited number of members
using the books in the evening.

A catalogue of duplicates was printed and distributed in 1899.
A number of sales have been effected, but the larger part of the
collection remains yet on hand.

Up to 1847 the library had been arranged in connection with
the Museum, manifestly to the great discomfort of students who,
as Dr. Zantzinger says in his report for that year, were excluded
from the hall when it was open to the public. The society then
oceupied the building at the corner of Broad and Sansom streets
(Plate C), inte which it had moved from Twelfth and Sansom streets
(Plate B) seven years before. During the year mentioned the books
were arranged in a department expressly designed as a library
and meeting room at the western end of the ground floor. The
Librarian was then required to be on duty during part of the fore-
noon, his place being supplied in the afternoon by the Chairman
of the Curators. The eastern hall, in which the collections of
minerals and fossils.had been arranged, was given up to the Library -
in 1855, and was used from 1857 as a meeting room. Finally the
western section, formerly used for this purpose, was divided in
two by a partition of cases erected from time to time by the liber-
ality of Dr. Thomas B, Wilson, thus providing on the floor and
gallery additional room and placing the library in the condition
in which it remained until removal to the present building in 1876.
The present system of alternating alcoves and study rooms with the

1901. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 763

spacious gallery above for the arrangement of periodicals is well
known to all now using the library.

The accompanying plates, D, E and F, illustrate the ground-plan
of the building vacated in 1876 and the present distribution and
aspect of the library.

The firs#Librarian was John Speakman, who was elected. Novem_
ber 29, 1814, and served until December 26, 1815, when he was
succeeded in rapid succession by Caleb Richardson, Jacob Pierce,
8. W. Conrad, Charles Pickering, Paul Beck Goddard, Joseph
Carson, Robert Bridges, Alfred L. Elwyn, Joseph Leidy, and
William S. Zantzinger. Several of these served only one or two
years, Dr. Zantzinger alone reaching an incumbency of ten years.
Then came Dr. James Aitken Meigs, from August, 1856, to May,
1859, and Dr. James C. Fisher, from June 28, 1859, to August
27, 1861, when he entered the army as contract surgeon and was
succeeded by Dr. R. E. Griffith, who served only one year.

It was becoming hard to find any one who was willing to take the
office. There were certain duties which manifestly had to be per-
formed. As exchanges came in and the Wilson packages were
delivered, the accessions must be shelyed and recorded, even
though they were not systematically catalogued, and some few,
from time to time, had to be prepared for the binder. Dr. Robert
Bridges devoted much time at irregular intervals to the latter duty,
although not officially. He deserves, also, the grateful remem-
brance of the Academy for his supervision, in connection with Mr.
William S. Vaux, of the distribution of the Proceedings and Jour-
nal to subscribers and exchanges, the editorial work being per-
formed by Dr. Joseph Leidy, then and until his death, Chairman
of the Publication Committee.

Mr. J. Dickinson Sergeant was finally prevailed on to take the
Librarianship, but only on condition that an assistant should be
engaged to perform the routine duties of the office. The financial
resources of the Academy were not such as to permit the engage-
ment of a trained bibliographer, and a boy was employed who
owed his selection to the good offices of Mr. John Cassin. The
Assistant’s first record of accessions was made February 4, 1862,
within a few days of the beginning of the second half century of
the society’s history.

764 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF « (Dee:

Mr. Sergeant held the Librarianship until December, 1867,
when the Assistant, who had in the meantime taken a degree from
the Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania, under
the preceptorship of the beloved Leidy, was appointed to the
office which he has held continuously ever since. It the situation
be unchanged, therefore, in February of next year, he will have
had the supervision of the Academy’s Library, in conjufiction with
the Library Committee, as Assistant and Librarian for forty years.
He begs to be allowed, on this occasion, to put on record his obliga-
tion to his first and only chief, J. Dickinson Sergeant, for the
kindly forbearance, helpful council and unfailing courtesy and
encouragement which filled the life of the boy with interest and
gladness and turned the daily task which, under an unsympathetic
master, might well have been irksome enough, into a labor of
love. Dr. Leidy, also, was invariably helpful and encouraging,
and the Librarian is unceasingly thankful that early in his life it
was given to him to know, andin a measure to appreciate, the high
ideals embodied in those two men.

A like acknowledgment of obligation is, in a measure, due to
nearly every one with whom he has been brought into asso-
ciation during his forty years of service in the Academy. Only
the most cordial associations are called up by the names of Lea,
Wilson, Bridges, Hays, LeConte, Slack, Cassin, Tryon, Vaux,
Jeanes, Allen, Horn, Redfield and Meehan, not to mention the
dear friends who are still met with every day, to all of whom he
is indebted for kindliness, courtesy, and forbearance. His paths
have been made by them paths of pleasantness.

The Librarian hopes that he may be forgiven these personalities.
It can be safely asserted that he will not have an opportunity,
after an additional equal term of service, to record his obligation
to his associates living and dead.

The statistics presented above show that the Academy possesses,
including all the books in the building, except duplicates set apart
for sale, a library of over 50,000 volumes. Their arrangement
is practically what the present Librarian inherited from his prede-
cessors in 1862. It is far from meeting the requirements of
modern library classification, but in practice it has been found to
be not far short of what is wanted by the worker. Books as they

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 765

are received are placed under their respective headings, for the
most part consecutively, a separate running number being used in
each department. The subject catalogue in a measure supplies
the needs of a more philosophic arrangement, and it is easy to
make a memorandum of the position of books on a given subject.
Still, the adoption of the decimal system of arrangement would
be, in some respects, desirable ; but reclassification and recata-
loguing will involve great inconvenience and a heavy expense, as
the employment of a corps of trained assistants will be unavoid-
able. It may be that some one interested in the welfare of the
library wili volunteer to defray the cost of making such a change
in the prompt way which would involve the least discomfort, or the
Academy in the future may find itself in a position to make the
required appropriations. Until that time arrives it is a satisfae-
tion to know that few or no complaints are heard from the earnest
workers who use the library in yearly increasing numbers, and
who are intelligently informed as to what they desire in the prose-
eution of their work of original research.

The statistics of work and growth for the year are suflicient
evidence that this department is actively benefitted by the improved
financial condition of the Academy. Every book added to the
shelves as the result of the judicious administration of its resources
is a memorial of the liberal and enlightened men who have selected
the Academy as their agent in the advancement of science.

Mr. William J. Fox has continued to render intelligent and
willing assistance to the Librarian, and also in many important
ways to the Recording Secretary.

All of which is respectfully submitted,
Epwarp J. Nouan,

Tabrarian.

766 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The Curators are able to report many improvements in the
museum and buildings of the Academy during the past year, as
well as important advances in the arrangement and growth of the
collections. :

In the early part of the year, through the increased funds at their
disposal, the services of Dr. Henry Skinner and Mr, E. G.
Vanatta were secured as Assistants; Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry was
appointed Special Curator of Mollusca, while Mr. Henry W.
Fowler has been employed identifying, arranging and caring for
the collection of fishes.

With these additions the salaried staff of the Academy is now
greater than ever before, and the work accomplished during the
year has been correspondingly increased. .

During the summer the outside woodwork of the buildings,
which has been for some time bad)y in need of attention, has been
entirely repainted, and necessary repairs have been made to the
roots.

A number of cases have been erected for the extension of the
library and for the accommodation of additions to the herbarium
and the study collection of moilusks, while eighteen moth-proof
tin cases have been purchased for the study series of birds and
mammals, in addition to five large wooden ones uniform with those
provided last year.

In the museum seven plate glass cases have been constructed
from the general appropriations and the income of the ‘‘ Mary
Jeanes Museum Fund.’’ ‘Three of these are of large size, two for
birds and one for mammals, and cover collectively over six hun-
dred square feet of floor space. Two other cases have been pre-
sented by Mr. Clarence B. Moore, uniform with those already
installed, to accommodate the accessions to the *‘ Moore Archzeo-
logical Collection.’? The large slab of fossil ferns presented by
Mr. C. B. Nichols has also been enclosed in glass.

The opening of the museum on Sunday afternoons has been con-
tinued throughout the year, to the gratification of large numbers
of persons who are unable to visit it on weekdays.

During the past summer the Academy has for the first time

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 767

maintained a table at the Wood’s Hole Biological Laboratory.
It was vecupied through the season by Mr. H. W. Fowler.

Much of the work accomplished during the past year in the
arrangement of the collections is described in detail in the reports
of the Botanical, Conchological, Ornithological and Mineralogical
Sections which: follow, while the more important work of other
departments is briefly outlined below.

Mr. Stone has spent the greater parf of the spring and summer
in the arrangement of the reptiles and batrachians, with the result
that all the groups not handled last year have been catalogued and
systematically arranged and many unidentified specimens named.

Mr. Fowler has continued his study of, and completely rearranged
and relabeled the carp-like and deep-sea fishes, the eels and their
allies, and the Cyprinodonts, comprising about two-fifths of the
entire collection.

During the year the whole series of alcoholic vertebrates have
been carefully examined and the alcohol replenished.

The mammalian skeletons and skulls have all been relabelled
with special tags and a systematic card catalogue of all the mammal
collections, has been prepared by Mr. Rehn.

In the Archeological department Miss H. N. Wardle has cata-
logued and arranged a large number of specimens, including most
of the Haldeman Collection.

Through the generosity of Dr. L. T. Chamberlain, Mr. C. W.
Johnson has continued his care of the Isaac Lea Collection of
Eocene Mollusca. Six hundred and fifteen species have been
added during the year, mainly through exchange.

Many important additions to the collections have been received
since the preparation of the last report. The Zodlogical Society of
Philadelphia has presented a number of specimens, one of the
most notable being a full-grown Indian Rhinoceros, which has been
mounted by Mr. David McCadden, the taxidermist.

Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, has continued to add most liberally
to the conchological collection, furnishing many rare and hitherto
unknown species. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown has added largely to
the department of reptiles, while a fine series of Porto Rican fishes
was received from the United States Fish Commission.

Dr. A. Donaldson Smith presented a number of valuable birds,
mammals and mollusks secured during his recent expedition to Lake

768 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Rudolf, Africa. Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M.
Hiller, who are at present conducting an expedition in the interior
of Sumatra, have generously promised to the Academy such of
their collections as are pertinent to its work, a portion of the
material having been already shipped.

The Curators would express the indebtedness of the Academy to
the late Thomas Meehan, Dr. P. P. Calvert, Theodore D. Rand,
Lewis Woolman, Charles Liebeck and other members for aid in
various departments, as well as to the students of the Jessup Fund,
Miss H. N. Wardle, Edward G. Vanatta, James A. G. Rehn and
H. L. Viereck.

Besides the frequent consultation of the collections by visiting
naturalists, specimens have been loaned for study to C. D. Beadle,
E. L. Morris, W. B. Scott, G. S. Miller, Jr., M. J. Rathburn,
C. H. Ball, W. B. Clark, W. D. Matthew, B. L. Robinson, E.
D. Merrill, J. W. Gidley, G. C. Martin, H, M. Smith, R. Ridg-
way, M. W. Lyon, Jr., J. Dwight, Jr., O. P. Hay, R. Bowdler
Sharpe, R. Arnold, R. H. Howe, Jr., E. A. Mearns, A. W.
Evans, B. G. Wilder, D. G. Elliott and Alpheus Hyatt.

Henry C. CHapMan,
Samuet G. Drxon,
Artuur E. Brown,
Henry A. PIissry,
Curators.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE WILLIAM S.
VAUX COLLECTIONS.

The Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections would respect-
fully report that the specimens added have been fewer than in
prior years, but have been unusually fine. Among them may be
particularly mentioned a crystallized native copper from Lake Su-
perior ; five tourmalines, including an unusually fine achroite, two
showing cat’s-eye reflections ; an excellent green tourmaline and
rubellite, and a very remarkable opal from Australia.

Much interest has been manifested in the collections by the
visitors to the museum.

Respectfully submitted,
THEODORE D. Ranp,
Curator.

ee ee

acai ial

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 769

REPORT OF THE BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL
SECTION.

The Section has held the usual, meetings during the year with
increased membership. It has lost by death a valued member,
Mr. David S. Holman.

The Conservator reports that the apparatus and slides belonging
to the Section are in fair condition, and some progress has been
made in cataloguing the latter.

Additions during the year include thirty-six slides of wood seec-
tions purchased and twenty-six volumes, principally of microscopi-
cal journals, presented by Mr. John C. Wilson,

At a joint meeting with the Biologica] Society of the Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, the latter was represented by Prof. Conklin,
who spoke upon ‘‘ Fertilization and Inheritance,’’ and the Section
by Mr. Frank J. Keeley, who gave a history of the ‘‘ Develop-
ment of the American Microscope.’’ Dr. Morris also spoke upon
the ‘‘ Theory of Vibration.’’ .

Communications have been made by Mr. Palmer on Spirogyra
and desmids; by Mr. Keeley on rock-inclusions, various appliances
of the microscope, and the Abbé diffraction theory; by Mr. Wool-
man on artesian well deposits; by Mr Boyer on diatoms; by Dr.
Stewart on white blood corpuscles and bacteria, and by Dr. Morris
on pathology.

At the meetings with the Academy Dr. Benjamin Sharp spoke
upon the ‘‘ Food of the Cod;’’ Dr. Pilsbry on the ‘‘ Relationships
of the Genus Neobeliscus;’’ Mr. Keeley on the ‘‘ Structure of
Diatoms’’ and ‘‘ Colored Illumination,’’ and Drs. Ravenel and
McCarthy on the ‘‘ Pathology and Treatment of Rabies.’’

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year:

Director, . : , é J. Cheston Morris, M.D.
Vice- Director, 5 : 2 T. Chalkley Palmer.
Treasurer, . : : F Lewis Woolman.
Conservator, . - : 4 Frank J. Keeley.
Corresponding Secretary, . : Silas L. Schumo.
Recorder, . : : : Charles S. Boyer.
CaAr es S. Boyer,
Recorder.
49

770 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.;

REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION.

The growth of the collection of mollusks during the year has
been satisfactory. The total number of accessions, 2,705, although
Jess than in several years, comprises a large amount of material
preserved in alcohol and also more species new to the collection
than have been added in any year since the A. D. Brown Ci
tion was received.

The chief accessions are as follows: Over 800 species of Japanese
mollusks received from Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan; a large
lot of South Sea shells collected by C. D. Voy in 1872-3, and
presented by Mrs. Annie P. Cope; a small series of shells from
Hawaii and Torres Strait, sent to our Treasurer, Mr. Roberts, by
Mr. D. Thaanum, consisting largely of species new to the collec-
tion, and a second collection from British East Africa from Dr.
A. Donaldson Smith. The series of American mollusks has been
increased by about 200 species from the Galapagos and Cocos
Islands, collected by an expedition from Leland Stanford, Jr.
University; a selected series from the Gulf of California from
Mr. J. G. Malone, and a small series of C. B. Adams’ Panama
shells; while Messrs. E. H. Ashmun, A. C. Billups, G. H. Clapp,
T. D. A. Cockerell, M. J. Elrod, J. H. Ferriss, Dr. Henry
Skinner, Bryant Walker, and many others have added valuable
material to the collection of United States mollusks, both dry and
in alcohol. A portion of this material has been worked up by Mr.
Vanatta and the Conservator in special papers.

The Academy purchased 328 species of air-breathing proso-

branch snails new to the collection. Progress has been made in the _

rearrangement of the Pelecypoda andthe alcoholic collection.
The remainder of the Bulimulide and the genus Cerion have been
revised in the progress of monographs of these groups.

The officers elected at the annual meeting, held December 5,
1901, are as follows: »

Director, . . ‘ : ‘ Uselma C. Smith.
Vice- Director, ‘ : : John Ford.

Recorder and Fabiiie ; , Edward J. Nolan.
Corresponding Secretary, : . Charles W. Johnson.
Treasurer, . - : 5 ; S. Raymond Roberts.

Conservator, : ; 2 é Henry A. Pilsbry.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 771

The continued assistance of Mr. E. G. Vanatta has largely
increased the work accomplished in the department. Advice and
assistance have also been rendered by Mr. C. W. Johnson and
other members of the Museum Committee.

H. A. Pirssry,

Conservator.

REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

The usual meetings have been held and entomological communi-
cations of interest and scientific value have been made by members
and associates. The attendance has been good, the average being
fourteen persons.

Seven associates have been elected during the year.

The Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological
Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has
been continued with increased success. During the year the
twelfth volume has been completed with three hundred and
twenty-eight pages and thirteen plates.

The Section has had a very eventful year, due to the large and
valuable additions of specimens to the collections of the depart-
ment. Two representative collections of Hymenoptera have been
presented: the Cresson Collection and the collection of Gallflies
made by Mr. Homer F. Bassett, of Waterbury, Conn. The
former collection contains 2,367 types and 3,511 species and the
number of specimens is estimated at 87,775. The Bassett Collec-
tion contains 315 boxes, estimated to contain 6,300 specimens and
over 300 types. The collection of Orthoptera made and presented
to the Section by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn numbers 1,653 specimens.
In addition the Academy has purchased 3,500 specimens. These
collections, in conjunction with the material already in the posses-
sion of the Section, form the best museum collection of these
insects in America. The Conservator has added over a thousand
specimens collected in San Miguel county, N. M., during the
summer. About forty species of these are new to science, and
many are new to the collection. The specimens added to the cab-
inets during the year will number nearly 104,000.

Me) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

The collections are in a good state of preservation, but additional
cases are needed and more space for the department is desirable.

At the annual meeting, held December 26, the following were
elected to serve as officers for the year 1902:

Director, . : : " : : Philip Laurent.
Vice-Director, ; 2 : : ‘ H. W. Wenzel.
Treasurer, . : i : : E. T. Cresson.
Recorder and Conser ata : ‘ : Henry Skinner.
Secretary, . : : : ; C. W. Johnson.
Publication Cones : ‘ .. : J. H. Ridings,

C. W. Johnson.

Henry SKINNER,

Conservator.

REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION.

The Botanical Section reports that the herbarium is in a gener-
ally satisfactory condition. Much progress has been made in the
work of arrangement during the year.

About 5,500 specimens have been added to the collections,
largely through purchase, the most important being a portion of
the collections of Mr. A. A. Heller, from Virginia, North Caro-
lina, Texas, Arizona, Wyoming, Idaho, Washington, Oregon and
California, numbering twenty-five hundred specimens and contain-
ing about 250 types, cotypes and authentic specimens, with many
from original type localities. These will add very materially to
the North American series of plants.

Other purchases have been 129 specimens of Porto Rican plants
from A. A. Heller, 190 specimens of Mexican plants from C. G.
Pringle, 776 specimens of Canary Island plants from Dr. Theo-
dore Bornmuller, and 250 specimens of West Australian plants
from Dr. Pritzei.

Donations numbering about 2,000 specimens haye been received
from Col. C. A. H. McCauley, William M. Canby, Benjamin H.
Smith, Uselma C. Smith, C. F. Saunders, Witmer Stone, E. G.
Vanatta and Stewardson Brown.

The mounting of the general herbarium was completed in Septem-

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 773

ber, largely through the untiring efforts of the late Mr. Meehan, it
having been his expressed desire to see this work accomplished dur-
ing his life, and strangely enough it was practically the last work
he was able to do in the herbarium.

In the early part of the present year the Curators had con-
structed eleven additional cases in the north room, which has
enabled the Conservator to rearrange all the specimens of the
Anthophyta in the two rooms on the library floor, the Pteridophyta
being arranged for the present in the south room on the gallery
floor.

All of the,cases have been marked onthe outside with printed
labels, in brass holders with transparent fronts, greatly facilitating
the reference to specimens.

The mounting of the Charles E. Smith Herbarium was com-
pleted during the year, the local material being arranged in one of
the cases in the south room on the gallery floor ; the balance of the
specimens will be incorporated with the general collections during
the coming year.

During the year much work has been accomplished on the C.
W. Short Herbarium, about ten thousand sheets having been
mounted, all of which will be incorporated with the general collec-
tions as rapidly as possible. It is the desire of the Conservator to
push this work during the coming year, so that the many valuable
Specimens contained in this collection may be made available for
study at as early a date as possible.

At the meeting of the Botanical Section, held on Monday, De-
cember 9, 1901, the following were elected as the officers to serve
for the coming year:

Director, . 5 ; ia A Benjamin H. Smith.
Vice-Director, . ; : Joseph Crawford.
Corresponding Sean Ue : John T. Pennypacker.
Recorder, : : , John W. Harshberger.
Treasurer and Conisemator: : Stewardson Brown.

Respectfully submitted,
SrewAaRDsoN Brown,

Conservator.

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

REPORT OF THE MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOG-
ICAL SECTION.

The Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section respect-
fully reports that nine meetings have been held during the year,
besides six excursions to points of geological or mineralogical
interest. The average attendance at the meetings has been eight
members, on the excursions thirty-two.

Additions to the Academy’s collection of mineral and geological
specimens include many of interest, though in number not as
great as in previous years.

An elaborate paper was read before the Section by Mr. John 8.
Ash on the Buckingham Fault, which elicited considerable discus-
sion, participated in by Messrs. Lyman, Woolman and others.
There were read also other papers on Arizona lignite, New Jersey
gravels, and on various questions relating to the geology of Penn-
sylvania. —

Mr. Frank J. Keeley exhibited a number of rock sections pre-
pared by himself, and made remarks upon them, particularly upon
their inclusions.

The first excursion was made to Langhorne and vicinity, for the
examination of the New Red Rocks in that neighborhood, and to
Van Artsdalen’s quarry ; the second and third to the vicinity of
Yardley and New Hope, the fourth to Lodel creek, near Grater’s
ford on the Perkiomen, and to Skippack creek. At Lodel creek
a slab was obtained showing ripple marks and reptilian and
amphibian footprints. The fifth was to West Chester, where the
cabinet of Mr. W. W. Jefferis was inspected and also Mr. Sharp-
less’ collection of Indian relies, after which a number of localities
in the vicinity were visited. The sixth excursion was to the fossil
beds in the Mattewan and other formations in the vicinity of
Swedesboro and Mullica Hill.

The following officers of the Section for the ensuing year were
elected :

Director, . - ; E . Theodore D. Rand.
Vice-Director, . : : 3 Benjamin Smith Lyman.
Treasurer, : : ; ; Emma Walter.
Conservator, . : : : F. J. Keeley.

Recorder, F : Charles Schiiffer.

Respectiolly submitted,
THEoporE D. Ranp, Director.

co |
~]

or

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

REPORT OF THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION.

During the past year a large part of the Conservator’s time has
been occupied by his duties as assistant to the Curators in other
departments. It has, however, been possible to make considerable
progress in the rearrangement of the ornithological collections.
All of the mounted water birds, with the exception of the Anatide
and Laride, have been carefully examined by the taxidermist,
relabeled with both common and technical names, and installed on
the ornithological floor of the new building. They completely fill
the large case erected last year, and show to much better advan-
tage than they did in the old gallery. During the close of the
present year three additional cases have been furnished by the
Curators, which it is estimated will accommodate about one-third
of the entire mounted collection. Labels for most of the remain-
ing water birds have already been prepared, and it is expected all
the new cases will be filled and the new floor opened to the public
in the spring.

For the study collection eighteen moth-proof cans and three
large wooden cases have been purchased, permitting the abandon-
ment of almost all of the temporary storage boxes that we were
forced to make use of some years ago. With a similar provision
next year the entire collection of bird skins will be accommodated
in modern cases and rendered absolutely safe from moths and dust.
Considerable time has been required to effect the systematic arrange-
ment of the skins in the new cases, but as a result they are now
more accessible than ever before. The Mellhenny collection of
Alaskan birds, which was formally acquired early in the year, has
been incorporated with the general collection, as also a valuable
local collection of water birds, the gift of Mr. H. W. Fowler.

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club and the Pennsylvania
Audubon Society have continued to hold their meetings in the build-
ing and have done a great deal to stimulate the study of birds at
the Academy. Much aid has been rendered during the year to
ornithologists in other institutions, both by correspondence and by
loan of specimens, and many visiting naturalists have made use of
the collections.

Among other important additions to the department may be
mentioned a series of birds from Lake Rudolf, Africa, from Dr.

776 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

A. Donaldson Smith; a series of several hundred skulls and sterna
of American birds from H. W. Fowler and Witmer Stone, and a
valuable collection of nests and eggs from Robert T. Young. At
the aunual meeting, held December 18, 1901, the following officers
were chosen:

Director, . 5 . 3 : Spencer Trotter, M.D.
Vice-Director, . : : : George Spencer Morris.
Secretary, ; : é 2 William A. Shryock.
Recorder, : : : é Stewardson Brown.
Treasurer and Conservator, . : Witmer Stone.

Respectfully submitted,
WirmMeEr Srone,

Conservator.

The election of Officers, Councilors and Members of the Com-
mittee on Accounts to serve during 1902 was held with the follow-
ing result:

PRESIDENT, : ¢ : § Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.
Vicr-PRESIDENTS, : : 3 Arthur Erwin Brown,
Edwin G. Conklin, Ph. D.
RECORDING SECRETARY, . . Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY, 3 J. Perey Moore, Ph.D.
TREASURER, ‘ ; : - George Vaux, Jr.
LIBRARIAN, v ; Z . Edward J. Nolan, M.J).
CURATORS, . ; : : : Henry C. Chapman, M.D.,

Arthur Erwin Brown,

Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Se. D.
CoUNCILORS TO SERVE THREE YEARS, Uselma C. Smith,

Charles Roberts,

John Cadwalader,

William Sellers.
CoMMITTEE ON ACCOUNTS, . ‘ Uselma C. Smith,

Charles Morris,

Wilham L. Baily,

Harold Wingate,

Lewis Woolman,

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 777

COUNCIL FOR 1902.

Ex-officio. Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Arthur Erwin Brown,
Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Percy
Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Henry C.
Chapman, M.D.

To serve Three Years.—Charles Roberts, Uselma C. Smith,
John Cadwalader, William Sellers.

To serve Two Years.—Charles Schaeffer, M.D., Dr. C. Newlin
Pierce, Theodore D. Rand, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.

To serve One Year.—Thomas A. Robinson, Charles H. Cramp,
Charles Morris, Isaac J. Wistar.

Curator oF Momiusca, . . «Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.
Assistant LIBRARIAN, i : William J. Fox.
ASSISTANTS TO THE CURATORS, . Witmer Stone,

Henry Skinner, M.D.,
Stewardson Brown,

J. Perey Moore, Ph.D.
Edward G. Vanatta,
Charles W. Johnson.

TAXIDERMIST, . : : : David McCadden.
Jessup Fund Students, . : : J. A. G. Rehn,
H. L. Viereck, °
5 Edward G. Vanatta,

Harriet Newell Wardel.

Janitors, . : : : , Charles Clappier,
John Mellhenny,
Daniel Heckler.

778 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. ,

ELECTIONS DURING 1901.

MEMBERS.

January 29.—William F. Dreer, James Rorer, A. Worrell
Wagner.

February 26.—C. Hartman Kuhn.

March 26.—¥F. 8. Manderson.

April 80.—Anthony W. Robinson.

May 28.—Adolph Fredholm, Ph.D.

June 26.—Henry Kraemer.

October 29.—Howard Crawley, Henry Fox, Jr.

November 26.—Roswell C. Williams, Henry Savage, William
B. Dayis and 8. Harbert Hamilton.

CORRESPONDENTS.

Janary 29.—H. R. H. Albert I, Sovereign Prince of Monaco.

March 26.—Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan; Carlos de la Torre, of
Havana, Cubi.

August 27,—Sir Thomas Lauder Brunton, of London, England.

November 26.—T. D. A. Cockerell, of East Las Vegas, N.M.

co |
=I
i)

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ADDITIONS TO MUSEUM.

MAMMALS.

Orro BeHR. Pine Marten, Mustela americana ; four Weasels, Putorius
noveboracensis ; Rabbit, Lepus floridanus transitionalis ; Red-backed
Mouse, Hvotomys gapperi ; skins and skulls ; and Brewer's Mole, Parasca-
lops brewerz; Short-tailed Shrew, Blarina brevicauda ; White-footed
Mouse, Peromyscus canadensis ; House Mouse, Aus musculus, and four
Weasels, Putorius noveboracensis, alcoholic ; all from Wyoming county, Pa.

STEWARDSON BROWN. Red Bat, Lasiwrus borealis, Philadelphia.

HENRY C. CHAPMAN, M.D. Feetusof Felis domestica, Sus scrofa, Dasy-
pus sexcinctus, Monkey sp., and placenta of Oryza.

WituiamM E. Hueues, M.D. Collection of twenty-one mammal skins
and skulls from Chihuahua, Mex.

CHARLES D. KeLtLoce. Mongoose, Herpestes griseus, skin and skull.

PURCHASED. Collection of skins and skulls of mammals from Texas and
Colorado ; skull of Black Bear, Ursus americanus, from Clinton county,
Pa., and Virginia Deer, Odocoileus virginianus, male (for mounting),
Wyoming county, Pa.; Florida Manatee, 77richichus latirostris, skeleton.

J. A. G. Renn. Five skins and skulls of Pennsylvania mammals.

SAMUEL N. RHOADS. (Collected for the Academy.) Five Field Mice,
Microtus pennsyloanicus ; four Short-tailed Shrews, Blarina brevicauda,
and eleven White-footed Mice, Peromyscus leucopus, skins and skulls.

ALFRED SATTERTHWAIT. Jumping Mouse, Zapus hudsonius ameri-
canus (mounted), Chester county, Pa.

Mrs. CHARLES SCHAEFFER. Skin of Pocket Gopher and Shrew, British
Columbia.

WITMER STONE AND J. A. G. REHN. (Collected for the Academy.)
Two Red-backed Mice, Hootomys gapperi rhoadst, skins and skulls, New
Jersey.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF PHILADELPHIA. Specimens prepared as indi-
cated : Mounted : Prevost’s Squirrel, Sciwrus prevosti ; Indian Rhinoceros,
Rhinoceros unicornis. To be mounted: Red Deer, Cervus elaphus ;
Black-backed Jackal, Canis mesomelas ; Ring-tailed Lemur, Lemur cutta ;
Rufous-necked Wallaby, Halamaturus ruficollis ; Red-handed Spider Mon-
key, Ateles paniseus. Skins and skulls: Entelius Monkey, Semnopithecus
entellus ; White-throated Monkey, Cercopithecus albogularis (no skull) ;
Gray-cheeked Mangaby, Cercocebus collaris ; Lion-tailed Macaque, Macacus
silenus ; Black Ape, Cynopithecus niger ; Silky Marmoset, Midas rosalia (no
skull) ; Lion, Felis leo (male); Florida Otter, Lutra hudsonica vaga ; Bas-
saris, Bassariscus astutus flavus ; Black-backed Jackal, Canis mesomelas ;

780 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

Slow Loris, Tardigradus tardigradus (no skull) ; three Arizona Cottontails,
Lepus arizone minor ; two Spermophiles, Spermophilus mexicanus and 8.
spilosoma ; Texan Cotton Rat, Sigmodon hispidus teatanus ; two Wood Rats,
Neotoma micropus and N. albigula ; Gopher, Cratogeomys castanops ; two
Kangaroo Rats, Dipodomys ambiguus and D. spectabilis ; Rufous-necked
Wallaby, Hulmaturus ruficollis. Skin and skeleton: Female Buffalo, Bison
bison ; European Otter, Lutra lutra. Skulls: Green Monkey, Cercopithe-
cus callitrichus ; Rhesus Macaque, Macacus rhesus; Ring-tailed Coati,
Nasua narica. Skeletons : Indian Rhinoceros, R. wnicornis ; two Spotted
Hyenas, Hyena crocuta ; Striped Hyena, H. hyena; Sacred Monkey,
Semnopithecus entellus; Gibbon, Hylobates lar ; Black-backed Jackal,
Canis mesomelas. Alcoholic : two Neotoma micropus, Tardigradus tardi-
gradus, Dipus jaculus, Ursus arctos (very young), two Spermophilus
mexicanus.

A. DonALpson SmitH, M.D. Collection of thifty skins and skulls of
African mammals, several mounted heads and mounted Antelope.

In EXCHANGE. Twospecimens of Chilonycteris, from Porto Rico.

R. T. YounG. Two skins of Weasel, Putorius noveboracensis, Princeton,
Nerd

Birbs.

Cou. G. T. ANDERSON. Two bird skins from the Philippines.

ARTHUR ERWIN Brown. Three skins of Zonotrichia leucophys and
egg of Corvus cryptoleucus (?), Pecos, Tex.

J. L. Buck. Parrot skull ( Chrysotis sp.).

DELAWARE VALLEY ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Three nests, two sets of
eggs and three mounted birds.

H. W. Fowier. Collection of skulls and sterna, mainly of Penusylvania
birds, and collection of skins of water birds from Pennsylvania and New
Jersey.

ALFRED C. HARRISON, JR., AND Dr. H. M. Hrucer. Skin of Jbis
papillosus, Borneo.

Susan Hayuourst, M.D. Twelve skins of Colorado birds.

CHARLES D. KeELLoGG. Several eggs of sea birds from Bird Rock.

David McCappeEN. Skin of Harlequin Duck, Histrionicus histrionicus.

CHARLES B. Penrose, M.D. Skin of Franklin’s Grouse, Dendragapus
franklini. ;

J. A. G. Rewn. Four skins of Pennsylvania birds.

Tuomas A. Ropryson. . Case of twelve mounted birds from Africa.

A. DonALpsoN SmitH. Collection of one hundred and twenty-nine bird
skins from Lake Rudolf and vicinity, Africa.

WirMer Strong. Collection of skulls and sterna of North American
birds.

H. W. WreNzEL. Specimen of Hudsonian Godwit, Limosa hemastica
Anglesea, N. J., prepared as skin.

Rosert T. YouNG. Collection of nests and eggs of North American
birds from Nova Scotia, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, ete.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 781

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF PHILADELPHIA. Prepared as skins: Zricho-
glossis forsteni, Chrysotis salvini, Rhamphastos brevicarinatus, Chondestes
grammacus, Conurus patagonicus, Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides,
Ploceus baya, Pyrrhulopsis tabuensis, Amazona pretrei. Skull and
sternum : Coscoroba coscoroba, Falco fusco-cerulescens. Skeleten: Den-
drocitta vagabunda, Pelecanus erythrorhynchus, Gyps fulous.

PURCHASED. MclIlhenny collection of Alaskan birds, three hundred and
forty-seven skins.

REPTILES AND BATRACHTA.

ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. One hundred and forty-five specimens, repre-
senting seventy-five species, of snakes and lizards ; also type of Coluber sub-
ocularis Brown.

HERBERT Brown. Phyllorhynchus decurtatus, Yuma, Ariz.

Orro BEHR. Rattlesnake, Crotalus horridus, and small collection of rep-
tiles, Wyoming county, Pa.

E. D. Cope Estate. One hundred and fifty specimens of reptiles and
batrachia.

PHILIP LAURENT. A collection of reptiles and batrachia from Florida
and several specimens from Philadelphia.

David McCappEN. Specimen and plaster cast of Coluber obsoletus,
Stone Harbor, N. J.

CLARENCE B. Moore. Three casts of snakes.

Mrs. Scatrercoop. Pine snake, Pityophis melanoleucus, Brown’s
Mills, N. J.

HENRY SKINNER, M.D. Several reptiles and batrachia from Sapello
Canyon, N. M.

WITMER STONE AND J. A. G. REHN. Small collection of reptiles and
batrachia from the New Jersey Pine Barrens, including Rana virgatipes
and /iolepisma laterale.

ZOOLOGICAL SocreETY OF PHILADELPHIA. Tiliqua scincoides, Aus-
tralia.

FISHES.

CHARLES W. BuviInGerR. Five jars of fishes from Atlantic City, N. J.

H. W. Fowxer. Collections from Wood’s Holl, Mass., Philadelphia and
New Jersey coast, and specimen of Salmon.

Davip McCappeEn. Specimens of Pipe fishes, Siphostoma fuscum.

H. A. Pitspry. Jar of fishes from Florida.

Mrs. L. J. Rusuton. Head of Sword-fish (mounted).

J.B. SAMUEL. Bone of Sturgeon.

J. A. ScHuLtz. Mounted specimen of Grayling, Michigan.

BENJAMIN SHARP, M.D. Sand Shark, Carcharias littoralis, and Bill-
fish, Tylosurus acris, Navtucket, Mass.

U.S. FisH Commission. Collection of Porto Rican fishes.

E. D. Cope EsTaTe. Several jars of fishes .

782 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

INSECTS, ETC.

W. M. BAKer. Larva of moth. —

H. F. BAsserr. Three hundred and fifteen boxes of Cynipide and their
galls.

FREDERICK BLANCHARD. One Coleopter.

G. W. Bock, M.D. Thirty Hemiptera, nine hundred Coleoptera.

A. E. Brown. One Coleopter, nine Orthoptera, three 1helyphorus, fifty
Hymenoptera.

T. D. A. CocKERELL. Forty-three Hymenoptera, three Diptera, twenty-
two Lepidoptera, three Neuroptera, one Hemipter.

Emity Coorer.. Nest of Tarantula.

E. T. Cresson. 3,511 species of Hymenoptera—87,775 specimens, 2,367
types.

J.S. Drxon. Eight Arachnida.

S. G. Dixon. One Coleopter.

GeorGE Extror. Larva of Citheronia regalis.

JosErH W. Fett. Larva of Citheronia regalis.

W. F, Fiske. One Lepidopter.

GEORGE FRANCK. Forty Lepidoptera.

ARTHUR FROEHL. Dolomedes sp.

A. Hempen. One hundred Neuroptera.

M. E. Hora. Seven Lepidoptera, eleven Hymenoptera, five Coleoptera,
ten Neuroptera.

HERMAN Hornic. Two hundred and fifty Hymenoptera, thirty-five
Lepidoptera.

C. W.Jounson. Six Diptera, two Lepidoptera.

PuHILie LAURENT. Two Orthoptera.

C. W. Lene. Six Coleoptera.

F. A. Merrick. One hundred and twenty-nine Lepidoptera.

H. B. Meyers. Fenodera sinensis.

O. C. Potinc. Fourteen Lepidoptera.

CHARLES RoBeRtTsON. Twenty-four Hymenoptera (co-types).

J.A.G.ReHN. 1,653 Orthoptera. Collection of insects from New Jersey
Pine Barrens. (Collected for the Academy. )

Mrs. CHARLES SCHAFFER. Nine Hymenoptera, twenty-one Diptera,
three Lepidoptera, forty-seven Coleoptera, two Orthoptera, one Hemipter,
ten Neuroptera.

Henry SKINNER. Three hundred and fifty-three Hymenoptera, one
hundred and seventy-two Diptera, five hundred and eighty-six Coleoptera,
two hundred and fourteen Hemiptera, twenty-five Neuroptera, one hundred
and seventy-four Lepidoptera, filty-one Orthoptera.

Dr. A. D. SmitH. Forty-seven Coleoptera, thirty-one Lepidoptera, two
Hemiptera, two Oithoptera.

UseLMA C. SmitH. Four Hemiptera.

LANCASTER THOMAS. Thirty-six Coleoptera, three Orthoptera, nine
Neuroptera.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 783

E. G. VANATTA. One thousand insects, various orders.

H. L. Viereck. Thirty Hymenoptera.

J. L. Wess. Two Coleoptera.

H. W. WeENzEL. One hundred and forty-five Hymenoptera, eighteen
Coleoptera.

W. M. WHEELER. Thirty Hymenoptera.

J.S. WHITEMAN. Three Coleoptera.

STEWARDSON Brown. Twelve Hemiptera, one Lepidopter.

West InprAN Fruir Co. Mygale sp.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF PHILADELPHIA. Scolopendria sp., Pecos, Tex.

RECENT MOLLUSCA.

Rey. E. H. AsHmun. Sixty-seven species of land and fresh-water shells
from Idaho and Arizona.

CarL F. BAKER. Fifty-six trays of shells from the Southern States.

F. C. BAKER. ‘Ten species of fresh-water shells from Illinois.

W. T. BENDALL. Ozystyla undata Brug., from New Providence,
Bahama Islands.

A.C. Bituups. Thirty five species of land shells from Indiana.

BoraNIcaL SECTION. Two species of fresh-water shells from Bethlehem,
Pa. Three species of land and fresh-water shells from Bermuda.

J. H. Brirts, M.D. Fifty-seven species of Unionids from Missouri.

F. W. BRYANT. Three species of California land shells.

FRED L. Burron. Pecten diegoensis Dall, from Monterey, Cal.

Emitio F. CABADA. Twelve trays of Cuban Jand shells.

H. C. CHAPMAN, M.D. Five species of marine shells from Bar Harbor,
Me.

Gro. H. CLapp. Thirteen trays of American Jand shells.

T. D. A. and W. P. CocKERELL. Ninety lots of land and fresh-water
shells from New Mexico. °

O. CoLLETT. ‘Twenty-six species of shells from Ceylon, in exchange

ANNIE P. Cope. Three hundred and seventy-three trays of shells from
the United States and Polynesia.

O. A. CRANDALL. . Physa rhomboidea and P. walkeri Crandall, cotypes.

L. E. DANIELS. Twenty-three lots of United States land shells.

O. DEBEAUX. Six trays of Algerian land shells.

SAMUEL G. Dixon, M.D. Fifteen trays of marine shells from Cuba.

S. M. Epwarps. Pyramidula from Colorado.

Sir CHARLES ELLIOTT. Six trays of marine shells from New Zealand.

M. J. Etrop. Fifteen trays of land and fresh-water shells from Montana.

J. H. Ferriss. Eighty-two lots of American land shells.

Wm. H. Fuuck. Seven species of marine and fresh-water shells from
Nicaragua.

JoHN Forp. Four species of shells from Florida and Pennsylvania.

H. W. Fow.er. Ten trays of marine shells from Martha’s Vineyard,
Mass. f

L. S. Frierson. Quadrula lananensis Frierson.

784 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Deer,

Mrs. E. M. GAyLorD. Two species of Hpiphragmophora from Santa

Catalina Island, California.

Haro_p HEATH. Four species of marine shells from California.

HENRY HEMPHILL. Eighteen species of California land shells.

J. B. HENDERSON, JR. Five species of land shells from Haiti.

Y. HrRAse. Eight hundred and thirty-six lots of Japanese shells.

C. W. JoHNson. Five species of American land and fresh-water shells.

HowarbD JONES. Seven species of marine shells from New Jersey.

FAITH KEELY. Five species of marine shells from New Jersey.

R. E. B. McKenney, M.D. Ten species of European land mollusks, in
formalin.

R. J. KtrRKLAND, M.D. Planorbis from Michigan.

E. J. Letson. Ammnicola letsone and Goniobasis niagarensis.

O.S. Lewis. Four trays of fresh-water shells from Indiana.

H. Loomis. Ten species of Japanese shells.

H. N. Lowe. Four species of Limaz and tectibranchs from Long Bean?
Cal.

J. G. MALONE. Seventy-five species of marine shells from Santa Rosalia,
Lower California. :

GrorGE T. Marston. Physa integra Hald. from Quincy, Ill.

O. O. NYLANDER. Eighteen species of shells from Maine.

CHARLES B. PENROSE, M.D, Pisidiwm from Idaho.

H. A. Prrspry, D.Sc. Twenty species of American land shells.

PURCHASED. Three hundred and twenty-eight species of operculate land
shells.

W. M. RANKIN. Two species of land and fresh-water shells from Ber-
muda.

S. N. Ruoaps. Forty-two trays of land and fresh-water shells from
New Jersey and Pennsylvania.

S. RAyMonD Roperts. Cypraq anne Roberts, from Hawaii.

Rey. J. Rowreiu. Two trays of Pacific marine shells.

W. H. Rusu, M.D. Three trays of marine shells from Honolulu.

Srtas L. Scoumo. Three trays of marine shells from Europe.

B. SaHarp, M.D. Seven trays of West Indian shells.

C. T. Simpson. Plewrodonte bizonalis from Haiti.

Henry SKINNER, M.D. Eight species of land shells from New Mexico.

R. E. C. Stearns. Vivipara stelmaphora Bgt. and Limax maximus from
California.

SrEERE EXPEDITION. Two trays of South American shells.

Witmer Stone: Donax fossor from New Jersey.

A. DonaLpson SmituH, M.D. Thirty-four species of shells from British
East Africa.

UsELMA C. SmiTH. Five trays of shells.

RoBert E. Snoparass. One hundred and seventy-five trays of marine
shells from the Galapagos Islands.

D. THAANUM. Thirty-six trays of marine shells from Hawaii, Australia
and New Guinea.

-.
a

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 785

U. S. NationaL Museum. Seven trays of land shells from Japan and
Brazil.

E.G. VANATTA. Eight species of American land shells.

T. VANHyNING. Twenty-six species of American land and fresh-water
shells.

J. W. VeuIE, M.D. Seven species of American shells.

BRYANT WALKER. Twenty-two species of land and fresh-water shells
from Michigan.

A. G. WETHERBY. Nine species of American land and fresh-water shells.

J.J. Waite. Cerithiwm costatwm from Bahama Islands.

Wm. Woop. Six trays of shells.

WILLIARD Woop. ‘Two trays of shells from California.

L. WootMAN. Unio from Greenbrier river, West Virginia.

OTHER INVERTEBRATES.

Rey. E. H. AsHmun. AHelicopsyche from Arizona.

BoranicaL Section. Lingula anatina Brug., Australia.

STEWARDSON Brown. Cambarus from Ganoga Lake, Pennsylvania.

Cuas. W. Buvincer. Two jars Crustacea, Atlantic City, N. J.

H. C. CHAPMAN, M.D. Seven jars of invertebrates from Bar Harbor, Me.

T. D. A. CocKERELL. Two specimens of Cambarus gallinus P. and C.
and Helicopsyche from New Mexico.

CATHARINE G. Dixon. Limulus polyphemus from Ballast Point, Fla.

J. E. DUERDEN. Five specimens of Peripatus from Bath, Jamaica.

H. W. Fowter. Two jars of invertebrates from Martha’s Vineyard,
Mass.

C. L. FursusH. Hyalonema sp., Philippines.

Y. HrkASE. Six species of Balanus and Brachiopods from Japan,

H. W. Nacure. Physalia from Anglesea, N. J.

H. A. PrtsBpry. Twenty-nine jars of invertebrates from Florida.

PuRCHASED. Thirty-five trays of invertebrates, collected by C. D. Voy in
the Pacific Ocean. Collection of Crustacea from Caroline Island, South
Pacific.

S. N. RnoAps. Two trays of invertebrates from Cuba and New Jersey.

W. H. Rusu, M.D. Two jars’of invertebrates from the Pacific Ocean,

PAUL SARTAIN, M.D. Specimen of coral.

B. SHARP, M.D. Carcinus menas L. from Nantucket.

UseLMA C. Smith. Segartia spongicola Verr. from Spray Beach, N. J.

WITMER Stone. Suberites from Cape May, N. J.

E. B. WILLIAMSON. Cambarus dubius from Nashville, Tenn.

Foss VERTEBRATES.

EpwarkpD D. Corr Estate, A small miscellaneous collection.
MINERALOGICAL SECTION. Two slabs of red shale, showing Dinosaur
tracks and ripple marks, from near Grater’s Ford Station, Perkiomen R. k,,
Montgomery county, Pa.
UseLMA C. Smita. Fossil Fish, Green River, Wyoming.
50

786 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

FossiL INVERTEBRATES.

Rey. LEANDER TROWBRIDGE CHAMBERLAIN. Six hundred and fifteen
lots from the Eocene and Oligocene of Europe.

H. C. CHApMAN, M.D. Three species of Brachiopods from Maine and
Europe.

ANNIE P. Cope. Three trays of North American fossils.

Samuet G. Drxon, M.D. Two trays of mollusca from Cuba.

GEORGE CUTHBERT GILLESPIE. Baculites ovatus Say, from Maple Shade,
N. J.

C. W. Jounson. Teredo from Caloosahatchie river, Florida.

CLARENCE B. Moore. Lxogyra costata Say, Hoskins Landing, Miss.

Josh N. Rovirosa. Ostrea contracta Conr., Mexico.

JoHN TorPy. One tray of fossils from County Kilkenny, Ireland.

J.T. WALTON. Two trays of fossils from near Cardiff, N. Y.

S. WooLvEertTON, M.D. Three trays of Canadian fossils.

FosstIL PLANTs.

PAULINE L. NIEDHARD. Several Carboniferous plants.

PLANTS.

Hueo BrreRaM. Drachea subsissilis. Physarum pallidum and Phy-
sarum variabile.

BoranicaL Section. One hundred and ninety specimens of Mexican
plants, collections of C. G. Pringle ; one hundred and twenty-nine speci-
mens of Porto Rico plants, collections of A. A. Heller ; seven hundred and
seventy-six specimens of Cinary Island plants, collections of Dr. Theodore
Bornmiiller.

STEWARDSON Brown. Five hundred specimens of Pennsylvania and
New Jersey plants.

WitirAM M. Cansy. One hundred and thirty-nine specimens of North
American plants, principally from Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas.

ZEPHANIAH Hopper. Leptorchis lillifolia (L.).

E. L. Morris. Batrachium hederallum.

Con. C. A. H. McCautey. Nine hundred and eighty specimens of plants
from Colorado and New Mexico.

C.F. Saunpers. Thirty specimens of North American plants.

BensAmin H. SmitH. One hundred and thirty specimens of Colorado
plants. ;

UsetmA C. Situ. Forty-one specimens of Colorado plants; twenty
specimens of Cratagus.

WitMER STONE. Two hundred and fifty specimens of Pennsylvania and
New Jersey plants.

E. G. VANATTA. Twenty specimens of Maryland plants.

CONTRIBUTORS TO FUND FOR PURCHASE OF A. A. HELLER COLLECTION.
Botanical Section, Stewardson Brown, Ida A. Keller, Ph.D., Arthur N.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 787

Leeds, Francis S. Manderson, Thomas Meehan, Adolph Miller, M.D., Silas
L. Schumo, Benjamin H. Smith, William C. Stevenson, Jr.

MINERALS.

BELL’s ASBESTOS Co. Asbestos and Serpentine, Ontario.

SAMUEL G. Drxon, M.D. Limonite Geode, Pennsylvania ; Chalcedony,
Florida.

W. H. JARMAN, M.D. Sulphur found at Tampa, Fla.

FRANCES E. PEIRCE. Small case of minerals.

Ff. Rirscuy. Taraspite and Asbestos.

T. H. Ryan. Specimen of Bituminous Coal, Colorado.

J.T. WALTON. Two specimens of Limonite.

S. WooLVERTON. Several minerals from Ontario.

WiItLrAM S. VAUX COLLECTION. Specimens added by purchase.

ARCHXOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.

ARTHUR ERW1N Brown. Arrowheads and Indian Mill, Pecos, Tex.;
Mexican Water Vessel, Ft. Davis, Tex.

ROBERT Casprerson, M.D. Four Metates, Costa Rica.

Howarp Eaton. Zuni Ceremonial Clothes,

CLARENCE B. Moore. Many additions to the Moore Archeological
Collection.

PURCHASED. Eskimo Coat, Rattle and Boots: Beaded Saddle Bags.

F. W. Putnam. Indian Mill, Metate.

CHARLES G. Sowrer. Egyptian Mummy.

J.P. Syrrizv. Eskimo Kyak Model.

788 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL
SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

JourNAL of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 8vo.
I, 1817-18S—VIII, 1839-42.

JouRNAL of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Second
Series. 4to. I, 1847-50—XI, 1897-1901.

Report of the transactions of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil-
adelphia, during the years 1825-1826. Submitted by S. G. Morton,
M.D., Recording Secretary. Philadelphia, 1827. Svo. Pp. 1-15.

Same, 1827-28. 8vo. 1829. Pp. 1-16.

PROcEEDINGS of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Svo. I, 1841-43—LIII, 1891.

ANNUAL REPORTS of the Treasurer have been published separately since
1890.

CrrcuLaRr (small pamphlet containing instructions for coliecting and
preparing specimens of natural history. Undated, but probably
about 1830). 12mo. Pp. 1-11. :

AcT OF INCORPORATION and by-laws of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. Philadelphia, 1886. S8vo, Pp. i-iv,
1-8. The first edition of the Act of Incorporation and Constitution
was published in 1817 as part of the first number of the octavo
Journal. Republished with By-Laws in Vol. VI, 1829.

Same, 1849. 8vo. Pp. 1-12.
Same, 1857. Svo. Pp. 1-38.
Same, 1866. 8vo. Pp, 1-24.
Same, 1869. S8vo. Pp. 1-22. Issued with the Proceedings, XXI,
1870
Same, 1876. Svo. Pp. 1-2.
Same, 1880. Svo. Pp. 1-24.
Same, 1885. 8vo. Pp. 1-24.
Same, 1893. 8vo. Pp. 1-24.
Same, 1899. S8vo. Pp. 1-99.

List OF MEMBERS and correspondents of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, from the origin of the Society on the 25th
of January, 1812, to the 1st of November, 1836. Philadelphia,
1836. S8vo. Pp. 1-16.

Same, 1841. 8vo. Pp. 1-19. Issued with Proceedings, I, 1841-43.
Same, 1848. 4to. Pp. 1-8.

MEMBERS AND CORRESPONDENTS of The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia. 1868. Philadelphia, 1868. S8vo. Pp. 1-27.
Issued with Proceedings, XXI, 1870.

Same, 1877. 8vo. Pp. 1-48.
Same, 1898. Svo. Pp. 1-62.

1901. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 789

THe AcApEMy oF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1890. 12mo.
Pp. 1-11. 2 plates. Small descriptive pamphlet, issued in con-
nection with application to the Legislature for an appropriation
toward the completion of the building.

Another edition, with modifications. 1895. Pp. 1-7.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY of The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Philadelphia, 1837. S8vo. Pp. i-x, 1-300. The
first catalogue of the library was begun in the Journal, No. 1, Vol.
I, 1817, and continued in Vols II, III, IV.

GUIDE TO THE MUsEUM of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1876. Pp. 1-128.

HANDBOOK TO THE MUSEUM of The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Edited by J. H. Slack, M.D. 12mo. Pp. 1-116.
Philadelphia, 1862.

Same, 2d edition, 1866. 12mo. Pp. 1-280.

NovicE OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
Second edition. Philadelphia, 1831, Pp.1-16. (The first edition
was published in the American Journal of Science and Arts,
XIX, pp. 88-96.)

Same, 3d edition, 1836. Pp. 1-82.
Same, 4th edition, 1837, Pp. 1-24.

A NOTICE OF THE ORIGIN, PROGRESS AND PRESENT CONDITION of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By W. 8S. W.
Ruschenberger, M.D., Surgeon U. 8. Navy. (Read before the
Society, February 10, 1852.) S8yvo. Philadelphia. Pp. 1-78.
(Contains list of members. )

Same, 2d edition, 1860. Svo. Pp. 1-102.

AppREss delivered on laying the cornerstone of The Academy of Natural
Sciences, May 25, 1839. By Walter R. Johnson, A.M, M.A.N.S.,
etc. Published by order of the Academy. Philadelphia, 1839.
8vo. Pp.1-8. Issued with Proceedings, I, 1841-43.

Discourse in commemoration of the founding of The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By William Parker Foulke.
Delivered March 30, 1854, in the Hall of the University of Penn-
sylvania. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1854. Pp. 1-58.

ADDRESSES delivered on laying the cornerstone of an edifice for The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, October 30, 1872.
Philadelphia, 1873. (W. 5, W. Ruschenberger, M.D., Rev. E. R.
Beadle, J. Aitken Meigs, M.D., and Horatio C. Wood, M.D.)
8vo. Pp. 1-29, Issued with Proceedings, XXIV, 1872.

ADDRESS delivered on the occasion of the opening of the new lecture
hall of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Febru-
ary 22, 1892. By the Rev. Henry C. McCook, D.D., Vice-
President. 8vo. Pp. 1-4.

REMARKS OF MR. JoHN WELSH, Chairman of a Committee appointed
by certain citizens of Philadelphia, addressed to a special com-
mittee of the House of Representatives of Pennsylvania, com-

790 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

posed of the members from the city of Philadelphia, to which was
referred the Senate Bill, giving permission to the Councils of
Philadelphia, to authorize the erection on the Penn Squares, of
buildings for the Promotion of Natural Science, Literature, the Fine
Arts, and the Mechanic Arts. February 26, 1868. 8vo. Pp. 1-7.

ANNUAL REPORTS (first, 1868, to eleventh, 1878) of the Board of Trustees
of the Building Fund of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil-
adelphia to the Contributors to the Fund. 8vo.

(No reports were published between 1878 and 1891.)

ANNUAL REPORTS of the Trustees of the Building Fund of The Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to the Contributors to the
Fund, January, 1891, 1892 and 1893. 8vo.

AN ADDREss. The claims of The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia to public favor. By W. 8. W. Ruschenberger.
Philadelphia, 1871. 8vo. Pp. 1-32. Three plates.

REPORT OF THE CONDITION of The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, on moving into its new edifice southwest corner of
Race and Nineteenth streets. Made to the contributors to its
building-fund, April 28, 1876. By W.S. W. Ruschenberger. Phil-
adelphia, 1876. Svo. Pp. 1-56.

SumMMARY HISTORY of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
By W. 8S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. Philadelphia, 1877. 8vo.
Pp. 99-119. (Published as part of Guide to the Museum. 1876.)

CATALOGUE OF THE STRIGID# in the collection of The Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences of Philadelphia. By John Cassin. Svo, 19 pp.
(Issued with Proceedings, LV, 1848-49.)

CATALOGUE OF THE VULTURID in the collection of The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By John Cassin. 8vo, 7 pp.
(Issued with Proceedings, IV, 1848-49.)

CATALOGUE OF THE CAPRIMULGID in the collection of The Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By John Cassin, November
1, 1851. 8vo, 15 pp. (Issued with Proceedings, V, 1850-51.)

CATALOGUE OF THE H1IRUNDINID in the collection of The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By John Cassin, July 1, 1853.
8vo, 15 pp. (Issued with Proceedings, VI, 1852-53.)

CATALOGUE OF THE HaLcyoniD& in the collection of The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By John Cassin, November
1, 1852. 8vo,19 pp. (Issued with Proceedings, VI, 1852-53. )

CATALOGUE OF THE OOLOGICAL COLLECTION in The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. By A. L. Heermann, M.D., March 1,
1853. 8vo. Pp. 1-36. (Issued with Proceedings, VI, 1852-53.)

CATALOGUE OF HUMAN CRANIA in the collection of The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: Based upon the third edition of
Dr. Morton’s ‘‘ Catalogue of Skulls,’’ ete. By J. Aitken Meigs,
M.D., Librarian of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, ete. 8vo. Philadelphia: Pp. 1-112. (Issued with Pro-
ceedings, VIII, 1856.)

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 791

CATALOGUE OF THE INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS OF THE ORETACEOUS
Formation of the United States, with references. By William
M. Gabb, September, 1859. 8vo. Pp. 1-20. (Issued with Proceed-
ings, XT, 1859.)

CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF THE EAsTERN Coast or Nort AmER-
1cA, from Greenland to Georgia. By Theodore Gill. January,
1861. 8vo. Pp. 1-63. (Issued with Proceedings, XIII, 1861.)

A Memorr or Wriir1amM Macuurg, Esq., late President of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By Samuel George Morton,
M.D., one of the Vice-Presidents of the Institution, Read July
1, 1841, and published by direction of the Academy. Philadel-
phia, 1841. 8vo. Pp. 1-87, Portrait. (Issued with Proceedings,
I, 1841-43. )

Same, 2d edition. Philadelphia, 1844. Svo Pp. 1-34.

A Memoir or SAMUEL GrorGE Morton, M.D., late President of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By Charles D.
Meigs, M.D, Read November 6, 1851, and published by direction
of the Academy. Philadelphia, 1851. 8vo. Pp. 1-48.

A SYLLABUS OF THE COURSES OF LECTURES and laboratory study and
work provided for students in the Natural Sciences. Philadelphia:
Printed for the Committee on Instruction, 1884. Svo. Pp. 1-23.

BroLoGicaAL AND MiIcROoscoPpicAL SECTION.

By-Laws and list of members. 1877. 8vo. Pp. 1-14.

By-Laws with a list of members and contributors. Philadelphia, 1888.
8vo. Pp. 1-138.

(PROCEEDINGS of the) Biological Department of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of: Philadelphia, 1858, 1859, 1860. (Issued with Pro-
ceedings of the Academy of corresponding dates.)

(PROCEEDINGS of the) Biological and Microscopical Department of The
Academy of Natural Sciences. 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871. (Issued
with Proceedings of the Academy of corresponding dates.)

CoNCHOLOGICAL SECTION.

By-Laws established for the government of the Conchological Section
of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (n. d.).
8vo, Pp. 1-19.

MANUAL oF ConcHoLoey ; Structural and Systematic. With illustrations
of the species. By George W. Tryon, Jr. 8vo. I, Cephalopoda,
1879, 316 pp., 112 plates. II, Muricide, including Purpurine,
1880, 289 pp., 70 plates. III, Tritonidw, Fusidw, Buccinidex, 1881,
310 pp., 87 plates. IV, Nassidie, Turbinellide, Volutidae, Mitride,
1882, 276 pp., 58 plates. V, Marginellidse, Olivide, Columbellide,
1883, 276 pp., 63 plates. VI, Conidx, Pleurotomidee, 1884, 400 pp.,
65 plates. VII, Terebridse, Cancellariide, Strombide, Cypreide,
Ovulide, Cassidide, Doliide, 1885, 309 pp., 75 plates. VIII,

792

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Naticide, Calyptreide, Onustidxe, Turritellide, Vermetide, Cz-
cide, Eulimids, Pyramidellide, Turbonillids, 1886, 461 pp., 79
plates. IX, Solariide, Janthinide, Trichotropid, Scalariide,
Cerithiide, Rissoide, Littorinide, 1887, 488 pp., 71 plates. X,
Neritide, Adrorbiide, Cyclostrematidx, Liotiids, 1888.

MANUAL OF CoNCHOLOGY, Structural and Systematic. With illustra-

tions of the species. By George W. Tryon, Jr., continued by
Henry A. Pilsbry. Phasianelline, Turbinide, Delphinuline,
1888, 323 pp., 69 plates. XI, Trochide, 1889, 519 pp., 62 plates.
XII, Stomatellidee, Scissurellide, Pleurotomariide, Haliotide,
Scutellinidse, Addisoniidxe, Cocculinide, Fissurellide, 1890,
823 pp., 65 plates. XIII, Acmeide, Lepetide, Patellide, Titis-
caniide, 1891, 195 pp., 74 plates. XIV, Lepidopleuride,
Ischnochitonidx, Chitonidse, Mopaliidee, 1892, 350 pp., 68 plates.
XV, Acanthochitide, Cryptoplacide, Acteonidie, Tornatinide,
Scaphandride, Bullide, Akeride, Hydatinide, Ringiculide,
1893-94, 436 pp., 61 plates. XVI, Philinide, Aglajide, Gastrop-

teride, Aplysiide, Pleurobranchidse, Umbrellidx, etc., 1895, 262.

pp., 75 plates. XVII, Scaphopoda. By H. A. Pilsbry and B.
Sharp. Aplacophora. Index to Series, 1897-8, 348 pp., 48 plates.

SEconpD Series: DuLtMonata. Manual of Conchology, structural and

systematic. With illustrations of the species. By George W.
Tryon, Jr. I, Testacellide, Oleacinide, Streptaxide, Helicoidea,
Vitrinide, Limacidx, Arionidie, 1885, 364 pp., 60 plates. II, Zon-
itide, 1886, 265 pp., 64 plates. III, Helicidw, 1887, 313 pp., 63
plates. IV, Helicidse, 1888, 266 pp., 69 plates.

Srconp SERIES: PuLMoNATA. Manual of Conchology, structural and

systematic. With illustrations of the species. By George W.
Tryon, Jr., continued by Henry A. Pilsbry. V, Helici-
dex, 1889, 216 pp., 64 plates. VI, Helicide, 1890, 324 pp., 68
plates. VII, Helicide, 1891, 225 pp., 61 plates. VIII, Helicide,
1892, 314 pp., 58 plates. IX, Guide to the Study of Helices, 1894-
95, 366 pp., 71 plates, and Index to Helices, 126 pp. X, American
Bulimi and Bulimuli, Strophocheilus, Plekocheilus, Auris, Buli-
mulus, 1895-6, 212 pp., 51 plates. XI, American Bulimulide :
Bulimulus, Neopetreus, Oxychona, and South American Drymzus,
1897-8, 339 pp. 51 plates. XII, American Bulimulide: North
American and Antillean Drymeus, Leiostracus, Orthalicine and
Amphibulime, 1859, 258 pp., 64 plates. XIII, Australian Buli-
mulide: Bothriembryon, Placostylus. Helicids}: Amphidromus,
1900, 253 pp., 72 plates.

(Of the Manual of Conchology from Vol. I to the first part of Vol. X

of the first series and Vols. I, II, il and IV of the second series
were published by Mr. George W. Tryon, Jr. The work was
bequeathed by him to the Conchological Section of the Academy
and has since been continued by Henry A, Pilsbry, D.Sc.)

*

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 793

CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY of the genera, species and varieties of recent
mollusca, described prior to January 1, 1867. With dates of
publication, references to plates and localities. Compiled and
published under the authority of the Conchological Section of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Part I, Pholada-
cea, by G. W. Tryon, Jr.; Solenide and Mactride, by T. A. Conrad,
November, 1867, 47 pp. I, Anatinids, by T. A. Conrad; Saxi-
cavide, Myidse, Corbulide, Tellinids, by =GuaWeedcvon: id:
Pandoridx, by P. P. Carpenter, May, 1869, 78 pp. III, Corbicu-
ladx, by Temple Prime, October, 1869, 61 pp. IV, Porcellanid,
Amphiperaside, by 8. R. Roberts, November, 1869, 26 pp. V,
Marginellide, by John H. Redfield ; Melaniid, by A. Brot, M.D.,
November, 1870, 111 pp. (Issued in the American Journal of
Conchology. )

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ConcuoLoGy, Vols. I and II, edited by George
W. Tryon, Jr., 1865, 1866. Vols. III-VII, published by the
Conchological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. S8vo. 1867-1872.

MONOGRAPH OF THE FRESH-WATER UNIVALVE MoLuusca of the United
States. In continuation of Prof. S. 8. Haldeman’s work, pub-
lished under the above title. By George W. Tryon, Jr. Turbide,
Physaqdz, 1871. 8vo, 238 pp., 17 plates.

ExromotocicaL Section (AMERICAN EnToMoLoGIcAL
Socrery).

PROCEEDINGS of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, I, 1861—
VI, 1867. 8vo.

THE PRACTICAL ENTOMOLOGIST, I, 1865-66—II, 1866-67. 8vo.

TRANSACTIONS of the American Entomological Society, I, 1867—XXVII,
1901. 8vo.

PROCEEDINGS of the monthly meetings of the Entomological Section of
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. (Issued with
Transactions of the American Entomological Society, VII—XYV. )

ENTOMOLOGICAL News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section of
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Editor, Henry
Skinner, M.D. I, 1890—XIT, 1901. 8vo.

SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF THE HYMENOPTERA of
America, north of Mexico, by E. T. Cresson, 1887, 8vo, 350 pp.

THE Burrerries or Norru America, by Wm. H. Edwards. [Vol. TEs)
1868-1872. 4to, 153 pp. 50 colored plates.

Synopsis or NorrH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES, by Wm. H. Edwards.
1872. 4to, 52 pp.

CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA of America, north of Mexico, by W.
H. Edwards. Part I, Diurnals, 1877, 8vo, 68 pp.

REVISED CATALOGUE of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of America, north of
Mexico, by W. H. Edwards, 1884, 8vo, 95 pp.

794 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

LisT OF THE COLEOPTERA of America, north of Mexico, by Samuel Hen-
shaw, 188}. Supplement No. 1, 1887; No. 2, 1889; No. 3, 1895.

By-Laws of the American Entomological Society, 1889

LIsT OF THE LEPIDOPTERA OF BOREAL AMERICA, by J. B. Smith, 1891.

ENToMoLOGIsTS’ Directory, by Henry Skinner, 19€0.

SYNONYMIC CATALOGUE OF THE NORTH AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA, by
Henry Skinner, M.D., 1898, 8vo, 130 pp.

List OF MEMBERS of the American Entomological Society, resident and
corresponding, 1897.

MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

PROCEEDINGS of the Mineralogical and Geological Section of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. No. 1, 1877-1879.
Pp. 241-329. Issued in Proceedings of the Academy, XXXII,
1880. No. 2, 1880-1881, pp. 36-68. S8vo. Issued in Proceedings
of the Academy, XXXIV, 1882.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

SERIALS RECEIVED BY THE ACADEMY.

Those marked with an asterisk are subscribed for.

R. Academia de Ciencias exactas, fisicas y naturales. Madrid.
Anuario.
Memorias.
Nomina Personal Academico.

R. Academia de Ciencias medicas, fisicas y naturales. Habana.
Anales.

R. Academia de Ciencias naturales y Artes. Barcelona.
Boletin.

Academia nacional de Ciencias exactas. Cordoba.
Actas.
Boletin.
Académie d’Hippone, Bone.
Bulletin.
Comptes Rendus des Réunions.
Académie de Metz.
Mémoires.

Académie royale des Sciences. Bruxelles.

Annuaire,

Bulletin.

Mémoires.

Mémoires‘couronnés, 4to.

Mémoires couronnés, Syo.

Notices biographiques.
Académie des Sciences. Paris.

Comptes Rendus.

Académie des Sciences. Rouen.
Précis analytique.

Académie impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg.
Annuaire du Musée zoologique.
Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Académie des Sciences de Cracovie. Krakau.
Bulletin internationale.

Académie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Besancon.
Procés-Verbaux et Mémoires.

Académie nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Caen.
Mémoires.

Académie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Dijon.
Mémoires.

Académie nationale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Bordeaux.

Actes.

Académie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Lyon.
Mémoires.

795

796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Académie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Toulouse.

Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Académie des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Arts. Amiens.
Mémoires.

Académie des Sciences et Lettres. Montpellier. -
Mémoires.

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Journal.
Proceedings.

Academy of Sciences of St. Louis.
Transactions.

R. Accademia dei Fisiocritici. Siena.

Atti.
Processi verbali.
Accademia gioenia di Scienze Naturali. Catania.
Atti.
Bullettino mensile.

R. Accademia dei Lincei. Roma.
Atti.

Accademia lucchese di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Lucea.
Atti.

Accademia delle Scienze. Bologna.
Memorie.
Rendiconti.
R. Accademia delle Scienze. Torino.
Atti.
Memorie.
Observazioni meteorologiche.
R. Accademia delle Scienze fisiche e matematiche. Napoli.
Atti.
Rendiconti.
R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Modena.
Memorie.

R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Padova.
Atti e Memorie.

R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere et Arti degli Zelanti. Acireale.
Atti e Rendiconti.

hk. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere e Belle Arti. Palermo.
Atti.
Bollettino.

Aertzlicher Verein. Frankfurt a. M.
Jahresbericht.

Agricultural (The) Journal. Cape Town.

K. Akademie gemeinniitziger Wissenschaften. Erfurt.
Jahrbuch.

K. Akademie van Wetenschappen. Amsterdam.

Jaarboek.

Proceedings of the Section of Sciences,
Verhandelingen.

Verslagen en Mededeelingen.
Verslagen der Zittingen.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 797
K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin.

Abhandlungen.

Sitzungsberichte.

K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien.

Commission fiir oceanographische Forschungen.
Denkschriften,

Mittheilungen der prahistorischen Commission.
Sitzungsberichte math.-naturw. Klasse.

Albany Institute. Albany.
Transactions.

Allgemeine Zeitschrift fiir Entomologie. Neudamm (E. §.).

American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Memoirs.
Proceedings.

American Association for the Advancement of Science. Salem.
Proceedings.

*American Anthropologist. New York.
American (The) Antiquarian. Chicago.

American Antiquarian Society. Worcester.
Proceedings.

American Chemical Journal. Baltimore.

American Chemical Society. Easton.
Journal.

American Climatological Association. Philadelphia.
Transactions.

American Entomological Society (Entomological Section of the Academy).
Philadelphia.

Transactions.
Entomological News.

American Geographical Society. New York.
Bulletin. 1

*American (The) Geologist. Minneapolis.

American Institute of Mining Engineers. New York.
Transactions.

*American Journal of Anatomy. Baltimore.

American Journal of Pharmacy. Philadelphia.

* American (The) Journal of Physiology. Boston.

American Journal of Psychology. Worcester.

American (The) Journal of Science. New Haven.

American Journal of Mathematics. Baltimore.

American (The) Monthly Microscopical Journal. Washington.

American Museum of Natural History. New York.

Annual Reports.
Bulletin.
Memoirs.

American Naturalist. Cambridge.

American Ornithologists’ Union. New York.
The Auk.

798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

American Pharmaceutical Association. Philadelphia.
Proceedings.

American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia.

Proceedings.
Transactions.

American Society of Microscopists.
Proceedings.

*Anatomischer Anzeiger. Jena.

Anatomische Gesellschaft. Jena.
*Verhandlungen.

*Anatomische Hefte. Ergebnisse der Anatomie und Entwickelungs-
geschichte. Wiesbaden.

*Annales de Géographie. Paris.

*Annales de Géologie et de Paléontologie. Torino.
Annales des Mines. Paris.

*Annales (Les) de la Psychologie zoologique. Paris.
* Annales des Sciences naturelles. Paris.

Annali di Neurologia. Napoli.

*Annals of Botany. Oxford.

*Annals and Magazine of Natural History. London.
*Année (L’) biologique. Paris.

*Annuaire géologique universel. Paris.

Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. London.

*Journal.
*Man.

Anthropological Society of Australia. Sydney.
Science of Man.

*Anthropologie (L’). Paris.

Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien.
*Mittheilungen.

Anuario estadistica. La Plata.

Appalachian Mountain Club. Cambridge.

Appalachia.
Register.

Aquila. A magyar Madartani Kézpont Folyoirata. Budapest.

*Arbeiten auf dem Gebeite der pathologische Anatomie und Bacteriologie
aus dem pathologisch-anatomischen Institut zu Tubingen.

*Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologie. Leipzig.

*Archiv fur Anthropologie. Braunschweig.

*Archiv fiir Entwickelungsmechanik der Organismen. Leipzig.
*Archiv f. d. gesammte Physiologie des Menschen u. d. Thiere. Bonn.
Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab. Kristiania.

*Archiv fiir mikroskopische Anatomie. Benn.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Berlin.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 799

*Archiv der naturwissenschaftlichen Landesdurchforschung von Bohmen.
Prague.

*Archives d’Anatomie microscopique. Paris.

*Archives de Biologie. Gand.

*Archives de Physiologie. Paris.

*Archives italiennes de Biologie. Roma.

*Archives de Zoologie expérimentale et générale. Paris.
*Archivio italiano di Anatomia e di Embriologia.

Asiatic Society of Bengal. Calcutta.
Journal.
Proceedings.

Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch. Colombo.
Journal.

Associacio dos Engenheiros civis portugezes. Lisboa.
Revista de Obras publicas e minas.

Association frangaise pour 1’ Avancement des Sciences.
Comptes Rendus.

Astronomical and Physical Society. Toronto. -
Transactions.

Ateneo di Brescia.
Commentari.

Ateneo (L’) veneto. Venezia.

Australian Association for the Advancement of Science. Sydney.
Report.
Australian Museum. Sydney.

Catalogue.

Memoirs.

Records.

Report of the Trustees.

Bataafsch Genootschap der proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte. Rotterdam.
Nieuwe Verhandelingen,
Programme,

Bayerische botanische Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der heimischen Flora.
Miinchen.

Berichte.
K. bayerische botanische Gesellschaft. Regensburg.
* Flora.

K. bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Miinchen.
Abhandlungen.
Sitzungsberichte.

K. bayerische Oberbergamt. Miinchen.
Geognostische Jahreshefte.

*Beitrige zur Biologie der Pflanzen.
*Beitrage zur chemischen Physiologie und Pathologie. Braunschweig.
*Beitrage zur Paliontologie Oesterreich-Ungarns und des Orients. Wien.

Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society. Belfast.
Proceedings.

800 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club.
Annual Report.

Bergens Museums. Bergen.
“Aarbog.
Aarsberetning.

Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte.
Berlin.
* Nachrichten liber deutsche Alterthumsfunde.
Verhandlungen.
* Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie.
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum. Honolulu.
Fauna Hawaiiensis.
Memoirs.
O casional Papers.
*Bibliographia geologica. Bruxelles.

Biblioteca nazionale centrale. Firenze.
Bollettino.

*Bibliotheca botanica. Stuttgart.
*Bibliotheca zoologica. Leipzig.

Bibliothéque universelle. Genéve.
* Archives des Sciences physiques et naturelles.
Biological Society. Washington.
Proceedings.

Biologische Abtheilung ftir Land- und Forstwirthschaft am k. Gesund
heitsamte. Berlin.
*Arbeiten.

Biologische Station zu Plén.
* Forschungsberichte.

*Biologische Untersuchungen. Stockholm.

*Biologisches Centralblatt. Erlangen.

Birmingham Philosophical Society. Birmingham.
Proceedings.

Biuroului Geologicu. Bucharest.
Harta geologica generala a Romaniei.

K. bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Prag.
Jahresbericht.
Sitzungsberichte.
Boston City Hospital. Boston.
Report.
Boston Public Library. Boston.
Annual Report.
Monthly Bulletin.
Boston Society of Natural History. Boston.
Memoirs.
Occasional Papers.
Proceeuines,
Royal Botanic Garden. Calcutta.
Annals,

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Royal Botanic Gardens. Port of Spain.

Annual Report.
Bulletin.

Botanical Garden. Tiflis. [In Russian. ]
Report.

Botanical (The) Gazette. Chicago.

Botanical Society. Edinburgh.
Transactions and Proceedings.

Botanical Survey of India. Calcutta.
Records.
Report of Director.

*Botanische Jahrbiicher. Leipzig.
*Botanische Mittheilungen aus dem Tropen. Jena.
*Botanische Zeitung. Berlin.

Botanischer Verein. Landshut.
Bericht.
Botanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg. Berlin.

Gartenflora.
Verhandlungen.

*Botanisches Centralblatt. Cassel.

Botaniske Forening. Kjobenhavn.
Botanisk Tidsskrift.

British (The) Bee Journal. London (E. §.).

Botaniste (Le). Paris.

Bristol (The) Museum and Reference Library. Bristol.
Report.

Bristol Naturalists’ Society. Bristol.

List of the Society.
Proceedings.

British Association for the Advancement of Science. London.

* Report.
British Museum [Natural History]. London.
[ Publications. ]
Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Buffalo.
Bulletin.
Bulletin scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. Paris.

*Bulletins of American Paleontology. Ithaca.

Bureau of American Ethnology Washington.
Annual Report. é

Bussey Institution. Cambridge.
Bulletin,

California Academy of Sciences. San Francisco.
Memoirs.
Occasional Papers.
Proceedings.

California State Mining Bureau. San Francisco.

Annual Report. :
Bulletin.

51

801

802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge.
Proceedings.
Transactions.
Canadian Institute. Toronto.
Proceedings.
Transactions.
Cape of Good Hope Department of Agriculture. Cape Town.

Annual Report of the Geological Commission.

Marine Investigations in South Africa.

Report of the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon.

Report of the Government Botanist.

Report of the Government Entomologist.

Report of the Marine Biologist.

Reports of the Agricultural Assistants.

Reports of the Conseryators of Forests.
Cardiff Naturalists’ Society. Cardiff.

Report and Transactions.
Carnegie Library. Atlanta.
Annual Report.

Carnegie Musenm. Pittsburg.

Annals.
Annual Report,
Memoirs.

Catholic (The) University of America. Washington.
Catholic (The) University Bulletin.

*Cellule (La). Lierre.

Centraal Bureau voor de Kennis van de Provincie Groningen. Groningen
Bijdragen tot de Kennis van de Provincie Groningen.

K. k. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus. Wien.
Jahrbicher.

*Centralblatt fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte. Jena.
*Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie und Parasitenkunde. Jena.
Centralblatt fur Mineralogie, Geologie und Palontologie. Stuttgart.
*Centralblatt fir Physiologie. Berlin.

Ceské Akademie Cisare Frantiska Josefa. Prague.
Bulletin international.
Palxeontographica Bohemiz.
Rozpravy.
Vestnik. 2
Chemical Society. London.
Journal. :
Proceedings.
Chicago Academy of Sciences. Chicago.

Annual Report. -
Bulletin,
Bulletin of Geological and Natural History Survey.

Chicago Publie Library. Chicago.
Annual Reports.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History. Cincinnati.
Journal.

Club alpin de Crimée. Odessa.
Bulletin.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 808

. Club alpin suisse, Sections romandes. Geneve.

L’ Echo des Alpes.

Colorado College. Colorado College.
Colorado College Studies (Annual Publication).

Colorado Scientific Society. Denver.
Bulletin.
Proceedings.

College of New Jersey. Princeton.
Catalogue.

Columbia College. New York.
Contributions from the Herbarium.
School of Mines Quarterly.

Comision geolégica de Mexico. Mexico.
Boletin.

Comité géologique russe. St. Petersburg.
Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Commissao geographica e geologica do Estado deS. Paulo.
Boletin.
Dados climatologicos.

Commission of Agricultural Parasitology. Mexico.
{ Publications. }

_ Commission géologique de Finlande. Helsingfors.

Bulletin.

Commission des Travaux géologiques du Portugal. Lisboa.
Communicacoes.
[Publications,]

Commission for Ledelsen af de geologiske og geographiske Undersogelser i

Grodnland. Kjobenhavn.

* Meddelelser om Grgnland.

Commissioners of Inland Fisheries and Game. Boston.
Report.

Congrés internationale de Zoologie.
*Compte Rendu des Sciences.

Congres scientifique international des Catholiques.
* Compte Rendu.

Cooper Ornithological Club of California. Santa Clara.

* Balletin.
* Pacific Coast Avifauna,

Congrés géologique internationale,
* Compte Rendu.

7 Congrés internationale des Americanistes.
* Compte Rendu.

Congreso cientifico latino-americano. ‘
Trabajos.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. New Haven
Transactions.

Cornell University, Agricultural Experiment Station. Ithaca.
Bulletin.

;
;
;
>
7
f

804 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Croydon Microscopical and Natural History Club. Croydon.
Proceedings and Transactions.

*Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. London.

K. danske videnskabernes Selskab. Kjobenhavn.
Oversigt. ;
Skrifter.

Darlington Botanical Society. West Chester.
Leaflet.

Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences. Davenport.
Proceedings.

Dayton Public Library and Museum. Dayton.
Annual Report.

Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Philadelphia.
Abstracts of the Proceedings.

Denison University. Granville.
Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories.

Department of Marine and Fisheries. Canada.
Report of the Meteorological Service of Canada.

Department of Mines, Nova Scotia. Halifax.
Report.

Dental (The) Cosmos. Philadelphia.

Deutsche botanische Gesellschaft. Berlin.
* Berichte.

*Deutsche botanische Monatsschrift. Arnstadt.

Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Berlin.
Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift.

Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft. Berlin.
Zeitschrift.

Deutsche malakozoologische Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a. M.
Nachrichtsblatt.

Deutsche zoologische Gesellschaft. Leipzig.
* Verhandlungen.

Deutscher Fischereiverein. Berlin.

Allegemeine Fischerei-Zeitung.
Zeitschrift fur Fischerei.

Deutscher naturwissenschaftlich-medicinischer Verein fiir Bohmen ‘‘ Lotos.”*
Prag.

Abhandlungen.
Sitzuugsberichte.

Deutscher und oesterreichischer Alpenverein. Salzburg.

Mittheilungen.
Wissenschaftliche Ergiinzungshefte.
Zeitschrift.

Deutscher Seefischerei-Verein. Berlin.
Mittheilungen.

Deutscher Verein zum Schutze der Vogelwelt. Gera,
Monatssehrift.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Royal Dublin Society. Dublin.

Economic Proceedings.
Proceedings.
Transactions,

Echange (L’). Revue linnéenne. Lyon.
Ecole d’Anthropologie, Paris.
* Revue Mensuelle.

Ecole polytechnique. Paris.
Journal.

Edinburgh Geological Society. Edinburgh.
Transactions.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society. Chapel Hill.
Journal.

Engineers’ Club of Philadelphia.
Proceedings.

Engineers’ Society of Western Pennsylvania. Pittsburgh.
Proceedings.

Entomological Society of London.
Transactions.

Entomological Society of Ontario. London.

Annual Report.
Canadian Entomologist.

Entomological Society of Washington.
Proceedings,

Entomologischer Verein in Berlin.
Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift.

Entomologischer Verein. Stettin.
Stettiner entomologische Zeitung.

Entomologiska Forening. Kjobenhayn.
*Entomologiska Meddelelser.

Entomologiska Forening. Stockholm.
Entomologiska Tidskrift.

*Entomologist (The). London.
*Entomologist’s (The) Monthly Magazine. London (E. S.).

805

*Entomologist’s (The) Record and Journal of Variation. London (E.§.)

Erdelyi Museum-Egylet. Kolozsvart.
Orvos-Termeszettudomanyi Ertesit6.

Essex Institute. Salem.
Bulletin.

R. ethnographisch Museum. Leiden.
Verslag van der Directeur.

Faculté des Sciences. Marseille.
Annales.

Fairmount Park Art Association. Philadelphia.
Report of the Board of Trustees.

Ferdinandeum. Innsbruck.
Zeitschrift.

806 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

Feuille des jeunes Naturalistes. Paris.

Field Columbian Museum. Chicago.

Annual Exchange Catalogue.
Publications.

Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. Melbourne.
Victorian (The) Naturalist.

Finska vetenskaps-Societeten. Heisingfors.

Acta.
Bidrag.
Ofversigt.

Fondazione scientifici Cagniola. Milano.
Atti.
Forest and Stream. New York.
*Forschungen zur deutschen Landes- und Volkskunde. Stuttgart.
Franklin Institute. Philadelphia.
Journal.

Free (The) Library of Philadelphia. Philadelphia.

Annual Report.
Bulletin.

Free Public Library, Museum and Walker Art Gallery. Liverpool.
Annual Report.

Gardeners’ (The) Chronicle. London.

Royal Geographical Society. London.

The Geographical Journal.
Supplementary Papers.

Geographical Society. Philadelphia.
Bulletin.

Geographische Gesellschaft und naturhistorisches Museum. Liibeck.
Mitteilungen.

K. k. geographische Gesellschaft in Wien.

Abhandlungen.
Mittheilungen.

*Geological (The) Magazine. London.

Geological Society. London.
eee Literature added to Library.
it

Quarterly Journal.
Geological Society of America.

Bulletin.

R. Geological Society of Cornwall. Penzance.
Transactions. _

R. Geological Society of Ireland. Dublin.
Journal.

Geological Survey of Alabama.
Bulletin.
{Publications.]

Geological Survey of Georgia.

Bulletin.
te eel
eport of Progress.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 807

Geological Survey of India. Calcutta.
General Report.
Memoirs.
Memoirs, Palzontologia Indica.
Records.

Geological Survey of Louisiana. New Orleans.
Report. *

Geological Survey of Michigan. Lansing.
{Publications. }

Geological Survey of Missouri. Rolla.
Biennial Report of the State Zoologist.
Report.

Geological Survey of New Jersey. Trenton,
Annual Report of the State Geologist.

Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. Ottawa.
Annual Report.
Contributions to Canadian Palzontology.
Contributions from the Herbarium.
Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Minneapolis.

Annual Report.

Bulletin.

Geology (The) of Minnesota.
Report, Botanical Series.
Report, Zoological Series.

*Geologische und palieontologische Abhandlungen. Jena.

K. k. geologische Reichsanstalt. Wien.

Abhandlungen.
Jahrbuch.
Verhandlungen.

*Geologisches Centralblatt. Leipzig.

Geologisches Reichs-Museum in Leiden.
Sammlungen.

Geologiska Férening i Stockholm.
Forhandlingar.

Geologists’ Association. London.
Proceedings.

Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Mar-
burg.
Schriften.
Sitzungsberichte.
Gesellschaft deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte.
* Verhandlungen,
Geselischaft fiir Erdkunde. Berlin.
Verhandlungen.
Zeitschrift.
Gesellschaft von Freunden der Naturwissenschaften. Gera.
Jahresbericht.
Gesellschaft Iris. Dresden.
Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift (E. S.).
Gesellschaft fiir Mérphologie und Physiologie. Miinchen.
Sitzungsberichte.

808 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde. Berlin.

Sitzungsberichte.

Gesellschaft fiir Vélkerkunde und Erdkunde zu Stettin.
Bericht.

K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. (dttingen.
Nachrichten.

* Giornale di Mineralogia. Milano.

*Globus, illustrirte Zeitschrift fir Linder und Véikerkunde. Braun-
schweig.

Gloversville Free Library. Gloversville.
Annual Report.

Géteborgs K. Vetenskaps och Vitterhets Samhiilles. Goteborg.
Handlingar.

Guernsey Society of Natural Science. Guernsey.
Report and Transactions.

Gymnase bulgare des Garcons St. Cyrille et Method. Salonica.
Bulletin annuaire de la Station meteorologique.

Hamilton Association. Hamilton.
Journal and Proceedings.

Hartford (The) Public Library. Hartford.

Annual Report.
Bulletin.

Harvard College. Cambridge.

Annual Reports.
Catalogue.

*Hedwigia. Organ fiir Kryptogamenkunde. Dresden.

L’ Herbier Boissier. Genéve.

Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Hertford.
Transactions.

*Histologische Beitrige. Jena.
Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia.
Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography.

Historical Society of Southern California. Los Angeles.
Annual Publication.

Historischer Verein von Oberpfalz und Regensburg. Regensburg.
Verhandlungen.

Hollandsche Maatschappij der Wetenschappen. Haarlem.
Natuurkundige Verhandelingen.

*Hoppe-Seyler’s Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie. Strassburg.

Horticultural Society. London.
Journal.

Hortus Petropolitanus. St. Petersburg.
Acta.

Hortus Universitatis imperialis Petropolitane. St. Petersburg.
*Scripta Botanica.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 809

*Ibis (The). London.

Illinois Bureau of Labor Statistics. Springfield.
Annual Coal Report.

Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History. Urbana.

Biennial Report.
Bulletin.

*Index and Review. Washington.

Indian Museum. Caleutta.

pen one
nnual Report.

Indiana Academy of Sciences. Indianapolis.
Proceedings.

Indiana. Department of Geology and Natural Resources. Indianapolis.
Reports. ;

Insect (The) World : a monthly magazine edited by Y. Nawa. Gifu (E.S.)

Insekten-Bérse. Internationales Wcchenblatt der Entomologie (E.S.).

Institut botanique. Buitenzorg.
Bulletin.

Institut colonial. Marseille.
Annales.

Institut national genevois. Geneve.

Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Institut grand-ducal. Luxembourg.
Publications,

Institute of Jamaica. Kingston.

Annals.
Journal.

Instituto geografico argentino. Buenos Aires.
Boletin.

Instituto medico nacional. Mexico.

Anales.
Datos para la Materia Medica mexicana.

R. Institution of Cornwall. Truro.
Journal.

R. Institution of Great Britain. London.
Proceedings.

Instructor (El). Aguascalientes.
* Internationale Monatsschrift fiir Anatomie und Physiologie. Leipzig.

* Internationale Archiv fiir Ethnographie. Leyden.

Iowa Academy of Science. Des Moines.
Proceedings.

Towa Geological Survey.
Annual Report.

Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. Des Moines. |
Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology (E. 8.).

810 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

Royal Irish Academy. Dublin.
List of Members.
Proceedings, Science.
Transactions, Science.

Trish Naturalist. Dublin.

R, Istituto botanico di Roma. Roma.
*Annuario.

Istituto botanico dell’ Universita de’ Pavia.
*Atti.

R. Istituto d’Incorraggiamento alle Scienze naturali, economiche e tech-
nologiche. Napoli.
Atti.

R. Istituto lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Milano.
Rendiconti.

R. Istituto di Studi superiori pratici e di perfezionamento. Firenze.
Publicazioni.

R. Istituto technico superiore. Milano.
Programma.

R. Istituto veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Venezia.
Atti.

*Jaarboek van het Mijnwesen in nederlandsch Oost-Indié. Amsterdam.

Fiirstlich jablonowski’sche Gesellschaft. Leipzig.

Jahresbericht.
Preisschriften.

Jardin botanique. Buitenzorg.
Annales.

Jardin impérial botanique. St. Petersburg.

*Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte der Anatomie und Entwickelungs-
geschichte. Jena.

*Jahresbericht tiber die Fortschritte in der Lehre yon den pathogenen
Mikroorganismen. Leipzig.

*Jahresbericht tiber die Fortschritte der Physiologie. Bonn.

*Jahres-Beiicht tiber die Fortschritte der Thier-Chemie oder der physiolog-
ischen und pathologischen Chemie. Wiesbaden.

*Jahresbericht ber die Neuerungen und Leistungen auf dem Gebiete des
Pflanzenschutzes. Berlin.

*Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik. Leipzig.

John (The) Crerar Library. Chicago.
Annual Reports.

Johus Hopkins University. Baltimore.

Cireulars.
Studies from the Biological Laboratory.

*Journal de 1’ Anatomie et de Physiologie. Paris.
*Journal of Anatomy and Physiology. London.
Journal of Applied Microscopy. Rochester.
*Journal de Botanique. Paris.

*Journal of Botany. London.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 811

*Journal (The) of Comparative Medicine and Veterinary Archives. Phila-
delphia.
Journal (The) of Comparative Neurology. Granville.
Journal of Conchology. Manchester.
Journal de Conchyliologie. Paris.
Journal (The) of Geology. Chicago.
Journal of Malacology. London.
*Journal of Marine Zoology and Microscopy. London.
*Journal fiir Ornithologie. Leipzig.
*Journal of Physical Chemistry.
*Journal de Physiologie et de Pathologie générale. Paris.
*Journal of Physiology. London.
*Just’s botanischer Jahresbericht. ' Leipzig.
Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt. Gotha.
* Mitteilungen (und Ergiinzungshefte).
Kansas Academy of Sciences. Topeka.
Transactions.
Kansas City Public Library. Kansas City, Mo.
Public Library Quarterly.

Kansas State Historical Society. Topeka.

Report.
Transactions.

Kommission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchungen der deutschen Meere
in Kiel (Abtheilungen Kiel und Helgoland). Tiel.
Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen.

Kruidkundig Genootschap Dodonza. Gent.
Botanisch Jaarboek.

Laboratoria der Gouvernement’s Kinaondernening. Batavia.
Mededeelingen.

Laboratorium et Museum et Clinicum. Berlin.

Landesmuseum von Kirnten. Klagenfurt.
Carinthia.
Jahrbuch.

*sLands Plantentuin. Buitenzorg.
Mededeelingen.
Verslag.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Leeds.
Annual Report.

Leland Stanford Junior University. Stanford University.
Bulletins.
Contributions to Biology from the Hopkins Laboratory of Biology.
Register.

K. leopoldinisch-carolinisch-deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher. Dres-
den.

Katalog der Bibliothek.

Leopoldina.

Nova Acta.

Repertorium zu den Acta und Nova Acta.

812 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

*Lethea geognostica oder Beschreibung und Abbildung der fiir die
Gebirgs-Formationen bezeichnendsten Versteinerungen. Stuttgart.

Leyden Museum. Leyden.
Notes.

Library of Congress. Washington.
[piblioeranhicet Publications. ]
eport of the Librarian.
*Library Journal. New York.
*Lindenia, Iconographie des Orchidées. Buiuxelles.

Linnean Society. London.
Journal.
List.
Proceedings.
Transactions.
Linnean Society of New South Wales. Sydney.
Proceedings.

Linnean Society. New York.
Abstract of the Proceedings.

Literary and Historical Society. Quebec.
Transactions.

Literary News. New York.

Literary and Philosophical Society. Liverpool.
Proceedings.

Liverpool Biological Society. Liverpool.
Proceedings.

Liverpool Geological Society. Liverpool.
Proceedings.

Liverpool Marine Biology Committee. Liverpool.
* Memoirs.

Lloyd Library of Botany, Pharmacy and Materia Medica. Cincinnati.
Bulletin.

Lloyd Mycological Museum. Cincinnati.

Mycological Notes.
Report.

*London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. London.
Lotos Verein. Prag.
Jahrbuch far Naturwissenschaften.

Lowell Observatory. Flagstaff.
Annals.

Lunds Universitets. Lund.
Ars-Skrift (Acta).

K. Lyceum Hoseanum. Braunsberg.
Arbeiten aus dem botanischen Institut.

Madras Government Museum. Madras.
Bulletin.

—_ ———

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Magyar tudomanyos Akademia. Budapest.

Almanach.

Ertekezesek a mathematikai tudomanyok Ko6rebol.

Ertekezesek a termeszettudomanyok Koérebol.

Mathematikai es termeszettudomanyi Ertestito.

Mathematikai es termeszettudomanyi Kézlemények, ete.
Mathematische und naturwissenfehaftliche Berichte aus Ungarn.
Rapport.

Természetrajzi Fiizetek.

813

K. k. miahrisch-schlesische Gesellschaft zur Beforderung des Ackerbaues, der

Natur- und Landeskunde. Briinn.

Centralblatt.
Notizblatt.

Malacological Society of London. London.
* Proceedings.

*Malpighia. Genova.

Manchester Geological Society. Manchester,
Transactions,

Manchester Institute of Arts and Sciences. Manchester.
Proceedings.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Manchester.
Memoirs and Proceedings.

Manchester Microscopical Society. Manchester.
Transactions and Annual Report.

Marine Biological Association. London.
* Journal.

Marlborough College Natural History Society. Marlborough.
Report.

Maryland Academy of Sciences. Baltimore.
Transactions.

Maryland Geological Survey. Baltimore.
{Publications.]

Maryland State Weather Service. Baltimore.
{Maryland State Weather Service. ]

Massachusetts Agricultural College. Hatch Experiment Station.

Annual Report.
Bulletin

Mazama. Portland.

Medicinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Jena.
Zeitschrift,

Meehans’ Monthly. Philadelphia.

* Mémoires concernant 1’Histoire naturelle de 1’ Empire chinois.

Mercantile Library Association. New York.
Annual Report.
Bulletin.

Meriden Scientific Association. Meriden.
Transactions.

Michigan Academy of Science. Lansing.
Report.

Amherst.

814 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Michigan College of Mines. Houghton.
Catalogue.

Microscopical Bulletin. Philadelphia.
Royal Microscopical Society. London.
Journal. .
Mineral (The) Collector. New York.
*Mineral (The) Industry. New York.
Mineralogical Society. London.
Mineralogical (The) Magazine and Journal.
K. mineralogisch-geologisches und preehistorisches Museum. Dresden.
Mittheilungen.
*Mineralogische und petrographische Mittheilungen, Wein.
*Minerva Jahrbuch der gelehrten Welt. Strassburg.
Ministére des Travaux publics [France]. Paris.

Annales des Minés.
Etudes des Gites min¢éraux de la France.

Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences. Minneapolis.

Bulletin. ©
Occasional Papers.

Missouri Botanical Garden. St. Lonis.
Annual Report.

*Monitore zoologico italiano. Firenze.

*Morphologische Arbeiten. Jena.

*Morphologisches Jahrbuch. Leipzig.

Miinchener Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte

Miinchen.
* Beitriige zur Anthropologie und Urgeschichte Bayerns.

Musée du Congo. Bruxelles.
Annales.

Musée d’ Histoire naturelle. Geneve.
Revue suisse de Zoologie (Annales).

Musée d’ Histoire naturelle. Lausanne.
Rapports Annuels des Conservateurs.

Musée d’ Histoire naturelle. Marseille.

Annales.

Musée royale d’ Histoire naturelle de Belgique. Bruxelles.
Annales.

Musée Teyler. Haarlem.
Archives.

Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della r. Université. Torino.
Bollettino.

Museo civico di Storia naturale. Genova.
Annali.

Museo de Historia natural. Valparaiso.
Boletin.

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Museo nacional. Buenos Aires.

Anales. |
Comunicaciones.
Memoria.

Museo nacional. Mexico.
Anales.

Museo nacional. Montevideo.
Anales.

Museo nacional Republica de Costa Rica. San José.
Informe... .

Museo de La Plata. La Plata.

Anales.
Revista.

Museu nacional. Rio de Janeiro.
Revista.

Museu paraense. Para.
Boletin.

Museu paulista. Sao Paulo.
Revista.

Museului de Geologia si de Paleontologia. Bucuresci.

Museum (The) of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Science Bulletin.

Museum of Comparative Zoology. Cambridge.

Bulletin.
Memoirs.
Report.

Museum francisceum. Briinn.
Annales.

Museum francisco carolinium. Linz.
J ahres-Bericht.

Museum d’Histoire naturelle. Paris.

Bulletin.
Nouvelles Archives.

*Museum d’ Histoire naturelle des Pays-Bas. Leiden.

K. Museum ftir Volkerkunde. Berlin.
* Veroffentlichen.

*Museums (The) Journal. London.

Muskauer Baumschule. Muskau.

Haupt-Catalog.

Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Wiesbaden.
Jahrbiicher.

National Academy of Sciences. Washington.
Memoirs.

*National (The) Geographic Magazine. Washington.
Nature Novitates. Berlin.
Natural History Association of Miramichi. Chatham.

Natural History Society of Glasgow. Glasgow.
Transactions.

815

Brooklyn

816 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Natural History Society, Montreal.
Canadian Record of Science.

Natural History Society of British Columbia. Victoria.
Bulletin.

Natural History Society of New Brunswick. St. John.
Bulletin. 3

Natural History Society of Northumberlan], Durham and Newcastle-upon-
Tyne. Newecastle-upon-Tyne.
Transactions.

Natural Science Association of Staten Island. New Brighton.
Proceedings.
*Naturalist (The). London.
Naturalista (11) siciliano. Palermo.
Naturaliste (Le). Paris.
Naturaliste (Le) canalien. Chicoutimi.
Naturalists’ Field Club. Liverpool.
Proceedings.
Naturalists’ (The) Journal. Huddersfie’d Chae
Nature. London.
*Nature (La). Paris.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bamberg.
Bericht.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Basel.
Verhandlungen.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bern.
Mittheilungen.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Danzig.
Schriften.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Emden.

Jahresberichte.
Kleine Schriften,

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Freiburg i. B.
Berichte.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Gdrlitz.
Abhandlungen.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Halle.
Abhandlungen.
3ericht.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Leipzig.
Sitzungsberichte.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Ziirich.
Vierteljabrssebrift.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens. Chur.
Jahresbricht.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes. Altenburg.
Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlandes.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 817

Naturforschender Verein. Briinn.
Bericht der meteorologischen Commission,
Verhandlungen,

Naturforscher Gesellschaft. Dorpat (Jurjew).

Schriften.
Sitzungsberichte.

Naturforscher Verein. Riga.

Arbeiten.
Correspondenzblatt.

Naturhistorisch-medicinischer Verein. Heidelberg.
Verhandlungen.

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Colmar.
Mittheilungen (Bulletin).

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Hannover.
Jahresbericht.

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. N urnberg.
Abhandlungen,

Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens
Bonn.
Verhandlungen.

Naturhistorisches Museum. Hamburg.
Mittheilungen.

Naturhistorisches Museum. Strassburg.
Bericht.

K. k. naturhistorisches Hofmuseum. Wien.
Annalen.

Naturhistoriske Forening. Kjobenhavn.
Videnskabelige Meddelelser.

Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Chemnitz.
Bericht.

Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis. Bautzen.
Sitzungsberichte.

Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis. Dresden.
Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen.

Naturwissenschaftliche Rundshau. Braunschweig.

Naturwissenschaftliche Wochenschrift. Berlin.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Augsburg.
Bericht.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Bremen.
Abhandlungen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Elberfeld.
Jahres-Berichte.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Frankfurt a. O.
Helios.
Societatum Litterz.

Naturwissenschaftlicher. Verein fiir Sacnsen und Thiiringen, Halleva. S.
Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaften.

52

818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee. ,

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Hamburg.
Abhandlungen.
Verhandlungen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Karlsruhe.
Verhandlungen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Kiel.
Schriften.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Ltneburg.
Jahreshefte.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Magdeburg.
Jahresbericht und Abhandlungen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Osnabriick.
Jahresbericht.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Passau.
Bericht.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Regensburg.
Berichte.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Trencsen.
Jahresheftte. ;

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein an der Universitit. Wien.
Mittheilungen.
Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein von Neu Vorpommern und Rigen. Greifs-

wald.
Mittheilungen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Steiermark. Graz.
Mittheilungen.

Natuurkundig Genootschap. Groningen.
Verslag.

Natuurkundig Vereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indié. Batavia.
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indié.

Nautilus (The). Philadelphia.

K. nederlandsch meteorologisch Instituut. Utrecht.
Jaarboek.

Nederlandsche botanische Vereeniging. Nijmegen.
Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief.

Nederlandsche dierkundige Vereeniging. Leyden.
Catalogus der Bibliotheek-
Tijdschrift. _

Nederlandsche (De) entomologische sae tels ’sGravenhage.
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie.

*Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie und Paleontologie. Stuttgart.

Newberry Library. Chicago.
Report.

New England Botanical Club. Boston.
* Rhodora. ,

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 819

New Mexico College of Agriculture. Agricultural Experiment Station.
Mesilla Park.
Annual Reports.
Bulletin.
Newport (The) Natural History Society. Newport.
Proceedings.

New South Wales Department of Mines and Agriculture (Geological Survey
of New South Wales). Sydney.
Annual Report.
Memoirs.
Memoirs, Paleontology.
Mineral Resources.
Records.
New York Academy of Sciences. New York.
Annals.
Memoirs.
Transactions.
New York Agricultural Experiment Station. Geneva.
Bulletin.
New York (The) Botanical Garden. New York.
Bulletin.
* Journal.
* Memoirs.
New York Entomological Society. New York.
Journal.

New York Medical Journal. New York. '

New York Microscopical Society. New York.
Journal.

New York State Library. Albany.
Bulletin.

New York State Museum of Natural History. Albany.
Annual Reports.
Bulletin.

New York Zoological Society. New York.
Annual Report.
News Bulletin.

New Zealand Institute. Wellington.
Transactions,

Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde. Bonn.
Sitzungsbericht.

K. nordiske oldskrift Selskab. Kjobenhayn.
Mémoires.
Tillaeg.

I. norske Videnskabers Selskab. Trondhjem.
Skrifter.

North Carolina Geological Survey. Chapel Hill.
Bulletin.
Economic Papers,

North Staffordshire Naturalists’ Field Club. Stafford.
Annual Report and Transactions.

Northamptonshire Natural History Society and Field Club. Northampton.
Journal.

820 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF LDec.,

Northern Indiana Historical Society. South Bend.
Publication.

Norwegische meteorologische Institut. Kristiania.
Jahrbuch.

Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Halifax.
Proceedings and Transactions.

*Novitates zoologice. London.

Novorossiyskoye Obshtchestvo Yestesvoispytateley [Société des Naturalistes
de la Nouvelle Russie]. Odessa.
Zapiski (Memoirs).
Numismatic and Antiquarian Society. Montreal.
Canadian Antiquarian.
Numismatic and Antiquarian Society. Philadelphia.
Proceedings

Nuovo (La) Notarisia. Padova.
Nuttall Ornithological Club. Cambridge.

* Memoirs.

Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde. Giessen.
Bericht.

Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Gdérlitz.
Neues lausitzisches Magazin.

Cherlin College. Oberlin.
Laboratory Bulletin.

Observatoire de 1’Université. Upsala.
Bulletin méteorologique.

Observatorio. Madrid.
Observaciones meteorologicas.
Resumen de las Observaciones.

Observatorio. Rio de Janeiro.
Annuario.

Boletin mensal.

Obshtchestvo liubiteley yestestvoznaniya antropologii i etnografia sostoy-
ashtchiye pri Moskovskom Universitetye. [Imperial Society for
Natural History, Anthropology and Ethnography. |

Izviestiya.

Ohio State Academy of Science. Columbus.

Annual Report.
Special Paper.

0. (The) S. U. Naturalist. Columbus.
*Ornithologische Monatsberichte. Berlin.

Ornithologischer Verein. Miinchen.
Jahresbericht.

Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club. Ottawa.
Ottawa Naturalist.

Ottawa Literary and Scientific Society. Ottawa.
Transactions.

a

Se

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 821

Owens College. Manchester.

Museum Handbooks.

Notes from the Manchester Museum,

Report of the Manchester Museum.

Studies in Biology from the Biological Departments,

Pedologisch Jaarboek, Antwerp.
*Paleontographica, Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Vorzeit.
*Paleontographica Italica.
*Palzontographical Society. London.
[Publications. ]

Peabody Institute. Baltimore.
Annual Report.

Peabody Museum of American Archeology and Ethnology. Cambridge.

Annual Reports.
Archeological and Ethnological Papers.
Memoirs.

Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. Harrisburg.

Annual Report.
Bulletin.
Report of Division of Forestry.

Pennsylvania State Board of Health. Harrisburg.
Annual Report.

Pennsylvania State College. State College.
Report.

Pennsylvania Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of Pennsylvania.
Harrisburg.

Report.

Pennsylvania Forestry Association. Philadelphia.
Forest Leaves.

Pennsylvania Hospital. Philadelphia.
Report of the Board of Managers to the Contributors.

Pennsylvania Library.Club. Philadelphia.
Occasional Papers.

Perthshire Society of Natural Science. Perth.
Proceedings.

Philadelphia City Institute. Philadelphia.
Annual Report.

Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. Philadelphia.
Alumni (The) Report.

Philadelphia (The) Museums. Philadelphia.
Scientific Bulletin.

Philadelphia Mycological Center. Philadelphia.

Bulletin.

Philosophical Society. Glasgow.
Proceedings.

Philosophical Society of Washington. Washington.
Bulletin.

R. Physical Society. Edinburgh.
Proceedings.

822 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Physical Society. London.
Proceedings,

Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft. Wurzburg.

Sitzungsberichte.
Verhandlungen.

Physikalisch-medicinische Societiit. Erlangen.
Sitzungsberichte.

Physikalisch-6konomische Gesellschaft. Konigsberg.
Schriften.

Physikalische central-Observatorium. St. Pétersbourg.
Annalen.

Physikalischer Verein. Frankfurt a. M.
Jahresbericht.

Physiographiska Forening. Kristiania.
Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne.

*Pittonia. Washington.

Pollichia. Durkheim a. d. Haardt.
Mitteilungen.

*Popular Science Monthly. New York.

Portland Society of Natural History. Portland.
Proceedings.

K. Preussische geologische Landesanstalt und Bergakademie. Berlin.
Jahrbuch.

*Princeton Contributions to Psychology. Princeton.
Procession (The). Los Angeles.

Provinciaal utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen
Utrecht.

Aanteekeningen.
Verslag.

Psyche, a Journal of Entomology. Cambridge (E. §.).
*Public Libraries. Chicago.

Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee. Milwaukee.
Annual Report.

*Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. London.

Queckett Microscopical Club. London.
Journal.

Queensland. Home Secretary’s Department. Brisbane.
North Queensland Ethnography Bulletin.

Queensland Museum. Brisbane.

Annals. :
Annual Report of the Trustees.

Ray Society. London.
* Transactions,

*Recueil de Travaux au Laboratoire Boerhaave. Leiden.

Regias Societas Scientiarum. Upsala.
Nova Acta.

Revista chilena de Historia natural. Valparaiso (E. §.).

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 823

*Revue critique de Paléozoologie. Paris.
*Revue générale de Botanique. Paris.

*Reyue générale des Sciences. Paris.

Revue mycologique. Toulouse.

Revue des Sciences naturelles dé l’Ouest. Paris.

*Revue scientifique. Paris.

*Rivista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia italiana.

Rivista di Patologia vegetale. Avellino.

Rochester Academy of Sciences. Rochester.
Proceedings.

Roemer Museum. Hildesheim.
Mittheilungen.

Rovartani Lapok. Budapest (E. §.).

Royal Gardens. Kew.
Bulletin.

Royal Society. London.

List.
Proceedings.
Record (The).
Reports to the Malaria Committee.
Transactions,
Yearbook.
Royal Society of Canada.

Proceedings and Transactions.

Royal Society of Edinburgh.
Proceedings.
Transactions.

Royal Society of New South Wales. Sydney.
Journal and Proceedings.

Royal Society of Queensland. Brisbane.
Proceedings.

Royal Society of South Australia. Adelaide.

Transactions.

Royal Society of Tasmania. Hobarton.
Proceedings.

Royal Society of Victoria. Melbourne.

Proceedings.
Transactions,

Russisch-kaiserliche mineralogische Gesellschaft.

Materialien zur Geologie Russlands.
Verhandlungen.

Imp. russkoye geografitecheskoye Obshtchestvo.
; graphical Society.] St. Pétersbourg.
Izviestiya (Bulletin).
Ottchet (Report).
K. sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.

Abhandlungen, math-phys. Classe.
Berichte.

Padova.

St. Petersburg.

[Imperial Russian Geo-

Leipzig.

824 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Siillskapet pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. Helsingfors.
Acta.
Meddelanden.

St. Gallische naturwissenschaftlische Gesellchaft. St. Gallen.
Bericht.

K. Sammlungen fiir Kunst und Wissenschaft. Dresden.
Bericht.

Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlindische Cultur. Breslau.
Jahres-Berichte.

Schweizer alpen Club. Ziirich.
Alpina.
Jahrbuch.
Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. Schaffhausen.
Mittheilungen (E. S.).
Schweizerische paliiontologische Gesellschaft. Genéve.
* Abhandlungen.

*Science. New York.
*Scientia. Lyon.

Scientific Alliance of New York. New York.
Directory.

Scientific (The) Roll. London.

Scottish Microscopical Society. Edinburgh.
Proceedings.

Scottish Natural History Society. Edinburgh.
Transactions (E. S.).

R. Scuola superiore d’Agricoltura. Portici.
Annali. .

Sei-i-Kwai, or Society for the Advancement of Medical Science in Japan.
Tokyo.
Sei-i-K wai Medical Journal.

Senckenhergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a. M.
Abhandlungen,
Bericht.

Serbische geologische Gesellschaft. Belgrade.
Sitzungsberichte.

Royal Servian Academy. Belgrade.

Annual Report.
Memoirs.
Report.

Seveenko-Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Lemberg.

Chronik. ~
Mittheilungen.

Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de Fomento. Mexico.
Carta de la Republica Mexicana.

Section géologique du Cabinet de sa Majesté. St. Petersburg.

Travaux.

Section fiir Naturkunde des oesterreichischen Touristen Club. Wien.
Mittheilungen.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCE3 OF PHILADELPHIA. 825

Siebenbtirgischer Verein fiir Naturwissenschaften. Hermannstadt.
Verhandlungen und Mittheilungen.

Sierra Club. San Francisco.
Bulletin.

*Skandinavisches Archiv fiir Physiologie. Leipzig.

Smithsonian Institution. Washington.
Annual Report.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge.
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections.

Sociedad cientifica ‘‘Antonio Alzate.’? Mexico.
Memorias.

Sociedad cientifica argentina. Buenos Aires.
Anales.

Sociedad espanola de Historia natural. Madrid.
Anales.

Sociedad geografica argentina. Buenos Aires.
Revista.

Sociedad de Geografia y. Estadistica. Mexico.
Boletin.

Sociedad mexicana de Historia natural. Mexico.
La Naturaleza.

Societa adriatica di Scienze naturali. Trieste.
Bullettino.

Societa botanica italiana. Firenze.
Bullettino.
Memorie.
Nuovo Giornale botanico italiano.
Societa entomologica italiana. Firenze.
Bullettino,

Societa geografica italiana. Roma.
Bollettino.
Memorie.

Societa italiana di Antropologia e la Etnologia. Firenze.
Archivio per l’Antropologia, ete.

Societa italiana di Scienze naturali. Milano.
Evins
Memorie,

Societia di Letture e Conversazioni scientifiche. Genova.
Rivista Ligure.

Societa ligustica di Scienze naturali e Geografiche. Genova.
Atti.

Societa malacologica italiana. Pisa.
Bullettino.

Societa dei Naturalisti. Modena.
Atti.

Societa dei Naturalisti in Napoli. Napoli.
Bullettino.,

Societ& di Scienze naturali ed economiche. Giornale.
Giornale.

826 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

Societa degli Spettroscopisti italiana. Roma.
Memorie.

Societa toscana di Scienze naturali. Pisa.
Atti.
Atti (Memorie).

Societa veneto trentina di Scienze naturali. Padova.
Atti.
Bullettino.

Societa zoologica italiana. Roma.
Bullettino.

Societas entomologica. Zirich-Hottingen (E. 8.).

Societas entomologica rossica. St. Petersburg.
Hore.
Societas zoologica Tokyoensis. Tokyo.
Annotationes zoologicze Japonensis.
Societatea geograficaé romina. Bucharest.
Marele Dictionar Geographie al Rominiei.
Societatii de Sciinte. Bucuresci.
Buletinul.
Société nationale d’Acclimatation de France. Paris.

Bulletin.
Journal.

Société nationale d’ Agriculture de France.

Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Société d’ Agriculture, Histoire naturelle et Arts. Lyon,
Annales.

Société nationale d’Agriculture, Sciences et Arts. Angers.
Mémoires.

Société d’Agriculture, Sciences, Belles Lettres et Arts. Orléans.
Mémoires.

Société des Americanistes. Paris.
Journal.

Société d’Anthropologie. Paris.
Bulletin et Mémoires.

Société des Antiquaries de Picardie. Amiens.
Bulletin.
Mémoires,

Société royale belge de Géographie. Bruxelles.
Bulletin.

Société de Biologie. Paris.
Comptes Rendus. ©

Société royale de Botanique. Bruxelles.
Bulletin.

Société frangaise de Botanique. Toulouse.
Revue de Botanique,

Société bulgare des Sciences naturelles. Sofia.

Annuaire,
Travaux.

_— =.

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 827

Société entomologique de Belgique. Bruxelles,
Annales,
Mémoires.

Société entomologique de France. Paris.
Annales.
Bulletin.

Société d’Etude des Sciences naturelles. Beziers.
Bulletin.

Société d'Etudes scientifiques. Angers.
Bulletin,

Société royale de Géographie. Anvers.
Bulletin.
Mémoires.
Société de Géographie. Paris.
Bulletin.
Compte Rendu des Séances.
Société belge de Géologie, de Paléontologie et de Hydrologie. Brux-
elles.
Bulletin.

Société géologique de France. Paris.
Bulletin.
*Mémoires.

Societe géologique du Nord. Lille.
Annales.
Mémoires

Société géologique de Normandie. Havre.
Bulletin.

Société d’Histoire naturelle. Autun.
Bulletin.

Société d’ Histoire naturelle. Macon.
Bulletin trimestrial.

Société d’ Histoire naturelle de Toulouse.
Bulletin.

Société linnéenne. Bordeaux.
Actes.

Société linnéenne. Lyon.
Annales.

Société linnéenne du Nord de la France. Amiens.
Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Société linnéenne de Normandie. Caen.
Bulletin
Mémoires.

Société royale malacologique de Belgique.
Annales.
Procés-Verbaux.

Société belge de Microscopie. Bruxelles.
Annales.
Bulletin.

Société frangaise de Minéralogie. Paris.
Bulletin.

828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | Dec.,

Société imperiale des Naturalistes. St. Petersburg.
Comptes Rendus.
‘Travaux.
Trudy (Travaux).
Société des Naturalistes de Kiew.
Mémoires (Zapiski).

Société impériale des Naturalistes. Moscow.

Bulletin.
_ Nouyeaux Mémoires.

Société des Naturalistes 4 1’Université impériale. Kharkow.
Travaux.

Société neuchateloise de Géographie. Neuchatel.
Bulletin.

Société philomathique. Paris.
*Bulletin.

Société de Physique et d’Histoire naturelle. Genéve.
Mémoires.

Société hollandaise des Sciences. Haarlem.

Archives.

Société royale des Sciences. Liége.
Mémoires.

Société des Sciences. Nancy.
Bulletin.

Bulletin des Séances.

Société des Science, des Arts et des Lettres du Hainaut. Mons.
Mémoires.
Société des Sciences de Finlande (Institut meterologique centrale).
Helsingfors. :
Observations.
Observations meteorologiques.
Société des Sciences historiques et naturelles de l’Yonne. Auxerre.
Bulletin.
Société des Sciences historiques et naturelles de Sémur-en-Auxois.
Sémur.
Bulletin.

Société nationale des Sciences naturelles. Cherbourg.
Mémoires.

Société des Sciences naturelles. Neuchatel.
Bulletin.

Société des Sciences naturelles et archéologiques de la Creuse. Guéret.
Mémoires.

Société des Sciences naturelles de l’Ouest de la France. Nantes.
Bulletin.

Société des Sciences physiques et naturelles. Bordeaux.
Mémoires.
Procés-Verbaux des Séances.

Société scientifique et Station zoologique. Arcachon.
Travaux des Laboratoires.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Société de Spéléologie. Paris.
*Bulletin (Spelunca).
*Mémoires.

Société vaudoise des Sciences naturelles. Lausanne.
Bulletin.

Société zoologique de France. Paris.
Bulletin.
Mémoires.

Society of Arts. London,
Journal.

Society for Psychical Research. London,
Proceedings.

829

Somersetshire Archeological and Natural History Society. Taunton.

Proceedings. »

South African Museum. Cape Town.
Annals,
Report of Trustees.

South African Philosophical Society. Cape Town.
Transactions.

South Dakota School of Mines. Rapid City.
Bulletin.

Southport Society of Natural History. Southport.
*Report.

State Agricultural College. Agricultural Experiment Station.

Collins.
Annual Report.
Bulletin.
State Agricultural Experiment Station. Amherst.
Annual Reports.
Bulletin.
State Historical Society. Iowa City.
Towa Historical Record.
State University Laboratories of Natural History. Iowa City.
Bulletin.
Stavanger Museum, Stavanger.
Aarshefte.

K. Sternwarte. Mutinchen.
Neue Annalen.

Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Singapore.
Journal.

Studi Sassaresi. Sassari.

Svenska Sillskabet for Antropologi och Geografi. Stockholm.
Ymer. Tidskrift.

K. svenska vetenskaps-Akademien. Stockholm.

Bihang till Handlingar.
Handlingar.
Lefnadsteckningar.

Ofversigt.
Sveriges geologiska Undersékning. Stockholm.
Af handlingar och uppsatser.

Fort

830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Dee. ,

Texas Academy of Science. Austin.
Transactions.

Thurgauische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Frauenfeld.
Mittheilungen.

Tokyo Botanical Society. Tokyo.
Botanical (The) Magazine.

Torrey Botanical Club. New York.
Bulletin.
*Memoirs.
*Torreya.

Tridentum. Trento.
Rivista mensile di Studi scientifici.

Tromso Museum. Tromso.

Aarsberetning.
Aarshefter.

*Tropenflanzer (Der). Berlin.

Tufts College. Tufts College.
Tufts College Studies.

United States Board on Geographic Names. Washington.
Report.

United States Civil Service Commission. Washington.
Report.

United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Washington.

Bulletin.
Report.

United States Darcy of Agriculture. Washington.

Farmers’ Bulletin.
Report.
Report of the Secretary.
el Report.
arbook.
Bureau of Animal Industry.
Annual Report.
Bulletin.
Circular.
Division of Agricultural Soils.
Bulletin.
Division of Agrostology.
Bulletin.
Cireular.
Division of Biological Survey.
Bulletin.
Circular.
North American Fauna.
Division of Botany.
Bulletin.
Circular.
Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium.
Inventory.
Division of Chemistry.
Bulletin.
Division of Forestry.
Bulletin.
Cireular.
Division of Entomology.
Bibliography of the more important contributions to American Economie Ento-

mology.
Bulletin, New Series.
Circular.
Technical Series.

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 831
Division of Publications.
List.

Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology.
Bulletin.
Cireular.

Office of Experiment Stations.
Bulletin.
Experiment Station Record.

Office of Fibre Investigations.
Report.

Office of Road Inquiry.
Bulletin.
Circular.

Ohio Section of the Climate and Crop Service of the Weather Bureau.
Report.

Section of Foreign Markets.
Bulletin.
Circular.

Washington Section of the Climate and Orop Service of the Weather Bureau.
Report.
United States Department of the Interior. Washington,
Bureau of Education.
Cireular.
Report of the Commissioner of Education.
United States Geological Survey.
Annual Report.
Bulletin.
Geological Atlas of the United States.
Mineral Products of the United States.
Monographs.
Topographic Map of the United States.
Water-supply and Irrigation Papers.
United States Department of State. Washington.

Consular Reports.
Special Consular Reports.

*United States Government Publications. A Monthly Catalogue.
Washington.

United States National Museum. Washington.
Abstracts from the Proceedings.
Annual Report.
Bulletin.
Proceedings.
Special Bulletin.
United States Treasury Department. Washington.
Annual Report of the Lighthouse Board.
United States Coast and Geodetic Survey.
Report.
Special Publication.
United States War Department. Washington.

Annual Report of the Chief of Ordnance.
Report of Chief of Engineers, United States Army.
Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon-General’s Office.

Universidad de La Plata. La Plata.
Publicaciones. ;
R. Universita degli Studi. Siena.
Bullettino del Laboratorio ed Orto Botanico.
Université impériale. Upsala.
Observations faites 4 l’observatoire météorologique.

Université catholique. Louvain.

Annuaire.
Programme des Cours.
[Theses, ete.]

832 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. ,

Université de Lausanne.

Index bibliographique de la Faculté des Sciences.

Université. Lille.

Livret de l'Etudiant.
‘Travaux et Mémoires.

Université. Lyon.
Annales.

Universitetets zoologiske Museum. Kjobenhavn.
E Museo Lundii.

University of California. Berkeley.
Bulletin of Department of Geology.
Register.

University. Chicago.
Annual Register.

University of Illinois. Champaign.
The University Studies.

University (The) Geological Survey of Kansas.
Annual Bulletin of Mineral Resources of Kansas.
[Publication.]

Imperial University of Japan. Tokyo.

Calendar.
Journal of the College of Science.

University of Kansas. Lawrence.

Kansas University Quarterly.
Experiment Station, Annual Report.
Bulletin of Department of Entomology.

University of Minnesota. State Experiment Station. Minneapolis.

Annual Report of the Entomologist.
Bulletin.

University (The) of Missouri. Columbia.
Studies.

University of Nebraska. Lincoln.
Bibliographical Contributions from the Library.
Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin.

University of New Mexico. Albuquerque.
Bulletin [of the Hadley Laboratory].

University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia.

Catalogue.

Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory.
Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory.
University Bulletin.

University of the State of New York. Albany.

Annual Report (College Department).
Annual Reports of the Regents.

University of Tennessee. Agricultural Experiment Station. Knoxville.

Annual Report.
Bulletin.

University of Texas. Austin.
Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory.
University of Upsala. Upsala.
Bulletin of the Geological Institution.
University of Wisconsin. Madison.
Bulletin

€

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 833

University of Wyoming. Laramie.
Catalogue.
*Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere. Giessen,
Vassar Brothers Institute. Poughkeepsie.
Transactions.
Verein der Aerzte in Steiermark. Graz.
Mittheilungen.
Verein fiir Erdkunde. Darmstadt.
Notizblatt.

Verein fiir Erdkunde. Dresden.
Jahresbericht.

Verein fiir Erdkunde. Hallea, 8S.
Mittheilungen.

Verein fiir Erdkunde. Leipzig.

Mittheilungen.
Wissenschaftliche Veréffentlichungen.

Verein fiir Erdkunde. Metz.
Jahresbericht.

Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg. Gustrow.
Archiy. ;

Verein fiir Geschichte und Naturgeschichte der Baar und der angren
zenden Landesteile. Donaueschingen.
Schriften.

Verein fiir Kunde der Natur und der Kunst. Hildesheim.
Bericht.

Verein luxemburger Naturfreunde. Luxemburg.

Fauna.

Verein fur Natur- und Heilkunde. Presburg.
Verhandlungen.

Verein fiir Naturkunde. Kassel.
Bericht.

Verein fiir Naturkunde. Offenbach am Main.
Bericht.

Verein fiir Naturkunde. Zwickau.
Jahresbericht.

Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft. Braunschweig.
Jabresbericht.

Verein fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung. Hamburg.
Verhandlungen.

Verein fiir siebenbirgische Landeskunde. Hermannstadt.

Archiv.
Jahresbericht.

Verein fur vaterliindische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg. Stuttgart.
Jahreshefte.

Verein zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftliche Kenntnisse. Wien.
Schriften.

53

834 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Victoria. Department of Mines (Geological Survey of Victoria). Mel-
bourne.

Monthly Progress Report.
[Reports.}

Victoria Institute of Trinidad. Port of Spain.
Proceedings.

Videnskab-Selskab. Kristiania.

Forhandlingar.
Ofversigt.
Skrifter. (Math.-natury. Klasse).

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Blacksburg.
Bulletin.

K. Vitterhets Historie och Antiquitets Akademien. Stockholm.
Antiquarisk Tidskrift for Sverige.
Manadsblad.
Viaamsch Natuur-en Geneeskundig Congrés,
Handelingen.
Wagner Free Institute of Science. Philadelphia.
Transactions.
Washington Academy of Sciences. Washington.
Proceedings.

*Washington (The) Book Chronicle and Bulletin of Government Publi-
cations. Washington.
West (The) American Scientist. San Diego.
Western Society of Engineers. Chicago.
Journal.

Western University of Pennsylvania. Allegheny.
Catalogue.

Westfalischer Provinzial-Verein fir Wissenschaft und Kunst. Miinster.
Jahresbericht. 3

Wiener entomologische Zeitung. Wien (E.S.).
*Wiener illustrirte Garten-Zeitung. Wien.

Wilson Ornithological Chapter of the Agassiz Association. Oberlin.
Bulletin.

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. Madison.
Transactions.

Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey. Madison.
Bulletin.
Hydrographic Maps.

Wisconsin Natural History Society. Milwaukee.
Occasional Papers.

Wyoming Agricultural College and Experiment Station. Laramie.
Annual Report.
Bulletin.

Wyoming Historical and Geological Society. Wilkesbarre.
Proceedings and Collections.

Yale University. New Haven.

Catalogue.
Report.

i et i i ee a ee ee

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 835

Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society. Halifax.
Proceedings.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. Leeds.
Transactions.

Zeeuwsch Genootschap der Wetenschappen. Middleburg.
Archief.

*Zeitschrift fiir Biologie. Miinchen.

*Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie und Mineralogie. Leipzig.

*Zeitschrift fir Morphologie und Anthropologie. Stuttgart.

*Zeitscrift fir Planzenkrankheiten. Stuttgart.

*Zeitschrift fiir praktische Geologie. Berlin.

*Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Mikroscopie. Leipzig.

*Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Leipzig.

Zoe. San Diego. :

*Zoologica. Original-Abhandlungen aus dem Gesammigebiete der
Zoologie. Stuttgart.

*Zoological Bulletin. Boston.

*Zoological Record. London.

Zoological Society. London.

Proceedings.
Transactions.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Philadelphia.
Annual Report.

K. k. -zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft. Wien.

Berichte des Comités fiir ornithologische Beobachtungsstationen in Oesterreich.
Verhandlungen.

Zoologisch-zootomisches Institut. Wurzburg.
*Arbeiten.

*Zoologische (Der) Garten. Frankfurt a. M.
Zoologische Gesellschaft. Hamburg.

Bericht.
*Zoologische Jahrbiicher. Jena.

Zoologische Station zu Neapel. Napoli.
*Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel.
*Zoologischer Jahresbericht.

Mittheilungen.
*Zoologischer Anzeiger. Leipzig.
K. zoologisches und anthropologisch-ethnographisches Museum. Dres-
den.
*Abhandlungen und Berichté.

*Zoologisches Centralblatt. Leipzig.

Zoologisches Institut der Universitit. Wien.
*Arbeiten. ;

Zoologisches Museum. Berlin.

Mittheilungen.

*Zoologist (The). London.

$36

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.,

INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED
TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1901.

Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by
atalic numerals.

Aibastorigocmen trae nce eee 82
erythrogrammus......... 83
Acacia farnesiana......... 559, 561
spherocephala .......559, 561
Acanthostepheia malmgreni.. 167
Acanthozone cuspidata....... 150
JAGAN gna sags agosob 5345" 568, 595
Acarus reticulatus............ 596
Acer campestre........-..--. 358
GASYCALPUME crs tee et 358
NACHO eet fore eee 358
macrophyllum........... 358
platanoides.............. 358 |
pseudo-platanus ......... 358
TUDTOM poise sini ec 358
saccharinum............. 358
Acipenser brevirostris........ 339
MACCATI aie. ones 3838
A cipenserids ..jo--.- sme re sia 338
IA CMEBA Nee « ai2 ets.o.s'<ais's Siam s Sete 202
1a) ills 645 5scsc apn Gees 202
Heroldi var. signata..202, 398
INOS Goce tasonosseaae 202, 398
‘ACHOS MASUR ys -esessce ees 370
unpuiculata -........--.. 370
Acridids ise sani = eine ee 370
Acridine s.-chicer ncicamscer 370, 376
Acrocomia sclerocarpa ....... 557
Acrostegastes affinis.......... 376
Acrotylus longipes........... 372
‘Acrydinm: cep er cee sae eer 376
A Gtinocy.Clus) sc eee ie 322
Ralishlc..2.desmereesses 323
Actinoptychus'..>-.c...6....- 322
Adiantum pedatum .......... 560
fMgina echinata.............. 155
spinifera ac caicicen= <ere rlOw
4Hginella spinosissima...... - 154
/Mgista mimula.............. 617
GBCHN Gi geiecies hiss © - orice antares 127

£sculus Hippocastanum. .356, 358

Agalena longistylus.......... 576
TRB VAD nice» ctv eae Se 576

A palenidee =. sci .sicastowine oie 576
Agave sobolifera............. 559
Ap kistrodon = 2. eee - a= eee 96
COntOTEEXS - cease eee 97
Agria bipunctata............. 133
putrida:;.2).o.c..cn eee 132
Agriocnemis femina.......... 139
Ag riOl Scr cesta eee eee 132, 138
puella .:..527 ee ates 127
pulchellum.............. 127
AlprIONIHee =: oie Se sic ees 136
Ailanthus glandulosa.304, 317, 319
Alardus caudatus ......... 19, 720
Alecto eschrichti......... 179, 180
Alibrotis littoralis ........... 148
Alligator mississippiensis.... . 457
Aloe: vulgaris. .cnis sneer 559
Alopiass c--6seee eee ee 470
Aloustia <. 2c. ce- ee eee 120
Alveinus minutus ........... 514
Alyceus harimensis.......... 562
melanopoma ......... 548, 549
SAtSUMANDA. «oon. os On ee 548
tanegashime ............ 562
Alydus eurinus .............. 269
Amathilla homari............ 167
PINES. ».. 0. cs eee 152
Amelanchier.:..:. 2. s.1cemieeaene 359
Ammocoetes epytera......... 328
CODCOLON Seis sais eee eee 328

_ Ammotrecha peninsulana. .569, 595
Amnicolids ~;.... 0: sseeeeeen 405
| Ampelisea eschrichti......... 167
Ampelopsis Veitchii. .304, 315, 316
AMmomUm. <2 owt cei stone 557
Amphiardis: :..,.-.2-stneeeee 43
inormatus). S5.. 0. oes meter 48
Amphiptery= <<... ./--<aj-benee 135
AgtiOides ch. seer ae 135

Qs aes SO

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

1901.]
Amphithopsis megalops...... 152
AN) i ee Soee enamarere 507
Am phiuray holbeli. =: - 2.2. 178
SUNGEVAUUS siscanesecces) LVS
PAUP ATI At crs ae « scleiel ce erect « 188
ISO UT naar eee 189
Wanye tiooomonoponanes 189 |
PAMIPE LIGA os wvaresisie aac oa bales 296 |
Ananassa sativa.............. 609
BAREPELS IANS (niyo'o/s,=/15))e/etave) aides, siaverele 265 |
BIS UL nets) o os ie te iovelouE AEG 267
Anatina impura........... 208, 402 |
WANONIGH spa. sa-yacte ene ene 208 |
KAMA Oran) \-:re)e arteteo 208
PAU UEINAG GS sc ssei-ee ics siete «isco oie 208, 402 |
BAAN eh Sescicitt Soe fs are ele inle’s 127
TCM een eS eee cee 128 |
IAW CIBtTOdONI Vacsoee = Socks ees 96 |
CONTONUTIRG so anys nisi eravnts 206 97
MINCLVONUS sci wea aaa 96 |
Andropogon bicornis......... 558
RASGIBIATUBitlnaee cesta oe 558
SEAGUIS! f5 cas «sy oiel ayPereiete ol 558 |
lenebstachiys:e. cise 558
HA CCHATOINES!s,-\..5: 0s les 558 |
Anisagrion allopterum....1382, 138
Anisolabis mesta............ 273
Anomalagrion hastatum ..... 138
Anomisma abnorme.......... 136 |
PAULO TNR: AU TIS 5 0.2) ever sis) o'egare sis 167 |
Onin case aancoos po.cipc 148
bidenticulatus............ 147 |
GEGEN O36 dead sonnet onro= 148 |
MS ea ol Soe coe 305g antl 148
Antedon celtica............ .. 180 |
CSchrichtiteannses otters Sate 179 |
GU GhAE YS 56500 Cea pea ee 180 |
Anthermus cephalicus........ 376 |
Anthropopithecus ........ 119, 124 |
PAST IIT AL tebe so aissowstctsteaed as 228, 507
PARTI TIELEOT Bisse 's; ater eeter vote isnt shee) 574 |
Apherusa glacialis............ 167 |
Aphlebia algerica............ 27
Apterygida huseine.......... 273 |
ArYanea cancriformis....... .. 582 |
COYOM STIS...) .1clalelelete ater 579 |
OMUOTIAN cc) ane spaiauietoratin aie 581
HIG Lui re pom come dec 6 onc 57.
PHOLTACICH os oes clos svete 571
A STo WTO Eee rere oria ecto ate ke 568 |
Araneus cinereys ............ a |
EVAR LIGA eyssersrer saith orapeee erates 584
PAWeA GISPATIIS.....52.:..126.- 210, 402
(Scapharca) nipponensis
209, 210
Arcenthobium. :\..-.6. 3... 56 559
Archilestes grandis ....... 128, 139
PMEPT ORNs Tacineciease tee 209, 402

837

Arctoce busy a-ee st -sei-- 121, 122
Arcturus baffini......-...-..-. 156,
feildenigayeres cose oeies ae 156
Argas sanchezi ..........--..- 596
Argemone mexicana.......-. 560
Argia agrioides ...... 128, 138, 140
bipunctulata ............ 1388
IVEY eae adashoosonc 128, 138
MAO ee eo ono coo coDen 138
Argiope aurantia ............ 582
GLANS VETSS ite seietelse la ceteite 581
Arisema triphyllum...... 304, 315
Aristolochia arborescens ..... 558
Arizona elegans.........--.-. 51
Artocarpus incisa......... 557, 560
| Arundo occidentalis. ......... 557
Aspidium fragrans........... 8
Asplenium pellncidown: saree 560
Assiminea angustata.. ... 896
LAC EK se Gebpaneoogecd ance 118
Asteracanthion albulus....... 173
greenlandica . senda, Lies
(Pedicellaster) pala w0-
enystallusij. 1-0 -rraatlete 181
POIATIAN 4 -fon See einse eee 171
Asterias bidentata ........... 179
ENC CCH a. eectactera eee 175
roe nin OCA alate stains heel 172
RN NE tad ood SocecDaoe 172, 181
a@lbichis, -pewereecdacocan Wake
POlAVIS|. siya ae tse 171, 181
Astrophyton arcticum........ 181
dA ehigs PR OOOe Oa REO See 120, 124
Atomarchus. ..... Sree eo MLO:
Atopocochlis ex: aratus......-. 142
Atractomorpha aurivillii. ..... 373
PACE ES! ea tieajeronsielepeicicre: eisai ites 588
UAGHUS: CV ATIOUS eata crete ie ces)e) aia, 01000 592
MM Nb bacodeoneec Abe 589
OVAMVAN eocs doo eeesroage 588
Ey Axvilbtesk ocho Ac SoosD 589
TMK ES wacosoopas saab 589
} Atylus carinatus........... .. 152
ATYS | SHLD apreltraeke sates oars 183
Augochlora beatissima ....... 222
CalliGhromay <6 sss. « 221
TERI eeooe re be babe 222
MAN Aree tree tae ce tase 222
Aulocodiscus Janischii....... 321
margaritaceus............ 321
Omer iit) Gavandoornoe 321, 322
INGPETSUE vaste os-idee er 321, 322
Sollittiamuasyscet-1-fa- sence 321
Autodax lugubris............ 508
Avicennia officinalis ......... 557
Baccha clavate... 2s... 0.6 218
Bachytrupes membranaceus .. 382
Bacillusroracilar asa. o.)-/Fe ses 288

838 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,
Buierants.ceo ce eae eee 606 | Callianassa conradi........... 114
Balanus balanoides ....... 146, 167 faujast ic.c\sicjeveh toss IOS jude
GLENAtUS Me assets eee 146, 167 mortoniz <3... 2: Jae 112-115
POLGALUS c= cerselaertreeer et 146) Callinectes)<.2.1.2..): 5 seer 117
Balea sneha cer Se ear 471 | Callinera birgeri..... 673, 692, 732
VALLE RATA: ccieieedan Pickers 470 | Calocoris rapidus...........++ 264
Bambusa vulgaris ........: 557, 560 | Calolampra aptera ........... 276
BEScanion., © hesaee «steele 56: | Caloptenine oh. <cce;<\oabionieete 376
CONStLICLOL ee. eee 58) Caloptery gine. pee ecm 133
constrictor vetustum ..... 58) | C@aloptenysx ste reine 133, 140
flavivientris...ce<ea ete. 58 apicalisiaiss =<.0.See eee 181, 183
VERUStUS. acu eee 58 CORNELIA S05 aa. e ee eee 131, 134
Bascanium flagelliforme...... 59 |} MACULAE Tail ale «1 eee 133
laterale:s.. sectae cee eet 61 | splendensi. ....nu.teesteree 127
Jaterale laterale.......:.. 61 | WIP Oless.- Ge che area aie Dee AST
QecWinNA at Googodanesones 62 |" Caly culindczr.c = torte oeemreera 406
PICEUI |. 11.2 Re eee 61 | Calyptrophorus...:.......... 513
Schotti: csc aie ee 62 | Campylaspis rubicunda..’..... 160
UB DIA TOI: s.cferieiclelieo ere sia 2: | Cancer mugax.-« oc. se eeeeae 148
TEENIAGUSs 1. 2h /-)ae serene eles Ip whitfieldt: <: (5-25 cer. ae 118
teniatum subs. ornatum.. 62 | Canna edulis................. 557
IBRUISi:, wtod tee) axtiev eee Rosen 335 | Cantharidus bisbalteatus..199, 398
Bifidaria armigerella var. lu- (Phasianotrochus) Hirasei
Gliuananc.ba coh eeeeeee ee 484 — 199, 398
Bithynia chinensis........... 406 | japonicus.....5.22 =e. 200
SCAIATIG 3.0 --0.ebaceeisiaet= here 406 | Canthigaster margar itatus.... 826
striatus aes eee ee 405, 406 | Canthigasteride.............. 326
striatula var. japonica ... 405 Caprella linearis ............. 155
Blatta africana. ...3.-.:.26.:. 276 lobata'.:\...u:3 v50tino eee 155
RENTOUL aie are lerrajnle eee ee 276 | MODOCCTA. =...) eee 167
TELMABNICA fia a nee ee 275 septentrionalis........... 155
senegalensis)... 0/..¢ 222 4). 274 | spinifera.. ich ~sm cee 154
Le in CORB R Aeanoeeitie, 5s ee.c 274 spinosissima ............. 154
Blennide. <. ciseni-~ neers eta 326 | Capsicum annuum..... ..... 560
Blepharis cornuta............ 288 Daccatum’s 1116) ee 560
Boerhaavia erecta............ 558) | (Capsidees.cc . a.) gi eevee eee 264
POA, COMLGN UIE. ee een see 97 | Capulus:. 25)... 3a eee eee 513
BOG ie arrenyek cits Ave eee 14 | AMEFICANUS'+\.e2- cei eee 517
Boophilus annulatus.......... 596 | Carcharias melanopterus ..... S25
Borlasia................-..... 727 | Carcharhinus melanopterus... 825
octoculata a. .nwerniese ee 726 | Carinella....680, 704, 705, 706, 728
OLEVACER ncaciewiectoni< te eee 726 annulate... -.....s0. 670, 673
BACH Y UTA. -enicm uae eee oe 117 | linearis... 2-- Aen 669, 670, 673
Branchinecta paludosa....... 145 polymorpha...... 669, 670, 673
Bryobia pratensis............ 596 TUbICUnGA <i. ees 673
Buetinidse). scence ene 197, 391 SUPeLDA. «010. ob de eee 673
Buccinum Hirasei............ SOL° | Carninay|o.......caeeee 680, 727
Bufo lentiginosus ............ 223 PTAA... kos ach ee 673
Buliminopsis turrita.......... 548 | Carinoma........ 73, 680, 692, 732
Buliminus reinianus.......... “402 Armand, 3c) sentences 669, 703
reinianus var. hokkaidonis 402 tremaphorus.......... 659,
byblis gaimarding.)... 056. o~ 149 | Garphophiops..-... 55... seus
Cabomba Caroliniana ........ 321 aM@nus'..-.. leew B
@HConeura. :. 50 b eee vee woeee 140 Vermis.:: ..'.. 55 2 sche Oe eee
dorsalis i.peancn.. 2 see 187 | Carphophis.....0... 0. swe ’
GRCOsOMS 4 coe hone eat Ae 217 ANGUS. .)...)..<scn eee
Gedulusim oer tech sents 518 Carychium cymatoplax....... B62
Giilhianassa 5 ..j.-nu's cde eh ee 112 noduliferum’...:.-sesee 562

~—-.. =

—_—

1901.]

Carychium pessimum......... 562
Catalpa bignonioides......... 359
VOW PFISSIMA: = 2/5...4- 0-2-2 = 557
BPECIOSA wc cdc he teres oe eee 359
Catantops melanostictus...... 376
Cawendia galle.............. 373
PTADTATAs. s7sicts20's wore ceiess.! 373
Cecropia peltata.......... 557, 560
Cedrela odorata.............. 557
Welintay ae ouch. Soles Salk 81
RATIRT Lele ve la tela sic <teheveroversie ts 81
ELON GES Veo akiackute an oe 81
@emophoray 1. =)-< oir 85
BOCCINEB Nc slevors/s)scatelansvoreierate 85
Centrurus carolinianus ....... 594
WenihTIO Nok a7) 5 2 Siete 295-300
flavogularis. .295, 297, 300, 302 |
memurtrii........ 296, 297, 302
mexicanus. ..295, 297, 300, 302
minor .......296, 297, 300, 302
RUHOXS = eats. ce es 297, 300, 302
Wenturtonin®’ - 2.2.52. .se. sen 297
Cephalothrix............. 731, 732
Wenders. OS. <6 cea 672, 673
Linc Baa aa eeeeiron brace 659
Werasus; Padus! ..).55.0)). 5006. 359
BOLOUNG seit acne ree. 359
Ceratina maculifrons......... 216
VATICAN S rine cyte dc ake e 217
Ceratinella occidentalis.......579 |
Cerebratulus..... 676, 706, 721, 724
lacteus, 659, 674, 682, 712, '722- |
724
LG M7 Se Sn CAC Ra eICoRetoci 659
marginatus....... 705, 718, 724
Cereus grandiflorus .......... 559
MAONIUITONMIB=.2. 42-2). ns 559
trianpularise: ... 5.5 ... 558
Ceriagrion glabrum....... 132, 138
erifiend ee socks neice ns- ele se 392
Cerithium chemnitzianum....393
eM UMW 6A eee ais scons 3892
BelinatuM.os-ees2 oe 892
OXLMIVIM ieee eee ie 393
AINCAGUM a4 tereeieeele ile 892
NACH OSUM ycmicieys <aeieeiiee 892
INItMMLOLDIE +. 2s.esi0 sw ak.s'e's 393
The) 2: See R Te ec atc 894 |
MUDUS". 5 Sol.c stele 392, 393 |
Chetodon triostegus.......... 325 ©
Chamerops Palmetto ........ 361
ROH ATING: «205 ss js. eet 15
WOU Hts = dat noe een ee 15
[Bre CHy O DSi ec cs: -natneee terete 15
Chelanops grossus ........... 594
OVEORIGTIS(::. ois cess vis ee esa 594
Chelifer degeneratus ......... 594
ReaDTISCulis’ 2.cs.fee ets 594

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

839

Q@HNGMENISCUS i. 2 3/-)- icles sire 84
CHIICHUS faeries) att ee eso es 85
OPHIPMICUG! . --).2 i= =< 85
AUER OUB I ..<. sae sere acres 85
stramineus cinctus ....... 85
(Ohh, cn) Sep eaeoeeeeieE OBOE 18
CHOIR epee eto nos eeeameas 208
(CJC Son aao eee ee eee 66
episcopa episcopa........ 67
OGCIPIANIS isco eis 0-1-1 - 68

| Chiracanthium inclusum. .... 574
Chiropacha modesta.........- 27%
Chitonidsi: cack ace e rica cs 203
Chlebora gracilis. .......--.- 372
Chloris: barbata.. cece seer 558
Ciliates 32372 sieteceree eee 558
CTUCIStA. 7 « scinoievm option 558
Chloritis eucharistus, 347, 348, 565
ine tbe oo Seooaose 348, 565, 617
EVivasel..scsccosea teen 565
OSCItARS 2 sco oe 348, 565, 617

(Trichochlorites) pumila, ard
Chilorosomay .-24nc keene

WEFNALIS.: 3Sttoe ce ceieee oe
Chlorostoma argyrostomum .. 202

argyrostomum var. Dasili-

TOUUEDENLY = atoneta) feta ae fey nial Aree 202
Choleepus Hoffmanni......... 366
Chordodes morgani....... 289-292

PUGKUIS <2 strewn notions 289-292

Chrysodomus intersculptus... 197

intersculptus var. frater... 197
391
PELICOCHUION Gj ayecj- = 2jeeva ei = 391
Chrysophyllum cainito .. .557, ee
Churchillia bellona ..........
Wilenring arcuatal ci --)54-.5- B76
Cladocera..\.\-2--aats aciae eestor 145
Clanculus atropurpureus. . .200, 201
SemmMuUaliter .... 2s 200, 398
hizenensis\..... 006%. 201, 398
margaritarius ............ 200
MICLOGOUM Eee eek 201
microdon var. ater....... 200
IDRODIREIS sacar ee 201
UNE O)ivee Scie atian were 200
Wlandiecneha. ce 2.36 secre a. 205
Clausiliayeec.c2- 467, 470, 471, 647
CUR arate cteieiste noe tare vis 654

Addisoni, 502, 638, 639, 641,

642, 644, 653

wethiops .....-........... 648
PUUUU RG oy ael-sePrciclgyeialaseceraearaie!= 650
attrita var. infausta...... 650
aulacophora ..... 624, 649, 650
aulacopoma ............. 656
aurantiaca’....... 636, 637, 652

PROCEEDINGS OF

Clausilia aurantiaca var. Er-

l@uitsoudessaedencuc 477, 652
aurantiaca var. hypopty-
Childe erie eee 652, 637

awajiensis, 423, 480, 481, 499,
500, 623, 625, 626, 649
Bernardii, 409, 418, "419, 420,

422, 651
JONES Gagacossandeso5 656
bilabrata, 499, 629-631, 636,
652, 656

bilabrata var. ptycholema, 652
brevior, 417, 423, 502, 637, 638,
639, 641, 642, ee 653

brevior var. Addisoni .... 641
DUSCHE Ty eee tee ece 650
callistochila, 412,413, 421, 652 —
caryostoma.............. 649
Cincticollis sence venice oe 655
GOMES e227). 's/se cise elena . 654
crassilamellata...:....... 655
crenilabium, 418, 419, 420, oe
allie 9a ee emcees BEG
decussate oecce se cee 648
digonopLyssamcnieerte tae 654
OW Calis 3) tn accent 615, 648
ducalis var. dorcas....... 648

eastlakeana, 470, 472, 473, 474
entospira, 501, 637, 644, 645,

THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,
Clausilia Hirasei var. kikai-
CDSISins wots tulsa ee 651
Hiraseana sso. kee 483, 648
holotrema........- ae
hokkaidoensis ........--- 480
hondanarc..- eee 638, 642

653
euholostoma, 469, 470, 472, |
473, 654
CUFYSEOMA 22s. ects as 637, 653 |
eurystoma subs. brachyp-
intl Rao amobegact 688, 653 |
excellens, 409, 418, 420, 422,
651
expansilabris ............ 654
expansilabris var. nana... 654
expansilabris var. stroph-
OSLOM ap. sei oe eels ele 654
MaltOnigee se a1-ratotoereiste 648
fultoni subsp. clavula.... 653
fOKAN SENSIS Yes ..je. sei 650
gouldii ies aad see son dacoe 655 |
Graciwtsccrtauwkes etree ee 649 |
gracilispira....... 476, 477, 649
hachijoensis Pees 466, 467, 651 |
(Zaptyx) hachijoensis.... 467
hakKOnensis ise eee ees 650
harimensis....... 480, 625, 649
NGteropLyxe. costes 649
MRI CKONIS sisters stele sists ere Sl 649
MISOENEIS aac oc sisic& a
Hilgendorfi
PEIYASE] orcetetele ele, « ncoie/n se

(Zaptyx) Hirasei......... 465

Hungerfordiana, 468, 469, 470,
472, 473, 654
hy perolia, =. =~ sae == sete 623, 649

hyperolia var. aptychia .. 649
hyperolia var. planulata.. 649
hyperolia var. rectaluna.. 649

hyperoptyx. .409, 423, 466, 651
ISCHNA so. we 500, 625, 626, 650
ischna var. neptis........ 500
LOMODING ato se 625, 650, 656
Simin saa. eee 655
interlamellaris..........- 648
iotaptyx..... 475, 636, 651, 656
iotaptyx var. clava. . -475, 651
ischna var. neptis, 625, 626, 650

Jacobiana....... 638, 641, 653

JAPONICA) a. pas = 637, 639, 653

japonica var. interplicata. pe
5

japonica var. pallens. .637, 653
japonica var. perobscura, 482,

653
japonica var. suruge. .638, 653
SOB aa: ayse ee yettis tee -...+ 654
KODeNSIS) wcici a= tee 637, 658
Kkochiensis . qoseec-ceeeee 650
Vivtlahas science See 655
Martens 2.3 s.o.e ere 648
Martensi var. Reiniana... 648

Martensi form tinctilabris. 648

micropeas.......- 478, 480, 649
micropeas var. hokkaido-
CNBIBG -s.s0u eee mene 480, 649

micropeas var. perpallida, 479,

mikado. .475, 629, 636, 651, 656

AVLINT eee 4 fe ior ‘412, 417, 652
Mitsukuril. ..o.% -sictenee 648
monelasmus, 468, 470, 472, 473,
480, 654
THUNB Ste ats 2 ae = 624, 651
nesiothauma. .. 2, 414, 652
NiKKOCDBIS: « 4-00= - aee 638, 653
NIPPONEDBIS. --iwcieu ke Ee 637
nodulifers, 24.4. /.te<auseee 655
Nolanisccs cco.s as eee be
OmIensis |. 20.4. Coe
Oostoma.-..cgccears 638, 658, a6
OPC&S. |... << +i oes 649
orthatracta.......... 636, 651
Oscariana....499, 630-632, 652
OSDIME « oeicet cate 412, 415, 652

1901.]

Clausilia oxycyma...626, 634, 636,

52

perignobilis, 481, 482, 500, 625,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

650 |

perignobilis var. kochiensis, |
482, 625
perpallida............... 479
DIBTA «<0. eee yee ce 650
OULU SUIS eyaselaielsiobe|-seterrielellesns 655
pinto...501, 624, 627, 645, 651
platyauchen ‘KOGAN C 623, 650
platydera....413, 418, 624, 650 |
platydera var. kiiensis. . - 651
platydera var. lambda.... 650
job INE Reopeocun Sooke 636
mlicilabriss ccc 499, 500, 652
plicilabris var. ptycholema
632
PLL CIATA yoo 409, 422, 651
LODA eis yatsiseievecicels 654, 655

pseudoshime....412, 416, 652
ptychochila, 409, 412, 418, 420,
623, 624, 651

ptychocyma, 501, 627, 628
635, 651
ptychocyma var. yaku-

BDIM By eersisea 501, 629, 651
HUCINIGN Wee cole crercocie mele 648 |
MIPPONENSISy. «<\<\e1e'es--\- 653
BEHMACKeniumar eee ene 650 |
BONICIN Aes strech cecinnen 649
sericina var. rhopalia, 624,

649

shanghaiensis ..........-. 654
shikokuensis..... 482, 625, 650
SIEM O]A1e-ereiemy atic ceric 653 |
GiGi on. cocpepnnaonocones 655
Stearnsii, 409, 411, 688, 642,
643, 653 |

SEQNOSDIEA (Q.- «5 1-(o1<ieje sais 655

(Stereophdusa) stereoma,

502, 638, 647, 653 |

stereoma var. cognata, 502,

644, 653
stereoma var. nugax, 502, ee
bys}
. Sui poonsebosae cons 655
BGT IGUANTIN Bi eraistcte otoccse cl wicisce 650
strictaluna var. major.... 650
strictaluna var. nana..... 650
subaurantiaca . ...625, 626, 650
subpibberay... 9.)e ase f54
BUDIONODINIS selene 655
subjaponica......... 638, 653 |
sublunellata, 477, 623, 624, 649
ATO ULIN By os: sypvecvaravererscererele 649

subulina var. leucopeas ..
surugensis .

649 |
.630, 631, 633, 652 |

841

629, 634, 635, 653

GATOS, cvebaroreic cuctaisiteintaletate 655
IONS poe Sapa eepeieat oem cic 654
tetraptyx......... 639, 640, 653
LOSE abe BBoaaee oe Ot 649
ERDY.OVT stepete olel=te 1s 466, 467, 654
UNE 55 Otc GO aaa E ean 656
valida ....... 409, 410, 637, 652

valida var. fasciata....411, 652
valida var. perfasciata, 411, 652
valida var. striatella 411, 652
validiusculu...... 623, 624, 648
(Reinia) variegata. ..-473, 654
(Reinia) variegata var. ne-
siotica, 467, 472-474, 654

VASES sizrseicierta ne cisarn geen! 648
VALiGiN Ayan ere pete te mito 648
yokohamensis ........... 648
Clausiliide...............465, 499
Clava. weatiere soo eee 392, 393
Hercule acts. eee 392
MACULATA) a: a\ercccte/e.cyoteres Paes 392
MUD UB )o cjetalelnveretarelaler tence 392, 393
PEE, ehbeacgnougoon aQc0¢ 392
SOCVAMUM! 2 screens ela 393
Clavilithes chamberlaini..... 602
humerosus var. texanus .. 603
REnnEGyanUs)... <0 -/faere 602
Monies sail: ho poeogb ospacuor 605
Ficnlbivisey cca eos ooge 603
Cleobis peninsulana....... .. 595
Cleonaria gracila............ 288
Glen ophigiisne ciate vies ses cies ee 42
Kirtan dij tferec. veg «ceils 41, 42
Clubiona inclusa......... SoTL
Clubionide ........ 574
WoBeilink ey cteracseeas sds sloieiae 507
Ceeliccia octogesima.......-.. 137
Wa@oslopomeasersiscyas win.) -telosstaeete 496,
Coffea) arabica © .-:.:. 602s) 0 yr
Cholli (Gi os oean eee t4, 45, 51,
MPAREUTUSE. wei. .cre E 32
SES ULV US ervae erefesscier. at 65
yore 2) SHIRES oo Semmens atc 81
ATIZON BE oso ss eat ee 51
(Ophis) californiw ......, 78
Ghillie eieeeme pagodas =ce 80
CaLenifeT jos s:<.< pleases 52-54
Goccineus|.\-).\-.--.4ee eae 85
COTMMMNIS!.c .,1:eee eer eis 49
GONStTICtOr. << eee ees 58
COMBI GopAeeedG. 5 Secon £4
COUPER: .,. <1 danas 44
GONE GS:... 3\::<\.2en eee 71
COOMigga men acong sce ye 50, 50
Goss coeemerer co uisior en 20)

erythrogrammus......... 8S

$42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,
‘Coluber fasciatus............. 86 | Contia episcopa isozona..... » 68
He OLUM Pere eivteielereiects 59 episcopa torquata ........ 67
HAVAVENtTIS:. 115. -s1ses lier 58 ABOZONAE).cermisicietwele steele 67
fil ViUss. Sot - ost eene eee 95 MMI Goo ASoOnOOODoAS ON OO. 68
Petulysi enone eee ee 76, 77 GECIPIEAIC) Ricca: erent 468
guttatus......-.. Sdooone 46, 50 WON FEEEY Ganogodsoscedsode- 39 -
guttatus seltatus........ 11, 46 HAC) whom ococsocso6 67
NSBUUS sreietarsictsie claeravatelhaseeele 49 VOLU GIS sic1cmresiswic oslo eee 66
REBENIS Fo slopes Peters eee Sintaetele 32 | Copepoda .......;.. Posuaoonn eli)
lineaticollis .-........... - 495 | Copera atomaria............. 137
melanoleucus ......... IY O02 |" (COLAMUACE » <jornia ale ovale alstele/stalepelers 136
pti en ois ee aulodcice do 495 AMALIA erry a eeererreeere 136
OBSOLEHME :. Scie os 46, 47, 48 | Corbicula awajiensis......... 407
obsoletus confinis...... 49, 495 MATLENSI s\- 2 < 7. ele ere iele 407
obsoletus lemniscatus .... 49 BADOCHBIR\: ae =< c/= -elemtele ee 406
obsoletus lindheimeri..... ZS | (Cond iar «nictatestelnlcle lelectra 217
obsoletus obsoletus ..... 47, 48 | Cordulegaster annulatus...... 127
Parietalis ir me eertetee 28 bidentatusts.. 2 oo-esecseer 127
PIANICEPS aa -cevantainte wets eee 94 | Cordulia enea.............-- 127
WLORIMUB)s secrete tsetse BO | Ooreideer.niesa caption ate eee 264
punctatus ............... 69 | Coriarachne versicolor ....... 584
quadrivittatus............ 46) || (Oorinnalys cn recieve ieee 568
nits! Cli Seno ae oulgoUsced OoGn 33 DICHILCATA LA sre ereleta aioe ia-ta 575
YOSACCOUS s.ijeee ccm seek, 46 |) Corscus ferus o--e etn tee cer 267
sauritas:s2cactot es eee 19 | Corixa verticalis ......... 261, 262
SAYA Cernieivis/ailee ne fee eee 55 | Corizus alternatus. . ..261, 267, 268
SJE L ReRe at artes Ioan 90 annulatasioaa. st. eee 268
SIpeGOn! 1 <\oee eee, Go.) COrnuse Mag.) cere creer 359
SINUANMIB) 27. ation te cloeeoN ee) COTONELIA il octeieiclstalets eet ieee 68, 70
spiloides: 5 <..h nse sees 49 amabilis’.<. =). 00 eee eer 70
striatnlus. osce. 5. Serene 43 calligaster...2.-<.5.os0 79, 80
subocularis...... 492, 495, 613 | COCCINEH». 3. teen «a eetttale Pe
teStaceuUs, . 2.2 -kidie ieicuhleee 59 Coliata fac Garston 74h
triangulus <2... cc eeee. - 72 | CCMMS! Taaciee ees pee 738-75
MILAE PIG ate a)-ym eletetcterelsPetetersiere 495 PN, yagergncoma Jo ocd oi 76-78 »
VELNAIIS Cues ererae tee ee 66 micropholis.............. 76
VUIPINUSs v= c\s ae eee 50 PUDCLALA <i, aa evita a eae 69
(Zacholus) zonatus....... 79 | TOP ALIS: 1.7. meee eee 70
NU) Tee ea neiagg dancmossccac 16 rhombomaculata........- 79
Columbella californica ...,... 890 EP a aboceoacliciac 4 sclera 76
PAPODICH vier ravers sleyeretntele te ere 196 Gran POlUM 29%: oop eee 72
MININOTS stoic e s% coils 196, 197, 389 AOTC: A RA SO OIC, ~ 79
misera var. californica.... 890 | Corynura enigma ........... 218
misera var. polynyma.... 390 atromarginata ........... 217
polymyma s-.. saeco 196 | chapadicola.......... 218, 219
Columbellidse--)1- 50) 1. se 196, 389 (Corynuropsis) darwini. . 220
COMPSOROMA Kerisc co -\eciewee 44 discolor ..):..c 2+ avlac tne 217
corais couperi...- “2.5. 4A jJUuCUndS. ~~ 2-4. eee 218, 219
Compsothespis anomala...... 280 pseudobaccha........ 218, 219
falciferasisacnecetemuerss 280 | semimarginata ...... 218, 219
Conifers. cas 23 ce nese et: 361 (Corynuropsis) sublata... 221
Woniophanes. «.%.jcosieless sss oes 2 | Corynuropsis. :...: 2) - sleet 220
GmMperialis.. ci scevteoec ss 92 | Coscimodiscus.....:...... 321, 322
Conocephalus mandibularis... 381 | Cosmorhyssa fasciata......... 372
MJONUB sinc cwcie nda eee 19, 65, 66, 66 | Crangon (Sclerocrangon)
ROBLIVA sos fain detois ot seme 65 | DOrehS si <2. eee eee 163
CPIECOPA acct esse: 6 os veel 7. | Gratepusic: occ. 0.. oe 359

episcopa episcopa........ 67 Cremastogaster lineolata. .432, 536

1901. ] NATURAL SCIENCES

Creobroter virescens ......... 287
Cribrella oculata ......... 174, 180
sanguinolenta ........... 174
MIN GIG CA Vecds mea's sok dss eles 179
Crossaster papposus.......... 174
Crotalinus catenatus. ........ 98
Crotalophorus 2... 0... 00 97
catenatus catenatus...... 99
SOTMSOUBS areve.cyoys: as, orsaeneteetae 99
consors edwardsii........ 99
MOWATGSID 2 asco acee 99
Keira Gd! syeis sock ¢ 2 eerie 99
MANALI Aocjocclvre connec 100
HELPEMINUS a2): 2% sie\e o/s I 99
OSE ae a ie een 100
adamanteusic.)s 1:26 4238 - 102
adamanteus adamanteus
102, 105 |
adamanteus atrox........ 108
adamanteus scutulatus.... 203 |
BPO s Pals. Scrcuhos shee eee 103
AtrOx: AtrOX) 14.221 bch s oak 103
AMOK WUDEL se cece ace en 104
GOTASTER, 5.0: 0:2/c:ec. oe eee 107

confluentus. .103, 104, 104, 105

OF PHILADELPHIA. $45
Cupressus Lawsoniana....... 356
(Cn) UE iyo Reeee pa aceonac. 406
Cyclophorus courbeti ........ 349

PUIEWCAGUS <<... 35557 et isle 349
FPAREL. - 3/506 .22'. 2:0 ee 348
P/GUNCLYI cee mclepesie l=, + leleleiete 349

(ub Gib pmodaos sabe nbacds 545
turgidus var. angulatus .. 549
Cylindropalaina ............. 350
Cylindrostreus productus..... 341
PR@yClopiismme anes. sctisen cess 65
SEBULVIUB eee ais, ta is.cle eek shes 65
@yclophoridsernaaae- ese eee 496
Cymatomera brunneri........ 380
NY PErpOred. selects riaet 380
MOdEStAs...1 sortase dese 380
Cymbuliopsis ............ 509, 510
Calceolal s ..1-.5-2lsnetevers 509-511
OVatay esos ie oe eS 509
VAM eS em Colas 509, 510, 511

| Cymus luriduss >. .o2.ce se 261, 263
Cymocephalus a aclella 3 o SOE 119
Cyprinus maxillingua........ 339
OYTONA rs iowa ces eaves tee 406
Oyrtacarithacts ruficornis .... 376

TAtATICUS eck eek ee 376
Walatiaslicha <5 2 1.<<se-cees 332
IDE GED Wqebboageedeeneconece 332
Daphnella fragilis var. articu-

EVER) ee YasctcraiferatoYavanstabalalats 385

Uy NeSLOR MIS! crelesle etal = = 385

OInataeeeseae tes she k ee 386

AIPELCOStatay -.-/55 22. a ee 386
Daphnia rectispina..-........ 145

PLIOCENE GE arob cad oopodancods 337

| Dasyatit DruceOn.\\c neni. -1-10 337

| VIOIRCEA) s.a:5 sie sins tsctowiers 338
Dasybatis asterias............ 330
Dasypus novemeinctus....... 366

BEXCINCHISIE te leisteeiale <i> 366

| Datames californica.......... 594

SulphUredsrsseimeerte ye 594
Datura stramonium .......... 455
Decticus vittatus............. 374
Dendrophthora’: .....-02..-.. 559

CUPLESSOIGES. Se eiceieeler.': 559

PXACUO Reece ceneier eee 559

opuntioides: 5. .fc8.— 5... 559

[| Wendrophycusiin. =. : sse. 2 2: 605
Dendryphantes\s gaa. s!ate1<:< 589

OCUBVUB Jeri rarities eens os 588

VW SredaciceS coc goo Oe 589
Dentaltum\ss sees essc-)e02- 513

mississippiense .......... 517
Dermacentor reticulatus...... 596

| Derocalymma capucina ...... 276

GVyiHMenia <2) v0 tsrevieeer 276

eecaan 275

confluentus confluentus... 104 |
confluentus lecontii...... 105
confluentus lucifer ....... 105
confluentus pulverulentus 704
GUTIBSUB. ass k os 102, 106
MOIMGUS: fo 5.Ae cles a eee se 106
ePIC US} a.f oe fe oe eet eS 107
LSC) SRSA ies At etc 105
WNUIATUSY 3.521 -/rcte soe Shee 100
MOTECH OMT 5c ccistie oeteeae ars 108
mitchelli mitchelli....... 108
mitchelli pyrrhus........ 108
MAOAOBBUS HR rarelel crete esse 101
oregonuS ................ 105
piscivorus 5 Oi Secesoon el 96
RIC OLS ele srejeforoarvorte eet 108
TVET US ors ors o1-vate Stee hc rah 108
RADEL 2 che nodes at tiers 104
SCOUTS gai nce eae elas 108
EOETINCUSTS 1-4: ee Se eee 101
Li DSocac ne God onborpEeee 107
Cryptoplacid# ......0....4... 204
Cryptoplax ics cseo. doce one 204
GUMMNG, 5 3.255 es bs cares 204
APAIPOTTCUS yan ater ire bn c) eeteel 204
Janvesformas: $< 3252)... 8e- 204
Thodoplax . ./:)scis52, ee 204
Striatus. 6 .2./c2c8. stk ass 204
GleNId Do Scseacns en Sas 586
Ctenus hibernalis............ 586
Cucumaria californica........ 169
frondosa sents 169, 170
Cuclitbita pepo. ..)2. 22a. 560

Deropeltis autraniana

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

844
Deropeltis schweinfurthi..... 275
Wahl berets omcrk. cee 275
Desmodium axillare.......... 558
Diadophis2; 75-4065 erate stolen 68
AMaDINS tesco 70
amabilis amabilis ........ 70
amabilis docilis.......... vi
amabilis pulchellus ...... 70
amabilis stictogenys ....69, 70 |
OCB See ja aie ee 7
pulchellms)cer---er cee 7
punctatus:.f- esas. ekeee 69
TO PAIS eee ce eee 7
regalisiarn yi: 2 eae ecee 70
regalis régalis ........... 70
Diastylis goodsiri............ 159
rathkel cio dames sete 159 |
BCOLPIOId ess. - eee ee 160
SPIN MLOSA 010 hc sores-lo erie eens 168 ©
Dictym weisz iss sasvepes Geel 577
arundinacoides........... 577
EU EC ye ana Ree oars tr G 577
TOXANG eee cee ee OOS TOT:
Dicty nid scat). ists eee 577
Dioscoreaalata fi. 4. <:benssac 560
Diospyrus Virginiana ........ 359
Diplax. pec ccm neti 127
COTLUD Lace sei e eee eee 128
Diplommatina............... 350
CABBAe ssc ere ai ee 351, 353
RNSWIATUM,- - sp iaiclae Ae ODL
RODE) = cycm) e-store OS
TUCHNANS so. 0 cme seks ee 352
OSHIM MD. /-/-t. seve > eee 351
pusilla osc... chee cee 350, 353
Sapiiata.§ to.<an ase 351, 497
septentrionalis........... 352
tanegashime............. 497
iilvel pre Sere HACC Goer 350
MAZSHENSIS cer eliseri se tet 303
Diplommatinide ............. 390
Dipsas septentrionalis........ 91
Disparoneura c= sm <106 = sen 132, 140
BNALIS ey cree ee ee 137
collaris.. Rees 137
Dittopternis couloniana crater 372
WONACIC Renee ce eee eek 207, 400
Donax ‘Bertini>= 26 7.5n22- ee 189
ipartitus. <7)... ave cakes 190
Erythreensis ........%... 190
Kiusivuensis . 25... eee 207, 400
Madagascariensis ........ 190
OWED io ja /<jns.- eee ee 190
EDICUIUM <): ieee .. 190
OTH SEN ES <scc ore emilee Se fas Sais 571
Drassodes robustus.. . . 569, 572
Drassus robustus............. 572
Drepanophorus.........-..... 682
1A eee SOAS = oe 706

DrGmicus asso eee eee 87
fishy Stas: ors ecto see 88
DryOpuUheCus a-setieie eae ee 124
Dythemis sterilis............. 128
Ebo mexicana...........- 569, 585
Echinella Cumingi........... 198
Cumingi var. luchuana .. 198,

394

CHM GOI C8 eye ie ees 170
Echinus drébachiensis ....... 170
Hictophylayc ic =: -w sisiestres 296
HEDLE ings depadadacsr Jan > 5 45
SPUOIMES siarayaceee tne eeraete 49

fel 3) EY cf Re ae RSP Regs cs 5. 94
Gistans ten. -cies oe eee 95
euryxanthus:,..- -/i2-1et soe 95
fOLVINEWG- fac sxc 95
WENGE veer vrateialciajerersia(et= ae perae 95
tristis. Sv.ieh ceo ae 95
Erythrolamprus ............. 92
Ela somalica..........-...-.- 280
Elodea Canadensis........... 320
Bmarpinatia, fees kee 412
Empusa egena.....-.0. ane 288
Enallagma aspersum...... 132, 188
cyathigerum.........0-. 127
EDMUMH4 sneer 132, 188
geminatum..........- 182, 188
Entada scandens............. 558
Epacromia thalassina ........ 371
Epallage fatime .. <. <2. 2 ese 135
Epeira aculeata: .......... 569, 582
CIS PLiCALA: .<)-, sn a 582
fascist] vc.~- s\--/--eeee 581
SOMME 3h a/c eek 583
labyrintheéa).-\.6- = s-eres 582
TNOBSEG 2 (stare7e. 50-2 se eee 583
nephiloides .......... 569, 583
ODXONSIS 5 .,..\onsfeaeeee 569, 582
placida «..:.\... \. ss. se 582
TIPATIA. (a2/<5:<1os oie[ hos ieee 582
~trifolium: ...-<% > eee 583
trivittatad'<%5)-.-oe ee 583
vertebrata..02%4- ct Oe en 582
Bpeirid es 5.5.7.5. 2. cence 581
Epidendrum),.. .4-.-\.. seman 558
Eiptesicus fuscus ».< <a... esees 618
fuscus bernardinus ..:...619
fuscus osceola........... 618
fuscus typicus =....- sw ..e. 619
peninsulte.. .vcoc nae 619

| Bragrostis ciliata ............ 558
Eremiaphila arabica.......... 276
OTIstides ;\: s ..- sccveies Sale 277
somalica,. ..-s2 ss aeeaeee 276
spec. var. arabic®........ 276
Bremohates:.\<<5.5..s2 eee 594
CAlIfOIMICUB:. Siciemmea ae 594
Pallines © ricci 0 0 tee oe awe

1901.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Erigone perplexa............ 580
DIC UIST er crest Fae 579
iBone PRONE eye cit-) =< ae 128
COIRTUIT aaa or Op Oo aa eames 138
Erythrolamprus imperialis.... 92
Erythromma najas........ pees Aw
Brythronium...............- 455
HRISOX/ OBBEUSe so « © s =) resale sree 340
HUCHOLUSe TOD CLs-1./1- 6 restore 201
ruber var. brunneus..... 201
Euleptorhamphus............ 293
Kugnatha pallida ............ 581
Eulima dunkeriana....... 395, 396
juchuans-yec <2 tee 396 |
TULETOLU LEAN ates ictons talent tere 396
philippiana ...:. 02.0: 395, 396
JOT GEN] 3 Saas Ogee see eso 395
JO TISTG ees Soe piste ia Amie oe 395
IBGE Boocgceeane EAC ane ner 547
(Plectotropis) emula..... 564
(4igista) aperta var. ca-

Walt sty ciei-icieiwinrese eyarsiaie eres 564
(4Bgista) aperta var. tachy-

GETING Cos, eae Neonates 614 .
caliginosa...........- 347, 545
callizoua var. Dixoni..... 547
OMNES cyl ieete 465
(Plectotropis) deflexa...

563, 564
(@gista) kobensis....... 564
lepidophora var. tenuis... 546
UIT OTE AR ce ee aoe 545
luhuana var. nesiotica.... 614
(Euhadra) luhuana var.

PACH Yes. c oc ssc le 614
METEACOTIA) sce ce mesaeee 347 |
mercatoria var. demorum 545 |

' (A@igista) mimuloides..... 617 |
(Plectotropis) omiensis... 545
(Euhadra) oshime....... 346
(Plectotropis) pannosa .. 563
Nargentiana ....--.2..... 193
(Plectotropis) shikokuen-

ISIS eae Na ake cic sioboteice 545
pleboldianar=</<staasit- 22 545
RUCCINGIAI eee lanes ee 194
succineta var. amblytro-

[Nido ee Anon oOOD Dade 193
PROCH WB nc-:-)sis cise elatere aseere 563
VAL yet eo cours edcepcos 563

Eupagurus pubescens ........ 165
ru Wea orca seters wrest nie sale sie 131, 140
HMA eucAoceocraccaeqcuc 135
Tay es oy ararnra eaters) Nareareyaneraete 135
QE Cn aod comer ones 135

variegata 135
Euphedusa 410, 466, 467, 468, a
473, 474, 647, 654

845

rupotial year oss 674, 676, 702

Euryopis funebris............ 579
Eurypelma steindachneri .... 57

Maia V NA U (the 550c7 COGe enor 378

Erpuhropussess. -oeee nee 378

Eusirus cuspidatus. ........-. 167

Hutinilassasctectn ys sa erate 11, 18

bDrachystomayera ise ae 26

butlers roe 26

COUCH eset 5 tes ote 24

CYOLOPSIBT. ee) ee eee 25

enOcellatacy=c.3 Dacca ate 25

elegans s soe eier eae 22

€. biscutatas <25-2.<--0- 23

é: brunneat-65- sees eee 23

€::Couchity cians eaten 24

e} elepans!=_j-.-@ sates eee 23

eLslineolata..... 92 —onceeeete 23

ec Marcian aS S72 otra 24

€; Ordinoides) 5... esa oe £8

és platonia, 2.55 to. 6 ae 23

GRA ETAN Set ce seer 23

QUES) «21:2 pe ee 25

Wameyli. sees: . - se teiees 20

WAMMONGIU. ss. -2 els eee 24

infernalis infernalis...... 28
insigniarum........... cele

macrostemma..........-. 21

Me PalOPS cae cioe eae 21

m. megalops .........+.. 21

nigrolateris. .--.--.------ 24

PRICK OLIN PAY soso, areiese ois = clare 29

(OWS GH is aan We dee Becher 20

Te GLb Arran DDaCaue aaaeor 20

BACKENT 420. «1 fseies = Vee 20

SAUTIGA oer caress erate e sete ae 19

BILtALIS ec sient ate oot 25

So CONCINT Ai. = ere: o fesieats 28

S;) GOTSALIS) 2. «c/o 28

Ge eG aco sacgonsoc 26

SOUSCULA. = <2 at cloarae 26, 28

Ses DANTE CALI fere etree 28

Be PICKEnM Ole yeme/ seer aes 29

8. Semifasciata.......6.-s 26

BHSITCALISN SS se cus2 «tee rato 26

Be fetratcenia. fm eee 28

Ba bXtlIn CAGE. eici<ici-cin se ees 29
Euterpe oleracea ............ 557

Euthemisto libellula. ........ 147

Euthore hyalina.......... 131, 136

| Euthria fuscolabiata ......... 389

hokkaidonis: +: :25--seee 389
Hivermanella .....2.¢2 Jsce-6¢ 211

Cotta Fe So a 212

DEUDO. 8:22 tae eR eee 211

Evermannellide ............. 211

IVELMAUNIs -)0..2 5. /2.<eeacie oe 211

Exochoderes aurantiacus..... 376

846 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dee. ,

Bocwhdsss 2 hist see = sees 293 | Gastrodonta ligera........... 346

Eyprepocnemis charpentieri.. 378 | Gayenna marginalis.......... 514s
PUIMEGCHSIs.-- se elses ONS) |{G@eormidsaat- see eee 44 :
her bacews) sc asla,asefeleren 377 COUP OL. = ise. <. 50/0 thee earee Ad
SOMALCUS taarnc-mlemas seas 376 Obs0l eta,.i-s aes ee 44

Maran Claas. (e's -/oe-hesG ates 82) | Glauconia s.r sence hoses 13
@DACUTA prts-eeee eee ee ee 82 | Gissecta toss: teem 13

Fasciolaria gigantea ......-.- 552 | dulleik®. 2... t's ene 13
gigantea subsp. reevei ... 552 humilis 52.0 2 eee 14
PTINCEPS 2 se cece nese ob2) |» Glanconiidet: -2-5-5 29--es ae 13
NEC VEL (os. ci. cient te 5522) Gleditschia <2... esses 308

Fasciolariide............. 19%; (390) 2. Gly ptonotus:-..5='-.tsctte lanes 168

HMI CUMNIR Foye Set aa cen a .. 84 | Gnaphosa conspersa...... 569, 572
Can a-. hyde ate eo 84 distineta ©. psci\--% eee 569, 572

Filistata hibernalis .......... 570 harsUbIPess a. <> -% = eee 573

UE VACHS SSR Soh 67sec oo = ONO” 1s Giomip hats = e< viele =e eet 127

MIBCHETIO SD icc oi. see ee O84. Sls GOrdius tems pete eieirerel tee iain 719

Modistor’acutus... =. 2-2." 293 fasciatus spinifer......... 720:

Forficesila moesta............ 273 fragilis spinifer .......... 720

ING yOMICES Gipeaomosn sors abe 273 purpureus spinifer ....... 720

Formica fusca.......-.... 426, 440 viridis spinifer........... 720
SELTATINE Bing Wh oe oA vey. 440) |. Gorillas tesa se's 45 Sees 119

Fossarus ambiguus .......... 190 | Grammonota pictilis...... 569, oe
CAPEDSIB] e/a ele ca ere 190 | Graphephorum melicoidis .
puswluss 2c ges eee 190) ||: Gary lider o rcrere tree eletenieede te * sat

Mragaria WeSC, Ys ci)-0- =< =\it 560 | Gryllotalpa africana ......... 381

Fraxinus Americana .....+ 396, 361 | Gryllus ater .....2......25--6 382
SAMDUCIOLE | sem Hele 361 ery thropusi << .12..sss ere 378

Hens eee gae aie ei 568 fasciatus: :: ois os ceseeer 372
CUO A orerel oda teeta aes 591 | marmoratus .....---..... 371
VA ean Seo a 590 membranaceus.........-- 382

GalarOlee. waeincan tne nant 121 (Locusta) morbillosus. ... 874

Galeodes pallipes............ 594 | (Acrida) nasuta ......... 37

Galeorhinus galeus .......... B82 | PClUCEUS exes see ose 882

Calender i oectccit eater 325, 330 ruficornis........ cei peters 376

G@alens ‘canis.s 2.42. taec 332 | AD ih con aece 0c eee 382
Melastomus ............. 829 (Locusta) tataricum...... 576
AMGNUGOL aN ters arch =oksie te se 331 (Locusta) theelephora.... 373
MNUALE VIBE 7 chante oeree 330 | thalassinusi <7 2.5ss-e ees 371

Gamarnus Jocusta ./;......-... 153 Guaiacum oflicinale.......... 561

Gammaracanthus loricatus ... 153 Gyalopium ................-- 84

Gammarus loricatus ......... 158 | CANTUWIM sc areca eeise eee 84
TONGA tae oct Ioan sa 152 | Gynandropsis pentaphylla.... 560

Gananellacoosseeeeeoee 547 | Habrocestum hirsutum....... 591
Adeline ................ 546 oregonense........-++ 569, 591
Chiptaiay ear tees ce 566 | Heematoxylon campechianum. 557
PAUSE) i:a2:+' seat en eters 546) |; Haldea)..cccvics.cks «de clerems
J&DONICS -- << ee 546, 566, 567 | Sbrigtule soir ir cities 42
japonica var. carinaty....567 | Halesia diptera............... 359
japonica granulosa....... 567 Meehani':...:\..4.sheceeene 359
japonica var. granulosa. . 567 tetraoptera. <;. 2-2 ./eiennee 359

ALGULMCLtL. «.-1). aes 546, 547 | Halirages fulvocinctus........ 151
DAgcodula <<. .smeeehlel = 546 Hamalatiwa grisea..........- 588
EISEN AGeonesace neeenede 566 Haminea natalensis.......... 182
tanegashime var. dulcis.. 565 | succinea var, solidior..... 182

Gasteracantha cancriformis... 582 ZANZIDATICH:.\. .Isie ole cie sae 182

Gastrimargus marmoratus .... 371 Zelandie@ ........ scenes 182

WEThCAMIS:s cicicreie ict \2 5 o's 371 Haploops tubicola......-..... 167

1901.]

Haploparia gladiator......... 116
HEIN OSUERyeye7areererciais: <=). cis 0h 269
MEMOS sicta:5.cfs\o:0. 5.10% 261, 268
SETA CLONISCH Sl 5, «100 ec.siaVa)= eve s,e sere 202
OUGOSIMIUIS) 12 sac obs Ss ae acess 202
PES MUCI BB) colo ss = Sia cosets ari,0 oie 193, 402
Helicina verecunda........... 497
yeyamensis.............. 497
PVE IICINIG SES. <- /n1o-0.5 isi = 5 ster te ays 497
EE ICONTA. Fo sess arc PS eae 557
lc em aspene eeperaaee 557
PBUUbAGOTUMM sie -1<1 ee cle) -Iehe 557
HIBTCODSI,. (orci erelalsaukie's «eras 5 1-0e)> 40
ENG Beers onaoncemee acre 40, 40
Helix patruelis...-........... 567
MU TENSIS (= «ses chet =o» <j yeh 567
UEMICKOCOSTUSs «...c.0y <i eae we 293
caudimaculatus.......... 294

Hemiphedusa, 410, 412, 418, 474,
475, 476, 499, 500, 501, 502,
628, 625, 629, 648, 655

Hemiphlebia mirabilis ....132, 139
EMP MID LOLA a. alesis cess ester 261-269
Hemiramphide .. «6.2.22... 293
IemIramphus.. 2.05/05 92. a9 293
Herpetogomphus elaps ....... 128
erpyllus ativa.. =~ -'s<\<sj2- 571
BEADING «2 erfey0 <5 <-10)2 131, 189, 140
americana ....... 128, 134, 135
(ORTOMUETE padensodaoaeneas 134
CISA etalon ried rari sels 134
UID Caan gaa awOaeROee at 134
GVEA OL AGG ate e e2e asais}zsymie,s as ce Loe
Heteragrion.......... 131, 189, 140
CUNY SOPS esbse ls ols ieiele cine 137
erythrogastrum .......... 136
THC 3G Beane ie HO eta Oaee 137
NUGLOLGQOD.;.s--25 61s: aaj c%e fh ets 88
EVENS “oe niacoaneosoTee 89
(Qo lC i eS epponorecosoee 389
WERTOUE, cap os aacoodoome ae 90
nasicus kennerlyi........ 90
MASICUS NASICUS se 5). 90
IMoGW peagetedsodmeaeadae 89
platyrhinus.....:....... 88, 88
SNC AG oes) as On Gop Bee 90
Heterogamia africana ........ 275
inj eb aces coe Rees eo gees 275
Heterotypus africanus........ 382
Hetrodes horridus............ 881
Hibiscus borealis............. 163
Grau Giniikigoeceocseesannc 560
Sadarifta. sons ecte cites 560
LalOU Qo ooosopoorsenone 560
Hippolyte gaimardi.......... 162
grenlandica............. 162
HM Nepangooadeossocee: 161
OIQEIS yates eresienl nope eter 163

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

847

Hippolyte sowerbyi.......... 161
Hiolocemtrids 5... 5... 4-150 325.
Holocentrum microstomus.... : 525
Holocentrus microstomus..... 325
Holothuria frondosa.......... 169
INOMOUMMTOIMe R25 c6 se ee aes 169
Homalocranium.............- 92
COLTONSOM. cs 6 e125 3 <)s 95
DIANICEPS) este ee serail anys 93
Homalattus cyaneus.......... 592
Homolophus biceps ........-- 593
Hoplocorypha bottegi...-..... 284
M480 Sh oo ot ons GOOD MOU "284
Hoplonyx cicada........-.. LO
Hoploparia gabbi........ 115, 117
Hubrechtia. .673, 692, 727, 728, 731
Piyas aTaneus ers oeitaeeeiae 165
Hyla andersonil...-... os. 342
iv lobatesis. skeet series 119
Hiyperia gallbass oc. ..sqesemere 147
Hiv pop COPNIS seen) fier etinets 507
Hyponeura lugens........ 132, 138
ryporhamphus 1.02.0. leer 293
ET SLSLE Mire ove ate <lerare nl teiats eters 87
CHIG MED Aapoes dose Joo- 87
ochrorhyncha ..........¢ 87, 87

JEG WE 49 Bo socootogno be hDs 7
Ichthyomyson concolor....... 328
VGHUNY ODDS ohm) jose aise efalcts 507
Icius neomexicanus .........- 589
LN eS oo nos phodontor 590
FRA WAC UT ms elec cu ic exceed Oke 590
BIMINIB Swag sc eyes sate 569, 590
Idolomorpha dentifrons ...... 288
Ilex Aquifolium.............. 357
ONCOTGAB ANS te cane slo ale 557

Oye Vos Once a DOC DeD OCD Ont 307
Erplirtae ee eter et neataie «5; < <i 121, 122
TUTTE <5 de AOS OOUERDO 123
Ischnognathus...........-..- 41, 42
ekeayisn see deci Sea ys loss 41
[siitjobi pee ono aecaeeeans 42
ICES aoe Sao Ome: 43
occipitomaculatus........ 42
Ischnomantis media.......... 284
CINE Segue adoese soot 284
Ischnopoda reyi.............. 288
Ischnoptera picea..........-- 275
Ischnura elegans............- 127
heterosticta.........-- 132, 138
Ramburii var. credula.128, 138
VOR Sanasnecdarpecs: 129
Ischyrocerus anguipes........ 154
Ixodes annulatus............-. 596
QO RT OO REE OAL aoe:55 596
Giiversi{OSSUS)!-\-.-)tc- jee 596
Janthe bovallii............:.. 158

GLOSEMBIA<5...5 - sae 158, 159

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

848
Janthe laciniata.............. 159
libbeyaicacasde eee 159
SPINOSaS eee ee tee 158
triangulatieia center 159
ATE mmor moa cE Gara sooKdar 360
Uber se ndbcoesbeassadaoaaons 454
Kaliella borealis... .......2. 346
CLENUl ata eaattelem eee 404
PRATGEN As cre ota ee eile 404
harimensis ©. s)..10- 4° 404, 548
Kyotoensis .--t\aee-s- 6 548
Vioderma ced: sweaters 404
TNO GES LD Sots feieials wtotenert els 548
MUltivolvisc-)- oe oe 404
MANRENSIS elec oe eteleieeiere 548
nahaensis var. kunchana. 548
WAN OGES \eteze:stovsuestaeewe ee 548
pagoduloides......... 404, 548
PTA bai ss iehetarsreteetorenye eee 547
mt EY BAO Raa nontoe taco Oo 404
subcrenulata . soo esi. 404 —
Kioelrenteriave:- i. tec acres 858
TAU UTar oe eee eee 273
MEET APS operas) fate cre cher nctaltie Stee 596
Leviraja........ Sagbocdgaabe 330
Laguncularia racemosa....... _ 557
Lamprocystis spadix var. cinc-
UL epee cr Ren Too 194
Lampropeltis annulatus...... 75
DOV Mec eee oe eet 78
ealiformig 26.1%. <6 a 7.
multistriatus ....0-.0--+- 75
rhombomaculatus ....... 7.
OTAEUS Falein alate ates korea 7.
Lamprosoma episcopum...... 7
Icha Po amer sae 5c nmotancnon 724
TOTMOAKA a2 ss lo teat 682
IGRDPATID, «eine 'nainiererateee cis nie 513
DiMETOR 52a clsvel ei crass forsee se 589, 592
Lasius interjectus............ 596
IMA OTA CUS lores sieticte create 432
Lathrodectus mactans........ 579
Laurus Sassafras............. 359
Lepidium virginicum ........ 560
Lepidosteus bison............ 340
CTABSUB placa leleictecieric ee oe 340
OBREUA ic ecto eee 340
OWNING) as). eee a eee eee 341
platostomus ............. 341
Lepidurus glacialis .......... 145
Lepisosteidé& ... .-....0.e00. 340
Leptagrion macrurum ....132, 189
Leptobasis vacillans...... 182, 139
Leptocnemis bilineata ....... 137
Weptodira isc. ee oc ese ee 91
septentrionalis........... 91
Lieptophis\; tier ee kee ee 65
COHUI VUES |. Sie chs wis. e12 ve 65

Leptophis lateralis........... 61
Ley (Uae bomelosine seen a. 65
LEONI ALUS pesos i ele ere 62

Leptopterna dolobrata ....... 264

Leptothyra rubra ............ 398
Tubra var. laevicostata ... 398
SUTPDINED ae clon eee eee 398

Leptotyphlops dulcis ........ 13

Weestes: oesnisaccece aeceees 127, 140
GiS}MNCtUS ee cee eee 132, 1389
Leds) host Attrossee ten 132, 139
TEnuatus sae sta cee 128, 139
Vii dak ttc che ie eee 139
WILCNS 2 seems eetee 127

Lethia trivitatta ............. 577

Libellago caligata ........ 131, 135
CULE ii ices cote eee ae 131, 135

Libellula.:<220onc2:<e.oe 126, 127

ICH anUre peers =f sell 14
OLCUUL -1saiseine scien ee LZ
TOSCOfUSCAr. oo. ee ile 14
EEUVIT CALA Yoo ieee Ly

Ligaria producta ............ 281
Primonalis ses iets 281

ioime WDunkericie- eisai 209
IANS! stele ste eters erect eee 402
hians var. hirasei........ 402
Hiraseiigs. eis eee 209
OLientalisis:. oi: see 209

Timid & js fa sa8 ee. eee 209, 402

Limnea palustris ............ 182

PHINCUS tres <<less 721
Peniculatus!:.. .<-os-eee 674
gesserensis ............-- 726
JEG iganooade doc so ho0 674
SANPUINECUS s o- tsi ees 726

Linyphia communis........-.. 580
DPHTY GIANG Jamie ee eee 580

Liobunum townsendi........ 593

Tsiod ytes = 52h ls eke reer 40
slleniiG.: 2. (..% deesemenineits 40

Tiopeltig® i). vss ke eee 66
VORUSLIB i. 10 (0,c0 o> 1 nies 66

IiOphis ti.. .siose eee eens 87
Heyilatus); 2. osc = see 88

| Liquidamber styraciflua...... 361

Liriodendron tulipifera, 304, 309

—312, 819, 356

Lithurgus atratus............ 216
COTUMDR. «..S- sce se eee 216
TOAPES i. So. tac ee eee 216

Lithyphantes corollatus...... 579
fol vus.*/0s.2 ewe eee 569, 579

Tittorinide: +s). .¢5.s-.eeee 198, 394

Lobelia Canbyi..........--.- 8

Locusta 23.5 9.2 -)'-= + eee 371
mandibularis ....... .-.- 381

Tiedia:. ta. vate eee eee 66

1901.]

SLowbe), Uemibis\o5 oo eoobeoddnnadC 68
linen} 5 pedoos Sareea nne aeoeean 121
Loxosceles unicolor.......... 571
Luchuphiedusa, 410, 411, 422, oe
2
Callistochila sie s ee ere 656
Lucina cumingii.......... 184, 185
(Divaricella) dalliana .... 184
GEentata lon weee nee er 184, 185
(Divaricella) huttoniana . 184
Jiniiot Cl Geentn coe sap 184
quadrisulcata......... 184, 185
Lycopersicum esculentum.... 560
Lycosa babingtoni........... 586
caroliniensis............. 586
Goloradensishss:s-<\s o\s'e/<'eie] 6 586
Gon@ihbhon ac ago deap Scaoe 587
ALXGENUS Bao cord Hu OADBOGdOo 587
SHCINTIEIAS 20 o JOO RA COR eRGeSD 586
WAOSORIC), Johoos ABHODet 569, 586
TKS LB Ge Soo nee aene 586
SUGHIVEUIS! fol a'er-1<cie,e/s\e\eves = ecers 587
RV COR Oto sete) oyc1-,-/o 0 eleecieists ai 586
iLike Ca Onan em eOniceaeean 264
Lygus pratensis...... 261, 263, 264
PRP AU COS LALA. .15 << c/a 'soisie cies eve 513
Lysianessa appendiculata..... 148
bidenticulatus ........... 147
ID GOO onanaosoneas BeSeer 148
TUL UK Nevo ects sfetetete/a\aers(creyate U47
NG VLOUMYMCHUS.-/-)7-iseie's cos «1s 64
SRO AS teas Se Ce GeSCRG 64
CLEP UNTATIIS . etct.etotercictenarcre 64
WMRCACTISt ease teseecet als 119, 124
Machreridia bilineata ........ 370
Wielhunaitinctorig) + .\se neers 557
Macrochlamys Doenitzi...... 498
UL ClStmarecrsiiclreieeees ales 562
(Gre: IGRI core ones ies aes 345
PEMMAOUMIS. oe |. cree 345, 563
tanegashime ansnto Shee Oder 498
Macrostoma hystrix. 2.0... 718
Magnolia acuminata. .357, 362, 3638
CONSPICUA sje eee sonde Gai
ITASeYL mca wasitciem cians 307
macrophylla.. ........... 357
WGTTICTOL Bis( rei cisscleie Sites) ec0rs 307
Mammillaria simplex ........ 559

Mandarina mandarina var.
MONGELOSAie ne sce sel kOe
Mangifera indica ............ 560
BVT aiste icity ar ra 366
Veta Ui dleae sss csyevaeser cea ony tts cia 276
Mantis fenestrata ............ 284
BAICTAIN rac cocievie sateloe areal 284
HIEVG SBC ytieicis eal nieidtelareere 237
Marptusa californica ......... 589
MMASTICOPHISH: ya sane een 56

54

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Masticophis flagelliformis..... 59
ORDSUUS Me rraatetere heterayntshate sn 62
BGHO TULIPS wercr-teree chaise... 3 62
CESNUDUIS sraciayscren si siahercisiess' 62

Mecistoraster.. <o-mc) sje. cee 140
MMOCLES TUS eye sire ve retnelieiaieleie 136
ii Cuan oa eanmooracs 136

Meckelia annulata ........... 722
PUTATII A CHnper<sststerste stencil sys 722
IKGHOTIn . ieee: 719, 722

Megalophedusa, 410, 483, 639, beth

6

Megapodagrion venale....... 136

Megaloprepus..............5. 136

Melita Gentatay sa. iy) -/ermie eee 153

Melocactus communis........ 559

Menispermum canadense, 304, 313
IMPeTIOVeemre es ycinteivaieelelletetetorniers 568

ITOUCH eitte ofers.cisie eiscatese(ote 574
Micaria albocincta..........5. 573
Micrathyria Hageni.......... 128
Miers lil aiiiganer <./telaciereisiel« 688, 731
WHOA VEG Aan oO SS Oe 121
Microcystina ceratodes....... 498

ELITAACA ND cleierstele,exerere sieiarere 498
IMT Cron ert Sin tarayelors/ateresstela -yere/are 131

Ib YET Ea boop ne academe 135

ODSCHIEUSperatreteieimieialsictelete 135
Micronetaysoltanth.rns)- em «+ © 581
Microps lineatus............. 43
Microstigma anomalum....... 136

MO GUI CH TUM leetelsletnoes itey= 136
Nicrurae. oder 673, 677, 721, 724

alaskensis........ 668, 670, 728

ceca,659, 668, 670, 724, 728, 731

TASCIOl OA nya sy seine 719, 720

PUG PULE Ase cre <lolcte iets 718, 724
NUT OSAPUGICA) « «11 patet-|etais tenets 560
Miomantis fenestrata......... 284

Beye torcte ois ciel istc\eleierelexeiafe(are 284
MEISE TA esc fays as stersiss ialsreersier 584

ODLONB Aer). heist ool peietare 584

TUILAS eRe OOS GOG Oa CeIn 584
Mitopus biceps............... 593
Mitra analogica.............. 387

(oillbineoianaareaseae oc. 387

fuscoapicata ...........+. 387

POCOCNBIS) . 4) bi0.<, 2 amy 387

Costellaria) hizenensis,. . 386

(Costellaria} vanattai ....387

SCNUSCUMP US oor ceeyaeielatelehetet 387
Mittiridcerarreancn + sari csrem ctor 386
Min aisy stmt oration: 2.5/1 -.snsreuspecerelers 134
Momordica charantia......... 560
Monoculodes borealis......... 149
Miler) Gill So wgeacamoone ees c . 859
Munnopsis typica............ 159
Mire xigieyere otars tela ice ecsv as occleloveieteiti 392

850

Wilkiieth seaeushoonoacenaGeds 387
WITSARCOCCINGH elles ieee 557
BapIEN tM heer eet 557, 560
Mustelus equetris............ 330
NAUK an gIAg bono IESSdet 331
Myctophum phengodes....... 620
Ws AmAgsagnoond SS Sea 620
Myodocha serripes........... 267
Myriophyllum See AgeO00 321
Myriotrochus rinkii......... - 170
Mysis oculata...... padandouac 160
IMG ZOSEOMB er eecnicte mole teenies 727
Nabis annulatus.......... 261, 264
Nar CODAIGe yh. l sj Jeneieile 336
IN GUTLR at 1-0 Coe cewNie ctamiereet ace 82
Ged at oceoor cobesbseaat 33
compressicauda.......... 84
Go bivittataractteee ier 85
C@compsolemars cee e i 85
OS IEDMNENO, esecouasespous 35
Ge WANED sv J cht ire) rate 85
fasciata erythrogaster.... 86
PavtaSCLBLA cristo eeteelsrerers 36
f pichieven triste cat ects 36
Pe sPVCULALIS a .tereletaye eeipasets 36
PASIPCAON es sieve sisi 37
MOTO ps yet seeelrePeteve rs ciel eus Bi
VICWELIS yer niey> ast Nevesscusleiere 32
MHOMDIMCr A, serena eerste 38
Ty ta OL ne ear Sh Re Sae aoe 33
CARTS PUORUS eters relate icieeteicte 39
TUS UA ctehet ata ntriet saat shee cic octet 35
Naupheta gestriana ......... 276
INebalia bIpes. se Went. wcceete cs 146
Nectocrangon Jar....-....... 164
ING SUN CLON a tatyerere(onioiclocieie niclate 358
Nehalennia lais........... 132, 188
INIOMOLUESI ces: . (Po iene Site 719
INGODeLISCUS! A cinerea 142
Neohela monstrosa .......... 167
PVE ONEUNA se erctsis cteine iokele 132, 137
Nerita helicinoides var. levi
LaDTIB Ss coor eicelem es ame 397
helicinoides var. tristis ... 397
martensiana s¢2...-. 12-6 397
See Se oeg Auaod sodoOd Ss 397
Neritidss ey saghee haa eee 397
INGrodinies schicsteieleisroerte ere 32
compressicauda.......... of
erythrogaster......0..... 36
TASGIATA. Sloatsis cetiiine cerns 86
fasciata tramsversa....... 87
Elo broo kits sere acne eee 88
THOMDUOL siesta sala) sree 88
LPC OOD We eteyehers le icrsictee efor 37
GAXIBPUOWMUS. wl cos << cpree 39
CLATISVOLSH of. Livre’ o.s.= shine 387
WWVODGHOUSU trate cre re crererte 7

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.,
INTOMIOLG ES ce cierto ee eters tenet 222
Nopalea coccinellifera ....... 559
INivictice bus). sent tits 121
Nymphon grossipes......-... 166
Lib y AR om boondosce o 166
HITT Sec lores fas cl ekereteee 166
Lon gitarse).. 22 circa nie 165
MODUS erally 168
SCLTAatUNl wach yn eras 166
StTOCMIe pie ae! aie Poh S 168
ING S8 a) atetestonicr- Gren secre 359
Ochrophlebia subeylindrica... 373
Odonata cist n1-tisincciateketene 126
Odondostomus........... 211, 212
Odontostomus............0.. 211
BULATUS Neate < «ac atcietemiereeiete 212
Dabo ssee tice tase see tone gilt
Inga Ao g a yoo 5455 211
CGcanthus pelluceus ......... 382
(daleus instillatus .......... 372
VGTPICAIIG cr: 'a's) cis cyeimrsrctet 871
Gdancala dorsalis........... 269
(idipoda galinieri ........... - 872
JONGIPES we eee etere 3878
migratoroides...........- 872
(Edipodin WS Sis, Sos wis leap 371
Gidogonium. ............ .598-601
Olios abnormis ........-+.++: 586
CONCOLON <ebte. ets ele 586
fasciculatus .......... 569, 585
PUGANTCUS) «oe -inie =relaispaieiirs 585
Omosudis’.0~. acne er sees 212
TOWilpe cs bietews erect eens 212, 212
Omphalotropis japonicus..... 405
Ondostomide <<... 5s c-eieleee 211
Onesimus edwardsi......---. 148
Qnithochiton care cesses 204
Hirasei oo shen «cise eee 203
Ophiacantha bidentata....... 178
SpINUlOSa..- - =< = le 179
Ophiocoma echinulata ....... 179
Ophibolus®. .o5 see eieeetes 70
BI TETNUSs.< /<isic.08 hae eee 612
BOY eiceia. tec see 78
calligaster’...... 0 0....-eeee 80
CLETICUB! 3. s screenees 72
Goliatus: 5.5... WL the ve
dG. annulatus ; --2-heeeeee
dd! clericus;...2°.5. semen ie
GQ. COCCINGUS ©. >.< 1.0 74
d: Goliatus #4. .a2-teeeee 73
d’pentilis).....- 2. 75
d. parallelus...«:-..-mee 78
d, Syspilus <.. cn plese 73, 75
d. temporalis..........-- ‘4
d. triangulus ..........-- 72
eximius <.. ...% aceon ‘2
ontilis’ oo). <.scleaeeer 7

1901.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 851
Ophiocoma getulus...... iGsuir7, || Mami bain eee sierreieley oer =miclereint 375
polo peep edodooorase 7 Pandalus borealis..........-. 161
re) CANOE. c+ o retains tae 18"| Panieumicolonumi sae. see 558
iy fC IGLS pponasegndo con 77 Ievisbi haa OBA nee oto. cas 558
(ap GEN elgicecorenent oosec 76 | ne dhinhiee > sopeBoeatons 558
fee PCED po CMeDOa UN ofan. WEN LEENOP OIE) Saacenada sono6cSoRC 2
GF SPLOMGIGUS: piyetietteatetals 76 | Pantala hymenea............ 128
IGOR S ses bomsass co sooK GUS teaipil lings ee ie) -il-po sere 513
MCLPIStrahUs) sversetieicits hs oy a WE APION erste ase teks retorts 124
pytrhomelas.......... 79, 613 | Paradulichia typica.......... 154
rhombomaculatus........ 79 | Paramphithee bicuspis. ....... 150
BPiylinsod sada g coo noces 76 MEPGAlOPS ...-accecesccues 152
Rjaibolits Goaensaccoecac 76 | Paraphiebia,......... 131, 133, 136
OU ALIS, s/alejelal= Svs sel vee 79, 613 | Parapolia aurantiaca......... 688
Ophiocten kroyeri ........... 177 | Parasphendale minor......... 285
SOWLCEUM nt -tiiecheriet keer: of Wt | Raratylusvsmitth . cc.) selec 167
Ophioglypha robusta ........ 176 | Parcedicerus lynceus......... 149
CONS Re Beer taccce 176 | Pardosa glacialis.......... 569, 587
SEQ OVAL Be pean oood dodo 181 IphGOE copacconcUanounne 587
Ophiolepis fasciculata........ 77 BleMalisn= co.re cio 587
MODUS LA aeesiceatecletvini-ysieteaieal 176 | Parneenus griseus .........--- 588
Sunde vali - cers o<cirsieelts aie 178 | Paspalum distichum ......... 558
Ophiopholis aculeata ..... 178, 181 paniculatam .2-%.. «ces 558
LOGIT Peg coeaonasocer op an 178 platyesulle shee uns see 558
Ophiuraifrapilis, ~~ title 179 | VAN AVON loci sires eee 558
BCI Ra oot boom nocaAn cts 176 || Passiflora ceerulea............ 557
SONICEA C!s /-teteialsipig sit erstreinte Tete | Verar ufo lieu rerciata co) Spot gsr 558
RINE) enapponocoscee 176 | Pertoliatacciscta. v-(ere eerie. 558
OPHUWTOWMED). a< <:o.01 = see) l\/el © ANG |) Pateliajonatan. ci. <lele\atei stele 202
Opuntia spinossissima........ 559 | MUCHA A. meso ee eer 202
HWE Sooodspoconmna torre 559 | Pa Re eaya raya wr rat srstotetorore 202
ON BDINOIGES ie siey> se waloycroreleferniarttere DUG ei Patellid setter sce. ste ctaeetess 202
anit oo eapeeoo aes 514-518 | Pecten poulsoni ..........514-517
Orchomenella minuta........ 167 |) Rellenes*birgeiss 22.0.8! c%.'.,- 592
Oreodoxa oleracea ..........- 557 | ecockerellii =). seems 591, 591
Orthemis ferruginea.......... 128 | COSMBUUSI:, a)ah)-tad sels ciate OU
CONTRO THT se, sae beielctereiehs stele sks © 127 HVT SLU ote ofessia a lelateeelo tele 591
DY. CHUTOPUB iste (emccrieiee mis or 366 IRIE Efe 23a ese Ged Pooonc 592
(D137 ER Re DER aE meninons Ban 70 | oregonense.............. 591
PUBL ALUS ey -fovesisterdoyelsie sls 75 | POLIS Peas is lave ote e asa 592
doliata triangula......... 2 | Penicillium crustaceum ...... 541
Cla PSOLG eH 3.5 4 «cael Rte eteiel fe 74% | Pentadactylogaster oculatus.. 174
chi ollbKeoecconesboue peieieen(OF i en tatOMIG sis <7 -.-) «/ercieielcteleters 264
COR UTACOG Ai wpe der= aso eerie 145 | Pereskia aculeata............ 559
Oxyhaboa ferretti...c.....2... 276 | Periplaneta atricollis......... 275
OSV ODES! a) alco. \aieretstectsh rata Se 568 Wahler pt eco + welch ele 275
RUACUPESia sierra eis 587 ; Peristernia crocea...../...... 390
Oxyophthalma gracila... ... 286 POETACTACHAN cy.se1s s a\chon teins 197
Oe ul Ey Shee ooeppieonobvesae 587 SCADrOSa. .. 60/18 090, BOL
Oxypila annulata............ 286 TIS EY eee mere ec caries He 198
1EO th dt eeeobeceeed poor 568 ustulata var. luchuana 197, 390
MO GESUUS!='=;41-1-)<)e'=:2 sae tae 570 xanthostoma............. 390
Pachytylus migratoroides .... 372 | Perodicticus.............. 121, 122
AAUUTATI A craieclaclinies are token ters 350 | Persea gratissima ............ 560
Pallene discoidea............ 166 | Petasiajerisea. . 2. 2).c).52. 2 36. « 375
MISPIGG ss. ois c.n5 swine 166 EDosaconaauaganbosbepsicec 375
PaAalophuUs rey) «1-1-1. -15 ees ee 288 | Petricola cyclus..... 204, 205, 400
TEA WVU VL Nereeeera cechitee ads 5 ae oo 188 cyclus var. sculpturata . . . 400

852 PROCEEDINGS OF
Petricola lithophaga.......... 205
MONStLOSAT- Aes Parsee lacie 205
sculipturatal cost tee ole 205
INA OAC SSNS stb L soe Abode 400
PELriGOLATia ne «rehire toe eee 205
SQUMINGNIAbAr << «apo -1cct eee 205
Petricolids) .cmmecee vee 204, 400
BPI SCA USS fo cet ese cteseistel rae 470, 471
Pheophyllacris abyssinica.... 382
Phalangida..... 2... .25-- 468, 593
Phalangium cinereum..... 569, 593
Phaon fuliginosus ........ 131, 134
iridipennis ........... 131, 134
Pasian) la. -/siaserncerecleverae = 199
Phasianotrochus ............- 199
PPA ASTOTG 2 a teicrstelereciencraierehctel teat 288
Phenacisma peltata..........- 276
Pherusa tricuspis ............ 151
Phidippus ardens ....... eeees 388
BUGCUISW a ouic’s arco eee iat 589 |
DiGOlON Ss <isiccs seek we 569, 588
CaliforniCUsi sm lam iseteleletere 588
COMAMUS 1.00 t.cote seeeatoes 588
Gib @reoncoasoconclesosodr 588
ARMS Ge sono A serio eo oe 588
Phileus rimator ............. 589
Philodendron Jacerum....... 558
Philodromus alaskensis ...... 585
PM GUISLEOL oieiel= oi~ = oeliaela 585
BPE CHADWIS) cry. meter eet 585
Un Faye s pGpooden asadc- 4 >- 140
IBERENICE-W\cjetmmnleloiel-iaeietelt= 136
Gassan ers sa oo etait eta cine 136
Phimothyra decurtata........ 64
inere IO Ga aoa oo bar os 63
Phlcoba antennata.......... 371
mossambicensis.......--- 3871
PRO LCI Saves. octane 571
Pholcus cornutus ............ 57,
PED DORMS sararelvinls/elelelelalelelet= 571
globoOEUs *: «2. -66 2-522 0. 571
Phoradendron berterianum... 559
HA V.ESCENS:«j<).0.cm ctstarcretslavele 559
TUDLUM nc ace careless re 559
SCHOUU = «teat lnretstels aerate 559
Phrurolithus sn cle decctloetelaete 576
Phyllorhynchus ........-.--. 64
DION ME nie vn nyaloeteleaeiste eels 64
decurtatus:...<. -.<i0.etues 64
Phyllostomatidw-.........-.. 297
Phymateus egrotus.......... 374
morbillosus.......-. Goon ise!
Sfiek wisva stele este e ater sate 375
Phymatide................... 264
Physocyclus globosus.....569, 571
Pilidium auriculatum......... 720
PY TADSY oiasayaie' «sfalore's (or-istelats 720
Pinus |OxCelsaar. sad. sit-)- onlae oe 357

THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.,

Pinus flexilis var. Murrayana. 355
i 3

LELOW, fope’olara alee /eerstarei ete 61

PUT PONS 2 cress cleinre aeons 361
Pisidiumisac tcce ones RO ODO te: 406
Pistia StPatlOveS: sec. <r tceleants 557
PitdOphisite..csete'saetertte aie 52
Bellon spss) terrae eer ee 55
Catenifersj.cicim <n esaces 53
melanoleucus ...........- 55
Wilkesit. ieee ere 53
Pityophishvacee estos oeine 52, 495
BD NECHCUG ieee 2 vee es ere ara 53
Delonas. aor. rere eee 54
CRtENILErs.; nue) 1. deere 52

Gr Dellon a” .icthecreeterete trees 54

En Catepitenke. +. -/oneaeee 53
cdeserticolas: /.oecaseee 54

CS BEV ei she st -sousty sie ie eran 55
Me@lellanii. =. ..cs.)se0s 55
melanoleucus........---. 55

BAYL £2 nachna echoes 55

s: Dellona ce. aeteeeeee 54
enh MERA Res Odea BC SO 55
vertebralisy caus. «tells 495
Planaria filariss cs. etesees sees 722
Platanus occidentalis. ........ 360
orientalis: ccc.0 eee 360
Platy cnemis \.\ncs1a-lt ee 131, 187
PCNNIPES: ne ocha sede 127
| Platyrhina triseriata.......... 833
Platyrhinoides triseriatus..... 333

| Plectrotropis:< 2. << «/<-)-e)cietemee 344
Plethodons.ce.i.)esteoee 507, 508
CINELCUB. ..\e seco weereee 503-508
Pleurotomid# ............... 385
Pleustes panoplus............ 150
Plexippus paykulli .......... 589
Pliopithecnus™.\.. ..i<eassteeeen 124
Podaprion: 22... nascar 131, 136

| Podophyllum peltatum....... 804
Pecilocapsus goniphorus..... 264
lineatus.< 7.7. se/ants wralSeane are
Pecilocerus egrota .........- S74
VAULATUB: sj s/210 eres ctele ee 374
Pecilochroa montana..... 569, 572
Polypodium aureum.......... 58
Ponera coarctata ......... 432, 440
Pontogeneia inermis.......... 151
Popa undata... .'... 11a 287

| Pornotrips horridus.......... 381
Potamides.. « -<+: «/i:/etee sclera 392
Pristiurus...... wow ae Oa 329
melastomus .......0+00+ 330
Procyon lotor: .: ..vsscssseeee 596
Prosadenoporus...........+6.- 682
Prosopis. .<'.\: <'.tasMeatdaeeeenre 561

| juliflora, js) -ternintre reer 559
Prosthesima atra............. 571

es eae

1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 853
Prosthesima blanda.......... bi2" |) Quercus) Prins cr sesso c= oe 360
COCK ErelMMseictataista= listeners 571 FROM UTE ate cies) saetole aelere 360
LAO) s OI bined DOOM RIERA a Oc 269 PMO Han San sous cco bors 360
Delft e Olerereratatale)=\elelelejeiatrats 269 TATUGEOMIA -0)o\efere mtaveleteiate clots 360
Protomeura’.\../<.<./\<-(2- 131, 132, 137 | Rachotropis aculeata......... 151
AUT AT GAC Bite efolorsievsiete/ajehsie rate BT || aay] ACI CWLATIS cere ers|s\elofeleisisiscere 338
Psammobatis brevicaudatus .. 336 WATE A gancun ao. Gadoe 334
Pseudalibrotus littoralis ...... 148 O> ysl) So dcsho5cuca905 335
Pseudocreobotra amare ...... 286 DUNC hata rete neta isis 333
WADTDOK OU cteict<- -/arelalenraccle 286 quadrimaculata .........- 334
Pseudoharpax virescens...... 287 EI SoodenodeoucuEE oon 335
Pseudoleon superbus......... 128 Shelia tee -retaysctetetstister-labe 336
FZBEUC OLIV Asc /eyercjcreleie sinleristetin= AB lelecyels Sqn 55 545dnoo5 soUoKcdS . 333
Pseudonenia ............. 647, 653 | Rana temporaria............. 224
Pseudopallene discoidea...... BAGG) | HNC ANILCL ES ereyetole sialelolorsistetetalstelotare 405
HATO Ile loselelei cher ssaietolelaiere 166. || Hed uvildess <j < cnelee a teinetsreiee 264
Pseudoscorpionida........ BO8)1H94. || Regina \eajeineesmlelainverrisoyoletete ree 32
Pseudostigma............. 131, 140 (CIEE Oo ne noone sn nopcoar 83
MGunid: haan cogpooscboar 136 | Grahamiiiyeiciey tc cceisieiteeietels 33
Psidium guajava............. 560 Kirtlandii< i... cw. de seeer 2
Psilochorus pullulus.......... 571 MGW OTIS aca12<lsistune-otetserseeees oe
Pteraster militaris............ 176 WGC N Son ase Tonbaton 46.16
AGEN OIS WTA CIA LA sieiesere)<cas-/chatee ele 826 | Reinia...... 410, 470, 471, 647, ob
Pteromyzonide....2......00. BIST Penk eo Gecdae osu prabencootiano-
Pterophyllum.<.\.......0-~.- 606 Chile GposodedasocopancoL 3
Punica granatum............. 560 Inn To sanohos sH0ges90 Lf
LE hO Ener ao reeocoa AOD SAC 7454.5 | VAG IND <latariveteloyersrsiniele cieyetens 87
Pupinella fruhstorferi..... 349, 350 flawal aiiaiys,-c)..e.cceriaen ices 88
IN CIOA gennaanesoAnoraD AQT a\\ibin'echis' pack se cece ere 51
Qlibites Shama aes von Odes 349 Gigs oanpagtagosccuues 51
TS Ga Actes SOLES 349, 350, 497 Rhinobatide...............-. 338
Tufa var. tanegashima ....497 | Rhinobatis columne.......... 333
PSUSHIMANA| Seine «cele $49) 350) | hinochilus,. 0. os ecelesee cic 86
MANTUA a. icissiin ridin seemamce 388 | MOCONT a ecrccleeeierse cise we 86
plivcolataitr. cist titis oeienis ls 888 | Rhinocypha biseriata......... 135
PLOW Witte se sicinestesara eislareictae.s 388 | Pagenstecheri............ 135
Clava erarccwite cate kes cies SSRI | EVALMOStOMA se. swine) s)ssere\- ce ete 85
uteoRtomarerieiccthe sce 388 | CORRINEH orien. ere 85
Sere COLA mieratacteree/= averleinicte 388 occipitale.. adobe 68
tumulosa var. problematica 888 | Rhipsalis cassytha. ST OHO CODOGe 558
Pycnodictya galinieri......... 372 | Rhizophora mangle.......... 556
MAVICNOLONIMA: «weyers eieielale lime 165 || Rhyncholophus.............. 598
yramidellid seni. 2-.-\clercmele’ 394 eNO < Sho gocdupAsad adoro 595
iPyrazusibaudini :.......-.-2. 392 | Rhyzopus nigricans.......... 542
ibynocomorphinsen sa. sfc s<-tece SUG. g MERON Lae verer cc srte once eer eiave raters 358
Pyrrhosoma minium...... ASR SSw MEV Oll arian iatetertalee eels cate <teleto 208
tenellum). <i)... 127, 182, 1388 | Sabinea septemcarinata....... 163
FEAVTUB Wetetars evexcschevencys asaysvehe: Memos 858 | Sadala distincta........... 569, 589
Quercus alba..... 304, 3138, 314, 360 | Sagittaria lancifolia.......... 557
BIC OLON sereyeryepsteicieii-cehe nee 360 | Salamandra maculosa........ 508
(Osuls Sougoonnontavion facc 360 | Salarias periopthalmus....... 326
COCEINGA: F.15. Mahia SGOIS63) ) |! Salix Gaprea) .ls.eryesinv= ieee ssiere 363
Gemtatianiy. acctes ereeerter 360 UE Ob Ke Manat tabaci 361, 364
Uae Soangosnsojocoh cee S60} | Saliva Orainsehe\fyyeeee sic) eels 63
Macrocarpa............5. 360 LUA payeraieieat tees deredarels 63
vutiaul:bpoouben asa 360, 363 grahami hexalepis........ 63
he llOs ty. cierto een 360 | Sanguinaria canadensis. . .306-308,
pinus palustris........... 304 319

854

Saphoveiliatatrcecteietmectees 134, 189
orichaleceas crt: cvleiesiera: 134, 139
Sassacus popenoei............ 592
Sauracris lacerta............. 376
Scarid eax etis cleleccteictestreieiees B25
CALUBS ties earetc silted eT 325
Schwartzia tomentosa........ 557
SEMmpusiSmithiiesiekieceeee se 8
Sclerobunus robustus......... 593
Scobinella celata............ 518
ScopelusiBal boss seiectoiseiererel nell
NSN Od Cshiaerecleyetemieetele 620
Scorpenides 2). 2). 0. = seers cies 326
Scorpio carolinianus.......... 594
Scorpioniday gece mesic! 568, 594
Scotolemon robustus......... 593
Scotophiistec.tne awe eee 45
allegheniensis.....5...2.. 47
COMMAS ete leatalere arateteveiertiels 49
GwOrmslon ses 5doontogdshe 50
PUA) an oooboURDbSoLGOS 46
VSS tUSER ets Sloiciew eisraitertes 49
Tindiheimertivfsys1< «6 =< tet 48
quadrivittatus............ 46
ardhoybrey HORAS AS soap an f5 50
Ov sliord wie Gy Sonsouonuoc[o 829
Scyllium melanostomum ..... 329
SCyMMNOrhinUs) esis el elele 332
SGV AI NTU Crea anagem ts one 833
SIG COM Clas larctars se etelaralepafoveteintors 571
BeMIM ate Rs 5,5. scscver eis oleleveeeevone 39
DNASE nebo scoussonas door 39
Semnopithecus............. ths)
Siagonodon humilis.......... Lh
Sib ows) s: s.r ttae ches Se 91
septentrionalis........... 91
Simla waccleados lene eee 119, 124
Sistrumie eo. scenes 388
Sistrunus sec s vaceieeee cee 97
CALENAUUS.-).\ereelerter ae cele 98
catenatus catenatus...... 99
@CONROLS: eis eee eee eee 99
consors CONSOTS .......... 99
C; CG WALOSIie seller cle 99
TAURUS sac ersjaseremiciae aaereT 100
Sloanea dentata.............. 557
Socarnes bidenticulatus ...... 147
on qitchemeeancec socdutino. 147
Solanum melongena.......... 560
Solaster affinisyis:..-... 820.7 175
endeca, awa.icrsecedemtad,..es 175
PAP POSE cin melanie oteieteite r= 174
Solen*aspersus. cece vent 399
EiNSI8 Wi terezie wupseeels ate enerne 399
philippianus'e.ecs 2-e ie <r 399
PICLUB ... PAN eme eaters 399
roseomaculatus .......--- 399
WASINOIMEA aj Acmseels 399

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

{Dec.,

Bolenidee i’). vanities 399
Solidago altissima............ 8
Solpugida...,............568, 594
Sophiorass.caciekieskts ecient 358
SPATASsidseln<crr air-ess eee 585
Spherium heterodon......... 406
ANUTLIS Meteteys ie cla eee etal 406
JAPONICUM. 14k wen ele late 406
Sphieritd so) iyi esicnete toreretneteies 406
SPHEroidest =.) -erriiwoee lel Merete 326
Sphodromantis bioculata..... 284
Sphodromerus decoloratus.... 379
UIACODSPLCUUS e -is\ej-t<tatsletarters 359
sanguiniferus.........s-. 379
Spodropoda rudolfte ......... 282
| LIS CONE BR ORBNEeN Goo c cor 282
SPUOUCSepecvesticatersclsiere tte 44
| GCOTSIS avant piste ce MG 44
COLAIS)| COUPEN ..<./. cm sleet 44
pullatus yee eee 44
Spiromtocaris gaimardi....... 162
Proonlandica tesecie eee 162
DPHIPPSi<\o/e ai2-01<<tretste eae 161
polaris. kt... aieelaeon meets 163
SPINUS..|5 e1cchumh oRe eee 161
SPILOPOMA/-\ sieves lee 496
JAPONICUM oie a> wea 496
Nakadai).daoscteie settee 496
Squallus Galeus.............. 332
Musteltis citi isiee cic hs eee 330
Lich at: 2 Seca eee 332
Steatoda borealis............. 578
PTANGIS: <1... caeee eee 578
Stegocephalus inflatus........ 149
Stenamma fulvum........ 425, 440
(Aphnogaster) fulvum.. 527
fulvum aquira ........... 425

fulvum piceum, 427-449, 521,
528, 531, 536

Stenobothrus <%/-/c oer eee 371
Stenocrobylus festivus........ 376
Stenodermatine ............. 296
Stenopilema capucina........ 276

SOMMAID =< ss )<s<1:nctelote tate ele 276

Stereophdusa, 410, 482, 637, 643,
644, 647, 652, 656

Stichaster albulus............. 173
| Stilosomay.. is. 2 5.ikee eee 80
extenuatum «|... nism err 81
Storeriadi/.s~ <3. eee eeeee 41
Gekayl). «cc s.n keene 41
occipitomaculata......... 42
Strongylocentrotus drébachi-
ODBIS as sone eee oo Ce 170
Succinea Hirasei............. 348
horticola.. .., eae 196, 348
Lene Gee ecieieiets wit ee 196, 348
Obliquay sees eee 348

1901.]

Succinea ogasaware.......... 195
ofeitlenine samen 2 scicvccsietete ais 348
PUNCHILISpITas horace 195
PUirIsMeett Artemis siete selene. 348
RENT 95 cD ap Sug RO CECOIC 348
WEnnGG\n Can scaaacponcoee 196

PSU CCIN Cl d sober ate ratseaiavshcle sislale c's 195

Swietenia mahagoni ......... 557

Syctodes thoracica........... 571

Synidotea marmorata ........ 156

Syrnola bacillum ............ 394
PLUM SAicie totes cote ele cet 395

ShTEDIRN bobo dachon one ocAna amr
VCC peo ione obeemeaoa 576

Tamandua tetradactyla ...... 366

PUMA: > 3 se css actse se aslacs ws 92
COTONALE «25. ticle sce ves 93
CISENM se'assic.cise tetiettiotel oatels 93
PORAGUUIS mlotareinte eyamtorsitneterete 94
MI ETICE DB ieya sale sniein al teteaieiaty 93

Mapes adspersa . esis seec oes 206
UGERE MAEM S6 Soocuccobonde, 207
NON AX ec oiaiaie sists 207, 400
platyptycha ........ 206, 400
quadriradiata............ 207

Taphronota thelephora...... 375

Tarachodes xstuans.......... 278
UNGOIELA Coe cerentccoUogacn 27
MEIGUERLA ae ivisiet tate seers 279
BCHULEHESSI ter. 10102 acic'c o'- = 279
RING Arya ete 278
312) QOS.ADEO DEE CEE DE COGAEGE 280

DEUS YE (asefoitia visto! eres oievaeta ch as 568
AR CHAU Ua sheters ayetcleisiay< arose! «is 593

Tarentula modesta........... 586

Tatocnemis malagassica...... 137

Tectarius spinulosa.......... 394

Tellina concentrica .......... 401
APH ANA say ett olecls’cievele 401
(Merisca) pristiformis....400
EISTIS sialic alweielet teva/ae ests 401
BIAMENSIS!..Ahacer tee ne 401

RHINITIS, |./ ite cleveelacceweie | Stites < 400

Temnosoma eruginosum...... 217
JE Varn iils 35 Sage Goonpae 217
metallicum..........2..1. 217
metallicum var. chapade. 217
smaragdinum............ 217

Tetragnatha extensa......569, 581
TD ORIOSE. feraysisierevencvtercieve eleke 581
PRG Ae connegooods cisictie DO

Tetragnathide............... 581

Tetranychus bimaculatus..... 695
desertorum . 0. 1. oe2%<tee 596

Tetraodon margaritatus ...... 826

Metraodontide, % 2.6.4. 326

WBetrastemma) si2\.%)e%e 2 nscto rele 722

Tetronarca nobiliana......... 336

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

855
evil POnide, soe cicier sensi = 380
Meutiididsessees erate earls 325
Teuthis triostegus............ 325
Tham ophiseas steele alee 18
Cle ganisies. 7 fasta rhe 23
HaMMON Giles a cette 24
Parietalisis' ssc: - test ees isis 28
parietalis pickeringi ..... 29
Vil EA TISs wrerm arses etcteasterateferets 23
V.biscutatazewc- ee eos 23
Thanatus coloradensis ....... 585
| TUDICUNGUB*..1</-eisitaerewe 585
|| Dhanwalian: cer on «eee 575
Modesta: sarwste. vse eee 575
Theganopteryx senegalensis. . 274
Theraphosidee....cee- oes 570
THeridid wey tee aes ee ee 577
| Theridion pullulum....«..... 571
Theridium borealis .......... 578
differensis.5 So ..\5.4.etemese 57
PONED TIN. Sie abel 579
neomexicanum .......... 577
Mhomisid saw. wseee ae dee 583
Thomisus duttoni............ 585
MHOLE sais cdersae saw SO Nae eee 140
DOLlivianayieen see 131, 135
Thrinax argentea..... Sagicciin 557
PATWANOTA. 32 ac ewaie Prose Oe
Throbroma cacao.........--- 560
Thuya occidentalis........... 355
Tibellus duttoni .......2..... 585
Tilia Americana ........ Berean dO
Gropp re asaiy-2 seein oe 307
Tillandsia angustifolia ....... 558
Jejrll) ofoys-" ere ic 558
complanata: (35.42.60. 558
COMPYeS8A o)--..02.--02 2-5) OOO
excelsapeinsinak Jaahiehe 558
fascienlata,:.cetes > ase 558
PLEXMOSNajeieseor ae Meee 508
LEK wy alive = 3 ee aioe eats 558
POMEL OS Bin ayctanars! tt -l ote eerie 558
ESN RAE PAGO ee CCOD oc 558
MEM EOI ES he cece at.co eee eee 558
AR CIs Clavatay ras <2 <6 «hele 261
CATT Soe cep goman sce pase 262
Titanceca americana ......569, 577
RING UICUB ms cietsi= nye sis c= here meters 580
brevipalpus........... 580
PECHINALUS)... <0 ¢/-)- -fortsee 580
DELPlERUB) 5 -ais: «icles cmrernycler 580
TRONTCIA ho --1016.- ee Cponscdoat 204
MOVE MUI DE yilerecra sre enerscte soe 157
Tornatina bermudensis....... 183
Canwlicnlata. o.1..-. ce veers 183
GeCurnensi, fs) ents cee 183
Torpedo nobiliana ......... a S36)
PLOTELEXS, DOU 7. ctayctoee selene 15

856
Woxicophis: yseicsi-- tee 96
DISCLY.ONUB i iel.cattalieteeche 96
PUAN. (ayoloteeeteloloferetete olf 96
Trachyrhinus marmoratus.... 593
APTA Ga) |OUUStala i ceielete eeirelae 128
Mricerativm’<.<,2\jeeeetiecets 322
MrichoOcoryes)s eee ia\-(-iseet 296, 297
Primorphodon).weac oe oeen oe 91
LyMOPHAUIesls) sicieteceseteeaes 91
Trishoplita collinsoni var.
CASEBiia[ictae neler cle ten 547
collinsoni var. okinoshime 547
GB COSI miler cetera 403
dacoste var. awajiensis... 403
GOOG WANE are (ctoleiniejaet tes 403

goodwini var. kyotoensis. 403

goodwini var. strigata....403
Hilgendorfi...... 547, 564, 565

Hilgendorfi var. chikuba-
SHUM erelsie era siseeaetieles 564
hilgendorfi var. tenuis 547,564,
565
tosana var. anozona...... 565
tosana var. rufa.......... 565
Triskaidecactis papposa....... 174
Tritonidea menkeana......... 388
submenkeana............ 387
UATONOPSIS aie\ae)-s-vialevere fae ele eiats 513
TREO CHIME ie erences tetera oA 199, 398
Trochomorpha cathcarte..... 345
Iihwt?7>) Geeenend Ge cnosace- 344
Gouldiana........... 344, 496
horiomphala.......... 344, 345
Shermani......ce0e..---. 340
MPOCHOSAS -.«i-nisiierelelera meee 587
CINETER ic ciossis wise One
PD AEN iGle oxoleer</eio\oie/ state fomaats 587
Trombidium gemmosum...... 595
magnificum.............- 595
BCADMUMI er ciocieesteeale ne 595
PropidOCloniuM «<0. den «/s:01s0/s 42
Aiveat OM’ < .\6\-0)</<.=/s)10oe 41, 48
Tropidonotus..... 11, 18, 32, 39, a

bisectusstin.-m-n.ererncrs
Clarkilissractacstccteeiee eee ae 33
compressicaudus ......... 34
c. compressicaudus....... 34
CHUBLUS fe cirerereieciarc eee 35
CY. ClOPIUM Sy aas ciel yl aarstare 38
dekayic< pene suckers 41
GIEPANS v5.5 <\ccieie- bis eee 23
fasciatus..... feloteelotereteii ss 87, 88

UV ELAN. io. valernic etatelnierare
PTANAMITcccemelencee sie 33
IBHENIBs ei iaacaceee moa 32
occipitomaculatus........ 42
Soe eee SE a 21

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF,

[Dec.,

Tropidonotus ordinatus var.
COUGH Garand cts peters eae ee
ordinatus var. hammondii 2%
ordinatus var. infernalis.. 23,

ordinatus var. marcianus.. 2%
ordinatus var. sirtalis »..26, 28
59

SEUB Os. wrivetreaen pater
Svombiler \ialdicre ciafetelalslavstatate 38
TAPIGUS, «ool cletemteleieieiei ott 33
ABEL Sierstersiels ite eee ees 19, 20
septemvittatus ........... 82
SiPEd Ones one een Heian oe 35
sipedon fasciatus......... 36
SSI POCO Se -tei-\-fles eine 37
§. tiransversus:....<.-=) a0 37
daxispilotus'...0.-ico—aets -39
transversus .:......... ofeiaeumeus
TIS HUS eras Poiana tetere taint ae eet 85
WAPTADS, . << cia.c vie aleleisiv elsiela 23

Truncatella kiusiuensis....... 615
Pféifleris. a... eee eee 615
ViSLLOAL. <5 3505 atakeastacottatsisiatele 615

Mnry conibrucco>=.seh see 337
VWIOIRCBA <i. nraveatel or eae 3388

(Diry alin) 4.(- ets sitesi ae 370

Tryxalis conspurcata......... 370
an PMICHIAta «cee eiteeerels 370

Wrbinid £2). '1)<ays2 o's ata ae 398

Turbonilla varicifera ....198, 395
VALICOBA, ais) oimvatcaciawieieeeetne 198

Turbonillidie:..\..6 a-nnec c 198, 395

Tyrannophedusa, 410, 422, 474,

475, 629, 647, 651, 656

Ulmus Americana...-.... sees BOO
TACEINOSA yee ce eae Bo a

Umma (Cleis) longistigma.... 134

Unciolavrroratay.cn ae 154
leucopis «...... =.:- «eae 154

Urodelea ........503, 504, 506, 507

Valencinia armandi.......... 680

Vejovis punctipalpi.......... 594

Venericardia planicosta...513, 517

Wien eridm) <2 ncsn\s oatoae sees 205, 400

Venus columbiensis.......... 400
FRITABEL. <i k:nee octet 205, 400
Jedoensis\ 20... iene 206
(Amomalocardia) maloneil85
SQUAMIOBA |. odiec)cicsiceem ole 186

SViGTIA PTS). aie. wivinisieielaials . 092, 393

piefieris cnc .icceaseieteneet 393
Verticordia eocense.......... 513
Wertigo Hirasels< s<joscee em 484
hydrophila’ «...< f.c-teeee 484
Mod estas dicisemaiios ame 484
OVALS os i=: ica dcalcin ofl ste ee 484
Vespertilio caroliniensis...... 618
WiGbtalis c's). <chlaid ecko eietee! 131

1901.]

Vestalis amoena.............. 134
PLCAN Serteterteayetoieaicieicte ele! 134
PTAC oye Nelaiat=tale/! siento] -1~ = 134
[EOI osose baocp eon ane 134

Wil, de ogoscepoaudetoonseane 455

Valine pec pngoee doce aeee 96

Wine of eopeun cee eeeneneoce 83
Gleycthjgcudecn sop pecs Hoe 83
WiCarChiOen, oan gOaasee oe 43
VELGUES Goan ucaepabess acon (sb)

AVATABECATID O88) o)eyete re e152 51-10 cra oi 558

Vitrea harimensis............ 498

Vitrinocomus cyathellus...... 194
goniomphalus ........... 195
Moellendortfi........ 194, 195
omphalotropis ........++- 195

Wittaria lineata. ....,000.cee. 558

Vivipara henzadensis ........ 188

Wolutilithess <\.(0- 2.3.10 cn 513

WienOnd isabellay./cv. niyo cere, 15
LUTE ED iso cleo ley-ieteveietesse'<in's 15

Xanthagrion erythroneurum,

133, 13

Xiphocera brunneriana....... 375
ENBICOMNIAI 5 «1h cieinietetens-ore 375
BD isreraroyrivisic eichenerasctotte sievetele aT5

Mysticus: bicuspis............ 583
CUECLALOL MG slalainteleteinictate cies 584
GERAIS Ms afore vo) stale clelavalate 584
OMAONLOM sac tetei tera) <veslvbe icine 584
gulosus ....... rioconunece 584

montanensis .........569, 583

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

857

Xysticus pulverulensis ....... 583
quinquepunctatus........ 584
Yuccayal' vito liaise erect: 559, 561
PAIGE TAdopuguon COUGOaNS 559
ZAMEDISM ee ch ac ereee oietleree 56, 63
COMSUICEOT sere ls reeds 58
constrictor constrictor.... 58

Ghai yah@oneopocogdcorse 58
flagelliformis ........... 59-61

fl cugy OULU eer sieteteefeleleetataite 59
flagellum flagellum....... 59

fe) ELE TUS salle fepats(eteter steer 60
PIM MEMGdd og aocgous sooo Jil

A eh cos segernnoooucon 63
Jateraliserciacsaceeieciae 61
lateralis lateralis......... 61
OTNATUB. .eccee cee ces cces 62

EG Ne AGodgognaReoaaeboc 62
semilineatus............- 61
stejnegerianus........... 58

ASC TIGTUB! sje: <riseriass afatstares 61, 62
teeniatus ornatus......... 62

t. teniatus... 0.2.2. ejeeite 62
Zaptax, 410, 423, 465, 467, 502, 627,
647, 651

Zizyphinus japonicus......... 200
Zingiber officinale ........... 560
WORE yatcttcneietetolaierstoicrdaxsuetare sree cts 131
HOWUIC irerere teisestersts 194, 404, 498
Zygeupolia litoralis ....... 657-739
NGRONK E’ ron noe aauNCDOOnAde 126

858

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[ Dee.

GENERAL INDEX,

1901.

Aaron, Carrie B. Biographical
Notice of Robert Henry Lam-
born (with portrait), 384, 486.

Additions to the Museum, 779.

Annual Reports (Plates A, B, C,
D, Eand F), 741.

Banks, Nathan. Some Arachnids
from New Mexico (Plate
XXXIID, 552, 568.

Botanical Section, report of the,
772.

Boyer, Charles 8. Report of the

iological and Microscopical
Section, 769.

Biological and Microscopical Sec-

tion, report of the, 769.

Brown, Arthur Erwin. On some
points in the phylogeny of the |
Primates, 3, 119. A review of |
the genera and species of Amer-
ican snakes, 10. A new species |
of Coluber from western Texas

(Plate XXIX), 491, 492. A new
species of Ophibolus (Plate |
XXXIV), 604, 612.

Brown, Stewardson. Report of

the Botanical Section, 772.

Casey, Thomas L. On the prob
able age of the Alabama white
limestone, 512, 513.

Chapman, Henry C., M.D. Obser-
vations on the placenta and
young of Dasypus sexcinctus
(Plate XVIII), 323, 366.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Descriptions
of new bees collected by Mr.
H. H. Smith in Brazil, IJ, 143,
216.

Committees, Standing, 1.
Conchological Section, report of |
the, 770.
Corresponding Secretary, report |
of the, 751.

Curator of the William §. Vaux
Collections, report of the, 768.

Curators, report of the, 766.

Dixon, Samuel G., M.D. Report
of the President, 741.

Elections during 1901, 778.

Entomological Section, report of
the, 771.

Fielde, Adele M.
ant, 383, 42d.
an ant, 512, 521.

A study of an
Further study of

| Fowler, Henry W. Note on the

Odontostomide, 143, 211. De-
scription of anew Hemiramphid,
272, 293. Fishes from Caroline
Islands, 321, 324. Types of
fishes (Plates XII-XV), 321,
327. Myctophum phengodes in
the North Atlantic, 553, 620.

Fox, Henry. The development
of the Tympano-Eustachian
Passage and associated structures
in the common toad, Bufo lentig-
inosus (Plates VI-IX), 143, 223.

Goldsmith, Edward. <A quick
method of testing for gold, 519,
550.

| Gude, G. K. Description of new

Helicoid land shells from Japan,
608, 617.

| Harshberger, John W. The limits

of variation in plants, 191, 303.
An ecological sketch of the flora
of Santo Domingo (Plates
XXXI, XXXII), 552, 554.
Cockscomb fasciation of pine-
apples, 553, 609.

Hartlaub, Gustav, announcement
of death of, 3.

Heath, Harold, and M. H. Spauld-
ing. Cymbuliopsis vitrea, a new
species of Pteropod, 384.

| Higgins, Helen T. The develop-

1901.]

ment and comparative structure
of the gizzard of the Odonata
Zygoptera (Plates II, III, IV),
8, 126.

Holman, D. Shepherd, announce-
ment of death of, 321.

Huidekoper, Rush S., M.D., an- |

nouncement of death of, 607.
Index to species, etc., 836.
Johnson, C. W., and A. W. Gra-

bau. A new species of Clavili-

thes from the Eocene of Texas,

519, 602.

Keeley, Frank J.

diatoms, 321.
Keller, Ida A Demonstration

that plants give off oxygen, 320.

Structure of

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

A peculiar condition of @dogo- |

nium, 343, 598.

Kraemer, Henry. Crystalline and
crystalloidal substances and
their relation to plant structure,
343, 450.

Librarian, report of the, 752.

Lyman, Benjamin Smith.
creek and Skippack
604.

McCartee, D. B., announcement
of death of, 323.

Lodel
creek,

Macfarlane, John M., appointment |

to prepare obituary notice of
Thomas Meehan, 553.

Meehan, Thomas. Biographical
sketch of Charles Eastwick
Smith, 4. Contributions to the
life-history of plants, No. XV
(Plates XVI, XVII), 323, 354.
Announcement of death of, 552.

Mensch, D. Calvin, M D.,announce-
ment of death of, 491.

Mineralogical and Geological Sec-
tion, report of the, 774.

Mohr, Charles, announcement of |

death of, 491,
Montgomery, Thomas H. Further
studies on the chromosomes of

the Hemiptera heteroptera (Plate |

X), 148, 261. The identity of
the Gordiacean species, Chordo-
des Morgani and C._puerilis
(Plate XI), 272, 289. Peculiar-
ities of the terrestrial larva of
the Urodelous Batrachian, Pleth-
odon cinereus (Plate XXX),
491, 503.

Moore, Clarence B. Certain ab-
original remains of the northwest
Florida coast, Part I, 272, 384.

| Norris,

859

Certain aboriginal mounds of
the Tombigbee river, 383, 384.
Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Report

of the Recording Secretary, 748.
Report of the Librarian, 752.
Nordenskiold, Adolf Eric,
nouncement of death of, 512.
William F., M.D.,
nouncement of death of, 607.
Officers, Council and Attachées,
lie =

an-

an-

Ornithological Section, report of

the, 775.

Ortmann, A. E. Crustacea and
Pycnogonida collected during
the Princeton Expedition to
North Greenland, 144.

Pilsbry, Henry A. Crustacea of
the Cretaceous formation of New
Jersey (Plate I), 111. Relation-
ship of the genus Neobeliscus,
142. New species of mollusks
from South Africa and Burma,
142, 188. New mollusca from
Japan, Formosa and the Philip-
pines, 191, 193. New Japanese
marine, land and _ fresh-water
mollusca (Plates XIX-XXI),
342, 385. New mollusca from
Japan and the Loo Choo Islands,
343, 344. The land mollusks of
the Loo Choo Islands: Clausi-
liide (Plates XXII, XXIII), 383,
424, Additions to the Japanese
land snail fauna, IV (Plates
XXV-XXVIIL), 383, 465. No-
tices of new land snails from the
Japanese Empire, 491, 496. New
mollusks of the Japanese Em-

pire, 519, 545. Fasciolaria
gigantea subspecies reevei, 552.
New land mollusks of the

Japanese Empire, 553, 562. Ad-
ditions to the Japanese land
snail fauna, V (Plates XXXV-
XXXIX), 607, 622. Catalogue
of the Clausiliide of the Japan-
ese Empire, 607, 647. New land
mollusea of the Japanese Em-
pire, 608, 614. Report of the
Conchological Section, 770.
Porter, Thomas C,, announcement
of death of, 321.
President, report of the, 741.
Publications of the Academy, 788.
Rand, Theodore D. Report of the
Curator of the William S. Vaux
Collections, 768. Report of the

860 PROC. OF ACAD. OF NAT. SCIENCES OF PHILADA. [Dec., 1901.

Mineralogical
Section, 774.
Rankin, Walter M. Echinoderms
collected off the west coast of
Greenland by the Princeton

Arctic Expedition of 1899, 169.

and Geological

Recording Secretary, report of
the, 748.
Reese, A. M. The nasal passages

of the Florida Alligator (Plate
XXIV), 348, 457.

Rehn, James A. G. The Forficu-
lide, Blattide, Mantide and
Phasmide collected in northeast
Africa by Dr. A. Donaldson
Smith, 191, 273. A study of the
genus Centurio, 272, 295. The
Acridide, Tettigonide and Gryl-
lide collected by Dr. A. Don-
aldson Smith in northeast Africa,
348, 370.

Rhoads, 8. N. On the common
brown bats of Peninsular Flor-
ida and Southern California,
607, 618.

Schneider,
of death of, 491,

Louis, announcement .

|

Selys-Longchamps, Edmond de,
announcement of death of, 2.

| Serials received by the Academy,

795.

Sharp, Benjamin, M.D. Food of
the Cod, 2. Report of the Cor-
responding Secretary, 751.

Skinner, Henry, M.D, Report of
the Entomological Section, 771.

Stone, Witmer. Occurrence of
Hyla andersonii at Clementon,
N. J., 342. Report of the Orni-
thological Section, 775.

Thompson, Caroline Burling.
Zygeupolia litoralis, a new
Heteronemertean (Plates XL-
XLIY), 342, 657.

Thompson, E. O., announcement
of death of, 192.

Vanatta, Edward G. New marine
mollusks (Plate V), 142, 182.

Vaux, George and William §&., Jr.
Observations made in 1900 on
glaciers in British Columbia, 191,
213.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE I.

:
Re bi a A

PILSBRY. CRUSTACEA OF THE NEW JERSEY CRETACEOUS.

PLATE Il.

901.

PROG. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1

HIGGINS. GIZZARD OF ODONATA ZYGOPTERA.

—_ ©

PLATE III.

PROC. ACAD, NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014.

es

‘“ Foss
ntti ht lie fl at nrg nee

«aS eS

= >
>

so

>= >>.

ee
FSP as Bie SS

>=

rite Ro

SS

HIGGINS. GIZZARD OF ODONATA ZYGOPTERA.

PEATE IV.

PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901.

no 227 ITN:

ras
RSG Ss
SS

eee

= ~ tt

BS
SS
Aaa

>a tGne,
x nas SF ABE
SSIES

HIGGINS. GIZZARD OF ODONATA ZYGOPTERA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE V.

VANATTA. NEW MARINE MOLLUSKS.
PILSBRY. NEW MOLLUSKS.

PROC, ACAD, NAT, SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE VI.

FOX. TYMPANO—EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE VII.

13

FOX. TYMPANO—EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014. PLATE VIII.

FOX. TYMPANO—EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD.

PLATE IX.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA, 19014.

FOX. TYMPANO—EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD.

_ P| i ae ae ee ee ee rarer. vue 2)

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904 PLATE X.

MONTGOMERY. CHROMOSOMES OF HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA.

PLATE XI.

PHILA. 19014.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI.

Leis

PUERILIS.

MONTGOMERY ON CHORDODES MORGANI AND C.

PLATE XII.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901.

HOWE Ra YiPES OF RISEES:

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XIII.

ROWE Ro DY PHS OF PISHES:

PLATE XIV.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014.

HOWLER] DLYPES OF FISHES:

ef

PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014. PLATE XV.

HOWLEER: LYPES OF FISHES,

VI.

PLATE X

NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901

PROC, ACAD.

— ST

TA

MEEHAN. BENDING OF MATURE WOOD IN TREES.

JMINA

MAGNOLIA ACL

XVII

PLATE

NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014.

PROC. ACAD.

). COCCINEA

MEEHAN. BENDING OF MATURE WOOD IN TREES.

PRIS

QUERCUS PALUS

ATE XVIII

PL/

1901.

SCI. PHILA.

PROC, ACAD. NAT.

CHAPMAN ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS.

XIX.

PLATE

PHILA. 1901.

SCI

PROC. ACAD. NAT.

NEW JAPANESE MOLLUSCA.

PILSBRY.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014. PLATE XX.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904. PLATE XXI,

PILSBRY DEL.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXII.

PILSBRY DEL.

PILSBRY. CLAUSILIIDZ OF LOO CHOO ISLANDS.

PROC. ACAD, NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014. PLATE XXIII.

PILSBRY DEL.

PILSBRY. CLAUSILIIDA OF LOO CHOO ISLANDS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904. PLATE XXIV.

REESE. FLORIDA ALLIGATOR.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXV.

to

dh d)

j,
MZ ///

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904. PLATE XXVI.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014. PLATE XXVII.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS.

PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014. PLATE XXVIII.

£
& :
Ves, wide
ay Fee
|

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXX.

MONTGOMERY. LARVA OF PLETHODON CINEREUS.

‘OONINOG NWS HO ADOTOOR “YEDYEXEHSYVH

‘LO6F ‘WIIHd “IOS “LVN ‘CVOV ‘OOUd

‘IXXX ALW1d

*
.
=

“

‘(OONINOG NVS 4O ADOTOOR “YSRDYSEHSYVH

IXXX FLV Id ‘1O6l WIIHd “IOS “LYN ‘GVOV ‘004d

PLATE XXXIII.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014.

SPIDERS OF NEW MEXICO.

BANKS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. S(

SI

PHILA. 19014. PLATE 2

BROWN.

OPHIBOLUS ALTERNUS SP. Nov.

<I

V.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXV.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXVI.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXVII.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904. PLATE XXXVIII.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXIX.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.

PLATE XL.

POLIA LITORALIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901,

Caroline B. Thompson. del.

THOMPSON. ZYGI

PLATE XLI.

=

IS

a)
ine

RA.

‘i T ie

awit AVA .

aw aun |
\ on

EN
iy
28.

OLIA LITORALIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901.

Caroline B. Thompson, del.

THOMPSON. ZYGER)

PLATE XLII.

LIA LITORALIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901.

Caroline B. Thompson, del.

THOMPSON .ZYG

PLATE XLIII.

>

oe
ee
[=

MW Hibieuyy

lp

’)
AR
tia

y mate

OLIA LITORALIS.

PLATE XLIV.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901.

Caroline B. Thompson, del.

THOMPSON. ZYGEUPOLIA LITORALIS.

‘LO6L ‘WIHdTSGVIIHd 40 SSON3ZIOS TVYNLVYN 4O AW3GVOV AHL

‘VIIHd ‘IOS “LYN ‘GvOvV ‘00d

"LOGI

‘VY ALVId SLYOdaY

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. REPORTS, PLATE B.

THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 1826-1840.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. REPORTS, PLATE €.

THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 1865.

PROC, ACAD, NAT.

SCI. PHILA. 1901.

MAIN HALL AND MEETING ROOM.

. LIBRARIAN.
» ENTRANCE TO MUSEUM.
» STORE ROOM

PUBLICATION ROOM.
JANITOR'S ROOM.

Vill.

EARLIER MEETING ROOM.

SANSOM ST

ao

GROUND-PLAN OF LIBRARY, 1875.

NaOpan—

CONCHOLOGY.
ENTOMOLOGY.
ICHTHYOLOGY.
HERPETOLOGY.
MAMMALOGY.
ORNITHOLOGY.
BOTANY.

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

REPORTS, PLATE D.

GEOLOGY.

HELMINTHOLOGY.

GENERAL NATURAL HISTORY.
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
VOYAGES AND TRAVELS.
JOURNALS AND PERIODICALS.

BROAD ST.

‘

“LAGYLS HLNIILANIN

PROC, ACAD, NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. REPORTS, PLATE E.

=

| i OV 2 VI 2iilz Vv BVI 3i| Vi iis VI

BS

tae
|
|
|
1

18

‘

ag

i
wy

ol Is
co

fe;
N“

} =}
= WV Visits Vo 1si|iiS VE 15! 14 y- VE 'oHit Voi) VE 7) ov
0

= 10 ie
15 VII
Ld —e oes SS = SE SSS SS SS] I
——} HS atta ks alia ce Ores “4 —S ——> se ( aa EN ‘—— (a
J RAGE SPREE [|
e=====5

GROUND-PLAN OF LIBRARY, 1901.

1, MAIN HALL AND MEETING ROOM. 1. VOYAGES AND TRAVELS. 10. ORNITHOLOGY. 19. GEOGRAPHY.
PRESIDENT'S ROOM. 2. GENERAL NATURAL HISTORY. 11. ENCYCLOPEDIAS. 20. PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

» COUNCIL ROOM. 3. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 12. MAMMALOGY. 21. ANTHROPOLOGY.
LIBRARIAN'S ROOM. 4. HELMIMTHOLOGY. 13. PHILOLOGY. 22. MISCELLANEOUS,

» STUDY ROOMS, 5. CONCHOLOGY. 14. MATHEMATICS. 23. MEDICINE.
ALCOVES. 6. BOTANY. 15. GEOLOGY. 24. BIBLIOGRAPHY.
HERBARIUM. 7. ENTOMOLOGY. 16. DICTIONARIES. 25. DUPLICATES.
JOURNAL TABLE AND FOLIOS. 8. ICHTHYOLOGY. 17. MINERALOGY. 26. MEIG'S LIBRARY,
PRESIDING OFFICER’S DESK. 9. HERPETOLOGY. 18. CHEMISTRY. 27. AGRICULTURE.

CARD CATALOGUE, JOURNALS AND PERIODICALS ARE ON THE SURROUNDING GALLERY.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19014. REPORTS, PLATE F.

AO ee:

SPE SE

+ TSE OTST

MAIN HALL OF THE LIBRARY, 1900.

Hs '

“Th [<4 :

Nite lat cot Pett State,
Nae ena

: ae
rs ‘ «
f
i

QH Acadeny of Natural Sciences

i of Philadelphia
A2 Proceedings

i Be

Biological
& Medical

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

Die knee eee aa ee
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY